NOILNLILSNI NOILNLILSNI LIBRARIES SMITH INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S3IYVYUGIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S S3IYvVYEIT LIBRA NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIING salaVadil LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILS NOILALILSNI LIBRARIES NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1¥Vu¥dIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI SJIYVYEITILIBRARIES INSTITUTION Saluvy9it LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31u NOILALILSNI. INSTITUTION SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN x SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI SAIYVYSIT LIBRARIES NVINOSHLINS S31uVue) NVINOSHLINS S31YV NVINOSHLINS S31YV SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN ARIES SMITHSONIAN FES NOILNLILSNI NOILNLILSNI LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI Sa1uvVuUGIT LIBRAR INSTITUTION INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI WINOSHLINS S3IYVYHSIT LIBR S SalYVadlT_ LIBRA VINOSHLIWS MITHSONIAN MITHSONIAN NI NOILANLILS INSTITUTION SMITHSONIAN IWINOSHLINS SJIYVYSIT LIBRARIES MITHSONIAN NVINOSHLINS S31uVv4 BRARIES Se as IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN NOILALILSNI INSTITUTION JOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN ..BRARIES SMITHSONIAN 7 eae Pe 75 af eae 4 “Pip 3 = “yy a an % 5 vr i z IOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS . s = = o 2 5 > — aed = res Ww o z IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN " wn” = < coae =< o D Res = = ie = OLLALILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS tJ NOILALILSNI IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN S31NWVNdIT LIBRARI INSTITUTION VOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS MITHSONIAN NVINOSHLINS SaIluvugiT LI VINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN NOILNLILSNI INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI INSTITUTION INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S3lyvudl INSTITUTION Saluvyudi NVINOSHLINWS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES NOILNLILSNI INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI INSTITUTION S31YVYE!IT_ LIBRARIES MITHSONIAN wes aw eueeeeve FY Se ww MeeVee FC eer Eee Seuwew tte 8 el us z a * = : e a. = ss ro) _ = NVINOSHLINS S31uVvua Ja = o ° as - = SK = = A O Ae eg MITHSONIAN, INSTITUTIC Ks = < ae < \S = ae AN oy = = ans _NVINOSHLINS S32 1uvuag = Ne Ww ZN = ae ~ < = io rs) 2 = oS ed LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIC = 2 ~ S yy, ° Se) = {> E ad ae ries z Oo NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Sa 1yYVvua < < Pd q EO = a7) wo i. oO ‘ Ee < . = >" 77) z LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTIC a Zz ce 7) « ee : Zc cl re) ae 4 NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUS z ° - = 83 ke ” . = SMITHSONIAN IWINOSHLINS S3I1Y¥vVudlIT MITHSONIAN INSTITUTI! &\ Sas . ; ? is. ra 9 y ms i . M4 a we ~ my) - r : a 7 i pe 6 Oy ¥ anghmiv't We na J ; -_ ie Gpn taro ol Seqens — ; Ss ~ - rT j : 7 Cora Sev te oe Sin 8 WAT nine ae oe PROCEEDINGS of the ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY of WASHINGTON Volume 83 OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1981 President Jack E. Lipes President-elect Margaret S. Collins Recording Secretary David A. Nickle Corresponding Secretary Mignon B. Davis Treasurer F. Christian Thompson Editor David R. Smith Custodian Sueo Nakahara Program Committee Chairman Jay C. Shaffer Membership Committee Chairman Joyce A. Utmar Delegate to the Washington Academy of Sciences Jack E. Lipes Hospitality Chairman Helen Sollers-Riedel Published by the Society WASHINGTON, D.C. 1981 il PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON TABLE OF CONTENTS, VOLUME 83 AIPKEN, 0. H...G:—See VIRBABE Gi iC re ta ee ee eo noe 140 AKERS, R. C. and W. H ROBINSON—Spatial pattern and movement of German cock- roaches in urban, low-income apartments (Dictyoptera: Blattellidae) ............... 168 ANDERSON, D... M.—See CLARK. WES 3.) Stats acne ose eaters Aer eee 185 BOLEN EE} G:=SeesMEDANIEIS Ba 22cn ais oc Oe ae et eee 40 BROWN: He P See SPANGLER, RB. JS ¢.. tobacco ee oe eo ot ee eee 596 BURDETRE. Az W.—see:GOEWALD. We Ee. JiR ocpeeree leer ee cee eae eee 72 BURGER, J. F., D. J. LAKE, and M. L. MCKAY—The larval habitats and rearing of some common Chrysops species (Diptera: Tabanidae) in New Hampshire .......... 373 BURGER, J. F. and F. C. THOMPSON—The Tabanus striatus complex (Diptera: Ta- banidae): A revision of some Oriental horse fly vectors of surra ................... 339 CARROLL, J. F., J. W. KIMBROUGH, and W. H. WHITCOMB—Mycophagy by Aphacnoevaster Spp(Elyimenoptenra: FOLMICIdac) pena aee ce roe acre tienes 326 CARTWRIGHT, O. L. and P. J. SPANGLER—A new Ataenius from Socorro Island, Mexicoi(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae Aphodiinae) seer ee eee eee eee 785 CLARK, W. E.—The genus Chionanthobius Pierce (Coleoptera: Curculionidae): A new Species fromi@ubarandta key toispeciesiaaer eee era ener one ae cee cee nee 690 CLARK, W. E. and D. M. ANDERSON—The genus Chionanthobius Pierce (Coleop- tera: Curculionidae): Descriptions of a new species on Forestiera (Oleaceae) and of thevlanvarandipipaloteG- sciwarci lence: ee ee eee een eee ene 185 DEBACH, P. and J. LASALLE—The taxonomic status of Encarsia, Prospaltella, and Trichaporus and a description of Primaprospaltella, new genus (Hymenoptera: Chal- cidoideasAphelinidae) ic 15. c.sic. nies Hearse eo RE Oe ae OE eee ee 642 DEBACH, P. and M. ROSE—A new genus and species of Aphelinidae with some syn- onymies, a rediagnosis of Aspidiotiphagus and a key to pentamerous and heteromerous Prospaltellinae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea: Aphelinidae) ........................ 658 DELONG, D. M.—New species of Gypona, Gyponinae (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) with descniptionyof anew. subgenus” i. ..asoucssh amen or eee cee eee eee 505 DOBKIN: D2 S:—See SCHWANS iT .\Gi. .o0 ccc uke aoe soe ec eee Cerne oe 93 DUFFIELD, R. M.—2-Nonanol in the exocrine secretion of the Nearctic caddisfly Rhy- acophila fuscula (Walker) (Rhyacophilidae: Trichoptera) ......................005- 60 DUFFIELD, R. M.—Biology of Microdon fuscipennis (Diptera: Syrphidae) with inter- pretations of the reproductive strategies of Microdon species found north of Mexico 716 EMERSON, K. C.—Status of five species of Mallophaga described by M. A. Carriker, UG aCe ee re ee ERR ee a Ge tr c.h. an poe OOTG oor Danaea eas sc: 137 EVANS, H. E.—Biosystematics of ground-nesting species of Pison in Australia (Hy- menoptera; Sphecidae> Dry poxyvilini) rere nt ae oe ee oreo 421 FISK, F. W. and C. SCHAL—Notes on new species of epilamprine cockroaches from Costa Rica and Panama (Blattaria> Blaberidae) {5.4 2...-45452 2208 See eee 694 FOOTE, B. A.—Biology and immature stages of Lytogaster excavata, a grazer of blue- green aleae (Diptera; Ephydnidae)ie. sae.) 4 oe eee eee 304 FOOTE, B. A.—Biology and immature stages of Pelina truncatula, a consumer of blue- greentaleae (Diptera: Ephydnidae)..5 core ooe renee een eo ee eee 607 FOSTER, Jz W.'S.; 1lI—See KONDRATIEFF; BoC. 25: 0255. seek eee eee eee 300 VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 FRANCLEMONT, J. G.—The identity of Mamestra passa and Morrisonia peracuta of Morison (eepidopteras Noctuidae? Hadenimae)ir eee s eerie icles aes eee FROESCHNER, R. C.—Elsiella, a new genus for Ebora plana Walker, 1867 (Hemiptera: Rentatomidae) es ccc. acc) Bute ohe em cele aesowe evar tee ELOWID EI Niain ee —S ees MINES BB ReaS: sia as sce voeseusrelcust ousccedey anita va ke erslenorg eeieate oie: HUDSON, A.—Distinguishing characters of the reproductive system and genitalia of Xestia dolosa and Xestia adela (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) ......................... KAPLAN, M. and F. C. THOMPSON—New Syrphidae from Israel (Diptera) ........ MUIMBROUGE J: We—Seei CARROLL Wik. Gani aaceriesendea donee eee KINGSOLVER, J. M.—Two new species of Acanthoscelides (Coleoptera: Bruchidae) associated with Phaseolus (Leguminosae) from Argentina, with the description of a MeWeSPEGIES-CLOUp sand abnewW, SYMON Mises otaes ul sieve ay yosicns omicieede spree aces een tee KNUTSON, L.—New combinations and synonymies in Palearctic and Nearctic Scio- THING ACHE) PTC LA) Screens eal sytney sd cas a oe ose 04 ore. ye RR Oa Oe KONDRATIEFF, B. C., J. W. S. FOSTER, III, and J. R. VOSHELL, JR.—Description of the adult of Ephemerella berneri Allen and Edmunds (Ephemeroptera: Ephemer- eiidae)awithybrologicallnoteswseh -er4 sta ack ancia pamoctessiabeedtea treet deci — aoe rere KORMILEV, N. A.—A new micropterous species of Carventus Stal from Chile (He- MOLE tase AA CIC AC) iepcrrechsy ence) aha Atal Aap: bac, es tery daiuaiget ads Syrah omen ill iV PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON KOSZTARASB,,-M.—See EAMBDINE Palio erator: cern i eee ere ee ee KRAUSE. C. R.—See REXRODE= CHO: ao ec occu ieee. Sera See acre enor GAKED: V=SeesBURGER VI: Bieri at tein at een eee ee ase ace eae LAMBDIN, P. L. and M. KOSZTARAB—Revision of the genus Frenchia with descrip- tion of a new species (Homoptera: Coccoidea: Asterolecaniidae)................... PASAIISE "I. See DEBA CHRP sbi cate sai 5 sro ays: sc) adeaniarea Ate rac ee MCCAFFERTY, W. P.—A distinctive new species of Stenonema (Ephemeroptera: Hep- tareniidae) mrommnentuckyangdsMISSOUM \ s.-ce «-g icine secreciece ie oei eerie eer ener MCDANIEL, B. and E. G. BOLIN—A new species of Bochartia Oudemans from Texas (Acanzeenythraeidae:Enythraeimae)y. cme crc aileron eee MORAY Mair — See BURGERG TR sana. God Sone Cece DR OTy © ae Sen MESSERSMITHE DD. E—SeciGILES4BsE. 2.4] Gees eee een are heen MIEIER Re Gs B= See) NAR AEIARACTS: “hogs tte Geek ahve ater ce sarc. enaap neuer Oana MILLER, S. E., R. D. GORDON, and H. F. HOWDEN—Reevaluation of Pleistocene scarab beetles from Rancho La Brea, California (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) ......... NAKAHARA, S.—The proper placements of the Nearctic soft scale species assigned to the genus Lecanium Burmeister (Homoptera: Coccidae) ................2..2-eeee- NAKAHARA, S. and C. E. MILLER—A list of the Coccoidea species (Homoptera) of PUETTOPRICON 5 Sere cassccle Sucka ARRAS Reboot bce ete Maven sedate etaveytons fa. POETS oka ae NICKEE,D: A:—See HOERBERE MEARS xc. smacatiic. § dy acces Seen Oe Cea OATIMAIN: (ER: —See PLATNE RAG? Rigcsy. ssiesc ae eror oes ec ecta ere ree ORTH, R. E. and G. C. STEYSKAL—A new species of Pherbellia Robineau-Desvoidy separated from a previously described North American species (Diptera: Sciomyzidae) PETERS Mi—At new, NearcticuDixas (Diptera sDixidae))emase ie eer tere eee BERBERS ONSBeVi—See. TID WETICE, (Mi rAL cccsnr cheanie cise civics Sues «cle: eh een ea PLATNER, G. R. and E. R. OCATMAN—Description of a new species of Trichogramma (Hymenoptera: Trchoorammatidae)iirom News Yorke eerie ee ase eee RADOVIC, I. T.—Anatomy and function of the sting apparatus of stingless bees (Hy- menoptera-Apidac--Apinae-sMelipOnini) ie. ase reir iene ee ee RATANAW ORABHAN, INE G=See WIRMEESWe Wa sean ccs seers oes hanes RAY, C. H., JR. and M. L. WILLIAMS—Redescription and lectotype designation of the tessellated scale, Eucalymnatus tessellatus (Signoret) (Homoptera: Coccidae) ... REXRODE, C. O. and C. R. KRAUSE—Sexing Phloeotribus liminaris adults (Coleop- tera: Scolytidaé)'... jacecesus ¢ 2 ee ie a ae Ace eee ROBINSON, W. H—Terminalia of North American species of Group II Megaselia (Aphiochaeta), and descriptions of four new species (Diptera: Phoridae)............ ROBINSON W..H=SeevAK ERS RAGA es. G: Ca eee ee ne ee ROSE,..M.—See DEBACH, Ps... 222 Aosn tee Oe eR ROSS, M. H.—Trapping experiments with the German cockroach, Blattella germanica (L.) (Dictyoptera: Blattellidae), showing differential effects from the type of trap and the:environmental resources: (si either a. a wets sl i yahly oe aia ok Poe ROTH, L. M.—The mother-offspring relationship of some blaberid cockroaches (Dic- tyoptera: Blattana:-Blabendae) <7 fo0 eee BO ee ee eee SCARBROUGH, A. G.—Ethology of Eudioctria tibialis Banks (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Seasonal distribution, abundance, diurnal movements, and behaviors ..... SCARBROUGH, A. G.—Ethology of Eudioctria tibialis Banks (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland sbrey, predator behavior, and) enemies’... on ase eee 164 516 164 269 287 230 759 489 168 658 160 VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 SCARBROUGH, A. G.—Ethology of Eudioctria tibialis Banks (Diptera: Asilidae) in ManyiandjReproductivelbehaviom samme ee cee ae er. Sai aicens Sete sve oe ee SCHABER, B. D.—Description of the immature stages of Dioryctria taedae Schaber and Wood, with notes on its biology and that of D. disclusa Heinrich (Lepidoptera: | PAV G2 bo =) Ree Neh eer Pe Se meOES Sa Cn Jone eet =r ne Ce ttn PREMERA rts cron oes a S SEDATE IC == Seer BIS Kei W serene Seniesa Es ORS EPIL E CR Se ror at eae Ste SCHAUFF, M. E.—A review of Nearctic species of Acmopolynema Oglobin (Hyme- NOpteraaiMiyMARAAe)YT Aas. Ne Se ASE RELIES: Seen Pre. bao oS Le: SCHAWEE IM: iE ==See GRISSEL LAE Ea see. Sse ae i te does oh Soe eee. SCHWAN, T. G. and D. S. DOBKIN—An unusual example of teratogenesis in the flea Thrassis fotus from Colorado (Siphonaptera: Ceratophyllidae) ..................... SELANDER, R. B.—The Caustica Group of the genus Epicauta (Coleoptera: Meloidae) SHOLES, O. D. V.—Herbivory by species of Trirhabda (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) on Solidago altissima (Asteraceae): Variation between years ....................-. SMITH, D. R.—Studies on the leaf-mining sawflies of the tribe Fenusini in Asia (Hy- menoplterayadenthnredinidae) se. -..er cone os eine tee Ot eee Re ee ee SMITH, R. L.—The trouble with ‘‘bobos,’’ Paraleucopis mexicana Steyskal, at Kino Bayessonora.s Mexico (Diptera; Chamacmiyiidae) sana ose ee eee ee eee SOLOMON, J. C. and R. C. FROESCHNER—Notes on food resources and behavior of the family Coreidae (Hemiptera) in a semi-deciduous tropical forest ............. SPANGLER, P. J.—A new water beetle, Troglochares ashmolei, n. gen., n. sp., from Ecuador; the first known eyeless cavernicolous hydrophilid beetle (Coleoptera: EAVGROPRIIGAL):. «cies ales os vows soars Mw ecm ew oe AOR eR ete Re SPANGLER, P. J. and H. P. BROWN—The discovery of Hydora, a hitherto Australian- New Zealand genus of riffle beetles, in austral South America (Coleoptera: Elmidae) SEANGLERL P=) :-SeeCARPWRIGHT 7 OMEGS 2672 SAU) = ME. AO STEYSKAL, G. C.—A bibliography of the Malaise trap oo... 05000. 00 STEYSKAL, G. C.—A new “‘bobo”’ fly from the Gulf of California (Diptera: Chamae- MYHNAACs PArAlCHCOPIS JMEXICANA) . )x0<.26 baud kam eae ne eee me ae STEYSKAL, G. C.—A new species of Rhagoletotrypeta (Diptera: Tephritidae) from liexas;-withvalkey-to the knownispecies ee 2 or ce ae eee nee ee Se YORAL.G. C.= See OR Bey RB te acl ks CeOh BEE te IE eee THOMPSON, F. C.—Revisionary notes on Nearctic Microdon flies (Diptera: Syrphidae) EO MPSON ME: G==See WAREANG Mit ccs bcs ems weed oes hniSe ee BEOMPSON. F./C. See BURGER, J. Pits oS 2202 Do ot PE eee waved ee eatin TIDWELL, M. A., M. A. TIDWELL, and B. V. PETERSON—A redescription of the female of Simulium sanguineum Knab and description of the male, pupa, and larva (Diptera snSimulildae) is vs. e Peds Akt se ok oie ae See ee ne, ee TODD, E. L.—The noctuoid moths of the Antilles—Part I (Lepidoptera: Dioptidae) .. . VITALE, G. C., W. W. WIRTH, and T. H. G. AITKEN—New species and records of Culicoides reared from arboreal habitats in Panama, with a synopsis of the debilipalpis croup (Dipteras Ceratopoponidae) sie. SUN Pp eee ee Le ester Rk: —see KONDRATIEFF; BrG: 2er20. 2 SS 2 WHEELER, A. G., JR.—The distribution and seasonal history of Slaterocoris pallipes kaneht)i(rvemiptera: Miridae) sae es .-o1 5 eee ee eee een Sees OP eee. TE dD, WHEELER, A. G., JR.—Insect associates of spurges, mainly Euphorbia maculata L., DESIG MUGS: CN 2. San ae ee ts Me aie ok, oo keke: Ol eee an ene ae See. 432 vi PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON WHITCOMB W: Hie=See CARROL GE WAR acta noe Biatonitatae citi eae WHITE, R. E.—Three new species of Anobiidae from southwestern United States and northwestem!Mexicoi(Coleoptera): ans te Pace els tele retail ee eer eres eae WHITE, R. E.—The genus Uroplata, type-species and authorship (Coleoptera: Ghrysomelidae)is : 23.5 See ae Sd ee Sn Bis orie «ers Ae eee WHITE, R. E.—A key to tropical species of Tricorynus, with taxonomic changes (Co- leoptera: “Anobiidae). iste. 26 See ih SS I le ee ee WILDER, D. D.—A revision of the genus Oreothalia Melander (Diptera: Empididae) . WILKERSON, R. C.—Two new species of Dichelacera (Nothocanthocera) Fairchild with a key to the species of the subgenus (Diptera: Tabanidae) .................... Wile IELAMS MT: See RiAcvetG: EIS Wiis. 2. eee a een ee eee WIRTH, W. W. and N. C. RATANAWORABHAN—The Oriental species of the genus Dibezciankuietter, (Dipteras'Ceratoporonidac)ie= ass-ehe aero ee ee ee WIRTH W.. W-—See' GROGAN We betUIRE ccs eine een eee THREEPALIE AW:—See BOURGEOIS WC aE site cooled es oo Ee eee 326 97 VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 Vil VOEGTLIN, D.—Notes on a European aphid (Homoptera: Aphididae) new to North JNU GUSH Paes che REE Git sca PRC ROIS GEES CROMER Nias San ROME tices ech Sct cee aL Lena 361 WHEELER, A. G., JR.—Updated distribution of Aleuropteryx juniperi (Neuroptera: Coniopterygidae), a predator of scale insects on ornamental juniper ................ 173 BooK REVIEWS BARROW SEM BntOmolOgya cw cic ae-ueas nls fale wo eecoeumie Miners Sietsle be ck veerene elem 570 GURNEE YS Ac B:— Ihe Cockroach Combat Manual aeeee roe eee eerie oer 805 HENRY, T. J.—The Semiaquatic and Aquatic Hemiptera of California .............. 178 HENRY, T. J.—The Plant Bugs of the Prairie Provinces of Canada.................. 809 JONES, J. C.—Insect Hemocytes Development, Forms, Functions and Techniques ... 177 KOSZTARAB, M.—Coccoids of the Far East USSR (Homoptera, Coccinea) with a Phylogenetic Analy sissot the Coccoid Fauna ofthe World eeaeee eae rie: 363 STEYSKAL, G. C.—The Insects and Arachnids of Canada. Part I. Collecting, Preparing, ainel RETAINS IhNGSIS., INES, SINGS aasaonssdounsoocddédcosnuoarsenooasoons 181 STEYSKAL, G. C.—Taxonomists’ Glossary of Mosquito Anatomy.................. 805 OBITUARIES Doris Holmes Blake—FROESCHNER, R. E., E. M. L. FROESCHNER, and O. L. CARTWRIGHER Meecs fein: PAH) Ry Sha tacul tea saa) 5 oi card Bet ea Rae ee eda ee 544 Edson: Hambleton RUSSELL SES Mee onic cctS sneer ele Soe eee eaten icie slater 564 INDEX TO NEw TAXA, VOLUME 83 Acari shirleyanneae McDaniel and Bolen (Bochar- tia), 40 Coleoptera annectens Spangler and Brown (Hydora), 599 ashmolei Spangler (Troglochares), 318 autumnalis Clark (Chionanthobius), 194 brasilera Selander (Epicauta), 587 caracallae Kingsolver (Acanthoscelides), 56 comptus Kingsolver (Acanthoscelides), 52 crucera Selander (Epicauta), 589 darlingtoni Clark (Chionanthobius), 690 dudleyae White (Tricorynus), 472 fuliginosa White (Trichodesma), 475 hoguei Cartwright and Spangler (Afaenius), 785 lenta Spangler and Brown (Hydora), 602 ovatus White (Byrrhodes), 477 Troglochares Spangler, 316 Dictyoptera belli Fisk and Schal (Epilampra), 699 involucris Fisk and Schal (Epilampra), 695 rothi Fisk and Schal (Epilampra), 703 unistilata Fisk and Schal (Epilampra), 700 Diptera abditus Thompson (Microdon), 732 abstrusus Thompson (Microdon), 735 adusta Wilkerson (Dichelacera (Nothocan- thocera)), 67 adventitius Thompson (Microdon), 735 alterniflorae Gagné (Calamomyia), 132 annuliductus Wirth (Culicoides), 150 bayano Wirth (Culicoides), 152 carola Robinson (Megaselia (Aphiochaeta)), 495 chillcotti Wilder (Oreothalia), 470 debenhamae Wirth and Ratanaworabhan ( Di- bezzia), 290 Vill filiductus Wirth (Culicoides), 155 flavicosta Wilkerson (Dichelacera (Notho- canthocera)), 67 gregaria Gagné (Endaphis), 222 hermonensis Kaplan (Paragus), 201 krombeini Giles, Wirth, and Messersmith (Culicoides), 542 lanata Robinson (Megaselia (Aphiochaeta)), 499 mexicana Steyskal (Paraleucopis), 403 niphanae Grogan and Wirth (Jenkinshelea), 45 pseudindiana Peters (Dixa), 518 quadrimaculosa Thompson (Brachyopa), 208 rotunda Robinson (Megaselia (Aphiochaeta)), 502 schramae Giles, Wirth, and Messersmith (Culicoides), 539 setosiforceps Grogan and Wirth (Jenkinshe- lea), 50 sierrensis Wilder (Oreothalia), 469 spinitarsis Wilder (Oreothalia), 467 sulcifrons Kaplan (Cheilosia), 203 suspecta Orth and Steyskal (Pherbellia), 100 tokunagai Grogan and Wirth (Jenkinshelea), 49 ungulata Robinson (Megaselia (Aphiochae- ta)), 503 uniformis Steyskal (Rhagoletotrypeta), 709 Ephemeroptera bednariki McCafferty (Stenonema), 512 Hemiptera chilensis Kormilev (Carventus), 296 Elsiella Froeschner, 533 nigropearlei Yonke (Leptoglossus), 213 physocarpi Henry (Psallus), 399 usingeri Yonke (Leptoglossus), 217 Homoptera banksiae Lambdin and Kosztarab ( Frenchia), 109 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Carnoseta DeLong, subg. of Gypona, 510 colomella DeLong (Gypona (Carnoseta)), S11 decorana DeLong (Gypona (Gypona)), 506 metalana DeLong (Gypona (Gypona)), S05 mocamba DeLong (Gypona (Marganalana)), 508 quadra DeLong (Gypona (Gypona)), 508 platona DeLong (Gypona (Marganalana)), 510 rubranura DeLong (Gypona (Gypona)), 506 Hymenoptera Aleurodiphilus DeBach and Rose, 659 americanus DeBach and Rose (Aleurodiphi- lus), 660 areniferum Evans (Pison), 422 barbatum Evans (Pison), 424 ciliatum Evans (Pison), 423 deceptor Grissell and Schauff (Jnvreia), 2 Edovum Grissell, 791 immaculatum Schauff (Acmopolynema), 453 Julianoi Platner and Oatman (Trichogramma), 164 lobatus Smith (Okutanius), 769 miamiense Schauff (Acmopolynema), 449 nepalensis Smith (Metallus), 768 Okutanius Smith, 769 Primaprospaltella DeBach and LaSalle, 644 puttleri Grissell (Edovum), 794 satoi Smith (Metallus), 767 sema Schauff (Acmopolynema), 447 shinoharai Smith (Anafenusa), 763 taiwanensis Smith (Birmella), 765 threa Grissell and Schauff (Jnvreia), 8 uma Schauff (Acmopolynema), 451 usta Grissell and Schauff (Jnvreia), 6 Lepidoptera Neomachlotica Heppner, 479 spiraea Heppner (Neomachlotica), 481 —N 7 VOL. 83 JANUARY 1981 NO. 1 (ISSN 0013-8797) PROCEEDINGS of the ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20560 PUBLISHED QUARTERLY CONTENTS AKERS, R. C. and W. H ROBINSON—Spatial pattern and movement of German cockroaches in urban, low-income apartments (Dictyoptera: Blattellidae) ......... DUFFIELD, R. M.—2-Nonanol in the exocrine secretion of the Nearctic caddisfly, Rhyacophila fuscula (Walker) (Rhyacophilidae: Trichoptera) .................... EMERSON, K. C.—Status of five species of Mallophaga described by M. A. Carriker, ETN hon ai io cave oie o/s wsiic a, 0.041 e-SGeah binha lot Woelen eye 66-4 Sig ore eRe peer ke FRANCLEMONT, J. G.—The identity of Mamestra passa and Morrisonia peracuta of Morrison (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae: Hadeninae) .......5....50...0c0ceec ences GAGNE, R. J.—A new species of North American Cecidomyiidae (Diptera) from PRET ULERNIIONM. (POACEAE) 6.6 sim.8 2 602 we alee ne Was wile skioim alee a¥Ounle seat Reed Oh _GOTWALD, W. H., JR. and A. W. BURDETTE—Morphology of the male internal reproductive system in army ants: Phylogenetic implications (Hymenoptera: For- UTE) 3 2 Ae a er eRe eee iene,» emer eres ML Teens GRISSELL, E. E. and M. E. SCHAUFF—New Nearctic /nvreia (Hymenoptera: Chal- eidiaae) trom lepidopterous pests of peanut . 1... 5.2.0 cacu Wer seeks cae denisik ees GROGAN, W. L., JR. and W. W. WIRTH—Three new Oriental species of Jenkin- Saeed Macric (Diptéra: Geratopogonidae) ©... 2.60 ee chee scan ceceslemece caren _KINGSOLVER, J. M.—Two new species of Acanthoscelides (Coleoptera: Bruchidae) associated with Phaseolus (Leguminosae) from Argentina, with the description Ola new species-group, and a Mew SyYMOMNYM .....6.....00secrceceeenescnenenes LAMBDIN, P. L. and M. KOSZTARAB—Revision of the genus Frenchia with de- scription of a new species (Homoptera: Coccoidea: Asterolecaniidae) ............ ~ MCDANIEL, B. and E. G. BOLEN—A new species of Bochartia Oudemans from BiexasAcan., Erythracidgae: Brythtaeinae)” <....6.5s.iccs ce nen 6s esse ce clee eee case (Continued on back cover) THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 _ OFFICERS FOR 1981 Jack E. Lipes, President HELEN SOLLERS-RIEDEL, Hospitality Chairman |) MARGARET S. COoLLINns, President-Elect JAY C. SHAFFER, Program Chairman Davip A. NICKLE, Recording Secretary Joyce A. UTMAR, Membership Chairman MIGNON B. Davis, Corresponding Secretary SuEO NAKAHARA, Custodian | F. CHRISTIAN THOMPSON, Treasurer JAcK E. Lipes, Delegate, Wash. Acad. Sci. Davipb R. SmitH, Editor Publications Committee E. Eric GRISSELL GEORGE C. STEYSKAL JOHN M. KINGSOLVER WAYNE N. MATHIS THOMAS E. WALLENMAIER Honorary President C. F. W. MUESEBECK 7 Honorary Members FREDERICK W. Poos ASHLEY B. GURNEY RAYMOND A. ST. GEORGE All correspondence concerning Society business should be mailed to the appropriate officer at the following address: Entomological Society of Washington, % Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. MEETINGS. —Regular meetings of the Society are held in the Ecology Theater, Natural History Building, Smithsonian Institution, on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. MEMBERSHIP. —Members shall be persons who have demonstrated interest in the science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $10.00 (U.S. currency) of which $9.00 is for a subscription to the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington for one year. : PROCEEDINGS. —Published quarterly beginning with January by the Society at Washington, D.C. Members in good standing receive the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. Nonmember subscriptions are $18.00 per year, domestic, and $20.00 per year, foreign (U.S. currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The Entomological Society of oa ington. The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies. ’ 1h Please see p. 183 for instructions regarding preparation of manuscripts. STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP Title of Publication: Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. Frequency of Issue: Quarterly (January, April, July, October). Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: The Entomological Society of Washington, % Departme of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, 10th and Constitution NW, Washington, D.C. 20560. Editor: Dr. David R. Smith, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, % U.S. National Museum NHB 168, Washington, D.C. 20560. Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: none. This issue was mailed 17 February 1981 Second Class Postage Paid at Washington, D.C. and additional mailing office. PRINTED BY ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, USA PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(1), 1981, pp. 1-12 NEW NEARCTIC INVREIA (HYMENOPTERA: CHALCIDIDAE) FROM LEPIDOPTEROUS PESTS OF PEANUT E. E. GRISSELL AND M. E. SCHAUFF (EEG) Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Wash- ington, D.C. 20560; (MES) Maryland Center for Systematic Entomology, Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park, Mary- land 20742. Abstract.—Invreia deceptor, /. usta, and /. threa, new species, are de- scribed and keyed based on material reared from lepidopterous pupae col- lected in peanuts. All three new species are known from Texas and attack pupae of Elasmopalpus lignosellus (Zeller). Invreia deceptor and I. threa are also known from Oklahoma, where deceptor attacks E. lignosellus and Stegasta bosqueella (Chambers), but threa so far is known to parasitize only the latter host. Jnvreia mirabilis of Wall and Berberet, the only pre- viously reported Jnvreia in the New World, is a misidentification of decep- tor; I. mirabilis Bouéek is a valid Old World species. Invreia mirabilis Bouéek, an Old World species, has thus far been the only member of the genus known from the New World. It was recently reported from Oklahoma by Wall and Berberet (1975) as a parasite of lepi- dopterous pests on peanuts. In studying the Wall and Berberet specimens as well as additional material from Texas, we find that mirabilis is a mis- identification and that three undescribed species are represented. Because several workers are holding manuscripts pending the identification of these specimens, we take this opportunity to describe three new species of /n- vreia. Invreia mirabilis is a valid Old World species but is not known to occur in the Western Hemisphere. The most recent revision of Jnvreia was by Nikol’skaya (1960) who treat- ed 17 species worldwide. Since that time one species has been described by Steffan (1962: festiva) and another by Habu (1970; ghanii). Habu also cited taxonomic literature for the genus but overlooked a paper by Erdés (1957) describing the female of /. mirabilis. Additionally Steffan (1976) transferred the previously described species e/egantula Masi from Euchalcidia to In- vreia, making a total of 20 described species worldwide to date. We add 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON another three species in this paper, the only ones thus far known from the New World. Habu (1970) summarized distribution for /nvreia as **Africa and Europe to Central Asia.’’ The only host records for Jnvreia were pupae of Myelois cinctipalpella Christ (Pyralidae) for /. rufitarsis (Illiger) (Nikol’skaya, 1960) and pupae of Chilo partellus Swinhoe (Pyralidae) for I. ghanii (Habu, 1970). To these hosts were added the Nearctic records for pupae of Elasmopalpus lignosellus (Zeller) (Pyralidae) and Stegasta bos- queella (Chambers) (Gelechiidae) for J. ‘‘mirabilis’’ of Wall and Berberet (1975). These Nearctic records now refer to the /nvreia species described below. Invreia may be distinguished from other Chalcididae by the following characters: Hindtibia essentially truncate distally, two hindtibial spurs pres- ent (Haltichellinae); marginal vein slightly removed from anterior margin of wing, but parallel to it, postmarginal vein absent, stigmal vein rudimentary (Hybothoracini); scutellum posteriorly rounded, subtruncate, or slightly bi- lobed but without large projecting dents, propodeum not extended back- wards on sides of abdomen, clypeus not developed as a projection, first tergum without lateral carinae at base. In the descriptions all ratios were measured at 50x except ocellar ratios which were measured at 100. All characters were measured in the flattest plane. Thoracic length was measured from the anterior extent of the prono- tum to the posterior extent of the propodeum. Sculpture was described using fluorescent and incandescent light and largely follows the nomenclature of Eady (1968). Propodeal terms are adapted from Bouéek (1951). Holotypes are in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. (USNM). Invreia deceptor Grissell and Schauff, NEw SPECIES Bigs. 15. 6.6, 10, 02. as ile Holotype female.—Length 3.8 mm. Ratio head:thorax:abdomen 25:90:80. Black except the following reddish brown: Basal % of scape, fore- and midlegs except coxae, hindtibia, tarsi, and base and apex of hindfemur. Face (Fig. 15) barely wider than high (53:50), eye essentially bare, eye height:interocular distance at vertex 25:27, lateral ocellus:ocellocular length:postocellar length 10:7:25, malar:intermalar distances 20:21; upper face with punctures ca. own diameter apart each with recurved seta, lower face laterad of scrobes rugulose and covered with appressed dense silvery pubescence; scrobe nearly reaching median ocellus, finely aciculate; flagel- lum (Fig. Ic) filiform, scape swollen in basal 2, ratio beginning with scape 38:15:7:8:8:8:7:7:7:7:11 (club counted as 1), pedicel 5.0x longer than wide (15:3). Thorax ratio pronotum:scutum:scutellum:propodeum 28:27:30:20; pronotum medially and anterior of scutum (Fig. 17) with setigerous punc- tures separated by ca. own diameter, seta length ca. 2* puncture diameter, VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 2 threa 3 subarmata 4 usta 8 deceptor ih 7 threa 9 usta 10 deceptor 11 subarmata 12 deceptor 13 usta 14 threa Figs. 1-14. Invreia spp. 1, Antenna, lateral (a, b = inner. 5, Abdomen, lateral, insert shows sculpturing. 6 8-9, Thorax, mesepisternum and hindcoxa, lateral. 10, dorsal. male; c = female). 2-4, Scape, male, —7, Scutellum, posterior apex, dorsal. Midfemur, lateral. 11-14, Propodeum, 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON interspaces lightly transversely aciculate, slide lobe along notaular border with several punctures on otherwise aciculate background, setigerous punc- tures elsewhere on thorax (including pronotum laterally) variably spaced without apparent or regular ridges between, aciculation fading on posterior of scutum, nearly polished here and on scutellum; pronotum dorsolaterally with punctures nearly contiguous, laterally punctures mixed with reticula- tion continuing to ventral marginal strip which is reticulate; mesepisternum with forecoxal depression prolonged into toothlike flange ventrally (Fig. 8), posterior apex of scutellum rounded (Fig. 6); propodeum (Fig. 12) with complete, equally developed, submedian, accessory, sublateral, and lateral carinae, median carina present but much weaker than others, posterolateral margin angulate, produced about as far backward as petiolar foramen; mid- femur (Fig. 10) distally swollen, rounded ventrally, nearly 3 wider distally than proximally (11:4); forewing length:width 110:40, hyaline, submargin- al:marginal:stigmal veins 43:8:3. Abdomen elliptical in side view, tergum I reaching ca. 2 length of abdomen (40:80), epipygidium and ovipositor barely visible from above; tergum I laterally polished, dorsally appearing mostly polished, faintly reticulate in median 4 becoming polished laterally; tergum II laterally polished towards base parallel to lower margin of tergum I, otherwise covered with sparse regularly placed setae each surrounded at base by “‘petallike’’ arrangement of reticulation (Fig. 5; best seen at 25x or higher), dorsally polished; complete terga II-VI with anterior polished, pos- terior reticulate with setal row, tergum VI inclined. Allotype male.—Length 3.8 mm. Black except the following reddish brown: foretibia, distal “2 of midfemur, tips of mid- and hindtibiae, all tarsi. Setae and structure as for female except: Scape (Fig. la, b) subapically incised with upward projecting denticle on lower margin, antennal ratio beginning with scape 24:5:2:9:9:8:8:8:7:7:14 (club counted as 1). Punctures on scutellum nearly contiguous. Reticulation on dorsum of tergum I as heavy as terga II-VI, terga II with areas between setae evenly reticulate (rather than with distant ‘‘petallike’’ reticulations at base as in female). Holotype.—°, Texas, Comanche County, 3 miles west DeLeon, 10-VII- 1978, R. L. Sams; reared from Elasmopalpus lignosellus pupa in peanuts, USNM type no. 76269. Allotype and paratypes.—Allotype ¢ and 9 2,2 6 paratypes, same data as holotype (except collection dates range from 13-VII to 10-X-1978). 9 °, 14 ¢ paratypes, laboratory culture, parental stock from same locality, S. Johnson. Other paratypes as follows: 2 2, 2 ¢, Beattie, Texas, 18-VIII- 1975, 6—25-I1X-1976, S. Johnson, host data same as holotype. Specimens not paratypes, all from Oklahoma as follows: Reared from E. lignosellus pupae: 1 9, Acme, Grady Co., 22-VII-1974; 1 3, Colbert, Bryan Co., 1-VIII-1972; | 2, Enos, Marshall Co., 13-VIII-1973; 1 2, Holdenville, Hughes Co., 19- VII-1974; 6 2, Madill, Marshall Co., various dates from 17-VIII to 3-X; VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 5 reared from Stegasta bosqueella: 60 2, 88 3, Marshall Co., R. Wall, 15- VIII to 29-IX-1975-76; 1 2, Madill, 10-VIII-1972. Paratypes will be depos- ited in the British Museum (Natural History) (London), the Canadian Na- tional Collection (Ottawa), the Florida State Collection of Arthropods (Gainesville), the Department of Entomology, Texas A. & M. University (College Station), and the USNM. Variation.—Females (31) from Elasmopalpus vary in length from 2.9 to 3.8 mm; males (19) from 2.3 to 3.8 mm. Females (61) from Stegasta vary from 2.0 to 2.3 mm and males (88) from 2.3 to 2.7 mm. About one-fourth of the females from Elasmopalpus have the scape all dark: the rest are like the holotype. Almost all the females from Stegasta have the scape dark. Males are generally like the allotype, but a few small ones (ca. 2.5 mm) are entirely black except the tarsi. The denticle of the scape may not be as pronounced as in Fig. 1b. The median propodeal carina is present at least as a vague, broken line in all specimens, but the accessory carinae become irregular posteriorly in some specimens and fade before reaching the hind- margin of the propodeum. Discussion.—In Nikol’skaya’s key to world Jnvreia (1960), deceptor would be placed in rubric 26, keying out with swharmata (Forster). In direct comparisons with specimens, the females of both species agree in the elon- gate antenna with pedicel about 5x as long as wide and scape a little less than 3x the length of the pedicel. Both have the malar distance slightly shorter than the eye height, the marginal vein about 2.5 the length of the stigmal vein, the apparent sixth abdominal segment inclined (not vertical), the interspaces between scutal punctures aciculate, and the midfemora rounded ventrally with the greatest width in the distal third (Fig. 10) as opposed to angulate and/or with greatest width at the midpoint. Female deceptor may be distinguished from subarmata as follows: Invreia deceptor with lower face covered with dense, silvery pubescence on either side of scrobal basin and area beneath setae rugulose (Fig. 15) (subarmata with few setae on either side of scrobal basin, each placed in distinct puncture, Fig. 16); deceptor has anterior portion of scutum with punctures generally separated by puncture diameter or more (Fig. 17) (subarmata with punc- tures less than own diameter or nearly contiguous, Fig. 18); propodeum of deceptor with posterolateral margins developed as sharp angles (Fig. 12) (subarmata with margins nearly right angled, Fig. 11); and deceptor with fore- and midlegs (except coxae) concolorous reddish brown (subarmata has legs nearly black). Males of deceptor may be separated from those of subarmata by the characters just mentioned (except legs of deceptor are mostly black) as well as the following: In deceptor the antennal scape has an incision subapically with upward projecting denticle and the pedicel un- modified beneath (Fig. 1b), whereas in swharmata the incision is merely angulate basally and the pedicel has a protuberance (Fig. 3); deceptor has 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 16 subarmata 15 deceptor Figs. 15-16. Invreia spp., face, female. the wing hyaline beneath the marginal vein while swharmata has the wing weakly stained brown for about one-third the wing length from stigma to base. Among Nearctic species, females of deceptor are morphologically like threa in having the mesepisternal depression with a projection, but other- wise share more characters with usta (e.g. smooth, punctate pronotum, smooth lateral area of tergum I). Invreia deceptor may be separated from both by characters given in the key. Males differ as discussed under usta. Etymology.—From the Latin deceptor meaning “‘deceiver’’ in reference to its confusion with mirabilis. Invreia usta Grissell and Schauff, NEw SPECIES Figs: 4,9) 13.19 Holotype female.—Length 3.8 mm. Ratio head:thorax:abdomen 26:80:82. Black except the following orange brown: scape, pedicel, midcoxa, apex of hindcoxa, all legs beyond coxae (except hindfemur infuscate medially on outer side, ventrally with denticles nearly black, hindtibia ventrally with dark carinae), and tegula. Face slightly wider than high (54:48), eye essen- tially bare, eye height:interocular distance (at vertex) 25:29, lateral ocel- lus:ocellocular length:postocellar length 7:4:25, malar:intermalar distances 19:25; upper face with punctures ca. own diameter apart, each with recurved seta (as in Fig. 15); lower face laterad of scrobes rugose and covered with appressed dense silvery pubescence; scrobe nearly reaching median ocellus, finely aciculate; flagellum filiform, scape swollen in basal , ratio (beginning with scape) 36:12:6:7:7:7:7:6:6:6:11 (club counted as 1), pedicel 4.0x longer VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 7 than wide (12:3). Thorax ratio, pronotum:scutum:scutellum:propodeum 25:23:31:18; pronotum medially and scutum anteriorly with setigerous punc- tures separated by ca. own diameter, seta length ca. 2x puncture diameter, interspaces lightly longitudinally aciculate; pronotum laterally with punc- tures contiguous, laterally punctures mixed with reticulation continuing to ventral marginal strip which is reticulate; side lobes (Fig. 19) along notaular border with few punctures, scutum medially and anterior of scutellum with punctures separated by ca. 2x own diameter, interspaces aciculate ante- riorly becoming highly polished posteriorly, scutellum laterally with punc- tures contiguous, posterior apex of scutellum rounded (Fig. 6); mes- episterum with forecoxal depression not prolonged into a flange (Fig. 9); propodeum (Fig. 13) with complete, equally developed, submedian, sublat- eral, and lateral posterolateral carinae, accessory carinae fading posteriorly, no median carina, posterolateral margin angulate, produced ca. as far back- ward as petiolar foramen; hindfemur distally swollen, rounded ventrally, 2.5x wider distally than proximally (10:4). Forewing length:width 124:50, hyaline, submarginal:marginal:stigmal veins 48:8:3. Abdomen elliptical in side view, tergum I reaching less than % length of abdomen (37:92); epi- pygidium and ovipositor barely visible from above; tergum I laterally pol- ished with few setae at dorsolateral margins, dorsally almost uniformly ‘reticulate’ (at 25x: actually microscopically punctulate at higher magni- fication) except posterior '/. fading to faint reticulate-coriaceous sculpture; tergum II laterally with narrow anterior margin polished, otherwise reticu- late and covered with regularly placed setae, some with ‘“‘petallike”’ reti- culation (as in Fig. 5), dorsally reticulate about like posterior of tergum I, medially without setae; entire terga III-VI polished anteriorly, reticulate with setal row posteriorly; tergum VI inclined. Allotype male.—Length 2.9 mm. Black, reddish brown as follows: Fla- gellar segments beneath, fore- and midlegs past coxae (ventral forefemur and apical % of midfemur infuscate), distal tip of hindcoxa, apical and distal tip of hindfemur, hindtibia, tarsi (hindtibia ventrally with dark carinae), tegula (dorsal edge black). Structurally as for female except: Malar:intermalar distances 15:25, scape (Fig. 4) subapically incised with forward projecting denticle on lower margin, pedicel with ventral protuberance, antennal ratio beginning with scape 20:5:2:9:7:7:6:6:6:6:13 (club counted as 1). Thorax ratio, pronotum:scutum:scutellum:propodeum 28:25:25:15, pronotum dor- solaterally with contiguous punctures, laterally shining to ventral marginal strip which is reticulate, thorax irregularly covered with setae 4-6 length of own puncture diameter; anterior of scutellum with punctures irregularly separated by from ca. 1-4 own diameter, posterolateral margin of pro- podeum an obtuse angle, not produced caudally as far as the petiolar fora- men; abdomen without “‘petallike’’ reticulation. Holotype.— ° , Texas, Comanche County, 3 miles west DeLeon, 14-VIII- 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 1978, R. L. Sams: reared from Elasmopalpus lignosellus, in peanuts (No. 81), USNM type no. 76488. Allotype and paratypes.—Allotype ¢, 3 paratype 2°, same data as holo- type except dates 17-VIII (allotype, no. 158), 20-VII (no. 28), 24-VIII (no. 39), 1-IX (no. 36). Paratypes in USNM, British Museum (Natural History), and Department of Entomology, Texas A. & M. University. Variation.—In two female specimens the accessory carinae of the pro- podeum fade out posteriorly, but in the other two females and the male a transverse carina connects the accessory to the sublateral carinae. One fe- male has the hindoxa and femur (except denticles) entirely orange brown. Discussion.—/nvreia usta runs to rubrics 25 and 28 of Nikol’skaya’s key (1960) but fits neither alternative. It has a polished thorax as in 28, but the marginal vein is only about 2.5 the stigmal as in 25. Among females of the three New World species, usta has the reddish coloration of threa (legs, tegulae) but is distinguished from both deceptor and threa by the dorso- median area of the scutum and anterior of scutellum with punctures about two diameters apart and polished between as opposed to one diameter or less apart and reticulate to aciculate between (cf. Figs. 17, 19, 20). Males of usta may also be distinguished from deceptor and threa by the setae on the dorsum of the thorax being about four to six times the length of its puncture diameter, but setae only about two times or less as long in deceptor and threa. From deceptor, male usta may be distinguished by the strongly outward projecting denticle on the inner side of the scape (Fig. 4), whereas in deceptor the denticle projects upwards and is less developed (Fig. 1b): and in usta the lateral corners of the propodeum form an obtuse angle, whereas in deceptor they form an acute angle which projects caudally. Etymology.—From the Latin usta meaning ‘‘burnt color’ in reference to the legs of this species. Invreia threa Grissell and Schauff, NEw SPECIES Figs. 2, 7, 14, 20 Holotype female.—Length 2.5 mm. Ratio head:thorax:abdomen 20:55:60. Black except the following reddish brown: Scape, midcoxa, all legs past coxae (except hindfemur ventrally with denticles nearly black, hindtibia ventrally with dark carinae), and tegula. Face barely wider than high (45:40), eyes essentially bare, eye height:interocular distance (at vertex) 20:20, lat- eral ocellus:ocellocular length:postocellar length 7:5:20, malar:intermalar distances 18:16, face medially (scrobal basin) reticulate merging to strigose or rugose laterally, scrobe nearly reaching midocellus as faint, setaeless depression; upper face with evenly placed recurved to recumbent setae, area laterad of scrobe with recumbent to appressed dense silvery pubes- cence; flagellum filiform, scape swollen in basal %, ratio beginning with scape 30:19:5:6:7:7:5:5:5:5:10 (club counted as 1), pedicel 3.0 longer than VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 9 19 usta 18 subarmata Figs. 17-20. Invreia spp., thorax excluding pronotum, dorsal. wide (9:3). Thorax ratio, pronotum:scutum:scutellum:propodeum 22:24:27:13; pronotum, scutum, and scutellum generally with setigerous punctures separated by ca. own diameter (Fig. 20), seta length scarcely 1x puncture diameter, interspaces reticulate-aciculate, side lobes of scutum, 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON axillae, and anterior of scutellum with punctures ca. 2 or more diameters apart; pronotum dorsolaterally with punctures nearly contiguous, lateral lower % evenly reticulate, without punctures; posteromedial margin of scu- tellum subtruncate; mesepisternum with forecoxal depression prolonged into toothlike flange ventrally (as in Fig. 8); propodeum distinctly reticulate between major carinae, with submedian, sublateral, and lateral carinae com- plete, accessory carina fading posteriorly, no median carina, areas between carinae without transverse carinae or where present carinae weak, postero- lateral margin angulate, produced backward as far as petiolar foramen (Fig. 14): midfemur distally swollen, rounded ventrally, ca. 2.5 wider distally than proximally (10:4); forewing length:width 90:35, hyaline, submarginal:marginal:stigmal veins 35:5:2. Abdomen ovate-elliptic in side view, tergum I reaching ca. % length of abdomen (33:65), epipygidium and ovipositor barely visible from above; terga uniformly reticulate; tergum I with few setae dorsolaterally, others with single setal row posteriorly, ex- cept tergum II bare medially, and tergum VI with several rows; tergum VI inclined. Allotype male.—Length 1.7 mm. Black, reddish brown as follows: Fla- gellar segments beneath, forefemur distally, foretibia distally and beneath, foretarsi (distal segment darker), midfemur and midtibia distally, midtarsi (distal 2 segments darker), apical and distal tip of hindfemur, distal % of hindtibia, hindtarsi (distal 2 segments darker), tegula posteriorly. Setae and structure as for female except: Face wider than high (40:30), lateral ocel- lus:ocellocular length:postocellar length 10:3:23, malar:intermalar distances 13:16, scape (Fig. 2) subapically incised with forward projecting denticle on lower margin, antennal ratio beginning with scape 16:5:1:6:5:5:5:5:5:5:11 (club counted as 1). Thorax ratio pronotum:scutum:scutellum:propodeum 13:16:18:8, anterior of scutum with punctures separated by ca. 1-3 own diameter, side lobes of scutum with few punctures medially; posteromedial margin of scutellum not emarginate; forecoxal flange present, but difficult to see. Forewing length:width 75:30, submarginal:marginal:stigmal veins 30:5:2. Abdomen with Ist tergum reaching past 2 length (80:50) (posterior segments telescoped foreward), tergum I with dorsal reticulation fading at lateral and posterior margins, tergum II with several rows of setae laterally. Holotype.—°?, Oklahoma, Marshall County, 9-IX-1975, R. Berberet; No. 84, reared from Stegasta bosqueella, USNM type no. 76489. Allotype and paratypes.—Allotype ¢, same data as holotype, except No. 111, 13-[X-1975; 55 2, 27 3 paratypes, same data, except 31-VII to 30-IX- 1975-76; 1 3 paratype same data, except collected in Enos, 21-VIII-1974; 2 2 paratypes, Texas, Comanche County, 3 miles west DeLeon, 13-VII (No. 45) and 14-VIII (No. 187), reared from Elasmopalpus lignosellus pupa in peanuts. Paratypes in USNM, British Museum (Natural History), and the departments of entomology of Texas A. & M. University and Oklahoma State University. VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 1] Variation.—Differences among female specimens available for study are confined to the scutellum, the propodeum, and color. In one specimen there is a sharp angle formed at the intersection of the lateral carina and cross carina from the sublateral. A single specimen has a weak median propodeal carina which fades out dorsally. In all specimens the transverse carinae are variable in presence and/or intensity, not being as well developed as the primary longitudinal carinae. The areas between carinae are almost uni- formly reticulate. In several specimens (from both Elasmopalpus and Ste- gasta) the apex of the scutellum is slightly bilobed (Fig. 7), in most it is as in Fig. 6, and in several it is nearly squared-off apically. The color of the hindfemur in females varies from all orange to black medially with orange apices. In some specimens from Stegasta the tegula is black for both sexes. Females from Elasmopalpus have the tegula orange. Females from Stegasta vary in length from 1.6 mm to 2.5 mm, males from 1.6 mm to 2.1 mm. Females from Elasmopalpus vary from 2.5 mm to 2.9 mm. Discussion.—Invreia threa would be placed in rubric 27 of Nikol’skaya’s key (1960). It agrees with subtilis Nikol’skaya in the generally small size (2.5 mm) and reddish coloration of antenna, tegula, and legs. According to the description, however, subtilis has the abdomen polished dorsally where- as threa is evenly reticulate dorsally. Additionally, swhtilis has the postero- lateral corners of the propodeum rounded and without dentation, whereas threa has the corners angulate and produced caudally. From Nearctic Invreia, threa may be distinguished by characters given in the key and by the reticulate ventral half of the lateral aspect of the pronotum. In deceptor and usta this area has setigerous punctures extend- ing nearly to the ventral edge. Etymology.—A euphonious, arbitrary combination of letters. KEY TO NEARCTIC SPECIES OF INVREIA 1. Males, scape on apicoventral margin produced as a denticle; pedicel Sedicenyalonger thal Oro0ad (E10. 1a) 2 os cee onus ce ure crocae a cere eee p — Females, scape without denticle; pedicel 3—5x longer than broad Mee) Ne CAA ns ance gee vice mines dcalace eo wie ove Oye Wee ae Teena 4 Ze Wenticle of scape projecting upward (Fig! 1b) dass kink A. Pele i ter eines fake. cnt Aw aus ed outa aie tues deceptor, new species Denticle of scape projecting outward (Pigs..2, 4) 2. <<: ce awa ee Oe 3 3. Pronotum laterally 74 reticulate, no punctures: setae on dorsum of thorax subequal in length to own puncture diameter ............. ee race en ok Siete. cig ace Riots eae ar aue a Geta eta threa, new species — Pronotum laterally with mixture of reticulation and punctures; seta on dorsum of thorax 4-6 own puncture diameter .. usta, new species 4. Tergum I dorsally evenly reticulate (except narrow posterior pol- ished band), lateral part of tergum either polished or reticulate; hind- 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON femur entirely brownish or orange, or infused with black; tegula Orange’ to’ blacks..6 . 2905 BOs re a ee Se ee 5) — Tergum polished dorsally (faint reticulation may be visible medially) continuing to lateral part of tergum; tegula and hindfemur black .. . Ge SS CRRA AU OR Pa Se ce deceptor, new species 5. Tergum I as reticulate laterally as dorsally; scutellum reticulate-acic- ulate*between-punctines: (Pigs 20) She. Aree ee threa, new species — Tergum I polished laterally; scutellum smooth between punctures CEigs AIO) ttae Bt POS Ie ee ee ee usta, new species ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank J. W. Smith, Jr. (Department of Entomology, Texas A. & M. University, College Station) and R. C. Berberet (Department of Entomol- ogy, Oklahoma State University, Stillwater) for sending us the series of reared material which formed the basis for our study. Additionally, we thank John Noyes, British Museum (Natural History), London, for the loan and/ or gift of several Invreia species, Yevgeny Sugonyayev (Zoological Insti- tute, Academy of Sciences of the USSR, Leningrad) for translating Nikol’skaya’s 1960 world key to /nvreia, L. N. Kassianoff (Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution) for translating the species description of J. subtilis, and E. M. Paige for drawing Figures 17-20. LITERATURE CITED Boucéek, Z. 1951. The first revision of the European species of the family Chalcididae. Acta Entomol. Mus. Natl. Pragae 27(Suppl. 1): 1-108, 17 pls. Eady, R. D. 1968. Some illustrations of microsculpture in the Hymenoptera. Proc. R. Ento- mol. Soc. Lond. (A) 43: 66-72. Erdos, J. 1957. Miscellanea chalcididologica Hungarica. Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Natl. Hung. (n.s.) 8: 347-374. Habu, A. 1970. Description of a new Jnvreia species parasitic on a paddy stem borer in Pakistan. Mushi 43: 45-49. Nikol’skaya, M. N. 1960. Fauna USSR: Hymenoptera VII (No. 5). Chalcidoids, families Chalcididae and Leucospidae. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSR, Moscow (n.s.) No. 76, 221 pp. Steffan, J. R. 1962. Chalcidoides de L’Institut National D’Entomologie de Rome. Fragm. Entomol. 4: 19-39. —. 1976. Les Euchalcidia Masi du bassin mediterraneen. Bull. Soc. Entomol. Fr. 81: 52-63. Wall, R. and R. C. Berberet. 1975. Parasitoids associated with lepidopterous pests on peanuts; Oklahoma fauna. Environ. Entomol. 4: 877-882. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(1), 1981, pp. 13-27 A REDESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE OF SIMULIUM SANGUINEUM KNAB AND DESCRIPTIONS OF THE MALE, PUPA, AND LARVA (DIPTERA: SIMULIIDAE)' M. A. TIDWELL, MARGARET A. TIDWELL, AND B. V. PETERSON (MAT, MAT) International Center for Medical Research, Tulane Univer- sity, Cali, Colombia; (BVP) Biosystematics Research Institute, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, Ontario KIA 0C6. Abstract.—The female of Simulium sanguineum Knab is redescribed and the male, pupa, and larva are described for the first time from specimens from the type-locality in Colombia. Illustrations and biological information are provided. Simulium sanguineum is differentiated from the closely re- lated species S. amazonicum Goeldi. The original description of Simulium sanguineum Knab was based on female specimens collected biting man on the Atrato River, Boca de Arquia, Colombia (Knab, 1915). Since that time specimens identified as S. sangui- neum have been reported from Panama, Venezuela, Guyana, and Brazil. Considerable confusion exists in the literature concerning the identification of specimens of this species as well as those of S$. amazonicum Goeldi and other closely related species. Currently, the designations $. amazonicum and S. sanguineum groups are being used by Simulium taxonomists to include at least six described species and an unknown number of unde- scribed species some of which have been confused with S$. sanguineum. Superficially, the females of these groups are very similar and difficult to distinguish. Resolving the taxonomic confusion regarding these groups has been hampered by the lack of associated immature stages or in some cases by the incorrect association of immature stages with adults of another species. The purpose of this paper is to redescribe the female of S. sanguineum and to provide the first descriptions of the male, larva, and pupa. The de- scriptions are based on material collected at the type-locality, and the fe- males were compared with the holotype of S. sanguineum from the British Museum (Natural History), London, provided through the courtesy of R. ! This investigation was supported by grant AI-10050 from the National Institute for Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health. 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON I Fig. 1. Simulium sanguineum, female. a, Scutum, composite illustration with light sources from both sides. b, Scutum showing variation in pattern. c, Left lateral view of scutum with right submedian pruinose vitta at top, light sources anterior and posterior. d, Same position with posterior light source only. Crosskey and A. J. Shelley. All colors are those of dry pinned specimens; measurements were made from slide mounted or alcohol preserved material. Figures la and b are composite drawings; with specimens in this position the lateral pruinosity is not normally observed to the extent that it has been illustrated. Figures 4a—c were drawn from cleared specimens in temporary gel mounts, and Figure 4d was made from a permanent slide mounted spec- imen. VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 15 Fig. 2. Simulium sanguineum, female. a, Antenna. b, Palpus. c, Variation in form of sen- sory vesicle. d, Proximal margin of cibarial pump. e, Variation in margin of cibarial pump. Abbreviation: sen ves = sensory vesicle. Simulium sanguineum Knab Simulium sanguineum Knab, 1915: 279 (°). Female.—General body color black. Length: Body, 1.2—2.0 mm (dry pinned specimens), |.6—2.1 mm (alcohol preserved specimens): wing, 1|.3— 1.5 mm. Head black with a bluish-silver pruinosity. Frons pruinose, moderately broad, at vertex about 0.18 mm wide and approximately 144 as wide as at narrowest point. Ocular triangle greatly reduced, short but broad, at tallest point less than width of an ommatidium. Clypeus slightly wider than frons at narrowest point, concolorous with it except more densely pruinose, with sparse yellow to pale brownish setae. Antenna about 0.3 mm long, shape and proportions of segments as in Fig. 2a; scape, pedicel and base of Ist flagellomere yellow to brownish yellow, remaining flagellomeres dark brown to black. Proboscis yellowish brown to dark brown; mandible with about 6 Or more serrations on outer lateral margin and 25-27 on inner margin. La- 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ed \ Fig. 3. Simulium sanguineum, female. a, Anterior wing venation showing detail. b, Legs. c. Portion of hindtarsus showing calcipala and pedisulcus. Abbreviations: calc = calcipala; peds = pedisulcus. VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 17 cinia with 16-20 (avg 18) retrorse teeth; palpus (Fig. 2b) dull dark brown to black, with brown setae; sensory vesicle of 3rd segment 0.5—0.6 as wide as segment; variation noted in size and shape of sensory vesicle illustrated in Fig. 2c. Proximal medial margin of cibarial pump with 38—60 minute teeth, narrow medial emargination and apices of dorsolateral arms simple, without teeth (Figs. 2d, e), width between distal portions of dorsolateral arms av- eraging 0.13 mm. Thorax basically black; scutum with two submedian bluish-silver to gold- en-silver iridescent vittae on a velvety black background, with a wide band of similar colored pruinosity present along lateral and posterior margins, this pattern varying in shape and intensity according to direction and angle of incident light (Figs. la—d). Scutellum markedly triangular in shape, dark brown to velvety black with a light dusting of silvery pruinosity lateroven- trally, and with long dark setae sometimes interspersed with some golden or bicolored setae. Postnotum black, densely silvery pruinose. Anepister- num and katepisternum with dense bluish-silver pruinosity. Wing about 0.7— 0.9 mm wide; veins pale yellow, basicosta and stem vein with dark brown setae; costa and R, with spinules, R, with 5—9 (avg 7) and R,,; with 8-14 (avg 10) spinules (counts of R, and R,,; are made to point of fusion with costa). Stem of halter brown, knob creamy yellow. Shape and proportions of leg segments as in Fig. 3b; segments faintly to distinctly silvery pruinose; all coxae and trochanters dark brown to black, anterior trochanter some- times dull yellow basally; anterior femur and tibia yellowish to brownish yellow, midfemur and hindfemur dark brown to black, midtibia with pale ring basally, hindtibia with basal % to 2 creamy white, remainder black; anterior tarsus slender, black, basitarsus of middle leg dirty yellow with small dark area distally, 2nd and 3rd tarsomeres pale basally and apical 2 tarsomeres dark brown to black; hindbasitarsus mostly creamy white with about apical '/6 black, 2nd and 3rd tarsomeres pale basally and apical 2 tarsomeres dark brown to black; legs generally with pale setae on yellow areas and dark setae on dark areas; all femora and tibiae with some flattened scales, more numerous on outer surfaces of midleg and hindleg; calcipala about as wide as long, pedisulcus deep (Fig. 3c); claw simple. Abdomen black, with terga 1—5 dull velvety black, terga 6—9 subshining and with faint silvery pruinosity, terga | and 3-5 with a faint silvery prui- nosity along posterior margins, tergum 2 more widely covered with distinct silvery pruinosity; fringe of tergum 1 of long brown setae, remaining terga with sparse brown setae. Sterna 2-7 not sclerotized, all sterna dull black with faint silvery pruinosity. Terminalia as in Fig. 4; hypogynial valves (ovipositor lobes) short, their hind margins slightly curved, medial margins slightly concave on about posterior 2, and faintly sclerotized on about anterior 14, with fine irregular rows of microtrichia on greater portion of ventral surface. Anal lobe, in lateral view, somewhat ovate, ventral margin 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 4. Simulium sanguineum, female terminalia. a, Ventral view with portions of left side removed. b, Left lateral view including genital fork. c, Variation in genital fork. d, Variation in shape of spermatheca. Abbreviations: an Ib = anal lobe: cerc = cercus; gen fk = genital fork; hypg vlv = hypogynial valve; st 8 = sternum 8. VOLUME 83, NUMBER | Fig. 5. Simulium sanguineum, male. a, Antenna. b, Palpus. c, Composite illustration of scutal pattern. d, Legs. e, Portion of hindtarsus showing calcipala and pedisulcus. gently curving posteriorly but not produced beyond hindmargin of cercus. Cercus broadly rounded posteriorly. Genital fork with stem and base of arms heavily sclerotized, arms distally subrectangular to subtriangular, moderately sclerotized, each with a moderately long slender sclerotized anteriorly directed process. Spermatheca globular to slightly elongate, heavily sclerotized, with small differentiated circular area at junction with spermathecal duct. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Male.—General body color black. Length: Body, |.3—1.6 mm (dry pinned specimens), 1.8—2.2 mm (alcohol preserved specimens); wing, 1.4—1.5 mm. Head black: frons and clypeus with silvery pruinosity; clypeus with long pale yellowish to brownish hairs. Antenna (slide mounted) as in Fig. Sa; scape, pedicel, and base of Ist flagellomere dull yellow, remainder dark brown to dull black. Palpus dark brown to dull black, shape and proportion of segments as in Fig. 5b. Scutum velvety black, with 2 triangular submedian silvery pruinose spots, inner margin of each spot extending posteriorly as a slender submedian concolorous vitta, these vittae somewhat variable in length but sometimes joining with broad pruinose band along hind margin of scutum that continues around lateral margins of scutum (Fig. 5c); anepisternum and katepisternum covered with dense silvery pruinosity. Scutellum dark brown with long hairs around margin, ventral portion with faint silvery pruinosity; postnotum cov- ered with silvery pruinosity. Forecoxa of legs brownish with silver prui- nosity, trochanter, femur, and tibia dirty yellow to brownish, tibia with whitish pruinosity, tarsi black; midcoxa and trochanter dark brown with faint silvery pruinosity, femur and tibia dirty yellow to dark brown, tibia paler on basal portion, basitarsus yellowish with dark apical ring, 2nd and 3rd tarsomeres pale basally, darker apically, remaining tarsomeres dark; hindcoxa and trochanter dark brown with faint silvery pruinosity, femur dark brown to black, tibia with basal 4% to ’% white, remainder black, hind- basitarsus white with black apical ring; 2nd and 3rd tarsomeres white ba- sally, dark apically; remaining tarsomeres dark. Leg shape and proportions of segments as in Fig. Sd; calcipala and pedisulcus as in Fig. S5e. Wing essentially as in female, veins dull yellowish; R, with 5-8 spinules and R,,; with 6-10 spinules. Stem of halter dark, knob yellowish. Abdomen velvety black in general appearance with lateral silvery prui- nosity on segments 1, 2, 6, 7, 8, and 9. Tergum | black, posterior margin fringed with long hairs; tergum 2 brownish black with silvery pruinosity; a faint anterior marginal pruinosity present on segments 3, 4, 5, and 6 and a faint posterior marginal pruinosity present on segment 5, and with faint trace of pruinosity on intersegmental membrane between segments 4 and 5 and segments 5 and 6; terga 6-8 with silvery pruinosity that is absent medially, thus forming a posteriorly expanded elongate black triangle. Male terminalia as in Fig. 6; gonocoxite subquadrate, with prominent setae on distal 12; gonostylus approximately 34 length of gonocoxite at longest point; basal width of gonostylus varying from % to % its length, tapering to apex, with a single apical spine. Ventral plate somewhat U-shaped in ventral view, and strongly depressed dorsoventrally, its greatest width occurring approxi- mately midway between basal arms to decurved distal margin; basal ex- tremities of arms strongly sclerotized. Paramere with numerous small and large spines. VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 21 Fig. 6. Simulium sanguineum, male terminalia. a, Ventral view with portions of left side removed. b, Left lateral view of ventral plate and paramere. c, Terminal (end) view of same structures. d, Terminalia of separate specimen from permanent slide mount. Abbreviations: aed memb = aedeagal membrane: gonocx = gonocoxite; gonost = gonostylus; med scl = me- dian sclerite of aedeagus; pm = paramere; ven plt = ventral plate of aedeagus. Fig. 7. Simulium sanguineum, pupa. a, Cocoon. b, Respiratory organ showing variation in level of branching. c, Head, female, d, Head, male. Abbreviation: tr = trichomes. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 23 Pupa.—Cocoon slipper shaped (Fig. 7a); length, 1.7—2.5 mm; light brown in color, rim of anterior collar darker and with a short dorsomedial projec- tion present in most specimens but this often broken off. Pupal length 1.6- 2.2 mm; respiratory organ 1.4—1.8 mm in length with 8 filaments originating from 3 primary trunks, dorsal and medial trunks each giving rise at varying levels to 3 filaments and ventral branch to 2 filaments (Fig. 7b). Head (Figs. 7c, d) and portions of thorax with small rounded platelets in an irregular pattern; head with 2 + 2 single frontal and 1 + 1 usually bifid facial tri- chomes; thorax with 5 + 5 usually bifid or trifid dorsal trichomes (Fig. 8a). Abdominal setae and hooks as in Figs. 8b—d:; posterior margins of terga 3 and 4 each with 4 + 4 anteriorly projecting hooks; terga 7-9 each with small posteriorly directed spines along anterior margin. Terminal caudal spines broad basally, tapering to an acute point. Sternum 4 with | pair, and sterna 5-7 with 2 pairs of usually bifid or trifid hooks. Larva (Fig. 9a).—General body color dull creamy yellow with gray-green to dark brownish mottling, intensity varying from faint to dark. Length 3.8— 4.5 mm; width of head capsule 0.39—0.43 mm; cephalic apotome pale, with- out distinct pattern. Antenna 0.10-0.34x longer than stalk of labral fan; proportional lengths of segments 1-3 approximately 1:1:1. Labral fan with 20-22 primary rays. Hypostomal cleft subtriangular (Fig. 9b), extensively produced anteriorly reducing hypostomal bridge to a narrow straplike pro- cess, distance across hypostomal bridge to hypostomal border less than width of anterior denticulate margin of hypostoma. Margin of postocciput strongly sclerotized to approximate level of posterior tentorial pit. Hypo- stoma as in Fig. 9c; median tooth approximately same height as lateral teeth; sublateral teeth increasing slightly in height toward lateral tooth (Fig. 9d); 1 or 2 lateral serrations immediately posterior to lateral teeth; additional lateral marginal serrations on hypostoma varying from 2—5 (avg 3) on each side; hypostomal setae varying from 3—5 on each side; anterior region of hypostoma, posterior to teeth, not evenly sclerotized but with lighter median area. Mandible as in Fig. 9e; posterior to largest apical tooth there are 3 stout and 5—7 thinner comb teeth, and inner subapical margin with | large and usually | much smaller tooth followed by a row of setaelike teeth form- ing a subapical marginal brush. Apices of posterior bristles of external brush of bristles terminating at or near base of subapical marginal brush. Palpus approximately 2.6—3.4 as long as width at base. Posterior circlet composed of 52-55 rows of hooks with 8-12 hooks per row. Anal papillae with 3 compound lobes each having from 3—5 secondary lobules. Remarks.—Topotypic females were compared with the holotype and found to be so similar as to be considered conspecific. Differences observed in the intensity of coloration were probably due to fading with age of the holotype. It was difficult to discern the extent of silvery pruinosity on some of the legs and the abdomen of the holotype and accurate comparisons could PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 8. Simulium sanguineum, pupa. a, Portion of thorax showing trichomes and respiratory organ. b, Abdomen, dorsal surface on left. c, Dorsal hooks. d, Variation in ventral hooks. not be made. Knab apparently miscounted the abdominal segments in his description of S. sanguineum when he listed segments 5-8 as shining black. Specimens examined.—COLOMBIA: Dept. of Choco, Rio Tagachi, 1-9 km from mouth of river, September 12, 1978, Tidwell, reared ¢ 41, reared VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 to in Fig. 9. Simulium sanguineum, larva. a, Lateral view. b, Head capsule, undersurface. c, Hypostoma. d, Hypostomal teeth. e, Mandible. Abbreviations: an pap = anal papillae; ap tht = apical teeth; cmb tht = comb teeth; ex bsh = external brush; hyps br = hypostomal bridge: hyps clft = hypostomal cleft; | tht = lateral tooth; | ser = lateral serrations; m tht = median tooth; p ocpt = postocciput; p tnt pit = posterior tentorial pit; sap tht = subapical teeth; sl tht = sublateral teeth. 2 51, pupae 29, larvae 14; August 23, 1979, Tidwell, biting 2 10, pupae 4, larvae 10. Rio Atrato near Boca Arquia, August 23, 1979, Tidwell, biting 2 31. Rio Arquia, Pt. Palacio, September 9, 1977, Tidwell, biting 2 2; February 14, 1978, Tidwell, biting ° 5. Dept. of Cauca, approximately 11 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON km N. Santander de Quilichao, May 18, 1977, Tidwell, biting 2 21; June 14, 1977, Tidwell, biting 9 39; June 22, 1977, Tidwell, reared 3 4, reared 18, biting 2 31, pupae 5, larvae 7; July 4, 1977, Tidwell, reared 6 12, reared 2 23, pupae 3, larvae 7; January 9, 1978, Tidwell, pupae 9. Biological notes.—The immature stages of S. sanguineum were found near the type-locality on submerged sticks and stems approximately 0.5 to 3.0 m in depth in the turbid waters of the Tagachi River within approxi- mately 1-9 km of its confluence with the Atrato River. This area lies in a sparsely populated zone of tropical rain forest at less than 200 m elevation. At some sites the immature stages of S. sanguineum were collected along with those of §. exiguum Roubaud, but in general the latter were encoun- tered more frequently in the relatively clear and faster flowing waters up- stream where immatures of S. sanguineum were not found. These two species were the only Simulium species collected biting man in the region. Results of studies on the Arquia River to determine the vectors of Man- sonella ozzardi (Manson), a human filarial parasite endemic in this region, shows that of the two man-biting species only S. sanguineum is a suitable intermediate host for this parasite (Tidwell et al., in press). Specimens indistinguishable from topotypic S$. sanguineum were collect- ed approximately 330 km south of the type-locality on the eastern side of the Cordillera Occidental in the Department of Cauca. While the life stages from the two areas are similar morphologically, they were found in ecolog- ically distinct habitats. The immature stages in Cauca were collected from small, clear, fast-flowing streams less than 4 m wide in an agricultural area at approximately 1000 m elevation. Streams of this type were not encoun- tered at the type-locality. Discussion.—The observed pruinose scutal pattern of S. sanguineum var- ies considerably with the position of the specimen and the angle and direc- tion of incident light. Variation due to the latter is illustrated in Figs. lc and d. When viewing specimens, care must be taken to standardize the posi- tioning of the specimen and the placement of the light sources so that one can consistently make accurate comparisons of specimens of the same and closely related species. The pattern formed by the two submedian pruinose vittae as seen in dorsal view (Figs. la, b) may vary and this character should be used with caution when separating closely related species. The pruinose patterns seen in a standarized lateral view with the light source from the anterior and/or posterior aspects generally tend to be less variable and may be used to aid in a more accurate separation of some members of this group. Characters for the separation of females of some species of the S$. ama- zonicum-sanguineum groups have not yet been completely worked out and characters of the males and/or immature stages must be used for separating these species. Females indistinguishable from those of S. sanguineum but emerging from six filamented pupae have been reported from several South VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 27 American countries and such females have been incorrectly identified as S. sanguineum. Until further studies on the S$. sanguineum group are com- pleted, it seems advisable to limit the known distribution of S. sanguineum to Colombia, and possibly Panama. Vulcano (1967) lists Panama (Darién) in the distribution of S. sanguineum; since this region joins the northern border of the Choco, Colombia, less than 200 km from the type-locality, it is possible that S. sanguineum is present in this area. Simulium sanguineum females can best be distinguished from those of S. amazonicum by the absence of a broad, pronounced pruinose connection from the submedian silvery vittae to the lateral pruinosity in the region of the postpronotal lobe. This character is best observed using a light source from each side at approximately 45° angles and placing the specimen in an upright position with the head directed away from the observer. The spec- imen is then rotated approximately 6 turn to the right (right side turning down) or until the black area between the left lateral and submedian prui- nose areas is centered in the field of view. A subanterior pruinose connec- tion between the lateral and submedian pruinose areas, if present, can readi- ly be seen in this position. A few S. sanguineum specimens may have a faint indication of a connection in this region but it is never broad and is always fading in intensity. A redescription of §. amazonicum by A. J. Shel- ley et al. is in preparation and will provide additional characters to help distinguish these two species from other members in this group. LITERATURE CITED Knab, F. 1915. Some new Neotropical Simuliidae. Bull. Entomol. Res. 6: 279-282. Tidwell, M. A., M. Tidwell, P. Munoz de Hoyos, A. Corredor, and P. Barreto. /n press. Vectores de Onchocerca volvulus y Mansonella ozzardi en Colombia. Acta Med. Valle (Colombia). Vulcano, M. 1967. A catalogue of the Diptera of the Americas south of the United States. 16. Family Simuliidae. Dept. Zoologia, Secretaria da Agricultura, Sao Paulo, 44 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(1), 1981, pp. 28-39 A LIST OF THE COCCOIDEA SPECIES (HOMOPTERA) OF PUERTO RICO S. NAKAHARA AND C. E. MILLER (SN) Plant Protection Quarantine, Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, Maryland 20705; (CEM) Plant Protection and Quarantine, Animal and Plant Health Inspec- tion Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Frederick, Maryland 21701. Abstract.—One hundred twenty-nine species of Coccoidea representing 72 genera and 10 families are recorded from Puerto Rico. Seven species are reported for the first time. Although mentioned in this paper, eight species apparently do not occur in Puerto Rico. Collection records based on ex- amined material are presented for species that were misidentified and re- ported in the literature as another species. Unreported collection data also are given for other species. In a publication on the food plants of the insects of Puerto Rico, Martorell (1976) listed 102 nominate Coccoidea species. Based on information com- piled up to June 30, 1979, from examination of Puerto Rican material in the U.S. National Museum, research of literature, agricultural quarantine in- terception records, and recent collecting by various people, 129 species in 72 genera and 10 families are known to occur in Puerto Rico. Aonidiella aurantii (Maskell) and Saissetia oleae (Olivier) reported from Puerto Rico were not seen by the authors; however, these species are likely to be es- tablished on the island, and they have been included in this list. Two species denoted with a cross (+) are known only from agricultural quarantine in- terceptions. They are included because other species previously known only from quarantine interceptions were subsequently collected. Seven species denoted with two asterisks (**) are reported for the first time. Species pre- viously reported in the literature that apparently do not occur in Puerto Rico are listed with comments and denoted with two crosses (+ +), or are treated as misidentifications of other included species. Collection records based on examined material are presented for species that were misidentified and reported in the literature as another species. Unreported collection records are also given for other species. The list is arranged alphabetically by family, genus, and species. Refer- ences using the current accepted binomens are cited first followed by cita- VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 29 tions using synonyms. References published prior to Wolcott (1948) are not cited except when the species was not treated by him. ACLERDIDAE Aclerda sacchari Teague.—Wolcott, 1948: Martorell, 1976. ASTEROLECANIIDAE Asterolecanium bambusae (Boisduval).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Asterolecanium epidendri (Bouché).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell and Medina Gaud, 1974; Martorell, 1976. Asterolecanium ingae Russell.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Asterolecanium longum (Green) ++.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Old records apparently based on misidentifications. Asterolecanium miliare miliare (Boisduval).—Russell, 1941. Additional rec- ords: Near Arus, Bambusa sp., 17-VII-77, SN; Barcelona, Bambusa sp., 16-VII-77, SN; Corozal, Bambusa vulgaris, 4-II-71, S. Medina Gaud; Mayaguez, Bambusa vulgaris, 27-X-36, H. R. Plank. Asterolecanium miliare robustum Green.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Asterolecanium pseudomiliare Green.—Wheeler et al., 1948. Additional records: Barcelona, Bambusa sp., 16-VII-77, SN; Mayaguez, bamboo, Itr. of 18-IV-16, R. H. Van Zwaluwenburg, 12-VIII-30, A. G. Harley; Puerto Rico, Bambusa nana, 16-III-24, N. L. and E. G. Britton. Asterolecanium pustulans (Cockerell).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. CEROCOCCIDAE Cerococcus deklei Kosztarab and Vest.—Martorell, 1976. COcCIDAE Ceroplastes cerifer (Fabricius) ++.—Gimpel et al., 1974; Ceroplastes cer- iferus (Anderson): Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Records of this species are based on two old collections. The record from Sauvagesia erecta (Wolcott, 1948) is a misidentification of an undescribed Ceroplastes, and very likely, the record from Bursera simaruba is also a misidentification. Ceroplastes cirripediformis Comstock.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976; Gimpel et al., 1974. Ceroplastes cistudiformis Townsend and Cockerell ++.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Based on old records that probably are misidentifica- tions. Ceroplastes dugesii Lichtenstein **.—Records: Humacao (Palmas Del Mar), unknown host, 2-II-73, T. H. Flavell; Vega Alta, Piper medium, 26-I-17, R. T. Cotton. Ceroplastes floridensis Comstock.—Wolcott, 1948; Gimpel et al., 1974; Martorell, 1976. Ceroplastes rubens Maskell.—Medina Gaud and Garcia Tuduri, 1977. Ad- 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ditional records: Arecibo, Aglaonema commutatum pseudobracteatum, 8-VI-76, K. Stolley; Caribbean National Forest (Loquillo), Dicranopteris flexuosa, 22-VUI-77, SN; Toa Baja, Aglaonema sp., Ixora sp., Mangifera indica, 13-III-75, H. O’Steen et al.; quarantine interception at San Juan, Ixora coccinea, 15-X-74, J. Thaw. Ceroplastes rusci (Linnaeus).—Nakahara, 1978b; Ceroplastes denudatus Cockerell: Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Coccus hesperidum Linnaeus.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Additional record: Isla Verde, Brassaia actinophylla, Yucca sp., 14-VU-77, SN. Coccus longulus (Douglas).—Gill et al., 1977; Coccus elongatus (Signoret): Medina Gaud and Garcia Tuduri, 1977. Additional records: Hato Rey, Spathiphyllum lanceifolium, 13-l-73, S. Medina Gaud; Isla Verde, Ca- janus cajan, 11-VII-77, C. E. Miller and SN; Rio Piedras, Phaseolus puearia, 8-III-54, H. Cibes; quarantine interception from Puerto Rico at New York, Annona muricata, 8-V-33, H. G. Taylor. Coccus moestus De Lotto.—Gill et al., 1977, Medina Gaud and Garcia Tu- duri, 1977. Coccus viridis (Green).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Cryptostigma secretus (Morrison).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Eucalymnatus tessellatus (Signoret).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Ad- ditional record: Isla Verde, Ardisia sp., 15-VII-77, SN. Inglisia vitrea Cockerell.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Kilifia acuminata (Signoret).—Coccus acuminatus (Signoret): Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Additional record: Quarantine interception from Puerto Rico at Miami, /xora sp., 29-VI-65, L. A. McClain. Parasaissetia nigra (Nietner).—Saissetia nigra (Nietner): Wolcott, 1948; Medina Gaud and Martorell, 1974; Martorell, 1976. Protopulvinaria longivalvata Green.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Ad- ditional records: Rio Piedras, Mangifera indica, 24-IV-75, J. Garcia Tu- duri; Reserva Forestal Maricao, Samyda spanulosa, 21-VII-77, SN. Protopulvinaria mangiferae (Green).—Coccus mangiferae (Green): Wol- cott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Protopulvinaria pyriformis (Cockerell).—Martorell, 1976. Additional rec- ords: Reserva Forestal Maricao, unknown host, 21-VII-77, SN; quaran- tine interception at San Juan, Psidium guajava, 24-VIII-69, L. Crawford. Pulvinaria elongata Newstead.—Martorell, 1976. Pulvinaria iceryi (Guérin- Menéville): Wolcott, 1948. Pulvinaria psidii Maskell.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Pulvinaria urbicola Cockerell.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Additional records: Isla Verde, Bidens pilosa, 11-VII-77, C. E. Miller and SN; Bahia Montalva, Melochia tomentosa, 17-VII-77, SN. Saissetia coffeae (Walker).—Martorell and Medina Gaud, 1974: Garcia Tu- VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 31 duri et al., 1974; Martorell, 1976; Saissetia hemisphaerica (Targioni): Wolcott, 1948. Saissetia miranda (Cockerell and Parrott) **.—Saissetia oleae (Bernard): Wolcott, 1948; Saissetia oleae (Olivier): Martorell, 1976 (misidentifica- tions in part). Records: Arecibo, Terminalia sp., 29-VI-17, H. Morrison*, Erythrina berteroana, 27-1X-40, G. N. Wolcott*; Fajardo, Ficus sp., 4-IX-32, G. N. Wolcott*; Isabela, Gossypium sp., 27-1X-35, L. C. Fife*: Isla Verde, Cajanus cajan, 11-VII-77, C. E. Miller and SN, Erythrina sp., Yucca sp., 14-VII-77, SN; Lajas, Abutilon hirtum, 12-X1-35, L. C. Fife*; Mayaguez, Abelmoschus esculentus, 15-XI-35, L. C. Fife*; Mari- cao (Maricao Insular Forest), Cedrela odorata, 15-XII-36, L. F. Marto- rell*; Mona Is., Gossypium punctatum, S5-IV-44, G. N. Wolcott*; Ponce, Mangifera indica, 10-III-17, H. Morrison*; Spondias dulcis, 10-VIII-32, R. G. Oakley*, Tamarindus indica, 28-V1-32, Bofill and Oakley*; Rio Piedras, Swietenia mahogony, 29-III-32, M. D. Leonard*: Plumeria rub- ra, ltr. of 8-II-49, L. F. Martorell*; San Juan, Psidium guajava, 27-V-30, A. S. Mills*, Lxora coccinea, 13-III-75, H. O’Steen et al.; Santurce, Ter- minalia catappa, 9-V-32, A. S. Mills*, Zanthoxylum flavum, 15-V-40, L. F. Martorell*; Vega Alta, Montezuma speciossima, 9-VII-35, Faxon et al.*. Quarantine interceptions: At San Juan, Kopsias sp., 30-X-74, C. Havens; At New York, Lippia sp., 18-V-32, A. G. Lennox*, Punica granatum, 22-VII-35, Locke and Post*, Sterculia apetala, 20-XII-35, H. Fox*. Records marked * previously identified as S. oleae. Saissetia neglecta De Lotto.—Medina Gaud and Garcia Tuduri, 1977; Sais- setia oleae (Bernard): Wolcott, 1948; Saissetia oleae (Olivier): Martorell, 1976 (misidentifications in part). Additional records: Vicinity of Maya- guez, Coccoloba pirifolia, 4 to 10-III-06, J. F. Cowell*; Ponce, Tama- rindus indica, 28-V1-32, Bofill and Oakley*; Santurce, Citrus aurantifolia, 1-VII-47, F. Sein*; unknown locality, Dieffenbachia amoena, 26-1V-78, F. McHenry, Platycerium sp., 25-IV-77, J. C. Denmark; Quarantine in- terceptions: At San Juan, Annona muricata, 3-1V-75, J. Thaw, Citrus sp., 21-VIII-73, A. Agostini, Citrus paradisi, 7-VII-25, C. E. Cooley*, Psidium guajava, 12-VIII-73, J. Judd; At New York, Coffea sp., 17-VII- 39, McConnell*, Manilkara zapota, 17-II-36, Dodd and O’Brien*; At Philadelphia, Mangifera indica, 23-VII-30, W. W. Chapman*. Records marked * previously identified as S. oleae. Saissetia oleae (Olivier).—Martorell, 1976; Saissetia oleae (Bernard): Wol- cott, 1948: Martorell and Medina Gaud, 1974; Medina Gaud and Marto- rell, 1974. The senior author has examined the §. oleae material in the U.S. National Museum and found the identifiable Puerto Rican material was either S. miranda or S. neglecta. Although not seen from Puerto Rico, S. oleae probably occurs on the island. 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Vinsonia_ stellifera (Westwood).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell and Medina Gaud, 1974; Martorell, 1976. CONCHASPIDIDAE Conchaspis angraeci Cockerell.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Addition- al records: Bahia Montalva, Melochia tomentosa, 17-VII-77, SN; Bo- queron, Coccoloba uvifera, 18-VII-77, SN; Culebra Is., Coccoloba uvi- fera, 26-I-76, R. Gonzalez S.; Isla Verde, Coccoloba uvifera, 15-VII-77, SN; Vieques Is., Hibiscus sp., 22-VI-72, D. Miller. Quarantine intercep- tions: At San Juan, Agave angustifolia marginata, 1-I1X-69, L. M. Craw- ford, Agave angustifolia woodrawii, 2-II1-70, L. M. Crawford. Conchaspis cordiae Mamet **.—Conchaspis orchidarum Mamet: Martorell, 1976 (misidentification). This record is based on a poor specimen depos- ited in the U.S. National Museum. DIASPIDIDAE Abgrallaspis cyanophylli (Signoret).—Records: Central Aquirre, Guaiacum officinale, ltr. 27-XI-25, H. L. Dozier; Ensenada, Pithecellobium unguis- cacti, 17-XII-35, H. L. Dozier; Isabela, Persea americana, 29-III-55, H. Goldstein; Isla Verde, Jasminum sp., 12-VIH-77, SN; Mayaguez, Cocos nucifera, 3-XII-35, H. K. Plank; Ramey Field, Jasminum sp., 29-IV-48, various collecters; Rio Piedras, Chlorophytum sp., 25-XI-76, C. Manta- ras. Quarantine interceptions: At New York, Annona reticulata, 5-V-26, Kennedy et al., Annona sp., 20-X-47, Johnston and Burnham. Refer to comments in Wolcott (1948) and Martorell (1976) concerning Hemiber- lesia palmae (Cockerell) and Aspidiotus cyanophylli. Aonidiella aurantii (Maskell).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Although this species was not seen by the authors, it probably occurs on the island. Aonidiella comperei McKenzie.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Aonidiella inornata McKenzie.—Nakahara and Miller, 1978a. Aonidiella orientalis (Newstead).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Aonidomytillus albus (Cockerell) **.—Record: Vieques Is., Carica papaya, 31-VII-72, D. Miller. Aspidaspis arctostaphyli (Cockerell and Robinson)+ +.—Martorell, 1976; Aspidiotus arctostaphyli Cockerell and Robinson: Wolcott, 1948. This species recorded from Stenotraphrum secundatum apparently is a mis- identification. Aspidiella hartii (Cockerell).—Martorell, 1976. Aspidiella sacchari (Cockerell).—Martorell, 1976; Targionia sacchari (Cockerell): Wolcott, 1948. Aspidiotus destructor Signoret.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Aspidiotus excisus Green.—Medina Gaud and Garcia Tuduri, 1977; Tem- naspidiotus excisus (Green): Dekle, 1966. VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 33 Aspidiotus nerii Bouché.—Martorell, 1976; Aspidiotus hederae (Vallot): Wolcott, 1948. Aspidiotus spinosus Comstock +.—Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quar- antine, 1936. Additional record: Quarantine interception at Miami, Ca- Janus cajan, 5-11-58, C. Bennett. Aulacaspis rosae (Bouche).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Aulacaspis tubercularis Newstead.—Martorell, 1976. A common species on Mangifera indica on the island. Chrysomphalus aonidum (Linnaeus).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Chrysomphalus dictyospermi (Morgan).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Additional records: Near San German, Persea americana, 21-VII-77, SN; San Juan, /xora sp., 13-III-75, H. O’Steen et al.; unknown location, Dra- caena marginata, 28-IV-78, Stolley et al. Clavaspis herculeana (Doane and Hadden).—Martorell, 1976; Aspidiotus herculeanus Hadden: Wolcott, 1948. Additional records: Bahia Montalva, Avicennia nitida, 17-VII-77, SN; Isla Verde, Erythrina sp., 14-VII-77, SN. Crenulaspidiotus portoricensis (Lindinger).—Martorell, 1976; Chrysom- phalus (Melanaspis) portoricensis Lindinger: Wolcott, 1948. Dactylaspis crotonis (Ferris).—Martorell, 1976; Lepidosaphes crotonis Fer- ris: Wolcott, 1948. Diaspis boisduvalii Signoret.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell and Medina Gaud, 1974; Martorell, 1976. Diaspis bromeliae (Kerner).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Diaspis echinocacti (Bouché).—Wolcott, 1948. Duplaspidiotus fossor (Newstead).—Nakahara, 1978a. Duplaspidiotus tesseratus (Grandpre and Charmoy).—Pseudaonidia tesser- ata (de Charmoy): Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Fiorinia fioriniae (Targioni-Tozzetti)—Medina Gaud and Garcia Tuduri, 1977. Additional record: Rio Piedras, Artocarpus integrifolia, 12-VII-77, SN. Furcaspis biformis (Cockerell).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell and Medina Gaud, 1974; Martorell, 1976. Genaparlatoria pseudaspidiotus (Lindinger).—Martorell and Medina Gaud, 1974; Martorell, 1976. Gymnaspis aechmeae Newstead.—Medina Gaud and Garcia Tuduri, 1977. Haliaspis arecibo Howell.—Howell, 1978; Chionaspis distichlii Ferris: Wol- cott, 1948; Martorell, 1976 (misidentification). Haliaspis nakaharai Howell.—Howell, 1978. Hemiberlesia lataniae (Signoret).—Martorell, 1976; Aspidiotus lataniae Signoret: Wolcott, 1948. Additional records: Boqueron, Melicoccus bi- jugatus, Nerium oleander, 19-VII-77, SN; quarantine interception at San Juan, Agave angustifolia woodrawii, 20-II]-75, L. M. Crawford. 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Hemiberlesia palmae (Cockerell).—Martorell, 1976; Aspidiotus palmae Cockerell: Wolcott, 1948. Additional record: Unknown location, Neore- gelia carolinae, 4-II-78, F. L. Ware. Hemiberlesia rapax (Comstock).—Martorell, 1976; Aspidiotus camelliae (Signoret): Wolcott, 1948. Hemigymnaspis eugeniae (Lindinger).—Martorell, 1976; Melanaspis (Hem- igymnaspis) eugeniae Lindinger: Wolcott, 1948. Howardia biclavis (Comstock).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Additional records: Boqueron, Ficus sp., 19-VII-77, SN; Joyuda, Alternanthera ses- silis, Lantana camara, 18-VII-77, SN; Near San German, Bixa orellana, Persea americana, 21-VII-77, SN; Reserva Forestal Maricao, Clusia sp., 21-VII-77, SN. Ischnaspis longirostris (Signoret).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Addi- tional records: Yabucao, Securidaca volubilis, 7-V-75, S. Medina Gaud et al.; unknown location, Vriesia polonia, 22-X-75, F. L. Ware. Kuwanaspis linearis (Green).—Nakahara, 1978a. Lepidosaphes beckii (Newman).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Lepidosaphes conchiformis (Gmelin) ++.—Lepidosaphes ficus Signoret: Martorell, 1976. This record is based on one quarantine interception from Puerto Rico at California in fiscal year 1951. We have not been able to substantiate this record and because this species does not occur in the Caribbean Region, we do not consider this species established in Puerto Rico. Lepidosaphes gloverii (Packard).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Lepidosaphes rubrovittatus Cockerell.—Nakahara and Miller, 1978b. Lepidosaphes tokionis (Kuwana).—Martorell, 1976; Lepidosaphes lasianthi Green: Wolcott, 1948. Lepidosaphes vermiculus Mamet.—Nakahara, 1978a. Lopholeucaspis cockerelli (Grandpre and Charmoy).—Leucaspis cockerelli (de Charmoy): Wolcott, 1948; Martorell and Medina Gaud, 1973; Mar- torell, 1976. Additional records: Isla Verde, Calophyllum sp., 10-VII-77, SN; near Mameyes, Citrus sp., 16-VII-77, SN: Rio Piedras, Dracaena fragrans, 23-VII-77, SN; quarantine interception at San Juan, Agave an- gustifolia marginata, 1-[X-69, L. M. Crawford. Melanaspis bromeliae (Leonardi).—Targionia bromeliae: Plant Quarantine and Control Administration, 1932. Additional records: Corozal, Ananas sp., 2-[V-36, Smith and Plank; quarantine interception at San Juan, Ana- nas comosus, 4-VIUII-70, M. South and L. M. Crawford. Melanaspis coccolobae Ferris **.—Records: Limestone hills, 7 mi. w. Ponce, Coccoloba obtusifolia, 26-XI-02, A. A. Heller; Loquillo Forest, Coccoloba borinquensis, \-I1-32, Barbour and Gerhart; Playa de Espe- ranza, Coccoloba diversifolia, 7-II-14, J. A. Shafer; Ponce to Penneles, VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 35 Coccoloba laurifolia, 22-11-06, Britton and Corwell; Vieques Is., Coc- coloba laurifolia, 11-11-14, J. A. Shafer. Melanaspis nigropunctata (Cockerell).—Martorell, 1976; Chrysomphalus nigropunctatus Cockerell: Wolcott, 1948. Melanaspis tenax McKenzie +.—Girard, 1974. Morganella longispina (Morgan).—Martorell, 1976. Additional records: Quarantine interception at Baltimore, Citrus paradisi, 29-VII-36, C. G. Latham; at New York, Spondias dulcis, 7-I11-38, Bassen. Mycetaspis personata (Comstock).—Martorell, 1976; Chrysomphalus per- sonatus (Comstock): Wolcott, 1948. Octaspidiotus araucariae Adachi and Fullaway.—Nakahara and Miller, 1978a. Odonaspis penicillata Green.—Nakahara et al., 1978. Odonaspis ruthae Kotinsky.—Miller, 1978. Odonaspis saccharicaulis (Zehntner) **.—Records: Guanica Centrale Eu- senada, Panicum molle, 9-II]-12, T. H. Jones; quarantine interception at San Juan, Saccharum officinarum, 11-XII-74, J. Thaw. Parlatoria crotonis Douglas.—Morrison, 1939. Additional records: Par- guera, Codiaeum variegatum, 18-VII-77, SN; Rio Piedras, Codiaeum variegatum, 21-IV-76, J. Garcia Tuduri; quarantine interception at New York, Codiaeum sp., 1923. Parlatoria pergandii Comstock.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Parlatoria proteus (Curtis).—Nakahara et al., 1978. Additional records: Quarantine interceptions at San Juan, Aechmea sp., 28-X-74, J. Thaw, Mangifera indica, \-V1-76, C. E. Miller. Parlatoria ziziphi (Lucas).—Records: In the U.S.D.A. Coccoidea reference file is a report that this species was found on a tangerine tree at Mayaguez in 1905. The species was intercepted at San Juan from Mayaguez on Citrus in 1975 and subsequent surveys found it established in a thirty-five mile area around Mayaguez on Citrus. ' Pinnaspis aspidistrae (Signoret).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976; Pinnas- pis caricis Ferris: Martorell, 1976. Pinnaspis buxi (Bouché).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Additional rec- ords: Rio Piedras, Monstera deliciosa, 15-VUI-75, J. Garcia Tuduri; un- known location, Vriesia polonia, 22-X-75, F. L. Ware. Pinnaspis strachani (Cooley).—Wolcott, 1948; Medina Gaud and Martorell, 1974: Martorell, 1976. Additional records: Isla Verde, Erythrina sp., 14- | VII-77, SN: Parguera, Rhizophora mangle, 17-VII-77, Bryophyllum pin- nata, 18-VII-77, SN. Pseudaonidia trilobitiformis (Green)—Medina Gaud and Garcia Tuduri, | 1977. Additional records: Isla Verde, Carissa grandiflora, Jasminum sp., 14-VII-77, SN: Reserva Forestal Maricao, unknown shrub, 21-VII-77, 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON SN; San Juan, Rosa sp., 11-VII-77, E. Feliu and SN; Toa Baja, [xora coccinea, 13-III-77, H. O’Steen et al. Quarantine interceptions: At San Juan, Kopsias sp., 30-X-74, C. Havens; at New York, Mangifera indica, 23-XI-43, Owrey. Pseudaulacaspis major (Cockerell).—Martorell, 1976; Aulacaspis (Pseud- aulacaspis) major (Cockerell): Wolcott, 1948. Additional records: Bo- queron, Salix sp., 21-VH-77, SN; Playa Aguila, unknown tree, 18-VII-77, SN. Pseudaulacaspis pentagona (Targioni-Tozzetti).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Pseudischnaspis bowreyi (Cockerell).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Ad- ditional record: Reserva Forestal Maricao, Coccoloba sentenisii, 21-VII- (eSINe Pseudoparlatoria ostreata Cockerell.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Ad- ditional record: Parguera, Bryophyllum pinnata, 18-VII-77, SN. Pseudoparlatoria parlatorioides (Comstock).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Quadraspidiotus forbesi (Johnson) + +.—Aspidiotus forbesi Johnson: Mar- torell, 1976. This record apparently is a misidentification. Radionaspis indica (Marlatt).—Leucaspis indica Marlatt: Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Selenaspidus articulatus (Morgan).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Ad- ditional records: Parguera, Cordyline terminalis, 18-VII-77, SN; unknown location, Dracaena marginata, 17-II-78, M. Hornyak. Unaspis citri (Comstock).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. LECANODIASPIDIDAE Lecanodiaspis ingae Howell and Kosztarab.—Howell and Kosztarab, 1972; Lecanodiaspis sp.: Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. MARGARODIDAE Crypticerya rosae (Riley and Howard).—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Icerya monserratensis Riley and Howard.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Icerya purchasi Maskell.—Wolcott, 1948; Medina Gaud and Martorell, 1974; Martorell, 1976. Margarodes formicarum Guilding.—Wolcott, 1948; Medina Gaud and Mar- torell, 1974; Martorell, 1976. ORTHEZIIDAE Orthezia insignis Browne.—Wolcott, 1948; Medina Gaud and Martorell, 1974; Martorell, 1976. Orthezia praelonga Douglas.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Additional record: San Juan, Vitex sp., 11-VII-77, E. Feliu and SN. ee VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 37 PSEUDOCOCCIDAE Antonina graminis (Maskell).—Martorell, 1976. Additional record: Isla Verde, Tricholaena repens, 11-VII-77, C. E. Miller and SN. Brevennia rehi (Lindinger).—Nakahara et al., 1978. Chaetococcus bambusae (Maskell).—Martorell, 1976; Antonina (Chaeto- coccus) bambusae (Maskell): Wolcott, 1948. Chnaurococcus radicola (Morrison).—Martorell, 1976. Dysmicoccus boninsis (Kuwana).—Martorell, 1976; Pseudococcus boninsis (Kuwana): Wolcott, 1948. Dysmicoccus brevipes (Cockerell).—Martorell, 1976; Pseudococcus brev- ipes (Cockerell): Wolcott, 1948. Ferrisia virgata (Cockerell).—Medina Gaud and Martorell, 1974; Martorell, 1976; Pseudococcus (Ferrisia) virgatus (Cockerell): Wolcott, 1948. Geococcus coffeae Green.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Nipaecoccus nipae (Maskell).—Martorell, 1976; Pseudococcus nipae (Mas- kell): Wolcott, 1948. Planococcus citri (Risso).—Martorell, 1976; Pseudococcus citri (Risso): Wolcott, 1948. Planococcus citricus Ezzat and McConnell.—Pseudococcus citricus (Ezzat and McConnell): Martorell, 1976. Phenacoccus gossypii Townsend and Cockerell.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. Pseudococcus comstocki (Kuwana) ++.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. A questionable record. Pseudococcus elisae Borchsenius **.—Records: Bayamon, Bidens pilosa, IV-36, Smith and Plank*; Isla Verde, Mucuna sp., 11-VI-77, C. E. Miller and SN; Mayaguez, Lantana camara, IV-53, N. L. H. Krauss*; Playa Aguila, Melochia tomentosa, 18-VUI-77, SN; Playa Las Croabas, [po- moea pres-capre, 16-VII-77, SN; Rio Piedras, Ipomoea batatas, 17-IV- 48, Oakley and Mills*. Quarantine interceptions: At San Juan, Punica granatum, 3-XII-77, J. Thaw, Sechium edule, 25-VII-35, McCubbin et al.*; at New York, Cajanus cajan, 12-11-47, M. H. Sartor*, Musa par- adisiaca, 29-I1V-35, Fyke et al.*; at San Francisco, Aglaonema sp., 26- X-64, B. Davis*; at Washington, D.C., Codiaeum sp., 2-1V-67, H. F. Lowering*. Records marked * previously identified as P. maritimus. Pseudococcus longispinus (TYargioni-Tozzetti).—Martorell, 1976; Pseudo- coccus adonidum (Linnaeus): Wolcott, 1948; Martorell and Medina Gaud, 1974. Pseudococcus maritimus (Ehrhorn) ++.—Wolcott, 1948; Martorell, 1976. This species apparently does not occur in Puerto Rico. Most of the pre- viously identified material of P. maritimus are misidentifications of P. elisae. 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Puto barberi (Cockerell).—Wolcott, 1948; Ceroputo barberi (Cockerell): Martorell, 1976. Rhizoecus americanus (Hambleton).—Hambleton, 1976. Additional record: Unknown location, Neoregelia carolinae, 31-I-79, F. L. Ware. Saccharicoccus sacchari (Cockerell).—Martorell, 1976; Trionymus sac- chari (Cockerell): Wolcott, 1948. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are grateful to J. A. Davidson, University of Maryland, College Park, for records of Melanaspis coccolobae Ferris, and A. B. Hamon, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, Gainesville, for collec- tion records. We thank M. Shannon, Plant Protection and Quarantine, APHIS, USDA, Hyattsville, Maryland for his constructive criticism of the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine. 1936. List of intercepted plant pests, 1935. U.S. Dep. Agric. Serv. Reg. Announcements, 131 pp. Dekle, G. W. 1966. Aglaonema scale (Temnaspidiotus excisus (Green)) (Homoptera: Dias- pididae). Fla. Dep. Agric. Div. Plant Ind. Entomol. Circ. No. 49, 2 pp. Garcia Tuduri, J. C., S. Medina Gaud, and L. F. Martorell. 1974. Preliminary list of the insects of Desecheo Island, Puerto Rico. J. Agric. Univ. P.R. 58(1): 125-133. Gill, R. J., S. Nakahara, and M. L. Williams. 1977. A review of the genus Coccus Linnaeus in America north of Panama (Homoptera: Coccoidea: Coccidae). Calif. Dep. Food Agric. Occas. Pap. Entomol. No. 24, 44 pp. Gimpel, W. F., Jr., D. R. Miller, and J. A. Davidson. 1974. A systematic revision of the wax scales, genus Ceroplastes, in the United States (Homoptera; Coccoidea; Coccidae). Univ. Md. Agric. Exp. Stn. Misc. Publ. 841, 85 pp. Girard, D. H. 1974. List of intercepted plant pests, 1972. APHIS, U.S. Dep. Agric., 97 pp. Hambleton, E. J. 1976. A revision of the New World mealybugs of the genus Rhizoecus (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae). U.S. Dep. Agric. Tech. Bull. 1522, 88 pp. Howell, J. O. 1978. Three new species of armored scales from Mexico and Puerto Rico. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 71(3): 401-407. Howell, J. O. and M. Kosztarab. 1972. Morphology and systematics of the adult females of the genus Lecanodiaspis. Va. Polytech. Inst. State Univ. Res. Div. Bull. 70, 248 pp. Martorell, L. F. 1976. Annotated food catalog of the insect of Puerto Rico. Exp. Stn. Univ. P.R., 303 pp. Martorell, L. F. and S. Medina Gaud. 1974. Orchid pests in Puerto Rico. J. Agric. Univ. P.R. 58(1): 105-124. Medina Gaud, S. and J. Garcia Tuduri. 1977. New arthropod records for Puerto Rico. J. Agric. Univ. P.R. 61(3):409-412. Medina Gaud, S. and L. F. Martorell. 1973. New insect records for Puerto Rico. J. Agric. Univ. P.R. 57(3): 247-254. —. 1974. Insects of Caja de Muertos Island, Puerto Rico. J. Agric. Univ. P.R. 58(2): 244— DID Miller, C. E. 1978. A diaspidid scale (Odonaspis ruthae)—Puerto Rico—New Record. Coop. Plant Pest Rept. 3(21): 218. VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 39 Morrison, H. 1939. Taxonomy of some scale insects of the genus Parlatoria encountered in plant quarantine inspection work. U.S. Dep. Agric. Misc. Publ. 344, 34 pp. Nakahara, S. 1978a. Coccoidea new to Puerto Rico. Coop. Plant Pest Rep. 3(1—4): 11. . 1978b. Ceroplastes denudatus, junior synonym of C. rusci (Homoptera: Coccoidea: Coccidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 80(4): 657-658. Nakahara, S. and C. E. Miller. 1978a. Coccoidea new to Puerto Rico. Coop. Plant Pest Rep. 3(1-4): 11. ———. 1978b. An armored scale (Lepidosaphes rubrovittatus Cockerell)—New record for Puerto Rico. Coop. Plant Pest Rep. 3(12): 122. Nakahara, S., C. E. Miller, and E. Feliu. 1978. Coccoidea new to Puerto Rico. Coop. Plant Pest Rep. 3(1—4): 11. Plant Quarantine and Control Administration. 1932. List of intercepted plant pests. U.S. Dep. Agric. Service and Regulatory Announcements, pp. 201—368. Russell, L. M. 1941. A classification of the scale insect genus Asterolecanium. U.S. Dep. Agric. Misc. Bull. 424, 322 pp. Wheeler, W. H., J. Hunt, and E. P. Reagan. 1948. List of intercepted plant pests, 1947. Bur. Entomol. Plant Quar., U.S. Dep. Agric., 69 pp. Wolcott, G. N. 1948. Insects of Puerto Rico. J. Agric. Univ. P.R. 32(1): 1—224, illus. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(1), 1981, pp. 40-43 A NEW SPECIES OF BOCHARTIA OUDEMANS FROM TEXAS (ACARI: ERYTHRAEIDAE: ERYTHRAEINAE)' B. MCDANIEL AND Eric G. BOLEN (BM) Plant Science Department (Entomology), South Dakota State Uni- versity, Brookings, South Dakota 57007; (EGB) Dean’s Office, The Grad- uate School, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas 79409. Abstract.—A new species, Bochartia shirleyanneae (Erythraeidae: Erythraeinae), was collected from southern Texas. This extends the distri- bution of the genus Bochartia Oudemans to include the United States. Southcott (1961), in his studies on the systematics and biology of the Erythraeoidea, pointed out the relationship between Nearctic and Palaearc- tic Erythraeinae. Littlke comparison was possible at that time as no larval Erythraeinae had been described from either North or South America. In a study of the microarthropod fauna of the Rob and Bessie Welder Wildlife Foundation in southern Texas, a single larval specimen representing the subfamily Erythraeinae was collected. This larva belongs to the genus Bochartia Oudemans following Southcott’s (1961) definition of this genus. Bochartia was established by Oudemans (1910) for B. kuyperi Oudemans. Southcott (1961) utilized the following structures to separate Bochartia from Forania Southcott (1961) which contains the species Forania mento- nensis (André): The presence of three pairs of scutalae in Forania against two in Bochartia and the coxal formula of 1, 3, 3 for Forania against 1, 1, 1 for Bochartia. The larval specimen collected from southern Texas represents a new species and extends the distribution of the genus Bochartia to include the United States; to our knowledge the first record of an Erythraeinae larva from North America. Bochartia shirleyanneae McDaniel and Bolen, NEw SPECIES Figs. 1-5 Description.—Idiosoma globular, length to tip of mouthparts 420 jw, length of idiosoma 295 yx, width 225 uw (measured between legs 2 and 3). Dorsal ' South Dakota Agric. Exp. Stn. Jour. Ser. No. 1696. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 41 Figs. 1-5. Bochartia shirleyanneae, holotype larva. 1, Dorsal view. 2, Ventral view. 3, First leg. 4, Second leg. 5, Third leg. scutum punctate, oval, wider than long with posterior notch between pos- terior pair of sensillae, 94 uw long by 110 uw wide. Scutum with 2 pairs of scutalae: Anterior pair (AL) with bractate coarse daggerlike ciliation, 67 yu long, arising anteriorly to anterior sensillae, close to shield edge. Posterior scutalae (PL) similar to AL, also with bractate ciliations, 63 u long, arising 17 » from margin of scutal edge, anteriorly of posterior sensillae in middle of scutum. Anterior sensillae of scutum slender, tapering ciliated, 54 u long; posterior sensillae similar to anterior sensillae in length and structure, 63 yu long, arising at posterior edge of scutum. 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Eyes with 2 distinct lenses on each side, well separated, with idiosomal striations running between them; situated posterolateral to scutum. Anterior lens 15 « wide, 20 uw long, posterior lens 13 u wide, 11 uw long; lens separated by 11 wp. Dorsal idiosomalae arising in longitudinal rows with bractate ciliations, 37-55 yw long with a total number of 38. Dorsal body setae similar to scutalae on scutum in structure and size. Ventral idiosomalae consist of 21 setae including a pair located at base of gnathosoma, a single pair between posterior margin of coxae I and another pair between coxae II and III. Behind coxae III are 15 setae, eight on right of small anal opening and seven on left of anus. All ventral setae resembling dorsal idiosomalae and of about same length. Legs long, slender, typical for genus and subfamily. Coxal formula, 1, 1, 1, these similar in structure to ventral and dorsal idiosomalae. Tarsus I and II each with a single dorsal solenoidala; tarsal trichobothrium absent; tarsal claws 2: anterior claw a straight rod with a terminal ventrally directed hook, with a ventral brush of branching ciliations; middle empodium slender, sides ridged with ciliations. Posterior claw rodlike with ventral branching cilia- tions. Gnathosoma punctate, with the movable chelicerae stout. Palpal tibial claw strong, with a dorsal accessory claw. Palpal tarsus with | solenoidala. Holotype.—A single larval specimen collected on the Rob and Bessie Welder Wildlife Refuge, 10 miles north of Sinton, Texas, San Patricio Coun- ty, February 2, 1978, by B. McDaniel and Eric G. Bolen. Slide mounted holotype will be deposited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. (USNM). Remarks.—The only adults of the family Erythraeidae collected on the same date and site of B. shirleyanneae were members of the genus Leptus of the subfamily Leptinae. The possibility of Bochartia being a synonym of the genus Erythraeus Latreille (s.s.) is very real according to Southcott (1961); however, no attempt has been made to solve this situation as the collection of a single larval specimen without adults and without rearing data makes proof impossible at this time. Habitat.—The holotype was collected within the transitional zone be- tween the South Texas Plains and the Gulf Prairies and Marshes regionally known as the Coastal Bend (Thomas, 1975). The site supported a prairie community of bunchgrasses and annual forbs on deep Nueces and Falfurrias fine sands. Switchgrass (Panicum virgatum), seacoast bluestem (Schiza- chyrium scoparium), Pan American balsamscale (Elyonurus tripsacoides), big bluestem (Andropogon gerardi) and other tall and mid-grasses mixed with doveweed (Croton spp.), skunk daisy (Ximenesia encelioides), and wild buckwheat (Eriogonum multiflorum) characterize the vegetation. Overall, the vegetational composition approximates 75% grasses and 19% forbs with VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 43 the balance consisting of woody or succulent species. The community re- sembles the tallgrass prairie of the Nebraska Sandhills although it contains a greater percentage of tropical or subtropical vegetation (Drawe et al., 1978). LITERATURE CITED Drawe, D. L., A. D. Chamrad, and T. W. Box. 1978. Plant communities of the Welder Wildlife Refuge. Contrib. No. 5, Ser. B (revised), Rob and Bessie Welder Wildlife Foundation, Sinton, Texas. 38 pp. Oudemans, A. C. 1910. Acarologiche Aanteekeningen XXXI. Entomol. Ber. (Amst.) 3(52): 47—5e Southcott, R. V. 1961. Studies on the Systematics of the Erythraeoidea (Acarina), with a Critical Revision of the Genera and Subfamilies. Aust. J. Zool. 9(3): 367-610. Thomas, G. W. 1975. Texas plants—An ecological summary. Jn Gould, F. W., Texas plants— A checklist and ecological summary. Tex. Agric. Exp. Stn. Misc. Publ. 585 (revised), 121 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(1), 1981, pp. 44-51 THREE NEW ORIENTAL SPECIES OF JENKINSHELEA MACFIE (DIPTERA: CERATOPOGONIDAE) WILLIAM L. GROGAN, JR. AND WILLIS W. WIRTH (WLG) Department of Biological Sciences, Salisbury State College, Salis- bury, Maryland 21801; (WWW) Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—Three new species of the predaceous midge genus Jenkinshe- lea Macfie are described and illustrated. One species, J. niphanae from Southeast Asia, is a typical member of the genus, whereas the other two species, J. tokunagai from Thailand and J. setosiforceps from Malaysia, are unusual in possessing wings with only a single radial cell. A key is given for the taxonomic separation of the five Oriental species of the genus. This review of the Oriental species of the predaceous midge genus Jen- kinshelea Macfie is prompted by receipt of a large collection of midges from Keizo Yasumatsu that he took in rice paddies in Thailand as a part of his studies on the ecology of insects harmful to rice in that country. Although predaceous midges are not of primary importance in biological control of rice pests, their habits as predators of small chironomid midges and possibly cecidomyiids and other small Diptera may give them some small place in rice paddy economics. A report on the major portion of Yasumatsu’s col- lection will be published elsewhere as studies progress. Jenkinshelea is a rather small genus with ten described species from the Nearctic, Oriental, Afrotropical, and Australasian regions. A review of the generic characters and systematics of the Nearctic species was given by Grogan and Wirth (1977), in which an explanation of our terminology may be found. In the Oriental and Australasian regions only two species have previously been described: J. setosipennis (Kieffer) (1913) from India, and J. papuae Tokunaga (1966) from New Guinea. We are taking this oppor- tunity to describe three additional species from Southeast Asia. The types are deposited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. (USNM); paratypes, as available, will be deposited in the B. P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii, the British Museum (Natural History), Lon- don, and the Thailand Institute of Scientific and Technological Research, Bangkok. VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 45 Genus Jenkinshelea Macfie Jenkinsia Kieffer, 1913: 161. Type-species, Jenkinsia setosipennis Kieffer (original designation). Preoccupied by Jenkinsia Jordan and Evermann, 1896. Jenkinshelea Macfie, 1934: 177 (new name for Jenkinsia Kieffer). Type- species, Jenkinsia setosipennis Kieffer (automatic). Diagnosis.—A genus of large, usually grayish pollinose Sphaeromiine pre- daceous midges. Anal angle of female wing greatly expanded; wing with | or 2 radial cells, female with distal cell greatly enlongated with costa nearly reaching wing tip; in male radial cell extending to 0.75 of wing length. Legs slender, femora unarmed; 4th tarsomere cordiform; 5th tarsomere of female with stout ventral batonnets, inflated on foreleg; female claws of all legs rather short, equal, each with a small blunt external basal tooth. KEY TO THE ORIENTAL AND NEW GUINEA SPECIES OF JENKINSHELEA PE TTOT WAU 2 GACIANTCENIS.) so Se cis cu cee eats eee Rene eer ee 2 Minerwith dradialccell’s 2 tts tc seen cts oe ee See ae ee ee 3 2. Legs yellow; hindbasitarsus short, tarsal ratio about 2.2; 5th tarso- mere of female with | batonnet on foreleg, 4 on midleg, and 6-8 on hindleg; wing hyaline, crossvein r-m darkened; antenna with bases MigideelGINeLES DAle ooo. Dek k ete tnc tion ares sees setosipennis (Kieffer) — Legs yellow, narrow tip of hindtibia and all of tarsomeres 3—5 dark brown: hindbasitarsus elongate, tarsal ratio 3.5; 5th tarsomeres of female each with 4-8 batonnets: antenna uniformly dark “SUT ORUUTTIAge Se pe tebeaes altel sine apart areal parr Melt gob? niphanae, new species 3. Thorax and legs dark brown, proximal tarsomeres (and in papuae bdses-Ol tore and midiemora) paler Sse sc ones 2s eee ee ka es ee ra eee 4 — Thorax of female golden brown; legs yellow, only narrow apex of hindtibia and all of tarsomeres 3—S dark brown; hindtarsal ratio of (PECTIC Se ad Aegean oe ine A sie reg siete en Pre Pp: A tokunagai, new species 4. Female only: bases of fore- and midfemora pale brown; hindtarsal Ramo oS UNew GUINCA) J c0..% fesse en cee ee ee papuae Tokunaga — Male only: femora and tibiae uniformly dark brown (Malaysia) oo JS ORS AL SS OP tes re setosiforceps, New species Jenkinshelea niphanae Grogan and Wirth, NEw SPECIES Fig. 1 a-f Diagnosis.—A medium sized species of Jenkinshelea distinguished by the following combination of characters: Females with | large ovoid sperma- theca; wing hyaline with 2 radial cells, anterior veins light brown, posterior veins pale; flagellum dark brown; Sth tarsomeres bearing 4—8 batonnets: legs yellow. 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON (eam) saa | st ss SE Fig. 1. Jenkinshelea niphanae, female, a-f; J. setosiforceps, male, g—h. a, Antenna. b, Palpus. c, g, Wing. d, Spermatheca. e, Hindtarsus. f, Fifth tarsomeres and claws of (left to right) fore-, mid-, and hindlegs. h, Male genitalia. VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 47 Holotype female.—Wing length, 2.32 mm; breadth, 1.00 mm. Head: Eyes bare, broadly separated (a distance of 0.05 mm). Vertex and frons dark reddish brown; clypeus and proboscis dark golden brown. Antennal pedicel reddish brown; flagellum (Fig. la) dark brown; proximal 8 flagellomeres subovoid, distal 5 flagellomeres more slender and elongated: flagellomeres with lengths in proportion of 20-12-11-12-12-12-14-14-28-32-33- 33-45; antennal ratio 1.60. Palpus (Fig. 1b) light brown, Sth segment darker brown; lengths of segments in proportion of 7-9-10-9-13; 3rd segment with ventromesal patch of long slender capitate sensilla; palpal ratio 1.82. Man- dible with 7 large coarse teeth. Thorax: Light reddish brown. Mesonotum without anterior spine or pits; covered with fine pubescence and short sparse setae; scutellum with 4 bristles. Legs slender, yellow, unarmed; foretibia with dense apical patch of setae and dense comb with about 20 setae; midtibia with a single dark apical spine; hindtibia with heavy apical patch of setae and dense comb with 5 large setae and about 25 smaller setae; proximal 2 tarsomeres light yellow, distal 3 tarsomeres brown; basitarsus of midleg with 4—S spines plus pair of apical spines; basitarsus of hindleg elongate, tarsal ratio 3.5; Ist and 2nd tarsomeres of hindleg (Fig. le) with dense palisade setae; 4th tarsomeres cordate, those of hindleg elongated (Fig. le); Sth tarsomeres (Fig. If) each with 4-8 ventral batonnets; claws equal with external basal tooth, hindclaws longer than fore- and midclaws. Wing (Fig. Ic) hyaline with broad anal angle and 2 radial cells as is typical for the genus; anterior veins light brown, posterior veins pale; costa extending to wing tip. Halter stem pale: knob white. Abdomen: Reddish brown. One large ovoid spermatheca (Fig. 1d) mea- suring 0.150 mm by 0.090 mm, plus a small vestigial spermatheca. Male.—Unknown. Distribution.—China, Malaysia, Philippines, Thailand. Types.—Holotype 2, one 2 paratype, Chiang Mai, Thailand, April-May 1958, V. Notonanda, light trap (type no. 76115, USNM). Other paratypes, 5 2 as follows: CHINA: Hainan Island, Ta Hian, 12 June 1935, 1 9. MA- LAYSIA: Sabah (N. Borneo), Tawau Residency, Kalabakan River, 30 mi W. of Tawau, 9-18 Nov. 1958, T. C. Maa, 1 2 (Bishop Museum). PHILIP- PINES: Luzon, Pampanga Prov., Angeles, Clark Air Base, 15-22 Nov. 1957, I. Balatbat, light trap, 2 2. THAILAND: Chiang Mai, Amphoe Ban Pa Tong, Ban Thung Sieo, 19 Feb. 1979, K. Yasumatsu, in rice paddy, 1°. Discussion.—This species is named for Niphan Chanthawanich Ratana- worabhan of the Thailand Institute of Scientific and Technological Research, Bangkok, Thailand, in recognition of her numerous contributions to the study of ceratopogonid midges. Jenkinshelea niphanae is distinguished from others in the genus by its single large functional spermatheca. 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON es e eSMAS Sy rary 13 right 10 Figs. 7-10. Acanthoscelides comptus. 7, 3 genitalia, median lobe. 8, 4 genitalia, lateral lobe, ventral aspect. 9, Metaleg. 10, Ist and 2nd abdominal sterna of ¢. Figs. 11-13. A. comptus. 11, 3 genitalia, median lobe. 12, ¢ genitalia, right lateral lobe, ventral aspect. 13, Metaleg. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON densely punctulate except for narrow, bare strip near anterior margin; meta- femur (Fig. 13) not strongly incrassate, dorsal margin moderately arcuate, ventral margin nearly straight except for slight sinuation near apex; pecten with | long, slender denticle followed by 2 minute denticles, these often separated from long denticle by broad gap; metatibia (Fig. 13) slightly ar- cuate basally, slightly broadened apically, lateral, lateroventral, ventral, and dorsomedial carinae distinct and complete; mucro short, about % as long as width of tibial apex, lateral denticle short, acute; corona with 3 denticles. Types.—Holotype ¢, Argentina. Tucuman, Ticucho, V-1977, A. L. Teran coll., ex. Phaseolus aff. peduncularis H.B.K. Allotype 2 and 75 paratypes, same data. Holotype and paratypes deposited in the collection of the Fun- dacion Miguel Lillo, Tucuman, Argentina. Allotype and paratypes deposited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. Para- types also deposited in the C. D. Johnson Collection, Flagstaff, Arizona. Remarks.—The specific name is taken from the Latin adjective comp- tus—ornamented, adorned. The principal distinguishing characters of the species are pro- and me- solegs yellowish red; metalegs partly red; dark pronotal disk with basal gray band; apices of elytra gray; and first abdominal segment not modified. Acanthoscelides caracallae Kingsolver, NEW SPECIES Figs. 1-3, 7-10 Measurements.—Body length, 2.5—2.9 mm, width, 1.7—1.8 mm; pronotal length, 0.7-0.8 mm, width, 1.2—1.3 mm. Color.—Integument black throughout except Ist and 2nd antennal seg- ments occasionally brownish red; pro- and mesolegs occasionally piceous or faintly dark red; lateral spot behind eye red. Vestiture composed of slen- der, silvery-gray and dark brown hairs arranged in pattern shown in Fig. 1; posthumeral band and elongate postscutellar stripe more densely clothed so as to appear pure white; body beneath evenly clothed with silvery-gray hair except pure white spot on posterior portion of metepisternum extending onto metacoxal face. Structure.—Body ovate (Fig. 1), widest immediately behind humeri. Head subtriangular, eyes strongly convex and protuberant laterally; ocular sinus deep, about %4 length of eye; supraocular sulcus narrow, deep, bottom closely set with setiferous, umbilicate punctures; postocular fringe narrow; frons convex, frontal carina distinct; frons and vertex densely foveolate, each foveola umbilicate and setose, intervals narrow, ridgelike, those on frons tending to be longitudinally imbricate; clypeus with foveolae irregular, somewhat larger than those on frons; labrum bare, polished; antenna of d strongly serrate (Fig. 2), extending to Ist abdominal segment, moderately serrate in 2 (Fig. 3) but reaching only to humerus. Pronotum campaniform, lateral margins slightly arcuate, basal margin bisinuate, apical margin strong- VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 317/ ly arcuate; disk strongly convex with slight depression opposite base of each 3rd elytral interval and on basal lobe; surface densely, evenly microfoveo- late, intervals micropunctate; in lateral aspect, dorsal profile strongly con- vex, lateral carina traceable as an arcuate, obtuse ridge from posterolateral angle 4 distance to anterior margin then as a fine sulcus connected to ventral end of cervical sulcus; cervical boss bisetiferous; pleural region concave; prosternum T-shaped, short before coxae, apex acute, not separating apices of procoxae. Scutellum quadrate, slightly longer than wide, apex emarginate, bidentate. Elytra together as long as wide (Fig. 1), widest at basal %, lateral margins subparallel, apices evenly rounded, disk subdepressed medially be- tween 6th striae; striae regular in course, stria | arising behind scutellar depression, 2 from a small basal puncture, 3, 4, 5, and 6 subbasal in origin, lacking basal denticles, all striae free apically; striae shallow, distinct, com- posed of confluent rectangular or polygonal foveolae each bearing a fine seta at its anterior border; intervals finely imbricate and densely setose; mesosternum triangular, truncate apically and with a tuft of short hairs; postmesocoxal sulci meeting medially at right angle, laterally arcuate par- allel to coxal cavity margin; metepisternum sparsely foveolate; metasternum finely punctate. Abdomen with Ist sternum 1.5x as long as remaining sterna together, ¢ with Ist sternum depressed medially (Fig. 10), depression finely but distinctly punctate, posterior margin of depression with fringe of long setae, 2nd and 3rd sterna also with some long setae, Sth sternum broadly emarginate to receive apex of reflexed pygidial apex; 2° with Ist sternum not modified, Sth sternum less deeply emarginate than in ¢, ¢ pygidium subtrianglar, lateral margins arcuate, apex slightly more narrowed in °, disk in both sexes microfoveolate, evenly convex. Male genitalia with median lobe (Fig. 7) about 4x as long as wide, expanded apically; ventral valve short, broad, lateral margins strongly arcuate; internal sac without armature in basal % but with short transverse rows of minute setae, apical /2 with fine, acute denticles and spicules, apex with pair of boat-shaped sclerites fringed with fine spicules; lateral lobes (Fig. 8) long, expanded apically, separated by cleft about % their length. Pro- and mesolegs not modified; metacoxal face reniform, concave medially, densely, irregularly punctulate; metafemur (Fig. 9) with dorsal profile evenly arcuate, ventral profile sinuate; pecten with | long and | or 2 shorter denticles; metatibia (Fig. 9) arcuate basally, slightly expanded and distinctly sinuate in apical 1; lateral, ventral, and dorsomedial carinae distinct and complete, lateroventral carina obsolete in apical 4; mucro short, acute, scarcely longer than lateral denticle, sub- equal in length to coronal denticles. Types.—Holotype ¢, Argentina, Tucuman, Dpt. Trancas, San Pedro de Colalao, 21-IX-1952, A. L. Teran coll., ex semillas de Phaseolus caracalla. -Allotype ° and 53 paratypes, same data. Other paratypes, ARGENTINA: same data as type except IX-1953 (16); same data as type except IV-1953 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON (10); same data as type except IX-1960 (4); same data as type except 26-V- 1964 (emerged 11-XI-1964 to 18-XI-1964), plant no. 24 (7); same data as type except 3-III-1965, plant no. 41 (2). PARAGUAY: Intercepted USDA APHIS, Los Angeles, 13-V-1980, Vigna sp. seed (2). Holotype and paratypes are deposited in the collection of the Fundacion Miguel Lillo, Tucuman, Argentina. Allotype and paratypes deposited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. Paratypes deposited also in the C. D. Johnson collection, Flagstaff, Arizona. Remarks.—The specific name is taken from that of the host plant, Pha- seolus caracalla L. This species is distinctive in this group by its nearly uniformly black coloration, and by the modified first abdominal segment of the male. Discussion These two species belong to a group of species of Acanthoscelides that includes also A. suaveolus (Sharp, 1885) described from Nicaragua and Panama, A. clandestinus (Motschulsky, 1874) (=Bruchus multisignatus Sharp, 1885, NEw SYNoNymy), and several undescribed species in Central and South America. Characteristics of this group that I am designating the suaveolus group are the contrasting pattern of white or gray transverse bars on a black or piceous background on the elytra, and an elongate postscu- tellar white mark. Male genitalia are not strongly differentiated in the species studied, but color patterns on pronotum, elytra, legs, and antennae appear to be constant for each species. The following key will separate the de- scribed species: 1. Metalegs entirely black; antennae black except segments 1 and 2 partly reddish; prolegs partly piceous; ¢ abdomen with median depression and:caudalfrimge ‘of: long:setae 45.255. eee eee ES a PRUE Se: Acanthoscelides caracallae Kingsolver, new species — Metalegs with some red or reddish-yellow infusion; antennae red or piceous; prolegs reddish; ¢ abdomen not modified................. 2, 2. Pronotum immaculate ashy gray; eyes not sexually dimorphic..... PT ee ee Tite OPE nt tree 3 ors om arc prow oe A. suaveolus (Sharp) — Pronotum with median dark markings; eyes sexually dimorphic or MOO 4 26 307.15 3 ew di metanerd 10 ele eee eee ee oe 3 3. Pronotum and elytra with only brown, gray, and white setae; median area of pronotum uniformly dark except for basal band, without lines or spots;eyes not) sexually dimorphicad ieee eee istie ceo ued hs ob ape ae A. comptus, Kingsolver, new species — Pronotum and elytra with yellowish setae in addition to black, gray, and white, especially on pronotum and elytral base: pronotum with VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 59 median line and lateral spots; ¢ eyes larger than 2 eyes ......... ee ee Lat eu e. a e A. clandestinus (Motschulsky) LITERATURE CITED Motschulsky, V. 1873 (1874). Enumeration des nouvelles especes de Coléopteres rapporteés de ses voyages. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 46: 203-252. Sharp, D. 1885. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera, Bruchidae 5: 437-504. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(1), 1981, pp. 60-63 2-NONANOL IN THE EXOCRINE SECRETION OF THE NEARCTIC CADDISFLY, RHYACOPHILA FUSCULA (WALKER) (RHYACOPHILIDAE: TRICHOPTERA) R. M. DUFFIELD Department of Zoology, Howard University, Washington, D.C. 20059. Abstract.—Abdominal secretions of Rhyacophila fuscula (Walker) con- tain 2-nonanol as the major component. The possible defensive function of the secretion in the biology of the insect and the evolutionary significance of similar abdominal glands in Lepidoptera and Trichoptera are discussed. In recent years the exocrine chemistry of eusocial insects has been studied extensively in order to determine the controls of their behavioral patterns. The chemistry of a number of economically important non-social insects has also been studied because of the potential application of this information for monitoring and manipulating pest populations (Koehler et al., 1977). Little attention, however, has been directed toward the exocrine chemistry of solitary species. One such taxon is the Trichoptera or caddisflies. They are a small order of insects with about 1300 North American species for which the systematics is relatively well established. Rhyacophila fuscula (Walker), a common species in the eastern United States, emerges throughout the summer and early autumn. It can be col- lected in sufficient quantities for chemical analysis by black-lighting. We have observed that this medium-sized caddisfly emits a sweet odor when handled. Herein we report the identification of 2-nonanol from exudates released from a pair of abdominal exocrine glands on the fifth segment. The function of the abdominal gland is discussed as well as its phylogenetic significance. MATERIALS AND METHODS Collection of animals.—Adults of Rhyacophila fuscula were collected during September 1979 at Catoctin Mountain Park, Thurmont, Maryland. Adult caddisflies landing on a large white sheet hung behind a black-light were removed and placed in individual glass shell vials. The caddisflies were chilled in an ice chest and transported to the laboratory where they were stored for a maximum of 24 hours prior to extraction. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 61 Exocrine source and collection of secretion.—Female specimens were cleared in KOH and examined both internally and externally for an exocrine glandular apparatus. Whole body extracts of females were prepared by dipping the specimen in methylene chloride. In addition, the paired exocrine glands on the fifth abdominal segment were dissected from female specimens held under ice water. These excised glands were extracted in methylene chloride for later chemical analysis. Chemical analyses.—An extract made from 30 whole specimens was an- alyzed on a computerized Finnigan 3200 gas chromatograph-mass spectrom- ~ eter (GC-MS) equipped with a 1m x | mm (I.D.) glass column utilizing 3% OV-17 and 10% SP-1000 as stationary phases. The column was programmed at 10°C/min from 60°—200°C (or 300° for OV-17). The major component was identified by comparison of mass spectra and retention times with those of previously published spectra and standard compounds. An extract of eight abdominal glands was analyzed by gas chromatography and the retention time compared to those of standard compounds. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Gas chromatograph analyses of both excised glands and whole body ex- tracts of R. fuscula showed the presence of one component which consti- tuted over 95% of the observed volatiles. The component has a base peak at m/z 45 with additional peaks at m/z 129, 126, 111, 98, 97, 83, 69, and 55. The molecular ion at m/z 144 was not visible, but the base peak and the M-15 peak at 129 plus the M-18 peak at 126 indicated that this component was 2-nonanol. Comparison with an authentic sample established its struc- ture. The specific stereochemistry of the 2-nonanol is unknown. 2-Nonanol has previously been identified in the head extracts of two species of stingless bees in Mexico, Trigona mexicana Guerin and T. pec- toralis Dalla Torre. 2-Nonanol along with a series of alcohols and ketones functions to release alarm behavior in these bees (Luby et al., 1973). It has _ also been found in the mandibular glands of bumblebees (Cederberg, 1977). Interestingly, 1-nonanol has been identified in the mandibular gland secre- tions of the formicine ants, Lasius niger (L.) (Bergstrom and L6fqvist, 1970) and Qecophylla longinoda (F.) (Bradshaw et al., 1975) where it functions in signaling alarm. The chemistry of exocrine secretions of trichopterans has been reported only in one other species, Pycnopsyche scabripennis (Rambur) (Limne- philidae). Secretions in this species are dominated by indole along with traces of skatole and cresol (Duffield et al., 1977). Most caddisflies have paired glandular openings on the fifth abdominal segment (Betten, 1934; Ross, 1956). The presence of an exocrine gland in 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON this segment appears to be a basic caddisfly characteristic which has sub- sequently been modified in different taxa (Ross, 1956). The structure and position of the gland are variable within the segment. Both males and females of Pycnopsyche scabripennis have paired glands 1.8 mm in length opening dorsolaterally on the fifth abdominal sternum. There is a peglike cuticular modification near the opening of the gland (Duffield et al., 1977). A large dorsal exocrine gland has been described in the males of the South American caddisfly Barypenthus sp. (Odontoceridae) which opens between the fifth and sixth abdominal terga (Barth 1963a, 1963b). This may represent a fusion of the paired fifth abdominal glands or may represent an entirely different gland. The function of the gland is unknown. A number of other species have what appear to be openings of exocrine glands on other abdominal segments (Flint, personal communication). At present there are no compre- hensive studies of the distribution and morphology of abdominal exocrine glands present in Trichoptera. Based on morphology, it is believed that Trichoptera and Lepidoptera are closely related (Carpenter, 1953; Ross, 1955). This is substantiated by the presence of abdominal exocrine glands on the fifth sternum in both primitive families of Microlepidoptera, Micropterygidae and Eriocranidae (Davis, 1975) and the primitive family of caddisflies, Rhyacophilidae. Thus, the presence of exocrine glands in the fifth segment represents a plesiomorphic character shared by both caddisflies and some primitive Lepidoptera. The function of these abdominal glands may also be similar in both orders. Kristensen (1972) has suggested they may serve a defensive purpose in the Microlepidoptera. In Trichoptera they may be used to repel small invaders such as ants while the caddisflies rest in the vegetation during daylight hours (Duffield et al., 1977). Since 1-nonanol functions as an alarm releaser/de- fensive product in Lasius and Oecophylla, 2-nonanol may function similarly for caddisflies. The natural product chemistry of the Trichoptera must be regarded as an unexplored field. At this juncture it is impossible to discuss the distribution of 2-nonanol in Trichoptera. Future studies may well demonstrate the use- fulness of comparative chemical and morphological data on the fifth abdom- inal glands in the systematics of Trichoptera. This information may be used both as systematic characters and to test phylogenetic affinities proposed in the literature. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank D. R. Davis and O. S. Flint, Jr., Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution for identifying the specimens and for their helpful suggestions. In addition, we thank Tom McFadden and Jim Voigt (National Park Service), Catoctin Mountain Park, for their cooperation. VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 63 LITERATURE CITED Barth, R. 1963a. Das Duftorgan von Barypenthus sp. (Trichoptera: Odontoceridae). Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de J. 61: 133-141. . 1963b. Ueber eine Besondere Muskelform von Barypenthus sp. (Trichoptera). Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de J. 61: 143-147. Bergstrom, G. and J. L6fqvist. 1970. Chemical basis for odour communication in four species of Lasius ants. J. Insect Physiol. 16: 2353-2375. Betten, C. 1934. The caddisflies or Trichoptera of New York State. N.Y. State Mus. Bull. 292: 1-576. Bradshaw, J. W. S., R. Baker, and P. E. Howse. 1975. Multicomponent alarm pheromones of the weaver ant. Nature (Lond.) 258: 230-231. _ Carpenter, F. M. 1953. The geological history and evolution of insects. Am. Sci. 41: 256-270. a Cederberg, B. 1977. Chemical basis for defense in bumblebees. Proc. Int. Congr. Int. Union Study Social Insects. 8th Centre Agric. Publ., Wageningen, Neth. 1977: 77. Davis, D. R. 1975. Systematics and zoogeography of the family Neopseustidae with the pro- posal of a new superfamily (Lepidoptera: Neopseustoidea). Smithson. Contrib. Zool. 210: 1—45. Duffield, R. M., M. S. Blum, J. B. Wallace, H. A. Lloyd, and F. E. Regnier. 1977. Chemistry of the defensive secretion of the caddisfly Pycnopsyche scabripennis (Trichoptera: Lim- nephilidae). J. Chem. Ecol. 3: 649-656. Koehler, C. S., J. J. McKelvey, W. L. Roelofs, H. H. Shorey, R. M. Silverstein, and D. L. Wood. 1977. Advancing toward operational behavior-modifying chemicals, pp. 395— 400. In Shorey, H. H. and J. J. McKelvey, eds., Chemical Control of Insect Behavior, Theory and Application. John Wiley and Sons, New York. Kristensen, N. P. 1972. Sommerfuglenes stilling i Insektsystemet. Lepidoptera (Copenh.) (n.s.) 2: 61-67. Luby, J. M., F. E. Regnier, E. T. Clarke, E. C. Weaver, and N. Weaver. 1973. Volatile cephalic substances of the stingless bees, Trigona mexicana and Trigona pectoralis. J. Insect Physiol. 19: 1111-1127. Ross, H. H. 1955. The evolution of the insect orders. Entomol. News 66: 197-208. . 1956. Evolution and Classification of Mountain Caddisflies. Univ. Ill. Press, Urbana. 231 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(1), 1981, pp. 64-71 TWO NEW SPECIES OF DICHELACERA (NOTHOCANTHOCERA ) FAIRCHILD WITH A KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE SUBGENUS (DIPTERA: TABANIDAE)'” RICHARD C. WILKERSON Entomology and Nematology Department, University of Florida, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, Gainesville, Florida 32611; Research Associate, Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville, Florida. Abstract.—Two new species of the subgenus Nothocanthocera are de- scribed and figured: Dichelacera (N.) adusta from Brazil, Minas Gerais, and D. (N.) flavicosta from Venezuela, Bolivar. A key to the females of all 12 species is presented, and figures of all species showing a wing pattern are included. Additional criteria for characterizing Nothocanthocera are given. Dichelacera (N.) leucotibialis (Barretto) is a new synonym of D. (N.) diaphorina (Barretto). The subgenus Nothocanthocera of the genus Dichelacera is a widely distributed Neotropical group, most members of which are found east of the Andes, with one isolated species, costaricana (Fairchild), from Central America. The subgenus was erected by Fairchild (1969) to accommodate 11 Neotropical species, most of which were previously placed in the genus Acanthocera. Fairchild felt these species were more closely allied to Di- chelacera than Acanthocera yet subgenerically distinct from the other Di- chelacera species (Fairchild, 1939; Barretto, 1947). Nothocanthocera have a bare and somewhat inflated frontoclypeus, a dorsal antennal tooth which does not reach the end of the basal plate, con- trastingly pale tibial bases, and a pollinose subcallus. They are usually wasp- like in appearance with the first two abdominal segments slightly constrict- ed, often with golden-yellow hair patches on the pleura, sides of the mesonotum, scutellum, and along the posterior borders of some abdominal segments. In addition, they generally have a dark infuscation along the entire anterior half of the wing. ' Florida Agricultural Experiment Station Journal Series No. 2308. * This paper was prepared during the tenure of National Science Foundation grant DEB78- 10121. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 65 Nothocanthocera differs from other Dichelacera subgenera by lacking a strong diagonal wing band (indistinctly present only in D. (N.) tenuicornis (Lutz)), by having only a partially sclerotized labella, and by their wasplike appearance. Nothocanthocera does have in common with other Dichela- cera, s.l., a first antennal segment which is usually much shorter than the basal plate and annuli which are sometimes slightly longer, but more com- monly shorter, than the basal plate. Acanthocera species, which also resemble wasps, seem to be closely _ related to Nothocanthocera. They are separable on antennal characters. Acanthocera has annuli which are much wider, when viewed from above, than the first two antennal segments or the basal plate, while the annuli of Nothocanthocera are not wider than the other antennal parts. In addition, the annuli are 1.5—2.5 times longer than the basal plate, those of Notho- canthocera 1.1 or less. Usually Acanthocera has the first antennal segment at least as long as the basal plate; the first segment is usually much shorter in Nothocanthocera. Three species presented in the key, nigricorpus (Lutz), cnephosa (Bar- retto), and steleiothorax (Barretto), are known to me only from their original descriptions, the last described from a male. Wing photos of the above two Barretto species are reproduced here from his treatment (Barretto, 1947). Dichelacera (N.) leucotibialis (Barretto) was described from a male for which there was no associated female. The wing pattern of leucotibialis (Barretto, 1947, fig. 16) is identical to that of diaphorina (Barretto) (Fig. 7; Barretto, 1947, fig. 13); in addition I find no appreciable non-sexual differ- ences between the description of /eucotibialis and the specimen of dia- phorina before me. I therefore place /eucotibialis as a synonym of dia- phorina (NEW SYNONYMy). Both names were published simultaneously, but diaphorina is preferable since it was described from a female. KEY TO FEMALES OF DICHELACERA (NOTHOCANTHOCERA) SPECIES l. Wing nearly evenly infuscated yellow or brown, without con- BESSA PAE ANLOTM te = scscn! 35 «acu Sipe oS chm cee. «tier pease ee a 2 Wing with contrasting yellow or brown and hyaline areas ...... 5) 2(1).. Hindtibia mostly black, whitish and white haired at base only. Palp, sides of posterior mesonotum, and 2nd abdominal seg- ment with a few reddish hairs intermixed with the black. Lateral posterior margins of abdominal segments pale with fine, shiny, white hairs. About 15 mm long. Wing infuscated yellow (Brazil: Santa Catarina, Sao Paulo, Rio de Janeiro) ... nigricorpus (Lutz) - Hindtibia mostly pale yellow and yellow haired, apical 4 dark. Palp brown haired. Posterior 74 of mesonotum and scutellum 66 3(1): 4(3). 5G): 6(5). 7(6). PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON mostly golden-yellow haired. Abdomen wholly brown haired. About 10 mm long. Wing evenly brown infuscated (Guyana) LRRD Pee aE NOOR eo etree beet melanoptera (Hine) Wing darkly infuscated except for hyaline triangular patches occupying ’2—%4 of basal cells and narrow posterior hyaline bor- der beginning in 2nd submarginal cell and extending at least to axillary cell. (Figs 3; 4)". 3... . sehen geet ene gee 4 Wing not as above, variable but usually hyaline with at least a broad yellow or dark anterior margin (Figs. 5-12) ............. 5 Dorsal antennal tooth subequal to 2nd antennal segment. Ter- minal annulus about as long as wide. Basal cells hyaline except for their apices, lightly infuscated median area in Ist basal cell and small infuscated area at base of 2nd. About 10 mm long. Frontal index about 2.3 (Fig. 3) (Venezuela, Colombia) ...... Std EARS iet Lars ie US OR. Pe trigeniferan(Sehinem Dorsal antennal tooth 1.5—2.0x longer than 2nd antennal seg- ment. Terminal annulus longer than wide. Hyaline areas of bas- al cells restricted to 4 of Ist basal cell and contiguous anterior 4 of 2nd. 12-15 mm long. Frontal index 2.8—-3.4 (Fig. 4) (Co- lombiaxChoco)yrseae. 64k S2G3k S196 AE albomarginata (Krober) Wing tricolored, the following cells yellow: Costal, subcostal, marginal, basal 2 of Ist submarginal, Ist basal, and basal 2 of anal. Vein R, to fork and vein R, broadly margined dark brown. Apical % of anal cell infuscated brown except for a hyaline center. Remainder of wing hyaline or lightly brown tinted (Figs. 2A—C, 5) (Venezuela: Bolivar) .......... flavicosta, new species Wing not as above, bicolored, usually with broad dark anterior margin and broad hyaline or lightly infuscated posterior PVA SMI sets ooo Sr aol arekee re ie Nota ey ate cece easyer 6 Wing with oblique lightly infuscated mark extending from near apex of anal cell, across bases of the Sth and 4th posterior cells and through discal cell where it joins dark anterior margin of wing in Ist posterior cell. Posterior /2 of scutellum and hindbor- ders of abdominal terga 2—4 golden-yellow haired. Remaining terga dark brown haired (Fig. 6) (Brazil: Sao Paulo, Minas Ger- aS“ santa’ Cataritia) vs. ce ce see creer teres tenuicornis (Lutz) Wing without an oblique infuscated mark. Scutellum and ab- domen often marked as above but posterior border of tergum 4 not golden-yellow haired .:. -. aceseuste se ee oe ee ee 7 Diseal cell infuscated’(Fig. 11) (Brazil: Parana)® 2.7: 2... see NP Ge MR do Pies tt eg hee el Ye hehe dem sc steleiothorax (Barretto) Discal cell with at least’a hyaline center +... 2+. ss0e: 07 st ee 8 | VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 67 8(7). 9(8). 10(9). 11(10). Wholly brown and brown haired, without golden-yellow hairs (Figs. 1A—C, 8) (Brazil: Minas Gerais) ..... adusta, new species Yellow hairs present in at least 1 of the following locations: On longitudinal sutures, scutellum, on notopleural lobe, below wing base, and on posterior margins of abdominal segments 2 ENC ae cic Pe oe Soa. sack ace 4 Bela Sadie ne Re ernd te ow ee 9 Anterior wing infuscation does not include base of Ist posterior cell. Remainder of wing, except anal cell, hyaline. Thorax blackish with pale pollinose and yellow pilose scutellum, no- topleural lobe, and paired anterior dorsal stripes. Abdomen shiny black, only Ist segment pale pilose. Halter creamy white (Fig. 9) (Honduras; Costa Rica) ......... costaricana (Fairchild) Wing similar to above but with base of Ist posterior cell infus- cated, and area along posterior margin from 2nd submarginal to Sth posterior cell lightly infuscated. Abdomen with at least 2nd segment with a fringe of pale pilosity laterally. Halter BYRON WVIDY SBene Seatac eae Ne ere A ORM nies ot 10 Notopleural lobe with tuft of yellow hair (Fig. 10) (Brazil: Sao | PAVE) Wie a cpa ne a i ara n aeaRe OPA apicalis (Fairchild) Notopleunallobe/ Drown haired, .:; + uss ane ee hheeteicia ante eee eae t 11 Wing with Ist posterior cell nearly wholly darkened except for thin line along posterior margin. Dorsal antennal tooth re- curved, nearly reaching Ist annulus. Space between tooth and basal plate about 34 width of basal plate (Fig. 12) (Brazil: Rio Gen AMEIEO) yas. SSO ud Ae, ee cnephosa (Barretto) Wing with basal 2 of Ist posterior cell darkened, contrasting with paler apical 2. Dorsal antennal tooth more or less straight, basal plate 4 again as long as tooth. Space between tooth and basal plate equal to about 2 width of basal plate (Fig. 7) (Brazil: Sa0-PanloRio' de Janeiro)’. 25. 20. diaphorina (Barretto) Dichelacera (Nothocanthocera) flavicosta Wilkerson, NEW SPECIES Figs. 2A—C, 5 Medium-sized, dark-brown species with bare shiny frontoclypeus, long, slender, dorsal antennal tooth, and basally swollen subshiny palp. Wing tricolored, broadly yellow along costal margin, broadly dark brown along vein R, to fork, along vein R,, and apical 2 of anal cell, remainder hyaline. Female.—Length, 14 mm; of wing, 14 mm. Head characters as figured. Frontal index 2.9. Frons reddish black in ground color, dark yellowish-gray pollinose. Frons, thorax, and upper abdomen slightly greased. Basal callus protuberant, shiny reddish black. Median callus subshiny reddish black, borne on central elevated area leading from just above callus to below the 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 0.5mm Fig. 1. Dichelacera (Nothocanthocera) adusta, holotype. A, Antenna. B, Palp. C, Frons. barely visible ocellar vestiges. Subcallus and gena reddish black in ground color, yellowish-gray pollinose. Beard and hairs of upper gena sparse and dark brown. Frontoclypeus protuberant, mostly shiny dark reddish brown but yellowish-gray pollinose below level of tentorial pits. Antennal segments 1 and 2 dark brown and black haired with sparse grayish pollinosity. Seg- ment 3 black with base, dorsal tooth, and small rings at each annulus yel- lowish. Third segment sparsely grayish pollinose and black haired. Palpus subshiny dark reddish brown and black haired, covered with sparse grayish pollinosity. Labella with dorsolateral shiny sclerotized stripes. Mesonotum reddish brown with sparse grayish pollinosity and sparse black hairs. Scutellum dark reddish in ground color, mostly black haired with a few yellowish hairs intermixed. Pleura and coxae dark brown in ground color, pale grayish pollinose and dark brown haired. Legs dark reddish brown and black haired except for basal 34, 74, and % of fore-, mid-, and hindtibiae, respectively, which are yellowish white and yellowish-white haired. Wing as figured, costal, subcostal, marginal, basal % of Ist sub- marginal, Ist basal, and basal % of anal cells yellow, veins R, and R; broadly brown margined, apical 2 of anal cell brown, remainder of wing hyaline. Basicosta bare. Halter pale yellowish brown. Abdomen above dark brown in ground color and black haired except for posterior borders of terga 1 and 2 which are yellowish brown and sparsely VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 69 Fig. 2. Dichelacera (Nothocanthocera) flavicosta, holotype. A, Antenna. B, Palp. C, Frons. yellow haired. Pale margin of segment 2 much narrower than that of segment 1. Segments | and 2 constricted, slightly narrower than following segments. Tergum | appears slightly paler than other terga due to sparse grayish-yel- low pollinosity and lateral pale yellow hairs. Abdomen below as above but only sternum 2 with yellowish and yellow haired posterior border. Male.—Not known. Type material.—Holotype, 2, Venezuela, Bolivar, Sta. Elena, 10—11-IX- 1977, leg. Lindemann. In Zoologische Staatsammlung, Munich, West Ger- many. Discussion.—This species, as the name suggests, may be separated from the other members of this group by the broad yellow coloration along the costal margin of the wing. Dichelacera (Nothocanthocera) adusta Wilkerson, NEW SPECIES Figs. 1A—-C, 8 Small to medium sized, all brown and brown haired species with short dorsal antennal tooth, shiny frontoclypeus, and slender palp. Female.—Length, 9 mm; of wing, 9.5 mm. Head structures as figured. Frontal index 2.2. Frons pale yellowish brown pollinose. Callus shiny yel- lowish brown, basal /% protuberant, upper 2 sunken in, borne on median 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 3-12. Wings. 3, Dichelacera (Nothocanthocera) trigonifera. 4, D. (N.) albomar- ginata. 5, D. (N.) flavicosta. 6, D. (N.) tenuicornis. 7, D. (N.) diaphorina. 8, D. (N.) adusta. 9, D. (N.) costaricana. 10, D. (N.) apicalis. 11, D. (N.) steleiothorax. 12, D. (N.) cnephosa. concave portion of frons. Three barely visible vestiges of ocelli present near vertex, area around and above these subshiny yellowish brown. Subcallus and most of gena pale yellowish brown pollinose. Frontoclypeus and median thin stripe below each eye on genae shiny yellowish brown. Beard of sparse brown hairs. Antennal segments | and 2 pale yellowish brown and dark brown haired. Segment 3 orange yellow basally, darkening to brown on annuli. Palp brown in ground color, pale yellowish-gray pollinose and brown haired. Labella nearly '% total proboscis length, wholly fleshy except for small lateral shiny areas. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 71 Mesonotum reddish brown in ground color, covered with pale yellowish- brown pollinosity and brown hairs. Scutellum darker than mesonotum with coppery-yellow pollinosity and dense brown hairs. Pleura and coxae as mesonotum. Femora and apices of tibiae paler reddish brown and brown haired. Basal halves of tibiae yellowish white with a few whitish hairs inter- mixed with brown. Tarsi dusky. Wing as figured, broadly infuscated brown anteriorly, but paler in anal cell and through posterior cells, remainder hya- line. Basicosta bare, halter reddish brown. Abdomen above and below wholly reddish brown and brown haired. Male.—Not known. Type material.—Holotype, °, Brazil, Minas Gerais, Cipo, 20-XI-1938, A. Vianna Martins coll. Holotype to be deposited in Museu de Zoologia da Universidade de Sao Paulo. The holotype is damaged, lacking the left antennal flagellum, the left fore- femur, foretibia, and foretarsus, the right midtarsus, half of one hindtibia, and both hindtarsi. In addition, the thorax is somewhat compressed dor- solaterally, and the insect has been stabilized on the pin with glue. Paratype, same data as holotype, in the Florida State Collection of Ar- thropods. This specimen is somewhat larger, 11.5 mm long, and darker than the holotype. It is also damaged, the body being mostly denuded, it lacks the mid- and hindlegs of the left side, and the wings are both dirty and torn. The mid- and hindtibiae of this specimen are mostly pale, their apical fourths darkened. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I express my appreciation to G. B. Fairchild, University of Florida, for the loan of specimens treated here and for his most helpful advice at all stages of preparation of the manuscript. I also thank D. H. Habeck and D. G. Young, University of Florida; H. V. Weems, Florida State Collection of Arthropods; R. H. Roberts, USDA, Gainesville, Florida; and F. C. Thomp- son, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Washington, D.C. for their help in reviewing the final product, and Roxann Wilkerson for typing and editing. LITERATURE CITED Barretto, M. P. 1947. Estudos sobre Tabanidas Brasileiros. 1V. Sobre o genero Acanthocera Macq., 1834, com as descricoes de cinco novas espécies (Diptera, Tabanidae). An. Fac. Med. Univ. Sao Paulo 23: 89-115. Fairchild, G. B. 1939. Notes on the genus Acanthocera Macquart (Diptera, Tabanidae). Rev. Entomol. (Rio de J.) 10(1): 14-27. . 1969. Notes on Neotropical Tabanidae. XII. Classification and distribution, with keys to genera and subgenera. Arq. Zool. (Sao Paulo) 17(4): 199-255. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(1), 1981, pp. 72-92 MORPHOLOGY OF THE MALE INTERNAL REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM IN ARMY ANTS: PHYLOGENETIC IMPLICATIONS (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE) WILLIAM H. GOTWALD, JR. AND ANN W. BURDETTE Department of Biology, Utica College of Syracuse University, Utica, New York 13502. Abstract.—The morphology of the male internal reproductive system is described for representative species of New and Old World army ants. Functional testes in these species are present only in the pupa. The testes atrophy to such extent prior to or at the time of eclosion that little evidence of their existence in the adult can be found. Spermatogenesis and the storage of newly formed sperm cells in the seminal vesicles thus occur during pupal development before emergence. The internal genital structures are most derived and uniquely developed in New World species and least so in Old World species. The extraordinary differences in male internal genitalic mor- phology between New and Old World forms constitute further evidence of the polyphyletic origin of army ants. The internal reproductive system of male ants includes a pair of testes, their vasa deferentia, and a pair of accessory glands. The vasa deferentia, ducts that connect the testes to the accessory glands, are expanded in some species to form seminal vesicles. The accessory glands empty through a pair of ducts that converge to form a common ejaculatory duct (Matsuda, 1976). This duct proceeds caudally where it enters the sclerotized genital capsule. Relatively few studies of these soft internal structures have been under- taken. Descriptions of this system in ants were published by Adlerz (1886), | Janet (1902), Mukerjee (1926), Marcus (1953), Forbes (1954, 1958), Forbes | and Do-Van-Quy (1965), Beck (1972), and Hung and Vinson (1975). Of | these, only the studies of Mukerjee, Forbes (1958), Forbes and Do-Van- Quy, and Hung and Vinson deal specifically with or include army ants. The “‘true’’ army ants were formerly placed in the single subfamily Dor- ylinae but are now regarded as two subfamilies. The New World genera (Cheliomyrmex, Eciton, Labidus, Neivamyrmex, and Nomamyrmex) are currently assembled in the subfamily Ecitoninae, while the Old World gen- era (Aenictus and Dorylus) comprise the Dorylinae (Snelling, in press). This reflects the generally held view that the doryline ants as previously consti- | VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 73 tuted are polyphyletic. Although Wheeler (1928) supposed that the dorylines shared a common ancestor, both Brown (1954) and Borgmeier (in Seevers, 1965) later hypothesized that the group was diphyletic. In studies of mor- phological, behavioral, and geographic characteristics, Gotwald (1969, 1977, 1979) and Gotwald and Kupiec (1975) speculated that the dorylines are tri- phyletic. They proposed that the New World dorylines constituted one lin- eage, the Old World genus Dorylus with its six subgenera (Alaopone, An- omma, Dichthadia, Dorylus, Rhogmus, and Typhlopone) a second, and the Old World genus Aenictus a third. Most of the morphological and behavioral evidence upon which the poly- phyletic hypothesis of doryline origins is based was gathered from the work- er caste. The queens and males seem obvious candidates for similar evi- dence-gathering investigations. This is especially true for the males which possess a well-developed, conspicuous but retractile genital capsule. The sclerotized components of this capsule are commonly figured in taxonomic _ treatments of the army ants (see Borgmeier, 1955), but a comparative ex- amination of the soft, internal reproductive structures of the males does not exist. Indeed, only one species of Eciton (Forbes, 1954), two of Neiva- myrmex (Forbes and Do-Van-Quy, 1965; Hung and Vinson, 1975), and one of Dorylus (Mukerjee, 1926) have ever been described in the literature. ! The purpose of this paper is to describe the gross morphology and certain histological aspects of the male internal reproductive system in both Old nen — and New World army ant species and to interpret the phylogenetic impli- cations of this morphology. Special emphasis was placed on the subgenera of Dorylus, since one of us (WHG) is currently revising the Old World genera. METHODS AND TERMINOLOGY Most specimens dissected were preserved in alcohol or Bouin’s fluid al- though a few critical forms were available only as dried specimens. These were relaxed in 70% ethanol and then dissected. In a majority of the alcohol- or Bouin’s-preserved specimens, the internal structures retained their elas- ticity to a remarkable degree. After being removed from the gaster, the reproductive structures were described and drawn. Specimens of all five New World genera and of both Old World genera, including all six subgenera of Dorylus, were dissected. Additionally, the male of one ponerine species was examined. Male pupae of the genera Neivamyrmex and Dorylus were also dissected. The internal genitalia of two adult males of Dorylus (Rhogmus) were sectioned and stained with Delafield’s hematoxylin-eosin. Also sectioned were the testes of a male pupa of Dorylus (Anomma). These sections were 1 See Ford and Forbes. 1980, J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 83: 133-142 for an additional ac- count of Dorylus male reproductive anatomy. 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON TESTIS VAS DEFERENS ACCESSORY GLAND EJACULATORY DUCT GENITAL CAPSULE A 1.0 Fig. 1. Male reproductive system of Plectroctena lygaria. A, Dorsal view. B, Ventral view. Scale in mm. stained with gallocyanin blue-phloxine. Serial sections of an entire adult male of Labidus were provided by Julian F. Watkins II. Terms used for the male internal reproductive structures are essentially those of Snodgrass (1935) and Matsuda (1976). When functional, the testes | are composed of a variable number of follicles in which spermatogenesis occurs. The vasa deferentia are the narrow tubes that transport the sperm cells from the testes to the middle or base of the accessory glands and/or ejaculatory duct. If the vasa deferentia are swollen and bulbous and function | to store the spermatozoa, they are called the seminal vesicles. The acces- | sory glands are usually dorsal to the vasa deferentia and probably contribute to the formation of seminal fluid. The ducts into which the accessory glands empty are here assumed to be the anterior, bifurcated ends of the ejaculatory duct. However, when these ducts unite to form the ejaculatory duct, their lumina usually remain separate and distinct. For this reason Forbes (1958) referred to the ejaculatory duct as the ‘‘bound accessory gland ducts.’’ The term genital capsule is used to collectively denote the sclerotized external genitalia. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 75 SEMINAL VESICLE ACCESSORY GLAND EJACULATORY DUCT ACCESSORY GLAND Po 2.0 SEMINAL VESICLE | Fig. 2. Male reproductive system of Cheliomyrmex morosus. A, Lateral view. B, Dorsal ) view. Scale in mm. RESULTS SUBFAMILY PONERINAE | Plectroctena lygaria Bolton, Gotwald, and Leroux (1 specimen from the Laboratoire d’Ecologie Tropicale, Lamto, Ivory Coast) (Fig. 1). Because the ponerines are among the most primitive or generalized of -ants, a male of one ponerine, P. /ygaria, was dissected to serve as a mor- | phological ‘‘reference point.’’ Each testis in this species is a conspicuous | globular structure composed of sperm-producing follicles. Leading from 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON SEMINAL VESICLE ACCESSORY GLAND ae 2.0 SEMINAL VESICLE Fig. 3. Male reproductive system of Labidus praedator. A, Lateral view. B, Dorsal view, structures displaced for purpose of display. Scale in mm. each testis is a narrow, distally convoluted vas deferens. This duct does not expand to form a seminal vesicle but instead continues without changing in diameter, attaching to the middle region of the ventral surface of the acces- sory gland. The two accessory glands are elongated, apically pointed bodies that are directed anteriorly. Although the ducts from the accessory glands VOLUME 83, NUMBER | Figs. 4, 5. seen (marked AG) (200). 5, Ejaculatory duct, cross section (400). Ha Labidus coecus, male. 4, Accessory gland, cross section: two sections can be 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON SEMINAL VESICLE ACCESSORY GLAND EJACULATORY DUCT GENITAL CAPSULE a | 2.0 Fig. 6. Male reproductive system of Neivamyrmex sp. A, In situ dorsal view. B, Structures displaced for purpose of display, dorsal view. Scale in mm. join to form a common ejaculatory duct, predictably their lumina are indi- vidually retained, even as the ejaculatory duct enters the genital capsule. SUBFAMILY ECITONINAE Cheliomyrmex morosus (F. Smith) (1 specimen from Palenque, Mexico) (Fig.22). Testes are not evident. The seminal vesicles are elongated, sperm-filled | sacs. Each is folded upon itself twice. The accessory glands are elongated structures, each of which is coiled once about the proximal end of its cor- responding seminal vesicle. The ejaculatory duct forms a ventrally directed loop before entering the genital capsule. Labidus praedator (F. Smith) (1 specimen from Tamazunchale, Mexico) (Fig. 3). Testes are not evident. The seminal vesicles are elongated, folded sacs similar to those of Cheliomyrmex. Each opens into the proximal end of its corresponding accessory gland. The accessory glands are proportionately | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 79 TESTIS PRIMITIVE GENITALIA | VAS DEFERENS 2.0 EJACULATORY DUCT SEMINAL VESICLE B _ ATROPHIED | TESTICULAR | FOLLICLES | ACCESSORY GLAND Fig. 7. Male reproductive system. A, Neivamyrmex texanus pupa, dorsal view. B, No- mamyrmex esenbecki wilsoni, structures displaced for purpose of display, dorsal view. Scales in mm. | longer than those of Cheliomyrmex. Although they are coiled, they do not wrap about the seminal vesicles. The ejaculatory duct loops ventrally before entering the genital capsule. ' Serial sections of Labidus coecus (Latreille) reveal the presence of ———— 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ‘‘clumps’’ of sperm cells in the seminal vesicles. Each clump appears as a discrete unit of closely packed spermatozoa. The seminal vesicles are thin- walled sacs. The accessory glands are lined with a columnar epithelium that is unevenly distributed about the lumen of each gland. The epithelium is placed at opposite sides of the lumen, giving a bilateral organization to each gland (Fig. 4). Sperm cells were not present in the lumina of the accessory glands. Two lumina are present in the thick-walled ejaculatory duct and each is lined with an epithelium that stains the same color as the accessory gland epithelium. This epithelium is thickest on the median septum that separates the lumina (Fig. 5). Neivamyrmex sp. (2 specimens from Pima County, Arizona) (Fig. 6). Nei- vamyrmex nigrescens (Cresson) (1 pupal specimen from Bell County, Texas) (Fig. 7A). Neivamyrmex texanus Watkins (1 pupal specimen from Waco, Texas). Testes in the adult are not present. The seminal vesicles are large bulbous structures, each of which is bent back upon itself and enclosed in a mem- brane. Attached to the apex of each vesicle is a series of thin, tubule-like structures that may be the testes in atrophied form. Microscopically, these ‘“‘tubules’’ reveal little except that they are not muscle fibers. A portion of the seminal vesicle, after being macerated, was examined under the com- pound microscope. This spongy tissue within each vesicle is composed of a compact mass of spermatozoa. The accessory glands are tightly coiled tubes lying on either side of the midsagittal plane next to the anterior end | of the genital capsule. The seminal vesicles join the proximal ends of the | accessory glands just before these glands unite to form the ejaculatory duct. This duct, containing two lumina, forms a ventrally directed loop that cau- dally enters the genital capsule. Testes were prominent in both pupae dissected. The N. nigrescens pupa was still larviform with testes that extended the length of abdominal seg- ments 4—6. Each pupal testis is composed of many elongated or tubular follicles (Fig. 7A), and each is connected, albeit tenuously, to the primitive genitalia by a rudimentary vas deferens. Nomamyrmex esenbecki wilsoni (Santschi) (1 specimen from Rio Corona, | Tamaulipas, Mexico (Fig. 7B). A small group of atrophied testicular follicles attached to the distal end of one seminal vesicle. No other evidence of testes could be found. The seminal vesicles are flattened structures that fold back upon themselves once. They are similar to those of Neivamyrmex but not as bulbous. The accessory glands are tightly coiled, elongated tubes and are joined at their bases by the seminal vesicles. The ejaculatory duct is uniquely developed into a long tube that wraps around the ventriculus of the alimentary canal before looping ventrally and posteriorly. It then enters the genital capsule. VOLUME 83, NUMBER | EJACULATORY DUCT GENITAL CAPSULE EW SEMINAL VESICLE ACCESSORY GLAND => SS oiled. Scale in mm. ie 8. Maze ale reproductive system of Eci view, left accessory glan 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Eciton hamatum (Fabricius) (3 specimens from Barro Colorado Island, Pan- ama Canal Zone) (Fig. 8). Testes are absent. The seminal vesicles are flattened dorsoventrally and each is enclosed in a membranous capsule. Each joins its corresponding accessory gland near the proximal end of the gland. The accessory glands are long, coiled tubes. These glands lie on either side of the midsagittal plane juxtaposed to the anterior end of the genital capsule. The ducts from the accessory glands join to form a long ejaculatory duct that coils around the ventriculus of the alimentary canal. The lumina of the two ducts remain distinct throughout the length of this tube. The ejaculatory duct encircles the ventriculus in an anterior direction. At one point, it folds back upon itself, continuing around the ventriculus in the opposite direction but still proceeding anteriorly. Following the last coil, the duct loops back ventrally, i.e., beneath the ventriculus toward the posterior end of the gaster where it enters the genital capsule. SUBFAMILY DORYLINAE Aenictus sp. (2 specimens from Lamto, Ivory Coast) (Fig. 9A, B). Although the seminal vesicles are encapsulated by a single membrane | (Fig. 9A), testes are not evident within the membrane capsule. The seminal | vesicles are elongated, convoluted structures (Fig. 9B). The accessory | glands are short and closely applied to the anterior end of the genital cap- sule. These glands empty into a short ejaculatory duct that directly enters | the genital capsule. Dorylus (Alaopone) sp. (3 specimens from Kade, Ghana) (Fig. 9C). Dorylus | (Anomma) sp. (3 specimens from Lamto, Ivory Coast) (Figs. 10A, 13, 14). Dorylus (Anomma) nigricans complex (3 pupal specimens from | Rwantonde and Musasu, Rwanda) (Figs. 11, 12). Dorylus (Dichthadia) | laevigatus (F. Smith) (2 specimens, | from Sandakan, Borneo, | with © undecipherable locality label). Dorylus (Dorylus) sp. (2 specimens from | Kibos near Lake Victoria, Kenya) (Fig. 15 A, B). Dorylus (Dorylus) sp. (2 pupal specimens from Rwantonde and Rubona, Rwanda) (Fig. 15C-E). Dorylus (Typhlopone) spp. (2 specimens from Kibos, Kenya; 1 from | Kade, Ghana) (Fig. 16). | The morphology of the male internal reproductive system of Dorylus is relatively uniform throughout the subgenera. Only Dichthadia remains to | be thoroughly examined. The two dried pinned specimens available for dis- section did not, when treated, soften sufficiently, and the internal genitalic | structures remained withered and rather amorphous. Testes are not present in the adult male. In the pupae of Dorylus (sensu stricto) and Anomma they are massive structures, equal to or larger than | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 83 CAPSULE SEMINAL VESICLE oe 1.0 } ACCESSORY GLAND C EJACULATORY | DUCT | 7 a | SEMINAL VESICLE 2.0 Fig. 9. Male reproductive system. A, Aenictus sp., in situ, dorsal view. B, Aenictus sp.., ‘capsule removed, dorsal view. C, Subgenus Alaopone sp., lateral view. Scales in mm. |the genital capsule of each individual specimen from which they were dis- »sected. Each testis consists of many follicles, all of which converge upon and empty into the narrow distal end of the seminal vesicle (Fig. 15). His- tologically, each follicle is predictably composed of spermatocysts consist- ing of small clusters of spermatogenic cells. Each spermatocyst is surround- ed by a capsule of somatic cells (Figs. 11, 12). Pupae of the other four 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ACCESSORY GLAND A SEMINAL VESICLE ACCESSORY GLAND EJACULATORY DUCT ———"1 B 25 SEMINAL VESICLE Fig. 10. Male reproductive system. A, Subgenus Anomma sp., outer covering of left ac- | cessory gland removed, lateral view. B, Subgenus Rhogmus sp., lateral view. Scales in mm. subgenera were not available for dissection, but there is no reason at the | moment to assume that they differ significantly from Dorylus and Anomma. | The vasa deferentia are enlarged to form saclike seminal vesicles. These | are elbowed, with their apices directed dorsally or posteriorly (Figs. 9, 10, | 15, 16). They lay ventral to the accessory glands, which they superficially | resemble, and they join the accessory glands ventrally at the proximal end | of the glands. The wall of the seminal vesicle, at least in Anomma and} Rhogmus, consists of a thin outer layer of muscle (?) and connective tissue i) and an inner layer, lining the lumen, of columnar epithelium (Figs. 13, 14). § VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 85 Figs. 11, 12. Testis of pupa of Dorylus (Anomma) nigricans, cross section. 11, Several follicles (200x). 12, Single follicle with clearly defined spermatocysts (400) in Rhogmus, the lining is of uneven thickness in some places and in other ‘Mocations is produced into a series of ridges. The lumen of the vesicle is ‘filled with tightly packed spermatozoa. | \| 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 13, 14. Seminal vesicle of subgenus Anomma sp. male, cross section. 13, Portion of vesicle showing spermatozoa (S) in lumen (100). 14, Detail of vesicle wall (400). The accessory glands appear saclike and usually curve or bend back upon themselves so that the distal half of each gland is directed dorsally or pos- teriorly (Figs. 10, 15, 16). Alaopone is the only exception to this general | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 87 ACCESSORY GLAND SEMINAL OE a Gas ACCESSORY GLAND A B | 2.5 G EJACULATORY DUCT SEMINAL VESICLE TESTIS ACCESSORY GLAND PAS A a ae GENITAL CAPSULE SEMINAL VESICLE D TESTIS tiga 33 IN << 4(1), Hobart, Tasmania, Rec'd. 15 Nov. 1919 (USNM). Body (Fig. 5a).—Pyriform, 1218 (1150-1330) long, 1014 (840-1066) wide: derm membranous. Live specimens reddish yellow. Dorsum.—Large 8-shaped pores and simple disc pores absent. Quin- quelocular pores (Fig. 5b) numerous on cephalothoracic and anterior ab- dominal segments, on abdomen appearing to be arranged in 3 partial seg- mental bands, each pore 5 (5—6) in diameter. Setae sparse, with 6 (5-7) hairlike setae (Fig. Sc) on margin of posterior abdominal segments, each 35 (28-40) long, and a needlelike pair at apex (Fig. 5d) of abdomen, each 6 (4— 8) long. Venter.—Antennae (Fig. Se) unsegmented, I|1 (10-12) wide at base, with 2 hairlike setae. Maskell (1892), noted 5-segmented antennae, probably by confusing this with first-instars before molting. Clypeolabral shield 225 (207- 243) long, 140 (130-153) wide. Labium unsegmented, 73 (66-78) long, 104 118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 5. F. casuarinae, second-instar female. a, Dorsoventral view. b, Quinquelocular pore. c, Hairlike seta. d, Anal region. e, Antenna. f, Spiracle. g, Bilocular pore. h, Abdominal seta. VOLUME 83, NUMBER I 119 (93-120) wide; with 2 pairs of setae, each 10 (8-11) long. Legs absent. Spiracles (Fig. 5f) ornate, 85 (74-99) long, 86 (78-97) wide, atrial opening 34 (27-38) in diameter. Quinquelocular pores (Fig. 5b) on margin and sub- margin of cephalothorax and anterior abdominal segments, size same as those on dorsum. Bilocular pores (Fig. 5g) most numerous around mouth- parts, extending laterad to spiracular area, each 3 (2—5) in diameter. Needle- like setae (Fig. 5h) in 7 or 8 transverse rows on abdomen; marginal setae 22 (18-29) long, medial and submedial setae 6 (2-11) long. Note.—Maskell’s (1892) second-instar description refers to a first-instar about to molt. First-Instar Female Figs. 6a-1 Paralectotypes.—On Casuarina sp., 9(4), Australia, 1891, W. M. Maskell Coll. (DSIR). Additional material.—On C. “‘quadrivalvis,’’ 21(1), Hobart, Tasmania, Rec’d 15 Nov. 1909 (USNM); on Casuarina sp., 911), McLaren Flat, S. Australia, 7 Jul. 1965, H. M. Brookes Coll. (WARI No., 24/65): 9(1) same lot (UT). Body (Fig. 6a).—Ovoid, 443 (369-609) long, 238 (141-555) wide; derm membranous. Yellow when alive. Dorsum.—Large 8-shaped pores (Fig. 6b) on each % of body in 3 com- plete longitudinal rows and with 0-4 pores between marginal and submar- ginal rows on cephalothorax; marginal row with 14 (13-14) pores, submar- ginal row with 12 pores (found some specimens, possibly males, with 4—5 pores) and submedial row with 11 (10-12) pores; each pore 14 (12-16) long, 8 (8-10) wide. Simple disc pores (Fig. 6c) appearing to be associated with 8-shaped pores, on each half of body in an interrupted submarginal row of 8 (7-9) pores, and a submedial row of 7 (5—10) pores, each 1| in diameter. Simple eyes on margin, 13 (11-14) in diameter. Setae rare, few on margin, most tacklike (Fig. 6d). Anal lobes prominent, each with an apical seta 121 (108-138) long, laterad a pair of tacklike associated setae, each | (1-2) long. Venter.—Antennae 6-segmented, 85 (79-90) long, width at base 19 (13- 23). Scape 14 (12-17) long. Segments II to VI: 17 (14-19), 17 (16-19), 11 (10-14), 7 (6-10), 19 (17-23) long, respectively. Segments: I with 1—3 slender setae, II with 2 hairlike setae and a sensory pore, III without setae, IV with a fleshy seta, V without setae, VI with | or 2 needlelike, 2 hairlike, and 2 fleshy setae. Maskell (1892) illustrated it with 7-segmented antennae. He probably noted a false division on segment III. Clypeolabral shield 74 (65— 91) long, 60 (52-73) wide; Koteja and Liniowska (1976), who compared this structure in the genera of Asterolecaniidae, found it to be rather elongate, pentagonal, with anterior tentorial arms well developed in this species. La- bium unsegmented, 41 (36—54) long, 36 (30-48) wide; with 4 pairs of setae, Fig. 6. F. casuarinae, first-instar female. a, Dorsoventral view. b, Large 8-shaped pore. c, Simple disc pore. d, Tacklike seta. e, Spiracle. f, Trilocular pore. g, Bilocular pore. h, Tacklike seta. i, Macrospines. ———— VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 121 each 11 (6-17) long. Legs well developed, 5-segmented, tarsus with sensil- lum, tarsal digitules 36 (29-41) long, claw digitules 24 (19-28) long. Claw without denticle. Size of legs as follows: Ba ok Lengths Leg Prothoracic Mesothoracic Metathoracic Coxa 27 (18-36) 31 (20-37) 37 (35-40) Trochanter 12 (7-14) 10 (8-13) 12 (7-17) Femur 51 (42-57) 57 (40-67) 63 (53-71) Tibia 23 (14-35) 23 (20-28) 23 (19-26) Tarsus 42 (34-44) 52 (43-58) 57 (48-61) Claw 15 (11-20) 21 (16-23) 22 (20-24) Entire Leg 171 (151-190) 195 (161-215) 21Su(L82=2311) Spiracles (Fig. 6e) 14 (11-17) long, 7 (6-8) wide, atrial opening 2 (1-2) in diameter; each with an associated trilocular pore (Fig. 6f) near anterior and posterior spiracle, each 4 (3—5) in diameter. Bilocular pores (Fig. 6g) located in submargin of cephalothorax and anterior 2 abdominal segments and 2 pairs associated with mouthparts, each about 4 long. With 2 pairs of slender setae between antennae and clypeolabral shield; anterior pair 3 (1—4) long, posterior pair 6 (S—7) long; tacklike setae (Fig. 6h) on margin and submargin of abdomen, each 2 (1-2) long. Anal ring absent. Few microspines (Fig. 61) on posterior abdominal segments. Note.—Koteja (1974b) found campaniform sensillum on the tarsus of nymphs of this species. Frenchia semiocculta Maskell, 1895 Adult Female Figs. 7a—h Type-material.—From the syntypes an adult female has been designated and marked as Lectotype on | slide and 2 adult females on 2 slides as paralectotypes (DSIR). All labeled: Frenchia semiocculta, Australia, 1894, W. M. Maskell Coll. From Maskell’s (1895) original description and Frog- gatt’s (1933) article we are assuming that it was collected from Casuarina suberosa Otto and Dietrich, at Thornleigh near Sydney. Body (Fig. 7a).—Subcircular with tubular abdominal region, 2078 (915- 3240) long, 1860 (900-2820) wide. According to Maskell (1895) the live fe- males are yellowish or with a tinge of red, mated females become dull-red and increase in size, dorsum somewhat convex and venter slightly concave. Dorsum.—Large 8-shaped pores, quinquelocular pores and simple disc pores absent. Tubular ducts (Fig. 7b) numerous, without terminal filament, Fig. 7. F. semiocculta, adult female. a, Dorsoventral view. b, Tubular duct. c, Needlelike seta. d, Antenna. e, Spiracle. f, Quinquelocular pore. g, Bilocular pore. h, Tacklike seta. — VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 123 each 34 (30-44) long, 3 (2-5) wide. Setae rare, minute segmental setae (Fig. 7c) located on posterior abdominal segments, each 6 (4—8) long. Venter.—Antennae (Fig. 7d) unsegmented, with | fleshy and 2 slender setae, each antenna 21 (11—36) long, 19 (6-36) wide. Clypeolabral shield 161 (111-255) long, 130 (68-240) wide. Labium unsegmented, 52 (44-63) long, 66 (54-84) wide, apparently without setae. Legs absent. Spiracles (Fig. 7e), anterior pair larger than posterior pair; anterior 107 (94-114) long, 56 (48- 64) wide, atrial opening 17 (16-19) in diameter; posterior 83 (76-91) long, 37 (31-46) wide, atrial opening 6 (5—7) in diameter. Associated quinquelo- cular pores (Fig. 7f) extend from spiracles to margin, 15 (8—26) per spiracular furrow, each pore 6 (5-7) in diameter. Bilocular pores (Fig. 7g) most nu- merous around mouthparts, each 3 (2—4) long, 2 (1-2) wide. Setae (Fig. 7h) on cephalothorax between spiracles and in segmental rows on abdomen, each 6 (4-8) long, prevulvar setal pair about 12 long. Anal ring with setae absent. Anal opening about 6 in diameter. Note.—Maskell (1895) reported that the adult female lives under the bark and produces a slight swelling on the bark (Fig. 14). A minute pustule with an orifice was present in the middle of the swelling. Occasionally the tip of the female’s abdomen was found to protrude through this orifice, probably releasing sex pheromones for the attraction of males. Froggatt (1933) also reported this species from Casuarina lehmanniana Baker at Euston, New South Wales. Second-Instar Female We were unable to locate the specimens Morrison and Morrison (1927) used to describe this instar. Their brief description of the second-instar is summarized here. Body pear shaped, 620 long, 520 wide, with derm entirely membranous. Dorsum apparently without pores, 3 pairs of tacklike setae in the submar- ginal band of abdomen. Venter with unsegmented platelike antennae, each bearing 2 small setae; clypeolabral shield and labium well developed; legs absent; spiracles slender with associated quinquelocular pores, apparently 5 or 6 pores each at anterior and 2 each at posterior spiracles (no other type of pores observed by the Morrisons); few small setae on derm, most on abdomen, and a pair of large apical setae; anal ring close to caudal end of body, simple and incomplete. First-Instar Female Figs. 8a—i Type-material.—On Casuarina sp., 32(4), Australia, 1894, W.M. Maskell Coll. (DSIR); 10(1) same lot (VPI); 8(1) same lot (UT). Body (Fig. 8a).—Ovoid, 346 (331-366) long, 221 (216-225) wide: derm membranous. 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON TU —= Fig. 8. F. semiocculta, first-instar female. a, Dorsoventral view. b, Large 8-shaped pore. c, Simple disc pore. d, Tacklike seta. e, Spiracle. f, Trilocular pore. g, Bilocular pore. h, Tacklike seta. i, Microspines. VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 125 Dorsum.—Large 8-shaped pores (Fig. 8b) on each half of body in 3 lon- gitudinal rows (4 complete and 2 incomplete); marginal row with 14 pores, submarginal row with 5 pores, and submedial row with 9 (9-11) pores: pore distribution as illustrated; each pore 8 (6-10) long, 5 (4-5) wide. Simple disc pores (Fig. 8c) in submarginal row consisting of about 9 pores, each 2 in diameter. Setae rare, few tacklike (Fig. 8d) on posterior abdominal seg- ments, each 2 long. Anal lobes prominent, each with an apical seta 82 (75— 87) long, and a tacklike seta. Venter.—Antennae 6-segmented, width of base 20 (17-24). Scape 13 (12- 17) long. Segments II to VI: 16 (14-17), 10 (8-12), 6 (6-7), 6 (5-7), 16 (14— 18) long. Segments: I with | hairlike seta, II with 2 hairlike setae and a sensory pore, III without setae, IV with a fleshy seta, V without setae, VI with 2 needlelike, 2 hairlike and 3 fleshy setae. Simple eyes elliptical, laterad of antennal base. Clypeolabral shield 61 (S8—72) long, 49 (46-53) wide. La- bium unsegmented, 40 (37-42) long, 33 (31-35) wide; with 5 pairs of setae, each 9 (2-17) long. Legs well developed, 5-segmented, with sensory pore on tarsus, tarsal digitules 31 (29-32) long, claw digitule 19 (16-23) long, claw without denticle. Size of leg segments as follows: Lengths Part of Leg Prothoracic Mesothoracic Metathoracic Coxa 32 (25-38) 35 (34-36) 28 (25-31) Trochanter 11 (8-17) 9 (7-10) 12 (7-13) Femur 44 (42-50) 48 (46-54) 48 (40-55) Tibia 13 (8-14) 16 (14-18) 1S (12-17) Tarsus 32 (24-36) 40 (38-41) 42 (40-46) Claw 14 (12-16) 13 (12-13) 13 (10-16) Entire Leg 146 (120-172) 161 (151-172) 156 (133-178) Spiracles (Fig. 8e) on submargin, each 14 (12—16) long, 8 (4-8) wide, atrial opening 2 (1-4) in diameter; with 1 (rarely 2) trilocular pores (Fig. 8f) as- sociated with anterior spiracle and 2 with posterior spiracle, each 4 (4—5) in diameter. One pair of bilocular pores (Fig. 8g) near labium and 2 pairs on abdomen, each 2 (2-3) in diameter. Small tacklike setae (Fig. 8h) in segmental rows on abdomen, and | sub- medial pair between antennal bases, each 4 (4-5) long; 2 slender setae on each anal lobe, 2 long; apical anal lobe setae, each 51 (46-56) long; anal ring and setae absent; microspines (Fig. 8i) present on terminal abdominal seg- ments. Note.—Two of the syntype slides included one male and its test. Both in too poor condition for study. On dry twigs of the type material, the male galls were reddish dark-brown, 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON broad conical, diameter about 2 mm at base, | mm at top, about | ’% mm high with a wide thick-rimmed opening on top (Fig. 15). Galls produced by males resembled those of Apiomorpha males, while the swelling produced by females resembled those made by females of Asterolecanium. ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE OF FRENCHIA The known hosts of Frenchia species are in the genus Banksia, which belongs to the family Proteaceae, and the genus Casuarina (Beefwood, Australian Pine), which belongs to the Casuarinaceae. Both genera are re- stricted to the Australian Region. The woody gall formations of Frenchia casuarinae on Casuarina trees (Fig. 11) subject the limbs to breakage, especially during high winds, in addition to making them less desirable for use by farmers or industry. The galls of F. banksiae on Banksia serrata produce severe deformations and discolorations on leaves (Figs. 9, 10), and may occasionally cause premature leaf drop. F. semiocculta adult females occupy a pit in a swelling on the bark of twigs on C. lehmanniana and C. suberosa (Fig. 14). Males produce a more distinctive conical gall (Fig. 15). Further information on the tree hosts of Frenchia spp. is given by Uphof (1968) as follows: Banksia serrata L.—'‘Wattung-Urree,’’ or Redwood Banksia. The wood of this Australian tree is used for furniture, window frames, and boat and ship building; Cas- uarina equisetifolia L.—Swamp or Bull Oak, Horsetail Beefwood, is a tree widely distributed in Australia. Its wood is used for fencing, gates, and shingles; C. stricta Ait. (= quadrivalvis).—Shingle or River Oak, Coast Beefwood. In Australia, the wood is used for furniture, shingles, axe-han- dles, etc.: C. suberosa Otto and Dietr.—Swamp or River Black Oak, Erect Beefwood, is a common tree in Australia, especially New South Wales, Queensland and Tasmania. The bark sometimes is used for tanning. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We express our appreciation to James O. Howell, University of Georgia, for his review of this manuscript. Appreciation is also extended to Helen — Figs. 9-15. Galls and damage of Frenchia spp. 9. Galls on leaf of Banksia serrata L. produced by F. banksiae. 10. Heavy infestation of F. banksiae causing severe deformations of leaves. 11. Galls on branch of Casuarina equisetifolia L. produced by F. casuarinae. 12. Cross-section of gall cavity of F. casuarinae after the removal of the wooden tube and adult female. 13. Old, split wooden tube, removed from gall cavity of C. equisetifolia. The removed adult female occupied the base of wooden tube. 14. Bark swelling with pits produced by females of F. semiocculta Maskell on Casuarina sp. 15. Conical galls with large openings on top produced by males of F. semiocculta on Casuarina sp. twig. 127 VOLUME 83, NUMBER | TS ot tise Pin 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON M. Brookes, University of Adelaide, Glen Osmond, S. Australia; Lewis L. Deitz, formerly with DSIR, Auckland, New Zealand; Douglass R. Miller, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, ARS, USDA; and Sueo Naka- hara, PPQ, APHIS, USDA, for the loan of material for study. Douglas J. Williams provided records on the British Museum material of Frenchia. We are also grateful to Susan M. Hope, University of Tennessee, for prepara- tion of the line drawings, and to Ronald G. Baer for preparing photographs 11-13 and Mary Rhoades for photographs 14 and 15, both at VPI and SU. Photographs 9 and 10 were made from color slides donated by H. M. Brookes, 11-13 were made from galls collected by the junior author in Canberra, Australia, while photographs 14 and 15 were made of type-ma- terial at USNM. LITERATURE CITED Borchsenius, N. S. 1960. Fauna of USSR, Homoptera, Kermococcidae, Asterolecaniidae, Lecaniodiaspididae, fam. n. (Homoptera, Coccoidea). Tr. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR (n.s. 77) 8, 282 pp. (In Russian, English summary and keys) Froggatt, W. W. 1898. The growth of vegetable galls. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 9: 488-499. . 1921. A descriptive catalogue of the scale insects (*‘Coccidae’’) of Australia. Part II. N.S.W. Dep. Agric., Sci. Bul. 18: 1-159. . 1933. The Coccidae of the Casuarinas. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 58(5-6): 363-375. Koteja, J. 1974a. On the phylogeny and classification of the scale insects (Homoptera, Coc- cinea) (discussion based on the morphology of the mouthparts). Acta Zool. Cracov. 19(14): 267-325. —. 1974b. The occurrence of a campaniform sensillum on the tarsus in the Coccinea (Homoptera). Pol. Pismo Entomol. 44: 243-252. Koteja, J. and E. Liniowska. 1976. The clypeolabral shield in the taxonomy of the Coccinea (Homoptera). Pol. Pismo Entomol. 46: 653-681. Maskell, W. M. 1892. Further coccid notes: with descriptions of new species, and remarks on Coccids from New Zealand, Australia, and elsewhere. Trans. Proc. N.Z. Inst. 24(1891): 1-64. —. 1895. Further coccid notes: with description of new species from New Zealand, Australia, Sandwich Islands, and elsewhere, and remarks upon many species already reported. Trans. Proc. N.Z. Inst. 27(1894): 36-75. Morrison, H. and E. Morrison. 1922. A redescription of the type species of the genera of Coccidae based on species originally described by Maskell. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 60, Art. 12 (No. 2407), 120 pp. —. 1927. The Maskell species of scale insects of the subfamily Asterolecaniinae. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 71, Art. 17 (No. 2689), 67 pp. Russell, L. M. 1941. A classification of the scale insect genus Asterolecanium. U.S. Dep. Agric. Misc. Publ. 424: 1-322. Uphof, J. C. T. 1968. Dictionary of economic plants. Second ed. J. Cramer Co., Lehre. 591 pp. — ——— PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(1), 1981, pp. 129-132 A NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN CECIDOMYIIDAE (DIPTERA) FROM SPARTINA ALTERNIFLORA (POACEAE) RAYMOND J. GAGNE Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, DEC. 20560. Abstract.—A new species of cecidomyiid fly, Calamomyia alterniflorae Gagné, is described and illustrated. Its larvae live in the culms of smooth cordgrass, Spartina alterniflora Loisel., the dominant vascular plant in coastal intertidal marshes in eastern North America. The new species is compared with the other described species of Calamomyia, and the scant information available about that genus is reviewed. A new species of Calamomyia from smooth cordgrass, Spartina alter- niflora Loisel., is described here to make a name available for a study in progress by Nolan H. Newton, a graduate student in the Department of Entomology, North Carolina State University at Raleigh. Mr. Newton is currently preparing a paper on the biology of this gall midge and other insects associated with smooth cordgrass. Calamomyia Gagné is a genus of phytophagous cecidomyiids that until now contained 17 species (Gagné, 1969), all from North America and all described by Felt in separate papers between 1908 and 1936. Only six species were reared from hosts, one from an unidentified grass, the others from grasses in the genera Danthonia, Echinochloa, Eragrostis, Panicum, and Phragmites. These came from culms showing no exterior sign of dam- age except occasional discoloration due to an associated fungus. One other species was collected in the act of ovipositing on another species of Pani- cum. The remaining ten species of Calamomyia, each known from a single male or female specimen, were caught in flight but are presumably also associated with grasses. No one yet has undertaken a proper study of Calamomyia, but the genus is probably very rich in species. The known hosts, including the new one recorded here, are distributed among five tribes of Poaceae. The recorded, combined distribution is from the Atlantic coast to North Dakota and Mis- 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 1, Larva (lateral view). 2, Anterior segments of larva emale postabdomen (lateral). 5, Female Figs. 1-5. Calamomyia alterniflorae. (ventral). 3, Posterior segments of larva (dorsal). 4, F abdomen (lateral). VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 131 AES Te & = S : Neale Fig. 6. Calamomyia agrostis, male abdominal segments 1-8 (lateral view). Figs. 7-8. C. alterniflorae. 7, Same as above. 8, Male terminalia (ventral). souri, but I have seen specimens of undescribed species from California. Cecidomyiids of the genus are very common. In late summer in the Wash- ington, D.C. area, full-grown larvae can be found readily, singly or gregar- iously, in the culms of almost any species of native grass. These cecido- myiids are inconspicuous enough to preclude notice except when close 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON attention is paid to the fauna associated with a particular grass, such as Nolan Newton is doing for smooth cordgrass. Calamomyia alterniflorae Gagne, NEW SPECIES Adult.—Scale color pattern: Frons white, head brown behind except white laterally; scutum mostly brown with 2 dorsocental and 2 lateral white stripes; pleurites white; wing brown along costal margin except white at junction with RS; legs brown dorsally, lighter basally on basal tarsomeres but not distinctly banded, white ventrally; abdominal tergum | mostly white, with narrow, brown, central and lateral stripes; remaining terga mostly brown, terga 2—4 each with 2 large, white, triangular patches, 5S—6 with few white scales apically, tergum 7 with white scales and setae along apical margin; sides and venter of abdomen white. Antenna with 13-15 flagello- meres in male, 15—16 in female. Palpus 4-segmented. Wing length, 1.4—1.5 mm in males, 1.5—1.6 mm in females; RS (from arculus) slightly shorter than Yy wing length. Male abdomen (Figs. 7-8): pleurites 6 and 7 with sclerotized band extending ventrally from associated terga; sterna 6-8 rectangular, not pincer shaped basally; sterna 7-8 short. Female abdomen (Figs. 4—5) with divided tergum 8. Larva (Figs. 1—3).—Spatula tridentate anteriorly. Terminal segment with 8 setae. Types.—Holotype ¢, ex culms Spartina alterniflora collected 19-VIII- 1976, Carteret Co., North Carolina, N. H. Newton, USNM type no. 76640. Paratypes (all in USNM): 13 3,7 2, with same data as holotype except 1 3 and | @ collected 7-VII-1975; 7 larvae, same locality, 28-VII-1976, and 2 larvae, Bar Harbor, Maine, 3-VIII-1973, W. W. Woodhouse. Additional material is deposited in the Department of Entomology Collection, North Carolina State University, Raleigh. Remarks.—Calamomyia alterniflorae differs from all other described males of Calamomyia spp. in that the anterior margins of abdominal sterna 6-8 are not pincer shaped. The difference is seen in Figs. 6 and 7, which show representative male abdomens of C. agrostis (Felt), generally similar to previously described Calamomyia spp., and of C. alterniflorae. The larva of C. alterniflorae has four pairs of setae on the terminal segment rather than the three pairs found in the two species for which larvae are known, namely, C. echinochloa (Felt) and C. inustorum (Felt). LITERATURE CITED Gagne, R. J. 1969. A tribal and generic revision of the Nearctic Lasiopteridi (Diptera: Ceci- domyiidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 62: 1348-1364. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(1), 1981, pp. 133-136 THE IDENTITY OF MAMESTRA PASSA AND MORRISONIA PERACUTA OF MORRISON (LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE: HADENINAE) JOHN G. FRANCLEMONT Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853. Abstract.—Mamestra passa Morrison 1874, is shown to be a synonym of Graphania mutans (Walker, 1857) from New Zealand, and the synonymy of Morrisonia peracuta Morrison, 1874, with Persectania aversa (Walker, 1856), stated as probable by Common in 1954, is made positive by the designation of a lectotype for Morrisonia peracuta. Morrison’s description of Mamestra passa (1874b) is excellent, and I came to the conclusion inasmuch as the type-locality was California that, if the moth described was North American, it was a western species of Xylomyges (recte Egira). However, extensive collecting in California by various collectors, especially William Bauer and John Buckett, failed to produce any moth that fitted Morrison’s description. The species was carried in North American lists under Mamestra Och- senheimer through Dyar’s 1902 [1903] List. In 1905 Hampson, without ex- amining the type, placed the species in Polia Ochsenheimer, and it has been carried since then in that genus near P. /atex Guenée where Smith placed it in 1890 when he revised the genus Mamestra. Through the kindness of Frederick W. Stehr, Roland L. Fisher, and Dean L. Haynes of the Department of Entomology of Michigan State University the type of passa was brought to Cornell where I was able to study and photograph it. The moth seemed familiar, but it was obviously not a North American species. For a time the possible country of origin was a puzzle; then I remembered that there were a number of Xylomyges-like moths in New Zealand, and with that a fact the answer was evident. The type of Mamestra passa is a specimen of the very common, widespread, and vari- able New Zealand species Graphania mutans (Walker, 1857). The type of passa matches very well two of the contrastingly marked females in a series of mutans sent to me a long time ago by W. George Howes of Dunedin, New Zealand. Hadena mutans Walker was placed in Morrisonia by Hampson (1905) in 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ——— Wamestra, ; “< ) PoAd0- VAN Wore . Figs. 1, 2. Mamestra passa. 1, Type, female. 2, Pin labels for type. Maoria, a new genus, by Warren (1912), and by most modern workers, but Maoria Warren is preoccupied by Maoria Laporte, 1868, in the Coleoptera and by Maoria Pilsbry, 1892, in the mollusks. However, mutans is conge- VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 Genitalia Slide By &k7 «97h Figs. 3, 4. Morrisonia peracuta. 1, Lectotype, female. 2, Pin labels for lectotype. neric with Graphania disjungens (Walker, 1858), the type of Graphania Hampson, 1905, and mutans has been placed in that genus by Dugdale, 1971. 136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Polia passa (Morrison) should be removed from North American lists and placed as a synonym of Graphania mutans (Walker), NEW SYNONYMY. The type of passa, like that of Morrisonia peracuta Morrison, was not from the locality stated, but from New Zealand. Morrison did not state how the specimens of these species came into his possession so there is no way to fix the responsibility for the error. Edward L. Todd has suggested that a lectotype be designated for Mor- risonia peracuta Morrison, 1874a, and thus render positive the synonymy considered as probable by Common, 1954. All four specimens that Morrison referred to in his description of peracuta can apparently be accounted for; one is in the British Museum (Natural History) from the Grote Collection from the Collection of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, two are in the U.S. National Museum from the C. V. Riley Collection from Morrison’s Collection, and one is in the Collection of the Department of Entomology of Michigan State University from the Tepper Collection from Morrison’s Collection. One of the specimens in the U.S. National Museum bears the peculiar five-sided type label of Morrison; this specimen is designated the LECTOTYPE and has so been labelled. The moth and the pin labels are il- lustrated. This specimen is conspecific with Leucania aversa Walker, 1856, and thus Morrisonia peracuta is a junior synonym of Persectania aversa (Walker). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank George L. Godfrey, Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana, and Edward L. Todd, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Washington, D.C. for reading and commenting on an earlier version of this paper; I also thank Edward Todd for furnishing the photographs of Morrisonia peracuta and the pin labels. LITERATURE CITED Common, I. F. B. 1954. The Australian armyworms of the genus Persectania (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Aust. J. Zool. 2: 86-99. Dyar, H. G. 1902 [1903]. A list of North American Lepidoptera. Bull. U.S. Natl. Mus. 52, 723 pp. Dugdale, J. S. 1971. Noctuidae. Jn Gressitt, J. L., ed., Entomology of the Aucklands and other islands south of New Zealand. Pac. Insects Monogr. 27: 117-131. Hampson, G. F. 1905. Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae in the British Museum. Vol. 5. Taylor and Francis, London. 613 pp. Morrison, H. K. 1874a. V. Descriptions of new Noctuidae. Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. 2: 109-117. . 1874b. Descriptions of new Noctuidae. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 17: 131-166. Smith, J. B. 1890. Contributions toward a monograph of the Noctuidae of temperate North America. Revision of species of Mamestra. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 14: 236. Warren, W. 1912. Genus Maoria. In Seitz, A., ed., Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde 11: 76-82. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(1), 1981, pp. 137-139 STATUS OF FIVE SPECIES OF MALLOPHAGA DESCRIBED BY M. A. CARRIKER, JR. K. C. EMERSON 560 Boulder Drive, Sanibel, Florida 33957. Abstract.—Strigiphilus lophostrix Carriker, 1966 is a new synonym of S. transversifrons (Carriker, 1903); Sturnidoecus incomptus Ansari, 1955 is a new synonym of S. caligineus (Carriker, 1903); and Formicaphagus gral- lariae Carriker, 1957 is a new synonym of F. rhamphasti (Carriker, 1903). In his first major paper on Mallophaga, Carriker (1903) described 45 new species and subspecies from birds that he (1910) and C. F. Underwood collected in Costa Rica in 1902. Carriker (1967), in a paper published post- humously, provided his last opinion of the taxonomic status of all the forms which he described as new. Recently, I had an opportunity to examine the types of several species described by him, and this is a report of my findings. The names of birds given below are from Peters (1940, 1948, 1951). Strigiphilus transversifrons (Carriker) Docophorus transversifrons Carriker, 1903: 127, pl. 1, fig. 1. Host: Micras- tur guerrila (error) = Lophostrix cristata stricklandi Sclater and Salvin. Strigiphilus lophostrix Carriker, 1966: 89, figs. 24-25. NEw SYNONYMY. Host: Lophostrix cristata wedeli Grisom. Philopterus transversifrons (Carriker). Carriker, 1967: 79. Host: Micrastur ruficollis interstes Bangs (error) = Lophostrix cristata stricklandi Sclater and Salvin. Holotype male and allotype female are both on USNM type slide 68262, and both belong to the genus Strigiphilus, a genus found only on owls. Carriker (1910) stated that he and Underwood collected only four species of owls in June 1902 in the vicinity of Pozo Azul, Costa Rica. They were Strix virgata (Cassin), Rhinoptynx clamator (Vieillot), Pulsatrix perspicil- lata (Latham), and Lophostrix stricklandi Sclater and Salvin. Later, Car- riker (1954, 1966) described four new species of Strigiphilus, one for the form found on each of these owls. Fortunately the type for each of these four new species of Mallophaga is also in the USNM. The type of Doco- 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON phorus transversifrons is identical with that of the Strigiphilus lophostrix Carriker, 1966 (USNM type slide 68815). Sturnidoecus caligineus (Carriker) Nirmus caligineus Carriker, 1903: 144, pl. 3, fig. 2. Host: Merula grayi = Turdus grayi casius (Bonaparte). Sturnidoecus incomptus Ansari, 1955: 72, t.f. 18a—-f. NEw SyYNONYMY. Host: Turdus grayi incomptus (Bangs). Penenirmus caligineus (Carriker). Carriker, 1967: 105. Host: Turdus grayi casius (Bonaparte). Holotype female and allotype male of Nirmus caligineus are both on USNM type slide 68273 and they agree with the holotype male and allotype female of Sturnidoecus incomptus Ansari, 1955 on USNM type slide 76393. Formicaphagus rhamphasti (Carriker) Nirmus rhamphasti Carriker, 1903: 135, pl. 2, fig. 1. Host: “‘Rhamphastos tocard’’ (error) = Grallaria perspicillata lizanoi Cherrie. Formicaphagus grallariae Carriker, 1957: 426, figs. 3b, 5f, 6f. NEw Syn- ONYMY. Host: Grallaria perspicillata intermedia Ridgway. Sturnidoecus ramphasti (Carriker) Carriker, 1967: 10. Host: Ramphastos swainsoni Gould (error) = Grallaria perspicillata lizanoi Cherrie. Holotype male of Nirmus rhamphasti on USNM type slide 68267 agrees with the allotype male of Formicaphagus grallariae on USNM type slide 68682, which also has the holotype female. Formicaphagus is a genus of Mallophaga found only on the antbirds (Formicartidae). Carriker and Un- derwood collected twelve species of antbirds in the vicinity of Pozo Azul, Costa Rica. I have not seen Mallophaga from each of the hosts they col- lected, but fortunately Carriker described F. grallariae which agrees with the specimen he earlier described as N. rhamphasti. Carriker (1957) erected the genus Formicaphagus for a distinctive group of Mallophaga found only on antbirds. When he compiled his list of described forms (1967), he noted the host originally given for N. rhamphasti was incorrect and stated, “‘It resembles very much the genus Sturnidoecus.’’ Apparently he was not con- vinced he was correct in placing it in Sturnidoecus. I suspect the incorrect host data caused him to overlook the species when he erected Formica- phagus. Had he re-examined the type of N. rhamphasti, I am sure he would have properly placed the form because of the distinctive male genitalia. LITERATURE CITED Ansari, M. A. R. 1955. Studies on Ischnoceran Mallophaga parasitic on Turdidae (Sens. Lat.). Pak. J. Health 5(2): 17-76. Carriker, M. A., Jr. 1903. Mallophaga from birds of Costa Rica, Central America. Univ. Nebr. Stud. 3(2): 123-175, 9 pls. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 139 —. 1910. An annotated list of the birds of Costa Rica including Cocos Island. Ann. Carnegie Mus. 6(2—4): 314-915. . 1954. Report on a collection of Mallophaga, largely Mexican (Part I). Fla. Entomol. 37(4): 191-207. ——. 1957. Studies in Neotropical Mallophaga, XVI: Bird lice of the suborder Ischnocera. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 106(3375): 409-439. —. 1966. New species and records of Mallophaga (Insecta) from Neotropical Owls (Strig- iformes). Am. Midl. Nat. 73: 74-99. ———. 1967. Jn Emerson, K. C., ed., Carriker on Mallophaga, posthumous papers, catalog of forms described as new, and bibliography. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 248, 150 pp. Peters, J. L. 1940. Check-list of birds of the World. Vol. IV. Harvard University Press. 291 pp. —. 1948. Check-list of birds of the World. Vol. VI. Harvard University Press. 259 pp. —. 1951. Check-list of birds of the World. Vol. VII. Museum of Comparative Zoology. 318 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(1), 1981, pp. 140-159 NEW SPECIES AND RECORDS OF CULICOIDES REARED FROM ARBOREAL HABITATS IN PANAMA, WITH A SYNOPSIS OF THE DEBILIPALPIS GROUP (DIPTERA: CERATOPOGONIDAE) Gary C. VITALE, WILLIS W. WIRTH, AND THOMAS H. G. AITKEN (GCV) Department of Surgery, University of Louisville School of Medi- cine, Louisville, Kentucky 40232; (WWW) Systematic Entomology Labo- ratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560; (THGA) Yale Ar- bovirus Research Unit, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut 06510. Abstract.—A study was made of the breeding sites of Culicoides in Pan- ama with special attention to plants of the family Bromeliaceae as larval habitats. Collections were made between May and August 1976 at a field station on an island in the reservoir formed behind the newly constructed Bayano River dam. Culicoides adults were successfully reared from larvae and pupae collected in bromeliads of the genera Aechmea and Vriesea, tree holes, rotting palm stumps, and moist trapped leaf humus on tree trunks at or near ground level. Although 82 bromeliads in five genera were sampled, Culicoides was reared only from Aechmea and Vriesea, whose large water tanks proved a better habitat during rainless weather. Five species of Cu- licoides were reared from these habitats, including three new species, C. annuliductus, C. bayano, and C. filiductus. The pupae of the three new species are described and illustrated. A key is presented for the identifica- tion of 27 Neotropical species of the debilipalpis group to which these species belong. Bloodsucking midges of the genus Culicoides Latreille are important pests of man and domestic animals and are known to feed on many wild vertebrate species. The role of Culicoides midges as disease vectors is just now be- ginning to be appreciated through their implication in the transmission of several viruses of the bluetongue group to cattle, sheep, and various wild bovine and antelope species and their transmission of filarial worms of the genera Acanthocheilonema, Dipetalonema, Macacanema, Mansonella, and Onchocerca, and haematozoa of the genera Haemoproteus, Hepatocystis, eS VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 141 and Leucocytozoon. Pinheiro et al. (1976) isolated the virus of Oropouche fever, a human pathogen in Brazil, from Culicoides pools containing 95% C. paraensis (Goeldi). Several viruses, still being studied as potential human pathogens, have recently been isolated by Gorgas Memorial Laboratory workers from Culicoides collected in the Bayano region of Panama. For these reasons it was highly desirable to undertake a detailed study of pos- sible breeding sites of the Culicoides species in the Bayano River area, both for an understanding of the possible significance of these species in disease transmission, and to aid in devising eventual control measures should such be required. The larval biology of Neotropical Culicoides, while receiving consider- able study, remains for the most part unknown. Earlier observations of larval habitats in Panama include those of Carpenter (1951), Woke (1954), Breeland (1960), and Wirth et al. (1968). Wirth and Blanton (1959) described known breeding sites for only 15 of the 88 reported Panamanian species of Culicoides, some of which have a biology closely associated with the local flora, in which the immature stages are found in plants, plant products, or the rainwater associated with them. Culicoides were reported from crab holes, salt marshes, tree holes, rotting calabash, bromeliads, mangrove swamps, and inflorescences of Heliconia. Williams (1964) made a significant contribution to Neotropical Culicoides breeding biology, reporting larval habitats for 24 species in Trinidad. New habitats for Culicoides from that study included ‘‘decaying cocoa pods, discarded animal bedding of macer- ated coconut fibers, mouths of rivers which enter the sea across open sandy beaches where salt and fresh water mix to flood large sandy areas at each high tide; the decaying flowers of Cachibou (Calathea lutea), and the rotting flowers of Scotch Attorney (Clusea rosea).’> Williams (1964) and Aitken et al. (1975) reported C. nigrigenus Wirth and Blanton from the bromeliad Guzmania sp. in Trinidad. Clastrier (1971) reared C. quasiparaensis Clas- trier from moss growing on a palm trunk and from moist material accumu- lated in the axils of palm fronds in French Guiana. Fish and Soria (1978) collected an undescribed species of Culicoides in Bahia, Brazil, from water held in the flower bracts of Calathea sp. (Marantaceae). During May—August 1976 an investigation of Culicoides breeding places was undertaken at the field station of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory on Majé Island in the Bayano River impoundment about 120 km east of Panama City, Republic of Panama. This period ordinarily forms a part of the wet season, but it was unusually dry in 1976 with very little rain, and conse- quently suitable larval habitats were difficult to find. Bromeliads were collected by hand with care to preserve water-filled ‘“‘tanks’’ formed by the leaf bases. Plants collected from sites higher than 5 m were tied closed and lowered by rope. Biological data recorded included site description, height from ground, accessibility of light, tank size, water 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON content, and presence of debris or animal life. Plant specimens were dis- sected in white enamel pans while washing each leaf with collected rain- water. Tank contents were examined carefully for Culicoides larvae and pupae, which, if found, were placed individually in small cotton-stoppered test tubes with ca. 5 ml of water and debris from the bromeliad; the tubes were checked daily for pupation and emergence of adults. The remaining sample was transferred from the pan to 500 ml paper cartons which were covered with fine nylon mesh. These were also examined daily. All emerging arthropods were collected and stored individually in vials of 70% alcohol for later identification. Having two rearing methods allowed for individual association of larval skin and pupal case with a specific adult specimen while also permitting emergence of larger numbers of adults from the less-dis- turbed, nutrient-containing original sample. Other habitats sampled were tree holes, water-containing bamboo inter- nodes placed previously by Gorgas workers for mosquito larva collection, moist soil and leaf debris areas, rotting palm stumps, stream sources, Hel- iconia (Musaceae) inflorescences, palm crowns, inflorescences of Costus (Costaceae), leaf axils of XYanthosoma (Araceae), and a water-holding palm frond. These were chosen as potential habitats for Culicoides immatures on the basis of water and moisture content or by previous reports as known habitats. These sites were sampled by collecting substrate into 500 ml carton containers using a white enamel dipper, a basin, or suction tube. In most cases, habitats were not depleted or destroyed on sampling to permit se- quential collections as the wet season progressed. RESULTS A total of 169 collection sites were sampled, including 82 bromeliads, 23 tree holes, 21 bamboo internodes, 18 moist soil and leaf debris areas, 9 rotting palm stumps, 7 stream sources, 3 Heliconia inflorescences, 3 palm crowns, | Costus inflorescence, | leaf axil of Xanthosoma, and 1 water- holding palm frond. The 23 tree hole sites were sampled 53 times during the collection period and the 9 rotting palm stumps 12 times, bringing the total number of habitat samples to 202. The bromeliads comprised Aechmea pubescens Baker, Billbergia macrolepis L. B. Smith, Guzmania erythro- lepis Brongniart ex Planchon, G. lingulata var. flammea (L. B. Smith) L. B. Smith, Tillandsia anceps Loddiges, T. elongata (Baker) L. B. Smith, T. fasciculata var. fasciculata Swartz, T. monadelpha (E. Morren) Baker, and Vriesea heliconioides var. heliconioides (Humboldt, Bonpland, and Kunth). From these collections 363 Culicoides larvae and 41 live pupae were isolated to produce 256 adults. Culicoides larvae were found in tree holes, Aechmea and Vriesea bromeliads, leaf humus, rotting palm stumps, streams, bamboo internodes, and Heliconia inflorescences, but adults were successfully reared from only the first four. VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 143 Table 1. Numbers of various collections from bromeliads. Te = Tilliandsia elongata: Tf = T. fasciculata; Ta = T. anceps; Tm = T. monadelpha; Ap = Aechmea pubescens: Vh = Vriesea heliconioides; Gl = Guzmania lingulata; Ge = G. erythrolepis; Bm = Billbergia macrolepis; u = unidentified bromeliads. eee Bromeliad species Te We Ta Tm Ap Vh Gl Ge Bm u —————— Total collections 6 4 l 4 19 39 l 3 l 4 Collections with 6 4 l 4 11 36 l 3 l 4 free standing water Height above ground 2.4/ =2.4/ 6” ground’ 4'6/" 3.6/3) 2:47 i) 3:0/ in meters; avg./range 1-4 =1.5-3 0-9 5-7 2—3 2-5 Culicoides adults 9 5 reared Plants with 2 3 Culicoides bayano Plants with l Culicoides paraensis Ceratopogonidae 7 24 adults other than Culicoides Culicidae adults | 2 34 39 Psychodidae adults 3 25 Tipulidae adults l 42 4 Of the nine species of bromeliads collected, Culicoides were reared only from Aechmea pubescens and Vriesea heliconioides. These two species were the most abundant bromeliads in the area, and their tank structure was such that they consistently contained plenty of free water: they prob- ably provided year round breeding opportunities. The other bromeliads were neither as abundant nor as wet, and the lack of Culicoides rearings from them could be explained on either basis. During the progression of the wet season bromeliads and other plants were found to contain more water. The tree holes were excellent Culicoides habitats because, regardless of archi- tecture of individual holes or their height above ground, they were more permanent and not so profoundly depleted by lack of rain, exposure to the sun, or proximity to the forest canopy. It should be stressed that the breeding strategies of the Culicoides com- prising this study on the Pacific side of Panama are adapted to an area with a definite wet and dry season cycle. In the wetter tropical rain forests of the Atlantic side the Culicoides species would be expected to adapt their Strategies to more constant rainfall and occasional excesses possibly detri- mental to their optimum survival. Zi © ical ©) ez an) n < S ea S > fH = ©) © n — < < ©) e) — ‘e) = © be Zz 4) ea) a0) inl ee (e) n ©) Z Q aa) ea] 1S) e) ~ Oy 144 I synpe seprndi yp 6£ synpe sepipoysasd c 6 9 8 synpe seproln) ¢ I L 8 It 8P Saplooyny) wey} 19430 s}jnpe sepruosodojzeiad I I sidjpdijiqap SAPIOIIND UUM SIg C SISUIDA pd SAPlOIIND YUM Sais I ¢ snjonpyy SAPIOIIND YIM Sag € Z 9 ouvavg SAPIOIIND YUM Sag ¢ snjonpynuun SAPIOIINT YUM Sag (G6 tl 907 poled S}npe saplooyny punos 10 I Gu Saal CI-S'0/1 punois = ¢"[-7'0/8'0 1-0/S1T'0 Ome 8-0/t 'C 98UPI/'BAR :S19}9W Ul punois daoqge 1Ys1INH I I I I L Z I 17 cl Jayem sulpurys 901J YUM SUOT}dSa[[0D I I l t e ft 6 81 IC tc SOUS WOTS9][09 [BIO], puoi S[IXY 20ua9sSa1 UMOID Wed aouddsaIOYUT sa0inosg sdwmg wyed sugeq saqgn], S3JOH 21] wyed jeay -oyu] piMuodaH WPS sulnoy jeayq ooqurg DWOSs SMSO) “0S -OYIUDXY sSIOW Sallg uoONDa]]0D “SPRI[AWOIG UPY] JOYIO SIs UONDIA]JOO WOJ SUOTIDA]JOD SNOLIBA JO SIBQWNN *Z IQVL VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 145 The study demonstrates the taxonomic importance of including data on rearing methods in the collection of Culicoides. Eighty-one percent of the specimens reared represented three previously undescribed species belong- ing to a difficult taxonomic group where the association of sexes by reared material was critical to understanding the species. The described methods of individual isolation and rearing proved to be quite effective and minimally time-consuming. Culicoides adults were identified by one of us (WWW) as belonging to five different species, all taxonomically related within the debilipalpis group (see Wirth and Blanton, 1959, 1974): C. debilipalpis Lutz, C. paraensis (Goeldi), and the three new species herein described. Whereas the five species could easily be distinguished in the adult stage, the pupae were practically indistinguishable and larval identification was impossible. Linley and Kettle (1964) gave excellent descriptions and figures of the larva and pupa of C. hoffmani Fox, which to date is the only member of the debilipalpis group whose immature stages have been studied. We rec- ommend a close study of their paper before and while using the pupal de- scriptions of our new species. Our descriptions of the adults follow closely the format and use the characters explained and illustrated in the papers by Blanton and Wirth (1979) and Wirth and Blanton (1959, 1974). The holotypes of the new species are deposited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. Paratypes as available will be deposited in the British Museum (Natural History), London; Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Panama, R.P.; Museu de Zoologia da Universidade de Sao Paulo, Brazil; and Museum National d’ Histoire Naturelle, Paris. The classification of the Neotropical species of the debilipalpis group is difficult and progress has been slow in revising, redescribing, and illustrating the previously named species. Aitken et al. (1975, Trinidad), and Wirth and Blanton (1959, Panama; 1973, Amazon; 1974, West Indies) have published fairly satisfactory keys of the Culicoides of particular regions, but no inclu- sive key has been published for the identification of all members of this very difficult group. While not quite complete, and although it still has some weak couplets and species that need more study, the following key is pre- sented in the hope that future identifications will be easier. KEY TO SPECIES OF THE CULICOIDES DEBILIPALPIS GROUP 1. Second radial cell included in a very dark spot; cell R5 with 3 or 4 small pale spots, the 2 poststigmatic pale spots sometimes fused; subapical pale spot in cell RS usually transverse, not attaining wing margin; cell M2 with only | pale spot distal to level of mediocubital fork; 2 functional spermathecae present; antennal sensory pattern 3, 8-10 (sometimes also on some of segments 4—7) (debilipalpis Cin CEC ME Ol ae ec ee eee Sera See are err eT te a | 2 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON — Without the above combination of characters .................. Jig DR PRS RAG NATE Ones ee SR other groups of Culicoides 24:\Cell- Mi with. 3 pale-spots: 2ifsidy 539. Re eee eee 3 | Cell: Mil-with: tor :2Ipalespotst: 49 ial << So 1, Fe eee ee 6 | 3. Pale spot present in cell M2 lying adjacent to anterior side of mid- | portion of mediocubital stem (Fig. 3c); smaller spermatheca with | long threadlike duct (Fig. 3d); sclerotized ring of duct short and cylindrical; eyes narrowly separated; wing with marginal pale spots lange tand distinces: cote Aten ene filiductus, new species — No pale spot in cell M2 lying adjacent to midportion of mediocubital stem; smaller spermatheca with duct broader, not threadlike; scler- otized ring, eye separation, and wing spots various ............... 4 4. Smaller spermatheca with duct more slender and tapering than that on the large one; sclerotized ring elongate and tapering; eyes broad- ly separated; wing with marginal spots smaller and usually not meeting wing margin; male parameres slender in midportion with elongatenventraldlobe Ss) Ber seat. ee ES es.» paraensis (Goeldi) — Smaller spermatheca with duct as stout as that on large one, not tapering; sclerotized ring short and cylindrical; eyes usually nar- rowly separated; male parameres without elongate ventral lobe .... 5 5. Antennal sensory pattern 3,7-10; male paramere with definite, broad, ventral swelling ........... neoparaensis Tavares and Sousa — Antennal sensory pattern 3,8—10; male paramere uniformly slender invmidportion, withoutiventralswelling: ...cuans)... 0 ee ee —tCelleMilawithi2 pale spots. .08. 0.002 US, Oe ee eee il 7. Anal cell with 2 pale spots in distal portion; crossvein r-m with pale spot small and lying entirely on distal side of vein ..... mirsae Ortiz — Anal cell with | pale spot in distal portion; crossvein r-m with pale spolcentered: onethesveiniiys .2) 2600. UR EE. ee 8 8. Mesonotum with prominent pattern of punctiform brown dots; 3 small round equidistant pale spots in a triangle in cell RS; (halter knob dark at base; eyes bare; antennal segments in continuous SCMES) ees erre ere erie inser ocr cs: isis te Se ginesi Ortiz — Mesonotum with prominent pattern of large pale patches or without prominent patter’. 408% 2A ee ea. 5 SR. Oe eee 9 9. Palpus pale yellow; small species, wing 0.65 mm long; antennal segment I1 shorter than 10; (male genitalia with stem of paramere gradually tapering to fine tip, no ventral lobe or distal fringing SPIMES) gy hohe hs OR Ue. oa SRO, OU: FE gabaldoni Ortiz VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 147 Palpus not pale yellow; larger species, wing 0.7—1.4 mm long; an- tennal segment 11 subequal to or longer than 10 ................. 10 . Second radial cell unusually broad; (pale spot at end of costa well separated from spot behind 2nd radial cell, farther from it than from the distal pale spot in cell RS, which is narrow and transverse: distal pale spot in anal cell elongated, extending caudad nearly to wing margin; eyes bare; halter brown; larger species, wing 1.00 mm long; aedeagus with slender distal process bearing deep distal HOTA AL OR, MAATd or, BOP. PATE eink OE glabrior Macfie Second radialicellnot unusually broad ©. i002 278 Uae | ee 11 ; Palespot absent infront of mediocubital fork <7. -ae: JS 12 Pale spot present in front of mediocubital fork, though sometimes Pang SAR Ase te. Lee UE ee eee Se Ae ee 25 . Pale spot absent behind medial fork; (palpal pit opening by smaller POEMS. Cenect fertes Meee, ERE Sey: SGT SU hE horticola Lutz Pale-spot, present behind medialifonkisii39.49.e ee alee eee 13 . Posterior poststigmatic pale spot located slightly distad of anterior one; (palpal pit broad and shallow; male aedeagus with broad trun- cate tip; parameres with stem slightly sinuate with lateral fringing Spinesy HO Vental lobe) 's I. HIE se eet SRE, SR TARE RAR ees Te EID, RCM is Reamer it tele imitator Ortiz Posterior poststigmatic pale spots oblique with posterior one lo- CALCCVDEO xaMAG IONE OGRE! . 5... oe oc au ac ace 6 ot Cale eee tees 14 . Pale spot present in cell M2 lying adjacent to midportion of medi- ocubital stem; 3rd palpal segment long and slender with sensory pit deeper than diameter of pore opening; femora dark to tips; male apicolateral processes short, mesal notch between them on tergum 9; parameres sinuate and slender without ventral lobe; aedeagus Shoneowithtsimple tipsee. 46. (eke. 8 todatangae Wirth and Blanton No pale spot present in cell M2 lying adjacent to midportion of MCGIOCUMIGAINSTOMIISE © sou 5 HS so bp elel wom ee Oa 2g a eee oe Gere oe 15 . Distal pale spot in cell M1 extending to wing margin ............. 16 Distal pale spot in cell M1 lying far from wing margin ............ cy . Poststigmatic pale spots in cell RS fused into a single pale spot; AnennalySenSoOry pattern, 3,710) ..:. Ja. civnissa woe WEE R RR tee PPE Ree cea revel Aha: aid re cis: sa ale @ pitas Oiosye eldridgei Wirth and Barreto Poststigmatic pale spots in cell R5 separate; antennal sensory pat- tegnees— TOG he Ay. bh na te Mosk etree eal wake limonensis Ortiz and Leon . Larger species, wing 1.08 mm long; 3rd palpal segment slender with broad shallow pit; aedeagus conspicuously cleft distad with 2 sharp laterally directed teeth on each side; parameres with simple twisted HPSe WITHOUT MINPINE SPINES 2s... he. eS le crucifer Clastrier 148 20. ae pipe 23. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Smaller species, wing less than 1.00 mm long; 3rd palpal segment and. male:aedeasus, and! parameres variousis.00:+. = Soares. eee 18 . Wing densely hairy, with macrotrichia extending in at least 2 rows tosbaseromicelleM2 235sseies inthe: fel baad foe nom) See 19 Wing moderately hairy, with macrotrichia only on distal 2 or less, a few in anal cell, hairs extending to base of cell M2 only in C. DGYGHO ARSE OC, Ps BO ORE RS ee py | . Wing length 0.80 mm; 3rd palpal segment long and slender, with pore opening smaller than pit diameter; eyes broadly separated, hairy; spermathecae brownish, ducts not annulate, sclerotized ring longer; aedeagus Y-shaped, with slender simple tip and slender, nearly straight basal arms; parameres with nearly straight stem and long ventral lobe; ventral root of basistyle moderately long and SlendeE set RG- Bee SI ee Bs debilipalpis Lutz Wing length 0.93-0.97 mm; eyes narrowly separated, bare; palpus, Spermathecactand) male genitaliasvanious =. 2i sod Sse eee 20 Third palpal segment short and broad (PR 1.9) with moderately shallow pit, pore opening as large as pit diameter; proboscis short, P/H ratio 0.60; spermathecae nearly colorless, bases of ducts with fine annulations; male basistyle with ventral root long and slender, toes nearly meeting mesad; distomedian process of aedeagus short and stout with broad truncate tip; parameres sinuate without dis- tinemventralloberetns.. ces bn OE annuliductus, new species Third palpal segment moderately long and slender (PR 2.6), with moderately deep sensory pit, pore opening as large as pit diameter; proboscis long, P/H ratio 0.83; spermathecae brownish, bases of ducts not annulate; male basistyle with ventral root short and stout, the toe blunt-pointed; aedeagus with long slender distomedian pro- cess, apex deeply divided into 2 sharp appressed points; parameres curved gently in midportion and tapering to slender, filamentous Pp eee et as haces Dae ares a Se eee trilineatus Fox (in part) Antennal sensory pattern 3,7-10; 3rd palpal segment with small GESprpliats Te i as tases Ok oR Oe eee germanus Macfie Antennal sensory pattern 3,8—10; 3rd palpal segment various ..... 22 Eyes narrowly separated; 3rd palpal segment with moderately broad shallow pit; male aedeagus as in debilipalpis (couplet 19); parameres slender and sinuate without ventral lobe denisae Clastrier Eyes moderately to broadly separated; 3rd palpal segment various; male aedeagus short, tip broad with distinct median lobe and sharp lateral points 0.5002 De Po ee a SR, ee eee 23 Female eyes broadly separated; male paramere with distinct ventral LOB CCH re eee. Leet eee See eadsi Wirth and Blanton — en ——————— VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 149 — Female eyes moderately separated; male paramere without ventral LOBE F xs 2356-2 HGte Ba thst F2RO Es Mies Bo hao poe bs wrobdviogs 24 24. Female wing without macrotrichia in base of cell M2; 4th palpal segment usually as broad as long; male aedeagus unusually broad at tip, the lateral points prominent; heel of ventral root much short- TRUMAN OCA ce yAe chee ah dapsiscy sie da Xie share DS Ca Shien hoffmani Fox — Female wing with macrotrichia extending in 2 rows to base of cell M2; 4th palpal segment longer than broad; male aedeagus only slightly broadened at tip, the lateral points inconspicuous; heel and toe or ventral root blunt and longi... -...s..... bayano, new species 25. Pale spot present in cell M2 lying adjacent to anterior side of mid- portion of mediocubital stem; 3rd palpal segment with sensory pit deeper than diameter of pore opening; eyes broadly separated Pe Sieortinis: OLS aeineocomen wc «TE insinuatus Ortiz and Leon — No pale spot present in cell M2 lying adjacent to midportion of mediocubitall Stem) 524 esses caret alGen ederim Hohe Re bose 26 26. Third palpal segment with small deep pit; smaller species, wing 0.72 mm long; halter infuscated; aedeagus with short tapering, dis- tally rounded, distal processes; paramere sinuate without ventral lobe, with distal fringing spines; palpal pit with pore opening small- Sr than pitydiamMetey <\exynas hii. deci. .eSe spurius Wirth and Blanton = Third) palpal segment with broad shallow pit ..........5...00.s0 na 27. All femora with subapical pale bands; (3rd palpal segment with broadnelhipticalipitnine cmt: foils ts ose) See ht equatoriensis Barbosa SR CMOranGabkatOrtipreteiadts scx oven tolsganne ade. deepest deer 28 28. Antennal sensory pattern 3,8—10; 3rd palpal segment with shallow piewith, Samecsize-pore: wing length-.0:86,mimM, qo. . en pse aie oes Weel aie Dre bysrtcteeecoboss Linsisteboe tice darlingtonae Wirth and Blanton — Antennal sensory pattern 3,(5),6-10; 3rd palpal segment with pit deeper, opening by a smaller pore; wing length 0.91 mm ........ youngi Wirth and Barreto fo; ‘o. “eikel (o\fo:efie! joke) leider ots) of et '¢, ie) (© (wi 6. |e) je% =, te: fe) ea) te 2) a He) 0 fe) (¢).\0) 6 ja ie Culicoides debilipalpis Lutz Culicoides debilipalpis Lutz, 1913: 60 (2; Brazil; fig. wing); Wirth and Blan- ton, 1959: 442 (redescribed; figs.; Panama); Blanton and Wirth, 1979:78 (redescribed: figs.; Florida; review of biology and distribution). Distribution.—A common species in the southeastern U.S. from Mary- land and Kentucky to Florida and Louisiana; absent in Texas, Mexico, and the West Indies; present in Central and South America south to Argentina. It is replaced in Texas and Mexico by C. eadsi Wirth and Blanton and in the West Indies by C. hoffmani Fox. Biology.—Williams (1964) reared this species from rotting cacao pods 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON and bamboo stumps in Trinidad; Messersmith (1964) reared it from wet tree cavity debris in Virginia; and Smith (1965) reared it from wet tree holes and stump holes in Florida. New records.—PANAM nymphs from all collections is of interest. Apparently there was little mortality among middle or late stage nymphs. The larger numbers of small nymphs, as revealed by roatel traps, probably indicate high mortality among very young nymphs. It also shows how easily heavy infestations of small nymphs could be missed in survey trapping. To a large extent, the experimental results demonstrate environmental effects that might be predicted by anyone familiar with the German cock- roach. Due to the more limited resources, especially with respect to water, the infestation at site 2 was smaller than that at site 1. Scarcity of food, water, or both has been shown previously to affect oothecal formation and nymphal survival (Mueller, 1978). The present experiment showed that cockroaches are attracted to whichever trap offers the resource that is scarcest within their immediate environment. Thus, within kitchens, it is hardly surprising that Ebeling et al. (1966) found removal of food from feeding stations was followed by increased catch in food-baited traps. Another implication from the present results concerns water. It could be a VOLUME 83, NUMBER 1 163 useful addition to food in traps in bedrooms or other situations where water is not readily available. It is noteworthy that jar and roatel traps gave closely similar results for all age groups except small nymphs. Apparently small nymphs were either less willing or able to scale the vertical distance nec- essary to reach the top of the jar than were those of later stages. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Special thanks are due Nancy Boles and Elizabeth Watson for placing the traps and recording the catch. Also, appreciation is expressed to D. G. Cochran for critical reading of the manuscript and to the Office of Naval Research for support under Contract N00014-77C-0246. LITERATURE CITED Ebeling, W., R. E. Wagner, and D. A. Reierson. 1966. Influence of repellency on the efficacy of Blatticides. I. Learned modification of behavior of the German cockroach. J. Econ. Entomol. 59: 1374-1388. Mueller, P. 1978. The effect of temporary deprivation of food and water on the development of laboratory colonies of the German cockroach (Blattella germanica L.). Z. Gesamte Hyg. 24: 122-126. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(1), 1981, pp. 164-167 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF TRICHOGRAMMA (HYMENOPTERA: TRICHOGRAMMATIDAE) FROM NEW YORK G. R. PLATNER AND E. R. OATMAN Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, Cali- fornia 92521; Staff Research Associate and Professor of Entomology, re- spectively. Abstract.—Trichogramma julianoi, a new species from New York, is de- scribed and illustrated. Its distribution and host range are given, and com- parisons are made with closely related species. The following description of a new species of Trichogramma is provided at the request of Steven A. Juliano, Department of Biology, Pennsylvania State University, University Park. The species was one of several Tricho- gramma included in his graduate research at Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, during 1978-79. The description is based on dry and alcohol- preserved specimens which are mounted in Hoyers solution on glass slides. Trichogramma julianoi Platner and Oatman, NEw SPECIES Fig. 1 Adult body fuscous with front and middle legs, trochanter, tibia, and tarsus of back leg, and frontovertex of head lighter in color. Female slightly lighter in color than male. Holotype male.—Antenna with flagellum 0.16 as wide as long (0.030 x 0.184 mm) and 1.13 as long as hindtibia (0.163 mm); flagellar setae 45 in number with longest seta (0.101 mm) 3.39 as long as maximum width of flagellum (0.030 mm). Forewing with 28 setae between 4th and Sth vein tracts; longest seta (0.041 mm) on postapical margin 0.16 as long as maxi- mum width of wing (0.265 mm). Genital capsule 0.35 as wide as long (0.041 « 0.120 mm); DEG (0.117 mm long), CS (0.115 mm long), and MVP (0.106 mm long) 0.98, 0.96, and 0.89 length of genital capsule, respectively. Aedeagus (0.122 mm long) 0.75 length of hindtibia and 1.02 length of genital capsule. Male.—Antenna (Fig. 1C) with flagellum relatively long and curved at basal 4%, 0.17 + 0.01 (0.15—0.22) (N = 15) as wide as long, and 1.12 + 0.01 (0.96—-1.19) (N = 15) as long as hindtibia; flagellar setae relatively long, ta- VOLUME 83, NUMBER | 165 G ” /o Dept.Entomology,Smithsonian Institytion,Wash.D.C. 20560 $16 0. neyamenbe 5. LOCATION OF THE HEADQUARTERS OR GENERAL BUSINESS O Same as #4 6. NAMES AND COMPLETE ADDRESSES OF PU FFICES OF THE PUBLISHERS (Not printers 20 00 Tk BLISHER, EDITOR, AND MANAGING EDI TOR PUBLISHER (Name and Address) Entomological Society of Washington, address as in #4 EDITOR (Name and Address) David R. Smith, address as in #4 MANAGING EDITOR (Name and Address) none 7. OWNER (If owned by a corporation, its name and address must be stated and also immediately thereunder the names and addresses of stock- holders owning or holding 1 percent or more of total amount of stock. owners must be given. IJ owned bya giving. If the publication is published by a nonprofit organization, its n partnership or other unincorporated firm, its name and address, as well as that of cach individual must be If not owned by a corporation, the names and addresses of the individual ame and address must be stated.) = — i NAME ADDRESS Entomolagica Dep Entamalogy , Smi ai “Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 | 8. KNOWN BONDHOLDERS, MORTGAGEES, AND OTHER SECURI TOTAL AMOUNT OF BONDS, MORTGAGES OR OTHER SECURITIES (If there are none, so state) TY HOLDERS OWNING OR HOLDING 1 PERCENT OR MORE OF NAME | ADDRESS none je L 9. FOR COMPLETION BY NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS AUTHORIZED TO MAIL AT SPECIAL RATES (Section 132.122, PSM) “| The purpose, function, and nonprofit status of this organization and the exempt status for Federal income tax purposes (Check one) HAVE NOT CHANGED DURING HAVE CHANGED DURING (If changed, publisher must submit explanation of change PRECEDING 12 MONTHS PRECEDING 12 MONTHS with this statement.) AVERAGE NO. COPIES EACH | ACTUAL NO. COPIES OF SINGLE EXTENT AND NATURE OF CIRCULATION ISSUE OURING PRECEDING ISSUE PUBLISHED NEAREST TO 12 MONTHS FILING DATE A. TOTAL NO. COPIES PRINTED (Net Press Run) 988 950 — —!. 4 B. PAID CIRCULATION 1, SALES THROUGH DEALERS AND CARRIERS, STREET VENDORS AND COUNTER SALES 0 0 ———————— = == 4 2. MAIL SUBSCRIPTIONS 855 828 ~ eae Cc. TOTAL PAID CIRCULATION (Sum of 1031 and 10B2) 855 | 828 T = = ita D. FREE DISTRIBUTION BY MAIL, CARRIER OR OTHER MEANS 10 10 SAMPLES, COMPLIMENTARY, AND OTHER FREE COPIES =F —=— a 4 E. TOTAL DISTRIBUTION (Sum of C and D) 865 838 + ————————— = F. COPIES NOT DISTRIBUTED 1 1, OFFICE USE, LEFT OVER, UNACCOUNTED, SPOILED 123 abil? AFTER PRINTING ~ es ee erie a '} 2. RETURNS FROM NEWS AGENTS 0 0 = Sn ———— = — to = pe G. TOTAL (Sum of E, F1 and 2—should equal net press run shown in A) 988 950 E SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF EDITOR. PUBLISHER, BUSINESS 11. I certify that the statements made by me MANAGER, OR OWNER = above are correct and complete. Vv: Pere 4 y id Woh Editor 12. FOR COMPLETION BY PUBLISHERS MAILING AT THE REGULAR RATES (Section 132.121, Postal Service Manual) 39 U.S. C. 3626 provides In pertinent part to mall matter at such rates.”’ In accordance with the provisions of this statute, rates presently authorized by 39 U.S.C. 3626. “No person who would have been entitied to mail matter under former section 4359 of this title shall mall such matter at the rates provided under this subsection unless he files annually with the Postal Service a written request for permission | hereby request permission to mall the publication namod in item 1 at the phased postage SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF EDITOR, PUBLISHER, BUSINESS MANAGER, OR OWNER Lard 0 dri PS F ‘Aug. 1978 3526 (Page 1) (See instructions on reverse) PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS Cynipid Galls of the Eastern United States, by Lewis H. Weld ___...-.---______. Cynipid Galls of the Southwest, by Lewis H. Weld _________.___--__-_____________- BOlnupapers:ONsCyMIpic:Gallsy 525 2. se ee ee Identification of Alaskan Black Fly Larvae, by Kathryn M. Sommerman _____- Unusual Scalp Dermatitis in Humans Caused by the Mite Dermatophagoides , onal SH Sees ccc) che a oo en AU Steele! feos. BOE e LER A Short History of the Entomological Society of Washington, by Ashley B. RERUN pe Bo ne Oh ei sn 5s hs BN ge ee ee Pictorial Key to Species of the Genus Anastrepha (Diptera: Tephritidae), by (Geta GR IS) PA | | I SOO Ree Wee em Be ERA 7 a eas sete eR Sg LER Se Taxonomic Studies on Fruit Flies of the Genus Urophora (Diptera: Tephriti- dae) spy Geonse:G:, Steyskal) = 2.2. .25-: 282202 eee ee ee MEMOIRS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON No. 1. The North American Bees of the Genus Osmia, by Grace Sandhouse. 1939 No. 2. A Classification of Larvae and Adults of the Genus Phyllophaga, by AaninG. boving,, 19422. =. g ets oe) 2 eee ee No. 3. The Nearctic Leafhoppers, a Generic Classification and Check List, by Paniewvalson; Oman 19492: eee ee ee No. 4. A Manual of the Chiggers, by G. W. Wharton and H. S. Fuller. [S10 Me Sc Se ND ae gee ene mat rl te Reelin ein PAe Ny Shoe Sed Ae Ae No. 5. A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South America, by Phyllis T. MTS ON 157 te ee eee ee ee ee ys No. 6. The Female Tabanidae of Japan, Korea and Manchuria, by Wallace P. Mindoch:and Hirost-Lakanasi. [9690-32 eee eee No. 7. Ant Larvae: Review and Synthesis, by George C. Wheeler and Jeanette VIG RII gs AG) ce ot al es Be ee No. 8. The North American Predaceous Midges of the Genus Palpomyia Mei- gen (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae), by W. L. Grogan, Jr. and W. W. LUST Ria ke TCS |) SR al ee ee eat 9 NON SRM ta once a eS ec itt Back issues of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington are available at $18.00 per volume to non-members and $9 per volume to members of the Society. Prices quoted are U.S. currency. Postage extra except on prepaid orders. Dealers are allowed a discount of 10 per cent on all items, including annual subscriptions, that are paid in advance. All orders should be placed with the Custodian, Entomological Society of Washington, % Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. CONTENTS (Continued from front cover) NAKAHARA, S. and C. E. MILLER—A list of the Coccoidea species (Homoptera) of Puerto Rico ORTH, R. E. and G. C. STEYSKAL—A new species of Pherbellia Robineau-Desvoidy separated from a previously described North American species (Diptera: Sciomy- zidae) PLATNER, G. R. and E. R. OATMAN—Description of a new species of Trichogramma (Hymenoptera: Trichogrammatidae) from New York ROSS, M. H.—Trapping experiments with the German cockroach, Blattella germanica (L.) (Dictyoptera: Blattellidae), showing differential effects from the type of trap and the environmental resources SCHWAN, T. G. and D. S. DOBKIN—An unusual example of teratogenesis in the flea Thrassis fotus from Colorado (Siphonaptera: Ceratophyllidae) TIDWELL, M. A., M. A. TIDWELL, and B. V. PETERSON—A redescription of the female of Simulium sanguineum Knab and descriptions of the male, pupa, and larva (Diptera: Simuliidae) VITALE, G. C., W. W. WIRTH, and T. H. G. AITKEN—New species and records of Culicoides reared from arboreal habitats in Panama, with a synopsis of the debilipalpis group (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) WILKERSON, R. C.—Two new species of Dichelacera (Nothocanthocera) Fairchild with a key to the species of the subgenus (Diptera: Tabanidae) NOTES: CRABILL, R. E., JR.—On the identity of Dysmesus Chamberlin: A new generic syn- onymy (Chilopoda: Geophilomorpha: Geophilidae) FRANCLEMONT, J. G.—The identity of Noctua marginata Fabricius, 1775, with a note on Schinia marginata (Haworth, 1809) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae: Catocalinae and Heliothinae) WHEELER, A. G., JR.—Updated distribution of Aleuropteryx juniperi (Neuroptera: Coniopterygidae), a predator of scale insects on ornamental juniper BOOK REVIEWS: HENRY, T. J.—The Semiaquatic and Aquatic Hemiptera of California (A. S. Menke, JONES, J. C.—Insect Hemocytes Development, Forms, Functions and Techniques (A. P. Gupta, ed.) STEYSKAL, G. C.—The Insects and Arachnids of Canada. Part 1. Collecting, Pre- paring, and Preserving Insects, Mites, and Spiders (J. E. H. Martin) MEETING ANNOUNCEMENT NEOTROPICAL LEPIDOPTERA PROJECT INFORMATION FOR CONTRIBUTORS “VOL. 83 APRIL 1981 NO. 2 / (ISSN 0013-8797) PROCEEDINGS of the ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY of WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20560 PUBLISHED QUARTERLY CONTENTS BURGER, J. F. and F. C. THOMPSON—The Tabanus striatus complex (Diptera: Tabanidae): A revision of some Oriental horse fly vectors of surra .............. 339 CARROLL, J. F., J. W. KIMBROUGH, and W. H. WHITCOMB—Mycophagy by Aphaenogaster spp. (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) .................cceceeeeeeees 326 CLARK, W. E. and D. M. ANDERSON—The genus Chionanthobius Pierce (Coleop- tera: Curculionidae): Descriptions of a new species on Forestiera (Oleaceae) and Mime larvaand pupa of C. 'schwarzi PIECE... de ae ee eed athe Wm Lids Ge eee 222 KAPLAN, M. and F. C. THOMPSON—New Syrphidae from Israel CIMPUCRa). sa's5 50 198 KNUTSON, L.—New combinations and synonymies in Palearctic and Nearctic Scio- May EMET As IMITIEGT A) se sta, (USNM type no. 76746). Allotype: 2°, with same label data as the holotype (USNM). Paratypes: With same label data as the holotype (7 d, 23 2); same, except 3 Oct. "7216" 6, 6 2); same: except 10'Oct. 72,2 ¢ )Asame, except 7-XIo72 (3 6, 18 2); same, except 14-XI-72 (5 2); same, except 2-XII-72 (2 6, 12 2); total paratypes, 81, (in Auburn University, C. W. O’Brien, Texas A&M University, and USNM collections). Male holotype.—Length: 3.28 mm. Width: 1.64 mm. Head: Eyes sepa- rated by distance 17% of eye width. Rostrum: Slender; in profile, dorsal margin nearly evenly curved from base to apex; in dorsal view, narrow at base, widened slightly from base to antennal insertions, slightly, abruptly expanded at insertions, and expanded again slightly at tip; scrobal margins not carinate; dorsolateral carinae obsolete, sulci represented by rows of elongate, irregular punctures, these very shallow distad of antennal inser- tions; dorsum with moderately long, deep median sulcus over antennal in- sertions; vestiture consists of a few slender scales on dorsolateral portion near extreme base, and sparse, short, fine setae which arise from punctures in sulci in basal %. Prothorax: Sides subparallel in basal 4, strongly round- ed anteriorly to distinct subapical constriction; with dense, elongate, ful- voferrunginous scales, and broad, white scales in dorsomedian vitta and dorsal lateromedian fasciae. Elytra: Interspaces moderately broad, mostly flattened; odd interspaces not more prominent than even ones, except where median portions of sutural, 3rd, and Sth interspaces are feebly raised; white scales form irregular but complete anteromedian and posteromedian trans- verse bands; fuscous scales form an irregular transverse band between white bands, and an incomplete band posterior to posteromedian white band; me- dian fuscous band interrupted by elongate patch of fulvoferrunginous scales on interspace 2; fulvoferruginous scales predominant basally and on apical 14, except for subapical sutural vitta of fuscous scales; feebly raised white scales sparse on interspaces 5—6; strial scales distinctly wider than scales on interspaces, mostly fulvoferruginous, forming more or less distinct vittae. Legs: femora stout, unarmed; with vestiture of narrow, white to fulvous, acuminate, recumbent scales; metatibia with long, slender, straight, acute, TT VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 Table 1. 195 Characters distinguishing Chionanthobius autumnalis from C. schwarzi. C. autumnalis C. schwarzi Pronotum with dorsomedian vitta and dorsal lateromedian, and in some specimens dorsal posterolateral fascia of white scales. White scales on elytra dense, anteromedian transverse fascia extending across entire width in most specimens, posterior band complete. Strial scales distinctly broader than scales on interspaces, fulvous, contrasting with white or fuscous scales on adjacent interspaces. Interspaces 2 and 3 without subbassal patch of fuscous scales. Dorsal and ventral scrobal margins ecarinate; dorsolateral portion of rostrum at most shallowly punctate in male and in female above antennal insertions. Femora not toothed beneath. Pronotum with fulvoferruginous scales only. White scales on elytra less dense, anteromedian transverse band not distinct across entire width in most specimens, posteromedian band broken on interspace 2, greatly narrowed or interrupted on interspace 4. Strial scales not or very slightly broader than scales on interspaces, their color matching that of scales on adjacent interspaces. Interspaces 2 and 3 each bearing small subbasal patch of fuscous scales. Dorsal and ventral scrobal margins distinctly carinate, especially in males; dorsolateral portions of rostrum of males deeply rugose above antennal insertion. Femora toothed beneath. apical mucro; pro- and mesotibiae each with moderately long, slender, acute, apical uncus. Genitalia: As in Fig. 7; paratype. Female allotype (Figs. 12, 13).—Length: 3.76 mm. Width: 1.82 mm. Oth- erwise as described for male, except for longer, more slender, less deeply carinate and punctate rostrum, and smaller, less broadly exposed pygidium. Genitalia: As in Fig. 10, paratype. Variation.—The range in size observed in the 81 specimens of the type— series is as follows: Length of males, 2.76—-3.56 mm, width of males, 1.34—- 1.70 mm; length of females, 2.72—4.00 mm, width of females, 1.32—2.04 mm. Although there is slight variation in the width of the transverse bands of white and fuscous scales on the elytra, there is no notable tendency for the fulvoferuginous scales to be intermixed among the scales on these bands as in C. schwarzi. Distribution (Fig. 11).—Known only from the type-locality. Life history.—Adults of C. autumnalis were collected over a period ex- tending from 3 October to 2 December 1972. All were on the pistiliate in- dividuals of a dioeceous shrub, Forestiera ligustrina (Michx.) Poir. (Ole- aceae). On each of the collection dates, they were present along with adults 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON of Neotylopterus ligustricolus Clark (see Clark, 1980). Both species were present in roughly equivalent numbers on each date. Adults of the latter species were reared from larvae which emerged from fruit collected from the plants, but C. autumnalis individuals were not among the numerous specimens reared. The two weevil species closely resemble each other, and the fact that both were present was not recognized at the time the adults and larvae were being collected. It cannot now be ascertained, therefore, whether the observations made on adult feeding, mating, and oviposition were of both species, or of N. ligustricolus alone. Remarks.—In addition to the characters listed in Table 1, C. autumnalis differs from C. schwarzi in its obviously smaller size, generally stouter, less setalike scales, especially those on the venter and legs, and in the more convex elytra and generally stouter body form. There are only minor dif- ferences in the male and female external genitalia of the two species (cf. Figs. 6-10). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank William H. Anderson, U.S. Department of Agriculture, retired, for permission to utilize his manuscript description and drawings (Figs. 2— 5) of the larva of Chionanthobius schwarzi. For their careful reading and helpful criticism of our manuscript, we are grateful to George W. Folkerts and Gary R. Mullen, Auburn University; Charles W. O’Brien, Florida A&M University; and Edward W. Baker and John M. Kingsolver, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA. We also acknowledge the aid of Candy Feller, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, who prepared Fig. 1. LITERATURE CITED Anderson, W. H. 1947. A terminology for the anatomical features useful in the taxonomy of weevil larvae. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 49: 123-132. Blatchley, W. S. and C. W. Leng. 1916. Rhynchophora or weevils of northeastern America. Nature Publ. Co., Indianapolis. 682 pp. Burke, H. R. 1968. Pupae of the weevil tribe Anthonomini (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Tex. Agric. Exp. Stn., Techn. Monogr. 5, 92 pp. Clark, W. E. 1978. Notes on the life history, and descriptions of the larva and pupa of Neotylopterus pallidus (eConte) (Coleoptera: Curculionidae), a seed predator of Fo- restiera acuminata (Michx.) Poir. (Oleaceae). Coleopt. Bull. 32: 177-184. . 1980. Revision of the weevil genus Neotylopterus Hustache (Coleoptera: Curculion- idae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 73: 216-230. Clark, W. E., D. R. Whitehead, and R. E. Warner. 1977. Classification of the weevil subfamily Tychiinae, with a new genus and species, new combinations, and new synonymy in Lignyodini (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Coleopt. Bull. 31: 1-18. Greene, G. M. 1916. Feldman collecting social. Entomol. News 27: 143-144. Kissinger, D. G. 1962. The curculionid beetles collected on the Explorers Club-American Museum of Natural History Entomological Expedition to Yucatan, Mexico, in 1952. (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Am. Mus. Novit. 2086, 28 pp. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 197 1964. Curculionidae of America north of Mexico. A key to the genera. Taxonomic Publ., South Lancaster, Mass. 143 pp. Pierce, W. D. 1912. Systematic notes and descriptions of some weevils of economic or bio- logical importance. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 42: 155-170. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 198-212 NEW SYRPHIDAE FROM ISRAEL (DIPTERA) M. KAPLAN AND F. CHRISTIAN THOMPSON (MK) Department of Zoology, The George S. Wise Faculty for Life Sci- ences, Tel Aviv University, Tel Aviv, Israel; (FCT) Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—The following three new species of Syrphidae from Israel are described: Paragus hermonensis Kaplan (also from Italy); Cheilosia sulcif- rons Kaplan (also from Turkey); and Brachyopa quadrimaculosa Thompson. Cheilosia sareptana Becker is redescribed and its lectotype designated. Keys to the Israeli species of Paragus and Cheilosia are given. More than 100 species of Syrphidae have been collected in Israel during a survey carried out since 1971. About a fifth of these species were found, or are suspected, to be undescribed. Most of the undescribed species belong to the genus Merodon Meigen, which contains approximately 20% of the Israeli species of Syrphidae. Merodon will be dealt with in a coming paper. This paper deals with the other genera that contain undescribed species, namely Paragus, Cheilosia, and Brachyopa. The new species are described and placed in the most recent keys to the Palaearctic species of their re- spective taxa. Keys to the Israeli species of Paragus and Cheilosia are also given. The new species are described to make their names available for the forthcoming Syrphidae part of the Fauna Palaestina series. This publication will include detailed information about the flower fly fauna, its contents and relationships, as well as keys to and descriptions of its components. Genus Paragus Latreille Seven species of Paragus have been found in Israel. These species belong to three species groups: tibialis group of the subgenus Pandasyopthalmus— tibialis Fallén and haemorrhous Meigen; serratus group of the subgenus Paragus—azurea Stuckenberg; and bicolor group of the subgenus Para- gus—bicolor Fabricius, compeditus Wiedemann, hermonensis Kaplan, and quadrifasciatus Meigen. Stuckenberg has revised the afrotropical species VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 199 of Paragus (1954b) and all the species of the serratus species group (1954a). Goeldlin (1976) has revised the European species of Paragus. bho KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PAarAGUS FOUND IN ISRAEL . Eye with unicolorous pile; spurious vein long, extending beyond CISEAINCRHOSSWEIM N20. .o css aa ae mee Barks © age eee Ottis eae es ei eee 2 Eye with bicolorous pile, with alternating vittae of pale and dark hairs; spurious vein shorter, not extending beyond discal crossvein.. 3 . Male: Sterna 3 and 4 subequal (Speight 1978: 104, Fig. 2b); surstyle and paramere subequal in length (Goeldlin 1976: 87, Fig. 4) =, LE SS RR ee a SR ee Pe taht Dever haemorrhous Meigen Male: Sternum 4 only about % as long as 3rd (Speight 1978: 104, Fig. 2d); surstyle about /% as long as paramere (Goeldlin 1976: 87, | RUSH 92) ey ele ate SEE eee eR eee oN es Uy oy a Coe te tibialis (Fallén) (Females of these species are indistinguishable) OCHUCHIIMM With dentate: Marcin, .:.4...).heeu. fe azureus Stuckenberg Sentellum: simple, without dentate marpin .......ccess. esi se Ge 4 . Mesonotum shiny, with submedial pollinose vitta broadly interrupt- ed and appearing as 2 maculae. Male: Surstyle with basoventral prong; lingula greatly enlarged, not distinctly differentiated from 9th sternum; aedeagus with basolateral lobe simple (Goeldlin 1976: 93, Fig. 6). Female: 7th tergum with dorsoapical tubercle (Goeldlin 1976: LU) ee | Elf 23527 9 a eS SRP es, Rt 5 Pe quadrifasciatus Meigen Mesonotum shiny or dull, with submedial pollinose vitta continuous. Male: Surstyle without basoventral prong; lingula smaller, distinctly differentiated from 9th sternum, aedeagus with basolateral lobe com- plex. Female: 7th tergum simple, without any tubercles ............ 5 Mesonotum shiny. Male: Lingula in profile emarginate apically, ae- deagus with basolateral lobe without teeth (Goeldlin 1976: 93, Fig. 14). Female: Face entirely yellow (Goeldlin 1976: 101, Fig. 27) PEARCE OR oe Ima Pee RO ee compeditus Wiedemann Mesonotum dull. Male: Lingula not emarginate in profile, aedeagus with more complex basolateral lobe. Female: Face with black medial EPA s ahsct hors ic}, cis: 2. « Sessa} aagaset base Suge ose cape tecareite ae aan ea 6 . Abdomen extensively black; abdominal margin almost entirely black, rarely narrowly reddish on basal “3 of 3rd tergum. Male: Aedeagal apodeme with large apicolateral prong; aedeagus not pro- duced anterodorsally (Fig. 7) ...... hermonensis Kaplan, new species Abdomen extensively red; abdominal margin beyond 2nd tergum red. Male: Aedeagal apodeme without an apicolateral prong; aedea- gus produced anterodorsally (Goeldlin 1976: 87, Fig. 6) .......... A ey ee eT eee ee ey So bicolor (Fabricius) 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 1-8. 1-2, Head, dorso-oblique view. 3-4, Head, lateral view. 5-8, Male genitalia. 5, 9th tergum and associated structures, lateral view. 6—7, 9th sternum and associated structures, lateral view. 8, Superior lobe, lateral view. 1, 4, Cheilosia sulcifrons. DC» barbatas SG: sareptana. 5, 7, 8, Paragus hermonensis. 6, P. majoranae. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 201 Paragus hermonensis Kaplan, NEw SPECIES Figsivs 758; 19 Size.—Body, male, 6.2 mm, female 5.4 mm; wing, male 4.4 mm, female 4.1 mm. Male.—Head: Face yellow except slightly brownish on tubercle and oral margin, with white pile; cheek black, with white pollen and pile; frontal triangle small, yellow, with white pile except for a few black hairs around frontal lunule; vertical triangle 3.5 as long as frontal triangle, bluish black, with white pollen anteriorly, shiny posteriorly, with yellowish pile except for a few black hairs intermixed on ocellar triangle; occiput bluish black, with white pollen and pile on ventral #4, shiny and with yellowish pile on dorsal 43; eye contiguity about % as long as frontal triangle. Antenna: Basal 2 segments black, with sparse white pollen and black pile; 3rd segment dark brown, 3 4% times as long as wide; arista dark brownish orange, shorter than 3rd antennal segment. Thorax: Bluish black; mesonotum shiny except for white pollinose sub- medial vitta which extends from anterior margin to slightly beyond trans- verse suture, with yellowish pile; pleura with sparse white pollen and white pile; scutellum black basally, yellow on apical ’%; squama white with yel- lowish margin and fringe; halter brown on stem, yellow on capitulum. Wing (Fig. 19): Hyaline, microtrichose as figured; stigma brown. Legs: Mainly orangish yellow; coxae and trochanters black, with white pile; fore- and midfemora black on basal “3; hindfemur black on basal 74, with yellowish pile; hindtibia with brownish subapical annulus, with white and yellowish pile; hindbasitarsomere brownish orange dorsally. Abdomen: Dorsum black with reddish-orange fasciae on 2nd through 4th terga, with black pile except white on fasciae, basolateral *%4 of 2nd, basolateral “% of 3rd and 4th terga and genitalia; fasciae on 2nd tergum isolated from lateral margin, on 3rd and 4th terga broadly continuous with lateral margin, on 4th tergum interrupted medially, with white pollen and pile; sterna brownish black, with sparse gray pollen and white pile. Male genitalia (Figs. 5, 7): Cercus simple; surstyle simple; 9th tergum simple; 9th sternum simple; lingula elongate, simple apically, with flared lateral margin, with lateral margin not emarginate; aedeagal apodeme with small apicola- teral prong; aedeagus with basolateral lobe with shallow apical emargination bordered by small teeth. Female.—Similar to male except for normal sexual dimorphism and: Face with broad brownish-black medial vitta that is about 4% as wide as face; frons shiny black except with very narrow white pollinose vitta along eye margin. Variation.—Body size ranges from 4.4 mm to 6.2 mm; 3rd antennal seg- ment color ranges from entirely dark brown to having basoventral 4 orange; 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON scutellum color ranges from almost entirely black to apical #4 yellow; hind- tibia frequently lacks subapical brownish annulus; abdominal pale fasciae range from being small and narrow to large and broad, at their greatest extent they occupy middle of 2nd, anterior % of 3rd, and anterior “4 of 4th tergum; aedeagus varies in shape as figures (v.i., and Fig. 7, 8). Types.—Holotype 6, Israel, Mt. Hermon, 2000 m, 8 August 1973, M. Kaplan. Allotype 2, 4 ¢, 3 2 paratypes with same data as holotype; 38 3,6 2 paratypes from same locality, from 6 May to 23 September, from 1400 m to 2000 m, collected by A. Freidberg, F. Nachbar, J. Kugler, as well as M. Kaplan. A single ¢d from Italy, Lombardy, Resegone (near Lake Como), 26 August 1900, M. Bezzi, was also examined (USNM). Holotype, allotype and most paratypes deposited in the Entomological Collection of the Department of Zoology, Tel Aviv University; paratypes deposited also in British Museum (Natural History), London, Canadian National Collec- tion, Ottawa, and U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Remarks.—Paragus hermonensis is very similar to majoranae Rondani and will key to that species in Goeldlin’s revision (1976). The following couplet distinguishes the two species: 1. Wing extensively bare basomedially, with 2nd costal cell microtri- chose on apical % or less (Fig. 19); abdomen black, with reddish- orange fasciae on 2nd through 4th terga. Male: Lingula not emar- ginate laterally; aedeagal apodeme with posterolateral prong small, blunt apically; aedeagus with basolateral lobe not strongly toothed, with posteroventral tooth frequently absent (Fig. 7) ............. See Schi a Sidk bo SO ee ee hermonensis Kaplan, new species — Wing more extensively microtrichose, with 2nd costal cell microtri- chose on apical % (Fig. 20); abdomen usually entirely black. Male: Lingula with flared lateral margin emarginate subapically; aedeagal apodeme with it posterolateral prong large and acute apically; ae- deagus with basolateral lobe strongly toothed (Fig. 6) ............ Fa CO ATE, MUR SRM ania ee aera SLI, yey: majoranae Rondani The specific epithet, an adjective, is derived from the name Mount Her- mon, where this species is found. A single male has been collected from another locality (Israel, Upper Galilee, Nahal Amud, 31 October 1972, M. Kaplan) and, while very similar to hermonensis, differs in the shape of the ventral lobe of basolateral lobe of the aedeagus (Fig. 8). As this male is unique, we are unsure whether it represents a new species or an aberrant individual of hermonensis. Genus Cheilosia Meigen Cheilosia is the largest genus of flower flies, with more than 285 species described from the Palaearctic Region. Only 6 species occur in Israel, where VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 203 the genus is uncommon and restricted to the northern and mountainous part of the country. The last comprehensive key to the Palaearctic species of Cheilosia is that in Sack (1928: 39), which was based on Becker’s mono- graph (1894). Sack included 144 species in his key. About 126 species have been described since Sack’s work, and his key did not include 13 previously described species. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CHEILOSIA FOUND IN ISRAEL iPeevernare: face*banre =. 15... cas bvaa oe eres oe kee eee 2 SIOEVe POSE 2s. GOL OW, 2 gel!. SRI BE eS AO es 4 2. Antennal pits confluent, not separated by frontal lunule; arista pu- bescent, with hairs at least as long as aristal width; facial tubercle wery) broads reaching lateral facial'marein’>. 22225227 a ee ee 3 — Antennal pits isolated, separated by ventral extension of frontal lu- nule; arista appearing bare, with hairs much shorter than aristal width; facial tubercle narrow, isolated from lateral facial margin AS ORS SES RIAD, 1), EG), BE Pe ee Ee latifacies Loew 3. Third antennal segment dark, reddish brown to brownish black. Male: Thorax with extensive black pile; black pile on mesopleuron, pteropleuron and broadly submedially on mesonotum. Female: Face orange ventrolaterally; 3rd antennal segment circular, about as long DISTT) SO an cet ae ER EEE on kM A scutellata (Falién) — Third antennal segment pale, bright orange. Male: Thorax almost entirely with pale pile, with only a few black hairs intermixed on lateral margin of mesonotum. Female: Face black; 3rd antennal seg- ment more elongate, about 12x as long as wide .. soror (Zetterstedt) AMRACEDARCUITS OPIS. Oe I. ee a, BE Se ne eee 5 =fieeaceypilose.(Pigit4) cig Cue. AE. sulcifrons Kaplan, new species 5. Fore- and midbasitarsomeres and hindtarsus brownish black. Male: frontalrtriangle: witht black pile*... v... SURO)... 228 unidentified species? — Fore- and midbasitarsomeres and 2nd through 4th tarsomeres of hindtarsus orange. Male: Frontal triangle with at least some pale hairs, frequently with pile all yellow .............. sareptana Becker Cheilosia sulcifrons Kaplan, NEW SPECIES Figsi.1 4, 10.125 13305 Size.—Body, male 7.5 to 9 mm, female 8.5 mm; wing, male 7 to 8 mm, female 7 mm. Male.—Head (Fig. 4): Face black, with white pile and pollen except bare and slightly shiny tubercle; facial tubercle low, abrupt dorsally, strongly concave ventrally; cheek black, with white pile; frontal triangle black, shiny except with sparse white pollen laterally, with long erect black pile, mod- 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON erately swollen, with longitudinal medial sulcus; frontal lunule brown; an- tennal pits separate; vertical triangle black, with intermixed yellow and black pile; occiput black, with white pile and pollen, with row of long black hairs and with pollen sparse on dorsal 4%; eye contiguity as long as frontal triangle; eye with dense white pile. Antenna: Basal 2 segments dark brown- ish black, with black pile; 3rd segment oval, orange except dorso-apical margin brown; arista black, about 1% times as long as antenna, thick on basal 4, elsewhere thin, with very short aristal hairs, their length less than Y% aristal width. Thorax: Black, shiny, with bronze tinge, with long intermixed yellow and black pile; mesonotum with sparse pollen, subshiny; scutellum with long black marginal hairs, these hairs not thick nor bristlelike; pleura with sparse pollen; sternopleuron continuously pilose; metathoracic spiracle with golden fringe; squama white, with yellowish margin and fringe; halter brown, with yellow stem. Wing: Slightly brownish, densely microtrichose; stigma yellowish brown. Legs: Mainly black and with white pile; femora orange brown on apex, with sparse white pollen on dark areas; front femur with black pile posteriorly; hind femur with some black spinose hairs ven- trally; front tibia orange brown on basal “% and apex, with black pile pos- teriorly; middle tibia orange brown on basal 2 and apex, with black pile anterodorsally; hind tibia orange brown on basal ’% and apex, with black pile anterodorsally. Abdomen: Dorsum black, shiny laterally and apically, with gray pollen sublaterally on 2nd and 3rd terga and dull black pollen medially on 2nd and 3rd terga; dorsal pile yellowish except with some intermixed black hairs apically on 4th tergum and genitalia, long, erect, except shorter mesally; sterna brownish black, with dense gray pollen and sparse long yellow pile. Male genitalia (Figs. 10, 12, 13, 15): Cercus quadrate, pilose; surstyle elon- gate, broader apically, without a distinct lateral carina, but swollen dorso- apically; 9th sternum with lingular area simple, triangular; superior lobes slightly asymmetric, with dorso-apical prong short and blunt, with ventro- apical prong elongate and acute; ejaculatory apodeme elongate and flared anteriorly, triangular; aedeagus two-segmented, with basal portion short and elongate dorsoventrally, with apical portion also elongate dorsoventrally and with apical hook. Female.—Similar to male except for normal sexual dimorphism and: pile shorter, more extensively pale; frons at antennal base 3.2 times as wide as 3rd antennal segment, with shallow longitudinal sulcus laterally and a very shallow medial sulcus, with a transverse sulcus dorsad to antennal bases, with pile mostly yellowish, with a few intermixed black hairs; 3rd antennal segment almost entirely orange, only dorsal edge brownish, larger and more quadrate; halter yellow; abdomen more extensively shiny, with medial black pollinose areas reduced and gray pollinose areas enlarged. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 205 Figs. 9-15. Male genitalia of Cheilosia species. 9-10, 9th tergum and associated structures, lateral view, with dorsal view of cercus and surstyle. 11—12, 9th sternum and associated struc- tures, lateral view, with outline of lingular area and posterior view of apex of right superior lobe in Fig. 12. 13, Left superior lobe, lateral view. 14-15, Aedeagus and associated structures, lateral view. 9, 11, 14, C. sareptana. 10, 12, 13, 15, C. sulcifrons. Types.—Holotype ¢, Israel, Merom Golan, 15 March 1975, M. Kaplan. Allotype 2,2 ¢ and 1 2 paratypes with same data as holotype; one other 2 paratype from type-locality but collected 18 March 1973 by M. Kaplan. 2 3 paratypes, Israel, Mt. Hermon, 1650 m, 22 July 1973, A. Freidberg; | 2 paratype same locality but 1600 m, 6 May 1975, M. Kaplan. 5 d, 1 @ paratypes, Turkey, 16 km west of Gaziantep, at Buyukaraptat village, along Adana-Gaziantep Highway E 24, 17 May 1967, P. H. Dunn, swept from Cardaria draba (Linnaeus). Holotype, allotype and some paratypes depos- 206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ited in the Entomological Collection, Department of Zoology, Tel Aviv Uni- versity; other paratypes deposited in British Museum (Natural History), London; Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, and U.S. National Mu- seum, Washington, D.C. Remarks.—Cheilosia sulcifrons belongs to group B and keys to frontalis Loew and barbata Loew in Sack (1928: 44). These species can be distin- guished by the following couplets: 1. Arista pubescent, with hairs as long as or longer than aristal width; sternopleuron with pile continuous. Male: Frontal triangle small, shorter than eye contiguity, not swollen (Fig. 2); eye pile yellowish brown; mesonotum subshiny; squamal fringe orange. .. barbata Loew — Arista appearing bare, with hairs much shorter than aristal width. Male: Frontal triangle large, longer than eye contiguity, swollen (4 Ee | eee ae eee wee ewe peer en AD eRe Mee 2 Sternopleuron with pile broadly separated. Male: Eye pile brown; mesonotumAdull, swith, dense polleny..- 1.42 ac.- ae cle ays frontalis Loew — Sternopleuron with pile continuous. Male: Eye pile white; meso- notum subshiny, with sparse pollen ... sulcifrons Kaplan, new species i) The specific epithet, su/cifrons, is a noun formed from the Latin noun, sulcus, meaning ‘‘groove,’’ and the Latin noun, frons, meaning forehead, and refers to the longitudinal groove on the frons of the males. Cheilosia sareptana Becker Figs: 3,9, 11; 14 Chilosia sareptana Becker, 1894: 418. Type-locality: USSR, ‘‘Sarepta.” Lectotype 2 in Zool. Mus. Humboldt-Univ., Berlin. Size.—Body, male 8.8 to 11.3 mm, female 8.5 to 10.7 mm; wing, male 7.7 to 9.2 mm, female 6.6 to 8.5 mm. Male.—Head (Fig. 3): Black; face bare, with gray pollen; facial tubercle large, so that facial profile is gently sloping dorsally, strongly concave ven- trally; facial stripe broad, with short white pile; cheek with sparse gray pollen, with yellow pile; frontal triangle large, swollen, about 1.3 as long as eye contiguity, with sparse gray pollen except dense laterally, with pile black and intermixed with a few yellowish hairs, with medial sulcus; frontal lunule dark brown; antennal pits separate; vertical triangle with gray pollen and yellow pile, % as long as frontal triangle; occiput with white pollen and yellow pile; eye contiguity longer than vertical triangle; eye with dense white pile. Antenna: Ist segment brownish black, with orange pile; 2nd segment brown, with orange pile; 3rd segment orange except slightly brownish dorso- apically, elongate, about 2* as long as wide; arista black, % as long as a ———————— VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 207 antenna, bare, with aristal hairs microscopic and much shorter than aristal width. Thorax: Black, with pile long, dense, almost entirely yellow except for a few black hairs on mesonotum near wing base and on sternopleuron; mesonotum shiny, with bronze tinge, finely punctate, with very sparse pol- len laterally; pleura with dense pollen; sternopleuron with pile widely sep- arated; metathoracic spiracle with golden-brown fringe; squama white with yellow margin and fringe; halter orange. Wing: Slightly yellowish brown, densely microtrichose; stigma orange; veins brown except more yellowish basally. Legs: Coxae and trochanters black, with white pollen and yellow pile; femora black except orange apex, with orange pile except for some intermixed black hairs, especially posteriorly on forefemur; tibiae orange, with orange pile; fore- and midtarsi orange except black apical tarsomere, with orange pile except black on apical tarsomere; hindtarsus orange on 2nd through 4th tarsomeres, with basomere broadly brownish black medially, with apical tarsomere black, with black pile. Abdomen: Elongate, with parallel margins, narrower than thorax; dor- sum black, shiny laterally and on 4th tergum, with silvery pollen basome- dially and black pollen apicomedially, with dense erect long orange pile: sterna brownish black, with sparse gray pollen, with pile erect and long yellow on basal sterna and laterally on apical sterna, with pile appressed and short, black medially on apical sterna. Male genitalia (Figs. 9, 11, 14): Cercus quadrate, pilose; surstyle rectangular, with a strong dorsobasal ca- rina laterally; 9th sternum with lingular area simple, rectangular; superior lobes symmetric, with a small acute dorso-apical prong, with a large lobate ventro-apical prong; ejaculatory apodeme simple, short, rod-shaped; aedea- gus 2-segmented, with basal portion trapezoidal, with apical portion strongly V-shaped in dorsal view, elongate, curved, with dorso- and ventro-apical teeth. Female.—Similar to male except for normal sexual dimorphism and: Pile shorter; with less black hairs; facial tubercle more distinct, more strongly concave ventrally; frons at antennal base 3.5x as wide as 3rd antennal segment, shiny except gray pollinose basolaterally, with short orange pile; 3rd antennal segment shorter and broader. Specimens examined.—ISRAEL: Merom Golan, 18 March 1973, M. Kap- lan, 20 6,6 2; 15 6,4 2 from same locality but collected by A. Friedberg, F. and M. Kaplan on 15 March 1975; Qusbiye, 16 March 1975, F. Kaplan, 2 6; Tanur, 15 March 1975, F. Kaplan, 2 2; Jerusalem, 28 February 1956, 1 2. Material deposited in the Entomological Collection, Department of Zoology, Tel Aviv University; British Museum (Natural History), London; Canadian National Collection, Ottawa; and U.S. National Museum, Wash- ington, D.C. 208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Remarks.—Cheilosia sareptana belongs to group C and keys to schineri Egger in Sack (1928: 47). These species are separated by the following couplet: 1. Fore- and midtarsi with basal 4 tarsomeres orange, only apical tar- somere black; arista, frontal lunule and basal 2 antennal segments brown; facial tubercle large, distinct, strongly concave ventrally CRS: Gi)! Bate Mere mee Ag Ai 20 : OMtiy us aida Cae nee aN sareptana Becker — Fore- and midtarsi with basal 3 tarsomeres orange, with apical 2 tarsomeres black; arista, frontal lunule and basal 2 antennal seg- ments orange; facial tubercle small, indistinct, not strongly concave Venthally.(Sacksle2o 299. Big. 148): 7. a: seckvckus sus eiatie <6 schineri Egger Cheilosia sareptana Becker was described from and is apparently known from just 2 females collected by Christoph from ‘‘Sarepta’’ and in the Loew Collection. In the Zoologisches Museum of the Museum fiir Naturkunde der Humboldt-Universitat zu Berlin, there is a single female labeled ‘‘Sa- repta / Christoph,”’ (black circle), “*‘Coll. / H. Loew,’’ “‘Typus’’ (red), and ‘‘Cheilosia sareptana B”’ (handwritten, but neither in Loew’s nor Becker’s hand), which is designated Lectotype and has been so labeled. The only difference between the lectotype and our Israeli material is that the pile on the head and thorax of the lectotype is pale yellowish white instead of bright golden yellow. This difference is undoubtedly the result of bleaching due to the age of the type. As the male of sareptana was previously unknown, we have redescribed the species. Genus Brachyopa Meigen Brachyopa Meigen is a small genus of North Temperate flower flies, whose larvae breed in sap wound in trees. Thompson (1980) provided a key to the Palaearctic species as well as a review of their nomenclature. The species described below is the only one known from Israel and represents southern most limit of the genus in the Palaearctic Region. Brachyopa quadrimaculosa Thompson, NEW SPECIES Figs. 16-18, 21, 22 Size.—Body, male 6.9 mm, female 5.2 mm; wing, male 6.5 mm, female 5.0 mm. Male.—Head (Fig. 22): Face orange, slightly brownish laterally, with dense grayish-white pollen; cheek orange, with dense white pollen, with white pile; frontal triangle orange medially, brownish black laterally, shiny on anterior 2, with dense grayish-white pollen posteriorly; vertical triangle black, with dense grayish-white pollen, with white pile; occiput black, with dense grayish-white pollen, with white pile except for a few black cilia on dorsal 4; eye contiguity short, about as long as ocellar triangle. Antenna VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 209 Figs. 16-20. 16-18, Male genitalia of Brachyopa quadrimaculosa. 19-20, Wing, dorsal view. 16, 9th tergum and associated structures, lateral view, with dorsal view of cercus and surstyle. 17, Aedeagus and associated structures, lateral view. 18, 9th sternum and associated structures, lateral view. 19, Paragus hermonensis. 20, P. majoranae. orange, with black pile; 3rd segment oval, about 34 as wide as long, with a very small sensory pit; arista appearing bare, with hairs very short, less than 4 as long as aristal width. Thorax (Fig. 21): Black, generally with dense gray pollen; humerus and propleuron with white pile; mesonotum with two large and one minute shiny maculae, with minute macula slightly mesad and posteriad to humerus, with one of large macula anterior to transverse suture and mesad to notopleuron 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON and other macula at end of transverse suture, with black appressed pile except for a few scattered and intermixed white hairs on margins; pleura with white pile; mesopleuron with 2 apicoposterior black bristles; sterno- pleuron with dorsal and ventral pile patches broadly separated; postalar callus with 2 strong black bristles; scutellum brownish black and with gray pollen on basal 2, orange and shiny apically, with erect white pile, with 3- 4 strong marginal bristles on each side; squama and plumula white; halter orange. Wing: Hyaline, microtrichose; stigma yellowish. Legs: Orange ex- cept brownish tarsi, with sparse grayish-white pollen, with pale pile except with a few black bristlelike hairs apicoposteriorly on fore- and midfemora; hindfemur with black spinose hairs ventrally along almost its whole length. Abdomen: Orange except gray Ist segment and dark brownish-orange genitalia, with white pile; terga shiny except gray pollinose Ist tergum; sterna with dense grayish-white pollen; genitalia shiny except gray pollinose 9th tergum. Male genitalia (Figs. 16-18): Cercus quadrate, pilose; surstyle quadrate with a pilose dorso-apical lobe, with dorso-apical lobe acute in dorsal view and not recurved apically, with dorso-apical lobe with strong short setae ventrally and medially; 9th sternum with well-developed lingula; lingula rectangular, with an acute anterior directed dorsal lobe; superior lobe complex; dorsal lobe of superior lobe elongate, acute apically, semi- sclerotized dorsally and ventro-apically; ventral lobe of superior lobe elon- gate, with 2 dorso-apical teeth and 2 ventro-apical lobes; superior lobe with 2 mesial processes between dorsal and ventral lobes, with one produced dorsally as an anterior-posteriorly flattened lobe, and other process as an elongate and apically and acutely bifid lobe, which extends over the Ist mesial lobe; ejaculatory apodeme umbrella-shaped; aedeagus 2-segmented, with large basal hood and lateral process arising apically under hood. Female.—Similar to male except for normal sexual dimorphism and: Face shiny on ventral 12; front black on dorsal #4, with dense gray pollen and white pile on dorsal 24, orange medially and black laterally as well as shiny on ventral 3; 3rd antennal segment larger, without sensory pit. Types.—Holotype d, Israel, Monfort, 4 March 1976, A. Freidberg. Al- lotype 2, 11 3,2 2 paratypes with same data as holotype but collected by A. Freidberg and M. Kaplan. Holotype, allotype and most paratypes de- posited in the Entomological Collection, Tel Aviv University; other para- types deposited in British Museum (Natural History), London, Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, and U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Remarks.—Brachyopa quadrimaculosa is readily distinguished from all other known congeners by its shiny maculae on the mesonotum. The spe- cific epithet is an adjective from the Latin adjective, quadrate, meaning ‘‘four-fold,’’ and the Latin adjective, maculosus, meaning “‘spotted,”’ and refers to the marks on the mesonotum. In Thompson’s (1980) key to Palaearctic Brachyopa, quadrimaculosa will VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 211 Figs. 21-22. Brachyopa quadrimaculosa. 21, Thorax, dorsal view. 22, Head, frontal view. run to couplet 8 (insensilis Collin and bicolor (Fallén)) and agrees in part with each alternative. The key is modified to include qguadrimaculosa by deleting the last character (‘“‘propleuron (proepimeron) bare’’) in the first alternative of couplet 7 and changing the number from ‘‘8”’ to ‘*8a’’; and adding the following new couplet: 8a. Mesonotum uniformly covered with gray pollen; propleuron (pro- epimeron) bare; scutellum almost entirely orange, only rarely with base narrowly grayish, with appressed black pile; frontal triangle anc rronuwith ventralis. entirely Oranee. sane es eee oe eee 8 — Mesonotum with gray pollen except for 4 large shiny maculae (Fig. 21); propleuron pilose; frontal triangle and front with ventral “% black on lateral “3, orange medially; 3rd antennal segment with a very small sensory pit in male and no pit in female (Fig. 22) Papeeeatbeys ‘ i “XN ei @ 5 N N. | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 239 gitudinal rows on abdomen, each row with 7 setae, | to 3 between spiracular furrows. Body setae (Fig. 3J) in 4 rows on abdomen and | seta near each coxa, shorter than submarginals, bristlelike; 2 pairs of bristlelike interan- tennal setae, median pair longer. Three pairs of posterior, submedian setae, posterior pair longest. Antennae (Fig. 3K) well developed, 6-segmented, 146 (136-158) long. Legs well developed, 211 (198-248) long, without tibiotarsal sclerotization or free articulation; claw without denticle; 2 knobbed claw digitules; 2 slender, knobbed tarsal digitules. Spiracular furrows with pore bands | or 2 pores wide; each anterior pore band with 7 to 10 pores; each posterior pore band with 8 to 12 pores. Simple conical pore (Fig. 3L) anterior to each antennal scape. Quinquelocular pores (Fig. 3M) in spiracular fur- rows. Multilocular pores with 6 to 9 loculi occasionally in spiracular fur- rows. Microducts (Fig. 3N) scattered over venter and in submarginal row around body. Tubular ducts not detected. THIRD-INSTAR FEMALE Fig. 4 Material studied.—20 (AU), 5 (USNM): Caryota urens, Caracas, Vene- zuela; Jasminum sp., Ancon, Canal Zone; Sabal sp., New Orleans, Loui- siana; Mobile, Alabama. General appearance.—Body (Fig. 4A) asymmetrical, flat, ovate, adhering so closely to the leaf surface as to be nearly transparent, light golden in color. Slide mounted specimens 1299-2166 long, 804-1361 wide. Dorsal surface.—Derm membranous. Marginal setae (Fig. 4B) 15 (12-18) long, pointed, bifid, or slightly fimbriate, usually bent posteriorly, distrib- uted as follows: 30 to 35 between anterior spiracular setae, 7 to 11 on each side between anterior and posterior spiracular setae, 49 to 68 on posterior of body; a few near anal cleft much longer and hairlike, 28 (25—37) long. No body setae detected. Three spiracular setae (Fig. 4C) in each spiracular furrow; median seta 26 (19-31) long, thick throughout length, acute apex, often somewhat hooked in appearance; lateral setae 13 (6-16) long with rounded apices. Submarginal tubercles (Fig. 4D) cylindrical with inner fil- ament, 4 to 7 around entire body. Bilocular pores (Fig. 4E) with inner fil- ament and simple disc pores (Fig. 4F) scattered over dorsum. No ducts detected. Eyes submarginal on dorsum just above level of antennal scape. Anal plates (Fig. 4G,, 4G,): Each plate triangular with lateral angles point- ed; cephalolateral and caudolateral margins slightly concave; 110 (99-114) long, 52 (43-61) wide; cephalolateral margin 73 (62—93) long, caudolateral margin 78 (74-80) long. Each plate with 4 apical setae and 2 subapical setae. Anal fold with 2 pairs of fringe setae, lateral pair longer. Anal ring (Fig. 4H) laterally notched, with 8 hairs and 2 rows of pores. Ventral surface.—Ventral submarginal setae (Fig. 41) bristlelike, scattered around entire submargin. Body setae (Fig. 4J) scattered over body and | or 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 4. Eucalymnatus tessellatus, third-instar female. See text for explanation of A-N. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 241 2 near each coxa, shorter than submarginals, bristlelike; 2 pairs of bristlelike interantennal setae, median pair longer. Three pairs of posterior, submedian setae, posterior pair longest. Antennae (Fig. 4K) well developed, 7-seg- mented, 218 (186-260) long. Legs well developed, 311 (275-343) long, with- out tibiotarsal sclerotization or free articulation; claws without denticle; 2 knobbed claw digitules; 2 slender, knobbed tarsal digitules. Spiracular fur- rows with pore bands | or 2 pores wide; each anterior band with 10 to 17 pores; each posterior pore band with I1 to 21 pores. Simple conical pore (Fig. 4L) anterior to base of each antennal scape. Quinquelocular pores (Fig. 4M) in spiracular furrows. Multilocular pores with 6 to 9 loculi occa- sionally in spiracular furrows. Microducts (Fig. 4N) numerous over venter except for median area between legs. Tubular ducts not detected. DISCUSSION Steinweden (1929) and Ferris (in Zimmerman, 1948) felt that Eucalym- natus tessellatus belongs in the genus Coccus, stating that the only char- acter separating E. tessellatus from members of the genus Coccus is the hardened and tessellated derm. However, compared to Coccus hesperidum Linnaeus, the type-species of the genus Coccus, E. tessellatus exhibits many differences: Lack of dorsal and ventral tubular ducts, blunt to slightly fringed rather than pointed to slightly fringed marginal setae, blunt rather than pointed dorsal body setae, 8- rather than 7-segmented antennae, and a laterally notched rather than ovate anal ring. There are similarities be- tween the two species: Possession of submarginal tubercles, two pairs of fringe setae, and eight anal ring hairs. A final decision as to the placement of Eucalymnatus tessellatus cannot be made until the genus Coccus is revised, the immatures of Coccus are studied, and other species placed in the genus Eucalymnatus are studied. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The authors express their sincere appreciation to A. Kaltenbach, Natur- historishes Museum, Vienna, Austria, for providing the loan of dry material from the Signoret Collection, D. R. Miller, Systematic Entomology Labo- ratory, USDA, Beltsville, Maryland, for loan of dry material from which many of the slides used in this study were prepared, and W. E. Clark and G. F. Folkerts, Department of Zoology-Entomology, Auburn University, for reviewing the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Avidov, Z. and I. Harpaz. 1969. Plant pests of Israel. Israel Univ. Press, Jerusalem, 549 pp. Balachowsky, A. 1927. Contribution a l’etude des Cocides de |’Afrique Mineure. Ann. Soc. Entomol. Fr. 96: 175-207. . 1938. Les Cochenilles de Madére (second partie). Rev. Pathol. Veg. Entomol. Agric. Fr. 25: 255-272. 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Ballou, C. H. 1926. Los coccidos de Cuba y sus plantas hospederas. Cuba Estac. Exp. Agron. Bull. 51, 47 pp. Beardsley, J. W. 1966. Insects of Micronesia, Homoptera: Coccoidea. Insects Micronesia 6: B77 562. Bodenheimer, F. S. 1953. The Coccoidea of Turkey III. Istanbul Univ. Facult. Sci. Rev. Ser. B 18: 91-164. Bodkin, G. E. 1917. Notes on the Coccidae of British Guiana. Bull. Entomol. Res. 8: 103- 109. Borchsenius, N. S. 1950. Mealybugs and scale insects of the USSR (Coccoidea). Akad. Nauk Zool. Inst., Tableaux Analyt. Faune URSS 32, 250 pp. (in Russian) —. 1957. Fauna of USSR, Homoptera, Coccidae. Akad. Nauk Zool. Inst. (n.s. 66) 9, 493 pp. (in Russian) Cockerell, T. D. A. 1893. Notes on Lecanium, with a list of the West Indian species. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 20: 49-56. —. 1894a. Coccidae or scale insects—IV. Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam. (n.s.) 1: 17-19. —. 1894b. Coccidae or scale insects—V. Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam. (n.s.) 1: 69-73. —. 1894c. A check list of Coccidae of the Neotropical Region. Trinidad Field Nat. Club Yet Silty —. 1895. Miscellaneous notes on Coccidae. Can. Entomol. 27: 253-261. —. 1897a. Note on Lecanium tesselatum. Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam. (n.s.) 4: 109. ——. 1897b. New and little-known Coccidae from Florida. Psyche (Camb.) 8: 89-91. ——. 1902. A contribution to the knowledge of the Coccidae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 9: 450-456. Cockerell, T. D. A. and P. J. Parrott. 1899. Contributions to the knowledge of the Coccidae. Industrialist 25: 159-165, 227-237, 276-284. —. 1901. Table to separate the genera and subgenera of Coccidae related to Lecanium. Can. Entomol. 33: 57-58. Costa Lima, A. 1923. Nota sobre as especies do genero Eucalymnatus. Arg. Esc. Super. Agric. Med. Vet. (Nictheroy, Rio de J.) 7: 35-44. Dekle, G. W. 1973. Tessellated scale, Eucalymnatus tessellatus (Signoret) (Homoptera: Coc- cidae). Fla. Dep. Agric. Consum. Serv. Div. Plant Ind. Entomol. Circ. 138, 2 pp. ———. 1974. Key to greenhouse soft scale insects (Coccidae: Homoptera). Fla. Dep. Agr. Consum. Sery. Div. Plant Ind. Entomol. Circ. 144, 2 pp. De Lotto, G. 1965. On some Coccidae (Homoptera) chiefly from Africa. Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Entomol. 16: 175-239. Dietz, H. F. and H. Morrison. 1916. The Coccidae or scale insects of Indiana. Indiana State Entomol. Ann. Rpt. 8 (1914-1915): 195-321. Douglas, J. W. 1886. Note on some British Coccidae (No. 4). Entomol. Mon. Mag. 23: 77-82. . 1887. Note on some British Coccidae (No. 7). Entomol. Mon. Mag. 24: 21-28. Ebeling, W. 1950. Subtropical Entomology. Lithotype Process Co., San Francisco, 747 pp. Essig, E. O. 1913. Injurious and beneficial insects of California. Calif. State Comm. Hortic. Mon. Bull. 2, 353 pp. —. 1926. Insects of Western North America. Macmillan Co., New York, 1035 pp. ———. 1958. Insects and mites of Western North America. Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp. Ezzat, Y. M. and N. A. Hussein. 1967. Redescription and classification of the family Coccidae in U.A.R. Bull. Soc. Entomol. Egypte 51: 359-426. Fernald, M. E. 1903. A catalogue of the Coccidae of the world. Mass. Agric. Exp. Stn. Spec. Bull. 88, 360 pp. Gill, R. J., S. Nakahara, and M. L. Williams. 1977. A review of the genus Coccus Linnaeus in America north of Panama (Homoptera: Coccoidea: Coccidae). Calif. Dep. Food Agric. Lab Serv. Entomol. Occas. Pap. No. 24, 44 pp. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 243 Green, E. E. 1904a. Coccidae of Ceylon—Pt. III. Dulau, London, pp. 171-249. . 1904b. On some Javanese Coccidae with descriptions of new species. Entomol. Mon. Mag. 40: 204-210. ——.. 1907. XII. Notes on the Coccidae collected by the Percy Sladan Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean: Supplemented by a collection received from Mr. R. Dupont, Director of Agriculture, Seychelles. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. 12: 197-207. . 1922. Supplementary notes on the Coccidae of Ceylon—Pt. IV. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 28: 1007-1037. Hall, W. J. 1923. Further observations on the Coccidae of Egypt. Bull. Egypt. Min. Agric. jiechs Sci-Senv.136; |—61- Hollinger, A. H. 1923. Scale insects of Missouri. Univ. Mo. Agric. Exp. Stn. Res. Bull. 58, 71 pp. King, G. B. 1899. Contributions to the knowledge of the Massachusetts Coccidae. II. Can. Entomol. 31: 139-143. . 1901. The greenhouse Coccidae I. Entomol. News 12: 231-233, 310-314. Kirkaldy, G. W. 1902. Hemiptera. Fauna Hawaiiensis 3: 93-174. Koteja, J. 1974. The occurrence of a campaniform sensillum on the tarsus in the Coccinea (Homoptera). Pol. Pismo Entomol. 44: 243-252. Kozarzhevskaya, E. and J. Reitzel. 1975. The scale insects (Homoptera: Coccoidea) of Den- mark. Statens Forsggsvirksomhed I Plantekulture Beretning 1226, 40 pp. Lawson, P. B. 1917. Scale insects injurious to fruit and shade trees. The Coccidae of Kansas. Bull. Kans. Univ. (Biol. Ser.) 18: 161-279. Leonard, M. D. 1926. A check list of the insects of New York. Cornell Agric. Exp. Stn. Mem. 101, 1121 pp. Lindinger, L. 1935. Die nunmehr giltigen Namen der Arten in meinem **Schildlausbuch”’ and in den ‘‘Schildlausen der Mitteleuropaischen Gewachshauser.’° Entomol. Jahrb. 44: 127-149. — . 1943. Die Schildlausnamen in Fulmeks Wirtsindex. Arb. Morph. Taxon. Entomol. 10: 145-152. Lizer y Trelles, C. A. 1937. Cochinillas exoticas introducidas en la republica Argentina y Danos que Causan. J. Agron. Vet. 1937: 341-362. Mamet, R. 1943. A revised list of the Coccoidea of the islands of the western Indian Ocean, south of the equator. Mauritius Inst. Bull. 2: 137-170. . 1949. An annotated catalogue of the Coccoidea of Mauritius. Mauritius Inst. Bull. 3: (1)-81. ——. 1952. On some Coccoidea collected by Mr. J. R. Williams in Reunion Island. (He- miptera.) Proc. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond., Ser. B Taxon. 21: 170-172. Merrill, G. B. 1953. A revision of the scale insects of Florida. Bull. Fla. State Plant Bd. 1, 143 pp. Merrill, G. B. and J. Chaffin. 1923. Scale insects of Florida. Q. Bull. Fla. State Plant Bd. 7: 177-298. Metcalf, C. L., W. P. Flint, and R. L. Metcalf. 1962. Destructive and useful insects their habits and control. McGraw-Hill Co., New York, 1087 pp. Newstead, R. 1894. Observations on Coccidae (no. 10). Entomol. Mon. Mag. 30: 232-234. . 1897. Addenda. Entomol. Mon. Mag. 33: 74-77. . 1917. Observations on scale-insects (Coccidae)—V. Bull. Entomol. Res. 8: 125-134. Nur, U. 1971. Parthenogenesis in Coccids (Homoptera). Am. Zool. 11: 301-308. Pettit, R. H. and E. McDaniel. 1920. The Lecania of Michigan. Mich. Agric. Coll. Exp. Stn. Tech. Bull. 48, 35 pp. Quaintance, A. L. 1897. New and little-known Coccidae from Florida. I, biological obser- vations. Psyche (Camb.) 8: 91. 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Ramakrishna Aiyar, T. V. 1926. Recent additions to the Indo-Ceylonese coccid fauna, with notes on known and new forms. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 31: 450-457. Riddick, E. 1955. A list of Florida plants and the scale insects which infest them. Bull. Fla. State Plant Bd. 7, 78 pp. Sanders, J. G. 1909. The identity and synonymy of some of our soft scale-insects. J. Econ. Entomol. 2: 428-448. Schmutterer, H. 1952. Die Okologie der Cocciden (Homoptera: Coccoidea) Frankens. (pts. 1-3). Z. Angew. Entomol. 33: 369-420, 544-584; 34: 65-100. Signoret, V. 1873. Essai sur les Cochenilles or gallinsectes (Homopteres-Coccoides). Part 11. Ann. Soc. Entomol. Fr. 42: 395-448. Simmonds, F. J. 1957. A list of the Coccidae of Bermuda and their parasites. Bull. Dep. Agric. Bermuda 30, 12 pp. Steinweden, J. B. 1929. Bases for the generic classification of the coccid family Coccidae. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 22: 197-245. Takahashi, R. 1928. Coccidae of Formosa. Philipp. J. Sci. 36: 327-347. 1929. Observations on the Coccidae of Formosa. Part 1. Formosa Govt. Res. Inst. Dep. Agric. Rpt. 40, 82 pp. —. 1939. Some Aleyrodidae, Aphididae, and Coccidae from Micronesia (Homoptera). Tenthredo 2: 234-272. Thro, W. C. 1903. Distinctive characteristics of the species of the genus Lecanium. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull. 209: 205-221. Trimble, F. M. 1925. Scale insects injurious in Pennsylvania. Bull. Pa. Dep. Agric. 8: I-21. . 1928. Scale insects of Pennsylvania (Homop.: Coccidae). Entomol. News 39: 42-47. Tullgreen, A. 1906. Om Skoldloss. Entomol. Tidskr. 27: 69-95. Williams, M. L. and M. Kosztarab. 1972. Morphology and systematics of the Coccidae of Virginia with notes on their biology (Homoptera: Coccoidea). Va. Polytech. Inst. State Univ. Res. Div. Bull. 74, 215 pp. Wolcott, G. N. 1948. The insects of Puerto Rico. Puerto Rico Univ. J. Agric. 32: 1-223. Zimmerman, E. C. 1948. Insects of Hawaii (Homoptera: Sternorhyncha). Vol. 5. Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 464 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 245-257 ETHOLOGY OF EUDIOCTRIA TIBIALIS BANKS (DIPTERA: ASILIDAE) IN MARYLAND: SEASONAL DISTRIBUTION, ABUNDANCE, DIURNAL MOVEMENTS, AND BEHAVIORS A. G. SCARBROUGH Professor of Biology, Department of Biological Sciences/Institute of An- imal Behavior, Towson State University, Baltimore, Maryland 21204. Abstract.—The asilid fly, Eudioctria tibialis Banks, is a short-lived late spring-early summer species in Maryland. The population of adults emerges in early June, reaching maximum abundance within 10 to 12 days, and de- creases in late June—early July, with some flies extending into July. Adults live for about two to three weeks. Males and females exhibit similar daily and seasonal patterns, although the proportions of each sex involved in any activity pattern differs significantly in time and space. Flies usually remain on the forest canopy near clearings, moving into them and out again through- out the day. Flies are initially attracted to clearings by prey aggregations, whereas the rapid increase of males during the afternoon is associated with reproduction. Diurnal movements and subsequent activities are discussed. Eudioctria was originally proposed as a subgenus of Dioctria in the tribe Dioctrinii (Wilcox and Martin, 1941). Recently it was elevated to the generic level and placed in a new tribe Echthodopini (Adisoemarto and Wood, 1975). The genus presently contains 14 species, of which four (a/bius Walk- er, brevis Banks, tibialis Banks, and propinqua Bromley) occur primarily in the mid- and northeastern Atlantic states and along the Appalachian Mountains. Only tibialis and brevis have been reported from Maryland (Scarbrough, 1974: McAtee and Banks, 1920). Both species are similar in size, color, and genitalia. Eudioctria tibialis can be recognized by a bare mesopleuron and largely bare mesonotum, with some pollinosity present posterior to the postpronotum. A morphological description of the species and a key to the genus Eudioctria are given by Adisoemarto and Wood (1975). The present study, which will appear in three parts, is the first to report the ethology of a species of the genus Eudioctria. METHODS AND STUDY AREA This study encompassed 200 days spent in the field from I June to | | August during the summers of 1972 through 1976. General methods and 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON rationale for their use in this study and a detailed description of the study site and its location were published previously (Scarbrough and Norden, 1977; Scarbrough 1978a, b). The study was conducted in several clearings along a 500 m east-west foot path which bisected the forest at the Loch Raven Watershed in Balti- more Co., Maryland. Clearings varied in size (43.0—110 m?) with the largest located at the mid-point of the path’s length. Most of the work was con- ducted in the larger clearing because of its size, location, and proportionally greater number of flies. Observations were usually taken under sunlit con- ditions from 0900 to 2100 hrs when temperatures varied between 15° and 37°C. Temperatures were taken one meter above ground level in the largest clearing. Seasonal distribution and abundance was determined by using a mark- recapture technique. During the 1974 season, all flies observed during a 90 minute period between 1330 and 1500 hrs were captured with a hand net or vial and placed within a retaining cage. At the end of the sample period, flies were taken to the largest clearing, marked on their thoraces or wing bases with Testor’s PLA enamel and released. Previously marked flies were released without remarking. The following information was recorded: Num- ber and sex of flies, color of enamel on recaptures, and distance of recapture from the release point. The latter two recordings were used to determine approximate life span of flies and dispersion from the release point. Data concerning seasonal distribution were plotted as a mean of two sample days. During the succeeding summers, this technique was used only during the early and late (ca. 15 days) segments of the fly seasons to determine more accurately emergence patterns and maximum length of the season. Diurnal activities were determined by taking observations during 15 min- ute periods between 15 and 30 June, 1975 and 1976. Each census consisted of slowly walking through the largest clearing, recording all flies and their activities. Observations of individual activities were taken during the first three years of the study. Multiple marking techniques were used in some instances to examine movement of flies into and out of clearings. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION SEASONAL DISTRIBUTION AND ABUNDANCE Eudioctria tibialis is a short lived, late spring-early summer species in Maryland (Fig. 1). The population emerged rapidly, with individuals becom- ing abundant shortly after the first fly was observed (Fig. 2). The population persisted at peak densities through late June but decreased rapidly there- after, with some individuals remaining through early July. Censuses in suc- ceeding years indicated that the population had similar seasonal ranges and abundances although variations occurred, corresponding with unseasonable VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 247 Fig. 1. Male Eudioctria tibialis perching in a typical foraging position. The wings are in- fuscate, with the blackish tinge limited to the distal half (males) or distributed uniformly on the wing surface (females). cool or wet periods. The first fly was found after June 15, 1975, following a cool May, and the season was extended until July 30, 1976, following a wet late June (U.S. Climatological Data, 1974, 1975, 1976). The fly population emerged within the first 10 to 12 days of the fly season (Fig. 2). The number of recaptures was comparatively small during the first eight days of the season. It increased gradually and peaked at the time corresponding to the end of the maximum fly density, and then, decreased rapidly in late June. The low number of marked flies captured early in the season was undoubtedly due to a rapid emergence of the population, diluting the number of marked flies. The number of marked flies captured increased in late June, suggesting the emergence of new flies had decreased. Some flies were captured 15 or more days after marking, and one on the 20th day (Fig. 3). This indicates that adult flies may live for about two or three weeks. The population on June 28 was at the end of maximum fly density, and by June 30, the population had decreased significantly in total numbers of marked and unmarked flies (Fig. 2). Seventeen days earlier, the 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON c° (TE MP.) © — e—-emax Bee 90 X/2DA SAMPLE (TOTAL) KRECAPT 2DA SAMPLE w ~~ a = < o ‘ 3s 2 70 = 29 N > o a 50 —) Ix 30 Fig. 2. Seasonal distribution and relative abundance of Eudioctria tibialis at the Loch Raven Watershed, Baltimore Co., Maryland, during the 1974 season. population increase (June 13) was more than five times the previous sample period. The time between the rapid increase and decrease, thus, corre- sponds closely with an approximate adult life span. The small number of flies that were found in July were probably flies which emerged in late June. Numbers of males and females per day sampled were variable, but each sex showed similar increases and decreases during the fly season. The pro- portions, however, of each sex changed as the season progressed (x? = 28.58; P < .02). Males were slightly more abundant (y? = 2.9; N.S.) early in the season whereas females were more abundant (x? = 4.0; P < .05) in mid- to late June (Fig. 2). The shift in seasonal patterns of sex ratios reported for E. tibialis follows that reported for other insects (Hynes, 1976; Alcock et al., 1977; DeLong, 1971; Oliver, 1971) in that males begin to emerge slightly earlier than females, producing a temporary larger proportion of males than females. Conversely, females become abundant in mid- and late phases of the fly season as their emergence extends further into the season and as males are lost through death and dispersion. The selective advantage VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 249 ReEGeAR Paha) Ri ERS TL MoE OF DP ALY, (Osis) Fig. 3. Number of flies recaptured one or more days following marking and release. of early emergence lies in the fact that females have a greater opportunity to mate with a greater variety of genetically different males. Little information exists on seasonal patterns of asilids, although propor- tions of males and females within populations have been estimated for short periods. For example, sex ratios of Efferia argyrogaster (Macquart) (La- vigne, 1979) and E. frewingi (Wilcox) (Lavigne et al., 1980) were estimated to be approximately 40:60 and 33.3:66.6% for males and females respec- tively. The E£. frewingi population was studied during the late stages of the fly season (28 August—14 September, Laramie, Wyoming), and results re- ported from that population are similar to the sex ratios found in the final stages of the E. tibialis population. The estimate for E. argyrogaster was undoubtedly more diagnostic of a small (25 flies), local population rather than a segment of a seasonal pattern characteristic of the fly population. A total of 1349 flies were marked and released during the 1974 fly season. Of these, 330 were recaptured or observed one or more times at distances less than 100 m from the release point (Table 1). Most flies remained at or revisited the release clearing several days (3—5) before dispersing to other 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Table |. The number of marked flies recaptured and observed at various distances from the release point. Distance (m) from Release Point Marked Flies 0 10 20 30 40 50 100 200 Captured 261 22 12 15 8 6 — — Observed _ —— — — —— _- 2 2 clearings. Only four flies were observed beyond 100 m. These flies were found seven and eight days after marking, and following a day when wind- gusts were clocked at 24 mph. Because of their position on the canopy at night and dark periods during the day, they are presumably subjected to indirect dispersion by high winds. DIURNAL MOVEMENTS Eudioctria tibialis moved from the forest canopy into sunlit clearings (Fig. 4). The movement into clearings in mid-morning started slowly with the first flies following the front wave of sunlight, and increase with increased sunlit area (Table 2). Flies were most abundant between 1400 and 1800 hrs, but decreased abruptly in late afternoon. Those flies which remained in late afternoon left clearings by flying to the top of the canopy, out of sight. Flies were absent in clearings by 2100 hrs and presumably, remained on the can- opy until the following day. The number of flies censused per hour per day varied considerably, al- though both sexes showed similar daily increases and decreases (Fig. 4). Both sexes increased in total numbers until mid- to late afternoon when their numbers decreased. The proportion of males and females, however, changed significantly (x? = 11.8; P < .01) with time of day. The proportion of females was significantly more abundant from 1000 to 1300 hrs and 1700 to 2000 hrs (x? = 40.0, 15.0 respectively; P < .01) whereas males were more abundant from 1400 to 1600 hrs (x? = 18.8; P < .001). The change in sex ratios corresponded to times when sexual behaviors were dominant. Table 2. Comparison of flies perched on sunlit and shaded areas during four 15 minute periods. Perch No. Sunlit Significance Time Samples Space Sun Shaded x” Level 1100-1115 10 40% 36 2 30.2 P= 7001 1300-1315 12 90% 93 16 54.2 P< .001 1600-1615 10 10% 134 47 41.8 PaO 1800-1815 10 20% 53 168 59.8 P< .001 VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 FE CMESS: iL ves F 10) POE JR CENT NU MBER Tada (& «RHO RD Fig. 4. The diurnal movement of Eudioctria tibialis into and out of clearings expressed as the number and proportion of flies per hour of the day. Diurnal movements of flies into an area and out at dusk has been observed for other asilid species (Adamovic, 1963; Lavigne and Holland, 1969; La- vigne, 1970; Musso, 1972; Scarbrough and Norden, 1977; Hespenheide and Rubke, 1977). In contrast, E. tibialis may enter clearings or leave them at any time during the active period of the day. Marked flies (N = 352) were observed flying up and over the clearing walls, and out of sight during the middle of the activity period (1200-1600 hrs), only to be found in other clearings or in the same clearing at another census during the same day. Therefore, flies visited clearings one or more times per day. An increase or decrease in fly numbers, then, was influenced by a differential movement of flies into and from clearings. Eudioctria tibialis perched in brighter areas of clearings (Table 2). These areas were usually in direct sunlight although those in late afternoon (1800- 1815 hrs) were in diffused light. When perches became shaded, flies re- sponded by moving to new perches in brighter light. When the sun was 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON © FLY POPULATION 3 ° ~~. A (3026) r-0.95 BM PERCHING (tieS: 97a) 5 r.=0.95 OFEEDING RIES ELWEs PERCENT OF NUMBER OF TIME (CHR) Fig. 5. Number and proportion of flies in clearings involved in three behaviors per hour of the day during June 1975 and 1976. Samples were taken during the first 15-minute period per hour of each 11 hour day on 20 sample days. blocked by a cloud for 10 to 15 minutes or surrounding trees in late after- noon, flies flew to perches on the vertical wall of clearings or on top of the canopy. On overcast days, about 95% of the flies (N = 322, 20 census days, x”? = 291.5, P < .001) were perched 6 m or more above the ground. Vege- tation at the base of clearings was comparatively ‘‘dark’’ at these times. Flies on shaded or dimly lit perches for lengthy periods were frequently mating or feeding, and flew when these activities were completed. In effect, the population responded to shifts in sunlight by moving with it. Similar responses by other asilids have been reported (Musso, 1972; Scarbrough and Norden, 1977; Lavigne, 1970). Recent studies (Lewis and Taylor, 1964; Linsley, 1972; Dennis and La- vigne, 1975; Scarbrough, 1979; Scarbrough and Sraver, 1979) have shown that some asilids aggregate, exploiting localized concentrations of prey. Pub- lished data on insect flight activity (Lewis and Taylor, 1964; Hespenheide, 1975) show that many insects are more often active during the morning, ——————— ————— VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 253 Table 3. Comparison of the proportion of individuals involved in 3 behaviors between 1000 and 2400 hrs. Behaviors D.F. x? Significance Level Mating vs. nonmating 10 420.4 P< 001 Feeding vs. nonfeeding 10 42.8 P < .001 Perching vs. nonperching 10 100.8 P< .001 especially after the area becomes sunlit and the temperature rises. Con- versely insect activities, and thereby prey densities, are reduced when air temperatures are cold or very hot (Lavigne and Holland, 1969). The impor- tance of temperature in this study is suggested by the absence of E. tibialis in clearings before 1000 hrs. Temperature differences between sunlit and shaded areas at this time of day ranged between 8 to 17°C (* = 9.2°C, Fig. 4). As clearings became sunlit, the temperature increased rapidly, and insect activity became apparent, e.g. sunning, feeding, flying and mating swarms. Convection currents are produced when the vegetation and ground warms, and prey, especially aphids and similar prey, began flying and are carried by convection into the upper air currents (Dixon, 1973). Thus, it is assumed that E. tibialis is initially attracted to clearings by an increase in density of available prey which is temperature related. DIURNAL BEHAVIOR In clearings, Eudioctria tibialis was involved in three kinds of behavior: feeding, perching, and mating (Fig. 5). Flying was excluded here as a sep- arate behavior since it is preparatory to the others. The number of flies involved in each kind of behavior was significantly correlated (P < .001) with the number present. Each kind of behavior was observed after 1100 Table 4. A comparison of behaviors performed by flies in clearings by sex and between sexes per hour of the day during June 1975-76. Behaviors D.F. Female Male Significance Level Sex Feeding vs. nonfeeding 10 70.9 42.9 P< .001 Mating vs. nonmating 10 118.0 81.6 P < .001 Perching vs. nonperching 10 47.8 65.8 Pr 00 Between sexes Feeding 10 56. | P= 00) Mating 10 0.0 N.S. Perching 10 239.8 P< .001 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON MALES @. OM Ane ODE IEE Dan G ELABSESRiC ANG pel de BEHAVIORS SO! i ARE 2 FEEDING SPE RIC Hit IN G SB MATING NUMBER OF A ESR GSE Net || UM aa Tile MicEeeie (HR) Fig. 6. Number and proportion of flies of each sex in clearings involved in three behaviors per hour of the day during June 1975 and 1976. Data were taken from Fig. 5. hrs. However, the proportion of flies involved in any one behavior differed significantly with time (Table 3). Feeding was more abundant shortly after flies entered clearings and before dusk but decreased significantly as mating and perching increased. Mating was more common in mid to late afternoons with 70% (N = 361) occurring after 1500 hrs (y? = 112.0, P < .001). Flies in a perched position were more abundant during the early hours in clearings (x? = 19.0; P < .001) than in late afternoon. A decrease in perching was due to a shift in behaviors to feeding and mating, as well as flies leaving clearings. Flies frequently left the area immediately following completion of these behaviors. A comparison of activities performed by one sex and those between sexes with time also differed significantly (Table 4). These differences were cor- related with the time of day when sexes altered one or more behaviors to SS a VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 955 accommodate others (Fig. 6). A smaller proportion of males was found with prey than females between 1200 and 1800 hrs. Most males during the early segment of this period were perching, foraging for prey, or searching for females with which to mate. Later (1500 hrs) a greater proportion of males were found mating and fewer perching, indicating a shift in behaviors. Males found with prey did not change significantly during this latter period. In contrast, female activities showed a more gradual transition of behaviors, with both perching and feeding being displaced by mating. Are activities of flies in clearings reflective of the basic diurnal pattern of the population? Although this study did not deal with flies on top of the canopy, there is no evidence to suggest a significant difference in behavior patterns beyond that of compressing an activity during a shorter period in the day. Feeding and perching undoubtedly started much earlier on the canopy than that reported in clearings. Furthermore, data from this study and those reported for other asilids (Lavigne and Holland, 1969; Musso, 1972; Scarbrough and Norden, 1977) show that movement of flies into an area during the day and out again at some later time is characteristic of the population. Therefore, it is doubtful that many flies remain on the canopy during the greater part of the day, and those which are on the canopy are probably transients, en-route to other clearings. Those behaviors being per- formed by flies in clearings, therefore, should also be performed by flies on the canopy. Movement into clearings during the morning initially produced an aggre- gation of feeding flies in which females were slightly more abundant than males. This imbalance was altered by a switch in behavior of males from foraging-feeding to searching-mating behavior. Thus many males entered clearings in search of females with which to mate, and influenced the rapid rise in male densities in afternoon. Males left clearings when females were no longer available for mating. The selective advantage of flies entering clearings increases the probabilities of exploiting localized prey concentra- tions (Scarbrough, 1981) when energy demands are greatest (morning and late afternoon) and of male-female contact. Although the behaviors un- doubtedly occurred on the canopy, it is doubtful they occur as frequently since flies would be dispersed over a wider area due to minimal opportunities for locating prey concentrations. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I offer sincere appreciations to Erik Scully, Department of Biological Sciences/Institute of Animal Behavior, Towson State University, Baltimore, Maryland, L. V. Knutson, Chairman, Insect Identification and Beneficial Insect Identification Institute, USDA, Beltsville, Maryland, and D. S. Den- nis, Stearns-Roger Corp., Denver, Colorado, for their valuable suggestions and criticisms of early drafts of the manuscript. Special acknowledgement 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON is due to the Faculty Research Committee for financial support of this proj- ect: LITERATURE CITED Adamovic, Z. R. 1963. Ecology of some asilid species and their relation to honey bees (Apis mellifica L.). Mus. Hist. Nat. Beograd. Ser. 30, 102 pp. Adisoemarto, S. and D. M. Wood. 1975. The Nearctic species of Dioctria and six related genera (Diptera: Asilidae). Quaest. Entomol. 11: 50S—S76. Alcock, J., C. E. Jones, and S. L. Buchmann. 1977. Male mating strategies in the bee Centris pallida Fox. Am. Nat. 111: 145-155. DeLong, D. M. 1971. The bionomics of leafhoppers. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 16: 179-210. Dennis, D. S. and R. J. Lavigne. 1975. Comparative behavior of Wyoming robber flies II (Diptera: Asilidae). Univ. Wyo. Agric. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr., No. 38, 68 pp. Dixon, A. F. G. 1973. Migration, pp. 22-29. Jn Biology of aphids. Institute of Biology’s studies in Biology. No. 44. Edward Arnold, London. Hespenheide, H. A. 1975. Prey characteristics and predator niche width, pp. 158-180. In Cody, L. M. and J. M. Diamond, eds., Ecology and evolution of Communities. Cam- bridge, Mass. Hespenheide, H. A. and M. H. Rubke. 1977. Prey, predatory behavior and the daily cycle of Holopogon wilcoxi (Diptera: Asilidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol. 53: 277-285. Hynes, H. B. N. 1976. Biology of Plecoptera. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 21: 135—153. Lavigne, R. J. 1970. Courtship and predatory behavior of Cyrtopogon auratus and C. glarealis (Diptera: Asilidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 43: 163-171. ———. 1979. Notes on the ethology of Efferia argyrogaster (Diptera: Asilidae) in Mexico. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 81: 544-551. Lavigne, R. J. and F. M. Holland. 1969. Comparative ethology of eleven species of Wyoming robber flies (Diptera: Asilidae). Univ. Wyo. Agric. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr., No. 18, 16 pp. Lavigne, R. J., M. Pogue, and G. Stephens. 1980. Use of marked insects to demonstrate multiple mating in Efferia frewingi (Diptera: Asilidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 82: 454-456. Lewis, T. and L. R. Taylor. 1964. Diurnal periodicity of flight by insects. Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 116: 393-476. Linsley, E. G. 1972. The robber fly Callinicus calcaneus (Loew) as a predator on Andrena omninigra Viereck. (Diptera: Asilidae; Hymenoptera: Andrenidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol. 48: 94-96. McAtee, W. L. and Nathan Banks. 1920. District of Columbia Diptera: Asilidae. Proc. Ento- mol. Soc. Wash. 22: 13-33. Oliver, D. R. 1971. Life history of the Chironomidae. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 16: 211-225. Musso, J. J. 1972. Etude des migrations journaliéres d’Andrenosoma bayardi Seguy (Diptera: Asilidae). Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 97: 45-53. Scarbrough, A. G. 1974. A faunistic study of Asilidae (Diptera) at three locations in northern Baltimore County, Maryland: Incidence, relative abundance and seasonal distribution. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 76: 385-396. ——. 1978a. Ethology of Cerotainia albipilosa Curran (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Predatory behavior. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 80: 113-127. ——. 1978b. Ethology of Cerotainia albipilosa Curran (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Courtship, mating and oviposition. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 80: 179-190. ———. 1979. Prey and predatory behavior of Diogmites missouriensis Bromley in Arkansas (Diptera: Asilidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 81: 391—400. $$ VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 257 ———.. 1981. Ethology of Eudioctria tibialis Banks (Diptera: Asilidae) in M predator behavior, and enemies. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 83: 258-268. Scarbrough, A. G. and A. Norden. 1977. Ethology of Cerotainia Albipilosa Curran (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Diurnal activity rhythm and seasonal distribution. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 79: 538-554. Scarbrough, A. G. and B. Sraver. 1979. Prey and predatory behavior of Atomosia puella (Wied.) (Diptera: Asilidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 81: 630-639. U.S. Climatological Data. 1974—76. Maryland and Delaware. U.S. Dept. Comm., Nat. Cli- matic Center, Asheville, N.C. Wilcox, J. and C. H. Martin. 1941. The genus Dioctria Mei Asilidae). Entomol. Am. 21: 1-22. aryland: Prey, gen in North America (Diptera: PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 258-268 ETHOLOGY OF EUDIOCTRIA TIBIALIS BANKS (DIPTERA: ASILIDAE) IN MARYLAND: PREY, PREDATOR BEHAVIOR, AND ENEMIES A. G. SCARBROUGH Professor of Biology, Department of Biological Sciences/Institute of An- imal Behavior, Towson State University, Baltimore, Maryland 21204. Abstract.—Eudioctria tibialis Banks foraged under bright skies from dim- ly lit or sunlit perches at temperatures above 16°C. Grooming, prey manip- ulation, feeding time prey prey, and foraging activities are discussed. Major prey were aphids and lower Diptera, although Isoptera or other insects were taken in large numbers when abundant. Most prey had thin cuticles and were weak fliers. Mean prey size was 3.02 mm. Females selected slightly larger prey than males. A list of prey is given. Vespula maculata (L.) may be an important predator of Eudioctria tibialis under certain conditions. At the present time behavioral and ecological information on species of the genus Eudioctria, as well as most Asilidae, is limited. Scarbrough (1981) recently reported the seasonal distribution, abundance, and diurnal activi- ties of a population of Eudioctria tibialis Banks in Maryland. Some biolog- ical information of several European species of Dioctria was contributed by Melin (1923) and Poulton (1906). However neither critically examined prey selection, but both concluded that Dioctria spp. selected primarily hymen- opterous prey. The purpose of this study was to report on predator behavior and prey selection of E. tibialis and its enemies. METHODS General methods and location of the study site were described previously (Scarbrough, 1981). Data on predator behavior were obtained by censusing individuals at the study site and by following individual flies for extended periods. Hourly observations were made during the fly season to determine maximum variability in behavior patterns of predators and in the selection of prey types. During each census, flies were recorded as feeding or involved in other behaviors. Individual flies were observed in order to obtain infor- mation of foraging, feeding and manipulation behaviors. Prey were obtained by capturing feeding flies in a 15 dram snap top plastic vial, with the predator VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 259 Fig. 1. Male Eudioctria tibialis feeding on an aphid. being released after the prey was dropped. Prey were later identified and measured from the front of the head to the tip of the abdomen for body length. Predator size was determined by taking similar measurements of 25 predators of each sex. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION PREDATOR BEHAVIOR Eudioctria tibialis foraged under bright skies from dimly lit or sunlit perch- es at temperatures above 16°C. Asilids perched (N = 5095) horizontally on leaves and twigs of woody and herbaceous plants, overlooking an open space (Fig. 1). Foraging perches were invariably located 50 cm or more above the ground, although their heights varied considerably depending upon time of day and total sunlit area. Most foragers perched along the 260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON vertical walls of the clearing during the early (N = 832, 81.0%; 1000-1300 hrs) and late (N = 1932, 52.0%; 1700-1900 hrs) observation periods and on the lower floor vegetation at other times (N = 2331, 70.0%; 1300-1700 hrs). Eudioctria tibialis exhibited several behaviors while perching. The fly groomed (* = 9.3 min, N = 1092) its legs, wings, or head. This behavior was correlated with previous activities, e.g. facial and foreleg grooming followed feeding, abdominal and hindleg grooming followed copulation, and wing grooming followed unsuccessful foraging attempts and flights to new perches. Vertical and lateral head movements and body adjustments were also made in response to flying potential prey and other objects. Similar orientation response to flying objects have been described for other asilids (Scarbrough, 1978a, 1979; Dennis and Lavigne, 1975; Lavigne and Holland, 1969). Occasional wing flutters and short flights from perches occurred when flying objects moved near the flies. The fly responded to movement of in- sects or other arthropods, which shared a common perch, with lateral head movements. These were often followed by the fly moving away to another part of the perch or flying to another perch. The asilid was also induced to fly when flying objects came too close to the perch. A fly may be induced to move to a new perch by other factors. Eudioctria tibialis often flew to new perches after a long period of inactivity although other arthropods did not induce the flight and atmospheric or sunlit condi- tions remained unchanged (Scarbrough, 1981). This behavior may be related to insufficient prey density. If this assumption is correct, this behavior had the advantage of exposing greater area and, thereby, increasing the proba- bility of predator-prey contact. Similar observations have been reported for other asilid species (Lavigne and Holland, 1969; Hespenheide and Kubke, 1977; Scarbrough, 1979; Scarbrough and Sraver, 1979). Foraging flights were short (R = 12-150 cm), with most prey captured within 80 cm (92%, N = 150) of perches. Absolute distances from perches to interception points of prey varied considerably with larger prey (>3.5 mm) being captured at greater distances than smaller prey, e.g. Reticuli- termes flavipes (Koller) (¢ = 4.73, N = 63) were captured within a range of 30 to 150 cm of perches whereas aphids (x = 1.5 mm, N = 89) were cap- tured within a range of 7 to 75 cm. Flies often failed to capture an intended prey. In only 25.7% of the flights (N = 2843) were flies successful in capturing and feeding on prey. In some instances, prey were temporarily captured (5.2%) but were lost or released enroute to perches. Females were more successful (32.3%, P < .001) than males (17.3%) but males foraged less (P < .001) (Table 1). Perhaps this differential foraging behavior between the sexes is related to greater energy needs to accommodate a larger body and egg production in females (Scar- brough, 1978a, b, 1979). This foraging behavior also differs from that of Cerotainia albipilosa Cur- Se ed ed —————————— ) ) VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 261 Table 1. A comparison of foraging activity of male and female Eudioctria tibialis Banks per unit time. Data were obtained from observations of males and females during two hour units (N = 10). Data were compared with a 2 x 4 contingency table (x). — Means (females) Means (males) Time Forage Success Forage Success 10-1200 52.6 16.8 40.0 5.6 12-1400 59.6 24.1 25.8 7.6 14-1600 14.1 4.7 28.1 2.5 16-1800 32.4 5.6 3253 6.1 x/fly/day 159.8 Sie 126.1 21.8 ran (Scarbrough, 1978a, b, 1979) in that males of the latter species were more successful in capturing prey than females. It was suggested that lengthy courtship displays performed by males in front of non-receptive females disrupted the females’ field of vision, and thereby interferred with their foraging behavior, resulting in a decrease in prey capture success. Females spent a significant amount of time discouraging courting males, e.g. threat postures and chasing, between forage flights (Scarbrough and Nor- den, 1977). Males of E. tibialis do not utilize courtship displays (Scarbrough, 1981), and perhaps the higher prey capture rates of females are related to less male disturbance. General predator behaviors, e.g. flight patterns, methods of prey capture and immobilization of prey, and site of inserting the hypopharynx into soft and hard bodied prey utilized by E. tibialis were similar to those described for other asilid species (Scarbrough, 1978b:; Scarbrough and Sraver, 1979: Scarbrough and Sipes, 1973; Dennis et al., 1978). It differed in that only large prey, such as termites, cicadellids, and reproductive ants, were ma- nipulated in flight before returning to perches for feeding. Conversely, small- er prey were impaled upon the hypopharynx immediately upon capture. Flies returned to previous perches or flew to other perches to feed. While feeding, the fly manipulated prey by ‘‘spinning’’ small prey, e.g. aphids, on its proboscis, using one foretarsus, or removing larger prey from its proboscis, then manipulating it and re-inserted the hypopharynx at a new location, using several tarsi. In the latter, most prey were manipulated with the fore- and hindtarsi while the midlegs and the end of the abdomen formed a “‘tripod”’ support of the body. The abdomen was arched down with its tip resting on a substrate. Mating females usually manipulated prey as previously described, differ- ing only in that their abdomens were arched less and did not rest on a perch. Additional support of the female’s body was supplied indirectly by the union with the copulating male. One mating female manipulated a prey with its -midtarsi while standing on its fore- and hindtarsi. The fly sometimes fell 262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON upon its pleuron where it manipulated large prey with six tarsi. Other ma- nipulations included inflating the prey’s body followed by abdominal pump- ing of the predator, and adjusting the depth of the hypopharynx in the prey. The latter was accomplished by resting the prey on a perch and forcing the hypopharynx deeper into the prey, or partially withdrawing the hypophar- ynx and forcing it into the prey again at a different angle. Tarsi were not used in these manipulations. Feeding upon a prey was completed at a single perch unless the fly was disturbed. Following feeding, prey were usually discarded at perches by using one or both foretarsi or in flight while in pursuit of another prey. In the latter, one or both tarsi were positioned against the prey as the predator flew from the perch. A second or two later, the prey was observed falling through the air within a few cm of the perch. The prey is presumed to be pushed from the predator’s mouth parts. The prey was sometimes discarded when the predator adjusted its hypopharynx in the prey’s tissue. The pred- ator retracted the hypopharynx and removed the proboscis from the prey while it lay on the perch. Tarsi were not used in this manipulation. Grooming of the head and foretarsi usually followed feeding. Like most asilid species, the length of time Eudioctria tibialis spent feed- ing On a prey was variable, but correlated with prey size. The average feeding time per prey was 6.3 min (N = 21), ranging between | and 37 min. Small prey, e.g. aphids and psyllids, were fed upon for an average of 3.1 min (N = 128, R = 1-10 min) whereas larger prey, e.g. termites, were fed upon for an average of 20.9 min (N = 15, R = 13-37 min). PREY SELECTION The numbers, types, and sizes of prey taken by Eudioctria tibialis are presented in Table 2. Species of five insect orders formed the major com- ponents of the flies’ diet, with Homoptera-Hemiptera being the most abun- dant. The predominant insect prey were aphids, termites, and lower Diptera in order of abundance. At least six other North American asilid species (Hespenheide and Rubke, 1977; Scarbrough and Sraver, 1979) take similar prey with aphids or Homoptera-Hemiptera forming the dominant segments of their diets. The proportion of termites in this sample is not viewed as significant as other prey because of their erratic and temporary appearance in the study area, but it does reflect the adaptability of the species to take advantage of temporary concentrations of prey. Of the prey taken occa- sionally, species of the orders Araneida (immatures), Thysa- noptera, Psocoptera, and Lepidoptera formed less than 4% of the diet. Con- versely, European Dioctria (Poulton, 1906; Melin, 1923) select predominantly Hymenoptera. Mean size of all prey was 3.02 mm, ranging from 0.81 to 6.46 mm in body length (Table 2). Specimens of Homoptera-Hemiptera, forming the major VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 263 Table 2. Prey of Eudioctria tibialis Banks in Maryland. Predator size (N = 25 per sex): 22 * = 9.56 + 0.54, R 8.5-10.5 mm; 6 ¢ ¥ = 8.67 + 0.57, R 7.0-9.6 mm. Mean size compared by Student’s t-test. Taxa Total % Measured w(mm)! + S.D. Range (mm) Diptera 81 17.5 59 2.49 1.38 1.00—5.10 Coleoptera 43 9:3 33 2.52 0.59 1.34-3.74 Isoptera 93 20.1 89 4.73 1.48 1.48-6.46 Homoptera-Hemiptera 179 38.7 130 1.98 0.93 1.10-5.05 Aphididae 148 32.0 15 2 0.50 1.25—2.75 Others 31 6.7 25 337 55 1.10-5.05 Hymenoptera Si 11.0 42 2.89 1-35 1.36-6.08 Miscellaneous 15 3.2 11 3.14 1.9] 0.81—-5.40 462 99.8 364 3.02 ies 0.81-6.46 ' Prey means compared by Newman-Keuls multiple range test. prey items in the flies’ diet, were significantly smaller (P < .001; Newman- Keuls multiple range test) than other prey. Furthermore, prey in all orders except Isoptera were small, with over 80% less than 4.0 mm in total length. Isoptera were significantly larger (P < .001) while Hymenoptera, Coleop- tera, and Diptera (P < .001) followed in decreasing size order. Female predators were larger (P < .001; Student’s t-test) than males and took slightly larger prey (¢ = 3.15 mm 2°, N = 176, ¢ = 2.72 mm oe, N = 286; P < .05) although both sexes took prey in all sizes. Males took proportionally fewer termites (16.2% dd, 23.2% 2°) than females. Selec- tivity of prey is partly based upon predatory-prey size. In the latter, termite swarms occurred when male E. tibialis was involved in other behaviors, e.g. searching and mating (Scarbrough 1981), and thus the proportion of termites in the male’s diet may reflect termite availability rather than size discrimination. Predator-prey ratios were 3.2 and 2.9 for females and males, respectively. The proportion of prey types in the diet of some asilids change in time and space. This phenomenon is related to differential activity periods of different prey taxa (Hespenheide and Rubke, 1977; Scarbrough, 1979; Scar- brough and Sraver, 1979; Powell and Stage, 1962). Similar results were apparent in the diet of E. tibialis in which swarming termites and ants were captured during short periods of a few days during the study. No significant change (P ~ .05) occurred in prey composition among other major taxa, although some species, especially aphids (Dixon, 1973), have a diurnal uni- modal or bimodal flight periodicity. It is generally accepted that asilid predator success is based partly upon flight capabilities and sizes of the fly and its potential prey. Small weak flying prey will invariably be vulnerable to larger, stronger, more agile pred- ators (Hespenheide, 1975). Most prey of E. tibialis were small, about one- 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON third the predator’s size, and weak fliers. These prey, especially aphids, utilize convection currents to carry them into the air and subsequently back to ground level (Dixon, 1973). Furthermore, weak fliers usually have soft or thin cuticles. Examination of these prey for punctures revealed that any location on the prey’s body may be penetrated by the hypopharynx although the dorsum contained the greater proportion (67%, N = 153) of punctures. Conversely, some larger prey with hard cuticles, e.g. reproductive ants and beetles, were immobilized by inserting the hypopharynx at specific locations of the body where the cuticle was thin or soft. Therefore, size of prey may be less limiting when weak flight abilities and thin or soft cuticles co-exist, e.g. termites. The following is a list of prey taken by E. tibialis at the study site. A few prey are presented only to order or family level since they were too damaged for identification or were not collected. Each notation of prey refers to a single record unless followed by a number in parentheses. The month and year are recorded only once at the end of a series for each prey taxon. ARANEIDA: Unidentified 14.VI.73. ISOPTERA: Rhinotermitidae, Re- ticulitermes flavipes (Kollar) 14(2).21.23(12).25(8).26(3).27(3).28(2).30(8). VIsIS,. 7. VINT37 300) eVI-74; 18.23.2246). 26(2):28( VR 16s eSOGer TERA: Caecilidae, Caecilus aurantiacus (Hagen) 27.V1.74; Lachesilli- dae, Lachesilla pallida (Chapman) 29.V1.74; Psocidae, Blastopsocopis lithinus Chapman 27.V1.73. THYSANOPTERA: 19.VI.74, 8.VII.74, 7.VII.75, 26.27(2).28(3).V1I.76; Thripidae, Ctenothrips bridwelli (Frank- lin) 27.VI.73. HOMOPTERA-HEMIPTERA: Aphididae, unidentified 3.VII.72, 15.29.VI.75, 5.7(6). 8(4).10(2).VII.75, 16(3).24(3).26(4).27(5). 28(15).29(6).V1.76, 5(2).10.VII.76, Acyrthosiphon solani (Kaltenbach) 28.V1.73, A. dirhodum (Walker) 5.VII.74, Amphorophora spp. 13(3).18(2). 29(3).V1.74, Anoecia corni (Fabricius) 14.V1.74, Aphis spp. 19(3).V1.73, 3(2). VII.74, A. fabae Scopoli 29(2). V1.74, A. gossypii Glover 19(2).29.V1.73, A. rumicis Linnaeus 23.V1.73, A. sambucifoliae Fitch 23.24(2).V1.73, 27.30.V1.74, 10.VII.74, Cavariella aegopodii (Scopoli) 27.29.V1.74, Dactynotus sp. 20.VI.73, 18.V1.74, D. tisserti (Boudreaux) 19(2).VI.73, Eriosoma sp. 20.V1.73, E. lanigerum (Hausmann) 12(2).VII.74, Hya- daphis erysimi (Kaltenbach) 3.VII.74, Macrosiphum spp. 19.29(2).V1.73, 23.VI1.74, 5(2). VII.74, M. avenae (Fabricius) 20(2).V1I.73, 20.V1I.74, M. cor- yli Davis 9.VII.74, M. liriodendri (Monell) 25(4).26(3).29(2).30(3). VI.73, 20(2). V1.74, 1. VIL:74, “Megoura sp. 27. V1.73, Myzus sp. 32Vileies 13(10).28(2).VI.73, M. cerasis (Fabricius) 13.V1I.73, Ovatus phyloxae (Sam- son) 28.30(9). VI.73, 17(3).18.19.V1.74, 12.VIH.74, Pemphigus sp. 24.27. V1.73, Rhopalosiphum fitchii (Sanderson) 27.V1.74, R. padi (Linnaeus) 27.30. V1.74, Sitomyzus sp. 18.21.23.V1.74, S. rhois (Monell) 23(2).VI.74, Thecabius sp. 22.V1.73, Therioaphis sp. 18.V1.74, T. riehmi (Borner) 30.V1.74, Tinocalis caryaefiliae (Davis) 21.V1.73, Toxoptera viridirubra Gill and Palmer | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 265 27.V1.74; Cercopidae, Clastoptera obtusa Say 20.V1.73; Cicadellidae, Aphrodes sp. 30(2).V1.74, Dikraneura sp. 23.V1.73, Doratura stylata (Boheman) 20.VI.73, Empoasca fabae (Harris) 27.V1.73, Endria inimica (Say) 15.VI.73, Erythoneura sp. 23.V1.73, 18.V1.74, Forcipata lica DeLong and Caldwell 20.VI.74, Macrosteles sp. 30.V1I.72, M. fascifrons (Stal) 14.V1I.73; Cydnidae, Pangaeus bilineatus (Say) 29.V1.74; Miridae, Halticus bractatus Say 22.V1.73, Lygus sp. 21.V1.74, Lygidea medax? Reuter 13.VI.73, Trigonotylus tarsalis (Reuter) 14.V1.73; Phylloxeridae, unidenti- fied 8.VII.75, 24(2).27(2).V1.76, Phylloxera sp. 3.VII.74; Psyllidae, Trioza diaspyri Ashmead 21.V1I.74. COLEOPTERA: Unidentified 17(4).8(2).75: Anobiidae, Petalium sp. 26.V1.73, 14.V1.74; Chrysomelidae, Chaetosoma sp. 15.23. VI.73, 19. VI.74, Hippariphila sp. 20.V1.73, Paria sp. 22.25.V1.73; Curculionidae, Anthonomus sp. 20.V1.73, Dryophthorus americanus Bedel 21(2).26.V1.73; Scarabaeidae, Ataenius imbricatus (Melsh) 26.V1I.73: Sco- lytidae, Orthotomicus caelatus (Eichhoff) 20(3).21(2).V1I.73, Delphastus pusillus (LeConte) 27.V1.74, 26.VI1.75, 8. VII.75:; Staphylinidae, unidentified 3(2).14.VI11.73, 14.19(2).20.21.26(4).V1.73, 19(2).26.29(2).30(2). VI.74, 2.3.4(2).VII.74. DIPTERA: Unidentified 19.VI.73, 6(2).8(2).15.27.VI.75; Agromyzidae, Cerodontha dorsalis (Loew) 21.V1.74, Liriomyza sp. 24.V1.73; Asilidae, Cerotainia albipilosa Curran 9.VII.73; Cecidomyiidae, unidentified 23.V1.73, 14.V1I.74, 27.VI.75, 29.VII.75, Asynapta (s.1.) sp. 14.V1I.73, Resseliella sp. 20.V1I.74; Chironomidae, Orthocladiinae 7(2).14.V11.72, 20.22.30.BI.73, 17.21(2).23(3).V1.74, 1.3.VII.74; Chloropi- dae, Chlorops obscuricornis Loew 15.V1.73, Elachiptera costata (Loew) 1S.V1.73, Oscinella carbonaria (Loew) 29.V1.74, Stenoscinis longipes (Loew) 25.VI.73; Dolichopodidae, unidentified 3(2).10.VII.72, 26.VI.75, Chrysotus sp. 3(2).10.VII.72, 14.15.20.VI.73, Condylostylus sp. 13.V1.73, Gymnopternus sp. 15.V1.73; Drosophilidae, Scaptomyza pallida (Zetter- stedt) 1.VII.73, 29(2).VI.74; Empididae, Euhybus purpureus (Walker) 18.V1.74, Lactistomyia insolita Melander 9.VII.73, Platypalpus sp. 14. VI.74; Lauxaniidae, Homoneura philadelphica (Macquart) 13.15.V1I.73, 18.V1.74; Milichiidae, Neophyllomyza sp. 17.V1.74, unidentified 26.V1.74; Phoridae, Megaselia sp. 3.VII.74; Platystomatidae, Rivellia pallida Loew 23.V1.73; Platypezidae, Platypeza sp. 3.VII.72, 20.VI.73; Rhagionidae, Rhagio mystaceus (Macquart) 18.V1.74; Sciaridae, Bradysia sp. 13.VI.72, 22(2).24.26(2).29.30(2).V1.73, 1.VII.73; Sphaeroceridae, Leptocera sp. 10. VII.72, 20.VI.73:; Stratiomydae, Oxycera sp. 20.V1.73; Syrphidae, un- identified 5.VII.75; Tephritidae, unidentified 3.VII.72; Tipulidae, unidenti- fied 10. VII.72, 29.V1I.73, Atarba picticornis Osten Sacken 24.25.V1.73, Di- cranoptycha sp. 20.V1.73, Cheilotrichia stigmatica (Osten Sacken) 26.VI.73, Limnophila sp. 22.V1.73, Molophilus sp. 29.V1.73. LEPIDOP- TERA: Unidentified 19.VI.74. HYMENOPTERA: Unidentified 13(2).21(2). VI.73, 27(3).V1.76; Aphidiidae, Aphidius sp. 19(2).VI. 73, Ly- 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON siphlebus sp. 2.V1I.74, Trioxys sp. 22.VI.73; Braconidae, unidentified 28. VI.76, Apanteles sp. 27.V1.73, Opius spp. 20(2).22.VI.73, Meteorus sp. 29.V1.73; Ceraphronidae, Ceraphron sp. 22.V1.73, 18.V1.74; Megaspilidae, Megaspilus sp. 24.V1.73; Chalcidoidea, unidentified 30.V1I.73; Cynipidae, unidentified 24.VI.73; Diapriidae, Belyta sp. 25(2).V1I.73, Pantoclis sp. 20(2).V1.73, Psilus sp. 28(4).VI.73; Dryinidae, Anteonini 14.V1I.73; Eupel- midae 17.V1I.74; Eurytomidae, Harmolita sp. 15.V1.73; Formicidae, Ponera sp. 27.28(2).VII.76; Hybrizontidae, Hybrizon rileyi (Ashmead) 25.VI.73; Ichneumonidae, Endasys sp. 15.V1.73, Polyaulon sp. 13.20(3).23.26(3).VI.73, Theroscopus sp. 20.V1.73; Pteromalidae, Lamprotatini 20.VI.73, 11.VI.74, Pteromalini 29.V1I.74; Scelionidae, Calotelea sp. 14.V1.73, Trisacantha sp. 17(2).V1.74; Tenthredinidae, Ametastegia recens (Say) 20.VI.73. PREDATORS OF EUDIOCTRIA TIBIALIS Predaceous arthropods, especially other insects, have been recorded as enemies of asilid flies (Hull, 1962; Lavigne et al., 1978). Some common predators of adult asilids are spiders (Bromley, 1914; Scarbrough, 1978b, 1979), other asilids and conspecifics, e.g. cannibalism, and Hymenoptera (Hull, 1962; Lavigne et al., 1978; Scarbrough, 1978b, 1979). Eudioctria ti- bialis has similar enemies but differs in that cannibalism was absent and a new predator, Vespula maculata (L.) (Hymenoptera: Vespidae), was iden- tified. At least 46 attempts at predation and 23 instances of predation were observed: Araneida (7), Laphria sicula McAtee (1) (Diptera: Asilidae), and V. maculata (15). In addition, eleven carcasses of E. tibialis were found, each with a crushed thorax and missing body parts. Vespula maculata was probably the predator since it typically mutilates the prey’s body as the prey is being immobilized. The wasp crushed the prey’s body and removed the wings with its mandibles bofore flying away with the remainder. Similar immobilization techniques have been reported for the wasp with other prey (Howell, 1973). Sometimes the prey was dropped as the wasp flew away. Three ants (Formica subsericea Say) were observed carrying carcasses of E. tibialis. The ants may have found the adults emerging from pupal cases (personal communication, D. S. Dennis, June 1980). Because of the simi- larity of the crushed bodies with those taken from feeding V. maculata and the absence of pupal cases in the study area, it is doubtful that the ants were the predators, but probably found them after they were dead. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I express appreciation to the following authorities at the Systematic Ento- mology Laboratory, USDA, Beltsville, Maryland, and Washington, D.C., for identifying most of the prey of EF. tibialis: R. D. Gordon (Scarabaeidae); D. R. Smith (Formicidae, Tenthredinidae, Isoptera); L. M. Russell (Aphi- ———————— er a VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 267 didae, Phylloxeridae, Psyllidae); J. P. Kramer (Cicadellidae, Cercopidae); J. L. Herring (Miridae); A. S. Menke (Vespidae, Cynipoidea); G. Gordh (Eupelmidae, Pteromalidae, Eurytomidae); B. D. Burks (Chalcidoidea): P. M. Marsh (Aphidiidae, Braconidae, Ceraphronidae, Dryinidae, Megaspili- dae, Diapriidae, Hybrizontidae, Scelionidae); R. W. Carlson (Ichneumoni- dae); R. W. White (Anobiidae, Chrysomelidae); D. M. Anderson (Curcu- lionidae, Scolytidae); J. M. Kingsolver (Staphylinoidea); C. W. Sabrosky (Chloropidae, Milichiidae); R. H. Foote (Tephritoidea); G. C. Steyskal (Agromyzidae, Dolichopodidae, Platystomatidae, Sphaeroceridae, Laux- aniidae); F. C. Thompson (Tipulidae, Syrphidae); L. V. Knutson (Empidi- dae); R. J. Gagné (Cecidomyiidae, Sciaridae); and W. W. Wirth (Rhagion- idae, Drosophilidae, Phoridae, Platypezidae, Stratiomyidae, Chironomidae). Identifications were also provided R. C. Froeschner (Cydnidae) and D. R. Davis, Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.; E. L. Mockford (Psocoptera), Department of Zoology, Illinois State University, Normal; and W. B. Peck (Araneida), Department of Biology, Central Missouri State College, Warrensburg. I identified the Asilidae. Erik Scully, Department of Biological Sciences/Institute of Animal Behavior, Towson State University, provided assistance with the statistical analyses and read a preliminary draft of the manuscript. L. V. Knutson, Chairman, Insect Identification and Beneficial Insect Identification Institute, USDA, Beltsville, Maryland, and D. S. Dennis, Stearns-Roger Corp., Denver, Col- orado, examined a revised draft of the manuscript. Thanks are also ex- pressed to the Faculty Research Committee, Towson State University for grants that supported this study. LITERATURE CITED Bromley, W. W. 1914. Asilids and their prey. Psyche (Camb.) 21: 192-198. Dennis, D. S. and R. J. Lavigne. 1975. Comparative behavior of Wyoming robber flies I] (Diptera: Asilidae). Univ. Wyo. Agric. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr. 30, 68 pp. Dixon, A. G. G. 1973. Migration, pp. 22-29. Jn Biology of aphids. Institute of Biology’s Studies in Biology, No. 44. Edward Arnold, London. Hespenheide, H. A. 1975. Prey characteristics and predator niche width, pp. 158-180. /n Cody, L. M. and J. M. Diamond, eds., Ecology and evolution of communities. Harvard Press, Cambridge, Mass. Hespenheide, H. A. and M. A. Rubke. 1977. Prey, predatory behavior and the daily cycle of Holopagon wilcoxi (Diptera: Asilidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol. 53: 277-285. Howell, J. D. 1973. Notes on yellowjackets as a food source for the baldface hornet. Entomol. News 84: 141-142. Hull, F. M. 1962. Robber flies of the world. The genera of the family Asilidae. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 224. Part 1. Lavigne, R. and F. M. Holland. 1969. Comparative behavior of eleven species of Wyoming robber flies (Diptera: Asilidae). Univ. Wyo. Agric. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr. 18, 61 pp. Lavigne, R., S. Dennis, and J. A. Gowen. 1978. Asilid literature update 1956-1976 including 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON a brief review of robber fly biology (Diptera: Asilidae). Univ. Wyo. Agric. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr. 36, 134 pp. Melin, D. 1923. Contributions to the knowledge of the biology, metamorphosis and distribution of Swedish asilids in relation to the whole family of asilids. Zool. Bidr. Upps. 8: 1-317. Poulton, E. B. 1906. Predaceous insects and their prey. Part I. Trans. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 1906: 323-409. Powell, J. A. and G. I. Stage. 1962. Prey selection by robber flies on the genus Stenopogon, with particular observations on S. engelhardti Bromley (Diptera: Asilidae). Wasmann J. Biol. 20: 139-157. Scarbrough, A. G. 1974. A faunistic study of Asilidae (Diptera) at three locations in northern Baltimore County, Maryland: Incidence, relative abundance and seasonal distribution. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 76: 385-396. —. 1978a. Ethology of Ceratainia albipilosa Curran (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Predatory behavior. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 80: 113-127. . 1978b. Ethology of Cerotainia albipilosa Curran (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Courtship, mating and oviposition. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 80: 179-190. ——. 1979. Prey and predatory behavior of Diogmites missouriensis in Arkansas (Diptera: Asilidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 81: 391—400. . 1981. Ethology of Eudioctria tibialis Banks (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Seasonal distribution, abundance, diurnal movements, and behaviors. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 83: 245-257. Scarbrough, A. G. and A. Norden. 1977. Ethology of Cerotainia albipilosa Curran (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Diurnal activity rhythm and seasonal distribution. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 79: 538-554. Scarbrough, A. G. and B. Sraver. 1979. Prey and predatory beahvior of Atomosia puella (Wied.) (Diptera: Asilidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 81: 630-639. Scarbrough, A. G. and G. Sipes. 1973. The biology of Leptogaster flavipes Loew in Maryland (Diptera: Asilidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 75: 441-448. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 269-273 ANATOMY AND FUNCTION OF THE STING APPARATUS OF STINGLESS BEES (HYMENOPTERA: APIDAE: APINAE: MELIPONINI) IvicA T. RADOVIC Institute of Zoology, Department of Biology, Faculty of Science, Uni- versity of Belgrade, 16 Studentski trg, 11000 Beograd, Yugoslavia. Abstract.—The anatomy and function of the sting apparatus of five species of stingless bees in the Meliponini are described. All species studied have a sting apparatus, although the stylet is reduced. The rest of the skel- etal parts are present, and valvulae III are especially well developed. | A nearly universal character in Aculeate Hymenoptera is the presence in the female of a sting apparatus which has defensive and offensive functions. Traditionally bees in the tribe Meliponini are regarded as lacking a sting _ (Kerr and Lello, 1962, for example), and they are commonly called stingless bees. However, meliponines have a sting apparatus although it is reduced or atrophied as Schwarz (1948) has pointed out. Two basic functional parts can be distinguished in the structure of the sting apparatus of Aculeate Hymenoptera: (1) Skeletal with muscles and (2) glandular. Details of the skeletal and glandular parts have been described by many authors (D’Rozario, 1940; Oeser, 1961; Robertson, 1968; Radovic, 1976; Richards, 1977; Radovic and Hurd, 1980), and they are especially well known for the genus Apis (Snodgrass, 1935, 1956). The glandular part of the sting apparatus of stingless bees was studied by Kerr and Lello (1962) and Lello (1976). However, the skeletal parts are less well known, and, except for reports that they are ‘“‘reduced,”’ *‘atrophied,” or “‘functionless,”’ the existing literature does not contain detailed descrip- tions or illustrations. Therefore, I have concentrated on the skeletal parts of the sting of stingless bees, observed changes in its structure, and deter- mined which skeletal parts are reduced and which are well developed. MATERIALS AND METHODS Five species of stingless bees were studied: Melipona flavipennis Smith \ from Peru; M. interrupta grandis Gueérin-Menéville from Bolivia; Trigona fulviventris Guérin-Menéville from Mexico; 7. amalthea (Olivier) from El Salvador; and Lestrimelitta limao Smith from Panama. 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Dry specimens were softened in a relaxer before dissection. Because of their small size and delicate structure, dissection was conducted in 70% ethyl alcohol under a binocular microscope. After dissection, the sting ap- paratus was taken through series of solutions for cleaning and dehydration (Radovic and Hurd, 1980). Lastly, the skeletal parts were mounted in Can- ada balsam on a microscope slide. All illustrations were prepared by the author with use of a Bausch and Lomb Tri-Simplex microprojector. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The sting apparatus of Apidae are modified skeletal parts of the 8th and 9th abdominal segments. All five species of stingless bees examined have a sting apparatus, the stylets of which are represented by remnants of val- vulae I and valvulae II (Figs. 1-5). With such a reduced stylet structure, it is obvious that the stinging function is lost. All five species have arched rami varying in shape and thickness continuing from the base of stylet. The rami end in a triangular plate (valvifer I). The size and shape of the triangular plate varies, but it is largest in Lestrimelitta limao (Fig. 5). Oblong plates are membranous and very difficult to detect in all five species. Quadrate plates, remnants of the 9th abdominal tergum, are well developed in Trigona (Figs. 3, 4) but are membranous in the two species of Melipona (Figs. 1, 2) and in Lestrimelitta limao (Fig. 5). Each of the five species have well-de- veloped spiracular plates which are remnants of the 8th abdominal tergum. The last abdominal spiraculum is evident on each of the spiracular plates. In all five species, the middle part of the 9th abdominal segment is folded over the base of the sting and is membranous and thin. Valvulae III are especially well developed in five species. Females of stinging bees and of other Aculeate Hymenoptera have the inside of valvulae III concave for covering and protecting the stylets; sensory bristles are also present, especially on the top (Maschwitz and Kloft, 1971). However, val- vulae III of the stingless bees examined are robust, rounded, and straight inside, and sensory bristles are distributed along the entire top. Valvulae III of stinging bees have a sensory role, and it is assumed that they contact the body of the victim before the stinging act (Snodgrass, 1956). Rathmayer (1962, 1978) stated that the function of valvulae III is to detect nonsclero- tized cuticular spots on the body of the victim, and he believed that the bristles, especially those at the top, are mechanoreceptors. But what is the function of valvulae III and their numerous bristles in stingless bees? The many well-developed bristles on valvulae III may act as mechanoreceptors in stingless bees as well, but what is their purpose since the stylet is reduced and there is no stinging? Stingless bees, although lacking a functional sting apparatus, show a wide range of defense mechanisms which they use to protect their colonies (Kerr and Lello, 1962; Michener, 1974). They use mass attack into the eyes, nose, VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 271 Valvifer 1 Ramus 1 Valvulae 1, 2 Valvulae 3 Quadrate plate 4 -——0.5mm ——H t+— 0.5mm ——4 Figs. 1-5. Sting apparatus, anterodorsal view. 1, Melipona flavipennis. 2, M. interrupta grandis. 3, Trigona fulviventris. 4, T. amalthea. 5, Lestrimelitta limao. 272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ears, or hair of animals or people endangering their colonies (Michener, 1974). Some species of Trigona and Melipona have powerful mandibles that can penetrate the skin of animals and people. Species of the subgenus Tri- gona (Oxytrigona) have special glands at the base of the mandibles that secrete a venom that may cause lesions where the mandibles penetrate (Michener, 1974). There may be certain links between such defense mech- anisms and the well-developed valvulae III of stingless bees, i.e. the defen- sive and aggressive acts may come after contact of the bristles with the body of the victim. Schwarz (1948) stated that stingless bees sometimes sim- ulate the stinging act by pressing the top of the abdomen onto the body of the victim. This simulation of the stinging act may be caused by the stim- ulation of the mechanoreceptors on the bristles of valvulae III. CONCLUSIONS Based on the study of the structure of the sting apparatus of five species of Meliponini, (1) stingless bees, contrary to their name, have a sting ap- paratus; (2) stingless bees show reduction and atrophy of the stylet (valvulae I and II) and this part is functionless; (3) the basal parts of the sting appa- ratus are developed; (4) valvulae III are especially well developed, rounded along their length, not concave inside, and have numerous bristles which my act as mechanoreceptors that stimulate certain defense mechanisms; and (5) except for similarities in general structure, all five species studied show morphological differences in some parts of the sting apparatus, and these structures may have some taxonomic importance. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS This study is a biproduct of studies conducted at the Smithsonian Insti- tution, Washington, D.C. in 1979-1980 on the comparative morphology of Sphecidae and Apoidea. Funds for these studies were granted by the Re- publican Council for Science of Serbia, Yugoslavia (Grant #4681/1). I ex- press special gratitude to P. D. Hurd, Jr., Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, for allowing use of specimens used in this study and for his critical reading of the manuscript and to my advisor, A. S. Menke, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, for other help. I ex- press my gratitude to Nada Andonova who helped in translating the text. LITERATURE CITED Kerr, W. E. and E. Lello. 1962. Sting glands in stingless bees—a vestigal character (Hyme- noptera: Apidae). J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 70: 190-214. Lello, E. 1976. Adnexal glands of the sting apparatus in bees: anatomy and histology, V (Hymenoptera: Apidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 49: 85-89. Maschwitz, U. and W. Kloft. 1971. Morphology and function of the venom apparatus of insects—bees, wasps, ants, and caterpillars, pp. 1-61. Jn Buchlerl, W. and E. E. Buck- ley, eds., Venomous Animals and Their Venoms, Vol. III. Academic Press, New York. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 273 Michener, C. D. 1974. The Social Behavior of the Bees; a Comparative Study. The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass. xii + 404 pp. Oeser, R. 1961. Vergleichend-morphologische Untersuchungen iiber den Ovipositor der Hy- menopteren. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. 37: 3-119. Radovic, T. I. 1976. Morphological characteristics of living forms of digger-wasps (Sphecidae) with the special regard to adaptive changes of fore leg structure and sting. Unpublished M.S. Thesis. Faculty of Science, University of Belgrade, Beograd, Yugoslavia. 120 pp., 149 figs. Radovic, T. I. and P. D. Hurd, Jr. 1980. Skeletal parts of the sting apparatus of selected species in the family Andrenidae (Apoidea: Hymenoptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 82: 562-567. Rathmayer, W. 1962. Paralysis caused by digger wasps Philanthus. Nature (Lond.) 196: 1148— Sule —. 1978. Venoms of Sphecidae, Pompilidae, Mutillidae, and Bethylidae, pp. 661-690. Jn Bettini, S., ed., Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology, Vol. 48, Arthropod Venoms. Springer Verlag, Heidelberg and New York. Richards, O. W. 1977. Hymenoptera. Introduction and key to families. Handb. Ident. Br. Insects 6(1): 1-100. Robertson, P. L. 1968. A morphological and functional study of the venom apparatus in reperesentatives of some major groups of Hymenoptera. Aust. J. Zool. 16: 133-166. D’Rozario, A. M. 1940. On the development and homologies of the genitalia and their ducts in Hymenoptera. Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 92: 363-415. Schwarz, H. F. 1948. Stingless bees (Meliponidae) of the Western Hemisphere. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 90: 1-546. Snodgrass, R. E. 1935. Principles of Insect Morphology. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York and London. ix + 667 pp. —. 1956. Anatomy of the Honey Bee. Comstock Publ. Assoc., Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, N.Y. 334 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 274-282 HERBIVORY BY SPECIES OF TRIRHABDA (COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE) ON SOLIDAGO ALTISSIMA (ASTERACEAE): VARIATION BETWEEN YEARS OweEN D. V. SHOLES Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, Assumption College, Worcester, Massachusetts 01609. Abstract.—Larval and adult Trirhabda beetles were more abundant on Solidago altissima than on S. juncea, and more abundant on both goldenrod species in 1977 than in 1976. Heavier herbivory by species of Trirhabda in 1977 stunted the growth and retarded the flowering of S. altissima, as com- pared to 1976; S. juncea, with almost no damage by Trirhabda species, bloomed earlier in 1977 than in 1976. Despite Trirhabda and other abundant herbivores, S. altissima is the dominant old-field goldenrod in the region of Ithaca, New York. Years with low densities of Trirhabda species may contribute to the success of S. altissima. Several species of the genus Trirhabda LeConte feed on Solidago L. both as larvae and as adults (Balduf, 1929; Blake, 1931; Capek, 1971; Hogue, 1971; Reid and Harmsen, 1976; Sholes, 1977; Messina, unpublished data). Trirhabda borealis Blake was the dominant herbivore on Solidago cana- densis L., based on biomass and numbers of individuals, at two sites in southern Ontario; however, Reid and Harmsen (1976) did not observe any ‘obvious, serious defoliation of S. canadensis’’ by species of Trirhabda in their study sites, and only rarely elsewhere. Serious defoliation was ob- served elsewhere in Ontario (Capek, 1971) by larvae and adults of 7. bo- realis, and in Ohio (Balduf, 1929), where the larvae of 7. canadensis Kirby sometimes consumed ‘“‘much of the foliage’? of Solidago plants. In this paper, I compare two years of observations of herbivory by Trirhabda species on Solidago altissima L., a close relative of S. canadensis (Fernald, 1950). THE GENUS TRIRHABDA Beetles in the genus Trirhabda (Chrysomelidae: Galerucinae) are often found on goldenrods; of the 22 or 23 species in North America (Blake, 1931; Hogue, 1971), at least eight feed on Solidago. The species found near Ith- VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 275 aca, T. virgata LeConte and T. borealis (Sholes, 1980; Messina, unpub- lished data), are 6-12 mm in length as adults, with an individual dry weight of about 9 mg. The larvae are shiny blue-black dorsally, tan ventrally, and grow to about 10 mm in length. Larvae are found on growing goldenrods in the spring, feeding there until they drop to the soil and pupate in middle or late June. Adults eclose in late June or early July and can be found on Solidago from then until late September. Mating occurs on the plants, and the females oviposit in the bases of broken Solidago stems; the eggs over- winter and hatch the next spring. Thus, the species are univoltine, and are active through nearly all of the growing season either as larvae or adults (Balduf, 1929; Blake, 1931; Messina, unpublished data; Reid and Harmsen, 1976). FIELD SITES AND METHODS As part of a study concerning the arthropod fauna of Solidago juncea Aiton and S. altissima (Sholes, 1980), I periodically censused in situ the arthropods occupying panicles (in 1976) and whole plants (in 1977) of these goldenrods in two old fields near Ithaca, New York. Field 1, where I studied S. altissima, is centered at 76°24'52’W, 42°23'16"N. The elevation is about 258 m, and the slope less than 3% on either side of a S—10%-slope ridge running the length of the field. Field 2, in which I studied S. juncea, is centered at 76°25'54"W, 42°29'36"N. The elevation is about 340 m, and the slope 3% or less (see Sholes, 1980). In 1976 I established 10 random points in a 20 x 50 m quadrat, then marked the goldenrod plant nearest each point that showed flower bud de- velopment and repeated the same process in four contiguous areas for a total of 50 plants in a 50 x 100 m area in each field. I censused S. juncea 16 times between 17 July and 6 October, and S. altissima 11 times between 17 August and 13 October. In each census, I counted all the arthropods on the panicles of every marked plant while disturbing the plants as little as possible. In each field, 48 plants survived through all the censuses (two in each field were broken off at the ground by large animals). In 1977 I established 20 points spaced randomly along a 50 m transect running between the midpoints of the 100 m sides of the 50 x 100 m area in each field, then marked the plant showing bud development nearest each point. I censused S. juncea 14 times between 10 July and 12 October, and S. altissima 9 times between 19 August and 21 October. In these censuses, I counted the arthropods on the entire above-ground plant, noting whether they were on the panicle, or on the stem below. I measured the height of each plant, the distance to the nearest conspecific plant (decimeters between stem bases), and at each census, the percent of the heads in bloom, the volume of the panicle (the smallest rectangular space containing the entire inflorescence), and the distance to the nearest 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Table 1. The number of Trirhabda adults on Solidago plants in 1976 and 1977 and the height and blooming date of these same plants. Solidago Species 1976 (n = 48) 1977 (n = 20) P* No. of Trirhabda per liter _ S. altissima 13/1,382 = .009 10/456 = .022 of panicle space S. juncea 0/2,909 = 0 1/775 = .001 No. of Trirhabda per plant — S. altissima — 67/180 = .372 S. juncea — 2/280 = .007 Ht. of plants (¥ + s) S. altissima 118 + 23 [SENS <.001 (cm) S. juncea 85 + 18 Th = 4 <.005 Peak date of blooming S. altissima? 16 Sept. + 6days 20 Sept. +4days <.01 (G2 S56) S. juncea 24 Aug. + 7days 20 Aug. + 7days <.05 ' P values for two-tailed Student’s 7-test; blanks indicate no test was done. » Variances unequal (P < .05) using F-test; modified t-test for unequal variance used here. blooming conspecific. Using percent blooming over time, a peak date of blooming was interpolated for each plant, and the mean, variance, and stan- dard deviation were calculated for the peak blooming of each sample pop- ulation (Sholes, 1980). I observed the kinds of damage done by the feeding of 7rirhabda larvae and adults on Solidago, especially S. altissima. I also made subjective estimates of the relative levels of damage done to goldenrod plants in the two study sites and nearby fields. Weather data were obtained from the Division of Atmospheric Sciences at Cornell University (Monthly Meteorological Summary, 1976-1977). RESULTS Trirhabda adults were much more abundant on S. altissima than on S. juncea in both years, but were substantially more abundant on both gold- enrods in 1977 than in 1976 (Table 1). My subjective estimates of larval abundance agreed with the data on adults. Solidago altissima plants were shorter and bloomed later in 1977 than in 1976. Solidago juncea plants were also shorter in 1977 than in 1976, but in contrast to S. altissima, bloomed earlier in 1977 (Table 1). In 1976, taller plants of S. juncea tended to bloom earlier than shorter plants; no such relationship existed for §. altissima. Product-moment correlations between plant height and date of peak blooming produced coefficients of —0.40 for S. juncea (P < .005) and 0.15 for S. altissima (P > .3). Solidago altissima plants were farther from blooming conspecifics in 1977 than in 1976 (Fig. 1), although the distance between conspecifics, blooming or not, was always | dm in both years. Solidago juncea showed no major change in distance to blooming conspecifics; in this species, nearest con- specific stems always bloomed (Fig. 1). ——— VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 177 1976 1977 100 rh! S. altissima 80 n-48 n=20 60 40 2 20 = & 0 c 1 2 3 1 2 3 = dm dm = o oO @ 100 é a S. juncea 80 n=48 n=20 60 40 20 1-3 4-6 7-9 210 1-3 4-6 7-9 210 dm dm Distance to nearest blooming conspecific Fig. 1. Distances from marked plants to nearest blooming conspecific plants for Solidago altissima and S. juncea in 1976 and 1977. For S. altissima in both years, the distance to nearest conspecific, blooming or not, was | dm for every marked plant (i.e., the density of §. a/tissima stems was the same in both years, but fewer plants bloomed in 1977). In both years, all nearest conspecific stems of §. juncea bloomed. Meteorological information for both years (Fig. 2) shows that, for most months of the growing season, 1977 was warmer than 1976, and that there was about the same amount of total precipitation and total solar radiation in both years. July 1976 and September 1977 had particularly large amounts of rain, and May 1977 had a high total of solar radiation. A photograph of S. altissima stems (Fig. 3) from Field 1 shows the chew- ing damage done by the larvae (on older, lower leaves) and adults (on youn- ger, upper leaves) of Trirhabda beetles in 1977. Damage was not nearly as obvious in 1976. 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Total 1976 19.0 1977 20.9 DEGREE DAYS >50F x10 Total 1976 673 1977 67.0 SOLAR RADIATION gm-cal /cm, x10° Total 1976 74.5 1977 RAINFALL cm Fig. 2. Monthly meteorological summary data for growing seasons in Ithaca, New York, 1976 (dark bars) and 1977 (open bars). Both larvae and adults of Trirhabda were found feeding along the edges of holes and marginal notches in the leaves, indicating little preference for location in their initiation of feeding. No Trirhabda were seen eating stem tissue, and the completely defoliated stems I examined in 1977 showed no damage on the stem itself from chewing insects. Species of Trirhabda ap- pear to feed only on leaves. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 279 Fig. 3. Results of herbivory by Trirhabda species on two Solidago altissima stems in 1977. Larvae fed on the lower leaves, adults on the upper leaves. Note the galls of Eurosta solidaginis (Fitch) (Tephritidae) near the top of each stem (see Hartnett and Abrahamson, 1979). DISCUSSION Differences between years.—Though the evidence is circumstantial, I see no possible cause for the stunted growth and retarded flowering of Solidago altissima in 1977 other than the severe defoliation by Trirhabda beetles. The warmer weather of 1977 was, if anything, better for plant growth and development than the weather of 1976, as indicated by the earlier blooming in = of §. juncea in 1977. The inclement weather of September 1977 may have contributed to the lateness of S. altissima blooming, but at that late stage of S. altissima flower development, high precipitation and low solar radia- tion probably could not have retarded blooming to the extent observed, especially since September 1977 was warmer than September 1976 (Fig. 2). By removing large amounts of leaf tissue and photosynthetic area from S. altissima plants, the beetles apparently influenced plant growth, flower production, and flower phenology. Shorter stem height and reduced fre- quency of flower development in 1977 were probably related because stems of S. canadensis (and presumably S. altissima) will not flower unless they reach a certain minimum size (Bradbury, 1974). Delayed blooming was prob- ably a separate consequence of herbivore damage, because stem height and blooming time were not correlated for S. altissima plants in 1976. Late- 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON blooming plants risk having reduced pollination and fruiting success because of the greater likelihood of cold weather late in September and in early October. Thus, herbivory by Trirhabda species seems to have had consid- erable impact on the sexual reproduction of S. altissima. Asexual reproduction is also important for Solidago (Bradbury and Hof- stra, 1976; Smith and Palmer, 1976). Multiple-year storage in roots and rhizomes (Bradbury, 1974) certainly buffered the losses to Trirhabda to some extent, but could not have entirely eliminated their effect. I did not measure root or rhizome growth in this study, but others have shown a reduction in rhizome production caused by stem gall insects (Hartnett and Abrahamson, 1979). I suspect that species of Trirhabda have an even great- er effect on underground growth of Solidago than do stem gall insects (see Fig. 3). Other work has suggested that Trirhabda numbers vary between years (Balduf, 1929; Capek, 1971; Reid and Harmsen, 1976), but the cause(s) of these population fluctuations remain unclear. Food plant quality may be involved in a feedback control mechanism (see Lomnicki, 1977; Mattson and Addy, 1975; Pimentel, 1961). Abiotic factors could be important, es- pecially those affecting egg survival and larval development rate (Andrewar- tha and Birch, 1954). The incidence of parasitic attack on species of Trir- habda is quite variable (Balduf, 1929; Capek, 1971; Hogue, 1971; Messina, unpublished data; Sholes, 1977), and the predatory pentatomid Perillus cir- cumcinctus Stal appears to specialize on Trirhabda larvae (Evans, 1980). Differences between Solidago species.—My data and field observations indicate that Trirhabda beetles have strong preferences between host species within the genus Solidago, as suggested by Reid and Harmsen (1976) and Messina (unpublished data). Solidago juncea, S. nemoralis Ait. and S. graminifolia Salisb. all seem to be eaten much less often by Trirhabda in the Ithaca area than is S. altissima. The differences in Trirhabda numbers on §. juncea and S. altissima (Table 1) partly reflect the difference between fields; within fields, though, the difference in herbivory on the two species was obvious. CONCLUSIONS Trirhabda can retard the stem growth, inflorescence production, and blooming time of Solidago altissima (and probably its underground growth as well), but only in years of high population density. When other herbivores are also abundant, such as stem gall insects (Hartnett and Abrahamson, 1979, see Fig. 3), §. altissima must experience a considerable reduction in productivity. Despite this reduction, and despite the lesser amount of her- bivory on some other sympatric Solidago species, S. altissima is the most abundant old-field goldenrod in the region surrounding Ithaca, New York VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 281 (Sholes, 1980; Wiegand and Eames, 1925). Such success in the face of ap- parent adversity deserves further, long-term study throughout the range of Solidago altissima. Perhaps the years of low Trirhabda population density are Important to that success. Acknowledgments The late Robert H. Whittaker, John Rawlins, Frank Messina, Mark Wil- son, and Claire Sholes commented on early drafts of this manuscript. I thank Frank Messina for allowing citation of his unpublished work and Pearl Jolicoeur for typing the manuscript. This study was conducted by the author while in the Section of Ecology and Systematics, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York; financial support was provided by the Section of Ecology and Systematics, Cornell University. This paper is dedicated to the memory of Robert H. Whittaker. LITERATURE CITED Andrewartha, H. G. and L. C. Birch. 1954. The distribution and abundance of animals. Univ. of Chicago Press, Chicago. 782 pp. Balduf, W. V. 1929. The life history of the goldenrod beetle, Trirhabda canadensis Kirby (Coleop.: Chrysomelidae). Entomol. News 40: 35-39. Blake, D. H. 1931. Revision of the species of beetles of the genus Trirhabda north of Mexico. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 79(2): 1-36. Bradbury, I. K. 1974. The strategy and tactics of Solidago canadensis L. in abandoned pastures. Diss. Abstr. 35(3): 1233B—1234B. (Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Guelph). Bradbury, I. K. and G. Hofstra. 1976. The partitioning of net energy resources in two popula- tions of Solidago canadensis during a single development cycle in southern Ontario. Can. J. Bot. 54: 2449-2456. Capek, M. 1971. The possibility of biological control of imported weeds of the genus Solidago L. in Europe. Acta Inst. For. Zvolenensis 2: 429-441. Evans, E. W. 1980. Lifeways of predatory stink bugs: Feeding and reproductive patterns of a generalist and a specialist (Pentatomidae: Podisus maculiventris and Perillus circum- cinctus). Dissertation. Cornell Univ., Ithaca, New York. Fernald, M. L. 1950. Gray’s manual of botany, 8th ed. D. Van Nostrand, New York. 1632 pp. Harnett, D. C. and W. G. Abrahamson. 1979. The effects of stem gall insects on life history patterns in Solidago canadensis. Ecology 60: 910-917. Hogue, S. M. 1971. Biosystematics of the genus Trirhabda LeConte of America north of Mexico (Chrysomelidae: Coleoptera). Diss. Abstr. 31(7): 4112B—4113B. (Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Idaho) Lomnicki, A. 1977. Evolution of plant resistance and herbivore population cycles. Am. Nat. 111: 198-200. Mattson, W. J. and N. D. Addy. 1975. Phytophagous insects as regulators of forest primary production. Science (Wash., D.C.) 190: 515-522. Monthly Meteorological Summary. 1976-1977. Div. Atmospheric Sci., Dep. Agronomy, Cor- nell Univ., Ithaca (New York). 12(5—10), 13(5—10). Pimentel, D. 1961. Animal population regulation by the genetic feedback mechanism. Am. Nat. 95: 65-79. 282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Reid, D. G. and R. Harmsen. 1976. Trirhabda borealis Blake (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae): a major phytophagous species on Solidago canadensis L. (Asteraceae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Ont. 105: 44-47. Sholes, O. D. V. 1977. Parasitism of Trirhabda virgata LeConte (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) by a species of Aplomyiopsis Villenueve (Diptera: Tachinidae). J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 67: 157-158. . 1980. Response of arthropods to the phenology of host-plant inflorescences, concen- trating on the host genus Solidago. Dissertation. Cornell Univ., Ithaca, New York. Smith, A. P. and J. O. Palmer. 1976. Vegetative reproduction and close packing in a succes- sional plant species. Nature (Lond.) 261: 232-233. Wiegand, K. M. and A. J. Eames. 1925. The flora of the Cayuga Lake Basin, New York. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn. Mem. 92: 1-491. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 283-286 THE PROPER PLACEMENTS OF THE NEARCTIC SOFT SCALE SPECIES ASSIGNED TO THE GENUS LECANIUM BURMEISTER (HOMOPTERA: COCCIDAE) S. NAKAHARA Plant Protection and Quarantine, APHIS, USDA, Beltsville, Maryland 20705. Abstract.—The genus Lecanium Burmeister 1835, is a junior synonym of Coccus Linneaus 1758. Therefore, fourteen species of soft scale insects in the Nearctic Region previously assigned to Lecanium are placed here in the genera Eulecanium, Mesolecanium, Parthenolecanium, and Sphaerolecan- ium. Three new combinations are presented. Although the genus Lecanium Burmeister, 1835: 69 (Type-species: Coc- cus hesperidum Linnaeus, 1758: 455, by subsequent designation by Cock- erell, 1893: 49) is an objective junior synonym of Coccus Linnaeus, 1758: 455 (Fernald, 1903: 167), the name has been used in North America for certain taxa since its acceptance by Sanders (1909: 430) (Steinweden, 1929: 225; Richards, 1958: 305; Phillips, 1965: 231; Williams and Kosztarab, 1972: 69). Elsewhere, Lecanium was similarly used until Borchsenius (1957: 384) accepted the suppression of the name and reassigned certain included taxa to other genera. Since then, other workers have followed Borchsenius. In order to conform with current concepts, the current names are presented here for the Nearctic species which now belong in the genera Eulecanium Cockerell, Mesolecanium Cockerell, Parthenolecanium Sulc, and Sphaer- olecanium Sulc. Eulecanium Cockerell 1893, Am. Entomol. Soc. Trans. 20: 54. Type-species: Coccus tiliae Lin- naeus, 1758, by original designation. Eulecanium caryae (Fitch): King, 1902, Can. Entomol. 34: 160. Lecanium caryae Fitch, 1857, Trans. N.Y. St. Agric. Soc. 16(1856): 443. Eulecanium cerasorum (Cockerell): Fernald, 1903, Mass. Agric. Exp. Stn. Spec. Bull. 88, p. 184. Lecanium cerasorum Cockerell, 1900, Psyche (Camb.) 9: 71. 284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Eulecanium excrescens (Ferris): Lindinger, 1933, Entomol. Anz. Jahrg. (ol) Jena 2 Lecanium excrescens Ferris, 1920, Stanford Univ. Publ. Univ. Ser. Biol. ScmliGhes7e Eulecanium kunoense (Kuwana): Lindinger, 1933, Entomol. Anz. Jahrg. ISD) AI59: Lecanium kunoensis Kuwana, 1907, Bull. Agric. Exp. Stn. Japan, 1: 191. Eulecanium tiliae (Linnaeus): Cockerell, 1901, Entomol. 34: 92. Coccus tiliae Linnaeus, 1758, Syst. Nat. (Ed. 10) 1: 456. Lecanium coryli (Linnaeus): Marchal, 1908, Ann. Soc. Entomol. Fr. 77: 295), Lecanium tiliae: Sulc, 1932, Acta Soc. Sci. Nat. Morav. 7(5): 87; Rich- ards, 1958, Can. Entomol. 90(5): 310. Mesolecanium Cockerell 1902, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 7) 9: 451. Type-species: Lecanium noc- turnum Cockerell and Parrott, 1899, by original designation. Mesolecanium nigrofasciatum (Pergande), NEw COMBINATION Lecanium nigrofasciatum Pergande, 1898, U.S. Dep. Agric. Div. Ento- mol. Bull. (n.s.) 18: 26. Parthenolecanium Sulc 1908, Entomol. Mon. Mag. 44: 36. Type-species: (Lecanium coryli Sulc, 1908, nec Linnaeus, 1758) = Lecanium corni Bouché, 1844, by original designation. Parthenolecanium cerasifex (Fitch): Boratynski and Davies, 1971, Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 3(1): 58 (P. cerasifera [sic]). Lecanium cerasifex Fitch, 1857, Trans. N.Y. St. Agric. Soc. 16(1856): 368; Richards, 1958, Can. Entomol. 90(5): 308. Parthenolecanium corni (Bouché): Borchsenius, 1957, Akad. Nauk Zool. Inst. (n.s. 66) 9: 356. Lecanium corni Bouche, 1844, Stettin. Entomol. Z. 5: 298. Lecanium coryli of Sulc, 1908, Entomol. Mon. Mag. 44: 36; Richards 1958, Can. Entomol. 90(5): 306. Parthenolecanium fletcheri (Cockerell): Borchsenius, 1957, Akad. Nauk ZOO), INSts\ (esa O60) 9373170. Lecanium fletcheri Cockerell, 1893, Can. Entomol. 25: 221. Parthenolecanium persicae (Fabricius): Borchsenius, 1957, Akad. Nauk Zoo). Inst. (.s- 66) 9: 350. Chermes persicae Fabricius, 1776, Genera Insect. p. 304. Lecanium persicae: Comstock, 1883, Jn Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn. Dept. Entomol. Rep. 2 (1882-83): 134. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 285 Parthenolecanium pruinosum (Coquillett), NEW COMBINATION Lecanium pruinosum Coquillett, 1891, Insect Life 3: 383. Parthenolecanium putmani (Phillips): Boratynski and Davies, 1971, Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 3(1): 58 (P. putnami [sic]). Lecanium putmani Phillips, 1965, Can. Entomol. 97(3): 234. Parthenolecanium quercifex (Fitch), NEw COMBINATION Lecanium quercifex Fitch, 1859, Trans. N.Y. St. Agric. Soc. 18 (1858): 805. The species listed for Parthenolecanium have appeared in recent North American literature (Richards, 1958; Phillips, 1965; Williams and Kosztarab, 1972; Johnson and Lyon, 1976). Except for P. persicae, the Nearctic species are similar morphologically and species such as P. cerasifex, P. corni, P. putmani, and P. quercifex can not be differentiated morphologically with any satisfaction. A thorough study of the genus is necessary to clarify the status of most of the Nearctic species. Sphaerolecanium Sulc 1908, Entomol. Mon. Mag. 44: 36. Type-species: Coccus prunastri Fonsco- lombe, 1834, by original designation and monotypy. Sphaerolecanium prunastri (Fonscolombe): Sulc, 1908, Entomol. Mon. Mag. 44: 36. Coccus prunastri Fonscolombe, 1834, Ann. Soc. Entomol. Fr. 3: 211. Lecanium prunastri: Signoret, 1873, Ann. Soc. Entomol. Fr. (5) 3: 423. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am grateful to Louise M. Russell and Douglass R. Miller, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Beltsville, Maryland, Raymond J. Gill, Division of Plant Industry, California Dept. of Food and Agriculture, Sac- ramento, California, and Michael L. Williams, Dept. of Zoology-Entomol- ogy, Auburn University, Auburn, Alabama, for their constructive criticisms of the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Borchsenius, N. S. 1957. Fauna of USSR, Homoptera, Coccidae. Akad. Nauk Zool. Inst. (n.s. 66) 9, 493 pp. Burmeister, H. 1835. Scharlachlaiise. Schildlatise. Coccina. (Gallinsecta 1.), pp. 61-83. In Handb. der Entomol. v. 2, abt. 1. Cockerell, T. D. A. 1893. Notes on Lecanium, with a list of the West Indian species. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 20: 49-56. Fernald, M. E. 1903. A catalogue of the Coccidae of the world. Mass. Agric. Exp. Stn. Spec. Bull. 88, 360 pp. Johnson, W. T. and H. H. Lyon. 1976. Insects that feed on trees and shrubs. Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, New York, 464 pp. 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Linnaeus, C. 1758. Insecta, Hemiptera, Coccus, pp. 455-457. In Systema Naturae (Ed. 10) Wolsale Phillips, J. H. H. 1965. Notes on species of Lecanium Burmeister (Homoptera: Coccoidea) in the Niagara Peninsula, Ontario, with a description of a new species. Can. Entomol. 97(3): 231-238. Richards, W. R. 1958. Identities of species of Lecanium Burmeister in Canada (Homoptera: Coccoidea). Can. Entomol. 90(4): 305-313. Sanders, J. G. 1909. The identity and synonymy of some of our soft scale insects. J. Econ. Entomol. 2: 428-448. Steinweden, J. B. 1929. Basis for the generic classification of the coccoid family Coccidae. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 22(2): 197-243. Williams, M. L. and M. Kosztarab. 1972. Morphology and systematics of the Coccidae of Virginia with notes on their biology (Homoptera: Coccoidea). Va. Polytech. Inst. State Univ. Res. Div. Bull. 74, 215 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 287-295 THE ORIENTAL SPECIES OF THE GENUS DIBEZZIA KIEFFER (DIPTERA: CERATOPOGONIDAE) WILLIS W. WIRTH AND NIPHAN C. RATANAWORABHAN (WWW) Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560; (NCR) Thailand Institute of Scientific and Tech- nological Research, Bangkhen, Bangkok 9, Thailand. Abstract.—A revised diagnosis is given of the genus Dibezzia Kieffer, based on the type-species, D. clavata Kieffer, and a new species, D. de- benhamae which is described from Malaysia and Thailand. Three species previously placed in Dibezzia are transferred to other genera: Dibezzia himalayae Kieffer to Palpomyia Meigen, Heteromyia indica Kieffer to Mackerrasomyia Debenham, and Dibezzia longistila Kieffer to Johannsen- omyia Malloch. The generic position of Dibezzia brevistila Kieffer is doubt- ful, but it is suggested that the species may belong to Leehelea Debenham. Taxonomic notes are given for Mackerrasomyia indica. In his catalog of Oriental Ceratopogonidae Wirth (1973) listed five species of Dibezzia Kieffer. We have made a more critical study of Kieffer’s de- scriptions of these species and believe we can more accurately place them in the following genera: 1. Dibezzia brevistila Kieffer, 191la: 122. Bangladesh. Position doubtful, tarsal claws missing; large size, body color, femoral spines, and black punc- tations on the legs suggest a species of Leehelea Debenham. 2. Dibezzia clavata Kieffer, 191la: 120. India. Type-species of Dibezzia. 3. Dibezzia himalayae Kieffer, 1911b: 328. India. To genus Palpomyia Mei- gen, NEw COMBINATION. 4. Dibezzia-indica (Kieffer), 1913: 183 (Heteromyia). India. To Mackerra- somyia Debenham, NEW COMBINATION. 5. Dibezzia longistila Kieffer, 191la: 121. India. To Johannsenomyia Mal- loch, NEw COMBINATION. We are taking this opportunity to give a revised diagnosis of Dibezzia, adding characters that we have taken from a second Oriental species of the 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON genus that we are here describing from a series from Malaysia and Thailand. Some notes are also given on Mackerrasomyia indica. Genus Dibezzia Kieffer Dibezzia Kieffer, 19lla: 120 (type-species, Dibezzia clavata Kieffer, by original designation); Kieffer, 1913: 165 (in generic key); Kieffer, 1917: 296 (in generic key); Johannsen, 1931: 406 (in generic key); Macfie, 1940: 26 (in generic key; notes); Wirth et al., 1974: 610 (in generic key). Diagnosis.—Slender, shining black species. Eyes (Fig. Ic) contiguous, bare. Female antenna (Fig. la) slender, distal 5 segments very elongate, cylindrical. Palpus (Fig. Ib) short, 5-segmented. Thorax (Fig. le) with coarse, bent, integumental microspines as in Johannsenomyia Malloch; mesonotum with small, upright, anteromedian spine. Legs (Fig. 1g) long and slender; femora unarmed, slightly clubbed distally except hindpair distinctly clubbed. Tarsi (Fig. 1h) slender, female hindtarsus extremely elongate; 4th tarsomeres cylindrical, greatly elongated on hindleg; female 5th tarsomeres (Fig. li) armed ventrally with 4—S pairs of long, blunt, black batonnets along entire length of segment. Fifth tarsomere of hindleg of male without baton- nets. Female claws very unequal on all legs, each with short, blunt, external, basal tooth; on hindleg longer claw may be longer than Sth tarsomere. Wing (Fig. If) relatively broad; two radial cells usually present, the crossvein between them sometimes obsolete; costa extending to 0.8 of wing length. Female abdomen (Fig. 1j) petiolate, 8th segment without sclerotization or ventral hair tufts; 2 large spermathecae (Fig. 1k) present. Male genitalia (Fig. 11) elongate, with greatly elongated, slender basistyle and short, hook- like dististyle; aedeagus simple, tapering; parameres separate, with straight, slightly expanded, paddle-shaped apices. Pupa (Fig. In,o) with short, mod- erately broad respiratory horn; abdomen with lateral posteromarginal tu- bercles developed as strong spines; last segment with greatly elongated, slender, pointed, apical processes. Discussion.—The genus Dibezzia is most closely related to Johannsen- omyia Malloch (Wirth et al., 1974), both genera having the legs slender and unarmed with the femora more or less clubbed distally, the abdomen more or less petiolate, the mesonotum with a distinct upright anteromedian spine or tubercle and the integument with characteristic bent spinules arising from distinct microtubercles, the body usually shining dark brown to blackish and the wings not whitish, the costa extending to about 0.8 of the wing length, usually two radial cells present, and the female fifth tarsomeres bearing numerous black ventral batonnets along the length of the segment, the tarsal claws unequal on at least the posterior four legs, and each claw | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 289 with a short external basal tooth. In Johannsenomyia the claws of the an- terior legs of the female are equal, the fourth tarsomere of the hindleg of females is not elongated, the fifth tarsomere of the male hindleg is armed with several pairs of batonnets, the female abdomen bears a pair of hair tufts on the eighth sternum, and the male genitalia are short and stout, whereas in Dibezzia the female claws are unequal on all legs, the fifth tar- somere of the male hindleg is unarmed, and the male genitalia are elongate with slender basistyle and extremely short dististyle. Species of the genus Xenohelea Kieffer have the female claws unequal on all legs and the ventral batonnets extend along the length of the fifth tarsomeres, but the genus is more closely related to Sphaeromias Curtis, with whitish pruinose or pollinose body and whitish wings, the costa longer, the female claws long and curving without the external basal teeth, the femora not clubbed, and the abdomen not petiolate. KEY TO FEMALES OF ORIENTAL SPECIES OF DIBEZZIA 1. Larger species, length of body 3.5 mm; femora and tibiae uniformly blackish; longer claw equal to %4 length of Sth tarsomere on all legs; anitennialiavion2O0Uis), S028 28 BIO! ae oo WON ORS clavata Kieffer — Smaller species, wing length about 2.0 mm; femora and tibiae each with broad distal pale bands; longer claw equal to length of 5th tarsomere on first 4 legs, 1.2 as long on hindleg; antennal ratio 2 Borers yay «.srefittinnwaateay Seda A debenhamae, new species Dibezzia clavata Kieffer Dibezzia clavata Kieffer, 191la: 120 (female; India; fig. 5th tarsomere and claws of fore- and hindlegs); Brunetti, 1920: 58 (catalog reference; *‘para- types’ in Indian Museum). Female (translated from Kieffer’s original description).—Length 3.5 mm. A smooth and shining black species. Antennal segments 3—10 and forelegs testaceous; all tarsi except Sth tarsomeres and extreme distal ends of the others pale; halter dull black. Eyes confluent; vertex in a triangle. Proboscis small, equal to % the height of face. Face strongly convex; palpus black, 4th segment small. Antennal segments 4—10 slightly longer than broad, sub- cylindrical, 3rd a little longer than 4th; 11th equal to 4 preceding segments combined; 11-15 filiform, together 2 as long as the preceding combined. Mesonotum smooth and densely punctate; thorax a little higher than long. _ Wing hyaline, with dense microtrichia, fringed on posterior margin; strong veins brown, auxiliary obsolete; cubitus gradually approaching the margin, approximately near wing tip; Ist radial cell nearly reaching tip of radius, 2 {as long as broad; 2nd radial cell not broader than Ist, but 3-4 as long; 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON medial fork located slightly proximad of crossvein; posterior fork located at level of crossvein; anal vein forked. Femora unarmed, the mid- longer then the fore- but very much shorter than the hindfemur; forefemur sub- cylindrical, the midfemur and very strongly the hindfemur inflated past the middle; all tibiae the same length as femora, the anterior with a yellow and simple comb, the mid- without comb, posterior with a double comb of which the smaller is very dense. Tarsi very much more slender than tibiae. Fore- basitarsus shorter than % the length of the tibia, equal to 4 following tar- someres combined, without palisade setae. Midbasitarsus a little shorter than 2 the length of tibia. Hindbasitarsus longer than entire tibia, equal to following 4 tarsomeres combined; 2 rows of palisade setae on ventral side of first 2 tarsomeres. Fourth tarsomere of hindleg equal to % the Sth, 6* as long as broad; Sth tarsomeres of all legs with 4 pairs of long black spines. Anterior claws unequal, with a short basal tooth, the larger more than 4 the length of the other and equal to %4 the tarsomere; midclaws like the anterior; posterior claws very unequal, each with a basal tooth, the larger equal to % the segment, the smaller a little longer than basal tooth of the large claw. Abdomen very much longer than rest of body; anterior /% nar- rowed in a cylindrical petiole, 2x as long as wide and composed of 2 terga, of which the Ist is % as long as the 2nd; posterior 2 of abdomen broadened, depressed, the terga transverse. Dibezzia debenhamae Wirth and Ratanaworabhan, NEW SPECIES Fig. | Female holotype.—Wing length 2.0 mm; breadth 0.7 mm. Head: Brown. Eyes (Fig. Ic) meeting in a point, separated by a trian- gular space above. Antenna (Fig. la) brown, proximal halves of segments 3-10 and extreme bases of 11-15 pale: lengths of flagellar segments in pro- portion of 28—15—15—15—15—15—15—15—75—60-60-—60-60; antennal ratio 2.38, the 5 distal segments extremely elongate, the 11th unusually so. Palpus (Fig. lb) dark brown, slender; lengths of segments in proportion of 6—15—20—13- 15; 3rd segment without sensory pit, a few long capitate sensilla scattered on mesal face. Proboscis (Fig. Ic) short; mandible (Fig. 1d) with 9-10 coarse teeth. Thorax: Dark brownish black; integument with small setulae arising obliquely from microtubercles (Fig. lc); mesonotum with distinct upright spine on anteromedian margin. Legs (Fig. Ig) dark brown with yellowish- brown bands on distal halves of fore- and midfemora and all tibiae, and a narrow subapical band on swollen distal portion of hindfemur. Hindtibial comb with 9 yellowish spines, spur poorly developed. Tarsi (Fig. lh) pale yellowish, distal 3 tarsomeres dark brown; basitarsi of fore- and midlegs VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 29] Fig. |. Dibezzia debenhamae. a—k, Female. I-m, Male. n—o, Pupa. a, Antenna, b, Palpus. c, Head, anterior view. d, Mandible. e, Side view of anterior portion of mesonotum. f, Wing. g, Femora and tibiae of (top to bottom) hind-, mid-, and forelegs. h, Tarsi of (left to right) hind-, mid-, and forelegs. i, Sth tarsomeres and claws of (left to right) fore-, mid-, and hindlegs. j, Abdomen, dorsal view. k, Spermathecae. |, Male genitalia, parameres removed. m, Parameres. n, Respiratory horn. 0, Terminal abdominal segment. 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON without ventral palisade setae, on hindbasitarsus | complete row of palisade setae and a 2nd row on proximal 0.7; midtibia with a strong black distal spine; a pair of strong black ventral spines at apices of tarsomeres | and 2 on midlegs; 4th tarsomeres short and transverse but not distinctly cordate on fore— and midlegs, long and cylindrical on hindlegs; hindtarsi extremely long and slender, hindbasitarsus 1.03 as long as its tibia; Sth tarsomeres with 4 pairs of strong black ventral batonnets on fore- and midlegs, 5 pairs on hindleg. Claws (Fig. 11) long and unequal on all legs, each with a short external basal tooth; the long claw about as long as Sth tarsomere on fore- and midlegs, 1.2 as long on hindleg; the short claw about 4 as long as the other on fore- and midlegs, 0.13 as long on hindleg. Wing (Fig. If) pale brownish hyaline, veins dark brown; 2 radial cells, the 2nd 4x as long as Ist; vein R4+5 with a distinct swelling near tip bearing 2 minute hyaline sensory pits; costa prolonged slightly past tip of 2nd radial cell; costal ratio 0.85; media broadly sessile at base; basal cell rather broad distally. Halter dark brown. Abdomen: Dark brown; petiolate at base (Fig. 1j). Spermathecae (Fig. 1k) 2 plus rudimentary 3rd; unequal, each with short slender neck, the larger nearly spherical, measuring 0.115 by 0.087 mm and the other oval, measur- ing 0.080 by 0.058 mm including necks. Presumed ¢ allotype.—Wing length 1.52 mm; breadth 0.50 mm. Color markings as in female. Head: Antenna with lengths of flagellar segments in proportion of 35— 22—20-18—16—16—16—16—18—20—46-115-95; antennal ratio 1.30; plume short and sparse, not reaching past tip of segment 13. Palpus with lengths of segments in proportion of 6—10—20—16—20; 3rd segment about 2x as long as broad, without sensory pit. Thorax: Mesonotum with prominent anterior spine; microtubercles sparse. Legs with sparse coarse bristlelike setae much longer than in female; hindfemur less clavate than in female. Hindtibial comb with 7-9 brownish spines, spur poorly developed. Midleg with | row of palisade setae on basi- tarsus; hindleg with 2 rows on basitarsus, | row on 2nd tarsomere. Fourth tarsomeres 1.5 as long as broad, broadened distally but not cordate; Sth tarsomeres unarmed; claws small and equal, nearly straight. Wing brownish infuscated, veins darker; costa shorter than in female, costal ratio 0.75; 2nd radial cell only 2.4 as long as first. Halter pale brown. Abdomen: Uniformly brownish. Genitalia (Fig. 11) elongate; 9th sternum a narrow transverse band; 9th tergum ovoid, moderately long, with a pair of short setose apicolateral lobes. Basistyle long and slender, nearly 6X as long as breadth at midlength, surpassing tip of tergum by 4 of its length, nearly straight; dististyle a short, curved, hooklike appendage about '/s as long as basistyle. Aedeagus a typical Y-shaped sclerite with short, nearly VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 293 straight basal arms, basal arch extending to nearly % of total length; distal portion with sides slightly convex and tapering to moderately slender, slight- ly bilobed tip. Parameres (Fig. Im) separate, each with short basal apodeme and slender, nearly straight basal portion; distal % gradually expanded in a clavate, paddlelike structure with rounded tip extending not quite to apex of 9th tergum. Pupal exuviae of ¢ allotype.—Length about 4 mm. Color uniformly yel- low, respiratory horns slightly darker amber brown. Respiratory horn (Fig. In) 0.63 mm long, 3.6 as long as greatest breadth, narrow at base, slightly bent at distal 4%; basal 0.6 with transverse wrinkles; bearing at apex a row of 9-11 spiracular openings. Cephalothorax without prominent spines or tubercles; preapical abdominal segments each with 3 pairs of long, sharp- pointed, lateral posteromarginal spines, other tubercles not developed; ter- minal segment (Fig. 1o) with a straight, caudally directed pair of long, slen- der, pointed processes, longer than basal portion of segment. Distribution.—Malaysia, Thailand. Types.—Holotype 2°, Kuala Singgora, Pahang, Malaysia, 17 July 1958, R. H. Wharton, light at edge of padi field (type no. 70676, USNM). Allotype male with pupal exuviae, Singapore, June 1959, D. H. Colless, reared from pupa in tree hole (USNM). Paratypes, 2 5, 6 2, as follows: MALAYSIA: Pahang, same data as for holotype except collected 15 Feb. 1959 at Maran, 1 2 (USNM); Singapore, same data as for allotype (CSIRO, Canberra, Australia); Selangor, Ulu Gombak Forest Reserve, 9 Oct. 1960, H. E. McClure, reared, | d (USNM). THAILAND: Chiang Mai, April—May 1958, V. Notananda, light trap, 1 2 (USNM); Chiang Mai, Ampur Muang, July, Nov. 1962, J. E. Scanlon, light trap, 2 2 (Bishop Museum, Honolulu; Thai- land Inst. Sci. Tech. Res., Bangkok); Nong Kai, Ta Bo Dist., 15-16 June 1959, Manop R., light trap, | 2 (British Museum [Nat. Hist.], London): Udon Thani, Ampur Muang, Sept. 1962, J. E. Scanlon, light trap, | (USNM). Discussion.—The species is named for Dr. Margaret L. Debenham of the University of Sydney in recognition of her significant contributions to the taxonomic knowledge of Australian ceratopogonids, especially her mono- graph on the Australian Heteromyiini and Sphaeromiini (1974). Dibezzia debenhamae is readily separated from D. clavata, the only other known Oriental species, by the characters given in the key. We are reason- ably confident that we have correctly associated the male sex of this species, but some doubt remains because we do not have a reared association with matching pupae. The significantly shorter male costa and second radial cell, as well as the difference in segmental distribution of the palisade setae on the tarsi and the color of the spines in the hindtibial comb, cause us some doubts as to the association. 294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Mackerrasomyia indica (Kieffer), NEW COMBINATION Heteromyia indica Kieffer, 1913: 183 (female; India); Brunetti, 1920: 55 (catalog reference); Edwards, 1933: 254 (notes; compared with Palpomyia pendleburyi Edwards). Dibezzia indica (Kieffer); Wirth, 1973: 379 (combination; catalog reference). Type.—¢, Maddathoray, base of W. Ghats, Travancore, 17 Nov., | (N. Annandale) (in Indian Museum, Calcutta). Discussion.—Wirth (1973) placed this species in Dibezzia on the basis of Kieffer’s statement that the female tarsal claws are unequal on all legs. However, on rereading Kieffer’s description it appears that Wirth’s place- ment was erroneous for the following reasons: Kieffer described Hetero- myia indica as having the forefemur very swollen, studded with spinules on all the ventral surface that also is traversed by a longitudinal furrow; the foretibia is weakly arcuate, placed in this furrow in repose. In addition all the fourth tarsomeres are cordiform. The female tarsal claws are described (on all legs) as unequal, the larger simple, equally half the length of the tarsomere, the other slightly shorter, with a curved basal tooth attaining a fourth the length of the claw. The structure of the forefemur and foretibia and the cordiform fourth tarsomeres are characteristic of the genus Mack- errasomyia Debenham and not easily confused with Dibezzia species; the description of the claw structure is somewhat ambiguous and would fit Mackerrasomyia if Kieffer had viewed the claws at an angle so that one would appear foreshortened. Kieffer described the mid- and hindfemora of indica as unarmed, which does not fit the known species of Mackerraso- myia. Otherwise M. indica is similar to the only other known Oriental species, Mackerrasomyia caesia (Macfie) (combination by de Meillon and Wirth, 1979), but the latter differs in having the foretibia dark brown at the base and tip instead of all pale and the midtibia pale on the proximal % rather than on the distal half, and the mid— and hindfemora are each armed ven- trally with two spines. LITERATURE CITED Brunetti, E. 1920. Catalogue of Oriental and South Asiatic Nemocera. Rec. Indian Mus. 17: 1-300. Debenham, M. L. 1974. A revision of the Australian and New Guinea predatory Ceratopo- gonidae (Diptera: Nematocera) of the tribes Heteromyiini and Sphaeromiini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 28: 1-92. Edwards, F. W. 1933. Diptera Nematocera from Mount Kinabalu. J. F.M.S. Museums 17: 223—295., 1 plate. Johannsen, O. A. 1931. Ceratopogoninae from the Malayan Subregion of the Dutch East Indies. Arch. f. Hydrobiol. Suppl. Bd. 9: 403—448, 5 plates. Kieffer, J. J. 191la. Description de nouveaux Chironomides de |’ Indian Museum de Calcutta. Rec. Indian Mus. 6: 113-177, 2 plates. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 295 —. 1911b. Les Chironomides (Tendipedidae) de | Himalaya et d’ Assam. Rec. Indian Mus. 6: 319-349, | plate. —. 1913. Nouvelle étude sur les Chironomides de I’Indian Museum de Calcutta. Rec. Indian Mus. 9: 119-197, 2 plates. —. 1917. Chironomides d’ Amérique conservés au Musée National Hongrois de Budapest. Ann. Hist. Nat. Mus. Natl. Hung. 15: 292-364. Macfie, J. W. S. 1940. The genera of Ceratopogonidae. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol. 34: 13-30. Meillon, B. de, and W. W. Wirth. 1979. Subsaharan Ceratopogonidae (Diptera) I. A new South African species of Mackerrasomyia Debenham. J. Entomol. Soc. South Afr. 42: 181-185. Wirth, W. W. 1973. Family Ceratopogonidae (Heleidae), pp. 346-388. Jn Delfinado, M. D., and D. E. Hardy. A Catalog of the Diptera of the Oriental Region. 1: 1-618. University Press of Hawaii, Honolulu. Wirth, W. W., N. C. Ratanaworabhan, and F. S. Blanton. 1974. Synopsis of the genera of Ceratopogonidae (Diptera). Ann. Parasitol. Hum. Comp. 49: 595-613. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 296-299 A NEW MICROPTEROUS SPECIES OF CARVENTUS STAL FROM CHILE (HEMIPTERA: ARADIDAE) NICHOLAS A. KORMILEV Research Associate in Entomology, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Hono- lulu, Hawaii 96818; mailing address: 84-05 89th Street, Woodhaven, New York 11421. Abstract.—The new species Carventus chilensis, here described, is the second American species of the genus. It is also the second case of mi- cropterism for Carventus, the other having been described from Sri Lanka. Through the kind offices of Henry Brailovsky, Seccion Entomologia, Instituto de Biologia UNAM, Mexico 20, Mexico, I had the privilege of studying two small lots of Aradidae, one from Chile, the other from Central America. For this I express my sincere gratitude. The Chilean specimens, mostly of common species, included two speci- mens of a new species of the genus Carventus Stal (1865). Carventus is primarily Australo-Oriental, including some 40 species occurring in the area from Sri Lanka and China south to Samoa and Tasmania. In the Americas, Carventus was previously represented by the single species, Carventus mexicanus Bergroth (1895), which, like most members of the genus, is macropterous; it was reported from Mexico and Panama. The Chilean Ar- adidae fauna is poor and now contains six species in five subfamilies: Ar- adinae, Carventinae, Isoderminae, Mezirinae, and Prosympiestinae. The Central American collection, mostly of common species, contained a single Costa Rican specimen of Aneurus hrdyi Stys (1875) previously reported only from Cuba. All measurements in this paper were taken with a micromillimeter eyepiece, 25 units = | mm. In the ratios the first figure represents the length and the second the width of parts measured. Subfamily CARVENTINAE Genus Carventus Stal, 1865 Caventus chilensis Kormilev, new species Figs. 1-3 Male.—Elongate ovate; granulate and covered with thin layer of white incrustation. Micropterous. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 297 Figs. 1-3. Carventus chilensis. 1, 3, aspect from above: WP = wing pads. 2, 2, tip of * abdomen from above. 3, d, tip of abdomen from below, T = tubercles on sternum VII. Head: Shorter than width across eyes (18:21); anterior process slightly constricted laterally, cleft apically, almost reaching tip of antennal segment I. Antenniferous tubercles stout, divaricate, blunt. Eyes small, semiglobose, strongly protruding. Postocular tubercles blunt, not reaching outer borders of eyes. Vertex with three parallel rows of granules; infraocular callosities small, ovate. Antennae thin, slightly longer than width of head across eyes (22.5:21); relative length of segments I to IV, 7:4:6.5:8. Labium reaching hindborder of labial groove, latter closed posteriorly. Pronotum: Short and wide (10:28), posterior border straight. Hind-lobe strongly abbreviated, on median line 4 as long as forelobe. Collar slightly sinuated anteriorly, separated from disc by deep incisures laterally. Antero- lateral angles broadly rounded, slightly produced forward and sideways, discally forming transverse lobes, granulate on surface. Lateral borders sin- uate, without lateral tooth, incised between lobes. Foredisc with 2 (1+1) 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON short carinae, formed by fused granules, just behind collar; between these carinae and interlobal sulcus extends the narrow, deep median sulcus. Lat- erad of median sulcus disc granulate, with 4 (2+2) curved callosities. Hind- disc very short medially and slightly longer laterally. Scutellum: Short and wide (10:28); lateral borders sinuate; apex angular: disc with dispersed granulations laterad of granulate median carina. Metanotum: Forming 2 (1+1) large, transversely ovate plates, each plate with dispersed granulations and a curved callosity in the middle. Hemelytra: Reduced to small pads, placed laterad of scutellum. Abdomen: Subrectangular, longer than its maximum width across seg- ment V (55:46). Tergum I in the form of 2 (1+ 1) triangular, oblique callosities fused with tergum II. The latter granulate, incrustate and produce forward medially separating callosities of tergum I. Central dorsal plate, consisting of terga III to VI, rectangular and flat; with a large flat median callosity with zig-zag lateral borders. Laterad of median callosity disc is granulate, in- crustate, with apodemal impressions formula 1:1:2. Tergum VII is obliquely elevated over base of hypopygium, granulate, and incrustate. Connexivum wide; postero-exterior angles progressively more protruding and rounded; PE-VII rectangular. Paratergites clavate, reaching middle of cordate, decli- vous hypopygium, latter shorter than its maximum width (10:12). Spiracles II ventral, placed far from border; II to V also ventral but placed nearer to border; VI and VII lateral and visible from above; VIII dorsolateral. Ster- num VII with 2 (1+1) large, shiny callosities, laterally attenuate and ter- minating in a point. Legs: Unarmed. Color: Yellow brown, incrustation white. Female.—Similar to male but larger. Paratergites short, rounded poste- riorly, reaching basal 3 of tricuspidate segment IX. Sternum VII without callosities. Spiracles VIII lateral. Measurements: Head, 20:22; relative length of antennal segments I to IV, 7:4:7.5:9; pronotum, 12:32.5; scutellum, 10:31; abdomen, 65:52 (across segment IV); width of metanotum, 42:5; width of tergum VIII, 18. Total length.— d¢ , 3.76, 2, 4.40 mm; width of pronotum: d, 1.12, 2, 1.30 mm; width of abdomen: <6, 1.84, 2, 2.08 mm. Holotype.—d, CHILE, Prov. Nuble, Los Troncos; 25.V.1977, G. Moreno leg. Deposited at the Seccion Entomologia, Instituto de Biologia UNAM, Mexico 20, Mexico. Allotype.—@, CHILE, Prov. Concepcion, Neuquén; 4.X.1972, T. Cek- alovic leg. Deposited in the Kormilev collection. Remarks.—The presence of callosities on sternum VII of the males allies C. chilensis to the Australo-Oriental species, all of which have callosities or calloused tubercles on that segment. In contrast, the single American VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 299 species of the genus, C. mexicanus Bergroth, and the subgenus Burgeonia Schouteden, which contains all the African species of it, lack these modi- fications of sternum VII of the males. Carventus chilensis is related to C. micropterus Kormilev and Heiss (1979) from Sri Lanka but is smaller in size; has the anterolateral angles of pronotum forming ovate lobes; has the posterior pronotal disc more abbre- viated; has antennal segment IV (not I) longest; and has a different posi- tioning of the spiracles. LITERATURE CITED Bergroth, E. 1895. Aradidae novae. Wien. Ent. Ztg. 14(5): 167-171. Kormilev, N. A. and E. Heiss. 1979. New Aradidae from Ceylon and Malaya in the British Museum (N.H.) (Heteroptera). Orient. Insects 13(1—2): 155-162. Stal, C. 1865. Hemiptera Africana, Vol. 3. Stockholm. 200 pp. Stys, P. 1975. Aneurus hrdyi sp.n. from Cuba (Heteroptera, Aradidae). Acta Entomol. Bo- hemoslov. 72(1): 30-33. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 300-303 DESCRIPTION OF THE ADULT OF EPHEMERELLA BERNERI ALLEN AND EDMUNDS (EPHEMEROPTERA: EPHEMERELLIDAE) WITH BIOLOGICAL NOTES Boris C. KONDRATIEFF, JOHN W. S. Foster, III, AND J. REESE VOSHELL, JR. (BCK, JRV) Department of Entomology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacksburg, Virginia 24061; (JWSF) Maryland Fish- eries Administration, Eastern Regional Office, P.O. Box 68, Wye Mills, Maryland 21679. Abstract.—The adult of Ephemerella berneri Allen and Edmunds is de- scribed for the first time. Male genitalic characters ally this species with Ephemerella needhami McDunnough. Notes on the biology and distribution of E. berneri are also given. Ephemerella berneri was described by Allen and Edmunds (1958) from larvae collected in Georgia and Virginia. The adult has remained unde- scribed (Allen and Edmunds, 1965). We recently found large populations of E. berneri larvae in several 5th and 6th order streams in southwestern Vir- ginia. In order to describe the adult, we reared several larvae in the labo- ratory. Ephemerella berneri Allen and Edmunds Male imago (in alcohol).—Body length 12 mm, forewing 10.5 mm. Head predominantly black; clypeus white; antenna black; upper portion of com- pound eye red, lower portion orange. Thorax black; anterior lateral faces of scutum yellow; areas anterior to mesocoxa yellow; pleural membranes tan; sterna black. Foreleg black, mid- and hindlegs white; all coxae tan. Wings hyaline with longitudinal veins brown; costal area of forewing tinged with tan. Abdominal terga 1-8 chestnut brown, with pale transverse band near posterior margin of each segment; terga 9-10 black; abdominal sterna tan. Penes without spines (Fig. 1), having long apical lobes with a deep median notch; dorsal surface black; ventral surface white. Genital forceps white with 2nd segment expanded apically (Fig. 1) and edged with black. Caudal filaments white with dark brown articulations. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 301 Fig. 1. Ephemerella berneri, dorsal view of male genitalia. Female imago (in alcohol).—Body length 12 mm, forewing 10.5 mm. Mac- ulation somewhat paler but very similar to male. Material examined.—Smith River, County Route 674, Henry Co., Virgin- ia, B. C. Kondratieff, 7d imagos, 32 imagos (reared), emerged 7 May 1980 from larvae collected 26 April 1980; Little River, County Route 787, Mont- gomery Co., Virginia, B. C. Kondratieff, 12 imago (reared), emerged 19 May 1980 from larvae collected same day. All deposited in the VPI & SU Collection. Remarks.—Ephemerella berneri is allied to Ephemerella needhami McDunnougbh in the structure of the male genitalia. Both species have penes with long apical lobes and a deep median notch and lack penal spines. Ephemerella berneri can be readily distinguished from E. needhami by hav- ing the second segment of the genital forceps with an apical expansion and by the striking color pattern of the imago. Males of E. berneri can be iden- 302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON tified using the key on page 249 in Allen and Edmunds (1965), with the following modifications: 8(7).., Penes:withoutéspimesiass eget sas 4 ae eee eee 8A — Penes with dorsal and/or median spines; 2nd segment of genital forceps with a:slight apical expansion) ..2: 4-2. 35--.. 5. a0eeeeee 9 8A(8). Second segment of genital forceps without apical expansion Fon da Sod aSoes Me ees hae DeSean Mopseea eek ae eae ae needhami McDunnough — Second segment of genital forceps with apical expansion ESRAES A Vaneau et a aes BE berneri Allen and Edmunds Biological notes.—Ephemerella berneri larvae were collected from thick mats of Podostemum ceratophyllum (Michaux) (river weed) on rocks in riffle areas. Larvae were common in several Sth and 6th order rivers in the Ridge and Valley and Piedmont physiographic provinces of Virginia: New River (Montgomery and Carroll Cos.), Little River (Montgomery and Pu- laski Cos.), and Smith River (Henry Co.). Larvae were especially abundant in the Smith River below Philpott Reservoir, averaging 210 larvae/m?. This site is approximately 5 km below Philpott Dam, a deep release reservoir. The substrate is characterized by exposed bed rock, coarse pebble (32-64 mm), and some cobble (64—256 mm) covered by a thick carpet of riverweed during the warm months. According to Virginia Division of Water Resources (1975) mean annual water temperature at this site is 11.7°C. Dissolved oxy- gen concentration averages near saturation (93%) and the water exhibits circumneutral pH (range 6.7—7.8, average 7.0). Subimagoes of E. berneri emerged from early afternoon to early evening (ca. 2:00-8:00 PM). Full-grown larvae floated to just below the surface of the water in areas of moderate current and then emerged instantaneously. Water temperature at the time of observed emergence was 13.9°C. Other mayflies associated with E. berneri were Ephemerella invaria (Walker) and Serratella serratoides (McDunnough). Ephemerella berneri was also common in the Ocoee (Toccoa) River, Georgia, above and below Blue Ridge Reservoir. Here larvae were associ- ated with Fontinalis sp. (watermoss) or tangles of exposed roots of riparian vegetation. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank Gary J. Griffin, Department of Plant Pathology and Physiology, VPI & SU, for sharing his observations on the biology of E. berneri. James H. Kennedy and Douglas A. Howell kindly collected additional material. LITERATURE CITED Allen, R. K. and G. F. Edmunds, Jr. 1958. A new species of Ephemerella from Georgia (Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 31: 222-224. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 303 1965. A revision of the genus Ephemerella (Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae). VIII. The subgenus Ephemerella in North America. Misc. Publ. Entomol. Soc. Am. 4: 244— 282. Virginia Division of Water Resources. 1975. Roanoke River Basin: Comprehensive water resources plan. Vol. S—A water quality management plan. (4) Technical Appendix. Planning Bull. 247A, Pt. 4, pp. 848-1172. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 304-315 BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES OF LYTOGASTER EXCAVATA, A GRAZER OF BLUE-GREEN ALGAE (DIPTERA: EPHYDRIDAE)' B. A. FOOTE Department of Biological Sciences, Kent State University, Kent, Ohio 44240. Abstract.—Information is presented on the life cycle and larval feeding habits of Lytogaster excavata (Sturtevant and Wheeler), a widely distrib- uted species of the ephydrid tribe Hyadini. Larvae are trophically special- ized and apparently restricted to feeding on blue-green algae. In northeast- ern Ohio, the life cycle can be completed in ca. 30 days, and there are probably five generations a year. The egg and mature larva are described and illustrated. The life history strategy of this specialist species is contrast- ed and compared to that of Scatella stagnalis Fallen, a generalist species. The family Ephydridae, with over 1200 described species distributed in all of the major faunal regions, is one of the largest entities within the acalyptrate Diptera (Rohdendorf, 1974). Over 400 species and 68 genera have been recorded from America north of Mexico (Deonier, 1979), and an equally large fauna occurs in the Neotropics (Wirth, 1968). As would be expected in such a large and diverse taxon, considerable adaptive radiation in larval feeding habits has occurred, although the majority of species appear to be microphagous. Larvae are known to utilize a great variety of algae (Brock et al., 1969; Deonier and Regensburg, 1978; Foote, 1979), heterotro- phic microorganisms (Eastin and Foote, 1971), and detritus (Busacca and Foote, 1978; Deonier et al., 1979). However, larvae of particular genera have acquired more specialized feeding habits. For example, larvae of Hy- drellia are leaf miners (Deonier, 1971), those of Platygymnopa utilize de- caying snails (Wirth, 1971), Trimerina larvae prey on spider eggs (Becker, 1926), and those of Ochthera are predators of chironomid and other soft- bodied larvae (Simpson, 1975). This paper is the second of a series that deals with the biology of species ' Research supported by a grant (DEB 7912242) from the National Science Foundation. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 305 of Ephydridae whose larvae utilize blue-green algae (Foote, 1977). At least nine species of the tribe Hyadini of the subfamily Parydrinae have larvae that are associated with colonies of soil-inhabiting blue-green algae occur- ring in wetland habitats (Foote, 1977). One of the more common hyadine genera reared from field-collected samples of Cyanophyceae has been Ly- togaster, a genus that currently contains seven species in the Nearctic Re- gion. The present paper elucidates the life cycle, discusses the larval feeding habits, and describes and illustrates the immature stages of L. excavata (Sturtevant and Wheeler), a widely distributed species that has been re- peatedly reared from colonies of the genus Cylindrospermum. MATERIALS AND METHODS Field work was carried out in Arizona, Montana, and Ohio. Most of the information was obtained from studies initiated in Portage County, Ohio, in the northeastern quadrat of the state. Supplementary observations and rear- ings were obtained in the foothills of the Santa Catalina Mountains near Tucson, Arizona, and along the south shore of Flathead Lake in north- western Montana. The laboratory rearings were carried out in an environmental chamber programmed to give a photoperiod of 15L:9D and a temperature of 22°C. (+1°C). Monocultures of most of the algae used in the larval feeding tests were obtained from the University of Texas Culture Collection of Algae (Starr, 1978). Each algal monoculture was established on a nutrient agar substrate in sterile Petri plates, and feeding tests were performed as outlined in Zack and Foote (1978). Monocultures of algae utilized in the tests, along with their UTEX strain numbers, are listed below. Species lacking UTEX numbers were obtained from the Phycology Laboratory at Kent State Uni- versity. Cyanophyceae Anabaena variabilis (B-377) Anabaena flos-aquae (1444) Anacystis nidulans (625) Cylindrospermum sp. (LB-942) Gloeocapsa alpicola (B-589) Lyngbya sp. (487) Nostoc commune (584) Oscillatoria chalybea (B-386) Oscillatoria tenuis (B-428) Phormidium sp. (1540) Synechococcus leopoliensis (625) 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Chlorophyceae Chlamydomonas sp. Chlorella vulgaris (29) Cosmarium botrytis (175) Bacillariophyceae Navicula pelliculosa (668) Chrysophyceae Botrydiopsis alpina (295) Botrydium becherianum (158) LIFE HISTORY Adults of L. excavata have been swept primarily from shoreline and marshy habitats containing herbaceous vegetation. Deonier (1965) reported this species as occasional in the limnic-wrack, marsh-reed, and sedge-mead- ow habitats and rare in the sand-shore habitat in Iowa. In northeastern Ohio, Scheiring and Foote (1973) recorded it as abundant in sedge meadows, oc- casional on limnic wrack and muddy shores, and rare on sandy shores. The flight period extends throughout the warm season. Adults have been taken as early as mid-May and as late as early October in northeastern Ohio. The overwintering stage is unknown, but many species of Ephydridae over- winter as adults. Field-collected adults survived up to 25 days in the laboratory, whereas reared individuals rarely lived more than 20 days. Females had the greater longevity, typically outliving the males by S5—10 days. In laboratory rearing chambers, adults lived for several days in cultures of the blue-green algae Anabaena and Cylindrospermum, but died within 3—5 days when provided with a monoculture of Chlorella. Adults have been observed in nature ap- plying their mouthparts to surfaces of colonies of Cylindrospermum, and gut samples of field-collected imagines usually contained numerous tri- chomes of that genus. The premating period varied from 3—5S days (n = 6) if males were contin- uously available in the breeding jars. The preoviposition period was some- what more variable, ranging from 5—10 days (n = 6) under laboratory con- ditions. No overt courtship displays were observed, and mating seemed to be of the ‘‘assault’’ type (Spieth, 1974) in which males attempt to mate with any suitably sized individual. Mating was observed in a pair of adults collected in a sedge meadow bordering the south shore of Flathead Lake, Montana. The pair was con- fined to a large petri dish that contained a monoculture of Cylindrospermum. When first observed the male was “‘riding’’ the relatively immobile female, | } VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 307 being dorsad and parallel to her body. His front tarsal claws were hooked over the anterior edge of her oral cavity. Her wings were spread at about a 45° angle from the longitudinal axis of the body. After 55 seconds, the male moved posteriorly, assumed a nearly vertical position, and grasped the female’s genitalia with his claspers. During copulation, his front tarsi repeatedly stroked the anterior surface of the female’s mesonotum and the posterior portion of her head. His midtarsi were hooked over the wing bases of the female’s divergent wings, while his hind tarsi were loosely appressed to the venter of the female’s abdomen slightly anterior to the genital seg- ments. Copulation lasted less than 60 seconds after which the male broke genitalic contact and moved forward to reassume the ‘“‘riding’’ position. This alternation of positions occurred three times within a five minute time period before the male decamped. Four recently mated females were placed for 24-hour periods in petri dishes containing monocultures of algae to determine whether particular algal cultures were more suitable as oviposition sites. Numerous eggs were obtained in cultures of Anabaena, Cylindrospermum, Lyngbya, Nostoc, and Oscillatoria, but only two eggs were deposited in a Navicula plate, and no Oviposition occurred in a culture of Chlorella. In contrast to the laboratory results, eggs in nature were found only on growths of Cylindrospermum, even though numerous colonies of other soil-inhabiting blue-green algal gen- era were examined. No eggs or larvae were found on colonies of Anabaena, Lyngbya, Nostoc, or Oscillatoria that occurred in habitats containing fe- males of L. excavata. An additional example of host selectivity by ovipos- iting females was the discovery of several eggs and larvae of L. excavata ona small colony of a species of Cylindrospermum, whereas only immature stages of another hyadine species, Axysta cesta (Haliday), were found on a growth of Lyngbya occurring within 12 cm of the Cylindrospermum. Both types of algae were growing on sodden, decaying leaves and soil at the margin of a partly shaded woodland pool. Females of L. excavata appar- ently restrict their oviposition in nature to patches of the host alga, as no eggs were found on moist substrates surrounding an algal colony. A similar selectivity was noticed among females confined to petri plates containing monocultures of blue-green algae. Less than 5% of the eggs were placed on the agar surface itself; most were deposited on the denser algal growths. Eggs were scattered over the surface of the algal colonies or were slightly imbedded. No clustering of eggs was noticed, and they appeared to be deposited singly. Although exact data were not obtained, some information on the fecundity of individual females is available. A female collected on May 5, 1977, near Kent, Ohio, deposited a total of 34 eggs before dying on May 31. Another female collected on the same date produced 32 eggs before expiring on May 27. The potential fecundity undoubtedly exceeds these values. A field-col- 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Table |. Results of larval feeding tests for L. excavata using different algal monocultures. Percent Reaching Different Life Stages Alga n 2L 3L Pp A Cyanophyceae Anabaena flos-aquae 30 100 100 20 0 Anabaena variabilis 20 75 70 70 70 Anacystis nidulans 10 0 0 tt) 0 Cylindrospermum sp. 30 5y7/ 47 47 40 Gloeocapsa alpicola 10 0 0 0 0 Lyngbya sp. 10 80 80 80 0 Nostoc commune 10 70 0 0 0 Oscillatoria chalybea 30 0 0 0 0 Oscillatoria tenuis 30 30 0 0 0 Phormidium sp. 30 Til, 63 33 30 Synechococcus leopoliensis 30 0 0 0 0 Chlorophyceae Chlamydomonas sp. 20 0 0 0 0 Chlorella vulgaris 30 0 0 0 0 Cosmarium botrytis 10 0 0 0 0 Bacillariophyceae Navicula pelliculosa 30 0 0 0 0 Xanthophyceae Botrydiopsis alpina 10 0 0 0 0 Botrydium becherianum 10 0 0 0 0 lected female that was dissected in the laboratory possessed 20 and 21 ovar- ioles in the two ovaries, respectively. Each ovariole possessed one mature egg, implying a potential fecundity of at least 40 eggs. The incubation period varied between two and three days and averaged 58 hours (n = 12). Newly hatched larvae quickly began feeding on the algal substrate in the immediate vicinity of the eggs. The results of larval feeding tests using monocultures of 17 species of four classes of algae are presented in Table 1. Larvae completed development and eventually produced adults in cultures of Anabaena variabilis, Cylin- drospermum sp., and Phormidium sp., but failed to complete development on Anabaena flos-aquae, Anacystis nidulans, Gloeocapsa alpicola, Lyng- bya sp., Nostoc commune, Oscillatoria chalybea, O. tenuis, Chlamydom- onas sp., Chlorella vulgaris, Cosmarium botrytis, Navicula pelliculosa, Botrydiopsis alpina, and Botrydium becherianum. Eight of ten larvae formed puparia in the Lyngbya plates, but failed to produce adults. Some- what similarly, 20 of 30 newly hatched larvae that were placed in a culture of A. flos-aquae eventually reached the third instar but then failed to form VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 309 Table 2. Developmental times for L. excavata on different algal monocultures. ——eEee————EE—E—EE—E— ee ee ee ee Se ee Larval Period Pupal Period Combined Period Alga r Ss i s i s ——— a ee ee Anabaena variabilis (n = 18) 12.3 2.53 14.0 1.94 26.2 3.83 Cylindrospermum sp. (n = 9) 1233 0.87 11.1 2 Ail, 23.4 3.01 Phormidium sp. (n = 9) 22.3 2.10 18.4 3.95 40.7 4.99 nn puparia, even after 17 days in the third stadium. In contrast, cultures of the remaining algae apparently were completely unsuitable nutritionally, as all larvae died while still in the first or second stadium. Differences in the larval and pupal developmental periods were noted even among the algae that were suitable larval foods (Table 2). Thus the combined larval-pupal period was nearly doubled in larvae that were reared on Phormidium compared to those that fed on Anabaena or Cylindrosper- mum. The larval period ranged from 11-13 days and averaged 12.3 days when larvae were reared on Cylindrospermum. This period was somewhat more variable when Anabaena was the larval food, ranging from 10-19 days (« = 12.3). In contrast to larvae of many other species of Ephydridae (Eastin and Foote, 1971; Foote and Eastin, 1974; Deonier and Regensburg, 1978), those of Lytogaster usually fed on the surface of the algal colony and made little effort to bury themselves into the substrate, although a few strands of algae commonly were scattered over the dorsal surface of a larva. Larvae feeding within an algal colony moved about very little and seemed quite sluggish compared to other ephydrid larvae. However, larval activity increased sig- nificantly when the algal substrate was largely consumed. Larvae estab- lished on algal monocultures in petri dishes freely moved to other colonies once the original colony became depleted. Third-instar larvae survived 5—6 days without food, whereas the earlier instars survived only 2 or 3 days. Table 3. Life cycle data for L. excavata in northeastern Ohio. All rearings were maintained at 22°C, with Cylindrospermum sp. serving as the adult and larval food. Flight Period Mid-May to Late October Premating Period 3-5 days Preoviposition period 5-10 days Incubation period 2-3 days Larval period 11-13 days Pupal period 8-13 days Adult longevity Ca. 25 days Fecundity 30+ eggs/female 310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Larvae frequently fed together on an algal colony, seemingly without mutual interference. As many as six nearly mature larvae were found in nature on a nearly circular patch of Cylindrospermum having a diameter of approximately 3.0 cm. Near Tucson, Arizona, 47 larvae were found in a Petri dish (2.84 cm?) sample of a colony of Cylindrospermum growing on moist sand. Larvae of Lytogaster commonly occurred together with those of other species of Hyadini. In northeastern Ohio, the associated species were Hyadina binotata (Cresson) and, occasionally, Pelina truncatula Loew. In southcentral Arizona, larvae of Lytogaster were associated with those of H. binotata and P. truncatula. In all, nine species of Hyadini have been reared from field-collected colonies of Cylindrospermum (Foote, 1977). Approximately 24 hours prior to forming puparia, larvae ceased feeding and moved to slightly higher areas of the algal colony. Puparia were buried in the algal substrate except that the anterior and posterior spiracles typi- cally were exposed to ambient air. The pupal period for larvae that had fed on Cylindrospermum in laboratory cultures ranged from 8-13 days and av- eraged 11.1 days (n = 9). In contrast, pupae formed by larvae that had fed on Phormidium developed much more slowly, requiring an average of 18.4 days (Table 2). Under laboratory conditions using either Anabaena or Cylindrospermum as larval food, the life cycle could be completed in approximately 30 days (Table 3). This suggests that 5-6 generations could be produced in north- eastern Ohio during a warm season that extends from mid-May to late Oc- tober (175 days). Adults and larvae were found in nature during February in southern Arizona, suggesting that there is a more or less continuous cycling of generations in more southerly latitudes. DESCRIPTIONS OF IMMATURE STAGES Egg (Fig. 15).—Length 0.46-0.54 mm, * = 0.51; width 0.19-0.23 mm, « = 0.22 (n = 10). Ovoid, more curved ventrally than dorsally. White. Chorion mostly striated: micropylar end upturned and without longitudinal striations, bearing low encircling ridge; opposite end bluntly rounded, slightly upturned but lacking encircling ridge. Mature third-instar larva (Figs. 1, 2).—Length 4.2-5.2 mm, * = 4.6; width 0.70—1.10 mm, * = 0.81 (n = 5). Somewhat flattened dorsoventrally; ante- rior end tapering, posterior end terminating in 2 strongly diverging breathing tubes borne at apicolateral margins of segment 12; margins of body indented forming double row of low tubercles along length of larva. Integument with numerous pale to blackened hairs. Segment | (pseudocephalic) (Fig. 3) frequently invaginated, bearing an- tennae apicodorsally, circular sensory plates apicoventrally, and facial mask ventrally; antennae appearing 2-segmented, with both segments wide and VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 311 Figs. 1-7. Lytogaster excavata, third-instar larva. 1, Lateral habitus. 2, Dorsal habitus. 3, Lateral view of anterior end. 4, Facial mask. 5, Anterior spiracle. 6, Dorsal view of segment 9. 7, Ventral view of segment 9. Abbreviations: A = antenna; ASpB = anterior spinule band: ASp = anterior spiracle: BT = breathing tube; CSP = circular sensory plate: CW = creeping welt; DIT = dorsolateral tubercle; FM = facial mask; ISF = intrasegmental fold; LT = lateral tubercle; MH = mouthhooks; OA = oral aperture; Pa = papilla; PSp = posterior spiracle: PSpB = posterior spinule band; S = sensillum. short; circular sensory plates with bordering rims complete, each plate with few peg-like structures; facial mask (Fig. 4) with 4 distinct rows of comblike structures on each side of oral aperture, each row consisting of narrow basal piece bearing 7-10 tapering teeth along posterior margin, rows somewhat curved. Segment 2 (prothoracic) spinulose, bearing bifurcate anterior spi- racles posterolaterally (Fig. 3); each spiracle (Fig. 5) with 2 strongly di- verging branches, upper branch bearing 5—7 papillae along anterolateral sur- face, lower branch with 3 subapical papillae; base of spiracle arising from ws) to PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 8-14. Lytogaster excavata, third-instar larva. 8, Posterior spiracle. 9, Perianal pad. 10, Lateral view of cephalopharyngeal skeleton. 11, Ventral view of hypostomal sclerite and mouthhooks. 12, Dorsal view of parastomal bars and dorsal bridge of pharyngeal sclerite. 13, Cross section of ridges in floor of pharyngeal sclerite. 14, Dorsal view of pharyngeal ridges. Fig. 15. Egg. Abbreviations: AHB = anterior hypostomal bridge; DB = dorsal bridge; DC = dorsal cornu; HS = hypostomal sclerite; MH = mouthhooks; PB = parastomal bar; PhR = pharyngeal ridge; PS = pharyngeal sclerite; PHB = posterior hypostomal bridge; SpO = spi- racular opening; VC = ventral cornu; W = window. q VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 313 deeply pigmented ring. Segments 3-11 (Fig. 6) very similar, lateral margins indented and forming lateral and dorsolateral rows of low, bluntly rounded tubercles, lateral tubercles larger and bearing apical sensilla, each sensillum with 3-6 raylike processes, dorsolateral tubercles smaller, more bluntly rounded, and lacking apical sensilla; dorsal surface of each segment with clear areas near dorsolateral tubercles, each area bearing 2 scalelike struc- tures; ventral surface of each segment (Fig. 7) with creeping welt of 2 rows of blackened spinules, spinules of more posterior row longer. Segment 12 bearing perianal pad ventrally and spiracular breathing tubes apicolaterally; perianal pad (Fig. 9) bilobed, each lobe bluntly rounded laterally, no post- anal spinule pad. Breathing tubes elongate, nearly 3 times as long as wide; each tube capped apically by spiracular plate, plates (Fig. 8) bearing 4 oval spiracular openings and 4 long, branched, hair-like processes. Cephalopharyngeal skeleton (Fig. 10) length 0.37—-0.40 mm, « = 0.39 (n = 5). Mouthhooks paired, not connected dorsally, narrow and sicklelike; hook part without accessory teeth along ventral border, basal part with elongate window and with narrow piece projecting posterodorsally. Hypostomal sclerite (Fig. 11) composed of lateral rods connected near midlength by 2 hypostomal bridges; anterior hypostomal bridge very narrow and barely detectable, strongly curved anteriorly; posterior bridge deeply pigmented, straplike. No epistomal sclerite. Parastomal bars (Fig. 12) arising from an- terior border of pharyngeal sclerite, running forward above and somewhat between hypostomal sclerite, distal ends not connected and ending just above anterior margin of hypostomal sclerite. Pharyngeal sclerite mostly deeply pigmented; dorsal cornua thin, each with window posteroventrally, connected anterodorsally by dorsal bridge, bridge (Fig. 12) with 2 large windows posteriorly and 2 much smaller windows anteriorly; ventral cornua broad, each bearing large, poorly pigmented lobe anterodorsally; floor of pharyngeal sclerite bearing 9 broad, apically truncate ridges (Fig. 13), lateral ridges incomplete, all ridges lacking lateral lamellae and appearing broad and flat in dorsal view (Fig. 14). DISCUSSION In contrast to many species of Ephydridae, L. excavata seems to be a trophic specialist and to occur in more stable habitats. Perhaps the strong trophic specializaton found in this species is its most distinctive character- istic. Zack and Foote (1978) reported that another common wetland ephydrid species, Scatella stagnalis Fallén, is very generalized trophically, as its larvae could utilize a broad spectrum of microorganisms. They reared larvae to adults on 13 different monocultures representing five classes of algae. Interestingly, larvae of S. stagnalis seem unable to utilize the blue- green algal genus Cylindrospermum, the preferred larval food of L. exca- 314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Table 4. Life history characteristics of Scatella stagnalis and Lytogaster excavata. Characteristic S. stagnalis L. excavata Adult longevity (days) 20-25 py syae Fecundity 500 30+ Developmental period (days) 10-14 21—29 Habitat stability Low High Trophic niche Broad Narrow Dispersal ability High Low vata. The utilization of different algal foods may be one factor allowing for the coexistence of these two species in shoreline habitats. As expected, L. excavata possesses certain life history characteristics that stand in direct contrast to traits displayed by such generalist species as S. stagnalis (Table 4). Lytogaster excavata has a slightly greater adult lon- gevity, a greatly reduced fecundity, a distinctly longer developmental pe- riod, and a less motile larva than S. stagnalis. In addition, it usually occurs in habitats that are at least partially vegetated and less susceptible to per- turbation by flooding, whereas S. stagnalis frequently is most abundant on open shoreline muds that are repeatedly and unpredictably inundated. In summary, L. excavata may be more of a K-selected “‘equilibrium’’ species, living in more stable habitats, whereas S. stagnalis is an r-selected “‘fugi- tive’’ species having high powers of dispersal that enables it to exploit quick- ly newly appearing spatial and trophic resources. Blue-green algae are notably recalcitrant to grazing by phycophagous in- vertebrate animals (Arnold, 1971; Hargrave, 1970; Schindler, 1971). How- ever, Foote (1977) reported that at least 12 species of Ephydridae can utilize blue-greens. Most of these species belong to the Hyadini, and it appears that this tribe may be unified biologically by its ability to utilize this largely untapped food resource. This certainly holds true for species of Axysta, Hyadina, and Lytogaster, and perhaps for Pelina, as their larvae have been reared from field-collected colonies of blue-green algae (Foote, 1977). The three other North American genera that are usually placed in the tribe Hy- adini, Brachydeutera, Gastrops, and Ochthera, have distinctly different larval feeding habits and perhaps should be re-evaluated as to their tribal placement. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Appreciation is expressed to Wayne N. Mathis, Department of Entomol- ogy, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., for taxonomic aid and ad- vice during the preparation of this manuscript. All figures were executed by Tana L. Smith. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 315 LITERATURE CITED Arnold, D. E. 1971. Ingestion, assimilation, survival, and reproduction by Daphnia pulex fed seven species of blue-green algae. Limnol. Oceanogr. 16: 906-920. Becker, T. 1926. Ephydridae (Fam.) 56, p. 1-115. Jn Lindner, E., ed., Die Fliegen der pa- laearktischen Region 6, pt. I. Stuttgart. Brock, M. L., R. G. Wiegert, and T. D. Brock. 1969. Feeding by Paracoenia and Ephydra (Diptera: Ephydridae) on the microorganisms of hot springs. Ecology 50; 192-200. Busacca, J. D. and B. A. Foote. 1978. Biology and immature stages of two species of Noti- phila, with notes on other shore flies occurring in cattail marshes (Diptera: Ephydridae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 71: 457-466. Deonier, D. L. 1965. Ecological observations on lowa shore flies (Diptera, Ephydridae). Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 71: 496-510. ——.. 1971. A systematic and ecological study of Nearctic Hydrellia (Diptera, Ephydridae). Smithson. Contrib. Zool. 68: 1-147. —. 1979. Introduction—A prospectus on research in Ephydridae, pp. I-19. Jn Deonier, D. L., ed., First Symposium on the Systematics and Ecology of Ephydridae (Diptera). N. Am. Benthol. Soc. Deonier, D. L. and J. T. Regensburg. 1978. Biology and immature stages of Parydra quad- rituberculata (Diptera: Ephydridae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 71: 341-353. Deonier, D. L., W. N. Mathis, and J. T. Regensburg. 1979. Natural history and life-cycle stages of Notiphila carinata (Diptera: Ephydridae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 91: 798-814. Eastin, W. C. and B. A. Foote. 1971. Biology and immature stages of Dichaeta caudata (Diptera: Ephydridae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 64: 271-279. Foote, B. A. 1977. Utilization of blue-green algae by larvae of shore flies. Environ. Entomol. 6: 812-814. 1979. Utilization of algae by larvae of shore flies (Diptera: Ephydridae), p. 61-71. Jn Deonier, D. L., ed., First Symposium on the Systematics and Ecology of Ephydridae (Diptera). N.A. Benthol. Soc. Foote, B. A. and W. C. Eastin. 1974. Biology and immature stages of Discocerina obscurella (Diptera: Ephydridae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 76: 401-408. Hargrave, B. T. 1970. The utilization of benthic microflora by Hyalella azteca (Amphipoda). J. Anim. Ecol. 39: 427-437. Rohdendorf, B. 1974. The Historical Development of Diptera. Univ. Alberta Press. xv + 360 pp. Simpson, K. W. 1975. Biology and immature stages of two species of Nearctic Ochthera (Diptera: Ephydridae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 77: 129-155. Scheiring, J. F. and B. A. Foote. 1973. Habitat distribution of the shore flies of northeastern Ohio. Ohio J. Sci. 73: 152-166. Schindler, J. E. 1971. Food quality and zooplankton nutrition. J. Anim. Ecol. 40: 589-595. Spieth, H. 1974. Courtship behavior in Drosophila. Annu. Rey. Entomol. 19: 385-405. Starr, R. C. 1978. The Culture Collection of Algae at The University of Texas at Austin. J. Phycol. 14(suppl.): 47—100. Wirth, W. W. 1968. Family Ephydridae, p. 1-43. /n Papavero, N., ed., A Catalogue of the Diptera of the Americas south of the United States. Dept. Zool. Sec. Agric. Sao Paulo. —. 1971. Platygymnopa, a new genus of Ephydridae reared from decaying snails in North America (Diptera). Can. Entomol. 103: 266-270. Zack, R. S., Jr. and B. A. Foote. 1978. Utilization of algal monocultures by larvae of Scarella stagnalis. Environ. Entomol. 7: 509-511. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 316-323 A NEW WATER BEETLE, TROGLOCHARES ASHMOLEI, N. GEN., N. SP., FROM ECUADOR; THE FIRST KNOWN EYELESS CAVERNICOLOUS HYDROPHILID BEETLE (COLEOPTERA: HYDROPHILIDAE) PAUL J. SPANGLER Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—The first known eyeless cavernicolous hydrophilid, Troglo- chares ashmolei, n. gen., n. sp., is described. Illustrations of its various taxonomic structures are provided, and its relationships to similar genera are discussed. Couplets are given to interpolate this genus in a key to the related genera. This new water scavenger beetle was collected in Los Tayos Cave in Morona-Santiago Province, Ecuador. During a speleological investigation of several caves in Ecuador in 1976, Dr. Philip Ashmole and his associates collected some epigean insects as well as cavernicolous animals. Among the specimens collected were some aquatic beetles belonging to the families Dytiscidae and Hydrophilidae. The dytiscids and those of one genus of hydrophilids were epigean forms col- lected at the mouth of Los Tayos Cave in Morona-Santiago Province, Ec- uador. However, a single eyeless female hydrophilid was collected inside the cave and this specimen represents the first known eyeless cavernicolous genus and species in the family Hydrophilidae. This new and unusual water scavenger beetle is described below. HYDROBIINAE Troglochares Spangler, NEw GENUS Body form ovoid. Eyes absent. Clypeus expanded shelflike above and in front of bases of antennae; shallowly and broadly arcuate anteriorly. La- brum rounded laterally; shallowly and broadly emarginate anteriorly. An- tenna 9-segmented; 2 proximal, 3 intermediate, | cupule, and 3 club seg- ments. Maxillary palpus long, moderately robust, distinctly longer than antenna; 4-segmented; basal segment very short; 2nd (pseudobasal) segment slightly sinuous and robust, with convexity along posterior (or mesal) mar- VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 a7 gin, slightly longer than 3rd segment; 4th segment slightly longer than 3rd segment and articulated toward mouth. Mentum strongly emarginate-fo- veate apicomedially. Pronotum with lateral margins, anterolateral angles, and posterolateral angles broadly rounded. Prosternum not carinate. Meso- sternum with a low, transversely arcuate ridge on posterior 4. All femora densely pubescent on about basal %4; apices glabrous. Metatrochanter not elongated. Metatibia straight, elongate, without fringe of long natatory hairs. Tarsal formula 5-5-5. Elytron without sutural stria. Epipleuron moderately declivous along entire length. Last abdominal sternum not emarginate api- comedially. Type-species.—Troglochares ashmolei, new species. Etymology.—Troglochares from troglodytes, G.—hole dweller, plus chares from related genus Helochares. Gender: masculine. Remarks.—This new genus may be recognized immediately from all other described hydrophilid genera by the absence of eyes. However, the genus Troglochares keys to the subtribe Hydrobiae in d’Orchymont’s (1942) re- vision of the Hydrobiini (now divided into several subfamilies) and to the genus Helochares in d’Orchymont’s (1943) key to the genera in his subtribe Helocharae. From the genus Helochares, the genus Troglochares may be recognized by the following combination of characters: Eyes absent; last segment of the maxillary palpus slightly longer than the preceding segment; last abdominal sternum not emarginate apicomedially; size, small. The fol- lowing couplets interpolated in place of couplet 5 in d’;Orchymont’s (1943) key will separate Troglochares from Helochares and related genera: Sa. Antenna of 9 segments or less; Ist abdominal sternum not longi- tudinally carinate at base; last segment of maxillary palpus much shorter than the preceding segment, or if equal then the palps are Venyasnoreand the overall).size 1s'smiall: 1... 4. b2e2 6 ote er ee 5b — Antennae less than 9 segments; Ist abdominal sternum longitudinally carinate at base; last segment of maxillary palpus much longer than preceding segment and _ swollen apically; China and EROMGSIA See ae cc use 8 ate ee ume amie Pelthydrus d Orchymont 5b. Eyes absent; last segment of maxillary palpus slightly longer than precedine seement; Ecuador . 2.2.5.0... Troglochares, new genus — Eyes present; last segment of maxillary palpus equal to or much Shonenmthanpreceding Sepment J... :'t Deane eit cen een. 6 6. Form convex, never flattened; elytra striate or not; COS MIIP ONAN eae J. eae ns wim eben ata Oe Helochares Mulsant — Form very flattened, explanate, in form ofa shield, not convex; max- illary palps extremely long; elytron with 10 narrow striae, finely punctate; anterior coxal cavities narrowly open posteriorly; Gabon Peltochares Regimbart wT ieislie eo) eat eae ss) «6 + hee 8 a se ee Cree» F 318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Troglochares ashmolei Spangler, NEw SPECIES Figs. 1-9 Holotype female.—Body form ovoid; length 1.9 mm; greatest width 1.1 mm at slightly posterior to midlength. Color entirely light brown. Head: With dual punctation; punctures on disc fine and separated by 2- 4x their width; punctures on side of head coarse, sparse, separated by | or 2 their width. Clypeus, above and anterior to bases of antennae, broadly expanded, shelflike; shallowly arcuate anteromedially. Labrum (Fig. 1) with dual punctation but punctures less coarse than those on head; rounded lat- erally; with transverse, preapical row of setae; shallowly and moderately broadly emarginate and minutely denticulate apicomedially (Fig. 1). Eyes absent (Figs. 1, 4). Ventral surface of head behind bases of maxillae mi- croalutaceous. Mentum emarginate-foveolate apicomedially and moderately rugulose (Fig. 5). Antenna 9-segmented (Fig. 3); 2 basal, 3 intermediate, | cupule, and 3 club segments. Maxillary palpus 4-segmented; about as long as antenna; basal segment very short; 2nd (pseudobasal) segment longest, slightly longer than last segment; 3rd segment slightly shorter than last seg- ment. Labial palpus small (Fig. 5); 3-segmented; Ist segment shortest, about Y% as long as 2nd segment; 2nd segment about as long as broader ultimate segment. Thorax: Pronotum strongly convex; sides, posterolateral angles, and anterolateral angles broadly rounded; narrowly margined laterally; punc- tures on disc very fine and separated by about I—3 their width; punctures denser and coarser laterally. Elytron convex; widest at midlength; finely but distinctly margined along entire length; surface very finely, densely punc- tate; discal punctures separated by about | or 2 their width; with 11 rows of slightly coarser punctures; sutural stria absent; epipleuron moderately declivous along entire length. Metathoracic flight wings absent. Scutellum an equal-sided triangle. Prosternum, mesosternum, and metasternum mi- croreticulate and covered with short, moderately dense, golden hydrofuge pubescence; prosternum non-carinate and slightly convex on midline; meso- sternum with a low transversely arcuate ridge on posterior 4 (Fig. 8); meta- sternum with moderately raised pentagonal discal area. Fore-, mid-, and hindfemora densely covered with short, golden, hydrofuge pubescence on about basal 74; apices glabrous. Protibia (Figs. 6, 7) with longitudinal row of slender setae on middle of anterior surface; with a row of short spines and | long preapical spine laterally and 3 long spines apically. Foreleg with tarsal segments |1—4 about equal in length; last segment about as long as segments |—4 combined. Metatrochanters small, not elongate. Metatibia not arcuate. Tarsus of midleg and hindleg each with basal segment short, slightly less than % as long as 2nd segment; 2nd segment about % longer than 3rd segment; 3rd and 4th segments short and subequal; last segment about as long as 3rd and 4th segments combined. Tarsal formula 5-5-5. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 Figs. 1-3. Troglochares ashmolei. 1, Head, 175.2, Apicomedial margin of labrum, 1825> 3, Antenna, 300. 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 4-5. Troglochares ashmolei. 4, Head, lateral, 175.5, Labium, ventral, 400x. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 Figs. 6-7. Troglochares ashmolei. dorsal surface, 750. 6, Protibia , dorsal surface, 325» - ly Protibial apex, 299 Figs. 8-9. Troglochares ashmolei. 8, Mesosternum and metasternum, 80x. 9, Last abdom- inal sternum, 340. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 323 Abdomen: Abdominal sterna microalutaceous; covered with short. mod- erately dense, golden hydrofuge pubescence; last sternum without apico- medial emargination (Fig. 9). Male.—Unknown. Type-data.—Holotype: ECUADOR, Morona-Santiago Province, Los Tayos Cave, 78°12'W, 3°06'S, 23 July 1976, Philip Ashmole; USNM type no. 76879, deposited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution. Etymology.—This unique species is named for the collector, Dr. Philip Ashmole. Habitat.—According to a label included with the specimen it was col- lected from the “‘main cave, chamber above cascades, on calcite forma- tions.” ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am deeply grateful to Philip Ashmole for allowing me to study his ma- terial and for kindly donating the unique specimen of Troglochares ashmolei to the National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution. I also extend my thanks to Susann Braden, Smithsonian Institution scanning elec- tron microscopist, for taking the micrographs included herein. LITERATURE CITED d’Orchymont, A. 1942. Contribution a l'étude de la tribu Hydrobiini Bedel Sous-Tribu Hy- drobiae (Palpicornia-Hydrophilidae). Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg. (2) Fasc. 24: 1-68, 4 figs. . 1943. Palpicornia (Coleoptera) VI. Bull. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg. 19(60): I-12, 3 figs. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 324-325 THE NOCTUOID MOTHS OF THE ANTILLES—PART I (LEPIDOPTERA: DIOPTIDAE) EE. Topp Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—The single species of Dioptidae recorded from the Antilles is Josia draconis (Druce). This Central and South American species was re- ported from Jamaica, but the record is doubtful. Only one species of the family Dioptidae has been recorded from the Antilles. Josia draconis (Druce) was reported from Jamaica by Prout (1918:422). The specimen on which this record was based is in the collection of the British Museum (Natural History). It is labeled *‘Jamaica 88.30 581.” The number ‘*88.30”’ is a registration number and means No. 30 of 1888. Recorded under this number in the British Museum (Natural History) is the information that this lot contained Lepidoptera from Australia, Chile, etc., and they were purchased from a Mr. Mathew. I question whether the spec- imen is correctly labeled, and I would be very surprised if subsequently other specimens were discovered that were taken in Jamaica. The last treat- ment of the moths of Jamaica (Gowdey, 1926) does not list the species nor was Jamaica included as a locality by Hering (1925: 526). Nevertheless the species is treated and illustrated at this time to alert collectors to the pos- sible, if unlikely, occurrence in the Antilles. Josia draconis (Druce) Fig. 1 Actea? draconis Druce, 1885: 145, pl. 14, fig. 6. San Juan, Panama. Brachyglene draconis (Druce), Kirby, 1892: 408. Josia draconis (Druce), Prout, 1918: 422.—Hering, 1925: 526, pl. 70, row h.—Bryk, 1930: 45. Twenty-six specimens of this species are in the collection of the U.S. National Museum from Panama, British Guiana, and Amazonian Brazil. The species is illustrated in color by Druce (1885) and Hering (1925). In the series of specimens in the U.S. National Museum, some examples from VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 325 Fig. 1. Josia draconis, adult, dorsal view, 2x, from Athajuelo, Panama. Brazil have the pale transverse bar of the forewing suffused with orange instead of straw yellow. The pale median spot of the hindwings is pink. LITERATURE CITED Bryk, F. 1930. Dioptidae. Jn Strand, Lepidopterorum Catalogus, Pt. 42, 63 pp. Junk, Berlin. Druce, H. 1881-1900. Lepidoptera, Heterocera. Jn Godman and Salvin, Biologia Centrali- Americana, Zoology, Insecta, Vol. 1, i-xxxii, pls. 1-41. Taylor and Francis, London. [pp. i-xxxii, 1900; pp. 1-24, 1881: pp. 25-32, 1883; pp. 33-112, 1884; pp. 113-160, 1885: pp. 161-200, 1886; pp. 201-256, 1887: pp. 257-344, 1889; pp. 345-440, 1890: pp. 441- 536, 1898; pp. 537-592, 1899; pp. 593-622, 1900] Gowdey, C. C. 1926. Catalogus Insectorum Jamaicensis. Jamaica Dep. Agric. Entomol. Bull. No. 4, Pt. 1, pp. 1-114, i-xiv. Hering, M. 1925-1927. Dioptidae. In Seitz, Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde 6: 499-534. pls. 68-71. [pp. 499-528, 1925; pp. 529-534, 1927]. Kirby, W. F. 1892. A synonymic catalogue of Lepidoptera Heterocera. Gurney and Jackson, London. 951 pp. Prout, L. B. 1918. Provisional arrangement of the Dioptidae. Novitates Zoologicae 25: 395— 429, PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 326-331 MYCOPHAGY BY APHAENOGASTER SPP. (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE) J. F. CARROLL, J. W. KIMBROUGH, AND W. H. WHITCOMB (JFC) Department of Entomology and Nematology, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32611. Present address: Livestock Insects Laboratory, AEQI, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, Beltsville, Maryland 20705; (JWK) Department of Botany, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32611; (WHW) Department of Entomology and Nematology, Uni- versity of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32611. Abstract.—The myrmicine ants, Aphaenogaster ashmeadi (Emery), A. floridana M. R. Smith, A. miamiana Wheeler sensu lato, and A. treatae Forel, chew fragments from Agaricales basidiocarps and carry the pieces to their nests. Fungi of four genera (Russula, Armillariella, Marasmiellus, Amanita) are harvested, but Russula basidiocarps are attacked most fre- quently. Laboratory colonies of four additional species of Aphaenogaster have accepted pieces of basidiocarp from a species of Russula. Aphaeno- gaster spp. appear to feed on the fungal tissue but may only ingest the fluids. Aphaenogaster tennesseensis (Mayr) workers present sporophore fragments to their larvae in the same manner they feed them insect tissue. In our observations ant damage to all basidiocarps except those of Mar- asmiellus is generally less serious than that inflicted by coleopterous and dipterous immatures and adults. These findings may shed new light on the question of the evolution of fungus cultivation by ants. To our knowledge this is the first report of non-attine ants feeding extensively on fungi. The mycophagous habits of the Attini, or fungus-growing ants, are re- nowned, but fungus-feeding by ants other than attines is poorly understood. The presence of fungal material in the infrabuccal pockets of ants of several genera (Pseudomyrmex, Crematogaster, Lasius) and fungi growing in the ants’ nests led Elliott (1914) to speculate that these ants probably ate fungi. Bailey (1920) and Wheeler (1922) questioned such theories. Bailey believed that the fungal material found in infrabuccal pockets was detritus groomed from nestmates or cleaned from nest galleries. However, Wheeler and Bai- ley (1920) found that Pseudomyrmex larvae were fed the contents of the infrabuccal pockets of workers. They did not determine whether the fungal VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 327 material in these food pellets was essential for larval growth. A few ants (Aphaenogaster, Formica, Leptothorax, Lasius) were found with bracket fungi, but no feeding was observed (Graves and Graves, 1968; Matthewman and Pielou, 1971). Wellenstein (1952) reported that fungi and carrion con- stituted 0.3% of the diet of Formica rufa L. Using radiotracer techniques, Went et al. (1972) demonstrated that the larvae of Manica hunteri (Wheeler) ingested mycorrhizal hyphae that had been growing in a nest of M. bradleyi (Wheeler). At least one of two Megalomyrmex species that were social parasites of attines ate the symbiotic fungus of its host (Weber 1972). MATERIALS AND METHODS Field observations were made in Alachua County in north-central Florida. We examined basidiocarps for the presence of ants. When ants were dis- covered on a basidiocarp, they were observed for at least five minutes to determine whether they were removing pieces from the fungi. We examined microscopically fungal fragments taken from nestward-bound ants. Laboratory colonies of eight species of native Aphaenogaster (A. ash- meadi (Emery), A. flemingi M. R. Smith, A. floridana M. R. Smith, A. fulva Roger, A. lamellidens Mayr, A. miamiana Wheeler sensu lato, A. tennesseensis (Mayr), A. treatae Forel) were maintained in standard Wilson nests and in transparent plastic shell vials containing moistened tissue paper. These artificial nests were kept in trays that served as foraging areas for the ants. Laboratory colonies were normally fed hamburger and a variety of dead insects. Fragments of the caps of Russula sp., each including spore- laden gills, were offered to all laboratory colonies to determine whether ant workers would carry the fungal tissue into their nests. About 50 workers were removed from an A. tennesseensis colony and maintained in a separate artificial nest. For three days the main A. tennesseensis colony was given only spore-bearing cap fragments of a Russula sp. basidiocarp stained with methyl blue and indocyanine dyes, while the group of 50 was maintained on its regular diet. Staining the fungus enhanced the visibility of fungal fragments in observation nests and made it possible to determine by ex- amination of crop contents whether ants were ingesting fungal material in the form of spores, hyphae, or liquids. The senior author identified the ants we studied. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION We observed four species of Aphaenogaster (A. ashmeadi, A. floridana, A. miamiana sensu lato, and A. treatae, primarily predators and scaven- gers) removing fragments from mushroom basidiocarps in the field. Basid- iocarps of four genera (three families) were harvested by Aphaenogaster spp. Species of Russula (Russulaceae) were most frequently harvested. 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Additionally, workers of A. flemingi were seen visiting a species of Russula. Aphaenogaster ashmeadi also harvested two species of Tricholomataceae, Armillariella tabescens (Scop. ex Fr.) Sing. and Marasmiellus sp. Once an A. miamiana worker was observed removing a piece from an Amanita sp. (Amanitaceae) basidiocarp. To a lesser extent Pheidole workers also har- vested sporophores. Basidiocarps of several other genera of fungi were available in the foraging areas of the Aphaenogaster colonies under obser- vation, but workers were not seen harvesting them. We did not find Aphaen- ogaster workers harvesting conks of bracket fungi, although Graves and Graves (1968) found A. fulva workers with Polyporaceae and Thelophora- ceae in North Carolina. In the field, we observed Aphaenogaster spp. harvesting basidiocarps from May to November. The Marasmiellus sp. basidiocarps harvested were small (10 mm tall). These sporophores were clipped off near ground level and were removed in single trips by individual A. ashmeadi workers. An A. ashmeadi worker would straddle the stipe of a felled Marasmiellus, grip it just below the cap with her mandibles, and carry it nestward. Maras- miellus basidiocarps taken from foraging ants were slightly immature. Only in the case of Marasmiellus did ants apparently damage basidiocarps before spores matured. Large (6 cm tall, 6 cm diam cap) and medium-sized basidiocarps, such as those of some Russula spp., never appeared to be entirely removed by ants. Aphaenogaster spp. chiefly attacked the caps of Russula spp., particularly along the rims. Chunks of basidiocarp tissue up to about 3 mm® were chewed off by individual Aphaenogaster workers and were carried nestward. Aphaenogaster ashmeadi took pieces from caps and stipes of Armillariella tabescens. One clump of Ar. tabescens was harvested by A. ashmeadi workers for eight days. During | hr in the afternoon 20 A. ashmeadi workers carried pieces (most about 2 mm?) of Ar. tabescens to their nest. As many as eight Aphaenogaster spp. workers were seen Si- multaneously visiting individual Russula basidiocarps. Most basidiocarps harvested were mature or senescent. Individual Russula sp. were usually attacked for two to five days by Aphaenogaster spp. However, they even- tually decayed or were eaten by organisms other than ants. The effect of ant harvesting on spore mortality or dissemination (and thus on the fitness of the fungal organisms) remains to be assessed. In the laboratory, workers of A. ashmeadi, A. flemingi, A. floridana, A. fulva, A. lamellidens, A. miamiana, A. tennesseensis, and A. treatae carried pieces of Russula into their nests. We observed that basidiocarp fragments carried into artificial nests by foragers were subsequently torn to pieces by the ant workers. One to three ants chewed a fragment. At times A. fennes- seensis workers held fungal fragments with their mandibles; rather than chewing the fungal tissue, they appeared to imbibe fluid from it. Workers placed larvae on some fungal fragments, and very small fragments were ——— SS VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 329 placed on the upturned venters of larger larvae. The anteriors of the larvae extended in characteristic feeding position. Buschinger (1973) and others have described such larval feeding behavior in Aphaenogaster colonies giv- en insects as food. Eventually the ants discarded the masticated tissue with- in and outside their nests. Microscopic examination of fungal fragments taken from nestward-bound workers revealed no minute invertebrates, although most sporophores dam- aged by ants contained coleopterous or dipterous immatures or adults. Crop contents of workers examined before they were given dyed basidiocarp tissue were yellowish-brown, as were those of five workers from the group of 50 A. tennesseensis given hamburger during the three day period. Crop contents from 17 of 18 workers from the A. tennesseensis colony given dyed pieces of Russula daily for three days were blue-green like the dye. Russula spores were found in the crop of only one of 18 workers from the A. ten- nesseensis colony given dyed basidiocarp fragments. Some of these workers were collected directly from pieces of fungi on which they were chewing. The absence of spores in the crops containing dye suggested that workers ingested mostly fluids from the fungal tissue. Microscopic examination of the contents of the infrabuccal pockets from ten A. tennesseensis workers with blue crop contents showed no spores or hyphae. Whether the ants regurgitated the fungal material from their infrabuccal pockets or it was digested was not shown by these results. However, spores are generally digestible only in solutions of extreme pH and Russula spores are small (often <10 wu diam), reducing the likelihood they are filtered out before they can reach the crop. By comparison Eisner and Happ (1962) have found that corundum particles as large as 100 yw diam pass into the crops of workers of the somewhat larger Camponotus pennsylvanicus (DeGeer). Fungal tissue may be more than merely a source of moisture for Aphaen- ogaster spp. Workers drank from moistened balls of tissue paper placed in their foraging areas. Moistened balls of tissue paper were placed in foraging areas of an A. tennesseensis colony and an A. ashmeadi colony simulta- neously with fungal fragments of similar size. About five times as many ants were attracted to the fungal fragments as to the wet tissue paper. Any nutritive importance of basidiocarps to Aphaenogaster spp. remains to be assessed. The symbiotic fungi of the Attini apparently provided those ants their essential nutrients (Weber, 1972). None of the Aphaenogaster spp. observed were found tending Homoptera or visiting extrafloral nectar- ies—important carbohydrate sources for many ants. In the laboratory, how- ever, when Aphaenogaster spp. colonies were presented balls of tissue paper soaked with water and other tissue balls soaked with sugar water, the ants swarmed on the balls with sugar water and virtually neglected tissue moistened with plain water. Van Pelt (1958) found Aphaenogaster spp. at- tracted to molasses, and Carroll (1975) found A. miamiana visiting sap 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON exuding from an elm, Ulmus sp. We do not know if Agaricales sporophores serve primarily as a carbohydrate source for Aphaenogaster spp. On three occasions we found Pheidole dentata Mayr workers harvesting a species of Russula, and once we saw a P. metallescens Emery worker removing a piece of Russula basidiocarp. P. dentata workers were twice observed harvesting Amanita sp., and one P. dentata worker was found carrying some basidiocarp of Marasmiellus. We saw no other ants harvest basidiocarps, and the significance of mycophagy in the competition between Aphaenogaster spp. and other terrestrially foraging ants was not clarified. These findings may aid in understanding the evolution of the fungus-grow- ing attines. Several explanations of the phenomenon have been propounded. Attines, according to von Ihering (1894), could have evolved from harvest- ing ants that ate mold growing on their stored seeds. Goetsch and Gruger (1942) reprised von Ihering’s basic hypothesis. Emery (1899) held that crop- ping of adventitious hyphae on the walls of ant nests by the inhabitants was probably the origin of mycophagy in ants. Forel (1902) felt that proto-attines nested in rotten wood and consumed fungi growing on feces of wood-boring insects. More recently, Weber (1956, 1972) suggested that proto-attines could have begun feeding on fungi growing on the ants’ own feces. In 1946 Wolcott observed some workers of the attine Acromyrmex coronatus (Fabricius) “‘eating,”’ i.e., cutting up and removing basidiocarps of Pleu- rotus sp. in the manner we have described for Aphaenogaster. He referred to such behavior as “‘recessive traits,’ 1.e., a reversion from the agricultural state. Wojcik (personal communication) discovered Cyphomyrmex rimosus (Spinola) similarly harvesting an unidentified basidiocarp, and the senior author observed Trachymyrmex septentrionalis (McCook) workers remov- ing pieces of a Russula sp. basidiocarp. Both ants were attines. We do not wish to imply that attines have evolved from Aphaenogaster, but we do suggest that a generalized myrmicine ant with Aphaenogaster- like or, perhaps, Pheidole-like habits is a plausible ancestor. However, von | Ihering (1894) has cited Aphaenogaster as one of the genera of seed-har- vesters having habits like those of his postulated attine precursor. Perhaps the feeding behavior of the proto-attine resembled that of present day | Aphaenogaster spp., which Smith (1961) and Buschinger (1973) have de- | scribed as generalized and in some aspects primitive members of the Myr- | micinae. The proto-attines may have carried spore-laden fungal fragments | to their nests and, after macerating the fungal tissue, may have discarded it in refuse areas in their nests. Refuse areas of omnivorous ants such as | Aphaenogaster spp., which also collect seeds (Culver and Beattie, 1978) | and floral parts of plants, contain a variety of substrates on which fungi may | flourish in humid nest conditions. Such conditions may have favored co- evolution of a symbiosis between the ants and fungi. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 331 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank W. L. Brown, Jr., W. F. Buren, J. C. E. Nickerson, R. Thorn- hill, and D. Wojcik for their suggestions on this manuscript as it has been developed. LITERATURE CITED Bailey, I. W. 1920. Some relations between ants and fungi. Ecology |: 174-189. Buschinger, A. 1973. Transport und Ansetzen an Beutestuecke bei der Ameise Aphaenogaster subterranea (Latr.), (Hym., Formicidae). Zool. Anz. 190: 63—66. Carroll, J. F. 1975. Biology and ecology of the ants of the genus Aphaenogaster in Florida. Univ. of Fla., Ph.D. Thesis. 176 pp. Culver, D. C. and A. J. Beattie. 1978. Myrmechory in Viola, Dynamics of seed-ant interac- tions in some West Virginia species. J. Ecol. 66: 53-72. Eisner, T. and G. M. Happ. 1962. The infrabuccal pocket of a formicine ant: A social filtration device. Psyche (Camb.) 69: 107-116. Elliott, J. S. B. 1914. Fungi in the nests of ants. Trans. Br. Mycol. Soc. 5: 138-142. Emery, C. 1899. Vegetarianisme chez les fourmis. Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat. 8: 488—490. Forel, A. 1902. Bespiele phylogenetischer Wirkungen und Ruckwirkungen bei den Instinkten und den Korperbau der Ameisen als Belege fur die Evolutionslehre und die psychophy- siologische Identitatslehre. J. Psychol. Neurol. 1: 99-110. Goetsch, W. and R. Gruger. 1942. Pilzzucht und Pilznahrung staatenbildenden Insekten. Biol. Gen. (Vienna) 16: 41-112. Graves, R. C. and A. C. G. Graves. 1968. The insects and other inhabitants of shelf fungi in the southeastern Blue Ridge region of western North Carolina. III. lsoptera, Lepidoptera and ants. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 61: 383-385. Ihering, H. von. 1894. Die Ameisen von Rio Grande do Sul. Berl. Entomol. Z. 39: 321-446. Matthewman, W. G. and D. P. Pielou. 1971. Arthropods inhabiting the sporophores of Fomes fomentarius (Polyporaceae) in Gatineau Park, Quebec. Can. Entomol. 103: 775-847. Smith, M. R. 1961. A study of New Guinea ants of the genus Aphaenogaster Mayr (Hyme- noptera: Formicidae). Acta Hymenopt. |: 213-237. Van Pelt, A. F. 1958. The ecology of the ants of the Welaka Reserve, Florida (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Pt. I]. Annotated list. Am. Midl. Nat. 59: 1-57. Weber, N. A. 1956. Treatment of substrate by fungus-growing ants. Anat. Rec. 135: 604-605. 1972. Gardening ants, the attines. Mem. Am. Philos. Soc., Phila. 92: |-146. Wellenstein, G. 1952. Zur Ernahrungsbiologie der Roten Waldameise (Formica rufa L.). Z. \ Pflanzenkr. Pathol. Pflanzenschutz 59: 430-451. Went, F. J., J. Wheeler, and G. C. Wheeler. 1972. Feeding and digestion in some ants (Ve- romessor and Manica). BioScience 22: 82-88. Wheeler, W. M. 1922. Ants of the American Museum Congo Expedition. A contribution to the myrmecology of Africa. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 45(1): 631-1055. Wheeler, W. M. and I. W. Bailey. 1920. The feeding habits of pseudomyrmine and other ants. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. 22: 235-279. Wolcott, G. N. 1946. Some fungus-growing ants eat and harvest wild fungi. Entomol. News 57: 95-97. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 332-338 NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMIES IN PALEARCTIC AND NEARCTIC SCIOMYZIDAE (DIPTERA) L. KNUTSON IIBUI, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., Beltsville Agricultural Re- search Center, USDA, Beltsville, Maryland 2070S. Abstract.—Tetanocera scutellata Matsumura, 1916, is transferred to the genus Coremacera; Sciomyza goberti Pandellé, 1902, is transferred to the genus Pherbellia, the holotype is redescribed, and the male genitalia are figured; Pherbellia lapponica (Ringdahl), 1948, is recorded from North America; Pherbellia villiersi Séeguy, 1941, is placed as a synonym of P. nana (Fallén), 1820; Sciomyza humilis Loew, 1876, is placed as a synonym of Pherbellia parallela (Walker) 1852; Tetanocera mallochi Steyskal, 1959, is placed as a synonym of T. griseicollis Frey, 1924; and distributional records for Tetanocera freyi Stackelberg, 1963, and 7. silvatica Meigen, 1830, in North America are given. The following taxonomic data and hypotheses are presented, as one of a series of papers, in preparation for an analysis of the classification and phylogeny of the genera of snail-killing flies (Sciomyzidae) of the world. Coremacera scutellata (Matsumura), 1916 (Tetanocera) NEw COMBINATION The female holotype, in the Hokkaido University Collection (Sapporo, Japan), is in perfect condition except both wings are cracked from the mid- dle of the costal margin into the submarginal cell, and there is verdigris above and below the thorax. The specimen is labeled: Japan, Matsumura (reverse side—Okinawa, XI1.07) (white label); Tetanocera scutellata (white label); Type, Matsumura (red label). I have labeled the specimen, Core- macera scutellata (Matsumura), d. L. Knutson, 1979. The specimen closely fits the original description except: Middle of face subshiny, whitish pruinose, with brownish area above carina; sides of face yellowish pruinose; frontal spot oval, surrounding anterior fronto-orbital bristle, barely reaching posterior fronto-orbital bristle on right side, not reaching it on left side; lunula, broad midfrontal stripe, and area between orbito-antennal and frontal spots shiny. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 333 In Elberg’s key (1968), the type of C. scutellata runs to C. ussuriensis Elberg (Lebeche, Primorski Krai, far eastern USSR) and can be distin- guished from the description of C. ussuriensis only by some slight differ- ences in color. According to my notes taken during a 1973 visit to the Zoological Institute in Leningrad, there is a specimen labeled Tetanocera scutellata in that collection. There is no information on this species in J. Verbeke’s notes (at the Institut National des Sciences Naturelles, Brussels) of his examinations of the collections in Leningrad and Moscow. The holotype of C. scutellata is distinct from three specimens of an un- described Coremacera species in the U.S. National Museum (USNM) (Chas Yang, Chili, China, 13.1X.1921 Jacot, 2; Hangchow, 30.III.1929, 2; and Chas Yang, 6.1X.1921, sex unknown—abdomen missing) in having the fol- lowing characters: Basal two-thirds of submarginal cell open, without spots; posthumeral bristle as large as humeral bristle (hairlike in the undescribed specimens); front femur with an irregular, double series of strong bristles along the entire dorsal surface (only 2—4 strong bristles dorsally toward apex in the undescribed specimens); bristles on posteroventral surface of hind femur extending from apex to midlength (restricted to 2-4 near apical third in the undescribed specimens). Pherbellia goberti (Pandellé), 1902 (Sciomyza) Pigs. 1o2 Pherbellia goberti (Pandelle), described from Landes, France, is appar- ently known only from the male holotype in the Paris Museum. The spec- imen is labeled, 2321 (white label), and Sciomyza goberti Pand. (white label folded in half). The specimen was apparently originally glued to a paper point, and has been carefully reglued at some time in the past. Head, wings, and bristles in good condition; left front leg missing; right front, middle, and hind legs separated from specimen and glued to the point; abdomen prepared with sodium hydroxide and preserved in glycerine in plastic genitalia vial (pre- pared and dissected by LK). Description.—Y ellowish brown. Face vertical; cheeks narrow, at narrow- est point almost as wide as greatest width of 3rd antennal segment. Eyes very large, rounded dorsally, strongly angular ventrally. Frons strongly nar- rowed anteriorly, width at antennae about 2 the distance between outer vertical bristles; matt, yellowish between orbital plates, brownish from an- terior fronto-orbital bristles to antennae, hairs between orbital plates and orbital margin as well as those on middle of frons black, hairs yellowish on lower frons near antennae. Ocellar triangle and orbital plates medium brown, subshiny, with sparse grayish pollinosity; midfrontal stripe not quite 334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 1, 2. Pherbellia goberti, holotype male, genitalia. 1, Lateral view. 2, Posterior view. reaching level of anterior fronto-orbital bristles. Orbital margin from anten- nae to posterior fronto-orbitals narrowly margined with whitish pruinosity. Two strong ocellar bristles, about equal in length to post-ocellars and inner verticals; outer verticals slightly shorter. First antennal segment minute, hidden; 2nd antennal segment yellowish brown, 4% length of 3rd segment; 3rd antennal segment unicolorous yellowish brown, short, rounded apically, upper and lower margins parallel; arista yellowish brown, with medium- length, sparse, darkish hairs, somewhat longer and denser on dorsal surface. | Middle of face and area along facial orbits pollinose greyish-brown; lower | face on each side matt, yellowish brown, with short black hairs as on lower frons. Palpi yellowish brown, each with 3 moderately-sized, blackish bris- tles. Thoracic dorsum subshiny yellowish brown with faint pollinosity, indis- | tinct dark stripes anteriorly; 2 pairs of dorsocentral bristles, anterior pair | somewhat shorter than posterior pair; | humeral; 1 posthumeral; 2 noto- | pleural; | supra-alar; 2 postalar; no prescutellar; 2 pairs of scutellar bristles. | Propleural bristle strong, with 3 short hairs above each front coxa. Meso- | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 335 pleuron bare. Pteropleuron with 2 large and 2 medium-sized bristles on left side. Prosternum bare. Front coxa with a very strong bristle just above middle at outer edge, hind coxa bare above posteriorly. Front femur yellow basally, brownish on apical 2/5; front tibia brownish on apical 24, becoming dark brown and concolorous with dark brown tarsi. Middle and hind legs yellow. Front femur with several dorsal bristles toward apex, middle femur with | weak bristle outstanding on anterior surface below midlength, and hind femur with 2 outer dorsal bristles toward apex. Wing membrane and veins yellowish, crossveins imperceptibly clouded, anal vein reaches wing margin, ta below apex of r, and before middle of wing. Halter yellow. Male genitalia, Figs. | and 2. Posterior surstylus without bristles; in lateral view elongate, triangular with a low, conical, posteriorly directed projection just beyond base and a narrow, lightly pigmented lamina along most of anterior margin; pincerlike in posterior view, bent mesially at 90° angle at basal 4%. Anterior surstylus with very weak marginal hairs; in lateral view mitten-shaped, with short lobes; general outline somewhat longer than broad, basally with a posteriorly-directed lobe. Aedeagal and ejaculatory apodemes subequal, very large, well sclerotized. Remarks.—In general appearance, P. goberti looks like a small species of Sciomyza, but it has the typical characters of Pherbellia. The characters cited by Séguy (1934) in his key to species of ‘“Sciomyza’’ and in his brief description agree with the type-specimen except the third antennal segment is yellowish brown, not **.... roux, tant au plus étroitement noirci a I’ apex,’ and the pteropleura have 3 or 4 bristles, not 2 or 3. Grensted (1946) quoted a personal (in /itt.) communication from J. E. Collin, **Pandelle’s | S. pallidiventris (S—7 mm.) was probably sordida Hendel, and not pallidi- ventris Fln., and I suspect that his S. goberti was the true pallidiventris.” Collin was confused on this point—P. goberti and P. pallidiventris are abun- dantly distinct. Pherbellia lapponica (Ringdahl), 1948 (Sciomyza) Pherbellia lapponica was described from Gallivare, northern Sweden. | have seen additional European specimens from Finland (Paanajarvi, Pet- / samo, and Muonio) and Sweden (Jamtland, Lulea Lappmark, Lyksele : Lappmark, Tornea Lappmark, Norrbotten, and Vasterbotten). I reared this ) species through the complete life cycle from adults collected near Kvikkjokk, Norrbotten, Sweden in June, 1967. The following new records are from specimens in the USNM: Alaska: N. Coast, Prudhoe Bay; 16.VI.1971, 1 3d, No. 46; 20.VI.1971, 1 d, No. 119; my 11.1971, 1S 1°; No. 256; 8. VII.1971, 1 2, No. 311; Deyrup. 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Pherbellia nana (Fallén), 1820 (Sciomyza) Pherbellia villiersi Seguy, 1941. NEw SYNONYMy. The holotype and cotypes of Pherbellia villiersi Seguy (3 females, not males as published by Séguy) were examined in the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris. One female is labeled: Dj. Toubkal, Tachdirt, 2,500 m. (white label), Maroc, 1S—13 Aout (white label), 251 (white label), Museum Paris, 1938, R. Paulian et Villiers (light green label), TYPE (red label), Ditaenia villiersi, Type, E. Séguy vid. (white label). There are two females labeled as above, but without the latter two labels, and with the following label, Pherbellia villiersi, Cotype, E. Séguy det. 19. All three specimens are greasy, and the color patterns of the body are indistinct. The disc of the wing is not as uniformly dark as figured by Séguy. The wing pattern is very similar to typical P. nana, but somewhat darker and slightly more extensive, particularly in the holotype specimen. The single specimen of P. nana in the general collection in Paris (a 2 from Kaltwasser, det. Th. Becker) is a lightly-colored specimen with an unusually faint wing pattern. I added the following label: Pherbellia nana (Fallén). Det. L. Knutson 1980. Elberg (1978) examined the hypopygium of the type-specimen of Scio- myza reticulata Thomson (1869) and concluded that it is identical with the hypopygium of Pherbellia nana. On the basis of the wing pattern, 1.e., the presence of spots in cells A, Cu, AM, and D in addition to those in R, RI, R3, and RS, Elberg considered the type-specimen of S. reticulata (from Hong Kong) and other Asian specimens that he studied (Transbaikal (Bur- jatien) to Ussuri Region) to represent a distinct subspecies, Pherbellia nana reticulata (Thomson). Pherbellia parallela (Walker), 1852 (Sciomyza) Sciomyza humilis Loew, 1876. NEw SYNONYMY. I rediscovered the type-specimen of Sciomyza parallela Walker in a draw- er of uncurated material at the British Museum (N.H.) in February, 1976. The specimen, a male with the head missing but otherwise in good condition, is labeled, parallela, US, 68 4, parallela N. Amer. Walk. The genitalia were not dissected but chaetotaxy, color, and other characters clearly show it to be the same species as Sciomyza humilis Loew, 1876. This is a Nearctic species. Tetanocera griseicollis Frey, 1924 Tetanocera mallochi Steyskal, 1959. NEw SYNONYMY. Tetanocera mallochi was described by Steyskal (1959) from specimens from Manitoba (holotype and allotype), Alaska, Northwest Territories, Al- | ee _ ee ————_ VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 337 berta, Quebec, Labrador, and New Hampshire. I have compared the male holotype of 7. griseicollis Frey (Helsinki University Museum; genitalia missing) from Dudinka, Siberia, with the following specimens from the Pale- arctic and Nearctic regions: PALEARCTIC: USSR: Siberia, Verschininsk, 69°5’, | 6, Trybom, Na- turhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm. Sweden: T. Lpm., S. E. Abisko, Juk- kasjarvi, 2. VII.1966, 1 2 , Hedstrom; Pessinenjaure, Jukkasjarvi, 9. VII. 1966, 1 2, Hedstrom. NEARCTIC: Canada: NORTHWEST TERRITORIES: Musk Ox Lake. 64°45'N 108°10'W, 20. VIT.1953, 1 2, Chillcott, Canadian National Collec- tion, Ottawa (CNC) (paratype). Ekalulia Is., Bathurst Inl., 12.VIII.1966, 2 3 3 ¢, Shewell, CNC. Aklavik, 25.VII.1931, 1 6, USNM. MANITOBA: Fort Churchill, 21. VI1.1952,.1 .d +.12.Vil.1952..1_.¢.; Churchill. 8:Vi1. 1952. 1d 1 2, Chillcott, USNM (paratypes). QUEBEC: Indian House Lake, 20.V1I.1954, 1 3d, Richards, USNM (paratype). USA: ALASKA: 15 mi. W. Nebesna, 3.VII.1948, 2 6 1 2, Sailer, USNM. Polychrome Pass, 3.VII.1954, 1 dg 1 9, Frohne, USNM. Richardson Hwy., M. P. 183, 24.VII.1948, 1 2, Sailer, USNM. COLORADO: Cameron Pass, 18. VIII.1952, 1 36, Severin, CU. WYOMING: Canyon Village, Yellowstone National Park, 21.VII.1971, 1 3, Steyskal, USNM. I have found no specific differences among these specimens. The details of the male genitalia of Palearctic and Nearctic specimens compare exactly. A posterodorsal pre-apical bristle, slightly posterad of the last anterodorsal pre-apical bristle, is usually present on both hind femora, but it may be absent or present only on one side. Tetanocera silvatica Meigen, 1830, and 7. freyi Stackelberg, 1963 Cresson (1920) and Steyskal (1959) recorded Tetanocera silvatica Meigen from North America. In describing 7. freyi from Luga, Yashchera, USSR, Stackelberg (1963) indicated that Steyskal’s specimens of 7. silvatica from Alaska (Fig. 29) are T. freyi. I have seen the following male specimens (all in the USNM) of 7. silvatica and T. freyi from North America. Tetanocera silvatica.—USA: ALASKA: Tanana, 7.V1.1951, Sailer (1). Matanuska Valley, 27.VI.1952, C. O. Berg (2). COLORADO: No further data (2). Rio Grande Co., Beaver Creek, 10,000 ft., 21.VI.1972, Wirth (1). WYOMING: Yellowstone Park, Apollinar Is., 8.VII.1923, Melander (2). SOUTH DAKOTA: Custer, 22. VII.1924 (1). ARIZONA: Greer, Phelps Bot. Area, 23.VI.1957, Butler & Werner (2). Tetanocera freyi.—USA: ALASKA: Matanuska Valley, 27.V1I.1952 (10), 1. VII.1950 (4), 8. VII.1950 (2), 2. VHI.1952 (2), Berg. Canada: ALBERTA: Bilby, 1.V1.1924 (1), 10.V1.1924 (1), Bryant. 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank M. Suwa, Entomological Institute, Faculty of Agriculture, Hok- kaido University, Sapporo; L. Matile, Museum National d’Histoire Natu- relle, Paris; W. Hackman, Zoological Museum, University of Helsinki; and B. Cogan, British Museum (N.H.), for making material available for study. LITERATURE CITED Cresson, E. T. 1920. A revision of the Nearctic Sciomyzidae (Diptera, Acalyptratae). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 46: 27-89, 3 pls. Elberg, K. J. 1968. On the fauna of Sciomyzidae (Diptera) of the USSR. Izv. Akad. Nauk Est. SSR Ser. Biol. 17(2): 217-222. . 1978. Sciomyzidae aus der Mongolei (Diptera). Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hung. 70: 207-211. Fallen, C. F. 1820. Opomyzides Sveciae. Lund. 12 pp. Frey, R. 1924. Die nordpalaarktischen Tetanocera-Arten (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Not. Ento- mol. 4: 47-53. Grensted, L. W. 1946. Sciomyza sordida Hendel (Dipt., Tetanoceridae) wrongly recorded as British. Entomol. Mon. Mag. 82: 151. Loew, H. 1876. Beschreibungen neuer amerikanischer Dipteren. Zeitschr. Gesamte Natur- wiss. 48: 317-340. Matsumura, S. 1916. Thousand insects of Japan. Additamenta. Vol. 2, pp. 185-474, pls. 16—- 25. Tokyo. Meigen, J. W. 1830. Systematische Beschreibung der bekannten europaischen zweiflugeligen Insekten. Vol. 6, iv + 401 pp., pls. 55-66. Hamm. Pandellé, L. 1902. Etudes sur les Muscides de France, Pt. 2-3. Rev. Entomol. Caen 21: 390. Ringdahl, O. 1948. Bermerkungen zu schwedischen Sciomyziden. Opusc. Entomol. 13: 52-54. Séguy, E. 1934. Dipteres (Brachyceres) (Muscidae, Acalypterae, et Scatophagidae). Pt. 28. Faune de France. Lechevalier, Paris. 832 pp. 1941. Recoltes de R. Paulian et A. Villiers dans le haut Atlas Marocain, 1938 (xvii® note) Dipteres. Rev. Fr. Entomol. 8: 25-33. Stackelberg, A. A. 1963. Species of the genus Tetanocera Dum. (Diptera: Sciomyzidae) in the European part of the USSR. Entomol. Rev. (Engl. Transl. Entomol. Obozr.) 42: 912-923. Steyskal, G. C. 1959. The American species of the genus Tetanocera Dumeril (Diptera). Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 44: 55-91. Thomson, C. G. 1869 [1868]. 6. Diptera. Species Nova Descripsit, pp. 443-614, Pl. 9 (=h. 12, no. 2). In K. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien. Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa Omkring Jorden under Befal af C. A. Virgin, Aren 1851-1853. Pt. 2: Zoologie, [Sec.] 1: Insekter. P. A. Norstedt and Soner, Stockholm. 617 pp., 9 pls. Walker, F. 1852. Diptera (cont.). Vol. 1, pp. 157-252, 253-414, 4 pls. (cont.) Jn Saunders, W. W., ed., Insecta Saundersania, London, **1856”°. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 339-358 THE TABANUS STRIATUS COMPLEX (DIPTERA: TABANIDAE): A REVISION OF SOME ORIENTAL HORSE FLY VECTORS OF SURRA' JOHN F. BURGER AND F. CHRISTIAN THOMPSON (JFB) Department of Entomology, University of New Hampshire, Dur- ham, New Hampshire 03824; (FCT) Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, %U.S. National Mu- seum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—Three distinct species previously confused with and called Tabanus striatus are characterized: Tabanus striatus Fabricius in the north- ern and western part of the Oriental Region: 7. partitus Walker in the eastern and southern part of the Oriental Region and Micronesia; and 7. triceps Thunberg on the Indian subcontinent. Illustrations and a key are given, along with a review of the previous literature on these bloodsucking pests and vectors of livestock diseases. Three species of Tabanus in the Oriental Region with trivittate abdomen (Tabanus striatus Fabricius, Tabanus partitus Walker and Tabanus triceps Thunberg) have, since their description, been subject to misinterpretation by many authors. One of the species previously called striatus has been incriminated as a vector of surra, an important disease of horses. Many of the fundamental studies on this species and others in the complex have been published under incorrect names. Determination of correct synonymy and application of correct names have not been possible with confidence due to inaccessibility of types, a myriad of synonyms incorrectly placed, and crit- ical morphological characters misconstrued or ignored. Burton (1978) aptly termed the problems associated with these species “‘chaotic.’” To resolve these taxonomic problems, their history is reviewed. Complete synonymy, diagnosis, history, and distribution are given for each species. We recognize three distinct taxa previously confused with and called 7a- banus striatus: Tabanus striatus Fabricius in the northern and western part of the Oriental Region, from Pakistan, India, and Sri Lanka to China; 7. 1 Scientific Contribution Number 1066 from the New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment Station. 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON partitus Walker from Thailand (and possibly Burma), Malaysia, Indonesia, Philippines, and Micronesia; and 7. triceps Thunberg from Sri Lanka, India, and Pakistan. These species can be separated by the following key: [. Femaless(eyes separated tte - 2.08 ae ae es a ae ina 2 Males(@Vves CONLEPMOUS) sic5 ssn. e cies tus pete ee eee en 4 2. Usually larger species (14-16 mm); foretibia uniformly orange to orange brown, not noticeably darkened apically (Fig. 3); frontal cal- losity with basal portion long and narrow, narrowly separated from eye margins ventrally and receding from eye margins dorsally (Fig. 1); abdominal venter uniformly gray tomentose and pale pilose, lack- ing a median darke-siripe (Figs 7) 232 ee eee triceps Thunberg — Usually smaller species (10-13 mm); foretibia sharply bicolored, pale on basal %, blackish on apical 4% (Fig. 6); frontal callosity with basal portion contiguous with eye margins for most or all its length (Fig. 2); abdominal venter with distinct broad median dark stripe CEI 2S) Pay I, AT Set SO de oa os ee ein So Sl a 3 3. Abdomen with dorsal median pale stripe evanescent or absent on tergum 2 (Fig. 5); abdominal ground color blackish .............. — Abdomen with dorsal median pale stripe complete, fully developed on tergum 2 (Fig. 4); abdominal ground color dark brown to brown DIGCK neta ees. Meese ee eee See ae She tee eC partitus Walker 4. Foretibia uniformly orange to orange brown (Fig. 3); abdominal ven- ter uniformly pale yellowish white to yellow tomentose and pilose CBigt 7) PRPS us BIB Ta RO A ae ae triceps Thunberg — Foretibia bicolored, pale basally, becoming blackish on apical 1/4 (Fig. 6); abdominal venter yellowish white tomentose with a broad dark midstripe (Pig: 28) 2222s Ae Tic ID. aN te 5 5--Costal celliclear s never tinted: 5.4 2/2 ciSr 02 ela striatus Fabricius =" Costalcellcyetlowsinted See) FS, Bae aan. partitus Walker Tabanus striatus Fabricius Tabanus striatus Fabricius, 1787: 356. Type-locality: China. Lectotype UZMC. Subsequent references: Surcouf, 1923: 196 (taxonomy); Isaac, 1924b: 108 (biology, immature stages); Chvala and Lyneborg, 1970b: 546 (lectotype designation); Stone, 1972: 639 (taxonomy), 1975: 70 (catalog citation); Burton, 1978: 71 (taxonomy, Laos, Thailand distribution rec- ords, biology). Tabanus hilaris Walker, 1850: 49. Type-locality: East India. Holotype male BM(NH). Subsequent references: Bigot, 1891: 269, van der Wulp, 1896: 60, Kertész, 1900: 53, 1908: 249 (catalog citations); Ricardo, 1911: 153 VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 34] (taxonomy), 1916: 407 (Hong Kong); Fletcher, 1916 (life history), 1917 (oviposition). Tabanus tenens subform cambodiensis Toumanoff, 1953: 201. Type-local- ity: not stated (Cambodia). Holotype lost. Tabanus striatus (in part); Bigot, 1891: 268, van der Wulp, 1896: 58 (catalog citations); Kertész, 1900: 71, 1908: 281 (world catalogs); Ricardo, 1911: 149 (taxonomy); Fletcher, 1916 (life history, surra vector), 1917 (ovipo- sition); Austen, 1922a: 445 (taxonomy); Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1926: 63, 1928: 438, 1932a: 65 (taxonomy, distribution); Senior-White, 1927: 51 (catalog citation); Wu, 1940: 186 (catalog citation); Philip, 1959: 606, 1960: 57, 1973: 60 (taxonomy, synonymy, distribution); Chvala and Lyneborg, 1970a: 365 (taxonomy, distribution); Moucha, 1976: 152 (world catalog). erroneous citations to sfriatus (in total or part): van der Wulp, 1880: 163, 1881: 16, 1885: 71, 1896: 58 (includes also dorsilinea and partitus); Bigot, 1891: 208 (includes also dorsilinea and partitus); Kertész, 1900: 71, 1908: 281 (includes also dorsilinea and partitus); Ricardo, 1911: 149 (includes also triceps and partitus); Mitzmain, 1913 (refers to partitus); Fletcher, 1916, 1917 (may also include triceps); Krober, 1924: 18 (refers to parti- tus); Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1926: 63, 1928: 438, 1932a: 65 (includes partitus); Senior-White, 1927: 51 (includes partitus and triceps): Nie- schulz, 1926a—c, 1927a—c, 1928, 1929a—b, 1935a—b, 1936, Nieschulz and Ponto, 1927 (refers to partitus); Kelser, 1927 (refers to partitus); Wu, 1940: 186 (includes triceps and partitus ); Philip, 1959: 606, 1960: 57, 1973: 60 (includes partitus); Stone, 1960: 52 (refers to partitus); Chvala and Lyneborg, 1970a: 365 (includes partitus); Moucha, 1976: 142 (includes triceps and partitus). Diagnosis.—Tabanus striatus Fabricius is closely related to partitus. Bur- ton (1978) provided characters to separate the two in Thailand (as striatus and megalops), and these can be applied elsewhere in the range of both species. In particular, females of striatus do not have a pale tomentose and pale haired midstripe on the second tergum. These characters will separate it from both partitus and triceps females that do not have an abbreviated midstripe. The ground color of the dorsal abdominal surface is black in striatus females, dark brown in partitus. Males of both striatus and at least some partitus have the midstripe abbreviated, i.e. absent or evanescent on the second tergum, but the costal cell is completely hyaline in striatus and yellow tinted in partitus. Other differences were noted between striatus and partitus, but these may not hold up when more material is examined from intervening localities. In females, the apical segment of the palpus is slightly shorter, more stout and less yellowish in striatus than in Philippine partitus : the scutellum has the black pilosity (pale in partitus); the prescutellar scler- ite has black pilosity (pale in partitus); the foretibia is less extensively or- Figs. I- 8. Abdomen, ventral view. 1, 3, 7, Tabanus triceps. 2, 5, 6, 8, T. striatus. 4, T. partitus. 5 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Head, frontal view. 3, 6. Foreleg, lateral view. 4-5. Abdomen, dorsal view. 7— ee VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 343 ange basally, with apical fourth black; the stem of the halter is pale brown (yellowish white in partitus); sublateral pale stripes on abdomen are not conspicuously jagged or steplike (distinctly jagged or steplike in partitus (see Figs. 4, 5)); the venter is gray tomentose (more yellowish gray in par- titus). The male of striatus always lacks the midstripe on the second ab- dominal tergum, although traces of pale pilosity may be present. The male of partitus has the midstripe on the second abdominal tergum variably de- veloped, being nearly absent on some specimens, or being present and crossing the tergum to greatly narrowed in others. History.—Tabanus striatus was originally described from China by Fa- bricius (1787). A specimen in the Zoological Museum, Copenhagen was designated as lectotype by Chvala and Lyneborg (1970b). Since its descrip- tion, this species has been frequently interpreted too broadly, usually in- cluding one or more additional species, most commonly a southern *‘variant form” from Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, and the Philippines, now known as Tabanus partitus Walker. Confusion about the limits of striatus has been discussed by Burton (1978). Tabanus striatus and partitus (Java distribution records) were combined in the work of van der Wulp (1880, 1881, 1885) and the catalogs of Bigot (1891), van der Wulp (1896), and Kertész (1900, 1908), but the greatest source of confusion about the limits of striatus was in Ricardo’s (1911) work. She included both triceps of India (then called tenens Walker) and partitus under striatus. Her concept of striatus was hopelessly confused, as later stated by Austen (1922a). Ricardo incorrectly gave Fabricius (1794) as the original citation and ‘“‘China and Java’ as the type-localities of stria- tus. Ricardo even separated Tabanus hilaris Walker, a synonym of striatus, from striatus by the presence of an abbreviated median abdominal stripe, the character Fabricius used to define striatus and which Ricardo quoted in her paper. Most earlier authors (van der Wulp, Bigot, Kertész, Ricardo, and Wu) also included the name dorsilinea Wiedemann as a synonym of striatus, but, as shown by Burton (1978: 78), this name is the senior synonym for a species previously called bicallosus Bigot (Ricardo, 1911: 129) or macer Bigot (Austen, 1922b: 264; Senior White, 1927: 44). Austen (1922a) distinguished triceps (as tenens) from striatus, but com- bined partitus with striatus, an interpretation followed by most subsequent workers, including Schuurmans Stekhoven (1926, 1928, 1932), Senior-White (1927), Nieschulz (all papers), Wu (1940), Oldroyd (1957), Philip (1959, 1960, 1973), Stone (1960) and Moucha (1976). Their use of characters, particularly of the legs and abdomen, did not allow differentiation of these two species (partitus and striatus ). Austen (1922a) described striatus as having the midstripe on the second abdominal tergum more or less obsolete, at least much less distinct than on 344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON the following terga. He also stated, however, that specimens of striatus, especially those which have the midstripe not obliterated on the second tergum, are liable to be mistaken for examples of triceps (as tenens). Austen thus included specimens that do have a midstripe on tergum two (i.e. par- titus) as well as those that do not in his concept of striatus. Krober (1924), discussing “‘striatus’’ from the Philippines, also mentioned that the mid- stripe on the abdomen was not always clear, probably a reference to male partitus, a species that sometimes has the midstripe evanescent on the sec- ond segment. Surcouf (1923) was the first author to distinguish three distinct taxa throughout the geographic range of the striatus complex. He correctly rec- ognized striatus Fabricius as distinct from another species in India that he named strophiatus, since he mistakenly believed tenens Walker to be a synonym of striatus. He did, however, correctly associate hilaris Walker with striatus. Surcouf clearly separated striatus from related taxa by re- stricting striatus to those specimens with the median abdominal stripe be- ginning on the anterior margin of the third tergum. For specimens with the midstripe beginning on the anterior border of the second tergum, Surcouf recognized two species, one he correctly called partitus Walker with dark legs, with ruficallosus (lapsus for rufocallosus Bigot) and manilensis Schi- ner as synonyms, and strophiatus Surcouf with testaceous legs, a new name for striatus of authors from India, China, and Indochina. Surcouf’s inter- pretation of these taxa and their names was accurate except for his mistaken synonymy of tenens Walker under striatus and the renaming of the true tenens (=triceps) as strophiatus. He did correctly recognize three distinct taxa, utilizing characters that will separate these taxa. Unfortunately these characters were not consistently applied by subsequent authors, who over- looked Surcouf’s work. Schuurmans Stekhoven (1926) recognized a northern, ‘‘typical’> form of striatus, and a southern form that showed deviations from a specimen from Punjab, India that was compared with the type of striatus by K. L. Hen- driksen. Schuurmans Stekhoven found that females caught in “‘southern areas’’ had wings with a yellow-brown costal cell and the midstripe paler but not abruptly interrupted on the second tergum. The males had wings with a yellow-brown costal cell. Thus, Schuurmans Stekhoven recognized differences that today are used to separate striatus from the related partitus, but he did not recognize these ‘‘forms”’ as distinct species. The use of the name striatus in all of Nieschulz’s fundamental work on surra and its transmission refers to partitus as his studies were restricted to Indonesia, principally Java. Philip (1959) examined the types of hilaris Walker, partitus Walker and rufocallosus Bigot and concluded that all were variants of striatus. He also found that the type of manilensis Schiner did not disagree significantly from VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 345 the type of striatus except for the distally brown foretibia. Philip discussed the variable nature of the middle abdominal stripe on tergum two. He noted that the midstripe was either interrupted on tergum two in many Philippine males (but in only one female) or narrowly extended across the second tergum in *‘many other males”’ and most females, with one female showing the stripe “hardly narrowed.”’ Although this character would more closely apply to triceps than striatus, Philip considered it to be variable throughout the broad range of striatus in the Oriental Region. Isaac (1924b) discussed the life history of striatus in India. His illustra- tions of the male and female show clearly that he was working with true striatus. Stone (1972) studied the types of several supposed synonyms of striatus and found that two distinct species were involved. He believed that the original description of striatus more closely agreed in abdominal coloration with specimens from China, its type-locality, than with specimens called striatus by earlier authors from more southern portions of the Oriental Re- gion. He separated triceps (as tenens) from striatus by the strong middorsal pale stripe present from tergum I—VII, palpus longer and less swollen ba- sally, and with the abdomen yellow brown rather than black brown. Stone believed the complete slender midstripe of partitus ruled out conspecificity with striatus and triceps (as tenens). He thereby implied that partitus was a distinct species. Although this character is not reliable for both sexes of partitus, Stone was the first author since Surcouf to recognize partitus as distinct from striatus. However, he placed manilensis and rufocallosus as synonyms of triceps (as tenens), rather than partitus, and did not give any taxonomic characters to support his synonymy. Moucha (1976) did not follow Stone’s interpretation, but reverted to Phil- ip’s concept of striatus, including under it most of the synonyms of partitus, as well as strophiatus Surcouf. He did, however, correctly synonymize tenens subform cambodiensis Toumanoff under striatus. Burton (1978) has completely described striatus and thoroughly discussed the confusion of striatus with closely related partitus (as megalops), men- tioning that the abdominal striping pattern will not serve to distinguish males of striatus and partitus. Herein lies at least some of the confusion previous authors encountered in attempting to define the limits of striatus, as the midstripe can be interrupted in males of partitus as well as striatus. How- ever, as Burton pointed out, the yellow tinted costal cell in the male of | partitus will separate it from striatus males which have a hyaline costal | cell. Interestingly, this character was mentioned by Schuurmans Stekhoven (1926) in discussing the ‘‘southern form” of striatus, but was not considered by subsequent authors. Distribution.—Pakistan, India, Sri Lanka, northern and eastern Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, China. 346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Specimens examined.—30. INDIA: Madras; Nedungadu; Tanjore Dist.; Sohawa; Jhelum; Karum Bagarum, Assam: Chabua; Dinjan; Doom Dooma. SRI LANKA: 10 localities throughout the island. PAKISTAN: Lahore. THAILAND: Loei. VIETNAM: ‘‘Tonkin.”’ Tabanus partitus Walker Tabanus partitus Walker, 1856: 9. Type-locality: Singapore. Holotype fe- male BM(NH). Subsequent references: Bigot, 1891: 270, van der Wulp, 1896: 60, Kertész, 1900: 64, 1908: 268 (catalog citations). Tabanus manilensis Schiner, 1868: 84. Type-locality: Philippines, Manila. Holotype female NMW. Subsequent references: van der Wulp, 1896: 61 (as manillensis), Kertész, 1900: 64, 1908: 259 (catalog citations). Tabanus rufocallosus Bigot, 1892: 197. Type-locality: Java. Holotype fe- male BM(NH). Subsequent references: van der Wulp, 1896: 63, Kertész, 1900: 69, 1908: 276 (catalog citations). Tabanus tenens (in part): Austen, 1922a: 445 (taxonomy); Senior-White, 1927: 53 (catalog citation); Schuurmans Steknoven, 1928: 438 (Philip- pines); Wu, 1940: 187 (catalog citation); Oldroyd, 1957: 59 (taxonomy); Stone, 1975: 71 (catalog citation). Tabanus striatus (in total): Mitzmain, 1913 (biology; surra transmission in the Philippines); Krober, 1924 (Taxonomy); Nieschulz, 1926a, 1926b (bi- ology), 1926c (breeding sites), 1927a, 1927b (hymenopterous parasites), 1927c, 1928 (anthrax transmission), 1929a, 1929b, 1935a (distribution and abundance), 1935b (larval development), 1936 (biology, description of eggs, larva, and pupa); Nieschulz and Ponto, 1927 (most papers refer to surra transmission studies unless otherwise noted); Nieschulz and Kra- neveld, 1929 (haemorrhagic septicaemia of water buffalos, transmission); Kelser, 1927 (surra transmission); Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1932b: 14 (Su- matra); Stone, 1960: 52 (taxonomy, distribution in Micronesia). Tabanus striatus (in part): Ricardo, 1911: 149 (taxonomy); Krober, 1924: 18 (taxonomy); Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1926: 63, 1928: 438, 1932a: 65 (tax- onomy, distribution); Senior-White, 1927: 51 (catalog citation); Wu, 1940 (catalog citation); Philip, 1959: 606, 1960: 57, 1973: 60 (taxonomy); Chvala and Lyneborg, 1970a: 365 (taxonomy); Moucha, 1976: 142 (world catalog). erroneous citations as megalops (in part): Stone, 1972: 639 (taxonomy); Burton, 1978: 74 (taxonomy, synonym, Thailand records, biology, in- cludes triceps). Diagnosis.—7abanus partitus was redescribed in comparison with stria- tus by Burton (1978). Female partitus are separated from striatus by the presence of a midstripe on the second abdominal tergum (absent in striatus ), and male partitus have a yellow tinted costal cell (hyaline in striatus). Also, the general abdominal coloration of partitus is paler, brown to gray, than ee VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 347 in striatus (black). These characters hold for both species throughout their ranges. Comparison of Burton’s specimens of partitus (Cornell University Collection, courtesy of L. L. Pechuman) with those from the Philippines revealed differences as follows: The frons is narrower in Philippine speci- mens, index |: 6.0-—7.5 (1: 4.3-5.6 for Thai specimens); the apical segment of the palpus is slightly more yellowish and stouter than in Thailand spec- imens; the mesonotum is darker gray; the disc of the scutellum lacks yel- lowish tones seen on Thai specimens; mid- and hindfemora are blackish distally; the stem of the halter is brown black (yellow white in Thai speci- mens). Males of partitus from the Philippines have no yellowish tint on the scutellum as do those from Thailand. History.—7abanus partitus was described by Walker (1856) from a female from Singapore. Since its description, it has most commonly been consid- ered a variant form of Tabanus striatus Fabricius, with striatus of authors considered to be a rather variable and widely distributed Oriental species. Various authors differentiated striatus from triceps (as tenens) found in India and Sri Lanka. Other authors clearly separated striatus from triceps (as fenens), but considered partitus to be the same as triceps. This differ- ence in concepts was based primarily on whether characters of the head and legs were used (partitus + striatus and triceps) or whether differences in abdominal striping were considered important (striatus and triceps + partitus ). Ricardo (1911) included partitus as a synonym of striatus even though she quoted van der Wulp’s description verbatim (1881: 16) in which the wing of a male from Soerian, Sumatra was described as having a yellow tinted costal cell, a characteristic of partitus, not striatus. Mitzmain (1913), working on transmission of surra (7rypanosoma evansi) by horse flies in the Philippines, discussed the biology of Tabanus partitus (as striatus), including a brief description of the male and female. The wing of the female was described as transparent except for the pale brown costal and subcostal cells, a characteristic of partitus. We have examined voucher specimens of striatus sensu Mitzmain and find them to be partitus. Austen (1922a) attempted to differentiate striatus from triceps (as fenens ) by the midstripe being more or less obsolete on the second abdominal ter- gum, and synonymized partitus (as megalops) under triceps (as tenens). However, the tarsal characters he used will not separate striatus from tri- ceps. Also, because he incorrectly synonymized hilaris (=striatus) with triceps (as tenens), his ability to separate these taxa is questionable. Kr6éber (1924), in his study of the tabanid fauna of the Philippines dis- cussed partitus under the name striatus, stating that the midstripe on the abdomen was not always clear on the second tergum and citing a distribution for striatus from India to the Moluccas. Schuurmans Stekhoven (1926) clearly distinguished a northern typical 348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON form and a southern form of sfriatus, stating that those from southern lo- calities had wings with yellow-brown costal cells and midstripe on the ab- domen paler but not abruptly interrupted on the second segment. Both males and females of striatus have a clear costal cell, so Schuurmans Stekhoven’s southern form clearly refers to partitus. In subsequent papers, Schuurmans Stekhoven (1928, 1932a, b) provided additional collection records from In- donesia, also listing the “‘typical’’ form (i.e. striatus Fabricius) from Hanoi (Vietnam) and Fukien Province (China). Nieschulz (1935b, 1936) studied the hatching and development of the im- mature stages of partitus (as striatus) in Indonesia. He also provided excellent illustrations of the larva and pupa of partitus as well as notes on the larval habitat. The illustrations are among the best available for any Oriental horse fly by early workers and allow comparison with known larvae and pupae of other species. Unfortunately, the larvae of triceps and striatus are less well illustrated and cannot be compared easily with partitus. In all of the fundamental work of Nieschulz on surra, the name striatus refers to partitus. Oldroyd (1957) accepted Austen’s synonymy of partitus (as megalops) and triceps (as tenens), with triceps distinguished from striatus by the presence of three abdominal stripes, being longer and more gently tapered and the midstripe complete from front to rear. Philip (1959, 1960, 1973), however, continued to consider specimens of partitus as variants of stria- tus. His synonymy of striatus is confused because he incorrectly placed partitus Walker and rufocallosus Bigot as synonyms of striatus and partitus as a synonym of triceps Thunberg. He also stated that the type female of manilensis Schiner (=partitus ) ‘‘did not differ significantly’ from striatus, even though in his discussion of striatus from the Philippines he mentioned the middorsal pale abdominal stripe on the second tergum as being present in Philippine material. Stone (1960) recorded partitus (as striatus) from Guam. We have exam- ined Stone’s specimens from Guam in the USNM and did not find any major differences from partitus. Stone recognized that the synonymy of striatus was confused, involving more than one species, and he clearly distinguished triceps of India from his Guam specimens by the larger, browner body, entirely brown forefemora and the venter of the abdomen lacking the dark- ened midstripe found in striatus. Stone did, however, list triceps from the Philippines, so he may have included partitus, at least in part, in his concept of triceps. Stone (1972), after examining the types of several supposed synonyms of striatus, concluded that two species were involved and that most of the synonyms did not apply to striatus. He recognized discrepancies between true sfriatus and the variant form from the southern Oriental Region. He VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 349 also recognized that megalops has a complete but slender midstripe that he believed ruled out conspecificity with either striatus or triceps. Although Stone was correct in this assertion, the length of the middorsal stripe will not suffice to separate megalops from striatus complex. Further, Stone erroneously grouped synonyms of partitus with triceps (as tenens) (i.e. manilensis and rufocallosus), but he was the first author since Surcouf to recognize two distinct taxa. Also he gave triceps a much wider distribution than it really has. In the Oriental Diptera Catalog, however, Stone (1975) synonymized partitus under triceps (as tenens). Moucha (1976), unlike Stone, followed Philip’s broad interpretation of striatus and placed partitus, manilensis, and rufocallosus in synonymy un- der striatus, as well as dorsilinea Wiedemann (as macer Bigot), a distinct species. Burton (1978) summarized the past confusion surrounding the synonyms of striatus and partitus (as megalops) and gave excellent taxonomic char- acters for separating the two taxa. Unfortunately, he mistakenly believed Tabanus megalops Walker from Java to be conspecific with specimens he collected in Thailand. Undoubtedly, Burton was mislead by Stone’s syn- onymy. Burger has thoroughly examined the holotype male of megalops in the British Museum (Natural History) and compared it to males from Thai- land collected and determined as that species by Burton. The holotype of megalops, in fair condition, differs from the Thailand specimens in having the body stouter, costal cell clear, middorsal abdominal pattern being a series of very narrow triangles, not a parallel-sided stripe, forecoxae and femora orange brown, foretibiae uniformly brown, not bi- colored, and midventral abdominal dark stripe evanescent. Based on these differences, we believe megalops is not conspecific with Burton’s Thailand specimens or with other material examined from throughout the southern Oriental Region. The earliest available name for the taxon conspecific with specimens collected by Burton and others examined by us is Tabanus par- titus Walker. The holotype of partitus is in good condition and has distinctly bicolored foretibiae, basal callosity contiguous with eyes below, pale ab- dominal middorsal stripe complete (although narrowed anteriorly) on tergum two, and distinct midventral dark stripe, all the characteristics of the south- ern component of the striatus complex. The holotype male of megalops closely resembles several males presently in the BM(NH) collection determined as Tabanus rubidus Wiedemann by Austen, Oldroyd, and others. The configuration of the abdominal triangles also is reminiscent of some rubidus males, but the triangles of the type are narrower than in the presumed rubidus males examined. The condition of the type is such that assignment to the rubidus group as defined by Burton (1978) is certain, but species assignment is difficult, especially since the 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON characters separating males of these species are poorly defined at present. Distribution.—Burma, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, Philippines, Micro- nesia (Guam). Specimens examined.—Approximately 300. BURMA: Rangoon. THAI- LAND: Prae Nakhom Prov., Chon Buri Prov. MALAYSIA: Kuala Lumpur, Selangor. SINGAPORE. INDONESIA: Sumatra, Medan; Java, Passo- eroean, Buitenzorg. PHILIPPINES: Luzon, Leyte, Palawan, Mindanao, Osmona, Samar, Alaband, Rizel. MICRONESIA: Guam, Togcha Point. Tabanus triceps Thunberg Tabanus triceps Thunberg, 1827: 59. Type-locality: Indian subcontinent (as ‘‘Cayenne et Brasilia’). Lectotype, Zool. Inst., Univ. Uppsala. Subse- quent references: Kertész, 1900: 74, 1908: 286 (world catalogs); Philip, 1959: 609, 1967: 1236 (taxonomy, lectotype designation), 1960: 59 (syn- onymy, Thailand record), 1970: 450 (differences from striatus Fabricius), 1973: 60 (Ceylon records). Tabanus tenens Walker, 1850: 49. Type-locality: East India. Holotype fe- male BM(NH). Preoccupied by Tabanus tenens Walker 1850, a Neotrop- ical species. Tabanus strophiatus Surcouf, 1923: 197. Type-localities: “‘Archipel. Indien, Chine, Indo-Chine.’’ Syntypes, at least 56 females, MNHN, Paris. Tabanus tenens (in total): Bigot 1891: 269, van der Wulp, 1896: 60 (catalog citations); Kertész, 1900: 73, 1908: 285 (world catalog); Austen, 1922a: 445 (taxonomy); Isaac, 1924a (male, female genitalia), 1925 (immature stages); Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1926: 163 (taxonomy). Tabanus tenens (in part): Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1928: 438 (Ceylon); Se- nior-White, 1927: 53 (catalog citation); Wu, 1940: 187 (catalog citation); Oldroyd, 1957: 59 (taxonomy); Stone, 1960: 52, 1972: 640 (taxonomy, synonymy), 1975: 71 (catalog citation). Tabanus triceps (in part): Philip, 1959: 610, 1960: 59; Moucha, 1976: 147 (world catalog). Tabanus partitus (in part): Burton, 1978: 74 (taxonomy, synonymy). Tabanus striatus (in part): Ricardo, 1911: 149 (taxonomy) erroneous citations to triceps (in part): Philip, 1959: 610 (includes partitus), 1960: 59 (includes partitus and striatus); Moucha, 1976: 147 (includes partitus ). erroneous citations to fenens (in part): Senior-White, 1927: 53 (may include striatus); Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1928: 438 (includes partitus); Wu, 1940: 187 (may include partitus and striatus). Diagnosis.—Tabanus triceps from India and Sri Lanka ts quite distinct from both striatus and partitus. Thunberg’s alpha syntype (lectotype) of triceps has a uniformly orange forefemur and tibia, the callosity is not con- VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 351 tiguous with the eyes, receding from eye margins above, and the middorsal stripe on the second tergum broadly crosses that segment. It also has distinct thoracic stripes as mentioned by Philip (1959). The lectotype agrees with all the specimens we have seen from India and Sri Lanka previously deter- mined as fenens or triceps. Tabanus triceps is easily distinguished from striatus by the middorsal stripe of the abdomen distinctly crossing the second tergum in both sexes (occasionally obliterated in greased specimens), the unicolorous foretibia, the callosity narrowed above, not broadly contiguous with the eye margins, and the absence of a dark haired midventral stripe on the abdomen. The males of triceps have a yellow tinted costal cell (hyaline in striatus). Tabanus triceps differs from partitus in having the callosity narrowly separated from eye margins below and receding from eye margins above, broadly joined to the broad, squared median extension; the apical segment of the palpus slightly longer and more slender basally; the forefemur and tibia entirely orange to orange brown; the sublateral pale abdominal stripes noticeably steplike and the venter uniformly yellowish gray, lacking a broad midventral dark stripe. Males of triceps show the same differences from partitus as the females except for sex associated characters of the frons and palpus. The ground color of the abdomen of male triceps is blackish, and the middorsal stripe on the second tergum is usually well developed, while partitus males have a more reddish-brown abdominal ground color and the middorsal stripe on the second tergum is variably developed. Males of both species have a yellow tinted costal cell. Most specimens of partitus from Thailand, the Philippines, and Java are smaller than triceps from Sri Lanka and India. The mean length of partitus was 12.7 mm (range 11.2—14.3 mm) for females and 12.2 mm (range 9.6— 14.0 mm) for males. Tabanus triceps females averaged 15.0 mm (13.6—16.0 mm), while males averaged 14.4 mm (13.6—15.2 mm). The pupal aster of triceps is different from that of partitus (see figures of Isaac and Nieschulz), the latter having the lateral arms directed postero- dorsally in proximity to the dorsal arms while triceps has the lateral arms directed posteroventrally in proximity to the ventral arms. History.—Tabanus triceps Thunberg has been reported under the name Tabanus tenens Walker in most of the literature and more recently as /me- galops by Burton (1978). This species generally has been considered distinct from striatus, except by Ricardo (1911). Bigot (1891), van der Wulp (1896), Kertész (1900, 1908), Senior-White (1927), and Wu (1940) list it as a distinct species. Austen (1922a) discussed Ricardo’s confusion of the two species, but did not cite detailed characters to separate triceps (as tenens) from striatus. He did mention that the description of striatus by Wiedemann 352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON (abdomen with three unabbreviated pale stripes; femora reddish rusty brown) applied better to triceps. Surcouf (1923) used the name strophiatus for a species with the middorsal abdominal stripe beginning on the anterior border of the second tergum and the legs testaceous, a species he believed had been confused with striatus. This species was separated from a related one with dark legs that Surcouf called partitus. Thus Surcouf recognized that two species previously con- fused with striatus were distinct, one with dark legs and another with tes- taceous legs. The species he named strophiatus is the same as triceps and is synonymized with it. Isaac (1924a, 1925), in a series of papers on Indian Tabanidae, discussed the immature stages and the male and female genitalia of triceps (as tenens). Isaac’s figures of the adult male and female clearly show that he was dealing with triceps. Comparison of his pupal figure for triceps with that given by Nieschulz (1935) for partitus shows that the pupal aster is distinctly differ- ent. Other features of the immature stages could not be compared due to lack of comparable figures. Schuurmans Stekhoven (1926) clearly differentiated triceps (as tenens) from striatus, but considered partitus to be a synonym of triceps (as te- nens), based on the very distinct middorsal stripe on the second segment. His description of tenens was drawn from Indian specimens and therefore refers to triceps. Philip (1959), in his study of Tabanidae from the Philippine Zoological Expedition of the Field Museum (Chicago), discussed striatus and what he considered to be its synonyms. At the same time, he discussed the status of tenens vis a vis striatus. He found that one syntype (alpha) of Tabanus triceps, described by Thunberg (1827) from ‘“‘Cayenne et Brasilia’’ was not a Neotropical species, but was closest to tenens Walker (the Oriental species). The unpatterned eye, striped thorax, and unicolorous legs did not agree with known Neotropical species. Philip designated this alpha syntype as the lectotype of triceps, with tenens thus becoming a synonym. Philip also gave characters to separate triceps from striatus, particularly the uni- colorous legs, the uninterrupted broad midstripe on abdominal tergum two, and the basal callosity narrowed above, well separated from the eyes. These characters would separate triceps from Philip’s concept of striatus (=stria- tus + partitus), but will not adequately separate triceps from partitus. Philip (1967), in his discussion of Thunberg’s species of Tabanidae from the New World, designated another lectotype, the gamma syntype, from the type-series in competition with his 1959 designation. Despite this lapse, the earlier designation has precedence, and triceps remains the valid name for Walker’s ftenens of the Oriental Region. Philip also stated that the alpha syntype might not have been an original syntype. However, as Thunberg described the thorax as having five white lines and the legs as completely VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 353 testaceous, and because these are characters of the alpha syntype, there is no doubt that the alpha syntype was one of the specimens before Thunberg when triceps was described. Philip (1970) stated that Thunberg’s gamma syntype of triceps might have come from China. However, there seems to be no reason for assuming this syntype is Oriental, based on the taxonomic characters given by Philip him- self in 1967. The gamma syntype is the same as Tabanus dorsiger var. dorsovittatus Macquart, a Neotropical species with a green and purple striped eye pattern and strongly bicolored foretibia. Females of Oriental species related to striatus have unicolorous foretibia and unpatterned eyes. The beta syntype agrees with the description and figure of Tabanus colum- bus Fairchild, another Neotropical species. This specimen also had a pat- terned eye, although the precise pattern could not be discerned due to mold- ing of the eye surface. Stone (1960) separated triceps from striatus by its larger size, the entirely brown forefemur and the absence of a darkened ventral abdominal midstripe usually found in striatus. Subsequently, Stone (1972) reverted to fenens Walker when Philip designated a competing lectotype for triceps: thus tri- ceps became a junior synonym of dorsiger, a Neotropical species. His treat- ment of these species in the Catalog of Oriental Diptera (Stone, 1975) fol- lowed his 1972 work. Moucha, in his catalog of World Tabanidae (1976), recognized Philip’s 1959 designation and used triceps as the correct name. Both Stone and Moucha, however, continued to synonymize partitus and some of its synonyms with tenens (Stone) or with both triceps and striatus (Moucha). Burton (1978) reviewed the status of partitus (as megalops), including its synonyms, in his study of the Tabanini of Thailand north of the Isthmus of Kra. He concluded that the types of tenens from East India and megalops from Java in the British Museum were conspecific, without mentioning the basis for his decision. As the type of tenens is a female and the type of megalops is a male, the association of the two may have been complicated because this would exclude use of frons characters. Burton compared the types with associated male and female specimens from Thailand. We have examined specimens from throughout the Oriental Region (including the types of megalops, partitus, rufocallosus, and tenens and a series determined as partitus by Burton) and determined that specimens from India and Sri Lanka (conspecific with the type of tenens) are specifically distinct from those collected in Thailand, Indonesia, and the Philippines (conspecific with the type of partitus). We have also had the opportunity to examine Thunberg’s syntype series of triceps. The alpha syntype (lectotype) agrees with specimens from India and Sri Lanka, which were compared with the type of tenens. The uniformly yellowish-orange femora and foretibia, basal portion of the callosity reced- 354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ing from eyes above, and lack of darker stripe ventrally on the abdomen are particularly distinctive of the lectotype and these other specimens. This confirms Philip’s (1959) determination of triceps as conspecific with tenens. Tabanus triceps thus is the correct name for the species found in India and Sri Lanka, while partitus is the correct name for the species found in Thai- land, Indonesia, the Philippines, and Micronesia. Burton also found that the name tenens for the Indian species is a junior homonym of Tabanus tenens Walker described from Brazil, also in 1850, but four months earlier. However, since triceps antedates either of Walker’s names by 23 years, this homonomy does not affect the correct name of the Indian species. Distribution.—Pakistan, India, Sri Lanka. Specimens examined.—78. INDIA: Coimbatore; Karikal; Bombay; Mad- ras; Karum Bagaram; Trichinopoly; Singara, Nilgiri Hills; Tanjire Dist.; Calcutta; Kanchrapara (2 2° agree with the type of ftenens Walker); Bengal; Shimuga; Mysore; Walayar Forest, South Malabar; Chinchona; Anamalai Hills. SRI LANKA: 26 localities throughout the island. UNPLACED SYNONYMS Tabanus chinensis Thunberg, 1827.—This species was described briefly by Thunberg with the habitat given both as China and the Cape of Good Hope. It possibly could be a synonym of striatus, but this is uncertain from the original description, so it is left unplaced for the present. Tabanus costalis Lichtenstein, 1796.—Bezzi (1908) first called attention to the names of Anton August Heinrich Lichtenstein. Austen (1908) dis- cussed the Tabanidae listed in Lichtenstein’s Catalogus. Since only two copies of Lichtenstein’s work were known to Austen, he quoted the de- scription of costalis verbatim: *‘295. Tabanus striatus; n. 39 (the number under which Fabricius described striatus). Item: Tabanus costalis; nobis. Taban. oculis aeneis; ferrugineus, alis hyalinis costa flava. Habitat in Co- romandel.”’ Ricardo (1911) stated that the species is absolutely indetermin- able and should be deleted from the list of Tabanus species. Surcouf (1923) considered it a questionable synonym of striatus. Stone (1975) did not list the name in the Catalog of Oriental Diptera. Burton (1978) referred to the name under the Tabanus striatus complex, indicating its status was yet to be defined. The name appears in a sale catalog, and, thereby, may not be considered available. The arrangement of the catalog follows Fabricius (1794), and cos- talis is listed under striatus, number 295 being the number of the item in the sale catalog. The description is short, but the mention of the yellow costal cell could refer to either partitus or triceps as the males of both species have a yellow costal cell. The notation ‘‘habitat in Coromandel” \' | | | ' fs | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 355 may refer to the Coromandel Coast of India (16°—12°N Lat.), including Mad- ras, or to Coromandel in the state of Minas Gerais, Brazil (unlikely possi- bility, Fairchild, in /itt.). If the former locality is intended, then costalis may refer to triceps, but if the latter locality is intended, costalis may refer to dorsiger Wiedemann or a related species with a tinted costal cell. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank Graham White and John Chainey, British Museum (Natural History), London (BM(NH)); Leif Lyneborg, Universitetes Zoologiske Mu- seet, Copenhagen (UZMC); Ruth Lichtenberg, Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Vienna (NMW); Christine Dahl, Zoological Institute, University of Uppsala; and L. L. Pechuman, Cornell University, Ithaca (UCI), for the loan of material in their care. We also thank Arnold S. Menke, Raymond Gagné, and Ronald Hodges, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Washington; R. M. Reeves, University of New Hampshire, Durham; G. B. Fairchild, University of Florida, Gainesville; and L. L. Pechuman, Cornell University, Ithaca, for their critical review of this manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Austen, E. E. 1908. On the synonymy and systematic position of some species of Tabanidae described by Thunberg and Lichtenstein. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) 6: 344-346. 1922a. Some Siamese Tabanidae. Bull. Entomol. Res. 12: 431-455. —. 1922b. Note ona small collection of Indian Tabanidae and other blood-sucking Dip- tera. Trans. R. Soc. Trop. Med. Hyg. 15: 264. Bezzi, M. 1908. Nomenklatorisches Uber Dipteren. III. Wien. Entomol. Ztg. 27: 74-84. Bigot, J. M. F. 1891. Catalog of the Diptera of the Oriental Region. Part I. J. Asiatic Soc. Bengal 60(3): 250-282. . 1892. Description de Dipteres nouveaux (1). Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. 5: 602-691. Burton, J. J. S. 1978. Tabanini of Thailand above the Isthmus of Kra (Diptera: Tabanidae). Entomol. Reprint Specialists, Los Angeles. 165 pp. Chvala, M. and L. Lyneborg. 1970a. Tabanidae (Diptera) from the Philippines, collected by the Noona Dan Expedition 1961. J. Med. Entomol. 7: 362-366. —. 1970b. A revision of Palaearctic Tabanidae (Diptera) described by J. C. Fabricius. J. Med. Entomol. 7: 543-555. Fabricius, J. C. 1787. Mantissa Insectorum. Vol. 2. Hafniae (=Copenhagen). 382 pp. . 1794. Entomologia systematica emendata et aucta. Vol. 4. Hafniae (=Copenhagen). 472 pp. Fletcher, T. B. 1916. Report of the Imperial Pathological Entomologist. Rep. Agric. Res. Inst. and Coll., Pusa 1915-1916: 78-84. —. 1917. Report of the Imperial Pathological Entomologist. Sci. Rep. Agric. Res. Inst., Pusa 1916-1917: 91-102. Isaac, P. V. 1924a. Papers on Indian Tabanidae. VI. The male and female genitalia of Tabanus tenens, Wlk. Dep. Agric. India (Entomol.) 8: 102-108. 1924b. Papers on Indian Tabanidae. VII. Notes on the life history of Tabanus striatus, Fabr. (=hilaris, Wlk.). Dep. Agric. India (Entomol.) 8: 108. 1925. The bionomics and life-histories of some of the common Tabanidae of Pusa. Dep. Agric. India (Entomol.) 9: 21-28. 356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Kelser, R. A. 1927. Transmission of Surra among animals of the equine species. Philipp. J. Sci. 34: 115-141. Kertész, K. 1900. Catalogus Tabanidarum orbis Terrarum Universi. Mus. Natl. Hungary, Budapestini (=Budapest). 79 pp. —. 1908. Catalogus Dipterorum hucusque descriptorum. Vol. 3. Budapestini. ii + 366 + 1 pp. Krober, O. 1924. Die Tabaniden der Philippinen. Arch. Naturgesch. 90: 1-27. Lichstenstein, A. A. H. 1796. Catalogus musei Zoologici ditissimi Hamburgi, d IJ. Februar 1796. Auctionis lege distrahendi. Sectio Tertia Continens Insecta. Verzeichniss von hochstseltenen, aus allen Welttheilen mit vieler Muhe und Kosten zusammen gebrach- ten, auch aus unterschiedlichen Cabinettern, Sammlungen und Auctionen ausgehobenen Naturalien welche von einem Liebhaber, als Mitglied der Batavischen und verschiedener anderer Naturforschenden Gesellschaften gesammlet worden. Dritter Abschnitt, bes- tehend in wohlerhaltenen, mehrentheils auslandischen und hochstseltenen Insecten, die theils einzeln, theils mehrere zusammen in Schachteln festgesteckt sind, und welche am Mittewochen, den 3'°" Februar 1796 und den folgenden Tagen auf dem Eimbeckschen Haufe offentlich verkauft werden sollen durch dem Mackler Peter Hinrich Packischef- sky. Gottl. Friedr. Schniebess, Hamburg. xii + 222 pp. (The full citation to this work is given as the publication is so rare, and no bibliographies give it in its complete form. According to all published sources, only two copies of this work exist; however, a third copy is present in the University of North Carolina Library). Mitzmain, M. B. 1913. The biology of Tabanus striatus Fabricius, the horsefly of the Phil- ippines. Philipp. J. Sci. 8: 197-221. Moucha, J. 1976. Horse-flies (Diptera: Tabanidae) of the World. Synoptic Catalog. Acta Ento- mol. Mus. Natl. Pragae, Suppl. 7, 319 pp. Nieschulz, O. 1926a. Overbrengingsproeven mit Tabanus rubidus, Wied., T. striatus, Fabr., en Stomoxys calcitrans, L. Dept. Landbouw, Veeartsenijk. Meded., Buitenzorg (=Bo- gor) 55. 1926b. Over de ontwikkeling van Tabanus striatus Fabr. Dept. Landbouw, Veeart- senijk. Meded., Buitenzorg (=Bogor) 56. . 1926c. Over Tabaniden-broedplaatsen op Java en Sumatra. Dept. Landbouw, Veeart- senik. Meded., Buitenzorg (=Bogor) 58. . 1927a. Overbrengingsproeven met Haematopota cingulata (Wied.). Ned.-Ind. Bladen Diergeneesk. en Dierenteelt 38(5). ———. 1927b. Ueber Schlupfwespen als Parasiten von Tabaniden-eiern auf Java. Centralbl. Bakt. (Ite. Abt.) 72: 399-410. —. 1927c. Ueber mehrfache Infektionen durch Tabanus rubidus, Wied. Centralbl. Bakt. (ite Abt.) 105: 133-136. . 1928. Enkele miltvuuroverbrengingsproeven met Tabaniden, Musciden en Muskieten. Veeartsenik. Meded. 67, 23 pp. . 1929a. Zoologische Beitrage zum Surraproblem. xxi. Weitere Surratibertragungsver- suche mit Tabanus striatus Fabr. und T. rubidus Wied. Arch. Protistenkd. 65: 78-96. 1929b. Enkele miltvuuroverbrengingsproeven met Tabaniden, Musciden en Muskie- ten. Veeartsenijk. Meded., Buitenzorg (=Bogor) 67: 1-23. ———. 1935a. Ueber die Verbreitung von Tabaniden in Niederlandisch-Indien und thre wirt- schaftliche Bedeutung. Z. Angew. Entomol. 22: 131-142. —. 1935b. Uber die Larvenstadien von Tabanus rubidus Wied. und Tabanus striatus Fabr. Z. Parasitenkd. 7: 639-656. ——. 1936. Die Entwicklungsstadien von Tabanus rubidus Wied, und T. striatus Fabr. Arch. Naturgesch. (N.F.) 5: 230-255. | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 357 Nieschulz, O. and F. C. Kraneveld. 1929. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Ueber- tragung der Buffelseuche durch Insekten. Zentralbl. Bakteriol. (1) 113: 403-417. Nieschulz, O. and S. A. S. Ponto. 1927. Zoologische bijdragen tot het Surraprobleem. XVIII. Over meervoudige infecties met Tabanus striatus, Fabr. Veeartsenijk. Meded., Buiten- zorg (=Bogor) 63, 8 pp. Oldroyd, H. 1957. Some Tabanidae (Dipt.) from Ceylon. Verh. Naturforsch. Ges. Basel 68: 56-64. Philip, C. B. 1959. Philippine Zoological Expedition (1946-1947). Tabanidae (Diptera). Field- lana Zool. 33: 543-625. —. 1960. Malaysian Parasites XXXVI. A summary review and records of Tabanidae from Malaya, Borneo, and Thailand. Stud. Inst. Med. Res. Malaya 29: 33-78. —. 1967. Notes on Thunberg’s little-known species of Tabanidae (Diptera) from the New World. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 60: 1235-1238. —. 1970. Further notes on Oriental Tabanidae (Diptera). 1V. Descriptions of Cydistomyia and Tabanus, and other records, particularly from India and Sikkim. H. D. Srivastava Comm. Vol., pp. 443-452. . 1973. Diptera: Tabanidae from Ceylon. Entomol. Scand. Suppl. 4: 56-62. Ricardo, G. 1911. A revision of the species of Tabanus from the Oriental Region, including notes on species from surrounding countries. Rec. Ind. Mus. 4: 111-258. . 1916. Notes on a collection of species of Tabanidae from Hong Kong. Bull. Entomol. Res. 6: 405-407. Schiner, J. R. 1868. Diptera. (Art. 1), 388 pp., 4 pls. /n (Wiullerstorf-Urbair, B. von, in charge), Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara. Zool., Vol. 2, Abt. 1, (Sect.) B. Wien. Schuurmans Stekhoven, J. H., Jr. 1926. The tabanids of the Dutch East Indian Archipelago. Treubia 6 (suppl.), 551 pp. . 1928. The bloodsucking arthropods of the Dutch East Indian Archipelago. IX. Recent collections of tabanids from Sumatra, Middle East Borneo, Soemba etc. Zool. Jahrb. 54: 425-448. . 1932a. The bloodsucking arthropods of the Dutch East Indian Archipelago. X. Further notes on tabanids of India, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes and some of the Moluccas. Arch. Naturgesch. (N.F.) 1: 57-94. . 1932b. Tabanidae. Res. Sci. Voyage Ind. Or. Neerland 4(7): 11-16. Senior-White, R. 1927. Catalog of Indian Insects. Part 12 - Tabanidae, pp. 1-70. Stone, A. 1960. Diptera, Tabanidae. Insects Micronesia 13: 51-53. . 1972. Synonymic and other notes on Tabanidae, with two new species (Diptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 65: 637-641. ———. 1975. Family Tabanidae, pp. 43-81. Jn Delfinado, M. D. and D. Elmo Hardy, eds., A catalog of the Diptera of the Oriental Region. Vol. 2, Suborder Brachycera through Division Aschiza, Suborder Cyclorrhapha. Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu. x + 459 pp. Surcouf, J. M. R. 1923. Note synonymique sur un Diptere piqueur (Taon) de l'Inde. Bull. Soc. Entomol. Fr. 1923: 196-197. Thunberg, C. P. 1827. Tabani septendecim novae species descriptae. Nova Acta Upsala 9: 53-62. Toumanoff, C. 1953. Contribution a l'étude des tabanides de l'Indochine. (Troisieme note: déscription dune espece nouvelle). Bull. Soc. Pathol. Exot. 46 (2): 200-205, pls. 1-2. Walker, F. 1850. Diptera. Part I. (iv) + 1-75, pls. 1-2. Jn Saunders, W. W., ed., Insecta Saundersiana: Or characters of undescribed insects in the Collection of William Wilson Saunders, Esq. Vol. 1. London. (viii) + 474 pp., 8 pls. . 1854. List of the specimens of dipterous insects in the collection of the British Mu- seum. Vol. 5: Suppl. 1: 1-330, 2 figs. London. 358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ——. 1856. Catalogue of the Dipterous insects collected at Singapore and Malacca by Mr. A. R. Wallace, with descriptions of new species. J. Proc. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) 1: 4-39, pls. 1-2. Wu, C. F. 1940. Catalogus Insectorum Sinensium. (Catalogue of Chinese Insects). Vol. 5, (xi) + 524 pp. Fan. Mem. Inst. Biol., Peiping. Wulp, F. M. van der. 1880. Eenige Diptera van Nederlandisch Indie. Tijdschr. Entomol. 23: 155-194, pls. 10-11. —. 1881. Diptera, pp. 1-63, 3 pls. Jn Midden-Sumatra. Reizen en onderzoekingen der Sumatra Expeditie, uitgerust door het aardrijkskundig genootschap, 1877-1879, bes- chreven door de leden der Expeditie, onder toezicht van Prof. P. J. Veth. Natuurlijke Historie, 4 Deel (=vol.), 9 Afd. (=pt.), (the parts are separately paged.). Leiden. —. 1885. On exotic Diptera. Part 2. Notes Leyden Mus. 7: 57-86, pl. 5. . 1896. Catalogue of the described Diptera from South Asia. Dutch Entomol. Soc., The Hague. (v) + 219 + (i) pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, p. 359 NOTE Synonymy by Way of Teratology (Chilopoda: Lithobiomorpha: Lithobiidae) Not a few chilopod taxa, genera, species, have been founded upon on- togenetic aberrations. This accounts for such freaks or sports being found only once. Confronted with a suspect anomaly, one should take into con- sideration both the nature of the single bizarre feature and also the rest of the animal. In 1945 R. V. Chamberlin proposed Physobius n.g. for a single species, rappi n. sp., from Mahomet, Illinois (Entomol. News 56(8): 197). It is clear from the description that genus and species are really founded upon a single bizarre character: There is only a single prosternal tooth on each side of the diastema. In all other Lithobiomorpha there are two or more teeth per side. Elsewhere in the description, especially in the generic diagnosis, confusing and contradictory statements are made pertinent to various signal features. For instance he compared his species to the sexually dimorphic males of Garibius, even though his single specimen was a female. I can only explain such discrepancies by imagining that he must have been examining several different sorts of specimens, in this case species, and not only his single female holotype. In any case the new name must be based upon that female holotype. I have examined the holotype, which is in the Chamberlin Collection at the U.S. National Museum of Natural History. It has indeed one prosternal tooth on each side; however, such is the nature of the prosternum including the teeth that one cannot avoid suspecting them to be developmental ab- errations. Furthermore, if one discounts the original description and the bizarre prosternum, if one takes into account only the rest of the animal, one sees that it can only be Pokabius bilabiatus (Wood, 1867). Accordingly, Physobius Chamberlin, 1945, is a junior synonym of Pokabius Chamberlin, 1912, and rappi Chamberlin, 1945, is a junior synonym of bilabiatus (Wood, 1867) (NEW SYNONYMIES). The Wood species is absolutely distinctive; it would be very difficult to confuse either sex with the sexes of any other species; furthermore, it is the most prevalent and ubiquitous lithobiid of the North American steppes. This is a case of what I shall call taxonomic tunnel-vision. It is thus possible to be so immersed in the rapt contemplation of just one extraordinary character that one fails to take the rest of the animal into consideration, in doing so describing nothing but another synonym. R. E. Crabill, Jr., Department of Entomology, National Museum of Nat- ural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, p. 360 NOTE On the True Identity of Zygethobius pontis Chamberlin (Chilopoda: Lithobiomorpha: Henicopidae) The confident identification of Zygethobius (Zantethobius) pontis Cham- berlin, 1911 (Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 4(1): 32—48) must prove troublesome to anyone trying to reconcile pontis as described in the literature with what one supposes to be pontis in nature. In fact, I believe now, pontis of the printed page and pontis in nature are one and the same in spite of the apparent disparity between them. The source of the long-standing difficulty lies in an error not in Chamberlin’s original description but in his later, more comprehensive family revision of 1912 (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 57(1): 1-36). In 1911 (p. 34) proposing both subgenus Zantethobius and species pontis as new, Chamberlin separated them from related taxa ascribing to the new subgenus and species tergital productions on body segments 6, 7, 9, 11, and 13. There is no mention of whether or not the 1ISth tibia has a spinous projection. In 1912 (p. 27) he separated Zantethobius and pontis again from other taxa, this time specifying ‘‘all legs with well-developed tibial process- es.’ On p. 36, again, he attributed a tibial spine to each of the 15th legs and referred to ‘‘anal legs’’ of plate 4, fig. 9. In all other species he believed tibial processes to occur only on legs 1-14, never on 15. The type-localities of pontis are Johnson City, Tennessee, and Natural Bridge, Virginia. For more than 30 years I have examined specimens from the American southeast, especially from Virginia. All agree with Chamber- lin’s 1912 redescription of pontis in every detail except in one: In all of them each 15th tibia lacks a spinous process. I believe that the types, which cannot be found, had 1ISth tibiae that had no spinous processes but that such processes did occur upon the 14th and more anterior legs. I suggest that Chamberlin’s 1912 figure of a supposed ISth leg was in fact that of a 14th leg. Apart from its possessing a distinct tibial spine, its dimensions and vestiture strengthen this belief. Especially in henicopids the rear legs are easily detached, and when detached they are very easy to confuse with one another. In summary, I believe that pontis in fact lacks a tibial spine on leg 15. Secondly, I find the subgenus Zantethobius untenable alone on the basis of its possession of a produced 6th tergite. Its type-species is pontis (by mono- typy), which is clearly congeneric with dolichopus Chamberlin, the type- species of Zygethobius (original designation). Accordingly, Zantethobius Chamberlin, 1911, is a junior synonym of Zygethobius Chamberlin, 1903 (NEW SYNONYMY). R. E. Crabill, Jr., Department of Entomology, National Museum of Nat- ural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 361-362 NOTE Notes on a European Aphid (Homoptera: Aphididae) New to North America Severe distortion of the growing tips of Lonicera spp. was observed in northern Illinois during the summer and fall of 1980, and the causative agent seemed to be an aphid. The search for a name and some information on the suspect aphid turned up references in the Russian literature to Hyadaphis tataricae (Aizenberg) (1935. Zap. Bolshevskoi Biol. Stn. 7-8: 151—160) (Ra- pais. 1969. Atlas of the baltic dendrophilous plantlice. Publishing House Zinatne, Riga, pp. 7-361; Shaposhnikov. 1964. Jn Bei-Bienko, Keys to the insects of the European USSR. Vol. |, pp. 489-616). Shaposhnikov (1964) described it as being ‘‘very injurious in squares and parks of towns, also injurious to protective forest belts’’ and its distribution as *“‘everywhere.”’ The first observations of damage by this aphid on Lonicera in Illinois were made by Bob McAdams (State Horticultural Inspector of Lake Co.) in the fall of 1979. There were no aphids present on the samples at that time and they were sent to a plant pathologist for diagnosis. From damaged plants observed then, the distribution seemed to have been patchy, but the exact extent is not known. Present distribution is throughout the five contiguous northeastern counties in Illinois (Lake, McHenry, Kane, DuPage, and t ; 4 / \ a t td \ LJ esi NW ie Fig. 1. a, Apterous viviparous female of Hyadaphis tataricae. b, Diagrammatic sketch of honeysuckle twig showing size reduction and folding of leaves infested with H. tataricae. 362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Cook). Collections have been made also in Rochelle and Kankakee, Illinois, northwestern Indiana, and Madison, Wisconsin. The damage caused is so severe and obvious that it is unlikely that it has been overlooked, and it is assumed that this aphid is of rather recent introduction. Summer collections included alate and apterous viviparae, and collections from mid-September on had alate males and apterous Oviparae as well as viviparae. The response of the plant to infestation by H. tataricae is reduced shoot elongation, longitudinal leaf folding with upperside in, and reduction in leaf size (Fig. 1b). The folded leaves form a pouch in which the aphids are located, but in heavy infestations there are aphids on the young shoots also. The aphids are small (<2 mm) and pale green to cream with pulverulence. The front is somewhat nodulose, antennae are often 5-segmented, and the prosternal furca is more or less pigmented. There is a small lateral tubercle just anterad of each siphunculus and a characteristic arrangement of the six setae on the cauda (Fig. la). This species is considered to feed only on the genus Lonicera. In Illinois it has been found on Lonicera tatarica L. (all varieties), L. zabelli Rehd., and L. maackii (Maxim) (Bob McAdams, personal communication). My thanks to Virgil Knapp, Bob McAdams, and Manya B. Stoetzel (Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA) for distributional information on Hyadaphis tataricae. David Voegtlin, State Natural History Survey, Natural Resources Build- ing, 607 E. Peabody, Champaign, Illinois 61820. ——— PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 363-365 Book REVIEW Coccoids of the Far East USSR (Homoptera, Coccinea) With a Phylo- genetic Analysis of the Coccoid Fauna of the World. 1980. Evelyna M. Danzig. Publisher Nauka, Leningrad, 367 pp., 185 figs., 8 pls. (in Rus- sian). Cost: 5 Rubels and 10 Kopeks (approximately $6.00). This volume is number 124 in the series ‘‘Studies of the Fauna of USSR, Publications of Zoological Institute of the Academy of Sciences, USSR.” The book is divided into general and systematic parts. For non-Russian readers the general part contains the more valuable and unique information that deals with evolution, phylogeny, and higher classification of the coc- coids of the world. The author is a well-known coccidologist of the Zoological Institute in Leningrad and is currently the most active Russian worker in this field. Besides publishing a number of taxonomic revisions, she has studied in detail the coccoid fauna of northwestern USSR, Siberia, far eastern USSR including the Maritime Provinces, and also Afghanistan and Mongolia. She has worked on the ecology, zoogeography, and intraspecific variation, in- cluding biotypes of scale insects. Her present work combines the results of many years of work with much new information. The bulk of the material for this study was collected by the author during 1961-1963, 1967, and 1969. A number of other workers and institutions also provided specimens. The book includes 158 species (excluding those found in greenhouses) from far eastern USSR, of which 56 are reported for the first time in this area, also 47 species and three genera which were described by the author earlier as new to science. A number of taxa are synonymized. The species discussed were included in only eight families. Other work- ers, who recognize more families, would have placed the genus Puto into a separate family Putoidae, and the genera Cryptococcus and Pseudo- chermes into the Cryptococcidae. It is interesting that the members of Aclerdidae are absent, although their common hosts, grasses, bamboo, and the reed, Phragmites communis, occur in the area. Aclerdidae are known from Central Japan (Omi and Tokyo area), and are distributed as far north as Kansas and New Jersey in North America. The keys are the serial type, where alternative choices are widely sepa- rated. The description of genera includes synonymy and more important pertinent references; the type-species of the genus; short diagnosis of adult females and of the test when present; number of species included; and host plants and distribution. Each species description includes synonyms and references; short description of adult female and test when present; distri- 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON bution and biology; and affinities. Coccoid parasites and predators are not mentioned. The book is well illustrated, with 185 figures. Almost all drawings are original, but a few were adopted from Borchsenius’ earlier works. With few exceptions, only the adult females are illustrated, these usually with a half or full page size line drawing. Besides enlargements of microscopic char- acters of the species treated, some coccoids were figured on their host, also tests and egg sacs of some species are illustrated to aid in their recognition. Maps show distributions of ten species and four genera. Additional figures are on life cycles and unique morphological features, such as pores, ducts, and on the anal area. The eight tables provide comparisons for dermal pores, endosymbionts, evolution of life cycles, plesiomorphic and apomorphic con- ditions in the coccoid families, specialized morphological features in the subfamilies and tribes of Margarodidae, and for some other taxonomic char- acters. The major contribution of this book for entomologists is in the phyloge- netic analysis of the world coccoids. To appreciate fully her contribution, the reader should know that earlier attempts to present the phylogeny of coccoids were based solely on external morphology of both adults (Bala- chowsky. 1942. Grignon Ecole Natl. d’Agric. Ann. (3)3:34-38), or adult females (Borchsenius. 1958. Zool. Zh. 37: 765-780), or adult males (Bora- tynski and Davies. 1971. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 3: 57-102), or on comparative morphology of mouthparts (Koteja. 1974. Acta Zool. Cracov. 19(14): 267— 325). In this book, Danzig brings together for the first time in an organized framework the old and recent bits of scattered taxonomic information on the subject and evaluates these with a cladistic method. She utilizes 33 taxonomic characters, including dimensions, mobility, morphological fea- tures, type of tests produced, and life cycles. She also evaluates the types of wax producing pores and ducts, and the endosymbionts in each family. Her chapters on direction of evolution include analysis of external mor- phology, chromosome systems, endosymbionts, food habits, and life cycles. Her principal suggested changes and reassignments in the traditional clas- sification of coccoid higher taxonomic categories are the following: The scale insects are elevated to suborder level, the Coccinea; two superfamily names replace the earlier artificial group names, Orthezioidea replaces Ar- chaeococcoidea and Coccoidea replaces Neococcoidea; she considers the Margarodidae the most primitive family, replacing Ortheziidae, which be- came the second in the coccoid phylogenetic sequence; Morrison’s (1927. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 40: 99-109) margarodid tribes Matsucoccini and Steingeliini are synonymized and included in the subtribe Kuwaniina MacGillivray within the tribe Kuwantini of MacGillivray (1921. The Coc- cidae, Scarab Co., Urbana, Ill. 502 pp.); among the mealybugs, the tribe Coccurini and the family Putoidae are synonymized with Phenacoccini, the VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 365 Planococcini becomes a synonym of Pseudococcini, also Antonininae and Serrolecaniinae are synonyms of Sphaerococcini; Eriococcidae include Apiomorphidae, Calycicoccidae, Cryptococcidae, Cylindrococcidae, and Micrococcidae; the families Cerococcidae and Lecanodiaspididae are again included as subfamilies in the family As terolecaniidae; in the family Coc- cidae the subfamily Filippinae is synonymized with Eriopeltinae, the tribe Coccini now includes the Paralecaniini; and the family Phoenicococcidae includes the Halimococcidae. After these regroupings she recognizes only 16 families. Because her cladistic analysis uses only four states from among the many taxonomic characters that adult males can provide, and none from the immatures, it is expected that some of the present phylogenetic assign- ments will change as soon as these stages are studied in more detail. Danzig rejects Borchsenius’ theory that the coccoids evolved before the angiosperms, thus they existed before the Cretaceous Period and were first associated with conifers. She believes that the feeding of coccoids on co- nifers was secondary, and that there is no evidence that they already evolved before the Cretaceous Period. The extensive 13-page literature list includes 409 articles. There are in- dices to scientific names of coccoid taxa, also to host plants by Russian names and another by scientific names. As customary in eastern Europe the table of contents is included on the last page, instead of in front of the book as considered more practical by us. The book is 17 x 26 cm in size, with an attractive beige hard cover. The quality of paper used is between our newsprint and offset. Price is very reasonable, since printing is government subsidized. An English summary would have made this valuable work more readily useable for non-Russian readers. The author should be complimented for the unique approach and thor- oughness with which she presented this study. Michael Kosztarab, Department of Entomology, Virginia Polytechnic In- stitute and State University, Blacksburg, Virginia 24061. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, p. 366 SUMMARY REPORTS OF SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1980 Treasurer (1 November 1979 to 31 October 1980) Special General Publication Summary: Fund Fund Totals On hand, | November 1979 14,170.68 29,520.14 43,690.82 Total receipts 40,402.23 11,191.09 Sil lass Sas y2 Total disbursements 33,110.54 7,577.50 40,688.04 On hand, 31 October 1980 21,462.57 S3S88e73 54,596.30 EDITOR (Calendar Year 1980) Four numbers of the Proceedings were published in 1980. The 732 pages plus one foldout represented 75 scientific articles, 12 notes, 5 book reviews, | obituary, 4 announcements, and the minutes for 8 Society meetings. Re- ports of officers for 1979, information for contributors, table of contents for volume 82, index to new taxa in volume 82, and PS Form 3526 were also published. Editorial charges were waived for 9 articles and | note totaling 80 pages. Full editorial charges were paid for immediate publication of 4 articles, 1 book review, and | obituary totaling 39 pages. Eight lengthy articles in- cluded full editorial charges for 50 pages, and 4 articles by non-members included full editorial charges for 23 pages. Volume 82 represented the largest volume in the history of the Proceed- ings and included the first foldout published. Because of the increased num- ber of pages, manuscripts were published in six to nine months from date of acceptance. Publications Committee: E. Eric Grissell, John M. Kingsolver, Wayne N. Mathis, George C. Steyskal, Manya B. Stoetzel, and David R. Smith (Ed- itor). | PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(2), 1981, pp. 367-372 SOCIETY MEETINGS 868th Regular Meeting—April 3, 1980 The 868th Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order at 8:00 pm on 3 April 1980 by President T. J. Spilman in the Ecology Theater of the National Museum of Natural History. Twenty- three members and 16 guests attended. Minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Membership Chairman Joyce Utmar read for the first time the name of the following new applicant for membership: Ross H. Arnett, Jr., 814 A Street S.E., Washington, D.C. The speaker for the evening, Dr. David A. Nickle, Systematic Entomol- ogy Laboratory, USDA, presented a talk entitled *“‘Color Polymorphism in Phaneropterine Katydids or Throw Away the Bottle, Maw, I Just Saw a Pink Katydid.’’ The talk, accompanied by Kodachrome slides, pointed out the genetic inheritance of color forms of the Florida oval-winged katydid, Amblycorypha floridana Rehn and Hebard, which occurs in nature in four forms, green, yellow, pink, and orange. The adaptive significance of the polymorphism was also discussed. NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS Dr. Ashley B. Gurney displayed the research of Dr. L. M. Roth entitled ‘*A taxonomic revision of the Panesthiinae of the world. II. The genera Salganea Stal, Microdina Kirby, and Caeparia Stal (Dictyoptera: Blattaria: Blaberidae)’’ in Aust. J. Zool., suppl. ser. No. 69, 201 pp. The meeting was adjourned at 10:15 pm, after which cookies and punch were served. David A. Nickle, Recording Secretary 869th Regular Meeting—May 1, 1980 The 869th Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order by President T. J. Spilman at 8:00 pm, May 1, 1980, in the Ecology Theater, National Museum of Natural History. Twenty-seven members and 11 guests were present. The minutes of the April meeting were _ read and approved. Membership Chairman Joyce Utmar read for the first time the names of the following new applicants for membership: | | E. Baksh, Stange Canada, Inc., 3340 Orlando Drive, Mississauga, Ontario. 368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Mary Carver, CSIRO, Division of Entomology, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City, A.C.T., Australia. Charles C. Coffman, Plant Pest Control Division, West Virginia Department of Agriculture, Charleston, West Virginia. Neal L. Evenhuis, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, 1355 Kalihi Street, P.O. Box 1900-A, Honolulu, Hawaii. Earl R. Oatman, Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, California. Ivica T. Radovic, Institute of Zoology, Faculty of Science, University of Belgrade, 16 Studentski trg, 11000 Beograd, Yugoslavia. Michael J. Shannon, 2809 Spangler Lane, Bowie, Maryland. D. Dee Wilder, Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sci- ences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California. President-Elect Jack Lipes announced that the joint banquet of the En- tomological Society of Washington and the Insecticide Society of Washing- ton will be held June 3 at Fort McNair. Master of Ceremonies will be John Kennedy, past president of the Insecticide Society of Washington. Guest speaker will be Elton Hansens of Rutgers University whose topic will be Kenya Safari—1980. The speaker of the evening was Dr. Edward F. Knipling, USDA, Belts- ville, Maryland. Dr. Knipling spoke on the “‘Status of the Screwworm Suppression Program in Southwest United States and Mexico.’ He gave a historical account and also mentioned some problems associated with the suppression program. He illustrated his talk with many slides. Raymond Gagné presented additional slides showing the screwworm rear- ing and irradiation facility at Mission, Texas. NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS Ashley B. Gurney exhibited the book Zest of Life or Waldo Had a Pretty Good Run, the Life of Waldo La Salle Schmidt, by Richard E. Blackwelder, published by Allen Press, Inc., Lawrence, Kansas. Dr. Waldo Schmidt was Chairman of the Department of Zoology at the Smithsonian Institution. Theodore Bissell presented the publication “‘Chromosome Numbers of the Aphididae and Their Taxonomic Significance,’” by Roger Blackman of the British Museum. President Spilman adjourned the meeting, after which punch and cookies were served. Joyce A. Utmar, Recording Secretary pro tem VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 369 870th Regular Meeting—June 3, 1980 The Entomological Society of Washington and Insecticide Society of Washington Joint Annual Banquet was held on June 3, 1980, at the Fort McNair Officers’ Club, Washington, D.C. Dr. Dale Parrish was host, Jack E. Lipes and William L. Hollis were banquet chairmen, and John Kennedy was the Master of Ceremonies. After the open bar social hour and dinner, Dr. Elton Hansens of Rutgers University presented an innovative slide show entitled ““Kenya Safari, 1980.” The banquet was attended by 111 persons. After the presentation by Dr. Hansens, John Kennedy conducted the drawing of several door prizes. David A. Nickle, Recording Secretary 871st Regular Meeting—October 2, 1980 The 87lst Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order by President T. J. Spilman at 8:00 pm, 2 October 1980, in the Ecology Theater, National Museum of Natural History. Thirty-seven members and 11 guests were present. The minutes of the May and June meetings were read and approved. Membership Chairman Joyce Utmar read for the first time the names of the following new applicants for membership: Horace R. Burke, Department of Entomology, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas. Wilbur G. Downs, 10 Halstead Lane, Branford, Connecticut. Francis Edward Giles, Department of Biology, Loyola College, 4501 N. Charles Street, Baltimore, Maryland. Daniel K. Young, Department of Entomology, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan. Ronald G. Gunther, 3814 S. Lauder Avenue, Bartonville, Illinois. Ralph E. Harbach, Medical Entomology Project, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. C. Barry Knisley, Department of Biology, Randolph-Macon College, Ash- land, Virginia. Charles E. Miller, APHIS, PPQ, USDA, Federal Center Building, Room 670, Hyattsville, Maryland. Richard S. Miller, 1553 E. San Jose Avenue #108, Fresno, California. Mary H. Ross, Department of Entomology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacksburg, Virginia. John D. Unzicker, Section of Faunistic Surveys and Insect Identification, Illinois Natural History Survey, Natural Resources Building, Urbana, II- linois. 370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Chandra A. Viraktamath, Department of Entomology, University of Agri- cultural Sciences, Bangalore, India. Kathleen J. DeBold, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland. President-Elect Jack Lipes reported on the events that took place at the joint banquet of the Entomological Society of Washington and Insecticide Society of Washington, June 3 at Fort McNair. The presentation for the evening was a talk entitled “‘Aspects of the 16th International Congress of Entomology, Kyoto, Japan.’’ Dr. Donald R. Da- vis, Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, presented histor- ical aspects of Japan in the Yamoto Region, with special emphasis on reli- gious temples in and around Kyoto; Dr. Curtis W. Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, presented information about the Congress itself; Dr. Raymond J. Gagné, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, discussed horticultural practices in the southern island of Kyushu; and Dr. F. Christian Thompson, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, showed slides of the forests of the northern island of Hokkaido. All speakers presented excellent color slides to accompany their talks. NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS Dr. A. B. Gurney displayed and briefly discussed a new paperback book, The Cockroach Combat Manual by Austin M. Frishman, Arthur P. Schwartz, and Robert Powell, 192 pp., illus., Wm. Morrow and Co. Inc., New York, New York. President T. J. Spilman showed the new book, How to Know the Beetles, 2nd Edition, by Ross H. Arnett, N. M. Downie, and H. E. Jacques, pub- lished by Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa, $9.60. Joyce Utmar presented the book The Land of the Locusts, Being Some Further Verses on Grigs and Cicadas, Part I, Before 450 AD by Dr. Keith McE. Kevan, containing selections from Chinese, Greek, Hebrew, and oth- er sources which refer to orthopteroid insects and cicadas. She also showed Erwin Schmitschek’s work, Insekten als Nahrung, in Brauchtum, Kult und Kultur (Insects as Food, in Folklore, Religion, and Culture) in Handbuch der Zool. 4: 1-62, 1968. Mignon Davis showed the red pendant emblem for the XVIth Congress, symbolizing the common Japanese dragonfly, Sympetrum frequens (Selys), whose autumn evening swarms have long been the subject of poems and children’s songs. Also shown was a large dragonfly pin with Japanese pearls for head and eyes. This represents the emblem of the Entomological Society of Japan and was acquired through Professor S. Asahima during the X Vth Congress in Washington, D.C. in 1976. Dr. Donald Whitehead displayed a larval cuterebrid that had embedded in his upper arm while he was in Costa Rica. — = —__ _—— Ee ee VOLUME 83, NUMBER 2 371 Visitors were introduced, and President Spilman adjourned the meeting, after which punch and cookies were served. David A. Nickle, Recording Secretary 872nd Regular Meeting—November 6, 1980 The 872nd Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order by President T. J. Spilman at 8:00 pm, 6 November 1980 in the Naturalist Center, National Museum of Natural History. Twenty- eight members and 3 guests attended. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Membership Chairman Joyce Utmar read for the first time the names of the following five new applicants for membership: Diane Calabrese, Department of Biology, Trinity College, Washington, D.C. Edwin Inai, 3402 Medina Lane, Bowie, Maryland. Burton D. Schaber, Agriculture Canada, Research Station, Lethbridge, Al- berta. Kevin W. Thorpe, Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. John S. Weaver III, Department of Entomology, Clemson University, Clem- son, South Carolina. Nominating Committee Chairman Don Davis read the names of nominees for offices for 1981: President-Elect, Margaret S. Collins; Treasurer, F. C. Thompson; Recording Secretary, D. A. Nickle; Editor, D. R. Smith; Cor- responding Secretary, Mignon Davis; Program Chairman, J. Schaffer; Cus- todian, S. Nakahara; and Hospitality Chairman, Helen Sollers-Riedel. The first speaker of the evening was Dr. Donald R. Roberts, Chief, De- partment of Entomology, Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, whose talk was entitled **Attraction of DDT to Eufriesia purpurata in Amazonia,” an account of the unusual foraging behavior of male bees upon DDT used in anti-malarial programs in the Amazon Basin. The second speaker for the evening was Dr. Ashley B. Gurney, Collab- orator, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, whose talk **The career and work of Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson (1838-1926): An early American entomologist’’ described this woman’s history, career in entomology, and her creative writing in her popular short stories. NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS Joanne Alexander displayed two live cockroaches collected by Dr. Su- zanne Batra during her trip to Australia. William Bickley displayed a paper by D. Hille Ris-Lambers entitled ‘‘Aphids as botanists?’’ in Symb. Bot. Ups. 22: 114-119, 1979. 372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON J. H. Fales and T. J. Spilman exhibited twigs of Carya illinoensis, the pecan, and an adult of Oncideres cingulata (Cerambycidae), the twig gir- dler. The beetle had been found girdling branches on a lawn under pecan trees at Plum Point, Calvert County, Maryland, 12 October 1980. J. H. Fales also reported that he and W. R. Grooms collected butterflies extensively in Maryland, 1980, and had obtained two new state records in Dorchester County for Euphyes palatka (Edwards), the Palatka Skipper (5 July 1980), and Ascia monuste (Linnaeus), the Great Southern White (25 September 1980). The meeting was adjourned at 10:30 pm after which punch and cookies were served. David A. Nickle, Recording Secretary | PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS Cynipid Galls of the Eastern United States, by Lewis H. Weld Stites h sak ts $ 5.00 Cynipid Galls of the Southwest, by Lewis H. Weld ______-___-_-_________-________- 3.00 EA rir aeES OMC Vanipl Ch PA Sy a ee ee 6.00 Identification of Alaskan Black Fly Larvae, by Kathryn M. Sommerman _____- 1.00 Unusual Scalp Dermatitis in Humans Caused by the Mite Dermatophagoides , by Jay R. Traver ________- et A iyeshe ee NEMO ASTON RI GERS SRS SOE EE paren 1.00 A Short History of the Entomological Society of Washington, by Ashley B. ELUATE GUY oc a iS SOS SE ee econ SE a a i, 1.00 Pictorial Key to Species of the Genus Anastrepha (Diptera: Tephritidae), by Mirra EE PEPSPEU GR AL, west. 2 Seve rae Seon eee Me hee aac at sda ee 1.50 Taxonomic Studies on Fruit Flies of the Genus Urophora (Diptera: Tephriti- eR MRS COREE NG Ce SAL oa 258, nbs See Se eS en nae ease 2.00 MEMOIRS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON No. 1. The North American Bees of the Genus Osmia, by Grace Sandhouse. HOB 9. RTE Gh Emer. SMa USER Yee Ne Pee OES eA $15.00 No. 2. A Classification of Larvae and Adults of the Genus Phyllophaga, by Dna ieee St) a ee ee (out of print) No. 3. The Nearctic Leafhoppers, a Generic Classification and Check List, by Pr AVIIES ET URINANT PLO AOP oi ene ea ee ee re a 15.00 No. 4. A Manual of the Chiggers, by G. W. Wharton and H. S. Fuller. ees ce ae ee EL eee ee eee 15.00 No. 5. A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South America, by Phyllis T. MRL a a ese iss Se a ee ee eee 15.00 No. 6. The Female Tabanidae of Japan, Korea and Manchuria, by Wallace P. Mirrdochinne Euros! bakahast, 1969 20.5) 92 0- SS ee 15.00 No. 7. Ant Larvae: Review and Synthesis, by George C. Wheeler and Jeanette EEN aan LO ee ee ene ake ee eee Wee 2 Fre .. 11.00 No. 8. The North American Predaceous Midges of the Genus Palpomyia Mei- gen (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae), by W. L. Grogan, Jr. and W. W. Ue 2 ee ee eee a Rs ey EE SARE. 2 12.00 Back issues of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington are available at $18.00 per volume to non-members and $9 per volume to members of the Society. Prices quoted are U.S. currency. Postage extra except on prepaid orders. Dealers are allowed a discount of 10 per cent on all items, including annual subscriptions, that are paid in advance. All orders should be placed with the Custodian, Entomological Society of Washington, % Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. CONTENTS (Continued from front cover) RAY. C. H., JR. and M. L. WILLIAMS—Redescription and lectotype designation of the tessellated scale, Eucalymnatus tessellatus (Signoret) (Homoptera: Coccidae) .. SCARBROUGH, A. G.—Ethology of Eudioctria tibialis Banks (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Seasonal distribution, abundance, diurnal movements, and behaviors ... SCARBROUGH, A. G.—Ethology of Eudioctria tibialis Banks (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Prey. predator behaviorand enemies <2... 202.0 a. cereei e oeee SHOLES, O. D. V.—Herbivory by species of Trirhabda (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) on Solidago altissima (Asteraceae): Variation between years .............-02ee2eee SPANGLER, P. J.—A new water beetle, Troglochares ashmolei, n. gen., n. sp., from Ecuador; the first known eyeless cavernicolous hydrophilid beetle (Coleoptera: FEV GroOpiitlidae vaca cere er cs cates 6c lofe ei © ais 4c wberaaleeeen cle Soke tate ere STEYSKAL, G: G€—A bibliography ofthe Malaise trap) 2.22.54. o-ceen eeeeee TODD, E. L.—The noctuoid moths of the Antilles—Part I (Lepidoptera: Dioptidae) ... WIRTH, W. W. and N. C. RATANAWORABHAN—The Oriental species of the genus Dibezia Wietter (Diptera: Geratopaponidae) -../saseccces «2s ace ee ere YONKE, T. R.—Descriptions of two new species of Neotropical Leptoglossus Guérin (HemipteravCoreldaeyis sieac cs pie «22 Sits, sate shang ee eR en eran ines oo eae inte ee eee NOTES: CRABILL, R. E., JR.—Synonymy by way of teratology (Chilopoda: Lithobiomorpha: Ett bid ae) ier coke tstris cele teeters oid cidiiecdols ares, «las ood wi Ncv ceo econo Cr ere CRABILL, R. E., JR.—On the true identity of Zygethobius pontis Chamberlin (Chilo- podasithobiomorpha: Henicopidae)) «22.62 <= soc so eit: ee ieee tere VOEGTLIN, D.—Notes on a European aphid (Homoptera: Aphididae) new to North CNN G12) SE ln aR CaO CNS AES OO RRO REC PEIRCE R et: SEA ENE tc Gc See BOOK REVIEW: KOSZTARAB, M.—Coccoids of the Far East USSR (Homoptera, Coccinea) With a Phylogenetic Analysis of the Coccoid Fauna of the World (Evelyna M. Danzig) ... SUMMARY REPORTS OF SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1980) ..........52-) 0s .0 sere SOGTETYSMEEBIIINGSeeitae)scccre so coa\'ols ast cigtaie oye sie stare caticoeletne il slerets eee ese 359 360 361 363 s in VOL. 83 JULY 1981 NO. 3 > (ISSN 0013-8797) PROCEEDINGS of the BNTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY of WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20560 PUBLISHED QUARTERLY CONTENTS | | BURGER, J. F., D. J. LAKE, and M. L. MCKAY—The larval habitats and rearing of some common Chrysops species (Diptera: Tabanidae) in New Hampshire ....... 373 DELONG, D. M.—New species of Gypona, Gyponinae (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) BeneeNeription: Of anew SUbpeENUS); .-.c:/..<..00 40a d.0- 2 os ote aa ewok eed ee ae 505 EVANS, H. E.—Biosystematics of ground-nesting species of Pison in Australia Eancnoptera: Sphecidde: Trypoxylini) ss 2.6% ..aces + vseleasSaadesks 50) succeeded in copulating. It was usual for males to remain mounted for less than 10 seconds if rejected by the female. Pairs that succeeded in copulation remained coupled for as long as two minutes. A 30-second head sweep taken on 23 April 1978 produced a 3:1 female to male sex ratio. Fifty females from this sample were crushed on a microscope slide and their eggs counted. Thirty-six of the 50 contained * = 17.76 + 5.46 SD mature eggs, 11 contained only immature eggs (not counted), and three contained no eggs. Oviposition by this species was never observed although I actively searched for oviposition sites. Again a variety of potential sites were ex- amined. They included those mentioned as possible feeding sites as well as mud flats, tidal pools, vegetation, plant litter, and bird nests. SPECULATION ON THE LIFE HISTORY No bobo larvae were found during any of my visits to Kino Bay and Alcatraz Island. This was particularly disappointing because location of lar- vae was the principal objective of my second, third, and fourth trips. I concentrated my search on the island, looking principally at birds’ nests and | | | . VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 411 in and under mats of guano. One of two previously described species in this genus, Paraleucopis corvina Malloch, was taken from birds’ nests (Malloch, 1913; Wheeler, 1959). This, coupled with my observations on the ecological dependence of adult bobos on marine birds, and their seasonal first appear- ance on the island, suggested that bird nests would be the place to look for larvae. In spite of my failure to find larvae in bird nests, I have not aban- doned this bias. It could be that my visits occurred before the eggs of P. mexicana had hatched. The brief three-month appearance of adults suggests that the species is univoltine. If this is the case, eggs may diapause for approximately 9-10 months of the year. Hatching may be synchronous with the nesting of one or more species of marine birds on the island. DISCUSSION Both the distribution of species and what is known of the biology of Paraleucopis suggest that the genus has recently and dramatically diverged from the other chamaemyiid genera. All of the genera except Pseudodinia and Paraleucopis are cosmopolitan. Pseudodinia is exclusively North American, and the three described species of Paraleucopis are from the Southwestern United States and Mexico (Steyskal, 1971, 1981, and personal communication). Four of seven genera that comprise the family have larvae predaceous on aphids, mealy bugs, and scale insects (see Sluss and Foote, 1971), and adults belonging to all of the genera except Paraleucopis have been observed to feed on aphid honeydew and nectar (Oldroyd, 1964; Sluss, personal com- munication). These larval and adult habits are apparently ancestral char- acteristics for the family. Members of the genus Paraleucopis are biologically quite different. Par- aleucopis corvina has been independently associated with a crow’s nest in New Mexico (Malloch, 1913), and a great horned owl’s nest in Texas (Wheeler, 1959). Although not explicitly stated in the aforecited papers, it seems that the larvae of this species probably develop in birds’ nests. Par- aleucopis boydensis Steyskal was described from specimens ‘‘that were hovering about the faces and getting into the eyes of workers”’ at the Boyd Desert Research Center, Riverside Co., California. Finally, P. mexicana combines these characteristics. It is parasitic on marine birds, suspected of breeding in bird nests, and is annoying to humans. I plan to continue my search for the larvae of P. mexicana and would certainly welcome any information on this problem from entomologists and biologists working on | islands in the Gulf of California. | ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank the Patronato del Fraccionamiento de Bahia Kino and especially Lic. Javier Morales Valdez for his generous assistance during my visits to 412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Kino Bay. Carl Olsen identified the flies to genus and George Steyskal confirmed our determination and provided additional information on the species. Greg Lanzaro, Jill Smith, and Scot Smith all assisted in the field. This research was supported in part by Arizona Agric. Exp. Stn. Project 2014-4161-17, Arthropods of Public Health Importance. Ariz. Agric. Exp. Stn. M.S. No. 3035. LITERATURE CITED Graham-Smith, G. S. 1930. The Oscinidae (Diptera) as vectors of conjunctivitis, and the anatomy of their mouth parts. Parasitology 22: 457-467. Keasey, M. S. 1976. The wildlife of Alcatraz island. Pac. Discovery 24: 1-9. Malloch, J. R. 1913. A synopsis of the genera of Agromyzidae with descriptions of new genera and species. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 46: 127-154. Oldroyd, H. 1964. The natural history of flies. Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London. 324 pp. Sluss, T. P. and B. A. Foote. 1971. Biology and immature stages of Leucopis verticalis (Diptera: Chamaemyiidae). Can. Entomol. 103: 1427-1434. Steyskal, G. C. 1971. The genus Paraleucopis Malloch (Diptera: Chamaemylidae) with one new species. Entomol. News 82: 1-4. ———. 1981. A new “‘bobo’’ fly from the Gulf of California (Diptera: Chamaemyiidae: Paraleucopis mexicana). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 83: 403-405. Wheeler, M. R. 1959. Notes on some flies reared from birds’ nests. Southwest. Nat. 4: 154. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 413-420 DISTINGUISHING CHARACTERS OF THE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM AND GENITALIA OF XESTIA DOLOSA AND XESTIA ADELA (LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE) ANNE HUDSON Biosystematics Research Institute, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C6. Abstract.—The spiral fertilization canal of females and the aedeagus of males are described and can be used to identify Xestia dolosa Franclemont and Xestia adela Franclemont in sympatric populations in eastern and southwestern Ontario. Xestia dolosa Franclemont and Xestia adela Franclemont, until recently known as the large and small forms of Amathes c-nigrum (Linnaeus), were described as two new species by Franclemont (1980) on the basis of differ- ences in size, colour, and genitalia of both males and females. The shape of the ostial plate and its excavation in the females of the two species is quite distinct in most specimens, although specimens intermediate in size are often intermediate in this character also, at least in the eastern and southwestern Ontario populations we have examined (Hudson and Lefko- vitch, 1980). Characters of the male genitalia are also difficult to interpret in individuals of intermediate size. During a study of isozyme variation in the two species, Hudson and Lef- kovitch (1980) found that two allozymes of adenylate kinase could be used to distinguish X. dolosa from X. adela in sympatric populations in Ontario; a faster moving band Adk' characterized adela, whereas dolosa was distin- guished by a slower band Adk’. Examination of the reproductive systems and genitalia of moths segregated in this way revealed two additional char- acters useful for identification. This paper describes the differences seen between the species in the scler- otized portion of the spermathecal duct (fertilization canal) of the females, and in the extent and number of spines on the sclerotized plate (keel-like carina of Callahan and Chapin, 1960) at the distal end of the aedeagus of the males. MATERIALS AND METHODS The moths used for this study were collected in light traps set in North Gower near Ottawa, London, and Harrow, Ontario. Genitalia and repro- 414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ductive systems of both sexes were examined by light microscopy and with a scanning electron microscope. 1. Light microscopy.—Female reproductive systems were dissected in water, fixed in Kahle’s fluid, stained with carmine, and mounted in venetian turpentine in absolute alcohol. Male genitalia were dissected in water, de- hydrated through an alcohol series, cleared in xylol, and mounted in Per- mount. 2. Electron microscopy.—The dissected aedeagi were attached to the specimen holder with silver conductive paint, coated with gold, and ex- amined in a Cambridge Stereoscan microscope. RESULTS The spermatheca of X. adela is a ‘‘U-shaped”’ sac with distinct proximal and distal regions, although it is not clearly separated into two lobes as it is in Peridroma saucia (Huebner) (Callahan and Cascio, 1963). The proximal region of the sac appears to be surrounded by circular muscle whereas the distal region is distinguished by a change to longitudinal fibres (Fig. 1). A spermathecal gland (not shown in Fig. 1) approximately 2.0 cm long extends anteriad from the apex of the proximal region and consists of a central duct surrounded by secretory cells as described in Heliothis zea (Boddie) by Callahan and Cascio (1963) and in Choristoneura fumiferana (Clemens) by Outram (1971). The distal end of the spermatheca extends into the sper- mathecal duct, which is itself composed of three parts. The most anterior part of the duct is variously coiled in different individuals, the length of this region being 1.12 mm + 0.13 (n = 11). In the second (central) part, the main duct widens and remains straight, and contains the sclerotized spiral seg- ment of the fertilization canal (Fig. 1). The length of the main duct containing the spiral is 1.08 mm + 0.23; the spiral consists of two gyres. At the distal end, the fertilization canal straightens and continues within the main duct to the opening into the vestibulum at a point slightly to the left of the seminal duct openings. The length of this third portion of the duct is 0.89 mm + 0.15. The total length of the spermathecal duct in X. adela is 2.98 mm + 0.71. In X. dolosa the spermatheca and the spermathecal gland are similar to those of X. adela, but the spermathecal duct is different (Fig. 2). The first portion is longer, 2.48 mm + 0.29 (n = 12), and more tightly coiled. The length of the main duct containing the spiral fertilization canal is also longer, 2.12 mm + 0.14, and the spiral itself consists of four gyres. The main duct containing the fertilization canal coils again before entering the vestibulum, and is much longer in proportion to the other two parts of the duct than it is in X. adela. The total length of the spermathecal duct in X. dolosa is 8.50 mm + 0.40. The male genitalia of X. dolosa and X. adela as figured by Franclemont + VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 415 xf DS. = C a I CSi/le SVS - c a (4 ca I =a c 7. 9 d/W yew oney -a4 XS xag rw dul ~All sul -|soy dul -paa aqty peinides ‘ON nnn EEE NEUEIE EEE SEES juR[q poo; aeplaloD jo saisadg “LINOSSI ‘SINOT “1S ‘(OW) Uapsey [RoruR}IOg LinossI oy) Ie poysodap aie saisads jurjd ay) soy ssayonoa “soy Ne so1unf sy) Aq paynuap! pue “D°q “uo suIYseAA “AJOJSIH [PINJEN JO Whosny [PUONEN “S*f) 24) Ul paysodap suawisads 1dasul {1OYINe OIUAS ay} JO S19QUINU UOI]DIT[OS 0} Jayo1 sasoyjUaied Ul SIOQWINN “SeplasOD JO S9dNOSAd POOF “| PG¥.L 430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON the 17 species of coreids collected were found to utilize eight genera of plants in six diverse familes for food (Table 1). The most striking aspect of the data was the high degree of specificity exhibited regarding food prefer- ence. Each coreid species was found feeding on one, and only one, species of plant. Because of the extended dry season (6—7 months), we assume that most of the coreids modify their habits or change habitats with its onset. This may involve diapause, a change of food plant or particular plant part, high mortality with subsequent recolonization each wet season, or migration to a more suitable environment, e.g. gallery forest. The two species, Anisocelis affinis Westwood and Holymenia histrio (Fabricius), which are obligate feeders on Passiflora spp. (L. Gilbert, personal communication), do not change food plants, and thus, must utilize some other modification in their life histories to escape the dry season. Capaneus sp. (a), which feeds on Acacia collinsii, may not need to modify its feeding habits for the duration of the dry season. Acacia collinsii continues to flush new growth throughout the year because of its dependence on ants of the genus Pseudomyrmex (several species) for control of competition from other plants and protection from predation by herbivores (Janzen, 1974). The three individuals of Ca- paneus sp. (a) which were not flying when captured, were found feeding or resting on A. collinsii shrubs unoccupied by Pseudomyrmex. Two other species are known to attack a wide variety of plants, including a number of economically important ones on which they may be serious pests. Leptoglossus zonatus (Dallas) has been reported to feed on corn, cotton, dates, oranges, pomegranates (transmits “‘heart rot’’ of this crop), peaches, sorghum, and watermelon; Phthia picta (Drury), which also feeds _ on Solanum nigrum L., damages tomato fruits and squash vines. | The coreids exhibited a wide range of aggregation behavior, from solitary _ to highly clumped. For example, Mozena sp. (a) (identified as M. lunata in | Real et al., 1974) was abundantly distributed throughout areas of secondary growth, where its host species, Acacia farnesiana, is more or less restricted. However, not every plant of A. farnesiana was infested with individuals of Mozena sp. (a). In fact, many plants showed no evidence of feeding activity, as damaged twigs exhibit a characteristic wilted appearance. Wherever an | individual of Mozena sp. (a) was found, other individuals, both adult and juvenile, were also likely to be found congregating on the same twig. A previous OTS study reported on a characteristic clumped distribution for this species (Real et al., 1974). In another study (Aldrich, 1975), an uniden- | tified coreid feeding on Pithecellobium oblongum (P. dulce) (possibly Moz- ena sp. (b) in Table 1), was found to aggregate through some type of pher- omone perception via the antennae. Aggregation behavior also seemed to | be utilized by Capaneus odiosus Stal, since individuals tended to be clumped on various plant parts, e.g. young stems, old stems, or petioles; VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 431 however, this was not tested in any statistical manner. Hypselonotus fulvus (De Geer), which feeds on Julocroton argenteus in Open pastures, was shown by Real et al. (1974) to be randomly distributed. Sex ratios were determined for species in which adequate numbers of individuals were examined (Table 1). Mozena sp. (a) had a strong bias towards males, while most specimens of Hypselonotus fulvus were female. Capaneus odiosus and Stenoscelidea aenescens Stal also showed a slight preponderance of males. The strong bias in Mozena sp. (a) may be due to differential development times of each sex, as many nymphs were encoun- tered. In feeding and disturbance behavior, all of the species exhibited similar characteristics. Most fed on young shoots, buds, or inflorescences where the plant tissues are relatively soft and easily penetrated by the sucking mouth parts. The only exception to this was one individual of Acanthoce- phalus declivis (Say), which was observed feeding on a bark-covered stem _ of Pithecoctenium crucigerum about 4 cm in diameter. When disturbed, the _ normal response was to move to the opposite side of the leaf, twig, or stem, _ so as to hide from the source of disturbance. If the disturbance continued, the insect usually escaped by flying. All of the coreids exhibited strong, if somewhat slow and deliberate, flight. LITERATURE CITED Aldrich, J. 1975. Immature Coreidae (Hemiptera) aposematic aggregation, p. 232. In Orga- nization for Tropical Studies, Tropical Biology Course Book 75-2, OTS, Durham. North Carolina. Janzen, D. 1974. Swollen-thorn acacias of Central America. Smithson. Contrib. Bot. 13: 1— 18ilh Real, L., C. Augspurger, T. Caraco, K. Dugan, and W. Stubblebine. 1974. Distribution of two species of coreid bugs on their respective host plants, pp. 272-278. In Organization for Tropical Studies, Tropical Biology Course Book 74-3, OTS, Durham. North Caro- lina. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 432-443 ETHOLOGY OF EUDIOCTRIA TIBIALIS BANKS (DIPTERA: ASILIDAE) IN MARYLAND: REPRODUCTIVE BEHAVIOR A. G. SCARBROUGH Professor of Biology, Institute of Animal Behavior, Department of Bio- logical Sciences, Towson State University, Baltimore, Maryland 21204. Abstract.—Precopulatory behavior in Eudioctria tibialis Banks consists of males making short darting flights from perch to perch in search of fe- males with which to mate. Search flights and copulations are most common in sunlit clearings during mid-afternoons. Searching males attempt to cop- ulate with conspecifics either in flight or while they rest on perches. Cop- ulations occur in the tail-to-tail position, and are short, with most lasting less than 15 min. Females show varying degrees of receptivity, copulate several times, and produce eggs continuously throughout their adult lives. Eggs are laid singly at a number of locations. Eggs are described and re- productive strategies are discussed. In the first paper in this series on the ethology of Eudioctria tibialis Banks (Scarbrough, 1981la), correlations were made between certain diurnal be- haviors and the time of day. Three discrete behaviors (foraging, mating, and perching) were identified. Each behavior was recorded per hour of the day in clearings at Loch Raven Watershed, Baltimore Co., Maryland. Propor- tions of individuals actively involved in each behavior were used as criteria to determine the asilids diurnal behavior pattern. Results showed that as one behavior decreased in frequency others increased. Feeding was more frequent soon after the asilids entered clearings and before they left in late afternoon (Scarbrough, 1981b). Feeding rates decreased during mid-after- noon as reproductive behaviors increased. This paper reports the reproduc- tive behavior of the species. METHODS General methods and techniques used in this study were described earlier (Scarbrough and Norden, 1977; Scarbrough, 1981a). Data of flight activities of males were obtained by observing an individual fly during the first 15 minutes of each hour (1000-1800) of the day. A different individual (N = VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 433 15) was selected at random for observation during each 15 minute period. Activities were recorded as searching flights (short-darting flights in search of receptive females), forage flights (flights made toward flying potential prey), or orientation flights (discrete flights from one perch to another in response to changing environmental conditions and subsequent reduction in prey activities or densities). Data on each behavior were arranged in two- hour blocks. General observations of copulation, oviposition, and related behaviors were taken during the 1972-76 summers. Some females (N = 20) were captured while copulating and retained for 24 hours in large glass containers in the laboratory. The deposited eggs were later counted and measured. Each female was then dissected and eggs with tanned chorions found within the oviducts were counted. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Precopulation Behavior.—Scarbrough and Norden (1977) defined search flights of Cerotainia albipilosa Curran as short-darting flights made by males in search of receptive females with which to mate. These flights usually terminated in the vicinity of perched females where males landed on nearby perches or immediately began to exhibit courtship displays in front of fe- males. Search flights were the only discernable activity associated with pre- copulation behavior exhibited by Eudioctria tibialis males. Flights were similar to those described for C. albipilosa in that they were short (ca. 1-3 m), rapid flights over vegetation, and were often terminated at perchs near conspecifics or other insects which exhibited similar body features. They differed in that the male remained perched for a short time (ca. 1-10 sec) before flying to another perch or attempting to copulate. Males sometimes hovered momentarily in flight above perched insects or tall vegetation spikes without landing. Males of Dioctria spp. (Melin, 1923) and C. albipilosa (Scarbrough, 1978) have been reported to oscillate above perched conspecifics, other insects, and various objects, e.g. twigs, nails, leaf tips. It has been suggested that this is partly reflective of the asilids limited visual acuity. However, this behavior may be significant in terms of males locating receptive females with which to mate. In each observation where male E. tibialis hovered above perched insects (N = 42), the latter invariably flew with the male following. This *‘flushing behavior’ may have selective value in that it could increase the frequency of male-female en- | counters. Foraging and orientation flights differed from search flights in that males remained perched from longer periods between flights (Scarbrough, 1981a, b). Forage flights also differed from search flights in that pursuit was directed at a wide range of dissimilar flying prey rather than flying or perched con- specifics or similar appearing insects. A two-by-four contingency table of flight activities arranged for four con- ; } | | | 434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ow wn FE IG URVies O F -orientatio = FF-forage = 50.4 — => S F-search 1) = = 44.2% ' . = = N = N= 283 0 = = u =28. y =\ =\ 2) < =\ =\ © \ = Nien =\ OF FF SF OFFFSF OF FFSF OF FF SF 10-1200 12-1400 14-1600 1.6 = 1,6.00 TIME (HR.) 1 Fig. 1. Diurnal flight activities of male Eudioctria tibialis in sunlit clearings at the Loch Raven Watershed, Baltimore Co., Maryland. secutive periods showed that as one activity decreased, other activities in- creased (x? = 89.2, P < .001; Fig. 1). Search flights occurred throughout the observation period, although they were more frequent during mid-late afternoon when flight activities associated with feeding and orientation had decreased. Similar responses have been reported for other asilid species (Dennis and Lavigne, 1975; Lavigne and Dennis, 1975: Musso, 1971, 1972; | Scarbrough and Norden, 1977; Scarbrough, 1979; Scarbrough and Sraver, | 1979). | Copulation.—While searching, males attempted to copulate with conspe- cifics either in flight or while they rested on perches. When females were encountered in flight, males followed and usually overtook them in flight | where copulation was attempted. In some instances, males followed females | to perches and landed on nearby perches. Occasionally males flew from | their perches and attempted to copulate with the perched females. However, they usually remained perched until the females flew again. The males then followed them, overtaking them in flight. Males often followed females to several perches before attempting to copulate. In still other instances, males VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 435 Fig. 2. Copulating pair of Eudioctria tibialis. ‘‘flushed’’ females from perches by hovering above them only to overtake them in flight or as they landed. Melin (1923) reported a similar behavior pattern where both D. rufipes DeGeer and D. hyalipennis Meigen oscillated above perched females. When the females flew, the males followed and often overtook them in flight. A male attempted to mate as soon as a female was located. Copulation was initiated at perches when the male landed on the female’s thorax (42.7%, N = 495). He quickly moved laterally to her pleuron, holding onto her legs, dorsum of the thorax and wings. He rotated his abdomen ca. 90° below that of the female’s and probed at her genitalia. Sometimes the female fell on her pleuron in which case the male moved to her sternum. Union of their genitalia occurred as the two lay on their sides. However, most cop- ulations (57.3%, N = 495) began when the male overtook the female in | flight. The male grasped her wings and/or dorsum of the thorax. The grap- pling pair then fell to the ground or into vegetation where copulation ensued. Immediately following union of the pair’s gentalia, the male moved behind the female into a straight line, assuming a tail-to-tail position (Fig. 2). The _copulating pair then usually flew to another perch in the clearing, and re- mained quiet, not moving unless disturbed. The female initiated the flight, pulling the male behind her. The copulating pair perched on a leaf with the female located at its tip ] | | 436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON and in a position similar to that used for foraging (Fig. 2). The male was low in profile, with its legs spread more lateral than usual, and its weight distributed on all tarsomeres, which were in contact with the leaf surface. His wings were spread at an angle ca. 50-70° to the long axis of its body, and his abdomen was curved down and under the female’s genitalia. In contrast, the female stood higher in profile with the legs closer to her body and her weight distributed on the apical two or three tarsomeres. Her ab- domen was straight, and wings were folded above her body. Visible movements exhibited by the mating pair consisted of abdominal pumping, head movements and grooming. Both sexes frequently produced irregular peristaltic contractions, beginning at abdominal segment 5 or 6 and radiating posteriorly to the end of the body. Sometimes these waves were sufficiently strong to produce a rapid jerking motion of the abdomen. These movements were presumably associated with sperm transfer by males and, perhaps, the forcible movement of fluid into the spermatheca by females (Dennis and Lavigne, 1975). Both sexes were aware of movement and in- sects near them, but did not forage while copulating. They moved their heads quickly in the insects’ direction as they passed. Head movements were more apparent and frequent with females than males and, presumably, were related to the position of the female on the leaf which gave her a wider field of vision. Females frequently (31.0%, N = 184) fed during copulation, although the prey were captured before copulation commenced. Most attempts at copulation by males were unsuccessful, and in other cases, several attempts were made before copulation was accomplished. Females expressed varying degrees of non-receptivitiy by 1) moving their abdomens and genitalia away from the male’s, and concurrently moving her legs and kicking vigorously at the male, 2) when free, the wings were vi- brated, producing a low pitched buzzing sound, or 3) flew to new perches. In cases of immediate copulation, females remained passive, showing no obvious attempts to prevent copulation. Like many asilid species studied (Lavigne et al., 1978), E. tibialis females exhibited no clearly defined re- sponse, other than avoidance, to males prior to physical contact that would indicate either receptivity or non-receptivity. Males also attempted to copulate with conspecific males and other insects, e.g. muscoid and conopid flies and bracionid wasps, which had similar body shapes and colors. Copulations were attempted with conspecific males in flight and on perches, whereas attempts to mate with non-asilids occurred at perches only. The latter could not be construed as foraging since all evidence concerning foraging behavior of E. tibialis indicated that the po- tential prey are flying and are usually smaller than the predator (Scarbrough, 1981b). Apparently males cannot recognize an insect as a female until they have made physical contact. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 437 A second male sometimes attempted to copulate with a copulating pair. The intruder landed on the perch, quickly grasping one member of the pair, usually the female. However, this response is not believed to be an indicator of recognition of a female, but rather it is more likely related to the usual position of a perched asilid on the tip of the leaf. The pair responded by moving to another area of the leaf, then kicking and finally flight to a dif- ferent area of the study site when the intruder continued the disturbance. In one instance, a mating male released his grasp on the female, and the intruding male quickly clasped the female’s genitalia and copulated with her. The female remained quiescent during the entire episode. Copulations were usually short (¢ = 13.6 min, N = 50) ranging between 3 and 55 minutes. Thirty-five (70%) copulations lasted less than 15 minutes. These data agree with those reported for other species in the Dasypogoninae (Dennis and Lavigne, 1975). Separation (N = 42) was usually initiated at the perch by the female, kicking the male with her hind legs. He would then release her genitalia, and fly immediately to a new perch. In many instances he left (N = 21) the clearing. The female groomed her abdomen or genitalia, and flew (N = 44) to another perch in the vicinity or foraged. Only 6 females flew from the clearing following copulation. In a few cases, no noticable signal was de- tected to indicate ceasation of copulation. The male released his grasp on her genitalia and flew away. Conversely, the female remained perched for a few seconds and then foraged toward a passing insect. A few species of asilids have recently been reported (Scarbrough, 1968; Bullington and Lavigne, 1980; Lavigne et al., 1980) to mate several times. Eudioctria tibialis behaved similarly with some females copulating with two or more males. Four marked females copulated with two different males during one afternoon and a fifth with three males. Males were not observed to mate with several females, although they undoubtedly do copulate several times. Males frequently attempted to copuate with other females immedi- ately following separation from another. Figure 3 shows the proportion of copulating pairs found in clearings during an eleven hour day for 15 days in 1976. Mating pairs were more common between 1300 and 1500 hrs, which corresponds to periods when males were most abundant in clearings and when foraging-feeding activities were low (Scarbrough, 1981a). Oviposition Habits.—The method used by an asilid to deposit eggs is directly correlated with the degree and type of specialization of the female Ovipositor (Melin, 1923). The ovipositor of Eudioctria spp. (Adisoemarto and Wood, 1975) in general, and E. tibialis (Scarbrough, unpublished data) specifically, lacks specialization for digging into or penetrating substrates into which to deposit eggs. This suggests that F. tibialis drop their eggs 438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 25 20 Copulation % 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 Time (hr) 3 Fig. 3. Proportion of copulating pairs of Eudioctria tibialis in sunlit clearings during an eleven hour day per day in the Loch Raven Watershed. either in flight or deposit them on substrates. Field observations support this hypothesis. Three females were observed depositing eggs. One female flew to perches on three different plants. At each perch, she arched the apex of the abdomen slightly downward and touched its end to the leaf surface. A slight peristaltic contraction was produced at the tip of the abdomen and was followed by the release of an egg which fell to the ground. The female then groomed the abdomen and genitalia and flew to a new location. A second and third female were found ovipositing while perched on exposed, loose sandy soil along a footpath and on the ground below sparsely spaced vegetation, respectively. Both females repeated the above behavior pattern. An egg was recovered at each site. At least four European species of Dioctria (hyalipennis, rufipes, atricap- illa Meigen, oelandica L.) possess similar ovipositors and oviposition habits (Melin, 1923). Females fly from perch to perch in their respective habitats, land on vegetation or leaf layer on the forest floor, and drop eggs singly at each site. The total number of eggs produced by an asilid is difficult to determine by direct observation or by dissection (Melin, 1923). Field observations VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 439 suggest that gravid females of E. tibialis deposit eggs singly at a number of locations per day. Females (N = 20) captured (1100-1200 hrs) late in the fly season and placed in 256 dram glass containers deposited 6 to 30 (¢ = 12.1) eggs within 24 hours. Dissection of these females revealed that they pos- sessed a large number of eggs (<50) in their genital tracts, representing various stages of development. The common oviducts of all females dis- sected contained 2 to 13 (t¥ = 6.0) eggs, which were indistinguishable in size and color of their chorions from those deposited in the field. The lateral oviducts also contained several eggs of equal size, although their chorions were lighter in color. Furthermore, females dissected shortly after the be- ginning of the fly season (Scarbrough, 1981a) lacked eggs in their oviducts, and none of the eggs in the ovaries had tanned chorions (Scarbrough, un- published data). These preliminary results suggest that 1) egg production continues throughout the life of an adult female E. tibialis, 2) a small number of eggs are deposited per day, and 3) deposition of eggs is delayed for some period after emergence, because time and nutritional requirements are nec- essary for their development. Eggs.—The eggs of E. tibialis are oval with one end more pointed than the other (Fig. 4). The chorion is highly sclerotized, reddish brown and possesses elevated facet-like (S—7 sided, 100) ridges. At least four other genera have species that produce eggs with ridges on their chorions (Hol- cocephala, Dennis, 1979; Cerotainia, Scarbrough, 1978; Laphria and Dioc- tria, Melin, 1923). These ridges face away toward the pointed end, forming a smooth surface. The pointed end has a lighter color than the surrounding chorion, and it contains the micropyle (300) at its center. The lighter color is probable related to the thinness of the chorion of this area, which is more easily broken than other areas of the egg surface. This end is probably the location (operculum) where a larva ecludes from the egg. Eggs are uniform in size (N = 200, 10 from each of 20 females; « = 0.53 L x 0.44 mm W; R = 0.50-0.56 mm L, R = 0.42-0.48 mm W). Reproductive Strategies.—Scarbrough (1981a) reported earlier that adults of E. tibialis were attracted to natural or artificial disruptions (clearings) in the forest canopy initially by localized prey aggregations and later by males searching for females with which to mate. The first movement into sunlit clearings produces a temporary aggregation in which females are slightly more abundant than males. Later in the day, males become more abundant than females as they replace foraging-feeding for searching-copulation be- haviors. Males leave one clearing and fly to another as the density of re- ceptive females decreases. Female remain in clearings during most of the day insofar as prey densities are adequate and/or when physical-climatic conditions do not restrict pred- ator-prey activity (Scarbrough, 198la, b). Upon leaving a clearing, females move to the forest canopy where they remain until conditions return to 440) PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON -— o.!tMM Fig. 4. Egg of Eudioctria tibialis. A, Shape of egg; M = micropyle. B, Choronic ridge pattern (CR) which grades into a smooth surface surrounding micropyle. optimum. They then either return to the same clearing or move to another. The selective advantage of remaining in clearings with optimal food re- sources for long periods permits greater energy expenditures for egg pro- duction rather than for increased flight in areas where resources are more dispersed. It also permits a greater opportunity for male-female contact in that females are basically stationary (Scarbrough, 198la) and, thereby, males can more readily locate them. If females were moving into and out of clearings as frequently as males in mid-afternoon, males would undoubtly expend a greater amount of energy in order to locate them. Foraging females in clearings will mate with several males during their adult lives. Because female E. tibialis produces eggs continuously during her life, with only a few maturing each day, the sperms she receives during one copulation are insufficient to fertilize all the eggs that she will produce. In this case, multiple copulations are advantageous in that they maximize genetic variability through copulation with several different males. However multiple copulations may be costly in that they occupy time that could be spent foraging (Alcock, 1980). Furthermore, because of clumped distribu- tion of resources (localized prey concentrations) in the forest, a female may find it difficult to locate adequate prey resources for egg production in other areas where resources are less than optimal. In clearings where prey den- sities are more optimal, she may be forced to submit to short copulations and, yet, obtain adequate food resources. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 44] The absence of an adequate quantity of viable sperms or some factor(s) associated with it in the spermatheca enhances multiple copulation (Man- ning, 1962a, b). Transfer of an adequate supply tends to temporarily inhibit multiple copulation, e.g. suppressing female receptivity. The data presented herein suggest that E. tibialis copulates several times during their lives and, sometimes, two or more times per day. It is probable that when a female copulates two or three times during one day, it is because of an insufficient quantity and/or quality of sperms transferred at a single copu- lation. Additional copulations then follow until the sperm supply in the female’s genital tract rises to a point that it inhibits copulation. Copulations then cease until the sperm level falls below a minimum threshold, and sub- sequent internal factor(s) remove the inhibition. Upon leaving clearings in late afternoon or during inclement weather, females may disperse to other clearings where their eggs could be more widely deposited throughout the forest. This behavior would decrease com- petition for larval developmental sites and increase the possibility of success of their progeny. Like many species of bees, males of E. tibialis maximize their access to females through ‘“‘scramble-competition.’’ Males move into clearings where females are feeding and attempt to copulate with them as soon as possible to exclude competitors. The males’ reproductive success is based solely upon their ability to locate potential females before their competitors do (Alcock, 1980). In multiple copulation systems, the last male to copuate with a female prior to oviposition is the one that fertilized all or most of the eggs deposited at the next oviposition (Parker, 1970). Receptive females of FE. tibialis cop- ulate repeatedly accepting any male that can grasp them until an adequate sperm supply is obtained. Males which enter clearings with females early in the day have a maximum sperm supply. Because they have not copulated since the previous day, these males are more likely to transfer a sufficient amount of sperms to their mates, producing an inhibition of the mating process. This stimulates non-receptivity in the females and insures fertiliza- tion of her mature eggs with his sperms. As the day progresses more and more males enter clearings and join the scramble for mates. The new arrivals originate from areas in the Watershed where receptive females were absent. The proportion of copulations in- creases in early afternoon, corresponding with the time of the rapid increase of males in clearings. In mid- to late afternoon, the proportion of copulations decreases, indicating that most females have copulated and received suffi- cient sperms to inhibit future copulations. Conversely, some females remain receptive because they received insufficient sperms or receptivity has been restored through removal of inhibition via oviposition. Thus, receptive fe- males in mid-late afternoon contain sub-threshold levels of sperms. Males with sperms that locate these females are at a selective advantage. Fewer 442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON sperms are needed to inhibit future copulations at this time of day than earlier. Therefore, these males contribute more genetically to succeeding generations than others. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank D. S. Dennis, Ecologist, Environmental Sciences Division, Stearns-Roger Incorporated, Denver, Colorado, and R. J. Lavigne, Ento- mology Section, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming, for reviewing the manuscript. Publication costs were funded through the Faculty Research Committee, Towson State University, Baltimore, Maryland. LITERATURE CITED Adisoemarto, S. and D. M. Wood. 1975. The Nearctic species of Dioctria and six related genera (Diptera: Asilidae). Quaest. Entomol. 11: 505-576. Alcock, J. 1980. Natural selection and the mating systems of solitary bees. Am. Sci. 62: 146— 153. Bullington, S. and R. J. Lavigne. 1980. An instance of multiple mating in Asilus gilvipes (Diptera: Asilidae). Pan-Pacific Entomol. 56: 79-80. Dennis, D. S. 1979. Ethology of Holcocephala fusca in Virginia (Diptera: Asilidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 81: 366-378. Dennis, D. S. and R. J. Lavigne. 1975. Comparative behavior of Wyoming robber flies II (Diptera: Asilidae). Univ. Wyo. Agric. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr. No. 30, 68 pp. Lavigne, R. J. and D. S. Dennis. 1975. Ethology of Efferia frewingi (Diptera: Asilidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 68: 992-996. Lavigne, R. J., D. S. Dennis, and J. A. Gowen. 1978. Asilid literature update 1956-1976. Univ. Wyo. Agric. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr. No. 36, 134 pp. Lavigne, R. J.. M. Pogue, and G. Stephens. 1980. Use of marked insects to demonstrate multiple mating in Efferia frewingi (Diptera: Asilidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 82: 454-456. Manning, A. 1962a. A sperm factor affecting the receptivity of Drosophila melanogaster females. Nature (Lond.). 194: 252-3. . 1962b. The control of sexual receptivity in female Drosophila. Anim. Behav. 10: 384. Melin, D. 1923. Contributions to the knowledge of the biology, metamorphosis and distribution of the Swedish asilids in relation to the whole family of asilids. Zool. Bidr. Uppsala. 8: 1317. Musso, J. J. 1971. Etude preliminarie sur les activities journalieres d’une population d’Andrenosoma bayardi Seguy. Importance de cette espece dans le peoplement ento- mologique (Diptera: Asilidae). Bull. Soc. Entomol. Fr. 76: 175-182. ———. 1972. Etude des migrations journaliéres d’Andrenosoma bayardi Seguy (Diptera: As- ilidae). Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 97: 45-53. Parker, G. A. 1970. Sperm competition and its evolutionary consequences in insects. Biol. Rev. 45: 525-67. Scarbrough, A. G. 1978. Ethology of Cerotainia albipilosa Curran (Diptera: Asilidae) in Mary- land: Courtship, mating and oviposition. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 80: 179-190. . 1979. Predatory behavior and prey of Diogmites missouriensis Bromley in Arkansas (Diptera: Asilidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 81: 391-400. . 1981la. Ethology of Eudioctria tibialis Banks (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Seasonal distribution, abundance, diurnal movements and behavior. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 83: 245-257. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 443 . 1981b. Ethology of Eudioctria tibialis Banks (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Prey, predator behavior and enemies. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 83: 258-268. Scarbrough, A. G. and A. Norden. 1977. Ethology of Cerotainia albipilosa Curran (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Diurnal activity rhythm and seasonal distribution. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 79: 538-554. Scarbrough, A. G. and B. Sraver. 1979. Predatory behavior and prey of Atomosia puella (Diptera: Asilidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 81: 630-639. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, p. 443 NOTE Synonymical Notes on New World Bruchidae (Coleoptera), and an Emendation J. Decelle called my attention to an error in our recent publication ‘‘Re- vision del genero Megacerus (Coleoptera: Bruchidae)”’ (Teran, A. L. and J. M. Kingsolver. 1977. Opera Lilloana 25: 1-287), p. 103. The citation ‘**B[ruchus] pygidionotatus Pic, 1929, p. 36” under Megacerus lunulatus (Pic) should be corrected to “‘Pachybruchus pygidionotatus Pic, 1952, p. 15,’ described from Peru (Echange, Vol. 68). The citation on p. 106 (Teran and Kingsolver) giving the type-locality is correct for Pachybruchus pygi- dionotatus. Examination of the type-specimen of Bruchus bipustulatus Fabricius, 1801 (Syst. Eleuth. 2, p. 238) disclosed that this name is a senior synonym of Megacerus (Pachybruchus) acerbus Teran and Kingsolver, 1977: 143. New SYNONYMyY, NEW COMBINATION. The name Amblycerus baracoenis Kingsolver, 1970 (Trans. Am. Ento- mol. Soc. 96: 484) is hereby emended to A. baracoensis. From examination of type-specimens, the West Indian Amblycerus mar- torelli Bridwell, 1944 (J. Agric. Univ. P.R. 27: 133) is a junior synonym of Amblycerus sallei (Jekel), 1855 (Insecta Saundersiana, p. 30). NEw Syn- ONYMY. John M. Kingsolver, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 444-460 A REVIEW OF NEARCTIC SPECIES OF ACMOPOLYNEMA OGLOBIN (HYMENOPTERA: MYMARIDAE)' MICHAEL E. SCHAUFF Maryland Center for Systematic Entomology, Department of Entomolo- gy, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. Abstract.—Four new species of Acmopolynema (Hymenoptera: Mymar- idae) from North America are described and illustrated, A. sema, A. mia- miense, A. uma, and A. immaculatum. Lectotypes are designated for A. varium (Girault) n. status, and A. bifasciatipenne (Girault); A. vittatipenne (Dozier) is a new combination. A key to the seven Nearctic species is pre- sented. When the genus Acmopolynema was described (Oglobin, 1946), its author noted that he possessed several undescribed species from South America and speculated that the genus originated in the Neotropics, although the type-species (A. bifasciatipenne (Girault)) was from North America. Since that time, several species have been described; one from Japan (Taguchi, 1971), two from Africa (Mathot, 1968; Risbec, 1957), one from the Philip- pines (Soyka, 1956), and two from South America (Gomes, 1948; Soyka, 1956), and several undescribed species have been collected from the Neo- tropics (C. Yoshimoto, personal communication). Recently, I examined material from several sources in North America, and have found new combinations, specimens which represent new species, and species for which holotypes had not been designated. In this paper, I have attempted to remedy these problems and give a review of the species from the Nearctic Region. The biology of species of Acmopolynema remains largely unknown. Ac- mopolynema varium (Girault) has been reared from the eggs of Oecanthus niveus (DeGeer), O. nigricornis nigricornis Walker, and O. nigricornis quadripunctatus Beutenmuller (Gryllidae) and A. bifasciatipenne has been reared from Anaxipha exigua (Say) (Gryllidae). In addition, Gomes (1948) reported Sphenorhina liturata (Lepeletier and Serville) (Cercopidae) as the " Scientific Article No. A2874, Contribution No. 5927 of the Maryland Agricultural Experi- ment Station, Department of Entomology, University of Maryland. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 445 host of A. hervali Gomes, and A. sema, n.sp., was reared from Homal- odisca insoleta (Walker) (Cicadellidae). Terminology used for morphological features is that of DeBauche (1948) and Eady (1968). All ratios were measured at 100 with a dissecting micro- scope and eyepiece reticle. Funicle segments, coxae, wings, etc. were mea- sured at their widest point, scape length includes radicula, and the thorax was measured dorsally along the midline. Measurements of ovipositor length refer only to that part that extends past the tip of the abdomen. The abbre- viation LMC refers to the longest marginal cilia of the forewing. Although species of Acmopolynema are large for mymarids, some characters cannot be seen without the aid of a compound microscope; in particular, the sen- sory structures of the antennae and wing setae. Characters which cannot be reliably evaluated with a dissecting microscope have been set off by paren- theses in the species key. GENERIC DIAGNOSIS AND DISCUSSION Annecke and Doutt (1961) place Acmopolynema in the subfamily My- marinae (abdomen convexly rounded at base; phragma barely or not pro- jecting into the abdomen), tribe Mymarini (four tarsal segments and petiolate abdomen). In their key to genera, they distinguish the genus on the basis of the following combination of characters: Antenna 9-segmented, club simple; propodeum with two keels converging above the petiolar insertion (Figs. 1, 2) to form a more or less distinct process; discal setae of forewing often with enlarged bases (tormae); and forewings often banded. Oglobin (1946), in his original description of the genus included the following: Scape trans- versly striate; pronotum completely divided medially, with spiracles at pos- terolateral angles; scutellum with a transverse row of small foveae; and male antenna 13-segmented. In addition, the median, frontal, and supraorbital carinae are complete; the frontal groove present, and the ocelli are in a curved line, with the median ocellus slightly forward of the laterals (Fig. 3). Most species of this genus are readily recognizable, being quite large for mymarids (over 1 mm) and having prominently banded forewings. Oglobin (1946) stated that members of the genus have the propodeal keels forming a stout tooth directed caudally, and the combined length of the hindtarsi shorter than their tibia. However, it is now known that some of the species have neither character. Acmopolynema miamiense, n.sp., and A. vittati- penne (Dozier) have their hindtarsi longer than the tibia, and in A. imma- culatum, n.sp., and A. miamiense, n.sp., the tooth formed by the propodeal keels is indistinct or not visible at all (the tooth can be seen in the male of immaculatum). Dr. C. Yoshimoto (personal communication) has noted that in some Neotropical species the pronotum is undivided and the posterior margin of the scutellum may extend over the anterior part of the propodeum. The form of the propodeal keels may vary from a simple V-shape as in A. 446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON immaculatum, to a ‘‘V’’ with transverse anterior carinae attached (Fig. 2) as in A. sema, n.sp., or a ‘‘V”’ formed of several smaller carinae, such as seen in some specimens of A. varium. Finally, many of the species exhibit an external enlargement of the opening of the prothoracic spiracle (Fig. 1) which may be directed outward or posteriorly. The discal setae of the forewing (Fig. 4) vary in structure and placement among the various species. However, the interpretation of their structure under the compound microscope can be difficult. The modified discal setae (types A—-E) are representative of the large setae covering the dorsal surface of the proximal large stained area of the wing. Setal types F—H are found spread throughout the surface of the wing, especially in the distal stained area, the nyaline areas, and the wing margins. They are often found both dorsally and ventrally. It should be emphasized that the relative lengths of the setae and placement of barbs, swellings, etc. are quite variable, and the illustrations are presented as a guide to help in identifying the various types. KEY TO FEMALES OF NEARCTIC ACMOPOLYNEMA 1. Forewing hyaline (Fig. 13), discal setae evenly scattered over sur- FACE iami..¢ Weiscids Aas Ree SRE immaculatum, new species 1’. Forewing with 2 or 3 stained areas (Figs. 12, 14-18), setae not evenly scattered, over surface. “122.058 Sen cee eee 2 2. Longest marginal cilia of forewing less than 2 wing width; (funicles 5 and 6 each with a pair of sensory ridges; Figs. 10-11) ........... 3 2'. Longest marginal cilia of forewing equaling at least 2 wing width; (funicles 5 and 6 without sensory fridges) ) i222: 2 eee 4 3. Funicles 2 and 3 15x as long as wide (Fig. 10); scutum equal in length to scutellum (modified discal setae of type D (Fig. 4), spread over both large stained areas) ............. miamiense, new species 3’. Funicles 2 and 3 about 10x as long as wide (Fig. 11), scutum longer than scutellum; (modified discal setae of type E (Fig. 4), restricted toibasalilarge stamed*area)\ss.-is 25) San eek en varium (Girault) 4. Hindcoxa reticulate; apical stained area of forewing reaching wing tip: 1g) sh caciels oe ee Be eT uma, new species 4’. Hindcoxa alutaceous or smooth; apical stained area of forewing not reaching wing tipi) ys icod ike dale Ay ad Soe Se ee 5 5. Ovipositor exerted a distance equal to length of abdomen; prono- tum less than % length of the scutum ......... vittatipenne (Dozier) 5’. Ovipositor exerted less than length of abdomen, pronotum more than 14 length of Scutumind 24): 2 ee ee 6 6. Hindtarsus longer than tibia; scutum longer than scutellum, body leneth. about, 2:0 iminiyrs: 2: eater sews. att ee) bifasciatipenne (Girault) 6’. Hindtarsus shorter than tibia; scutum equal to or less than scutel- lum:sbody length about:1:2 muy .s:.ese) tee sema, new species VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 447 Figs. 1-3. Acmopolynema sema, habitus view. 1, Lateral view of thorax. 2, Closeup of propodeum. 3, Head. Acmopolynema sema Schauff, NEw SPECIES Figs. 1-3, 5, 16 Holotype female.—Length 1.2 mm. Color dark brown; face, hindcoxa, and median abdomen lighter, the following yellow: Scape, pedicel, Ist fu- nicle segment, foreleg except proximal 2 of femur and last tarsal segment, midcoxa, proximal tip of tibia and first 3 tarsi, apical tip of hindfemur, proximal tip of tibia and first 3 tarsi, and petiole. Ratio head:thorax:abdomen:ovipositor 16:52:60:10. Head alutaceous, postfrontal carina incomplete, occipital suture nearly reaching foramen, POL:OOL:interocular distance at vertex 10:3:23, eye height:malar distance 15:10, toruli removed | diameter from median carina; antennal ratio (Fig. 5) beginning with scape 12:7:8:15:12:7:7:6:21, scape width 0.5 length, fu- 448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON | A B C D E F G H Fig. 4. Modified wing setae types of Acmopolynema. nicles becoming wider apically, club width 0.4 length, with 9 sensory ridges; ratio pronotum:scutum:scutellum:propodeum 10:15:20:7, pronotum faintly alutaceous dorsally, coriaceous posterolaterally, with a pair of stout setae laterad of median carina posteriorly, laterally with a row of 9 setae, spiracle enlarged, directed outward; scutum and scutellum alutaceous, notauli constricted anteriorly (Fig. 1), scutellum with transverse row of fovea across posterior 4%, a small row of fovea anterolaterally, axillae each with a small seta; propodeum smooth, median keels forming a distinct V, flaring anteriorly and running parallel to metanotum, not reaching spiracle, forming a small tooth posteriorly, lateral carina well developed, not reaching spiracle, with a seta posterolaterally, spiracle slightly raised, with a shallow depres- sion between end of keels and spiracle; ratio femur:tibia:tarsi 1:2:3:4 as follows: Foreleg 35:32:16:9:6:9, midleg 27:45:20:10:8:10, hindleg 35:57:28:10:7:10, hindcoxa length:width 20:8, lightly alutaceous, with few setae laterally and ventrally; forewing as in Fig. 16, length:width: LMC 150:36:20, modified discal setae of type B, restricted to proximal large stained area; hindwings length:width 110:3; abdomen elliptic, ovipositor ex- erted 0.18 abdomen length. Allotype male.—Length 1.0 mm. As for female, except for following: 2nd funicle segment yellow, fore- and midlegs entirely yellow except for the last tarsal segment, hindcoxae yellow; antennal ratio beginning with scape 10:7: 14: 16:14:14:14:14:15:13:11:11:12, funicles all equal in width; forewing length: width: LMC 134:32:21; abdomen ovate, shorter than thorax. Types.—Holotype ° , ‘‘Georgia, Ft. Valley, [X-1956, G.H. Kaboostian, reared from Homalodisca insoleta’’; deposited in the USNM, type no. 76793; donated by the Florida State Collection of Arthropods (FSCA), Gainesville, Florida. Allotype 3, 28 2, 8 6 paratypes, same data as holo- type, deposited in USNM and FSCA. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 449 Other specimens examined.—Florida, Alachua and DeLeon Counties 13 Or) 6 ¢ Lexas; Hidalgo: Co,13.9- Etymology.—The species epithet is an arbitrary combination of letters. Variation.—Length 1|.1-1.3 mm excluding ovipositor. Color generally as for holotype, with the following exceptions: Antennal funicle segments oc- casionally all yellow to light brown, rarely with scape and pedicel light brown. Median and supraorbital carinae may be partially stained darker than the rest of the head. Forecoxa, femur and tibia ranging from light yellow to light brown, same for midlegs. Hindcoxa may be nearly all yellow. Prothorax occasionally lighter brown or red brown; abdomen may be con- colorous dark brown without a lightened area to concolorous red brown. Antennal segments may vary + or — one unit from those given for the type. Pronotum occasionally with 2 pairs of setae laterad of the median carina; 7-11 setae in row at lateral edge of pronotum. Forewing length:width: LMC 134—150:32—36:19-21. The small stained area under the venation is generally very light on this species and may be reduced to a small fuscous area along the posterior wing margin. The larger stained areas vary somewhat in size and placement, but are generally very similar to the type. The numbers of setae in the stained areas and in the hyaline area also vary slightly in number and length; however, the enlarged setae of the prox- imal stained area seem to be restricted to that general area of the wing. In lateral view, the female abdomen is generally somewhat elongate, the length being about 3x the width. However, in some specimens the abdomen ap- pears more ovate, the length being only about 2 the width. Diagnosis and Discussion.—This species may be recognized by the fol- lowing combination of characters: Propodeal keels flaring anteriorly and running parallel to metanotum, LMC equal to or greater than half the wing width, enlarged discal setae restricted to the proximal large stained area, hindtarsi shorter than tibia, ovipositor slightly exerted, length about 1.2 mm, and overall dark brown in color. Acmopolynema miamiense Schauff, NEw SPECIES Figs. 10, 15 Holotype female.—Length 1.8 mm. Color brown; median and supraorbital carinae, posterior abdomen darker; forecoxa, apical and basal tip of mid- and hindcoxae white; the following yellow: Antenna except club, apical of foretibia and foretarsus, midtarsus, apical 4 of Ist hindtarsus, last three tarsi. Ratio head:thorax:abdomen:ovipositor 18:85:85:90. Head alutaceous, postfrontal carina incomplete; occipital suture reaching just past oscellus, POL:OOL:interocular distance at vertex 10:4:25, eye height:malar distance 20:12, toruli removed 1 diameter from median carina; antennal ratio (Fig. 10) beginning with scape 12:8:20:32:32:17:18:14:30, scape width 0.6 length, funicles only slightly wider apically, club width 0.33 x length, funicles 5 and 450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 5-11. A. immaculatum. 7, A. uma. 8, A. bifasciatipenne. A. varium. Female Acmopolynema antennae (black line equals 0.1 mm). 5, A. sema. 6, 9, A. vittatipenne. 10, A. miamiense. 11, VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 45] 6 each with a pair of sensory ridges; club with 12 sensory ridges; ratio pronotum:scutum:scutellum:propodeum 18:27:27:13; pronotum with very faint striations dorsally, alutaceous postero-laterally, pair of small setae lat- erad of median carinae medially, larger pair near posterior margin, lateral edge with row of 7 setae, spiracle enlarged, directed posteriorly; scutum alutaceous dorsally, coriaceous laterally, notauli a broad straight groove: scutellum alutaceous, with transverse row of fovea across posterior 4%, ax- illa each with a large seta; propodeum smooth, median keels forming a distinct V, not forming a tooth posteriorly; flaring anteriorly and running parallel to metanotum, nearly reaching lateral carinae, lateral carinae dis- tinct, nearly reaching spiracle, with a seta laterad in posterior %, spiracle slightly raised. Ratio of femur:tibia:tarsi 1:2:3:4 as follows: Forelegs 50:50:54:12:10:10; midlegs 38:58:65:12:10:10; hindleg 52:82:92:12:10:10; hindcoxa length:width 35:10, alutaceous; forewing as in Fig. 15, length:width: LMC 205:52:14, modified discal setae of type D, present in both large stained areas; hindwing length:width 160:3; abdomen elongate elliptic, ovipositor exerted 1.1 length. Male.—Unknown. Types.—Holotype ° data as follows: ‘‘Miami, Fla. Mar. 6, 1963. black light trap coll, A.S. Mills’’; deposited in the USNM type no. 76794. Etymology.—The species epithet miamiense refers to the place of col- lection (Miami, Fla.). Diagnosis and Discussion.—This is one of the largest of the species stud- ied, and can be recognized by the following combination of characters: Funicles 2 and 3 15x as long as wide, funicles 5 and 6 each with a pair of sensory ridges; hindtarsus longer than tibia; ovipositor extruded a distance equal to the length of the abdomen or more; LMC equal to less than half the wing width. The sensory ridges on funicles 5 and 6 are found only in this species and in A. varium. Acmopolynema uma Schauff, NEw SPECIES Figs. Jel, Holotype female.—Length 1.2 mm. Color yellow brown, except the fol- lowing darker: Median and supraorbital carinae, funicles 2, 3, 5 and club; mid- and hindfemora, midtibia medially, apical 24 of hindtibia, last tarsal segment of all legs, abdomen; fore- and apical tip of mid- and hindcoxae white. Ratio head:thorax:abdomen:ovipositor 15:47:68:5, head alutaceous, postfrontal carina incomplete, occipital suture reaching the foramen, POL:OOL:interocular distance at vertex 9:4:18, eye height:malar distance 15:9, toruli removed | diameter from median carina; antennal ratio (Fig. 7) beginning with scape 12:6:7:10:9:5:6:5:18, scape width 0.4 length, funicles 452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON tip Figs. 12-14. Forewings of Acmopolynema (black line equals 0.2 mm). 12, A. bifasciati- penne. 13, A. immaculatum. 14, A. vittatipenne. becoming wider apically, club width 0.33 length, with 9 sensory ridges; ratio pronotum:scutum:scutellum:propodeum 10:14:14:9, pronotum aluta- ceous posterolaterally, with a pair of setae laterad of median carina at pos- terior margin, laterally with a row of 10 setae, spiracle enlarged, directed posteriorly; scutum and scutellum alutaceous, notauli a straight groove, scutellum with transverse row of fovea across posterior 4, few fovea at margin of scutellum and axillae, axillae each with a small seta; propodeum smooth, median keels forming a broad V, forming a tooth posteriorly, lateral carinae well developed, reaching spiracle, with a seta posterolaterally, spi- a ee ee VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 453 racle placed in a small depression, ratio femur:tibia:tarsi 1:2:3:4 as follows: foreleg 29:27:15:6:5:7; midleg 22:39:20:9:6:7; hindleg 30:47:25:10:5:8; hind- coxa length: width 20:7, reticulate; forewing as in Fig. 17, length: width: LMC 115:32:20, modified discal setae of type A and C, with a few extending into anterior margin of distal stained area, hindwing length: width 90:3, abdomen elliptic, ovipositor exerted 0.1 x abdomen length. Male.—Unknown. Types.—Holotype 2, ‘13906 Cutler Road, Miami, Florida (Dade Co.), 8 January, 1979, L. Stange collector, pan trap’’; deposited in the USNM, type no. 76795, donated by the Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville, Florida. Paratype 2°, same data as above, deposited in the FSCA. Etymology.—The species epithet is derived from an arbitrary combina- tion of letters. Variation.—Observed differences in the specimens available for study were limited to minor variation in size, and the exact number and placement of wing setae. Diagnosis and Discussion.—This species is distinct from other Nearctic species, being the only one in which the distal stained area of the forewing reaches the tip of the wing. In addition, the hindcoxae are reticulate, the scutum is equal in length to the scutellum, the propodeal keels form a broad V, and the LMC is equal to or slightly greater than one half the wing width. Acmopolynema immaculatum Schauff, NEw SPECIES Figs. 6, 13 Holotype female.—Length 1.4 mm. Color dark brown; funicle segments, hindcoxa, and basal tip of mid- and hindtibiae lighter brown; pedicel, Ist 3 tarsi of all legs, and petiole yellow. Ratio head:thorax:abdomen:ovipositor 16:55:70:5, head lightly alutaceous, postfrontal carina incomplete, occipital suture reaching the foramen, POL:OOL:interocular distance at vertex 11:2:19, eye height:malar distance 15:10, toruli removed | diameter from median carina; antennal ratio (Fig. 6) beginning with scape 9:7: 10:14:10:7:7:6:22; scape width 0.6 length, funicles becoming wider api- cally, club width 0.4x length, with 9 sensory ridges; ratio pronotum:scutum:scutellum:propodeum 10:15:20:10; pronotum alutaceous posterolaterally, with a pair of setae medially at posterior margin, laterally with row of 6 setae, spiracle enlarged, directed posteriorly; scutum and scutellum alutaceous, notauli a straight groove, scutellum with a transverse row of fovea medially, axillae without setae; propodeum smooth, median keels forming a distinct broad V, not forming a tooth posterior, lateral carina reduced to a short ridge above hindcoxa, with a seta laterad, spiracle flush with surface; ratio of femur:tibia:tarsi 1:2:3:4 as follows: Foreleg 40:30:15:6:5:7; midleg 25:40:19:8:7:6; hindleg 25:50:22:9:8:8; hindcoxa 454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON length:width 20:7, smooth, and with many white setae anteriorly and ven- trally; forewing as in Fig. 13, length:width: LMC 150:50:13, modified discal setae all of type F-H evenly scattered over wing; hindwing length:width 110:4; abdomen ovate elliptic, ovipositor exerted 0.1 x abdomen length. Allotype male.—Structurally as for female except for the following: Only the Ist 3 tarsi of the legs yellow, rest of body brown. Antennal ratio begin- ning with scape 7:5:13:13:13:13:13:14:14:14:14:13:13; scape width 0.9x length, broadened medially; funicles all of equal width. Propodeal keels form a distinct posteriorly directed tooth. Abdomen ovate. Types.—Holotype 2 deposited in the Canadian National Collection, type no. 16148, with data as follows: “‘Aldershot, N.S., Aug. 18, 1950, coll. A. Mcphee.’’ Allotype with same data as above. Paratypes, 3 6, 1 d, Sask. Landing, Sask. 23-VI-56, O. Peck. 1 6, Wrightsville, Ont. 17-VII-1951, E.H.N. Smith, on Virginia creeper; | ¢, Lawrence, Tex. 57, Aug. 17/47, W.B. Specht.’’ One paratype deposited in USNM. Etymology.—The species epithet is derived from the Latin immacula, meaning unspotted or unstained, and refers to the wholly hyaline front wings. Variation.—Differences in the specimen available for study were limited to slight variation in size; wing length:width: LMC 140-170:48-57: 12-14. Diagnosis and Discussion.—This species is the only one currently known from the Nearctic Region that lacks stained areas on the front wings. In addition, the discal cilia are not enlarged, LMC equals about one-fourth width of wing, the lateral carinae on the propodeum are reduced, and the median carina is a simple V-shape. Acmopolynema brasiliense (Ashmead), from South America, also has wholly hyaline front wings; however, it can be distinguished from immaculatum by the following characters: Scape and forelegs yellow (brown in immaculatum); ovipositor exerted half the length of abdomen (barely reaching past the tip in immaculatum),; discal setae of forewing thickened and blunt (narrow and pointed in immaculatum. Acmopolynema vittatipenne (Dozier), NEW COMBINATION Figs. 9, 14 Polynema vittatipennis Dozier, 1932: 83. Although Dozier’s original description was quite detailed, I would add the following from the paratype: Female length 1.2 mm; color light brown; ratio head:thorax:abdomen:ovipositor 9:36:40:45, POL:OOL 7:4, occipital suture nearly reaching foramen, antennal ratio (Fig. 9) beginning with scape 9:6:7:11:10:8:6:6:16, club width 0.45x length, with 9 sensory ridges, ratio pronotum:scutum:scutellum:propodeum 5:12:12:7, spiracle directed poste- riorly, scutum and scutellum alutaceous, notauli a thin groove, constricted anteriorly, propodeum smooth, median keels a narrow V with transverse anterior extensions running parallel to the metanotum, ending in a tooth, —_———————_S-----S---r,-S-Sr ss VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 455 lateral carinae nearly reaching spiracle; ratio femur:tibia:tarsi 1:2:3:4 as fol- lows: foreleg 27:25:17:7:5:6; midleg 20:40:24:9:8:8; hindleg 25:45:29:9:7:8; hindcoxa length: width 17:6, alutaceous; forewing as in Fig. 14, LMC = 15, modified discal setae of types A and B (Fig. 4), a few reaching distal stained area; abdomen elliptic, ovipositor exerted 1.1 length. Male.—Unknown. Types.—Paratype 2 on slide labeled as follows: ‘‘Polynema vittatipennis Dozier. Reared from sweet potato infested with Copicerus irroratus etc. Port-au-Prince, Haiti. Dec. 30, 1929, H.L. Dozier.’’ Deposited in USNM, type no. 43877. Other specimens examined.—Female on slide with data: ‘*‘Florida, Dade Co. Homestead Exp. Sta. 6-XI-1973, W.H. Pierce, Malaise Trap.”’ Variation.—Differences in the two specimens available for study were limited to minor variation in size and color. Diagnosis and Discussion.—This species can be recognized by the follow- ing combination of characters: Overall dark brown in color; ovipositor ex- erted the length of the abdomen; pronotum shorter than scutum; scutum and scutellum equal in length; hindtarsus longer than hindtibia; forewing with only two stained areas (no stain under venation); LMC greater than half the width of the wing. This species was described from two females reared by Dozier. He states that they probably emerged from the eggs of a small cricket; however, this host record must remain in doubt since leaf- hoppers and delphacids were also present on the plant. Although the Dozier collection is now in the USNM, I have been unable to locate the holotype; therefore, the data given are based on the paratype. Acmopolynema bifasciatipenne (Girault) Figs. 8, 12 Stichothrix bifasciatipennis Girault, 1908: 9. Polynema bifasciatipenne Girault, 1910: 254 (n. comb). Acmopolynema bifasciatipenne (Girault): Oglobin, 1946: 286 (n. comb.). Acmopolynema bifasciatipenne var. varium (Girault): Burks, 1979: 1031 (incorrect synonymy). To aid in the recognition of this species, I would add the following to that given by Girault: Female length 2.0 mm, color brown, ratio head: thorax:abdomen:ovipositor 20:65:105:10; POL:OOL 11:5, occipital suture short, reaching just past lateral ocellus, antennal ratio (Fig. 8) beginning with scape 11:8:11:16:15:10:11:8:23, scape width 0.6 length, club width 0.3x length, with 9 sensory ridges; ratio pronotum:scutum:scutellum: propodeum 16:24:15:10, spiracle directed posteriorly, scutum and scutellum alutaceous, notauli a narrow line, propodeum smooth, median keels forming a short V, ending with a tooth, lateral carinae nearly reaching spiracle; ratio femur:tibia:tarsi 1:2:3:4 as follows: foreleg 35:32:22:10:8:10; midleg 456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 27:45:36:10:8:9; hindleg 35:65:40:10:9:9; hindcoxa length:width 25:7, alutaceous; forewing as in Fig. 12, length:width: LMC 170:41:20, modified discal setae of types B and D, some reaching distal stained area, hindwing length:width 120:2, abdomen elongate elliptic, ovipositor exerted 0.1x length. Male.—Unknown. Types.—LEcTOTYPE & , by present designation, on slide, USNM type no. 11846, deposited in USNM, with data: ‘‘Stichothrix bifasciatipennis Girault, from eggs of Anaxipha exigua, D.C. May 29, 1905.’ Paralectotype 2 on slide, same data as above except collected May 6, 1905. Deposited in the Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana. Other specimens examined.—One 2 with data: *‘Williamsville, Mo. 15- vili—10-ix-69. J. T. Becker, Malaise Trap.’’ Known from Washington, D.C. and Missouri. Variation.—The paralectotype female is considerably lighter in color than the lectotype; however, this is probably due to clearing during the mounting of the specimen. The occipital suture of the lectotype is obscured, but in the other specimens, it reaches the foramen. Other differences were limited to minor variations in size, numbers of setae on the forewings, and position of the stained areas. Diagnosis and Discussion.—This species can be identified by the follow- ing combination of characters: Pronotum slightly shorter than scutum; pro- podeal keels a short V; forewing with LMC equal to at least one half wing width; modified discal setae reaching apical stained area; hindtarsus longer than tibia; and ovipositor slightly extruded. Although Girault’s original description of this species was adequate, he later redescribed it (Girault, 1910) in great detail after having examined several additional specimens in the USNM. However, after examining those specimens, I have found that the redescription was based entirely on spec- imens of A. varium which Girault considered to be conspecific (see discus- sion of A. varium). Later, Burks (1979) incorrectly placed varium into syn- onymy with bifasciatipenne. In addition, Girault did not designate either of the original two females of bifasciatipenne as the holotype. Therefore, I have designated the USNM specimen (type no. 11846) as lectotype. Acmopolynema varium (Girault) NEw STATUS Figs. 11, 18 Polynema bifasciatipenne var. varium Girault, 1917: 92. Acmopolynema bifasciatipenne (Girault); Oglobin, 1946: 286 (n. comb). The following characters are added to aid in the recognition of this species: Female length 2.0 mm.; ratio head:thorax:abdomen:ovipositor 27: 95:105:40; overall color yellow; POL:OOL 10:6; occipital suture indistinct, reaching just past lateral ocellus, antennal ratio (Fig. 11) beginning with scape VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 457 ie BN S Mg yn SS SONG SAN SX NN . SS INS Figs. 15-18. Forewings of Acmopolynema (black line equals 0.2 mm). 15, A. miamiense. 16, A. sema. 17, A. uma. 18, A. varium. 458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 15:8:16:20:20:15:11:10:32, scape width 0.5 length, club width 0.3 x length, funicles 5 and 6 each with a pair of sensory ridges, club with 9 sensory ridges; ratio pronotum:scutum:scutellum:propodeum 20:30:25:20; spiracle directed posteriorly, scutum and scutellum alutaceous, notauli a broad groove, not constricted anteriorly, propodeum smooth, median keels form a broad V, with a transverse carina between the anterior margin at the V, ending in a tooth, lateral carinae nearly reaching spiracle, a depression be- tween median keels and spiracle; ratio femur:tibia:tarsi 1:2:3:4 as follows: foreleg 52:55:45:15:10:12; midleg 35:68:45: 15:10:12; hindleg 55:90:65:17:11:11; hindcoxa length:width 32:11, alutaceous; forewing as in Fig. 18, length:width: LMC 200:54:14, modified discal setae of type E, restricted to basal large stained area, hindwing length:width 156:5; abdomen elongate elliptic, ovipositor extruded 0.4 abdomen length. Male as for female except for following: Antennal ratio 12:7:19:23: 22:21:20:20:18:18:17:17:18; abdomen length about 0.6 mm. Types.—LEcTOTYPE &, by present designation, on point (wing and an- tenna on slide), USNM paratype no. 20599, with data as follows: ‘“‘no. 860.E, reared from eggs of Oe. niveus in resin weed, June 3, 1881.’’ Two 2 paralectotypes on points, USNM type no. 20599, with data as above, except collected on June 7 and June 10, 1881. Other specimens examined.—This is the most commonly collected of the species studied. Specimens (50 2, 14 6) have been collected throughout North America in the following states and provinces: Maryland, Delaware, New Jersey, Virginia, District of Columbia, Massachusetts, Maine, Michi- gan, Tennessee, lowa, Kansas, Oklahoma, Texas, California, Ontario, and Quebec. Variation.—The vast majority of specimens studied have the body almost entirely yellow or yellow brown, with the apical funicle segments, club, median carina, supraorbital carina, area around the ocelli, and last tarsal segment darker. The funicle segments may be light brown or amber colored, the areas around the notauli darker than the rest of the thorax, and the hindtibia and posterior abdomen may be dark brown. A specimen from Texas has the antennae wholly light brown, two females from California have the body almost entirely dark brown except for portions of the anten- nae, petiole, and legs. Measurements varied as follows: Length 2.0-2.2 mm excluding ovipositor; antennal ratios may vary + or — one unit from the type, slightly more for the club (28-32); forewing length:width: LMC 195— 240:55—70:12-16. The large stained areas of the wing may vary slightly in size, as can the number of modified discal setae. The median propodeal keels are usually similar to those of the lectotype. However, the transverse carinae at the anterior margin of the V may be missing or fragmented, and in a few specimens, the carinae which form the V are fragmented. Diagnosis and Discussion.—This species can generallybe recognized by VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 459 its yellow color. However, the following combination of characters should be checked: Funicles 2 and 3 about 10 as long as wide; funicles 5 and 6 each with a pair of sensory ridges; scutum longer than scutellum; LMC less than half width of wing; and ovipositor extruded about half the length of the abdomen. In 1908, Girault described Stichothrix bifasciatipennis from two females. Then Girault (1910) moved the species to the genus Polynema, and rede- scribed it based on his examination of a number of specimens in the USNM. Seven years later Girault (1917) described Polynema bifasciatipenne var. varium from three females and one male and differentiated it on the basis of ‘‘differing from the typical form in being light yellowish brown”’ and with the ‘“‘ovipositor ... more extruded.’’ Oglobin (1946) then used bifasciatipenne as the type of his new genus Acmopolynema. Finally, Burks (1979) synony- mized the two forms (bifasciatipenne and bifasciatipenne var. varium) under the name Acmopolynema bifasciatipenne. My study has revealed that speci- mens originally described as var. varium by Girault and many other speci- mens in the USNM collection that were identified as varium constitute a valid species different from bifasciatipenne. The two species can be differentiated by 1) the presence of sensory ridges on funicles 5 and 6 in varium, 2) LMC greater than half the wing width in varium, less than half in bifasciatipenne, and 3) ovipositor exerted at least half length of abdomen in varium, exerted just past tip of abdomen in bifasciatipenne. Since no holotype was designated by Girault, I have designated a lectotype. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank E. Eric Grissell, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Washington, D.C. for his many helpful comments on the manuscript. I am also indebted to C. Yoshimoto, Canadian Forestry Service, Environment Canada, Ottawa, and John Davidson, Department of Entomology, Univer- sity of Maryland, College Park, for reviewing the manuscript. In addition, I thank the following individuals and their institutions for the loan of spec- imens: L. Stange, Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville; L. E. Caltagirone, Divison of Entomology and Parasitology, University of Cal- ifornia, Berkeley; and C. Yoshimoto, Canadian Forestry Service, Ottawa (Canadian National Collection). Other material is in the U.S. National Mu- seum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. (USNM). LITERATURE CITED Annecke, D. P. and R. L. Doutt. 1961. The genera of the Mymaridae. South. Afr. Dep. Agric., Tech. Ser., Entomol. Mem. 5: 1-71. Burks, B. D. 1979. Mymaridae, pp. 1022-1033. Jn K. V. Krombein, et al., eds., Catalog of Hymenoptera in America North of Mexico. Vol. I. Smithsonian Institution Press, Wash- ington, D.C. 460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON DeBauche, H. R. 1948. Etude sur les Mymaromidae et les Mymaridae de la Belgique (Hy- menoptera: Chalcidoidea). Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belg. 108: 1-248. Dozier, H. S. 1932. Descriptions of new mymarid egg parasites from Haiti and Puerto Rico. J. Dep. Agric. P. R. 16(2): 81-91. Eady, R. D. 1968. Some illustrations of microsculpture in the Hymenoptera. Proc. R. Ento- mol. Soc. Lond. (A) 43(4—6): 66-72. Girault, A. A. 1908. Descriptions of three new North American Chalcidoidea of the subfamilies Mymarinae and Aphelininae. Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 15: 115-121. —. 1910. Synonymic and descriptive notes on the Chalcidoid family Mymaridae. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 18(4): 233-259. ——__. 1917. New miscellanceous Chalcid-Flies from North America. Psyche (Camb.) 24(3): 91-99. Gomes, J. G. 1948. Acmopolynema hervali n.sp. parsito de ovos de Tomaspis liturata (Chal- cidoidea: Mymaridae). Rev. Bras. Biol. 8(4): 417-420. Mathot, G. 1968. Mymaridae nouveaux d’Agrique Centrale (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea). Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr. 78(3—4): 265-276. Oglobin, A. A. 1946. Descriptions of new genera and species of Mymaridae (Hymenoptera:Chalcidoidea). lowa State Coll. J. Sci. 20(3): 277-295. Risbec, J. 1957. Chalcidoides et Proctotrupides de |’ Afrique occidentale frangaise. Bull. Inst. Fr. Afr. Noire (A) 19: 228-267. Soyka, W. 1956. Monographie der Polynemagruppe. Abh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 19: 1-115. Taguchi, H. 1971. Mymaridae of Japan, I (Hymenoptera:Chalcidoidea). Trans. Shikoku Ento- mol. Soc. 11(2): 49-59. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 461-471 A REVISION OF THE GENUS OREOTHALIA MELANDER (DIPTERA: EMPIDIDAE) D. DEE WILDER California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, Cal- ifornia 94118; present address: Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—The Nearctic clinocerine empidid genus Oreothalia Melander is revised. Redescriptions of the genus and two previously described species, O. pelops and O. rupestris, are given. Three species are described as new, O. spinitarsis, O. sierrensis, and O. chillcotti. Illustrations of wings and genitalia are presented for each species. Flies of the genus Oreothalia Melander are typical clinocerine empidids, usually found on water films in seepage areas or on exposed rocks. They are predaceous, feeding on small fragile arthropods. Mating takes place near the water. Nothing is known of the immature stages. Oreothalia adults are not easily collected because of their habit of re- maining close to the substrate, even during their short flights. The only effective means of collecting is with an aspirator. A sweep net swung close to the substrate will sometimes produce a few specimens. A. L. Melander (1902) named the genus for the single western species Oreothalia pelops Melander. The only other described species is Oreothalia rupestris Vaillant (1960) from the eastern United States. Recent collecting of clinocerines in the western United States has added greatly to the number of specimens of Oreothalia available for study. It has shown that what has been called O. pelops is actually two species, both commonly collected. Representatives of two additional species have also been found. Oreothalia Melander Oreothalia Melander, 1902: 232. Type species, pelops Melander (monotyp- ic) Description.—Delicate opaque black flies generally resembling Clinocera Meigen species, but with R,,; not forked. Head: Oval, slightly narrowed ventrally; eye large, covering entire side of face and reaching oral margin, therefore separating gena from face, facets uniform in size, pubescent; an- 462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON tennal emargination broad and distinct. Sides of the front divergent to oc- ciput, broader in female; face wide with sides slightly sinuate, wider and with straight sides in female. Ocellar triangle elevated, occupying a slightly anterior position on front; | pair of strong ocellar setae, several small pos- tocellar hairs; 2 irregular rows of postocular bristles. First antennal joint narrow, apparently inset on dry specimens, 2nd longer than Ist with a few black hairs, 3rd segment oval, pubescent; arista l-segmented, terminal, thick, tomentose. Labrum short, broadly triangular, tomentose, labellae large, chitinized, curving towards each other, meeting in front of labrum. Palpi small, oval, appressed, tomentose with a few hairs. Thorax: Longer than broad, not much arched above. Pronotum with a few weak setae; sternum and episterna with sparse pale hairs; mesonotum with 5 strong dorsocentrals, minute acrostichals present anterior to Ist dorsocentral; 1 humeral, 1 posthumeral, 1-2 notopleurals, sometimes | intra-alar and | post- alar, and | pair of marginal scutellars; metapleurae with dense yellow hairs; sternopleuron with some long white hairs on posterior edge. Legs: Slender, front coxa lengthened, at least twice as long as other 2; front femur slightly swollen with strong, anteriorly inclined thornlike setae on ventral surface; hind tibia setose, no tibial spurs; claws, empodia and puvilli long. Wing: Anal angle slightly projecting, costa encompassing wing; 2 (sometimes 1) long costal bristles present; subcosta strong, complete; R,,; unbranched; discal cell emitting 3 veins; Ist basal cell longer than 2nd, 2nd subequal to anal cell; anal crossvein variable, anal vein present or evanescent; calypter small with a thick, nearly straight edge and a strong, pale fringe; stigma present, usually weak. Abdomen: Cylindrical, tomentose and with loose pale hairs; segments with | or 2 rows of dorsal pittings and 2 lateral pittings (often obscured). Pygidium reflexed, aedeagus conical; female with terminal segment compressed laterally, 2 small cerci present. KEY TO SPECIES OF OREOTHALIA MELANDER 1. Wing with discal cell blunt apically (Fig. 1), 1 basal costal bristle; 2 notopleural and no supra-alar or intra-alar bristles; terminalia as figured: (Big. OQ) econ ns aie cies apa Cs eee ee ee rupestris Vaillant — Wing with discal cell attenuate apically (Figs. 2-4), 2 basal costal bristles; 1 notopleural, 1 supra-alar and 1 intra-alar bristle .......... Z . Wing hyaline or subhyaline, stigma distinct; pleurae uniformly grey tomentose; male terminalia with dorsal valve round to oval and densely setose mesally: (Figs. 6,12)! 2...) esse - oe 2 eee 3 — Wing infuscated, often more so around wing veins, stigma pale, indistinct; pleurae with some greenish or brownish tomentum as on notum; male terminalia with dorsal valve either long and narrow or broad and truncate dorsally, nearly bare mesally (Figs. 7, 8) ........ 4 3. Large species (3-4 mm); stigma dark, distinct, wing veins blackish (Fig. 5); pale anteroventral and posteroventral cilia on femur III tO | | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 463 Figs. 1-5. Wings. 1, Oreothalia rupestris. 2, O. spinitarsis.3, O. chillcotti, 4, O. pelops, 5, O. sierrensis. longer than femur width; femora with a distinct bluish cast; halter Rotate ha eer et gies el. ode a IN bs tte ve eine ee sierrensis, new species — Smaller species (2.5—3.0 mm); stigma pale but distinct, wing veins brown (Fig. 3); pale anteroventral and posteroventral cilia on femur III shorter than femur width; femora with at most a pale greenish Gasthaltembrown. }. es Mies be Oat chillcotti, new species 4. Basitarsis III with at least 4 strong, distinct ventral bristles (Fig. 11): female face grey, brown near oral margin; terminalia as figured (Fig. Wee eed oll te: dak’, 2 J aeles seed he! spinitarsis, new species — Basitarsis II] with only weak or irregular ventral bristles (Fig. 10); female face uniform brown; terminalia usually as figured (Fig. 8), Ranelyaspiaahion.y (cipal) ahabi! Jerse ieee pelops Melander Oreothalia rupestris Vaillant Figs. 1, 9 Oreothalia rupestris Vaillant, 1960: 118. Description.—Body length 2 to 3 mm; general color brown, closely cov- ered with brown and greenish tomentum. Head: Occiput and front covered with thin green tomentum; face of male grey, of female greenish. Antenna 464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON black, arista short, 3x the length of 3rd antennal segment. Thorax: Notum dull, covered with brown tomentum with green highlights, median stripe, if present, indistinct; 5 long dorsocentrals, 1 humeral, 1 posthumeral, 2 no- topleurals with a few additional pale hairs, 2 divergent marginal scutellars; pleuron greyish with uniform green and purple highlights. Legs: Light brown with pale tomentum. Anterior femur with 4 to 5 ventral spinelike setae which are regular in size and arrangement, on the apical % (usually apical 3) and shorter than width of tibia. Tibia I with apical oblique comb of divergent, widely-spaced pale setae on anterior face; row of uniform short setae on ventral surface; tibia III with a variable number of weak dorsal setae and some ventral hairs. Wing: Fig. 1; brown with discal cell blunt, anal cell truncate, anal vein short, distinct; stigma obsolete; 1 basal costal bristle. Abdomen: Brown, subshining with sparse green and purple tomen- tum. Terminalia (Fig. 9) large, dorsal process very long, narrow, black, polished. Type Material.—Holotype ¢ (not examined), Laurel Falls, 800 m, 20- VIII-1955, North Carolina, coll. by F. Vaillant. Deposited in Vaillant’s pri- vate collection. Diagnosis.—Adults of O. rupestris are the most distinctive of the genus. They can be distinguished by the blunt discal cell and truncate anal cell in the wing, the presence of only one costal bristle, the absence of intra-alar and postalar bristles, and the presence of two notopleural bristles. The ter- minalia are also distinctive. Specimens Examined.—(DDWC indicates specimens in my personal col- lection, other abbreviations are listed in the acknowledgments.) Total num- ber of specimens examined, 31. North Carolina: Highlands, Whiteside Mt., 4600’ [ca. 1400 m], July; Wilson’s Gap, 3100’ [ca. 940 m], May; Bubbling Spring Creek, nr. Tennessee Bald, 5100’ [ca. 1550 m], July; Mt. Pisgah, 4— 5000’ [ca. 1220-1520 m], July (CNCI, FSCA). Tennessee: Van Buren Co., May (USNM). Other specimens (not examined) have been collected at: Great Smoky Mountains National Park: Between Clingman’s Dome and Gatlinburg, 900 m, August; Mt. Le Comte, 1950 m, August. Remarks.—Oreothalia rupestris adults are found near the water surface in streams and seepages at elevations above 900 m in the Smoky Mountains. The larvae are presumably aquatic. This is the only species in the genus which occurs east of the Rocky Mountains. Although certainly belonging in the genus, it is remarkably different from the western species. Oreothalia pelops Melander Figs. 4, 8, 10 Oreothalia pelops Melander, 1902: 233. Melander 1927: 223 (in redescription of genus). Description.—Body length 2.5 to 3.5 mm; general color brown to dark brown, closely covered with greenish tomentum. Head: Occiput and front | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 465 covered with greenish brown tomentum, postocciput and gena greenish; face of male silvery white, of female dull greenish brown. Antenna dark brown to black, arista usually 3.5-4.5x the length of 3rd antennal segment. Thorax: Notum dull greenish with a brown median stripe; 5 dorsocentrals, 1 humeral, | posthumeral, | notopleural bristle, and 1 to several small hairs, | intra-alar, | postalar, 1 pair of convergent or parallel marginal scutellars and several additional marginal hairs; pleuron grey tomentose, greenish along pleural suture and cluster of metapleural hairs. Legs: Brown with green reflections. Anterior femur with ventral spinelike setae which are irregular in size and arrangement, but usually on apical 34 of femur and longer than the width of anterior tibia. Tibia I with an apical oblique comb of closely set short setae on the anterior face; a row of uniform, short, dark, appressed setae on the ventral surface; tibia III] with 2 to 4 dorsal setae and 1 to 3 shorter ventral setae on apical /%; basitarsis III with weak, irregular ventral setae (Fig. 10), if setae are long, there are no more than three. Wing: Fig. 4; slightly infuscated, often darker around veins, broadest at end of R,: discal cell elongate dorsally; stigma pale, distinct; 2 strong basal costal bris- tles. Abdomen: Brown with thin green, brown and purple tomentum, sparse yellow hairs. Terminalia (Fig. 8) with dorsal process usually broad, truncate dorsally, partially tomentose, slightly concave mesally with a few small hairs. Few individuals with dorsal process as in Fig. 7. Type Material—Lercrotype 6 (here designated) labeled ‘*Kendrick/ Idaho” *‘JMAldrich/coll’’ ‘‘Cotype/No. 29184/U.S.N.M.”’ 4 3 and 2 Q paralectotypes with the same data are all deposited in USNM. Diagnosis.—Oreothalia pelops adults can be distinguished from those of the closely related O. spinitarsis by the absence of four strong setae on the basitarsus, the shorter arista, the uniform brown face of the female, and the distinctive male terminalia. Specimens Examined.—153. Alberta: Banff, August (CNCI). California: Tuolumne Co.: Brightman Flat, July. Yosemite National Park: Nevada Falls, 5907’ [1800 m], Aug. (CASC, DDWC). Idaho: Latah Co.: Kendrick, Aug. (USNM). Oregon: Benton Co.: Mary’s Peak, June. Wallowa Co.: Enterprise, 3400’ [1040 m], June (WSUC, DDWC). Washington: Grays Harbor Co.: Montesano, July. King Co.: Vashon, May. Mt. Rainier Nat. Park: Alta Vista; Berkeley Park; creek draining E. end Yakima Park; Ohan- apecosh; Paradise Park; Sluiskin; Summerland.; White River; Yakima Park, July, Aug. Pierce Co.: Tacoma, July, Aug. Yakima Co.: Chinook Pass, 5400’ [1650 m], Aug. (USNM, DDWC, NEWC). Remarks.—Adults of O. pelops can be separated easily from those of the closely related spinitarsis on the basis of the characters listed in the diag- nosis. The genitalia are, in most cases, distinctive. However, in a few cases certain individual specimens showing all the usual character states of pelops will have genitalia in the form typical of spinitarsis. This structural dimor- phism may be the result of hybridization. Whatever the genetic basis of this | 466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 6-9. Male genitalia (macerated). 6, Oreothalia sierrensis. 7, O. spinitarsis. 8, O. | pelops. 9, O. rupestris. Figs. 10-11. Hindtibia and basitarsis in anterior view. 10, O. pelops. 11, O. spinitarsis. Fig. 12. Male genitalia, O. chillcotti. phenomenon, | feel that the constancy of the other characters warrants plac- ing such specimens with O. pelops. These flies are found in moist seepage areas, under waterfalls and on rocks in streams from northern California to § Alberta. Although they are sympatric with O. spinitarsis, the two species VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 467 are only rarely collected together. Life history study and breeding experi- ments with these two interesting species of flies are necessary to elucidate their true relationship. Oreothalia spinitarsis Wilder, NEw SPECIES Figs. 2y/ybl Description: Body length 2.5 to 3.5 mm; general color brown to dark brown, closely covered with brown and/or green tomentum. Head: Occiput and front covered with greenish-brown tomentum, post-occiput and gena greenish; face of male silvery white, of female brown near oral margin, blending into grey or green near antennal base. Antennae brown to black, arista 4-5x length of 3rd segment. Thorax: Notum dull greenish with a brown median stripe; 5 dorsocentrals, 1 humeral, 1 posthumeral, 1 noto- pleural with a variable number of associated dark hairs, | intra-alar, 1 post- alar, 2 marginal scutellars, and a few short marginal hairs; pleuron grey tomentose, greenish along a wide area from anterior spiracle to metapleural hairs. Legs: Brown, covered with green or brown’ tomentum. Anterior fe- mur with ventral spinelike setae irregular in size and arrangement, but usu- ally on anterior 7% on femur and subequal to the width of anterior tibia. Tibia I with an apical oblique comb of closely set short setae on anterior face; a row of uniform short dark setae on ventral surface; tibia III with 3- 6 strong dorsal and 2-4 shorter ventral setae on apical 12; basitarsis III with at least 4 distinct ventral setae (Fig. 11). Wing: Fig. 2; infuscated, often darker around veins, broadest beyond end of R,:; discal cell elongate dor- sally; stigma pale; 2 strong basal costal bristles. Abdomen: Brown with thin brown or grey tomentum, sparse yellow hairs. Terminalia (Fig. 7) with dor- sal process long and narrow, polished, serrate on anterior edge, not haired mesally. Type-Material: Holotype, d, ‘““U.S.A.: WASHINGTON:/Gray’s Harbor County/Olympic Natl. Forest/Willaby Cpgd. 21-VII-/1978. D. Dee Wilder,”’ “D. Dee Wilder/Collection,’’ ‘“‘Holotype Oreothalia spinitarsis Wilder 1980,” ‘Calif. Acad. Sci. Type No. 13676.” Allotype 2 with the same data. Paratypes: 114 specimens with the same data or with the addition of ‘*Rec. Loop Trail’’ or the date, ‘‘20-VII-1978.’’ Holotype and allotype are depos- ited in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Diagnosis: Oreothalia spinitarsis adults differ from those of O. pelops by the more spinous basitarsis III, the longer arista, the bicolored face of the female, the shape of the wing, and the distinctive male terminalia. Specimens examined.—470 (all paratypes). British Columbia: 1 3, Cow- ichan Lake, July. 10 2, 15 6, Horseshoe Bay, 0-300’ [0-90 m], May. 1 2, Goldstream Provincial Park, July. 1 ¢, Mt. Thornhill, Terrace, July; 2 6,1 2,nr. Terrace. 3500’, 4300’, 5300’ (1070, 1310, 1620 m] July; 1 2, 5 mi. S. Terrace, June; 1 2, 49 mi. W. Terrace, July; 1 ¢, 50 mi. S.W. Terrace, June. 1 2, Squamish, 3200’ [ca. 980 mJ], Aug. (CNCI, CASC). 468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Alaska: 2 6, Thane, May (WSUC). “California: Humboldt Co.: 2 ¢, Hum- boldt Redwoods St. Pk., May; 2 6, 3 2, Orlick, June. Madera Co.: 1 2, Upper Chiquito Campground, 6820’ [ca. 2080 m], Aug. Mendocino Co.: 1 ¢, Buck Rock Creek at INO2, June (USNM, DDWC, CASC). Idaho: Be- newah Co.: 1 2, Thorn Creek, nr. St. Maries, June. Bonner Co.: 1 6, 1 2, Priest Lake; Indian Creek, Lookout Mt., Aug., Sept. (DDWC, USNM). Oregon: Benton Co.: 2 6, 22, Mary’s Peak, June, July; 5 ¢.,,3, 9.) Yew Creek, June. Douglas Co.: 1 6, Divide, June. Hood River Co.: 1 6, Star- vation Creek St. Pk., June. Jackson Co.: 1 ¢d,3 2, Dead Indian Soda Spring, May. Klamath Co.: 1 2, Crater Lake, Sept. Lane Co.: 1 9, McKenzie Bridge Cpgd., June. Linn Co.: 2 d, 2 2, Monument Peak Guard Sta., 4000’ [ca. 1220 m], July, Aug. Marion Co.: 1 ¢, Silver Falls St. Park, June. Multnomah Co.: 1 ¢, Multnomah Falls, June; 1 2, Oneonta Gorge, Sept. Umatilla Co.: 1 ¢, Dead Man Pass, July (DDWC, WSUC, USNM, CASC). Washington: Clallam Co.: 2 6, 3 2, Bogachiel, June; 1 6, Lake Crescent, Fairholm, July; 1 ¢ Tumbling Rapids Rec. Area, June. Gray’s Harbor Co.: 60 36, 54 2, Willaby Cpgd., July. Jefferson Co.: 1 2, 15 km. N.E. Quinault, June. King Co.:,4.¢, 3.°,. Vashon, May...Kittitas;Co.2 5d. 1) Sealeaiee Keechelus, Sept. Lewis Co.: 1 6,2 2, Adna, July; 1 6,3 2, Toledo, June. Mason Co.: 2 °, Dewatto, June, Aug.; 2 2, Lake Cushman, June, July; 2 3, Lilliwaup, July. Mt. Rainier Nat. Park: 2 2 , above Christine Falls, 3700’ [ca.1130 m], 4500’ [ca. 1370 m]; 1 6, Cayuse Pass; 12 6, 8 2, Comet Falls Trail, 4500’ [ca. 1370 m]; 8 ¢, 132, Cowlitz Divide Trail, 640 m; 2 6, 3 2, creek draining E. end Yakima Park, 1830 m; 2 ¢d, 3 2, Eagle Peak; 2 3,1 9, Fairfax Trail; 12 ¢6, 10 2, Fish Creek at West Side Rd., 910 m; 1 2, Frying Pan Trail; 4 ¢, Longmire; 1 ¢6, 4 2, Mazama Ridge; 3 6, 2 9, Ohanapecosh; 2 ¢, 1 2, Panther Creek, 720 m; 5. ¢ 6 2, Paradise Park; 17 6, 16 2, Stevens Creek at Stevens Cyn. Rd., 4000-4500’ [ca. 1220-1370 m]. July—October. Olympic Nat. Park: 1 ¢, 2 2, Lake Creek, 650 m; 2 3,3 2, T26N R13W Sec. 28, sweeping coastal forest. July. Pacific Co.: 17 3, 30 &, Ilwaco, May, July; 1 2, South Bend, May. 1 6,1 2, Pluvis, June. Pierce Co.: 13.6, 6 2, La Wis Wis, 390 m,.Oct.; 7.6, 6 2, Tacoma, Maye July, Aug. San Juan Co.: 1 d, 1 2, Mt. Constitution, May. Skagit Co.: 1 2, Baker Lake, May. Snohomish Co.: 1 ¢, Everett, June; 2 ¢, 2 2, Granite | Falls, Aug. Whatcom Co.: 2 6, 1 2, Bagley Creek, 850 m, Oct.; 1 6, | Glacier, Sept.; 2 6, Thompson Creek, Mt. Baker, 400 m, Oct. (USNM, DDWG, WSUC, CNEL CASCAESCA): Remarks.—Members of this species are distinctly different from those of the closely related O. pelops, although spinitarsis adults have, in the past, frequently been determined as pelops. These flies are found on rocks in small to large streams from northern California to British Columbia. They have also been collected under water- falls, in boggy seepage areas, and on tundra. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 469 The specific epithet refers to the conspicuous spines on the hind basitar- sis. Oreothalia sierrensis Wilder, NEw SPECIES Figs. 5,.6 Description.—Body length 3.0 to 4.0 mm, general color brown dorsally, grey laterally, heavily tomentose. Head: Occiput and front greenish-brown tomentose; postocciput and gena grey with blue highlights; face of male grey tomentose, of female, brown. Antenna black, arista short, 3x length of the 3rd segment. Thorax: Notum dull brown with red and green reflec- tions; median stripe, if present, indistinct. Five dorsocentrals, 1 humeral, 1 posthumeral, 1 notopleural with several pale hairs, | intra-alar, 1 postalar, and 2 long marginal scutellars with several dark marginal hairs; pleuron and coxae uniformly grey tomentose; halter black. Legs: Black, femora bluish- green tomentose. Anterior femur with ventral spinelike setae evenly spaced and of approximately equal length on anterior 74 (usually anterior 2) of femur and longer than the width of the anterior tibia; femur ciliate with posterior and posteroventral rows of white hairs. Tibia I with an apical oblique comb of short setae on the anterior face; a row of small uniform curved dark setae on the ventral surface. Tibia III with 2-5 dorsal and 0-3 shorter ventral setae on apical 3; basitarsis III with weak hairs; femur III ciliate with | row each anteroventral and posteroventral long white hairs. Wing: Fig. 5; hyaline; veins, stigma and subcostal cell dark, distinct; anal vein weak, evanescent; 2 strong basal costal bristles. Abdomen: Grey to- mentose with a median greenish-brown stripe, female abdomen often with- out stripe. Terminalia (Fig. 6) with dorsal process round-oval, polished, mesal surface concave, covered with stiff hairs. Type-Material.—Holotype 6, “‘U.S.A.: CALIFORNIA:/Fresno Co. Sier- ra N.F./E.&W. Forks Camp 61 Cr./nr. Forebay Lk. 2200 m/T7S R26E Sec. 19.31/July 1979 D.D. Wilder,” “‘D. Dee Wilder/Collection,’’ *‘Holotype Oreothalia sierrensis Wilder 1980,’ ‘Calif. Acad. Sci. Type No. 13675.” Allotype, 2 with the same data. Holotype and allotype are deposited in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Diagnosis.—Members of this species can be distinguished from all other Oreothalia adults by the following combination of character states: Large, hyaline wings with a dark, distinct stigma; long pale anteroventral and pos- teroventral hairs on femur III; halteres black; and distinctive male genitalia (Fig. 6). Specimens Examined.—23, all paratypes. California: Fresno Co.: 5 d 4 ?, same date and locality as type; 1 ¢ 4 2, Huntington Lake along Bear Creek, 2100 m, August; 3 d, unnamed creek near Kaiser Pass, 2700 m, August; 1 ¢ Badger Flat Campground, 2500 m, August. Los Angeles Co.: 1 2, Windy Spring, June. Madera Co.: 2 ¢, Willow Meadow, 7550’ [ca. 470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 2500 m], Aug. Mono Co.: 1 6,4 mi. E. Monitor Pass, June. Tuolumne Co.: 1 2 Clark’s Fork River below Sand Flat, July (DDWC, CASC, WSUC). Remarks.—This species has been collected from rocks and waterfalls in small, fast-flowing, clear mountain streams. The name, sierrensis, refers to the Sierra Nevada Mountains where most specimens have been collected. Oreothalia chillcotti Wilder, NEw SPECIES Figs). 12 Description.—Body length 2.5 to 3.0 mm, general body color dull brown. Head: Occiput and front reddish-brown tomentose, postocciput and gena dull grey: face of male white, of female, brown. Antenna black, arista short, 3x length of the 3rd segment. Thorax: Notum uniform dull brown with faint greenish highlights, 2 lateral stripes visible on female. Five dorsocentrals, 1 humeral, 1 posthumeral, | notopleural with | or more long pale hairs, 1 intra-alar, | postalar, and 2 cruciate marginal scutellars with additional mar- ginal hairs; pleuron and coxae dull grey tomentose, halter brown. Legs: Dark brown, femora lightly dusted greyish. Anterior femur with ventral spinelike setae irregularly spaced on apical 2, but uniformly shorter than tibia width; male with short, dark, erect setae on ventral surface of tibia. Tibia III with rows of dorsal and ventral, regularly arranged, hairlike setae, apical | or 2 slightly differentiated; basitarsis III] with a few small, irregular setae. Wing: Fig. 3; pale brown, veins brown; stigma present, faint; anal vein present, evanescent; 2 basal costal bristles. Abdomen: brown tomen- tum dorsally, greenish grey laterally with a few sparse, pale hairs. Termi- nalia (Fig. 12) with dorsal process oval, polished, concave and strongly haired mesally. Type-Material.—Holotype 3, ‘‘Summit L. 12,800’ [ca. 3900 m]/Mt. Ev- ans, COLO./July 24 1961/W.R.M. Mason,” ‘‘Holotype Oreothalia chillcotti Wilder 1980.”° Allotype, ‘‘Mt. Evans, COLO./Wet meadow 13,200’ [ca. 4020 m]/4. VIII.1961/J. G. Chillcott,’’ ‘‘Allotype Oreothalia chillcotti Wilder 1980.’ Both holotype and allotype are deposited in the Canadian National Collection of Insects. Diagnosis.—Adults of this species can be distinguished from those of pelops and spinitarsis by the genitalia and the pale wings, and from those | of sierrensis by the size, the pale halteres, the lack of the blue tomentum | on the legs, and the short white hairs on femur III. Specimens Examined.—Only one additional specimen (paratype) was ex- amined: Colorado: Boulder Co.: 2, Corona Pass, 10,600’ [ca. 3230 m] (CNCI). Remarks.—Although only three specimens were available for study, I feel this species is distinct enough to be described as new. The most closely related species, sierrensis, is different in several morphological characters and occurs only in and around the Sierra Nevada Mountains. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 471 Oreothalia chillcotti is named for the late Dr. J. G. Chillcott who collected two of the three specimens examined. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The following institutions and individuals loaned the material upon which this paper is based: P. H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (CASC); H. J. Teskey, Biosystematics Research Institute, Agri- culture Canada, Ottawa (Canadian National Collection, CNCI); H. V. Weems, Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville (FSCA); L. Knutson, IIBIIII, U.S. Department of Agriculture (U. S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C., USNM); W. Turner, Washington State University, Pullman (WSUC); and N. E. Woodley, Harvard Univer- sity, Cambridge, Massachusetts (NEWC). D. H. Kavanaugh kindly provid- ed space and facilities at the California Academy of Sciences. LITERATURE CITED Melander, A. L. 1902. Monograph of the North American Empididae. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 28: 195-367. . 1927. Diptera. Family Empididae. Fasc. 185, 434 pp., 8 pls. Jn Wytsman, P., ed., Genera Insectorum. Bruxelles. Vaillant, F. 1960. Quelques Empididae Atalantinae des monts des Appalaches (Diptera). Bull. Soc. Entomol. Fr. 65: 117-123. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 472-478 THREE NEW SPECIES OF ANOBITDAE FROM SOUTHWESTERN UNITED STATES AND NORTHWESTERN MEXICO (COLEOPTERA) RICHARD E. WHITE Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—Tricorynus dudleyae, Trichodesma fuliginosa, and Byrrhodes ovatus are described as new. The new species are illustrated, and characters are given that distinguish them from their nearest relatives. For the first time illustrations of certain closely related species of the genus Trichodesma are presented for comparative purposes. The new species described below are further contributions resulting from my studies on Anobiidae. The species of Tricorynus was reared from Dudleya edulis (Nuttall) by Richard L. Westcott of the Oregon Department of Agriculture and is de- scribed so the name can be used in Westcott’s studies on Buprestidae. The host plant is a succulent that is endemic to southern California and north- western Baja California. A species of Chrysobothris (Coleoptera: Bupres- tidae) was also reared from the plant, and it, too, is undescribed. Although pubescent patterns and other characters of members of Tricho- desma generally allow species to be distinguished easily, the often subtle nature of these features makes it very difficult to describe them effectively. This makes the assigning of names on the basis of descriptions very risky; attempts to assign names are often in vain due to uncertainty of correct interpretation of a description. I have long felt that drawings are needed to best show the characters of these beetles, and in this paper I illustrate three | closely related species of Trichodesma, one of which I describe as new. The new species of Byrrhodes is from a collection of anobiids that was sent to me for identification. The museum designations used herein are explained in acknowledgments. Tricorynus dudleyae White, NEw SPECIES Bigs. 1).22 Description.—General: Dorsal surface and metasternum reddish brown to dark reddish brown, head, abdomen, and sometimes elytral apex lighter VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 473 red brown. Pubescence dull yellowish, moderately dense, not obscuring surface sculpture. Body in profile stout and moderately elongated, not gib- bous. Punctation dual, large punctures at side of pronotum fine and dense, separated on an average by less than diameter of a puncture. Head: Eyes separated by 2.2-2.7x vertical diameter of an eye, bulging to weakly flattened. Eighth antennal segment nearly 1.5 as long as wide. Last segment of maxillary palpus about 2 as long as wide. Dorsal surface: Pronotum at side moderately bulging above anterior an- gle, margin immediately above anterior angle not outwardly arcuate as usu- al, but depressed and nearly straight to (usually) weakly, inwardly arcuate. Large punctures of elytra with a feeble tendency to be aligned in longitudinal bands; at apical 2 of elytron laterally with a distinct stria, above this with a shallow, weakly indicated to almost completely obsolete groove. Ventral surface: Anterior tibia bistriate; anterior groove more or less weak, not marginal, roughly 2 length of tibia; posterior groove very deeply impressed and broad, extending nearly entire length of tibia, not marginal; middle tibia not grooved. Metasternum at middle weakly rounded front to back, at side very strongly rounded front to back, most strongly rounded before posterior margin; larger punctures becoming distinctly smaller, spar- ser laterally, not attaining side; side anteriorly with an elongated, narrow fovea, with a small fovea internally. Length: 2.6-3.7 mm. Types.—Described from 29 specimens: 3 holotype (USNM no. 76478) and 13 paratypes: USA, California, San Diego Co., Otay Mesa, Jct. Otay Valley and Heritage Roads, R. L. Westcott, reared from Dudleya edulis, coll. 9-V-1977, emerged 13-V to 29-VI-1977 (8 in USNM, 2 in CAS, 2 in LACM, 2 in UI) (holotype, 13-V). Fifteen paratypes: Mexico, Baja Cali- fornia, 1 mi. E. Rodriguez Dam, Hy. 2, km. 164, slopes above railroad, R. L. Westcott, 1 taken on 9-V-1977, 14 reared from D. edulis collected on 9- V-1977 and emerged 29-V to 20-VI-1977, 1 emerged 23-IV-1979 (13 in USNM, | in CAS, 1 in LACM). Paratypes have not been sexed because internal dissections are required to do this. Remarks.—According to R. L. Westcott (personal communication) this beetle was reared from caudices of Dudleya edulis that had been killed by the boring of Chrysobothris or pyralid larvae, or by unknown causes. The plant occurs in the coastal sagebrush community of southwestern California and northwestern Baja California. Four or five other species of Dudleya were examined in Baja California, but none showed evidence of anobiid infestation. Although most of the adult beetles emerged within two months after the material was collected, one adult emerged two years later, and numerous live larvae were found in the plant remains in October 1979; the latter could have resulted from reinfestation, or from slowed development _ due to dry conditions in the laboratory. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 474 Figs. 1-2. Tricorynus dudleyae. 1, Male genitalia, dorsal view. 2, Lateral view. Figs. 3-4. Byrrhodes ovatus. 3, Abdomen. 4, Lateral view. Figs. 5-8, Trichodesma spp. 5, T. sordida, dorsal view. 6, T. fuliginosa, dorsal view. 7, T. fuliginosa, lateral view. 8, T. pictipennis, dorsal view. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 475 In my key to species of Tricorynus (White, 1965: 296), T. dudleyae runs to couplet 77 (which includes 7. obliteratus White and T. mancus (Fall)) and is most nearly related to T. obliteratus. | offer the following modifica- tion of my key to accommodate 7. dudleyae: 77(76). Large punctures at side of elytron confused, with no tendency to form bands; southern % of California to northwestern Mex- LST aear ser etapa shit A dt cae bia tpt fall hl mancus (Fall) _ Large punctures at side of elytron weakly to obscurely tending to form bands; extreme southern California, southern Arizona, AUG TOLLAWESTCIM MGRICO My: tedtsain, a oir ees ce oe tue Stee T7a 77a(77) + Pronotum at extreme side nearly evenly rounded, not bulging; eyes separated by 1.5—2.1 x vertical diameter of an eye; length 1.9-3.2 mm; extreme southern California, southern Arizona, at MOL WESLEL WICRICO ye cen 6 6 4 rea 4 ae obliteratus White — Pronotum at extreme side more or less clearly bulging; eyes separated by 2.2-2.7x vertical diameter of an eye; length 2.6— 3.7 mm; southern California and northwestern Mexico ...... Other characters aid in distinguishing 7. dudleyae from T. obliteratus. In T. obliteratus the pronotal margin immediately above the anterior angle is weakly depressed and straight or nearly so and farther up below the pos- terior angle is (as usual) outwardly arcuate. In 7. dudleyae the pronotal margin immediately above the anterior angle is clearly depressed and often inwardly arcuate and farther up the margin is outwardly arcuate, so that in many specimens the entire pronotal margin between the anterior and pos- terior angles is sinuate from a posterior view. Also, the large punctures at the side of the pronotum are larger in 7. dudleyae and are separated by, on an average, the diameter of a puncture or less, whereas in 7. obliteratus they are separated by, on an average, the diameter of a puncture or a little more. Trichodesma fuliginosa White, NEw SPECIES Figs. 6, 7 Description.—General: Predominantly dark brown, this color determined largely by ground color not being concealed by mostly sparse pubescence. Pubescence of dorsal surface mostly dark brown to black, not dense, dark pubescence on elytra forming numerous small tufts; some pubescence tan, denser than dark pubescence, and concealing most of surface beneath it, tan pubescence most dense basally on pronotum, basally, medially, and apically on elytra. Bristling hairs short, not dense. Head: Eyes large, bulging, separated by 1.4—-1.5x vertical diameter of an eye, bearing bristling hairs. Tan pubescence not dense, granulate surface visible beneath. Antenna not long, if laid beside body extending from an- 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON terior tip of pronotum to basal 4 of elytron; last 3 segments together about 1.5x as long as basal 8 segments together. Last segment of maxillary palpus fusiform, about 2 as long as wide; last segment of labial palpus fusiform, less than 2x as long as wide. Dorsal surface: Pronotum nearly as wide to as wide as elytra at base; lateral margin not toothed, weakly sinuate; in lateral view with a crest (Fig. 7); dark hairs forming a pair of feeble tufts between crest and anterior mar- gin, tufts variable in development; large granules showing through pubes- cence, granules most dense on anterior half of pronotum. Elytra with large punctures more or less clearly aligned in rows; all dark elytral tufts small, first interval with 2 tufts, 3rd interval with 5 or 6, Sth interval with 3 or 4, often with 7th and 9th intervals each bearing a tuft before declivity; apex of elytra not truncate, nearly evenly rounded; lateral margin at apex sinuate. Ventral surface: With tan pubescence that obscures but does not conceal surface; abdomen medially with numerous short, irregularly aligned series of granules, at sides and apex granules forming more distinct series; seg- ments 3 and 4 produced at sides; segment 4 at middle flattened to shallowly concave, segment 5 at middle very broadly, shallowly concave. Length: 4.3-5.8 mm. Types.—d holotype (USNM no. 76456) and 3 paratypes (USNM): USA, Texas, nr. Alamo, San. Ana Nat. Refuge, 18 Nov. 66, bl. It., A. Blanchard; collected at black light. One paratype (USNM), Texas, near Brownsville, XI-22-1967, A. and M. E. Blanchard. One paratype (in Robert Turnbow collection), Texas, Starr Co., r.a. on 83, 4 mi. W. Sullivan City, R. Turn- bow; on Cordia boissieri A. DC. I have not dissected the paratypes to determine the sex. Remarks.—Of the described Mexican species, 7. fuliginosa is most sim- ilar to T. pictipennis Champion (Fig. 8); there is a specimen of the latter in the USNM that I compared with the type in the British Museum (Natural History) in London. Trichodesma pictipennis occurs in Guatemala and southern Mexico (the USNM specimen is from the junction of Routes 190 and 195 in Chiapas, Mexico) and differs from T. fuliginosa in form and color. The pronotum is clearly narrower than the elytra basally, and the light-colored pubescence of the dorsal surface is predominantly tan but with patches of near white hairs before the elytral apex that are best seen in a near end-on view. In 7. fuliginosa the pronotum is as wide as the elytra | basally, and all light-colored pubescence of the dorsal surface is tan. The paired anterior tufts of dark hairs on the pronotum of T. pictipennis are much denser than the similar tufts of T. fuliginosa. The elytral margin of T. pictipennis is swollen and angulate apically on each side of the suture; | in T. fuliginosa the margin is not swollen and is sinuate. As a final point of difference, the bristling hairs of 7. pictipennis are longer than those of T. fuliginosa. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 477 Trichodesma sordida Horn (Fig. 5), from Brownsville, Texas. is also sim- ilar to T. fuliginosa. However, it bears light-colored pubescence that is off white and densest basally on the pronotum, and basally, medially, and in scattered tufts apically on the elytra; also scattered tufts on the elytra are orange to brown. The light-colored pubescence of 7. fuliginosa is tan, and all elytral tufts are black. In Fall’s key to Trichodesma species (1905: 172), T. fuliginosa closely agrees with the notes given for 7. sordida, but differs by the above characters. Byrrhodes ovatus White, NEw SPECIES Figs. 3, 4 Description.—General: Broadly oval, 1.4 as long as wide. Body pri- marily bright reddish brown, but hue of dorsal surface nearly orange brown, and body margins often dark; antenna orange brown. Pubescence short, bristling, not obscuring surface, dull yellow; elytral disk with rows of hairs alternating in direction. Surfaces shining. Most surfaces punctured, punc- tures on elytra largest, weakly arranged in rows, punctures of pronotum and metasternum nearly comparable in size and density, those of abdomen smaller and sparser, those of head smallest and sparsest. Head: Eyes large, separated by about their vertical diameter. Antenna apparently 9-segmented (intermediate segments minute), 7th segment wider than long, apical margin markedly sinuate, 8th segment a little less than 2x as long as wide, 9th segment a little over 2 as long as wide. Last segment of maxillary palpus subtriangular, almost 2 as long as wide, apical margin nearly straight; last segment of labial palpus subtriangular, a little longer than wide, apical margin broadly notched. Dorsal surface: Pronotum at side weakly convex. Elytron at side with 2 deep grooves, extending from above fovea for middle leg almost to suture at apex, lower groove a little longer than upper groove, interval between grooves distinctly convex except near base, with a short, distinct, 3rd, sub- humeral groove extending to level of hindcoxa, interval between 2nd and 3rd grooves convex. Ventral surface: Metasternum lacking a median fovea, but with a weakly impressed, longitudinal groove from near middle to apex; anterior metas- ternal lobe constricted by tarsal grooves. Abdominal sutures 2, 3, and 4 most distinct at sides, weaker but evident at middle, sutures evenly arcuate or only 2nd feebly bisinuate; surface near middle concave, each side of concavity produced and rounded, produced portion most distinct on 3rd segment, but continued on 2nd and 4th segments. Length: 1.7 mm. Types.—Holotype (¢?; no. 76483 in USNM) and one paratype (CDFA): USA, Arizona, S.W.R.S., Cochise Co., 5400’, 5 mi. W. Portal, 1975, shelf fungus off walnut. The initials refer to the Southwestern Research Station. 478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Remarks.—This species is most closely related to B. granus (LeConte.) and in my key (White, 1973: 53) runs to granus at couplet 4. Byrrhodes ovatus differs from B. granus as follows: The length of B. ovatus is 1.7 mm, the abdomen is concave medially and protuberant on each side of the concavity, and it occurs in Arizona. Byrrhodes granus is 1.3—1.5 mm long, the abdomen is neither concave nor protuberant medially, and it occurs only in southern Florida. I consider the abdominal characters of B. ovatus as possibly sexual; therefore, both the holotype and paratype may be males. Because of the tightly fitting body parts and small size of this species, I have not dissected the genitalia; the chance of permanent damage to the specimens is too great. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS My thanks are offered to Richard L. Westcott, Oregon Department of Agriculture, Salem for donation of specimens and biological data; Fred An- drews, California Department of Food and Agriculture, Sacramento (CDFA) for loan of specimens and allowing retention of a holotype; and Robert Turnbow, Jr., Department of Entomology, Texas A. and M. University, College Station, Texas, for loan of a specimen. Other museum designations used herein follow: USNM, United States National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.; CAS, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; LACM, Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History, Los Angeles, California; UI, University of Idaho, Moscow. LITERATURE CITED Fall, H. C. 1905. Revision of the Ptinidae of Boreal America. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc., 31: 97-296. White, R. E. 1965. A revision of the genus Tricorynus of North America (Coleoptera: Ano- biidae). Misc. Publ. Entomol. Soc. Am., 4(7): 283-368. 1973. A new genus, two new species, and a species key for Byrrhodes (Coleoptera: Anobiidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 75(1): 48-54. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 479-488 NEOMACHLOTICA, A NEW GENUS OF GLYPHIPTERIGIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA) JOHN B. HEPPNER Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—Neomachlotica, new genus, and N. spiraea, new species, are described in Glyphipterigidae. Species transferred to Neomachlotica are Glyphipterix actinota Walsingham, Machlotica atractias Meyrick, and Machlotica nebras Meyrick, all Neotropical. Neomachlotica spiraea oc- curs in Florida, and the larvae feed on Boehmeria cylindrica (Linnaeus) Schwarz (Urticaceae). In anticipation of a synopsis of Glyphipterigidae, the following new ge- neric name is published here ahead of a Nearctic revision of the family to make this name available for three Neotropical species currently misplaced in other genera. Neomachlotica Heppner, NEw GENUS Type-species.—Neomachlotica spiraea Heppner, new species. This genus may be distinguished from related genera like Abrenthia Busck and Machlotica Meyrick by the convergent veins CuAl and CuA2 at the termen of the forewing. Description.—Adults small (forewing length 3.0-4.0 mm). Head: Frons and vertex smooth scaled; labial palpus recurved and very dorsoventrally flattened on apical 2 segments, with basal and 2nd segments subequal in length, apical segment twice as long as basal segment; maxillary palpus 3- segmented with very long 2nd segment; anterior tentorial pits widely sep- arated (Fig. 2); haustellum developed; pilifers large; eye large; ocellus pres- ent; antenna filiform. Thorax: Smooth scaled; forewing oblong, with ptero- stigma; costal margin straight to pterostigmal convexity, then rounded to apex; termen very oblique to indistinct tornus; dorsal margin straight to rounded anal angle; chorda developed, with central vertical vein; no vein in cell; Sc to costal margin before 2 of forewing length; RI-RS to costal margin; M1 to apex: MI—M3 equidistant at end of cell; CuA2 arising distant from end of cell and greatly convergent to CuA1 at termen; CuP present at 480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON I Fig. 1. Neomachlotica spiraea, wing venation (scale line = 1 mm) [USNM slide 77225]. tornus; Al + A2 with prominant basal stalk; hindwing with Sc + RI to %4 of wing; Rs directed up to costal margin before apex; M1 and M2 close together at end of cell, distant from M3; M3 approximate to CuA1 at end | of cell; CuA2 nearly parallel to CuAl; Al + A2 with long basal stalk. Ab- domen: Posterior segment modified in male as genitalia hood with ventral split; no coremata. Male genitalia: Tegumen stout and fused with broad vinculum; saccus absent; tuba analis prominent; valva simple, setaceous mesally, with large corema (deciduous) on lateral side near base; valval base formed into elongate dorsal transtillar process and ventral process forming base of anellus; anellus a short tube with aedeagus attached at tip of anellus; aedeagus without a phallobase, with enlarged tip having a ring of recurved hooks and a band of spines and setae. Female genitala: Ovipositor with moderately heavily sclerotized papilla analis; apophyses moderately long; ostium bursae a sclerotized cup with a central cone on intersegmental mem- brane between segments 7 and 8, or simple and in proximity to ductus bursae enlargement; ductus bursae thin, membranous, usually expanded before bursa by enlargement for juncture with ductus seminalis; bursa cop- VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 481 ulatrix ovate, with smaller accessory bursa anteriorly; signum on main bur- sal sac, a line of fused spicules or more diffuse spicule patch; ductus sem- inalis arising from enlarged section of ductus bursa; bulla seminalis small. Larva: Small; prolegs vestigial (Needham, 1955). Pupa: Not protruded (Needham, 1955). Remarks.—Neomachlotica is related to Machlotica, Abrenthia, and Tra- peziophora Walsingham, and is largely a Neotropical genus with only the type-species entering North America in southern Florida. Two species, cur- rently undescribed, are known from northeastern Mexico and may even- tually be collected in subtropical southeastern Texas. Wing venation and the unusual characters of the genitalia form the main differences from re- lated genera. In none of the above three related genera are veins CuA1 and CuA2 of the forewings convergent at the wing margin as in Neomachlotica and the other genera also do not have the unique genital characters of Neo- machlotica: The unusual aedeagus and transtillar process of the male and the conelike ostium of the female (in most Neomachlotica females). The only genus I have seen that has a similar conelike ostium in females is in the genus Brenthia Clemens of the family Choreutidae. The only biological information known is that the Florida species de- scribed below feeds on Boehmeria cylindrica (Linnaeus) Schwarz (Urtica- ceae) as a terminal bud- and stem-boring larva (Needham, 1955). The following Neotropical species are hereby transferred to Neomach- lotica: Neomachlotica actinota (Walsingham, 1914) (Glyphipteryx [sic]), NEw COMBINATION. Neomachlotica atractias (Meyrick, 1909) (Machlotica), NEW COMBINA- TION. Neomachlotica nebras (Meyrick, 1909) (Machlotica), NEW COMBINA- TION. Together with the new species described below, there are four described species in the genus. I have examined three additional undescribed species from Mexico and the West Indies that also belong in Neomachlotica. The name of the genus is derived from the Greek for ‘“‘new Machlotica [fighting lotus].”’ Neomachlotica spiraea Heppner, NEw SPECIES Machlotica n. sp., Needham, 1955: 351. Machlotica sp., Kimball, 1965: 287. Male.—Forewing length 3.2-4.0 mm. Head: Dark fuscous with purple iridescence; frons with buff along clypeal and lateral edges; labial palpus with basal segment buff, 2nd segment dark fuscous with 2 buff transverse lines ventrally and buff dorsally, and apical segment fuscous dorsally and 482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON b- 4 VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 483 dark fuscous ventrally with buff lateral borders; maxillary palpus with very elongate middle segment (ca. twice length of basal segment): antenna with fuscous dorsal scales. Thorax: Fuscous; patagia fuscous with purple irides- cence; venter white; legs fuscous with white at joints. Forewing: Dark fus- cous with approximately 14 narrow dotted longitudinal striae of greenish yellow from base to middle of wing, with distal end of striae field convex; dorsal margin near base with yellow scale line; middle of wing with distally convex fuscous fascia, bordered distally by a short silver fascia from the costal margin and greenish-yellow scale striae towards tornus; middle silver fascia from costa followed by yellow longitudinal striae and then by two more short silver fasciae toward apex; apex and part of termen with silver border; fringe fuscous; ventral surface gray fuscous. Abdomen: Fuscous with silvery scales on posterior margin of each segment; venter mostly white. Hindwing: Gray fuscous basally merging to fuscous near termen; fringe fuscous; ventral surface buff gray merging to fuscous near apex, with 3 silver short fasciae from costal margin near apex. Genitalia: Tuba analis long, wide; tegumen rounded; vinculum rounded, convex, without saccus; valva elongate, oblong, with rounded apex, setaceous; valva with corematal setae on lateral side; base of valva extended as narrow transtilla, over- lapping with same from each valva; anellus short, tubular; aedeagus short, nearly subequal to valval length, narrow, without phallobase; aedeagus tip bulbous with wide ring of stout recurved hooks surrounded by spicule hood; cornutus a short tubule; ductus ejaculatorius emergent from base of aedeagus, with campanulate hood. Female.—Forewing length 3.2—3.5 mm. Similar to male. Genitalia: Ovi- positor short; papilla analis sclerotized with sharp, incurving tip; apophyses long, thin, with posterior pair slightly longer than anterior pair; ostium bur- sae a shallow cup with a central cone having a very small ostial opening, all in a larger oval depression bordered laterally by 2 semi-circular ridges; duc- tus bursae long and as wide as ostial opening, to sclerotized bulbous area near bursa where ductus seminalis emerges; bursa copulatrix ovate with an accessory bursa half its size attached anteriorly by a short duct; signum a linear fused spicule line on ventrum of bursa, ’% as long as longer bursal diameter. Larva.—Pale, with black head capsule and prothoracic tergal plate; pro- legs vestigial (Needham, 1955). Pupa.—Lacking dorsal abdominal setae, probably due to nonprotrusion from cocoon (Needham, 1955). — Figs. 2-3. Neomachlotica spiraea. 2, Head (scale line = 0.5 mm). 3, Maxillary palpus (enlarged) (scale line = 0.1 mm) [USNM slide 77721]. 484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 4 Fig. 4. Neomachlotica spiraea, head of male (100) [SEM slide, USNM 77342]. Types.—Holotype 3: Fisheating Creek, 2 mi. SE Palmdale, Glades Co., Florida, 6 May 1975, on flowers Pluchea purpurascens, J. B. Heppner (USNM). Paratypes (3 6, 5 2). Florida: Dade Co.: Florida City, 21 Feb 1954 (2 2), M. O. Gleen (USNM); 25 Feb 1954 (1 3), M. O. Glenn (USNM). Glades Co.: same date as for holotype (1 2) (JBH). Highlands Co.: Archbold Biological Sta., 12 Jan 1965 (1 3), S. W. Frost (CPK); 23 Jan 1979, (1 3), H. V. Weems, Jr. and S. Halkin (FSCA); 3 Mar 1952, reared ex Boehmeria cylindrica (emerged 27 Mar 1952), (2 2), J. G. Needham (USNM). (Paratype to BMNH.) Additional specimens (3 ¢).—Florida: Monroe Co.: Garden Key, Dry Tortugas, 8 May 1961, R. E. Woodruff (CPK and FSCA). Distribution.—Known only from central to southern Florida. Flight period.—January to March; May. Hosts.—Boehmeria cylindrica (Linnaeus) Schwarz (Urticaceae). Biology.—The species has been reared by Needham (1955) but no larval or pupal specimens could be located in museum collections. The larva is a VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 485 ) Fig. 5. Neomachlotica spiraea, female paratype, Fisheating Cr., Glades Co., Florida. terminal bud borer according to Needham, entering the terminal portion of the stem as well. Needham noted that a gall is formed where the larva feeds extensively in the stem. The terminal bud of the host, together with young leaves, is tied with silk. Pupation is near the bud or away from the host plant in a protected area. The cocoon is a fluted structure of amber silk formed as a filigreed network of strands according to Needham (1955); this is very similar to cocoons of Ussara species, a genus of mostly Neotropical Glyphipterigidae. More recently adults were collected while feeding on flowers of Pluchea purpurascens (Schwartz) de Candolle (Compositae) in an open cypress swamp along Fisheating Creek, Florida, from which series the holotype was selected. Remarks.—Available specimens of Neomachlotica spiraea show no marked variations in wing pattern or coloration. As noted under the generic discussion, there are several species in Mexico, Central and South America, that superficially are very similar to N. spiraea but that have distinct gen- italia. The specimens of N. spiraea from the Dry Tortugas are too poor to designate as paratypes but appear to be the same species as the mainland specimens. Until the species is reared again, no further details of the im- mature stages can be given. 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Ca] Figs. 6-8. Neomachlotica spiraea, male holotype. 6, Male genitalia. 7, Aedeagus (en- larged). 8, Detail of tip of aedeagus (Fisheating Cr., Glades Co., Florida) [USNM slide 77151]. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 487 oe Wy < i os ’ y t - Figs. 9-11. Neomachlotica spiraea, female paratype (Fisheating Cr., Glades Co., Florida). 9, Female genitalia. 10, Signum detail. 11, Ostium detail [USNM slide 77152]. 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON The specific name, spiraea, is derived from Latin for ‘‘the meadow- sweet.” ACKNOWLEDGMENTS My colleagues D. R. Davis and J. F. G. Clarke, Smithsonian Institution, kindly reviewed the manuscript for this report. Field studies involved in the collection of some of the type-series were facilitated by the Department of Entomology and Nematology, University of Florida, and D. H. Habeck, of the same institution. Collections consulted include the C. P. Kimball Col- lection, Barnstable, Massachusetts (CPK); British Museum (Natural His- tory), London, England (BMNH); Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville (FSCA); Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. (USNM); and J. B. Heppner Collection, Washington, D.C. (JBH). LITERATURE CITED Kimball, C. P. 1965. The Lepidoptera of Florida. An annotated checklist. Arthropods Fla. Neighbor. Land Areas, 1: 1—363, 26 pls. Meyrick, E. 1909. Descriptions of micro-lepidoptera from Bolivia and Peru. Trans. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 1909: 13-43. Needham, J. G. 1955. Notes ona leaf-rolling caterpillar and on some of its associates. Ecology 36: 346-352. Walsingham, T. de G. 1914. Tineina, Pterophorina, Orneodina and Pyralidina and Hepialina [part], p. 300-319. Jn Godman and Salvin, Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta: Lep- idoptera-Heterocera. Volume 4. London. 482 pp., 9 pls. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 489-504 TERMINALIA OF NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF GROUP II MEGASELIA (APHIOCHAETA), AND DESCRIPTIONS OF FOUR NEW SPECIES (DIPTERA: PHORIDAE) WILLIAM H ROBINSON Department of Entomology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Uni- versity, Blacksburg, Virginia 24061. Abstract.—In the large genus Megaselia, the male epandrium and hy- pandrium, and the female tergum and sternum 6 provide excellent distin- guishing characters. This work presents a diagnosis and figures of the male and female terminalis of the following species of the subgenus Aphiochaeta: Megaselia aequalis (Wood), M. amplicornis Borgmeier, M. atratula Borg- meier, M. basispinata (Lundbeck), M. carola, new species, M. cirripes Borgmeier, M. diplothrix Borgmeier, M. ectopia Borgmeier, M. fungivora (Wood), M. lanata, new species, M. meconicera (Speiser), M. monticola (Malloch), M. perdita (Malloch), M. pilicrus Borgmeier, M. pleuralis (Wood), M. rotunda, new species, and M. ungulata, new species. Four new synonymies are proposed. Although the North American Megaselia species have been revised by Borgmeier (1964, 1966), there is still difficulty in accurately determining some of the species. Borgmeier provided descriptions and keys for about 260 Megaselia species, but detailed descriptions and figures of the external terminalia of the male and female were not included. Robinson (1978) pro- vided a brief diagnosis and detailed figures of male (epandrium and hypan- drium) and female (tergum and sternum 6) terminalia of Megaselia species in Borgmeier’s (1964) Group I. The purpose of this work is to provide a brief diagnosis and the first detailed figures of the male and female terminalia of the Megaselia species in Group II of Borgmeier. Four new species are described: Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) carola, M. (A.) lanata, M. (A.) rotunda, and M. (A.) un- gulata. MATERIALS AND METHODS This work is based on the study of 700 Nearctic specimens of Group II Megaselia. Specimens were seen from most states and provinces of the United States and Canada, but not from Greenland and Mexico. I have 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON examined, or received information on the holotypes of all the Nearctic species of Group II. Specimens of the type-series of Holarctic species were not available for examination at this time. Information on original descrip- tions and synonymies can be found in Borgmeier (1964). The methods used for removing and preparing terminalia for study were similar to those used by other workers. Terminalia were permanently stored in 4 x 11 mm plastic vials, partially filled with glycerine and capped with rubber stoppers, and placed on the same pin as the insect. EXTERNAL TERMINALIA OF MEGASELIA A brief description and illustration of the male terminalia was presented by Robinson (1978). A description and illustration of the female terminalia is presented here. The oviscapt of the female (Fig. 1) consists of an elongate ovipositor that telescopes within segment 6. The ovipositor is entirely membranous, never forming a horny, nonretractile stylet. Terga and sterna 7 and 8 are reduced and sometimes absent. The cerci are distinct and bear numerous setae. GrouP II MEGASELIA (APHIOCHAETA) Group II contains 17 described species occurring in the Nearctic Region, including four described as new in this paper. The species in this group can be distinguished by the character combination: Scutellum with 2 bristles; mesanepisternum with | or more bristles; and costa 44-55% of wing length. Females are known for seven Group II species. Biological information is available for a few of the Nearctic species, including M. aequalis (Wood), M. fungivora (Wood), M. meconicera (Speiser), M. perdita (Malloch), and M. pleuralis (Wood). I examined the holotype of M. franconiensis (Malloch) and noted that the costa is 42% of the wing length. In the male of M. ventralis Borgmeier the costa is 41% of the wing length. Both these species are best placed in Group EES Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) aequalis (Wood) Figs. 2, 20, 24 Aphiochaeta nasoni Malloch, 1914: 58. NEw SYNONYMY. Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) confulgens Borgmeier, 1964: 203-204. NEw Syn- ONYMY. — Figs. 1-11. Megaselia spp., terminalia. 1, Megaselia sp., female terminalia. 2, M. aequalis, female tergum 7. 3, M. meconicera. 4, M. ungulata, male epandrium. 5, M. ungulata, female tergum 7. 6, M. fungivora, female tergum 7. 7, M. atratula, male epandrium. 8, M. pleuralis, female tergum 7. 9, M. pilicrus, female tergum 7. 10, M. amplicornis, male epandrium. 11, M. perdita, female tergum 7. As 6 = abdominal segment 6; 7 = abdominal segment 7; 8 = ab- dominal segment 8; 9 = abdominal segment 9. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 49] 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Diagnosis.—This species differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Halter yellowish brown; costa 43-45% of wing length; costals short; frons generally glossy. Terminalia: Epandrium (Fig. 20) narrow dorsally, with scattered setae and 3-5 particularly long bristles ventrally; hypandrium (Fig. 24) setulose, lobe broad at base and with long setulae at apex. Oviscapt: Tergum VII (Fig. 2) long and slightly narrow apically setulose on apical 43; sternum VII long and narrow, with 3 apical setae and scattered setulae on apical !/s. Known distribution.—British Columbia, District of Columbia, Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Maine, Manitoba, Massachusetts, Nebraska, New Hamp- shire, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Ontario, Pennsylvania, Quebec, Saskatchewan, Tennessee, Virginia, Wisconsin. Material Examined.—124 6, 125 @. Remarks.—Variation in the male and female body color and the occur- rence of an abbreviated 4th abdominal segment in the female has caused confusion between M. nasoni, M. confulgens, and M. aequalis. Close ex- amination and comparison of the male and female terminalia show there is apparently one species involved. Biology.—This species apparently is restricted to feeding on the eggs of the slug, Deroceras laevae (Muller). The female oviposits directly onto the slug eggs or occasionally onto nearby vegetation. The first-instar larva pen- etrates the outer gelatinous covering of the egg and begins feeding on the perivitelline fluid. The first-instar larva does not feed on the developing slug embryo. The second-instar larva also remains within the egg, but it usually destroys the embryo. The third-instar larva feeds on 4—6 slug eggs. When full grown the third-instar larva abandons the slug eggs and pupariates in the soil. For a more detailed description of the life history and immature stages, see Robinson and Foote (1968). Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) perdita (Malloch) Figs. 11, 16, 41 Diagnosis.—This species differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: 2 notopleural bristles; 1 weak intra-alar; mesa- nepisternum with | bristle. Terminalia: Epandrium (Fig. 16) with short pro- jection beneath proctiger, 3-4 bristles posterolaterally; hypandrium (Fig. 41) small, setulae sparse laterally, lobe setulose. Oviscapt: Tergum VII (Fig. as Figs. 12-20. Megaselia spp., male terminalia. 12, M. carola, male epandrium. 13, M. monticola, male epandrium. 14, M. diplothrix, epandrium. 15, M. basispinata, epandrium. 16, M. perdita, epandrium. 17, M. fungivora, epandrium. 18, M. cirripes, epandrium. 19, M. meconicera hypandrium. 20, M. aequalis, epandrium. 2 — VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 ste oe Sen ill, bs — glue oe oN lee Zz ANAS 493 494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 11) inverted Y-shaped, | seta at apical corners and on each fork of the Y, scattered setulae laterally; sternum VII narrow, clavate, with 2 long and 2 short spical setulae; tergum VIII short, broad and setulose laterally. Known distribution.—Arizona, Florida, lowa, Kansas, Maryland, New York, North Carolina, Ontario, Quebec, South Carolina, Texas, Virginia. Material examined.—22 6, 25 °. Biology.—Borgmeier (1964) speculated that the male of this species was myrmecophilous. Muma (1954) reported that the larva of Megaselia sp. (which I later determined to be M. perdita) is predaceous on a land snail. I have collected M. perdita females in jar traps baited with rotten cheese. The females oviposited on the cheese and the resulting larvae fed on it. Apparently the adults are not restricted to associating with ants, and the larvae are probably able to develop in a variety of substrates. Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) amplicornis Borgmeier Figs. 10, 31 Diagnosis.—The male differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Halter dark brown; costa 46-47% of wing length; antenna enlarged to '/s—'/6 frontal width. Terminalia: Epandrium (Fig. 10) with scattered setae and 4—5 bristles ventrally; hypandrium (Fig. 31) with scattered setulae, bilobed, lobes small and setulose. Known distribution.—British Columbia, California, Ontario, Quebec, Washington. Material examined.—S5 6. Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) atratula Borgmeier Figs. 7, 30 Diagnosis.—This species differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Halter brown to blackish brown; forebasitarsus as broad as apex of foretibia; palpus narrow and with bristles only at apex. Terminalia: Epandrium (Fig. 7) strongly arched and with strong bristles posteroventrally at left; hypandrium (Fig. 30) setulose, lobe small and se- tulose. Oviscapt: Tergum VII broad, slightly arched basally, 6 apical setulae and scattered setulae on apical !/o. Known distribution.—British Columbia, New Hampshire, North Caroli- na, Quebec. Material examined.—3 6,1 Q. Remarks.—The holotype is in poor condition; the palps and many im- portant setae are missing or broken. This species is close to M. scopalis Brues and M. aciculata Borgmeier (Group III), but differs by the long costa and normal-sized antenna. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 495 Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) basispinata (Lundbeck) Figs. 15, 32 Diagnosis.—The male differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Halter yellowish brown; costa 44-52% of wing length; costals long; hindfemur with 2 rows of 4-6 bristles on basal 4. Terminalia: Epandrium (Fig. 15) with 6-8 strong bristles; hypandrium (Fig. 32) setulose, lobe large, serrate apically. Female unknown. Known distribution.—Alaska, Arizona, California, District of Columbia, Iowa, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Montana, New Hampshire, New York, Oregon, Quebec, South Dakota, Utah, Washington, Wisconsin. Material examined.—32 ¢. Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) carola Robinson, NEw SPECIES Figs. 12, 29 Diagnosis.—The male differs from other Neartic Group II species by the character combination: Palpus narrow and straight ventrally; forebasitarsus enlarged; mesanepisternum with numerous short bristles. Female unknown. Description of male.—Body brown to blackish brown. Frons subshining, setulae distinct, as wide as high; supra-antennals equal, as long as lower fronto-orbital bristle upper as far as preocellar from coronal suture; lower fronto-orbital bristle closer to anterior fronto-orbital bristle than to upper supra-antennal. Parafacia with 3 bristles. Third antennal segment dark brown. Palpus narrow and straight ventrally. Thorax brown; propleuron without scattered setulae; 4 propleural bristles, 2 dorsal propleural bristles; mesanepisternum with 10 short bristles. Scu- tellum with 2 bristles. Abdominal terga and venter brown. Terminalia dark brown, setose, proc- tiger pale brown; epandrium (Fig. 12) with 7-9 bristles posteroventrally at left, right side large and curved outward forming a groove; hypandrium (Fig. 29) with setulae in groups of 3 or 4, bilobed and each lobe small and with long setae. Legs brown; foretibia slightly enlarged apically, small anterodorsal bris- tles; 12 posterodorsal bristles; forebasitarsus broad and dorsoventrally flat- tened, larger than base of foretibia. Midtibia with 8 short anterodorsal bris- _tles, posterodorsal bristles small, hair seam extending to '/6; midbasitarsus with | strong bristle at basal 3. Hindfemur with 6-8 setae ventrally on basal 4; hindtibia with small anterodorsal bristles, 12 weak posterodorsal bristles. Wing 1.48 mm long; membrane hyaline, veins brown; costa 44% of wing length; ratio of first 2 costal divisions 1:1; costal bristles long: 3 axillary bristles. Halter dark brown. 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 497 Material examined.—Holotype. Holotype.—d , Mound Valley, State Experiment Station, Labette Co.., Kansas, V-15-1965, Malaise trap, G. J. Williams. Deposited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, type no. 76565. Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) cirripes Borgmeier Figs. 18, 33 Diagnosis.—The male differs from other Neartic Group II species by the character combination: Halter yellowish brown; costa 47-49% of wing length; costals long; hindfemur with 10-12 curved bristles ventrally on basal ¥2. Terminalia: Epandrium (Fig. 18) with a few short bristles posteriorly and 4—6 longer and stronger bristles posteroventrally; hypandrium (Fig. 33) setulose. Female unknown. Known distribution.—Idaho, Iowa, Ontario, Washington. Material examined.—9 ¢. Remarks.—This species seems very close to the Palearctic species M. stichata (Lundbeck); both possess curved bristles with bent apices on the hindfemur. Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) diplothrix Borgmeier Figs. 14, 34 Diagnosis.—The male differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Halter yellowish-brown; 2-3 mesanepisternal bris- tles; 2 strongly curved bristles at base of hindfemur. Terminalia: Epandrium (Fig. 14) with row of 6 bristles laterally and 2 short bristles beneath proc- tiger; hypandrium (Fig. 34) setulose laterally at right, lobe large and cleft, with scattered setulae apically. Female unknown. Known distribution.—Maryland, Quebec, Tennessee, Virginia Material examined.—8 ¢. Remarks.—The type is in poor condition; one antenna, both palpi and the proctiger are missing. I do not consider the two females from Falls Church, Virginia, mentioned by Borgmeier (1964) as paratypes, to be M. diplothrix. These specimens seem to be a Megaselia species in Group IV. Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) ectopia Borgmeier Figs. 22, 36 Diagnosis.—The male differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Halter brown; forebasitarsus as broad as apex of —— Figs. 21-29. Megaselia spp., male terminalia. 21, M. pilicrus, epandrium. 22, M. ectopia, epandrium. 23, M. lanata, epandrium. 24, M. aequalis, hypandrium. 25, M. rotunda, hypan- drium. 26, M. rotunda, epandrium. 27, M. meconicera, hypandrium. 28, M. pleuralis, epan- drium. 29, M. carola, hypandrium. 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON foretibia. Terminalia: Epandrium (Fig. 22) cleft posterolaterally, with 5 long bristles anterior to the cleft and numerous setulae posterior to the cleft; hypandrium (Fig. 36) with scattered setulae apically. Female unknown. Known distribution.—Washington. Material examined.—Holotype. Remarks.—The head of the holotype is missing. Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) fungivora (Wood) Bigs.i6.17,.35 Aphiochaeta limburgensis Schmitz, 1918: 57-58. NEw SYNONyYMYy. Megaselia pullifrons Borgmeier, 1964: 306-307. Preoccupied by M. pullif- rons Beyer, 1958. NEw SYNONYMY. Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) morenifrons Borgmeier, 1967: 62. New name for Megaselia pullifrons Borgmeier. Diagnosis.—This species differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Costa 50-54% of wing length; lower fronto-or- bital close to anterior fron-orbital; supra-antennals unequal. Terminalia: Epandrium (Fig. 17) with 10-14 scattered bristles and | very long bristle ventrally; hypandrium (Fig. 35) setulose, lobe broad and with long setulae apically. Oviscapt: Tergum VII (Fig. 6) broad basally and narrow apically, 4 apical setulae and 4—6 scattered setulae basally; sternum VII absent. Known distribution.—British Columbia, Georgia, Idaho, Montana, Iowa, New York, North Carolina, Quebec, Tennessee, Washington. Material examined.—34 d, 31 9. Remarks.—Type material of M. limburgensis (Schmitz) and M. fungivora was not seen. However, descriptions by Schmitz (1957) and Borgmeier (1964) and available specimens indicate that M. limbergensis is a synonym of M. fungivora. Schmitz (1957) reported two males and two females of M. imberbis Schmitz among the type-material of M. fungivora. Borgmeier (1964) described M. pulliforns, but incorrectly gave the author as Beyer in litt. Borgmeier (1967) stated that M. pullifrons Borgmeier was preoccupied by M. pullifrons Beyer (1958), and provided M. morenifrons as a new name. I have studied the M. pullifrons Borgmeier type and there- fore the M. morenifrons type. Biology.—Adults have been reported as associated with fungi and mam- mal burrows, and the larvae under bark (see Robinson 1971). Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) lanata Robinson, NEw SPECIES Figs. 23, 40 Diagnosis.—The male differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Palpus broad and rounded apically; costa 46% of wing length; costal bristles short (0.08—0.09 mm); halter dark brown. Female unknown. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 499 Description of male.—Body brown to dark brown. Frons subshining, as wide as high; supra-antennals subequal; lower slightly closer than upper to coronal suture, upper closer than preocellar to coronal suture: lower fronto- orbital bristle closer to anterior fronto-orbital bristle than to upper supra- antennal; posterior fronto-orbital level with preocellar. Parafacia with 5—6 bristles. Third antennae segment dark brown. Palpus yellowish brown, rounded apically. Thorax brown to dark brown; propleuron without scattered setulae: 2-3 propleural bristles and 2 dorsal propleural bristles; mesanepisternum with 7-8 setulae and 1 bristle. Scutellum with 2 bristles. Abdominal terga dark brown, venter brown. Terminalia dark brown, se- tose; proctiger pale brown; epandrium (Fig. 23) with 9-10 bristles poste- riorly; hypandrium (Fig. 40) setulose laterally, lobe long and broad, with long curved setae apically. Legs brown; foretibia with small anterodorsal bristles, 11-12 postero-dor- sal bristles. Midtibia with small anterodorsal bristles, 6-7 widely spaced posterodorsal bristles; hair seam extending to '/s; midbasitarsus with | weak bristle at basal 3. Hindfemur with 10-12 short setae on basal !/6; hindtibia with small anterodorsals; 10-13 posterodorsal bristles, weak on basal 4 of row. Wing 1.37—1.42 mm long; membrane hyaline, veins pale brown; costa 46% of wing length; ratio of first 2 costal divisions 1:1; costal bristles short (0.88— 0.89 mm); 2 axillary bristles. Halter dark brown. Material examined.—1 6 , Downie Creek, Selkirk Mts., British Columbia --VIII-14-1905, J. Ch. Bradley. 1 ¢, Milford Woods; Sec. 10, T98N, R37W; Dickinson Co., Iowa, VI-15-1969, on Ulmus fulva, Wm H Robinson. Holotype.—d , Milford Woods; Sec. 10, T98N, R37W; Dickinson Co., Iowa, VI-15-1969, on Ulmus fulva, Wm. H Robinson. Deposited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, type no. 76566. Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) meconicera (Speiser) Figs, 3, 19.27 | Diagnosis.—This species differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Halter yellowish-brown; costals long; costa 42— 40% of wing length; foretibia enlarged. Terminalia: Epandrium (Fig. 27) with scattered bristles dorsally and posteroventrally beneath proctiger, 4—6 strong bristles laterally; hypandrium (Fig. 19) larger than epandrium, setu- ‘lose. Oviscapt: Tergum VII (Fig. 3) long, with scattered setulae; sternum _ VII long, narrow and Y-shaped, with | long apical seta on each fork of the Y and 3-6 setulae medially. Known distribution.—Alberta, California, Indiana, lowa, Kansas, Mary- land, Minnesota, newfoundland, New York, Ontario, Virginia. Material examined.—24 3,9 °. Biology.—Adults collected in burrow of Microtus sp. (Hackman 1963). 500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) monticola (Malloch) Fig. 13 Diagnosis.—The male differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Halter dark brown; costa 47% of wing length; supra- antennals unequal. Terminalia: Epandrium (Fig. 13) with a few short bristles posteriorly and 3 strong bristles posteroventrally. Female unknown. Known distribution.—British Columbia Material examined.—Holotype. Remarks.—The hypandrium is damaged in the holotype. Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) pilicrus Borgmeier Figs. 19, 21, 36 Diagnosis.—This species differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Halter brown to dark brown; costa 44-56% of wing length; foretarsus slender. Terminalia: Epandrium (Fig. 21) setose posteroventrally; hypandrium (Fig. 36) setulose and bilobed, lobes small and with long curved setulae. Oviscapt: Tergum VII (Fig. 9) broad and slightly arched basally, 6 apical setulae and 4-6 lateral setulae; sternum VII indistinct, with 5—6 apical setulae and a few scattered seulae on apical %. Known distribution.—Connecticut, lowa, Kansas, Maryland, New York, North Carolina, Quebec, Virginia. Material examined.—19 ¢,4 9. Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) pleuralis (Wood) Figs. 8, 28, 39 Diagnosis.—This species differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Halter yellowish brown; costa 50-54% of wing length; costal division I as long as divisions I and IJ; costals long. Termi- nalia; Epandrium (Fig. 28) with 5—6 dorsal bristles and 2—4 short postero- dorsal bristles, with 6 strong bristles laterally; hypandrium (Fig. 39) broad, bilobed, right lobe broad and with short setulae apically, left lobe narrow, slightly club-shaped and with long setulae apically. Oviscapt: Tergum VII (Fig. 8) triangular, truncate or pointed apically; sternum VII club-shaped, narrow at base, with 3-5 apical setulae. Known distribution.—Alaska, Alberta, British Columbia, California, Col- orado, Connecticut, District of Columbia, Georgia, Illinois, lowa, Maine, Manitoba, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnestoa, Montana, New- a Figs. 30-41. Megaselia spp., male hypandria. 30, M. atratula. 31, M. amplicornia. 32, M. basispinata. 33, M. cirripes. 34, M. diplothrix. 35, M. fungivora. 36, M. ectopia. 37, M. pilicrus. 38, M. ungulata. 39, M. pleuralis. 40, M. lanata. 41, M. perdita. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 501 MALIDIA 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON foundland, New Hampshire, New York, North Carolina, Ontario, Oregon, Quebec, Saskatchewan, Tennessee, Utah, Virginia, Washington, Wyoming. Material examined.—209 ¢, 42 @. Remarks.—Size and coloration are quite variable in this species. The absence of a mesanepisternal bristle in some specimens may result in con- fusion with Group IV species. Biology.—Adults have been reported associated with rotten logs, ant nests, caves, mammal burrows, flowers, plant galls, and decaying plants (see Robinson 1971). Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) rotunda Robinson, NEw SPECIES Figs. 25, 26 Diagnosis.—The male differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Costa 44-58% of wing length; costal bristles long, lower fronto-orbital close to anterior fronto-orbital; forebasitarsus slender. Female unknown. Description of male.—Body dark brown to blackish brown. Frons dull to subshining, as wide as high; supra-antennals long and equal, lower slightly closer than upper to coronal suture, upper slightly closer than preocellar to coronal suture; lower fronto-orbital bristle closer to anterior fronto-orbital bristle, posterior fronto-orbital bristle on a higher level than preocellar bris- tle. Parafacia with 6 bristles. Third antennal segment dark brown to blackish brown. Palpus brown to blackish brown. Thorax brown to blackish brown; propleuron without scattered setulae; 4 propleural bristles and 3 strong dorsal propleural bristles; mesanepister- num with 6-8 setulae and 4 bristles. Scutellum with 2 bristles. Abdominal terga and sterna dark brown. Terminalia large and rounded, setose; proctiger large, pale brown; epandrium (Fig. 26) rounded with scat- tered setae and particularly long setae dorsally and ventrally, | strong seta ventrally; hypandrium (Fig. 25) setulose, lobe large and narrow apically. Legs dark brown; foretibia with small anterodorsal bristles, and 12-13 posterodorsal bristles midtibia with antero- and posterodorsal bristles small; hair seam extending 4% length of tibia; midbasitarsus with 2-3 bristles on basal '/s. Hindfemur with 12-14 bristles on basal !'/s; hindtibia with indistinct anterodorsal bristles; 13-15 posterodorsal bristles, weak on basal % of row. Wing 1.75—2.15 mm long; membrane hyaline, veins brown; costa 44-58% of wing length; ratio of first 2 costal divisions 1:1; costal bristles very long; 3-4 axillary bristles. Halter brown. Material examined.—1 ¢, Lake Fontanillis, 8500’, El Dorado Co., Cali- fornia, VII-21-1955, E. I. Schlinger. 1 3, Atkinson, Summit Co., Utah, VITI-23-1939, G. F. Knowlton. — VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 503 Holotype.—d , Atkinson, Summit Co., Utah, VIII-23-1939, G. F. Know- ton. Deposited in U.S. National Museum of Natural History, type no. 76567. Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) ungulata Robinson, NEw SPECIES Figs. 4, 5, 38 Diagnosis.—This species differs from other Nearctic Group II species by the character combination: Palpus narrow ventrally; forebasitarsus slender: costa 45-46% of wing length; costal bristles short. Description.—Body brown to dark brown. Frons dull to subshining, as wide as high; supra-antennals strong and equal, lower closer than upper to coronal suture, upper as far as preocellar from coronal suture; lower fronto- orbital bristle on a slightly higher level than preocellar bristle. Parafacia with 3 bristles. Third antennal segment brown. Palpus pale brown, narrow ventrally and pointed apically. Thorax brown; propleuron without scattered setulae; 2 propleural bristles, 1-2 dorsal propleural bristles; mesanepisternum with 3-5 setulae and 1 bris- tle. Abdominal terga and venter brown. Terminalia dark brown, setose, proc- tiger pale brown; epandrium (Fig. 4) with 9-11 bristles posteroventrally at left; hypandrium (Fig. 38) setulose laterally and bilobed; left lobe large, clawlike and with long setae; right lobe short and with scattered long setae; tergum VII (Fig. 5) short and rectangular, with 3 setae on each apical corner, sternum VII triangular and with 6 apical setae. Legs brown; foretibia with small anterodorsal bristles; 9-10 small pos- terodorsal bristles. Midtibia with small anterodorsal bristles; 4-7 postero- dorsal bristles (widely separated in some specimens); hair seam extending to '/6; midbasitarsus with 4—S bristles on basal '/s. Hindfemur with small anterodorsal bristles; 10-12 posterodorsal bristles, weak at base and apex of row; hindbasitarsus with 2 bristles at basal !/s. Wing of male 1.07—1.12 mm long, female wing 1.19—1.27 mm long; mem- brane hyaline, veins light brown; costa 45-46% of wing length; ratio of first 2 costal divisions 1:1; costal bristles short; 2 axillary bristles. Halter dark brown. Material examined.—1 3, Ames, Iowa, VIII-27-1969, Wm. H Robinson; 1 2, Ames, Iowa, V-24-1951, W. L. Downes; | 6, Ames, Iowa, VI-4-1953. W. L. Downes; 4 6, 2 2, 7 mi. nw. Milford, Iowa, VI-24-1969, Wm. H Robinson; 2 6, 1 2, 7 mi nw. Milford, Iowa, VI-29-1969; 1 d, 1 2, Chat- terton, Ontario, VII-2-1951, J. C. Martin. Holotype.—6, 7 mi. nw Milford, Dickinson Co., Iowa, VI-24-1969, Wm. H Robinson. Deposited in U.S. National Museum of Natural History, type no. 76568. S04 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON DISCUSSION There is considerable range in the shape of the male epandrium and hy- pandrium in Group Il Megaselia species (North America). The species with the most primitive, platypezid-like terminalia include M. amplicornis, M. atratula, M. ectopia, M. perdita, M. pilicrus, M. pleuralis, M. lanata, and M. carola. The male terminalia of these species are characterized by unseg- mented processes on the epandrium and/or a bilobed hypandrium. The species in which these conditions can be seen best are M. lanata and M. pleuralis. In M. lanata the epandrium (Fig. 23) has an unsegmented process on the right side. The hypandrium of M. pleuralis is bilobed, and the lobes are of nearly equal size. The left lobe of the hypandrium is very specialized in several Group II species. The hypandrium of M. diplothrix, M. basispinata, and M. ungulata represents the most derived, specialized condition in Group II (North America). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I gratefully acknowledge the patience and support of my wife and children during the time devoted to this study. LITERATURE CITED Borgmeier, T. 1964. Revision of the North American phorid flies. Part II. The species of the genus Megaselia, subgenus Aphiochaeta. Studia Entomol. 7: 257-416. . 1966. Revision of the North American phorid flies. Part III. The species of the genus Megaselia, subgenus Megaselia. Studia Entomol. 8 (1965): 1-160. . 1967. Miscellaneous studies on phorid flies. I. Rev. Bras. Biol. 27: 57-62. Hackman, W. 1963. Studies on the dipterous fauna in burrows of moles (Microtus, Cleth- rionomys) in Finland. Acta Zool. Fenn. 102: 3-64. Malloch, J. R. 1914. Notes on Illinois Phoridae (Diptera) with descriptions of three new species. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 9: 56-60. Muma, M. H. 1954. Predators and parasites of the citrus tree snail. Citrus Mag. 16 (10): 8-9. Robinson, W. 1971. Old and new biologies of Megaselia species (Diptera, Phoridae). Studia Entomol. 14: 321-348. . 1978. Terminalia of some North American species of Megaselia (Aphiochaeta) and descriptions of two new species (Diptera: Phoridae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 80: 216-227. Robinson, W. and B. A. Foote. 1968. Biology and immature stages of Megaselia aequalis, a phorid predator of slug eggs. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 61: 1587-1594. Schmitz, H. 1918. Die Phoriden von Hollandisch Limburg. Mit Bestimmungstabellen aller bisher kenntlich beschriebenen europaischen Phoriden. I und II. Teil. Naturrhist. Gen- ootsch. in Limburg, Jaarb. 1917: 79-150. . 1957. Phoridae, pp. 417-464, 1 pl. (Lief. 196). In Lindner, E., ed., Die Fliegen der palaearktischen Region. Vol. 4, Pt. 7. E. Schweizerbart’sche Verlag, Stuttgart. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 505-511 NEW SPECIES OF GYPONA, GYPONINAE (HOMOPTERA: CICADELLIDAE) WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBGENUS DwiGHt M. DELONG Department of Entomology, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210. Abstract.—Seven new species of Gypona are described. Four new species, metalana, rubranura, decorana and quadra, are placed in the sub- genus Gypona. Two new species, mocamba and platona, are placed in the subgenus Marganalana. One new species, colomella, is placed in a new subgenus Carnoseta. A revisional study of Gypona was published by DeLong and Freytag (1964) including some 140 species and four subgenera. New species have been described since by DeLong and Martinson (1972), DeLong and Kolbe (1974, 1975), DeLong and Freytag (1975) and DeLong and Linnavuori (1977). Seven new species and a new subgenus are described in this paper. Gypona (Gypona) metalana DeLong, NEW SPECIES Figs. 1-5 Description.—Length of male 8.5 mm, female unknown. Crown more than twice as wide at base between eyes as median length. Color brown, mostly with yellow spots surrounding ocelli and small yellow spots at base, behind ocelli. Pronotum dark brown to black except lateral margins and a diagonal yellowish line, each side, extending from basal margin, behind ocelli, to humeral angles. Scutellum black with bright yellow basal and api- cal angles. Forewings gray subhyaline, veins pale brown. Male plates 22x as long as broad, apices broadly rounded. Style broad- ened on apical 4, lateral margins of broadened portion convexly rounded. Apex slightly concavely rounded. Aedeagus bearing a pair of lateral pro- cesses at 34 its length which extend basad along shaft for almost 34 length of shaft. The apical 4 of shaft slightly sclerotized, composed of a median shaftlike portion, which is blunt at apex, and giving rise to a slender, lateral, pointed spine on each side. Spines extend to apex or median portion. Py- gofer broadly rounded apically. 506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Holotype.—¢ , Sonora, Mexico, 7 mi. S of Benjamin Hill, X-1-1968, at black light, E. L. Sleeper and F. L. Moore colls., in the DeLong collection, The Ohio State University. Remarks.—Gypona meialana is placed in the subgenus Gypona and is related to G. melanota Spangberg, from which it can be separated by the apical portion of the aedeagus which is notched on each side at apex, pro- ducing two apical spines. Gypona (Gypona) rubranura DeLong, NEw SPECIES Figs. 6-10 Description.—Length of male 8 mm, female unknown. Crown more than 4 as long at middle as basal width between eyes. Color, crown, pronotum and scutellum pale brown, forewings dark brown, often with yellow costal margins. Pygofer bright red. Male plates slender, 342 as long as width at middle, apices narrow, rounded. Style broadened at middle and at truncate apex. Aedeagus elon- gate, apical 2 slender, a pair of short lateral processes, !/6 x length of shaft, arise at %4 length of shaft and extend laterally and basally along shaft. The apical 4 of shaft only slightly sclerotized, with blunt apex and bearing a pair of slender, lateral, subapical processes which are pointed and extend along shaft to its apex. Pygofer broadly rounded apically. Types.—Holotype ¢, El Pilar, 1000 ft. el. Baja Calif. Mexico Sur. XI-6- 1968, E. L. Sleeper and F. L. Moore colls., at black light. Paratypes (all from Baja California, Mexico): 66, X-10-68, 2 mi. NW Eltriufa i400 ft.; 5 6, same except X-11-68, 7.5 mi. W 1600 ft. el.; 6 ¢ X-18-68, 3 mi. E of Burrera; 2 ¢, X-8-68, 5.5 mi. SE Valle Perido, 1600 ft.; 1 ¢, same except X-15-68, 2.5 mi. SE 2000 ft.; 3 ¢, X-27-68, Casas Vigas, 800 ft. el.; 2 d, X- 30-68, 7 mi. W Santiago 1600 ft. el.; 2 d, X-31-68, 3.5 mi. SW of San Bartolo, 1400 ft. el.; 1 ¢, X-26-68, 6 mi. E. San Jose del Cabo, 400 ft. el.; 1 3d, X-29-68, El. Charro, 2.5 mi. SW Agra Caliente, 900 ft. el.; 1 ¢, XI-3- 68, 8 mi. SE of La Paz, 1000 ft el. Holotype and paratypes in DeLong Collection, The Ohio State University, paratypes in collection of E. L. Sleeper. Remarks.—Gypona rubranura is placed in the subgenus Gypona and is related to G. extrema DeLong, from which it can be separated by the longer apical portion of the aedeagus beyond the apical processes. Gypona (Gypona) decorana DeLong, NEw SPECIES Figs. 11-15 Description.—Length of male 9 mm, female unknown. Crown with thin margin, almost tiwce as wide at base between eyes as median length. Color, crown dark brown. Pronotum paler brown, scutellum dark brown. Fore- wings brown, veins of median and claval areas, dark brown. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 507 2 5 4 1 3 } 10 } 14 15 13 Figs. 1-15. 1-5, Gypona metalana. 6-10, G. rubranura. 11-15, G. decorana. 1, 7, 12, Aedeagus ventrally. 2, 6, 14, Style laterally. 3, 9, 11, Aedeagus laterally. 4, 8, 13, Plate ven- trally. 5, 10, 15, Pygofer laterally, apical portion. Male genital plates more than twice as long as wide at middle, apices broadened, rounded. Style narrowed at % its length, broadened and rounded ventrally at middle then tapered to a narrow twisted apical portion which is notched on ventral margin at 4/s its length. Aedeagal shaft short, narrowed 508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON to a pointed apex. Two pairs of subapical processes arise near apex, and slightly basad to these, a long pair arises which extends dorsally, then curves basally and ventrally, and tapers to pointed apices. Apex of aedeagus di- vided dorsocaudally (Fig. 12). Holotype.—é , Ullnga, Para, Brazil, XI-30-1961, J. and B. Bechyne, colls. Holotype in Museu de Zoologia da Universidade de Sao Paulo, Brazil. Remarks.—Gypona decorana is placed in the subgenus Gypona. It is closely related to G. decorata (Fowler) but can be distinguished by the notched, apically twisted style, the shorter, broader aedeagus and its sub- apical processes which are broader basally and hide the shorter subapical processes which are beneath the longer pair. Gypona (Gypona) quadra DeLong, NEw SPECIES Figs. 16-20 Description.—Length of male 14 mm, female unknown. Crown flat, folia- ceous, % as long at middle as basal width between eyes. Color, crown, pronotum, and scutellum dull yellow. Margin of crown with a black line. A small black spot % length of pronotum, each side. Forewings brownish subhyaline, veins of costal area dark brown, remainder of wing veins pale brown. Male genital plates 3x as long as broad at middle, apices narrowed, round- ed. Style slightly narrowed subapically, apex blunt. Aedeagus with a pair of apical and a pair of subapical processes. The apical processes curve basally and extend almost to base of shaft. The subapical processes arise just basad to apical processes and extend basally and laterally about 2 length of apical processes. Pygofer with a small rounded process arising at dorsoapical margin. Holotype.—6 , Guajara Mu. Ananindeus, Para, Brazil, I-1-65, Apol Sousa coll. Holotype in Museu de Zoologia da Universidade de Sao Paulo, Brazil. Remarks.—Gypona quadra is placed in the subgenus Gypona and is closely related to G. secura DeLong and Freytag from which it can be separated by the longer apical and subapical aedeagal processes. Gypona (Marganalana) mocamba DeLong, NEW SPECIES Figs. 21-25 Description.—Length of male 8.5 mm, female unknown. Crown broadly rounded, foliaceous, more than twice as wide at base between eyes as me- dian length. Color dark green and black. Crown mostly black with dark green along anterior margin. Pronotum with anterior portion dull blackish gray, caudal 2 dark green. Scutellum blackish gray. Forewings subhyaline, tinted with green on claval area. Male genital plates 5x as long as median width, apices bluntly pointed. Style narrowed at middle, broadened and broadly rounded apically with a broad finger-like projection on dorsocaudal margin. Aedeagal shaft long, VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 18 16 20 19 17 32 31 34 36 Figs. 16-36. 16-20, Gypona quadra. 21-25, G. mocamba. 26-30, G. platona. 31-36, G. colomella. 16, 23, 28, 34, Style laterally. 17, 24, 26, 31, Aedeagus ventrally. 18, 22, 29, Pygofer laterally, apical portion. 19, 25, 27, 32, Aedeagus laterally. 20, 21, 30, 35, Plate ventrally. 33, Female 7th sternum. 36, Pygofer laterally. 509 510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON slender, bearing a pair of apical processes which extend caudally 2 length of shaft. Pygofer broadly rounded apically with a rounded, short, fingerlike process extending at dorsocaudal margin. A hidden portion protrudes be- neath the caudal margin which is also broadly rounded and bears a similar apical process at its ventrocaudal margin. Holotype.—¢d , Belém Mocambo, Para, Brazil, March 17, 1977, M. F. Torror coll. Holotype in Museu de Zoologia da Universidade de Sao Paulo, Brazil. Remarks.—Gypona mocamba is placed in the subgenus Marganalana but is not closely related to any described species. The shape of the style and the apex of the pygofer are not similar to any described species of Gypona. Gypona (Marganalana) platona DeLong, NEw SPECIES Figs. 26-30 Description.—Length of male 9 mm, female unknown. Crown broadly rounded, margin thin, more than twice as wide at base between eyes as median length. Color, one specimen uniformly green, the other uniformly brown. Each has a small, round, black spot on each side of the pronotum at 4 its length. Male genital plates 4x as long as width at middle, apices rounded. Style broadened and rounded apically, bearing a long curved apical spine on ven- tral margin. Aedeagal shaft long, slender, with a pair of apical processes, ¥Y2 length of shaft, extending basally. Pygofer with a conspicuous notch at middle of caudal margin. Holotype.—d, Porto Platon, Amapa, Brazil, July 20, 1961, J. and B. Bechyne colls. Holotype in Museu de Zoologia da Universidade de Sao Paulo, Brazil. Remarks.—Gypona platona is placed in the subgenus Marganalana, is most closely related to G. axena DeLong and Freytag, and can be separated by the narrow curved apex of the style. Gypona subgenus Carnoseta DeLong, NEw SUBGENUS Description.—Crown produced and broadly rounded, median length slightly greater than width at base between eyes. Ocelli at % length of crown, closer to median line than to eyes. Crown slightly concave with apex curved upwardly. Remarks.—In general appearance G. colomella, n. sp., resembles a species of Prairiana Ball but the aedeagus has no paraphyses and the genital structures in general resemble those of Gypona. Type-species of subgenus.—Gypona (Carnoseta) colomella, n. sp. | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 S11 Gypona (Carnoseta) colomella DeLong, NEw SPECIES Figs. 31-36 Description.—Length of male 6 mm, female 7 mm. Crown produced and broadly rounded at apex, more than '2 as long at middle as wide at base between eyes. Crown slightly concave with apex curved upward. Ocelli “4 length of crown, closer to median line than to eyes. Pronotum yellow tinged with brown. Scutellum pale yellowish. Forewings variable in coloration nor- mally yellow with clavus pale or dark brown. With two round black spots along clavus on corium. Female 7th sternum with posterior margin angularly excavated on each side of a broad median tooth, 4 width of segment which is produced beyond length of lateral angles and is notched at middle forming 2 minute rounded lobes. Male genital plates elongate, narrow, 4x as long as wide at middle, apices rounded. Style enlarged at % its length, apical “% curved dorsally and grad- ually tapered to a slender pointed apex. Aedeagal shaft broadened in ventral aspect, narrowed apically with blunt apex and bearing 2 pairs of processes. A pair of apical processes arise on each side at apex and extend 4 distance to base. A pair of subapical processes arise at % length of shaft and extend basally to middle of shaft. Pygofer broadly rounded apically. Types.—Holotype ¢d, Tunga, Colombia Bay, Atena, Colombia, V-30-96. Paratypes: | ¢ and 1 2, same data as for holotype. Holotype and paratypes in DeLong Collection, The Ohio State University. LITERATURE CITED DeLong, D. M. and P. H. Freytag. 1964. Four Genera of World Gyponinae. A Synopsis of the Genera Gypona, Gyponana, Rugosana and Recticana. Ohio Biol. Surv. Bull. 11(3), 227 pp. ———. 1975. Studies of the Gyponinae (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) Fourteen New Species of Central and South American Gypona. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 48: 308-318. DeLong, D. M. and A. B. Kolbe. 1974. Studies of the Gyponinae (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) Four New Species of Gypona from Panama. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 47: 523-526. —. 1975. Studies of the Gyponinae: Six new species of South American Gypona (Ho- moptera: Cicadellidae) J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 48: 201-205. DeLong, D. M. and C. Martinson. 1972. Studies of the Gyponinae (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) Fourteen New Species of Gypona from Central and South America. Ohio J. Sci. 72: 161-170. DeLong, D. M. and Rauno E. Linnavuori. 1977. Studies of the Gyponinae (Homoptera: Cicadellidae): Seven New Species of Gypona from Central and South America. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 50: 335-341. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 512-515 A DISTINCTIVE NEW SPECIES OF STENONEMA (EPHEMEROPTERA: HEPTAGENIIDAE) FROM KENTUCKY AND MISSOURI W. P. MCCAFFERTY Department of Entomology, Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana 47907. Abstract.—The new species, Stenonema bednariki, is described from lar- val specimens taken from streams in Kentucky and Missouri. The species, which is easily identifiable by its unique head pattern, is closely related to S. pulchellum (Walsh) and is a member of Cluster III-A of the subgenus Maccaffertium. A new, ‘“‘comprehensive”’ revision of a genus often leads to the user’s ability to recognize enigmatic populations, which may in fact be new species. Thus, the revision precipitates new taxonomic discoveries. Such was the case when aquatic biologists, working independently in Kentucky and Missouri and using the recent revision of Stenonema (Bednarik and McCafferty, 1979), noticed that certain larval specimens of Stenonema tak- en in stream surveys could not be keyed. My study of these materials in- dicates that they represent a distinctive new species. Although adults remain unknown, a comparative species taxonomy of Stenonema is thoroughly established for the larval stage. The new species is named after Dr. Andrew Bednarik. Stenonema bednariki McCafferty, NEw SPECIES Fig. 1 Larva (in alcohol).—Mature length excluding caudal filaments: 6.0-7.5 mm. Head: Dorsally dark brown with conspicuous large pale markings but lacking pale speckling; 3 pale yellow markings anterior to compound eyes consisting of single large diamond or crown-shaped marking medially be- tween antennal bases and pair of obliquely transverse bars anterior to an- tennal bases; lateral margins of head capsule nearly straight and seemingly ' Purdue Agriculture Experiment Station Journal No. 8358. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 Fig. 1. Stenonema bednariki, larva. 513 514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON lacking any pigment up to anterolateral corners; rounded, unpigmented areas at anteromedial margins of compound eyes and overlying lateral ocelli. Mandibles each with 5—7 teeth on inner margin of outer incisor; maxillae each with 4 or 5 spinelike setae and no hair setae on crown, and 16-20 hair setae in submedial row. Thorax: Pronotum yellow to light brown, with pair of sublateral longitu- dinal brown stripes bending medially at anterior margin and then posteriorly for about % length of pronotum so as to resemble pair of inverted U-shaped markings, sometimes connected medially by transverse bar. Some individ- uals with brown spot at apices of hindwing pads. Forefemur with sparse dorsal armature restricted to medial “3 and consisting of elongate paddle- shaped setae and some pointed spinelike setae; spinelike setae present along anterior margin; hair setae and few spinelike setae present along posterior margin. Foretarsal claw adenticulate in mature individuals. Hindfemur much broader than fore- and midfemora. Abdomen: Dorsally yellow to light brown, with segments 6-10 sometimes slightly darker than anterior segments; sublateral pair of brown spots (vary- ing in size among individuals but usually very small) present on each of segments 1-7 and sometimes faintly evident posterior to segment 7. Lateral projections absent on abdominal segments anterior to segment 6. Ventrally pale yellow and lacking conspicuous markings although faint pair of sub- median spots at base of segment 8 in some, and segment 9 slightly darker in some. Gill lamellae of segments 1-6 truncate apically. Caudal filaments uniformly yellow to brown and each with very thick, silver setae along lateral margins. Holotype.—Kentucky: Pulaski County, Fishing Creek, 10.3 km south of confluence of Lick Creek, 31-VII-1979, S. M. Call. Deposited in the Ento- mological Research Collection, Purdue University, West Lafayette, In- diana. Paratypes.—5 larvae, same data and deposition as for holotype; 5 larvae, same data as for holotype, deposited in the U.S. National Museum, Wash- ington, D.C.; 3 larvae, Missouri, Iron County, Strother Creek, 22-VII-1979, L. Trial, deposited in the Entomology Museum, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. Additional material examined.—47 larvae from Crawford, Iron, and McDonald counties, Missouri, deposited in the Entomological Research Collection, Purdue University or the Entomology Museum, University of Missouri. Discussion.—Sfenonema bednariki is most easily diagnosed by the unique and highly conspicuous markings of the larval head capsule. In addition, the broad hind femur, thick setae of the caudal filaments, and the restricted dorsal armature of the forefemur are all readily evident and unusual for the genus. Mouthpart structure is most similar to that of S. pulchellum (Walsh), | | | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 515 exiguum Traver, and terminatum (Walsh), but color patterns and setal dis- tribution on §. bednariki are different. Stenonema bednariki is also a rel- atively small-sized species (mature larvae are 6—7.5 mm). Among other ma- ture Stenonema larvae, only S. integrum (McDunnough), mediopunctatum (McDunnough), pulchellum, and smithae Traver are ever this small. Stenonema bednariki is a member of the subgenus Maccaffertium as evi- denced by its gill structure. Within Maccaffertium, S. bednariki is phylo- genetically most closely related to S. pulchellum, terminatum, exiguum, and meririvulanum Carle and Lewis; all share the apomorphic losses of maxillary crown hair setae and anterior abdominal projections. These species belong to the Cluster III-A group as defined by Bednarik and McCafferty (1979). Owing to the similar reduction in spinelike maxillary crown setae and possibly body size, it appears that §. bednariki is most closely related to $. pulchellum. The holotype and paratypes from Kentucky were taken in the Upper Cumberland River Basin on predominantly slab rubble and gravelly sub- strates of a fourth-order stream. The gradient of the stream was moderate and the water quality good at the open-canopy-area collection site. Three other species of Stenonema (mediopunctatum, vicarium (Walker), and fe- moratum (Say)), aS well as Stenacron interpunctatum (Say) were taken at the same site. Missouri collection sites were all located in the southern part of that state in habitats similar to the site in Kentucky. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS My thanks are due to Samuel M. Call and the Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission and to Linden Trial and the Missouri Department of Conser- vation for providing the specimens; to Arwin Provonsha for the illustration; and to Andrew Bednarik for verifying the description. LITERATURE CITED Bednarik, A. F. and W. P. McCafferty. 1979. Biosystematic revision of the genus Stenonema (Ephemeroptera: Heptageniidae). Can. Bull. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 201: vi + 73 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 516-519 A NEW NEARCTIC DIXA (DIPTERA: DIXIDAE)! T. MICHAEL PETERS Professor and Curator, Department of Entomology, University of Mas- sachusetts, Amherst, Massachusetts 01003. Abstract.—Dixa pseudindiana, new species, from Minnesota is described with illustrations of the wing and both male and female terminalia. The immature stages are unknown. The Cedar Creek Natural History area just outside the Minneapolis St. Paul metropolitan area of Minnesota, is where I had my first contact with dixid midges. This area was the source of materials for many of my earliest observations and rearings. In fact, the large numbers of Dixella indiana (Dyar) used in the morphological study included in Peters and Cook (1966) were collected from this area during several visits. The first specimen of the species described herein was set aside when I first examined it in the early 1960’s. Although I marked the slide ‘‘like none”’ as I was grouping phena, I really considered that I hd simply mounted the specimen poorly and that it was indeed only a distorted specimen of D. indiana. During a current reorganization of my dixid collection I ran across three additional slides with the same collection date and locality in a box containing materials accumulated when I was originally learning to slide- mount dixids. In backtracking through notebooks and jars, I found a single jar bearing my collection notebook #45 and labeled ‘‘D. indiana and D. dorsalis.’’ The ‘‘D. dorsalis’’ were all in fact the new species described in this paper. As far as I can determine I did not collect this new species in any of my other trips to Cedar Creek Natural History area nor in the many other collections I made throughout the state of Minnesota. Dixid swarms were flying 4 to 20 inches above the water level and up against the overhanging vegetation on Sept. 14, 1962. The swarms numbered 2-15 individuals and may have been mixtures of D. indiana and this new species. The swarming adults were essentially all males. A female now and then was observed to fly slowly by a swarm, but no mating was observed. Observations made on a swarm disclosed that every few minutes one or ' Research supported by project MS-27 of the Massachusetts Agricultural Experiment Station. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 517 Fig. 1. Wing and terminalia of Dixa pseudindiana. A, Wing. B, Male terminalia, lateral view. C, Male terminalia, dorsal view (rotated). D, Split drawing of female terminalia; left dorsal, right ventral. two males would fly over to a blade of grass and rest. In two to four minutes the resting male would rejoin the swarm. The name of this species reflects the similarities in genitalic morphology between it and D. indiana. The great similarity in the male cercus and in 518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON the apical lobe of the basistyle may cause misidentification. The dististyles of the two species, however, are very distinct. Dixa pseudindiana Peters, NEw SPECIES Figs. 1A—D Type-material.—Holotype 6, Cedar Creek Natural History Area, East Bethel, Anoka Co., Minnesota, Sept. 14, 1962. In the T. Michael Peters dixid collection at the Department of Entomology, University of Massachu- setts, Amherst. Paratypes, 38 6, 3 2, with same data as for holotype. Diagnosis.—In the key to the genus Dixa by Peters and Cook (1966) Dixa pseudindiana males come out as either D. terna Loew or D. similis Johann- sen. However, both of these previously described species have the basal lobe of the basistyle well developed whereas it is essentially absent in D. pseudindiana. Females are distinguishable from all other previously described Nearctic Dixa because of the sinuous sclerotized ridge in the bursa copulatrix, a pattern entirely unique in the Nearctic Dixa fauna. Description.—Head: Medium brown; covered with microtrichia; a line of setae from just above the foramen magnum diagonally across vertex toward each eye, continuing posteriorly just medial to periphery of compound eye, extending around posterior of head, totaling 24-25 setae. Frontoclypeus with a group of 4—5 setae. Scape and pedicel concolorous with head. Fla- gellum slightly lighter. First flagellomere fusiform (subcylindrical, but with basal portion swollen) length about 10 its distal width, 6.7 its maximum width. Thorax: Rather uniformly medium brown in specimens preserved in al- cohol. Vittae of scutum visible as texturally distinct but concolorous re- gions. Area just above mesothoracic spiracle with 6-10 setae. Ten—11 setae extend diagonally from anterior edge of scutum along lateral border of me- dial vitta. A line of 5 setae spread along entire saggital line of median vitta. Scutellum with a transverse line of 11 moderately long setae, the medial one originating slightly posterior of the others. Wing and Halter: Wing clear, without pigmented areas; length 2.60-2.86 mm in males, 3.00-3.20 mm in females. In males M3+4:MI+2 as 1:1.42- 1.59; M3+4:Mst as 1:1.47-2.06; M1+2:Mst as 1:0.96-1.33; R2+3:R3 as 1:1.53-2.25; R2+3:R2 as 1:1.53-2.30. In paratype females vein length ratios fall within ranges for male except M3+4:M1+42 as 1:1.40-1.44; R2+3:R3 as 1:1.29-1.59 and R2+3:R2 as 1:1.20-1.67. Crossvein m-cu incomplete. Hal- ter hyaline. Leg: Distal spiniform seta on 3rd tarsomere of mid- and hindlegs in all specimens, both male and female. Foreleg without such setae. Male rarely with distal spiniform seta on 2nd tarsomere of midleg. Claws of female simple; male with 2-5 ventral teeth on fore- and on midleg, the basal one VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 9 compound and with 3 prongs; hindleg with 4 ventral teeth, including 1 basal. Foreleg femoral:tibial:tarsal length as 1:0.92-1.00:1.38-1.50; midleg as 1:0.87—0.93:1.20-1.21; of hindleg as 1:1.07-1.14:1.50-1.54. In female foreleg 1:0.92-0.93:1.36-1.43, midleg 1:0.88-1.15:1.12-1.38, hindleg 1:1.07- 1.13:1.43-1.60. Abdomen: Darker than thorax, a mixture of brown (as light as thorax) with much darker brown patches, giving an overall mottled, almost grainy appearance. In male, sclerites of 9th segment fused. Sternal area much narrower than tergal area. Tergum 10 divided into 2 semicircular pieces each bearing a non-segmented cercal element that extends dorsoposteriorly (in rotated genitalia) between basistyles. Basistyle without distinct basal lobe, apical lobe flattened, slightly tapering and twisted. Dististyle as in Fig. 1B and C. Ejaculatory duct long, looping anteriorly past sternum 8. Claspette without serrations and not sharply pointed. Penis valve with 5-6 large ser- rations on lateral margin. Female terminalia as in Fig. 1D. Form of sclerotized inflections of bursa copulatrix not conforming to the several patterns found among Nearctic dixids (thornlike, spinose and semi-sperhical, or setal clumps). Instead, a sclerotized ridge extends around bursa, forming a partial ring (about 120°). Ridge slightly sinuous and irregular, giving rise to a lightly sclerotized piece at one end extending at an acute angle from the main ridge. LITERATURE CITED Peters, T. M. and E. F. Cook. 1966. The Nearctic Dixidae. Misc. Publ. Entomol. Soc. Am. SP SRS 7ey. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 520-523 THE DISTRIBUTION AND SEASONAL HISTORY OF SLATEROCORIS PALLIPES (KNIGHT) (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) A. G. WHEELER, JR. Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Har- risburg, Pennsylvania 17110. Abstract.—The distribution and seasonal history of a little-known mirid, Slaterocoris pallipes (Knight), are reviewed. New Jersey and New York are reported as new state records, and additional localities are listed for Maryland and North Carolina. In the Piedmont Region of North Carolina eggs hatch in early April with leaf flush of the host plant, Baccharis hal- imifolia L., a shrubby composite common in coastal salt marshes. Nymphs are vegetative feeders that discolor and distort host foliage; adults first ap- pear in late May and are present until mid- to late June. Slaterocoris pallipes is a univoltine, specialist species restricted to the genus Baccharis. Knight (1926) described Strongylocoris pallipes from coastal Maryland, North Carolina, and Virginia, noting that this mirid injured foliage of the shrubby composite, Baccharis halimifolia L. This undoubtedly is the species Uhler (1878) had reported under the name Stiphrosoma stygica Say from the same plant in tidewater Maryland; I have seen several of Uhler’s Maryland specimens of pallipes that he determined as a variety of S. styg- ica. Wagner (1956), following the lead of Slater (1950), showed that the New World species assigned to Strongylocoris are not congeneric with Palearctic species and proposed for them the new genus Slaterocoris. Since Knight’s original description, no new localities have been added to the range of S. pallipes, a mirid poorly represented in collections and seldom mentioned in entomological literature. In this paper I review the known distribution of S. pallipes, giving additional records from the eastern U.S., and report its seasonal history on B. halimifolia in North Carolina. Study Site and Methods.—Baccharis halimifolia, a common plant of coastal salt marshes, was sampled in an old field at Monroe, Union Co., North Carolina. Other dominant woody plants in the field were red cedar (Juniperus virginiana L.), short-leaf pine (Pinus echinata P. Mill.), red ma- ple (Acer rubrum L.), and shining sumac (Rhus copallina L.). Various com- ———— a ee —— VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 521 posites (Eupatorium, Solidago), field garlic (Allium vineale L.), and grasses were common herbaceous plants. Beginning in early April 1979 and 1980, B. halimifolia was observed for the first hatching of overwintered eggs. Thereafter, nymphs of S. pallipes (usually 5-10) were collected by tapping foliage over a 10” x 12” tray, pre- served in 70% ethanol, and sorted to instar in the laboratory. The host plants were sampled through July to determine whether S. pallipes produced a second generation. Additional collections were made during mid-June 1977 and 1980 in New Jersey. Distribution.—Slaterocoris pallipes has been recorded only from North Beach, Maryland; Beaufort, North Carolina; and the type-locality, Battle Point, Virginia (Knight 1926) which could not be located by the U.S. Board on Geographic Names, Reston, Virginia. I have collected this species from two additional localities in North Carolina, both considerably inland from previous records (Mecklenburg Co., near Pineville and Union Co., Monroe) and from New Jersey (Cape May Co., near Goshen and Ocean Co., Mystic Islands). The U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C., contains specimens from additional localities in Maryland (Calvert Co.: Chesapeake Beach, Plum Point; Dorchester Co.: nr. Lloyds; and St. Marys Co.: Piney Point) and from Long Island, New York (Suffolk Co.: Orient, Northwest, and Riverhead). Although B. halimifolia, groundsel tree or sea myrtle, occurs in coastal marshes from Massachusetts south to Florida and west to Texas and Mexico (Fernald, 1950), S. pallipes may not range as far south as its host. It was not recorded in the recent list of Georgia mirids (Henry and Smith, 1979) and is not represented in identified material in the Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville, Florida. I have not taken S. pallipes from Bac- charis spp. while collecting along the coasts of Georgia and Florida. Seasonal History.—Populations of S. pallipes developed similarly in both years of study in North Carolina (Fig. 1). Eggs, which are inserted in lateral shoots of the current season, are flush with the stem surface and visible only as brown scars (Fig. 2). Overwintered eggs began to hatch shortly after the first flush of leaves, 7 April in 1979 and 5 April in 1980. The reddish- brown early instars feed on tender new growth, and within a few weeks host foliage appears chlorotic (Fig. 3) and spotted with black excrement. By the first week of May 1979, fourth-instars were present with fewer numbers of fifth-instars; in 1980 fourth-instars also predominated with third- and fifth- instars present. The late instars are shiny black like those of other Slater- ocoris spp. (see Leonard, 1919, for nymphal descriptions of S. stygicus (Say)) but can be distinguished from those of other eastern species of the genus by the yellowish-orange legs. In both years adults began to appear during the third week of May (Fig. 1). Mating and oviposition take place from late May to early June, and by 15 June only a few adults (mostly 522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Eqqs Ist Instars 2nd Instars 3rd Instars 4th Instars 5th Instars Adults Eggs January - March April May June July August - December Fig. 1. Generalized seasonal history of Slaterocoris pallipes in North Carolina, 1979-80. females) of this univoltine species were seen. The severe mottling and dis- tortion of the foliage become less obvious through the growing season but sometimes are still visible at the time of leaf drop in late fall. In more northern areas of its range S. pallipes develops about three weeks later. On the New Jersey coast several populations consisted mainly of fourth- and fifth-instars and only a few adults during mid-June 1977 and 2 be, 3 Figs. 2-3. Slaterocoris pallipes on Baccharis halimifolia. 2, Oviposition scar on stem. 3, Injury to foliage. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 523 1980. On eastern Long Island adults have been collected as early as 12 June and as late as 4 August (USNM collection). Slaterocoris pallipes thus is a relatively early-season, univoltine species that is present in North Carolina as nymphs from early April to late May and as adults until mid-June. Like other species of Slaterocoris whose habits are known (Messina, 1978), pallipes feeds strictly on vegetative tissue. Bac- charis halimifolia is the only known host, and this mirid may well be a specialist limited to the genus Baccharis. Kraft and Denno (1978) charac- terized the chrysomelid Trirhabda baccharidis (Weber) as a specialist adapt- ed to B. halimifolia and suggested that this plant is free of most insect herbivory during summer and fall, possibly owing to increasing leaf tough- ness or presence of secondary chemicals. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank A. R. Kendrick and F. R. Wheeler for their help in making field collections and my colleague J. F. Stimmel for taking the photographs. T. J. Henry, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Washington, D.C. kindly made available specimens for study from the U.S. National Museum of Natural History; D. J. Orth, Executive Secretary, Domestic Geographic Names, U.S. Board on Geographic Names, Reston, Virginia, attempted to identify ‘‘Battle Point, Virginia.”’ LITERATURE CITED Fernald, M. L. 1950. Gray’s Manual of Botany. 8th Ed. American Book Co., New York. 1632 pp. Henry, T. J. and C. L. Smith. 1979. An annotated list of the Miridae of Georgia (Hemiptera- Heteroptera). J. Ga. Entomol. Soc. 14: 212-220. Knight, H. H. 1926. Descriptions of six new Miridae from eastern North America (Hemip- tera—Miridae). Can. Entomol. 58: 252-256. Kraft, S. K. and R. F. Denno. 1978. Physical and chemical defenses of the salt marsh shrub, Baccharis halimifolia L. (Compositae) against insect herbivory (Abstr.). J. N.Y. Ento- mol. Soc. 86: 303. Leonard, M. D. 1919. The immature stages of the goldenrod leaf-bug, Strongylocoris stygica Say (Miridae, Heterop.). Can. Entomol. 51: 178-180. Messina, F. J. 1978. Mirid fauna associated with old-field goldenrods (Solidago: Compositae) in Ithaca, N.Y. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 86: 137-143. Slater, J. A. 1950. An investigation of the female genitalia as taxonomic characters in the Miridae (Hemiptera). Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 25: 1-81. Uhler, P. R. 1878. On the Hemiptera collected by Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S.A., in Dakota and Montana, during 1873-4. Bull. U.S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Terr. 4: 503-512. Wagner, E. 1956. On the genus Strongylocoris Blanchard, 1840 (Hemiptera, Heteroptera, Miridae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 58: 277-281. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 524-531 AN ILLUSTRATED KEY TO THE SPECIES OF TYRRELLIA (PROSTIGMATA: LIMNESITDAE) S. C. HARRIS Ecology and Systematics Section, Department of Biology, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, Alabama 35486; present address: Geological Survey of Alabama, Environmental Division, P.O. Drawer O, University, Alabama 35486. Abstract.—Water mites of the New World genus Tyrrellia Koenike are reviewed, and a key is presented for the seven known species. The New World genus Tyrrellia is a small genus of water mites composed of seven described species. The typical habitats of these mites are the moist margins of both running and standing water (Cook, 1974). Specimens seem to be more commonly collected at the edges of springs and springbrooks than in other aquatic environments. Mitchell and Mitchell (1958) have dis- cussed several of the adaptations of Tyrrellia for existence in the thin film of water characteristic of their habitat. The genus is thought to have origi- nated in South America (Mitchell and Mitchell, 1958). Diagnostic characteristics of the family Limnestidae and the genus Tyr- rellia are treated in some detail by Marshall (1940) and Cook (1974). Besch (1962) gave a key to the species of Tyrrellia, but the key contained several diagnostic errors. KEY TO SPECIES OF ADULT TYRRELLIA 1. Six to 7 pairs of genital acetabula (Fig. 1); Florida (subgenus Scu- honyrrellia)y tie... 25.1. ok Per ee scutata Cook — Three pairs of genital acetabula (Fig. 2) (subgenus Tyrrellia) ....... 2 2. Anterior dorsal plate unpaired (Figss,9.10))- ss a0. 5 eee 3 = Anterior.dorsal plate paired:(Figs,, 11,012) eee oe eee 4 3. Acetabula small and uncrowded (Fig. 2); structure of 4th leg as in nies Is Chule oS. 3. SE ee eee noodti Besch — Acetabula large and crowded (Fig. 3); structure of 4th leg as in Fig. lO North AMerica: <<... .oscicaenm eee ae circularis Koenike 4. Anterior dorsal plates extending to or above the rear of the eyes (Fig. 11) VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 noodt, 2.3/1. circ ie igs. : from Cook, 1974). 2, ) Lundblad, 1941). Scale lines 526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 5-8. Genital field of adult Tyrrellia spp., ventral view. 5, T. hibbardi, 2. 6, T. ovalis, ° (redrawn from Marshall, 1940). 7, T. ovalis, juvenile 2. 8, T. australis, 2°. Scale lines = 100 pm. CS VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 527 — Anterior dorsal plates not extending to or beyond the rear of the SVCnater Symmes ee Meds Tar Ole ue 2S eS Oe, Se ee, ee 6 5. Acetabula of male and female large and crowded (Fig. 4); structure of 4th leg as in Fig. 17; Central and South America .............. SP eR So A i aes Eee. SRE ae 22] crenophila Lundblad — Acetabula of male and female small and uncrowded (Fig. 5); struc- ture of 4th leg as in Fig. 18; Kansas .. hibbardi Mitchell and Mitchell 6. Anterior dorsal plates small and oval, only slightly longer than wide (Fig. 13); 4th leg less than. 300 um in length (Fig. 19); female with acetabula large and oval (Fig. 6); North America .... ovalis Marshall — Anterior dorsal plates rectangular, more than twice as long as wide (Fig. 12); 4th leg greater than 300 um in length (Fig. 20); female with acetabula small and round (Fig. 8); Chile ............ australis Besch REMARKS ON T7YRRELLIA SPECIES Tyrrellia scutata is the only species in the subgenus Scutotyrrellia and is known only from its type-locality in Florida (Cook, 1974). Though the actual habitat is unknown, Cook (1974) suggested that the species inhabits open water rather than the water margin, based on the length of the leg segments. Tyrrellia australis and T. noodti are known only from Chile where they occur at the margins of springs (Besch, 1962). Tyrrellia crenophila is another South American species, recorded from Brazil and Paraguay as well as El - Salvador (Lundblad, 1941). It was collected in seepage areas at the water | margin. | The species with the most widespread distribution is 7. circularis. Spec- _imens have been collected throughout North America in California, Colo- | rado, Texas, Kansas, North Dakota, Michigan, Illinois, Ohio, Tennessee, | North Carolina, Florida, and Ontario. It usually occurs at the wet margins of streams and lakes, but specimens have been collected at the edges of hot springs (Marshall, 1940) and mineral springs (Young, 1969). McDaniel and Bolen (1979) collected a single female of 7. circularis in a soil sample taken _ two meters from a lake shore. In Besch’s 1962 key, 7. circularis is separated from 7. noodti, in part, by lacking a tapering posterior margin on the rear dorsal plate. The shape of this plate in 7. circularis is highly variable, often tapering posteriorly. Habeeb (1975) described a new subspecies, 7. circu- laris bicentensis, based on this atypical tapering of the rear dorsal plate. Lanciani (1978) reported larvae of 7. circularis parasitic on pupae and adults of two species of Ceratopogonidae, Dasyhelea grisea (Coquillett) and D. ‘mutabilis (Coquillett). The adult stage of the mite was found to be preda- ceous on the immature stages of several ceratopogonids. Tyrrellia hibbardi is known only from several springs in southwestern Kansas. It is restricted to wet margins at the spring source where water PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 528 VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 529 temperature remains relatively constant year round (Mitchell and Mitchell, 1958). In the springbrooks, 7. hibbardi is replaced by T. circularis and T. ovalis. The records for 7. ovalis are rather scattered, though it is probably a widely distributed species in North America. It has been recorded from Kansas, North Dakota, Wisconsin, Michigan, and Illinois. As for other Tyr- rellia, it occurs at the margins of lakes and streams. In Besch’s 1962 key, T. ovalis is identified on the basis of a paired posterior dorsal plate. In the original description, Marshall (1932) described two small posterior plates, but in a redescription, Marshall (1940) said this character was extremely rare. In the 61 specimens I examined from throughout the United States, the posterior dorsal plate is entire. In collections of 7. ovalis, juveniles are usually more abundant than adults. Only 12 adults were found, and only juveniles were present in col- lections from North Dakota, Kansas, and Illinois. Although there was no significant morphological variation detected in the various populations of juveniles examined, the juvenile form was noticeably different from the adult in overall size (Table 1) and in the form of both the acetabula (Fig. 7) and the anterior dorsal plates (Fig. 14). The overall size difference was significant (P < 0.01) as was the distance between the anterior plates (P < 0.01). Evidently, as the mite grows larger the anterior plates spread apart. Without careful identification, the juvenile of 7. ovalis could be confused with the female of 7. hibbardi; ea the shape of the acetabula (Figs. | 5, 7) and the overall body size (Figs. 11, 14) will clearly distinguish the two _ species. Measurements of 7. ee He only other North American 7yr- _rellia with paired anterior plates, were tabulated by Mitchell and Mitchell (1958). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank E. Smith, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois, and W. Welbourn and D. Johnston, Ohio State University, Columbus, for _ the loan of specimens. D. Cook, Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, and E. Cross, University of Alabama, University, are due thanks for re- Viewing the manuscript and suggesting improvements. I also thank T. Dea- | son, University of Alabama, for translating the German publications, H. | Smith, University of Alabama, for help in preparing the photographic plates, — Figs. 9-14. ee surfaces of adult Tyrrellia spp. 9, T. noodti, 2. 10, T. circularis, 3. 11, T. hibbardi, 3.12, T. australis, 2. 13, T. ovalis, 2. 14, T. ovalis, juvenile 2. Scale lines = 100 wm. 530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON | : | Figs. 15-20. Fourth leg of adult Tyrrellia spp., ventral view. 15, T. noodti, 2. 16, T. | circularis, 2.17, T. crenophila, 3 (redrawn from Lundblad, 1941). 18, T. hibbardi, 2. 19, T. ovalis, 2. 20, T. australis, 2. Scale line = 100 pm. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 531 Table 1. Means and standard deviations (um) for several morphological parameters of Tyrrellia ovalis. Juvenile Adult Overall length 855.0 + 194.3 1365.7 + 307.9 Overall width 740.0 + 148.0 1156.4 + 206.2 Length of anterior plates 154.7 + 62.6 144.2 + 33.3 Width of anterior plates 81.4 + 14.4 104.7 + 32.9 Distance between anterior plates 63.5 + 32.0 118.8 + 25.4 Length of posterior plate ISIS\G7/ = Bhs)5 140.3 + 59.7 Width of posterior plate 115.7 + 18.9 114.6 + 22.9 and G. Mullen, Auburn University, for providing several literature refer- ences. LITERATURE CITED Besch, W. 1962. Beschreibung zweier neuer stidamerikanischen Arten sowie allgemeine be- merkungen zur Systematik und Verbreitung der Gattung 7yrrellia (Limnesiidae). Acar- ologia 4: 381-390. Cook, D. R. 1974. Water mite genera and subgenera. Mem. Am. Entomol. Inst. 21: 1-860. Habeeb, H. 1975. Three novel mites for the new year, 1976. Leafl. Arcadian Biol. 68: 1-2. Lanciani, C. A. 1978. Parasitism of Ceratopogonidae (Diptera) by the water mite Tyrrellia circularis. Mosq. News. 38: 282-284. Lundblad, O. 1941. Die hydracarinenfauna Siidbrasiliens und Paraguays. Erster Teil. Svensk. Vetenskapsakad. Handling., Stockholm 19: 1-183. Marshall, R. 1932. Preliminary list of the Hydracarina of Wisconsin. Part II. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 27: 342-343. . 1940. The water mite genus TJyrrellia. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 32: 383-389. McDaniel, B. and E. G. Bolen. 1979. The occurrence of Tyrrellia circularis Koenike in Texas (Hydracarina: Tyrrellidae). Entomol. News 90: 218. Mitchell, R. and A. V. Mitchell. 1958. Studies of a new water-mite, Tyrrellia hibbardi from Kansas springs. Trans. Am. Microsc. Soc. 77: 11-18. Young, W. C. 1969. Ecological distribution of hydracarina in north central Colorado. Am. Midl. Nat. 82: 367-401. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 532-536 ELSIELLA, A NEW GENUS FOR EBORA PLANA WALKER, 1867 (HEMIPTERA: PENTATOMIDAE) RICHARD C. FROESCHNER Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—Elsiella, a new genus for the “‘lost’’ Ecuadorian species Ebora plana Walker, 1867, belongs among those genera of the tribe Pentatomini characterized by the specialized elevations on the midline of the pro-, meso-, and metasterna. Its siblingship appears to lie with the genus Serdia Stal. The Ecuadorian species Ebora plana was described by Walker (1867: 416-417), along with three Australian species, in his new genus Ebora. Commenting upon this species he wrote, ‘““This species may be the type of a distinct genus.’’ Much later Kirkaldy (1909: XXXII) selected the Austra- lian species Ebora circumdata Walker as the type-species of Ebora and then (1909: 186) placed that genus in synonymy under the genus Nofius Dallas (1851: 155) in the tribe Halyini; he placed the species Ebora plana in his list of ‘‘Pentatominae of uncertain position,’ a status which it has retained. Now, through the kind and persistent searching of the collection of the British Museum (Natural History) by Dr. W. R. Dolling, Walker’s type- specimen has been located. That specimen is in reasonable study condition but the pin broke the scutellum, dislocated the pronotum, and in passing out of the insect’s body exploded the metasternal elevation; in addition, dermestids damaged the dorsum of the abdomen and destroyed all the mem- brane on one wing and the base of the other membrane. Fortunately at least one of each appendage is present. Thus it was possible for my wife, Elsie Herbold Froeschner, to reconstruct nearly the entire dorsal aspect of the holotype (except the base of the membranes) in her drawing (Fig. 1). The original locality label bearing the word ‘‘Archidona’”’ is still present. Because the holotype appears so very brittle and has had the abdomen cleaned out by dermestids I made no attempt to dissect it. Unfortunately the original description omitted mention of most of the important structural characters and thus prevented subsequent generic VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 533 placement of the species. The following combination of characters neces- sitates considering ‘“‘Ebora’’ plana as a member of the tribe Pentatomini in the subfamily Pentatominae: Head without a preocular angulation; labium arising near anterior ends of the parallel bucculae; antennophores not visible dorsally; antenna five-segmented; pronotum laterally not explanate; elon- gate scutellum extending beyond apices of frena; hemelytral membranal veins not anastomosing; abdomen ventrally transversely convex (no longi- tudinal median sulcus) without stridular areas; trichobothria of abdominal segment VII (last pregenital) laterad of line connecting outer margins of spiracles; and three-segmented tarsi. ‘‘Ebora’’ plana belongs to that section of the tribe Pentatomini character- ized by specialized elevations of the midline of the pro-, meso- and metas- terna, the latter abutting against the subbasal elevation of the abdomen. In Rolston et al. (1980) key to American genera of this group, ‘‘Ebora’’ plana would be a member of the genus Serdia Stal. In spite of the close siblingship with Serdia implied by common possession of the specialized elevations of the sterna and abdomen and the derived condition of elongate juga meeting anterior to the clypeus, the general aspect of *‘Ebora”’ plana and certain details of structure are certainly not included in the present concept of Serdia. To avoid destroying the current uniformity of Serdia by expanding it to accommodate ‘“‘Ebora’’ plana before genitalic features can be exam- ined, a new genus Elsiella is proposed for that species. The following couplet presents a ready means of separating the two gen- era: — Antennal segment II much shortened, distinctly less than /% as long as segment III. Metapleural evaporatium not rugose. General col- oration dull sordid yellow with numerous fuscous punctures ...... TE ee A Na Rae ae ee ne ee Serdia Stal — Antennal segment II much longer, about +/s as long as segment III. Metapleural evaporatium strongly rugose. General coloration shin- ing reddish chestnut with concolorous punctures .... Elsiella, new genus Elsiella Froeschner, NEw GENUS Rigs. 172 Description.—Broadly oblong oval; greatest width (across abdomen near apex of scutellum) slightly more than 2 length (ratio 60:112). Dorsal and ventral surfaces shining, former with numerous close set fine distinct punc- tures, venter distinctly convex, strongly punctate on pleura, vaguely punc- tate on sides of abdomen. Head and anterior 74 of pronotum declivitous. Head triangular, median length equalling width of vertex plus one eye; eye immersed about 2 way in head, in contact with anterior margin of pronotum (distorted in pinned holotype, hence illustrated (Fig. 1) as re- 534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. |. Elsiella plana. Dorsal view of holotype (partially reconstructed; head probably should be inserted up to eyes). moved from anterior margin); juga with apices obliquely elevated, distinctly surpassing and contiguous anterior to apex of clypeus. Ocelli situated well behind imaginary line connecting posterior margins of eyes. Interocellar space approximately 3x space between ocellus and closest eye. Antenna slender, cylindrical, 5-segmented, segment I attaining apex of head, ratio of segments I—V, 40:35:45:60:97. Bucculae as long as labial segment I, grad- ually evanescing posteriorly. Labium reaching between posterior coxae, segments I-IV in the ratios 45:85:65:58. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 535 Fig. 2. Elsiella plana. Ventral view of thorax and abdomen. Pronotum more than twice as wide as median length (ratio 154:65). Lateral margins slightly but distinctly recurved. Anterolateral angle projecting lat- erally as a very small, acute tooth. Humeral angle roundly subrectangular, not produced. Posterior margin gently concave. Median line marked by a slight, irregular carina. Scutellum nearly 12x as long as basal width (ratio 114:81). Surface more sparsely punctate than pronotum or corium. Each basal angle with a deep, concolorous fovea. Frenum reaching apical 4%. Hemelytron with costal outline weakly concave on basal 4, convex be- yond. Apical margin of corium mostly straight, convexly curved near scu- tellum. Punctures close set throughout, somewhat denser on exocorium. Membrane (reconstructed on drawing) reaching apex of abdomen; venation mostly simple, one vein with 2 branches. 536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Femur not armed. Tibia terete, dorsal surface with a very shallow sulcus ending basally at an obsolete conical tubercle. Tarsal segment I subequal to II plus III, If very short. Prosternum transversely slightly elevated. Mesopleuron with posterior 4 bearing a distinctly rugose, impunctate, dulled evaporatorium. Mesosternal median line narrowly pentagonally elevated; elevation longitudinally con- vex, transversely flattened; broadest basal part slightly wider than labial segment III; posterior margin weakly concave, abutting against elevated metasternum. Metapleural evaporatorium occupying all but broad lateral and posterior margins of segment. Ostiolar sulcus short, reaching less than 4 way from ostiole to lateral margin of metapleuron. Metasternum ele- vated, surface slightly impressed; anteriorly as wide as elevation of meso- sternum; sides diverging for about 2 their length, thence subparallel; widest part between posterior coxae about as wide as a coxal diameter; posterior margin shallowly concave, abutting against the broad subbasal elevation of the abdomen. Abdomen, except for the polished, impunctate, broad, median stripe and lateral edges, with numerous well-separated weak to obscure punctures. Type-species: Ebora plana Walker, monotypy and present designation. This genus is named for my wife, Elsie Herbold Froeschner, whose more than 40 years of companionship, knowledge of science, artistic abilities, and sympathetic understanding of systematic entomology have made my life and my works better than they could have been without her. Elsiella plana (Walker), NEW COMBINATION Ebora? plana Walker, 1867: 416-417. Length, 11.8 mm. So far this species is kncwn only from the type-specimen. LITERATURE CITED Dallas, W. S. 1851. List of the Specimens of Hemipterous Insects in the Collection of the British Museum. Part I. R. Taylor, London. iii + 368 pp., 10 plates. Kirkaldy, G. W. 1909. Catalogue of the Heteroptera. Volume I: Cimicidae. F. L. Dames, Berlin. xl + 392 pp. Rolston, L. H., F. J. McDonald, and D. B. Thomas, Jr. 1980. A Conspectus of Pentatomini Genera of the Western Hemisphere. Part I (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 88(2): 120-123. Walker, F. 1867. Catalogue of the Specimens of Heteropterous Hemiptera in the Collection of the British Museum. Part II. Scutata. E. Newman, London. Pp. 241-417. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 537-543 TWO NEW SPECIES OF BITING MIDGES AND A CHECK LIST OF THE GENUS CULICOIDES (DIPTERA: CERATOPOGONIDAE) FROM SRI LANKA FRANCIS E. GILES, WILLIS W. WIRTH, AND DONALD H. MESSERSMITH! (FEG) Biology Department, Loyola College, Baltimore, Maryland 21210: (WWW) Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Wash- ington, D.C. 20560; (DHM) Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. Abstract.—Two new species of Culicoides, C. schramae and C. krom- beini from Sri Lanka, are described and illustrated. Characters are presented to separate them from other species in the similis and neavei groups. A check list is presented of the 27 known Culicoides species of Sri Lanka. The Culicoides fauna of Sri Lanka is poorly known and no check list has been published for this genus. Delfinado and Hardy (1973) listed 13 species occurring there, and an examination of the collections of Asian Culicoides at the U.S. National Museum of Natural History (USNM) adds records for two more species from Sri Lanka. Our studies of material collected by Davis and Rowe in 1970 and Messersmith and party in 1975 add 12 more species for a total of 27 species representing six subgenera. Two new species found in the latter collections are described here. CuHeEcK List OF THE CULICOIDES SPECIES OF SRI LANKA Delfinado In UNSM Sri Lanka and Hardy Collection Collections of Species (1973) before 1970 1970 and 1975 Subgenus Avaritia Fox actoni Smith - - boophagus Macfie + - ~ brevipalpis Delfinado + - - brevitarsis Kieffer - - + Jacobsoni Macfie = = 5 1 The fieldwork of D. H. Messersmith was funded by a Smithsonian Research Foundation Grant, ‘‘Biosystematic Studies of the Insects of Ceylon.” 538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON CHECK LIST OF THE CULICOIDES SPECIES OF SRI LANKA (Continued) RN eee ee eee Delfinado In UNSM Sri Lanka and Hardy Collection Collections of Species (1973) before 1970 1970 and 1975 Subgenus Culicoides Latreille amamiensis Tokunaga = = + indianus Macfie ~ = } innoxius Sen and Das Gupta 45 + + peregrinus Kieffer = a5 + recurvus Delfinado + ~ — Subgenus Haemophoructus Macfie gemellus Macfie = = + gentilis Macfie = a as Subgenus Meijerehelea Wirth and Hubert histrio Johannsen + ~ ~ Subgenus Oecacta Poey schultzei (Enderlein) + ~ + Subgenus Trithecoides Wirth and Hubert anophelis Edwards + + = elbeli Wirth and Hubert — — + flaviscutatus Wirth and Hubert at +f + palpifer Das Gupta and Ghosh - - + paraflavescens Wirth and Hubert + + - Subgenus Uncertain bilobatus Kieffer + ~ = ceylanicus Kieffer + - ~ distinctus Sen and Das Gupta = = ate huffi Causey + — > krombeini, new species = = aly new species 78, Wirth and Hubert, MS - = ate parviscriptus Tokunaga = 7 + schramae, new species = = at Descriptions in this paper are based on ratios measured and determined with the following methods. The antennal ratio (AR) is determined by di- viding the combined lengths of the last five flagellar segments by those of the first eight flagellar segments. The palpal ratio (PR) is obtained by dividing the length of the third palpal segment by its greatest breadth. In palpal proportions a line halfway between the oblique junction of the first two segments is the base line for measuring these segments. The proboscis/head ratio (P/H) is obtained by dividing the distance from the tip of the labrum- epipharynx to the torma, by the distance from the latter to the interocular seta base. Wing length is measured from the basal arculus to the wing tip, VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 539 ee ee RR BORO a ee a — AS y hh C \ pe cs Ae WUE oe shee Be can ( ye A \ wy Natl Dae | Ss) eee: Canes Fig. 1. Culicoides schramae. a-f, i, Female. g—h, Male. a, Antenna. b, Palpus. c, Wing. d, Tibial comb. e, Eye separation. f, Spermathecae. g, Parameres. h, Genitalia, parameres removed. i, Legs. and the costal ratio (CR) is determined by measuring the distance from the basal arculus to the end of the costal vein and dividing this value by the wing length. The spermathecal measurements include the sclerotized por- tion of the neck. — ——————————————— oo Culicoides schramae Giles, Wirth, and Messersmith, NEw SPECIES Fig. 1 Female Holotype.—Wing length 0.85 mm. Head: Eyes bare, almost contiguous, interocular space (Fig. le) narrowly wedge-shaped. Antennal flagellar segments (Fig. la) with lengths in pro- portion of 13-9-9-10-11-11-11-11-18-19-19-20-34, AR 1.29; sensilla coelocon- ica present on antennal segments 3-10. Palpal segments (Fig. 1b) with lengths in proportion of 10-30-50-17-20; 3rd segment moderately swollen, sensory pit broad and shallow; PR 1.79. Proboscis short, P/H 0.63; mandible with 9 well-developed teeth. ne ee ——__ eee 540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Thorax: Dark brown. Legs (Fig. 11) pale brown, knee spots black; femora pale at bases with faint subapical bands on fore- and midlegs; tibiae with subbasal pale rings; hindtibia with distal 2 pale, extreme tip slightly dark- ened; hindtibial comb (Fig. Id) with 4 spines, the one nearest the spur longest. Wing: Fig. lc, pale spot over r-m crossvein covering 34 of Ist radial cell, extending from vein M1 to broadly meet costa; stigma dark, extending to tip of 2nd radial cell; cell R5 with 2 poststigmatic pale spots almost merging, anterior one lying nearly entirely distad of costa, posterior one smaller and lying behind distal end of the Ist and touching vein M1 posteriorly; large distal pale spot in cell RS indented on proximal side, not touching vein M1, broadening anterodistally on wing margin; cell M1 with 2 pale spots, prox- imal one extending into cell M2 but broken by the dark line of vein M2, distal one ovate and reaching wing margin; cell M2 with pale streak from basal arculus to medial fork, small pale spot lying just behind medial fork, larger pale spot lying just in front of mediocubital fork, the distal pale spot quadrate and meeting wing margin; anal cell pale at base with large pale subapical spot, the latter with posterior extension that weakly, but broadly, meets wing margin. Cell M4 with large quadrate, subapical pale spot that meets wing margin. Macrotrichia sparse on distal 2 of wing; CR 0.55. Halter pale. Abdomen: Pale brownish with 9th segment dark brownish. Spermathecae (Fig. 1f) 2, slightly unequal, measuring 0.062 by 0.039 mm and 0.055 by 0.032 mm, oval with long slender necks; rudimentary spermatheca and scler- otized ring present. Male Allotype.—Genitalia (Fig. 1h) with 9th sternum short with shallow and moderately broad caudomedian excavation; 9th tergum moderately long with apicolateral processes short and slender. Basistyle moderately stout with roots long, heavy and well sclerotized; dististyle short, slender, and gently curved. Aedeagus with short basal arms, basal arch extending 4% of total length; tapering sharply to slender distal process with slender beadlike tip. Parameres (Fig. 1g) each stout with basal portion slightly bent antero- laterally; basal knob moderately expanded; stem stout, with ventral process well developed and directed ventrally; distal portion expanded, flat, blade- like, stout to tip, with lateral fringing spines. Distribution.—Sri Lanka. Types.—All on slides in phenol-balsam. Holotype 2, Uggalkaltota, Sn Lanka, 5 Feb. 1970, coll. D. Davis and W. Rowe, light trap (type no. 72202, USNM). Allotype ¢ and paratype 2, Kalli Villu, Wilpattu National Park, Sri Lanka, 12-13 June 1975, coll. D. H. Messersmith, G. L. Williams, and P. B. Karunaratne, at light; deposited in USNM. Paratype 2, Medawach- chiya, Anuradhapura District, Sri Lanka, 15 June 1975, same collectors as allotype, at light; will be deposited in the Colombo National Museum, Co- VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 541 a pe Ea nes 7 ge Ld ke - 5 ¢ ' SE LE ae . ; De a ap Meni) Se a Gann ee ae z- ea eg See SSS ca: = 7 —— aaa /y.. : : =a = 5] / MNS x SS, SER w ( a \ \\\\\\ ii \ WAIN TKN (3 \ d are ) / NS if ; a s f J (( g > Us % = eh Leah ee es ee) 2 —— h es 1 a es Sea Site CE ENS E Le é Ale ae ad | ’ Fig. 2. Culicoides krombeini. a-f, i, Female. g—h, Male. a, Antenna. b, Palpus. c, Wing. d, Eye separation. e. Spermathecae. f, Tibial comb. g, Parameres. h, Genitalia, parameres removed. i, Legs. lombo, Sri Lanka. Paratype 2, Inginiyagala, Monaragala District, Sri Lan- _ ka, 1-5 June 1975, same collectors as allotype, deposited in USNM. Two | paratype 2°, Kalutaluwewa, Colombo, Sri Lanka, 19 Feb. 1958, Medical Research Institute, light trap; one deposited in USNM, the other will be deposited in the National Museum at the University of Sri Lanka at Pera- deniya. Discussion.—The species is named for Ms. M’Lou Schram in recognition of her help during this study. Culicoides schramae is similar to C. huffi Causey and C. similis Carter, Ingram, and Macfie of the similis group. Culicoides huffi differs in having sensilla coeloconica on antennal segments 3, 5, 7-10, AR 1.46, the distal pale spot in cell R5 rounder, and the proximal pale spot in cell M1 not lapping over into cell M2. C. similis has sensilla coeloconica like those of ————— 542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON C. huffi, and the posterior poststigmatic pale spot in cell R5 does not come in contact with vein M1. Culicoides krombeini Giles, Wirth, and Messersmith, NEw SPECIES Fig. 2 Female Holotype.—Wing length 0.94 mm. Head: Eyes bare, almost contiguous, interocular space (Fig. 2d) narrowly wedge-shaped. Antennal flagellar segments (Fig. 2a) with lengths in pro- portion of 20-15-16-15-14-15-15-15-22-22-25-24-30, AR 1.07; sensilla coelo- conica present on antennal segments 3-9 and 11-15. Palpal segments (Fig. 2b) with lengths in proportion of 8-16-32-12-11; 3rd segment moderately swollen, sensory pit moderately broad and deep, opening by slightly smaller pore; PR 2.0. Proboscis moderately short, P/H 0.72. Mandible with 13 fine, well-developed teeth. Thorax: Dark brown with small anterior portion and pleural regions light- er. Legs (Fig. 21) with dark brown knee spots; forefemur pale brown, mid- and hindfemora darker brown with base and apex of midfemur lighter and base of hindfemur lighter; tibiae dark brown with subbasal pale bands; hind- tibial comb (Fig. 2f) with 4 spines, the one nearest the spur but slightly longer. Wing: Fig. 2c, second radial cell long and narrow. Pale spot over r-m crossvein covering base of Ist radial cell, extending from vein M1 to radius; stigma moderately dark, covering all of 2nd radial cell and about %4 of Ist radial cell; poststigmatic pale spot narrowly quadrate and extending poster- ad about /% width of cell R5; cells R5, M1, M2, M4 and anal cell distally each with distinct, moderately small, round, pale spot not attaining wing margin; cell M1 with moderately large basal pale spot in line with poststig- matic spot; cell M2 with moderately large, elongate pale spot lying behind medial fork and pale streak lying /2 way between the latter and distal pale spot; anal cell with small triangular pale spot basally; small pale spot just distad of arculus; macrotrichia long, coarse and abundant, extending nearly to base of wing; CR 0.59. Halter with dark brown knob, pale pedicel. Abdomen: Light brown. Spermathecae (Fig. 2e) 2, unequal, measuring 0.067 by 0.023 mm and 0.051 by 0.037 mm, oval with very short necks; rudimentary spermatheca and sclerotized ring present. Male Allotype.—Genitalia (Fig. 2h) with 9th sternum short with moder- ately deep and broad caudomedian excavation; 9th tergum relatively long, apicolateral processes long and slender. Basistyle moderately stout with roots long and slender; dististyle slender and slightly hooked. Aedeagus with slender basal arms, basal arch extending 3/s of total length; distal pro- cess slender with rounded tip. Parameres (Fig. 2g) each with expanded, sclerotized basal knob; sinuous midportion slightly swollen proximally and gradually tapering distally to end in simple filamentous tip abruptly bent ventrally. —____ nT ——— —— VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 543 Distribution.—Sri Lanka. Types.—All on slides in phenol-balsam. Holotype 2 , Kalli Villu, Wilpattu National Park, Puttalam District, Sri Lanka, 13 June 1975, coll. D. H. Mes- sersmith, G. L. Williams, P. B. Karunaratne, at light (type no. 72205, USNM). Allotype ¢ and paratype 2 , same data as holotype. Holotype and allotype deposited in USNM. Paratype female will be deposited in the Co- lombo National Museum at Colombo, Sri Lanka. Discussion.—This species is named in honor of Dr. Karl V. Krombein of the Smithsonian Institution in recognition of his leadership in organizing and directing the Smithsonian Ceylonese Insect Project. Culicoides krombeini is similar to C. shermani Causey in the neavei group. The latter species, however, has wing macrotrichia that are longer and coarser and covering more of the wing; a dark area on the anterior margin of cell R5 distal to the poststigmatic spot, a smaller basal pale spot in cell M1, the distal pale spot in the anal cell elongate rather than round; and, most distinctive of all, a much deeper palpal pit with a small, longi- tudinal, oval pore. LITERATURE CITED Delfinado, M. D. and D. E. Hardy. 1973. A Catalog of the Diptera of the Oriental Region. Vol. I. Suborder Nematocera. The University Press of Hawaii, Honolulu. 618 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 544-564 Doris in her late teens. DORIS HOLMES BLAKE January 11, 1892—December 3, 1978 With steadfastness and dedication, New England born Doris Holmes Blake pursued her study of beetles (Chrysomelidae) from about 1920 until illness overtook her in the fall of 1978. For the last forty years she worked I VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 545 virtually without remuneration and payed her own transportation on her daily pilgrimage to the Smithsonian’s National Museum of Natural History. Doris Mildred Holmes, daughter of Arthur Lake Holmes and his wife Lucy Wentworth, was born in the little town of Stoughton, Massachusetts. Her parents, both of long New England lineages, were frugal, hardworking, conscientious people who encouraged reading and study. In later years Dor- is often recounted the remembrance of her very first day of school. The teacher asked if anyone could recite the alphabet. A boy stood up and recited it well, impressing the teacher and the whole class. Doris dashed home and asked her mother to teach her the alphabet. The next day she proudly recited it in class and duly impressed everyone. That boy was Sid- ney Fay Blake who was to become her husband in 1918. All through school she and Sidney vied with each other to be the most excellent scholar. In those formative years, both Doris and Sidney came under the influence of Dr. Robert G. Leavitt of the Ames Botanical Laboratory of Harvard University. He lived nearby and held informal classes dealing with the flora of the Stoughton area for those townsfolks who wished to learn of their native plants. Doris Holmes and Sidney Blake soon outshone all others. This initiation into the scientific world was to blossom into lifelong, deeply dedicated careers in science—his in Botany and hers in Entomology. Curiously, her college program at Boston University was not in science but emphasized the Classics, Greek and Latin, and Philosophy. Alongside she studied all the secretarial skills her father insisted on—he, being a prac- tical man, thought those accomplishments provided a surer way to earn a living. Following graduation in 1913 her training earned for her a position as an Intern under the well-known psychologist Dr. Herman Adler of the Boston Psychopathic Hospital. Doris’ powers of scientific observation and her care- ful dedication to detail soon had her screening incoming patients, writing up case histories and even presenting these to the young doctors who came over from Harvard Medical School. This was followed by work under Dr. Robert Yerkes the outstanding American primate psychologist. It was during this period that she was en- couraged to attend Radcliffe College from which she received an M.A. de- gree in 1917. Then followed a period of psychological work at the Bedford Hills Ref- ormatory for Women. This ended shortly when Dr. Sidney Fay Blake re- turned from two years of botanical study in Europe and having entered a _ new federal position in Washington, D.C. asked her to marry him in May | of 1918. Her first entomological work came under Dr. Frank Chittenden in the Division of Truck Crops Insects of the United States Department of Agri- culture. She remained in that position until the Depression times of the | | | 546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 1930’s when only one person in a family could continue to work for the government. She returned to do independent research work at the Smith- sonian’s National Museum of Natural History where Dr. Alexander Wet- more found for her a desk, a microscope, and a work space up under the dome of the museum. It was very cold in winter and extremely hot in summer. But as she said, its merits were no telephones or other interrup- tions. The Entomology Department had no extra space, and, for at least twenty-five years, she remained up under the dome. Later, workspace for her last fifteen years was kindly provided by her friend Dr. Doris Cochran and the Herpetology Department. In 1959 she was temporarily employed by the Smithsonian Division of Entomology to incorporate the Munros Collec- tion of beetles into the Smithsonian Collection. From 1904 on she faithfully kept diaries, the first ones childlike, but the later ones with rare insight and developed writing skills. She recounted each day—the weather, followed by the events of the day and depiction of people. She could describe in a picturesque, candid, and witty way people’s stature, faces, clothes, actions, interrelationships, and pertinent bits of conversa- tion. A real pleasure to read—if one is proficient in German script! Her diaries are in the English language but in German script from her high school days on. She used this script to keep her father from reading her inmost teenage thoughts. In this manner she continued writing for nearly seventy years her happy or sad informative chronicle according to the way her life unfolded. Her ability to analyze people by concise, colorful word sketches tinged with wit and an impish quality and yet with a deep understanding of their intellectual abilities reached a high point in her writing **Two Old Coleop- terists’’ (195le and 1952a). It was the story of Dr. Frank Chittenden ‘‘a towering grouch”’ and Dr. Eugene Schwarz a most gentle and kindly man. Doris Blake understood them both so well. Smithsonian Secretary Alex- ander Wetmore wrote to her about these word-portraits, ‘‘ You have made a valuable record in a most sympathetic and understanding manner’’ and expressed much pleasure and satisfaction. Many others enjoyed that paper and it formed the basis of much that John Sherwood wrote in his excellent feature article on Doris Blake, ‘‘The Courtly Coleopterist,’’ in the Wash- ington Star, January 9, 1977. To her, Sherwood’s article was a crowning event on a long dedicated career carried on in spite of private life adversities such as loss of a baby son, death of her husband and the sudden passing of her only daughter. The need to consult types in collections led to her trips to Europe, the first in 1925 another in 1951. Following her husband’s death, she spent four months in France, England, and Germany in 1960 studying the genus Neo- brotica on a National Science Foundation Grant. In the middle sixties Doris Blake and her friend, herpetologist Dr. Doris Cochran of the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, toured South America from Rio de Janiero VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 547 south to Argentina and back through Peru, Colombia, and Panama, col- lecting specimens and visiting scientists and museums along the way. She also made a short collecting and study trip to Jamaica. Earlier she and her husband shared many collecting trips in the United States. As a productive chrysomelid specialist she proposed 25 generic and 818 species-group names [see Appendix II] in 96 papers published between 1924 and 1978 [see Appendix I ]. All but one of her own species and nearly all other species considered in her taxonomic work were visually communi- cated by a full dorsal habitus figure and sometimes with additional figures. Many of her papers were revisionary in scope and provided useful keys [see Appendix III]. She kept no personal collection of beetles. Richard Blackwelder, in his article entitled ‘‘Twenty-five Years of Tax- onomy”’ (Systematic Zoology June 1977), championed Doris Blake and evaluated her work as follows: “‘In 1927 Doris H. Blake, wife of a U.S.N.M [!] botantist, began to do revisionary work on chrysomelid beetles. From then until the present day Mrs. Blake has completed dozens of revisions in this family. Recently while typing the Checklist (described under Taxonomic Monographs and under Computers below), I came to realize that Mrs. Blake’s work has stood the test of use by other people better than most others of the prolific writers in this field in this period. Her new species are almost without exception accepted as valid species, whereas this can be said of few other taxonomists in the fields of rapid growth and frequent revision. Some taxonomists, who describe occasional species, have a very high rate of synonymy (or reduction to subspecies), whereas many of these who do revisionary work as specialists on particular groups produce syn- onyms at a low rate, but one which mounts up in time in their voluminous works. Mrs. Blake is one of the productive revisers and even here her record in outstanding.” Her artistic ability was expressed in two areas. With pen and ink she accurately and artistically drew hundreds of illustrations for her own papers and for her husbands studies in the plant family Compositae. In addition to her scientific illustrating she had a flair for doing charming pictures with watercolors and oils, an ability that was furthered by the study of art with Hugo Inden of the Abbott School of Art and later with Eugene Weisz of the Corcoran Art School. As a young woman she was slender, blonde and, as she described herself in her diary, of ‘‘Renaissance fairness.’’ She retained her slenderness and athletic agility even to her eighty-sixth summer when she still took her daily swim. The staidness of her demeanor concealed an impish sense of humor that often showed as a twinkle of merriment in her clear blue eyes. While not one for casual chit-chat, she could be a charming conversationalist ex- pressing in vivid language her thoughts and experiences gained from many years of active living and studying. Many will remember Mrs. Blake as the benevolent keeper of an eighteen- 548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON oN ¥ ae 2» Doris in her 86th year, with her lizard [reprinted with permission of The Washington Star}. inch long, heavy-bodied African lizard of the genus Uromastyx. Visitors marveled at the “‘toilet-trained lizard’? and his close association with his keeper. From the windowsill by her desk he watched people and buses travelling by; when he tired of this he climbed down her books, crawled into her middle desk drawer which she then closed while the lizard enjoyed a mid-day nap of perhaps a half hour. Doris Holmes Blake continued to work at the Smithsonian Natural His- tory Museum well into her eighty-seventh year, loathe to give up on the work that gave her happiness and fulfillment. A month before her eighty- seventh birthday, heart problems brought an end to her life. APPENDIX I. List OF PUBLICATIONS, 1924—1978, BY Doris HOLMES BLAKE 1924a. Note on the habits of Sphenophorus pontederiae. Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 31(6): 311. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 549 1927a. 1928a. 1928b. 1928c. 1928d. 1930a. 193 1a. 193 1b. 1933a. 1933b. 1934a. 1935a. 1936a. 1936b. 1937a. 1937b. 1938a. 1939a. Revision of the beetles of the genus Oedionychis occurring in Amer- ica north of Mexico. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 70(23): 1-44, pls. 1-2. Notes on some West Indian Chrysomelidae. Bull. Brooklyn Ento- mol. Soc. 23(2): 93-98. Two new Clavicorns from the U.S. Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 35(2): 108-113. Notes on the habits of Lixus blakeae Chttn. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 5(1): 42-44. A new species of Luperodes from Mt. Mitchell, N.C. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 24(4): 183-184. Synonymies of Antillean Chrysomelidae with descriptions of new species. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 25(4): 209-224, pl. 13. Revision of the species of beetles of the genus Trirhabda north of Mexico. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 79(2): 1-36, pls. 1-2. Notes on West Indian and Central American flea-beetles (Haltici- nae). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 26(2): 76-83, pl. 3. Two new species of Systena with notes of sexual differences in coloration. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 35(8): 180-183. Revision of the beetles of the genus Disonycha occurring in America north of Mexico. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 82(28): 1-66, pls. 1-8. New West Indian and Central American Chrysomelidae. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 29(2): 45-65. Notes on Systena. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 30(3): 89-109, pl. 3: Altica bimarginata Say, with description of new species and vari- eties. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 36(2): 13-24. A redisposition of Monoxia puncticollis and allied species. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 26(10): 424-430. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. V. A new chrysomelid beetle of the genus Monoxia from Lower California. Zoologica, New York Zool. Soc. 22(1): 89-91. Ten new species of West Indian Chrysomelidae. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 39(4): 67-78. Eight new species of West Indian Chrysomelidae. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 40(2): 44-52. A study of Leconte’s types of the beetles of the genus Monoxia, with descriptions of new species. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 87(3072): 145-170, pls. 18-19. . Eight new Chrysomelidae (Coleoptera) from the Dominican Repub- lic. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 41(8): 231-239. . Anew genus of Galerucini (Coleoptera) from the West Indies. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 42(5): 96-104. . Oedionychis fasciata (Fabr.) and closely related species. Proc. Ento- mol. Soc. Wash. 42(8): 170-175. 550 194la 1942a. 1943a. 1943b. 1944a. 1945a. 1945b. 1945c. 1946a. 1946b. 1946c. 1947a. 1947b. 1947c. 1948a. 1948b. 1948c. 1949a. 1950a. 1950b. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON New species of Chaectocnema and other Chrysomelids (Coleoptera) from the West Indies. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 43(8): 171-180. The chrysomelid beetles Luperodes bivittatus (Leconte) and vari- cornis (Leconte) and some allied species. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 92(3129): 57-74, pls. 5-6. New species of the genus Hadropoda Suffrian from the West Indies. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. Univ. 92(8): 413-441, pls. 1-4. The generic position of Hypolampsis pilosa (Illiger) and some relat- ed new species (Coleoptera, Halticidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 45(9): 207-221. Notes on five West Indian Chrysomelidae (Coleoptera). Proc. Ento- mol. Soc. Wash. 46(9): 249-253. The genus Galeruca in North America (Coleoptera: Galerucinae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 47(3): 53-63. Five new flea beetles from the West Indies. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 35(3): 89-92. Six new species of beetles of a eumolpid genus new to the West Indies. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 35(10): 323-327. Nine new species of Metachroma (Coleoptera) from the West In- dies. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 36(1): 22-27. Seven new species of West Indian Chrysomelidae (Coleoptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 48(5): 111-119. Species of beetles of the genus Lactica from the West Indies closely related to L. tibialis (Olivier). J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 36(8): 267-269. The species of Myochrous from the West Indies (Coleoptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 49(1): 22-26. A new genus of flea beetles from the West Indies. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 37(3): 92-95. New eumolpid beetles from the West Indies. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 37(9): 310-315. Six new species of West Indian Chrysomelidae. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 50(5): 121-127. New species of Metachroma and other chrysomelid beetles from the West Indies. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 38(8): 274-279. Seven new flea beetles from the West Indies (Coleoptera, Chryso- melidae). Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 55(3): 141-149. Notes on some West Indian Chrysomelidae. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 3911): 367=37 1. A new genus of flea beetles from the West Indies. Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 57(1): 10-25. The generic status of Altica picta Say with descriptions of four closely related species (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 52(4): 178-183. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 551 1950c. 195la. 195 1b. 1951c. A revision of the beetles of the genus Myochrous. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 101(3271): 1-64, pls. 1-8. Hunting for Fabrician types. Coleopt. Bull. 5(3): 39-41. Synonymies and new species of flea beetles (Coleoptera, Chryso- melidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 53(3): 138-147. New Species of chrysomelid Beetles of the genera Trirhabda and Disonycha (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae). J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 41(10): 324-328. . Revision of the Beetles of the Genus Chalcosicya Blake (Chryso- melidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. Univ. 106(7): 287-312. . Two old coleopterists. Coleopt. Bull. 5(4): 49-54; (S—6): 65-72. . Two old coleopterists (continued). Coleopt. Bull. 6(1): 3—9; (2): 19- 26; (3): 35-41. . Six new species of Megistops with key to the known species. Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 59(1): 1-12. . Two new species of Glyptoscelis (Col. Chrysomelidae) from Argen- tina. Acta Zool. Lilloana 10: 163-165. . American Chrysomelidae in the Bosc collection. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 54(2): 57-68. . The chrysomelid beetles of the genus Strabala Chevrolat. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 103(3319): 121-134. . Eight new neotropical chrysomelid beetles (Coleoptera). J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 43(7): 232-237. . Five new species of chrysomelid beetles. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 44(8): 246-250. . Chrysomelid beetles of the Oedionychis miniatus complex. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 56(3): 139-147. . Note on the rearing of Anolisimyia blakeae sarcophagid fly from the American chamelion, Anolis carolinensis Voigt. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 57(4): 187-188. . A study of LeConte’s species of the chrysomelid genus Graphops with descriptions of some new species. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. Univ. 113(4): 263-301, pls. 1-6. . Arevision of the vittate species of the chrysomelid genus Disonycha from the Americas south of the United States. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 104(3338): 1-86. . Mabel Colcord (1872-1954). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 57(2): 88- 91. [Hawes, I. L., Blake, and J. S. Wade]. . Three new neotropical flea beetles. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 46(5): 142- 44. . Species of Phyllobrotica occurring in the Pacific coast states (Co- leoptera, Chrysomelidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 58(5): 259- 63. 552 1957a 1958a. 1958b. 1958c. 1959a. 1959b. 1960a. 1960b. 1960c. 1961a. 1962a. 1963a. 1964a. 1964b. 196Sa. 1965b. 1966a. 1966b. 1966c. 1967a. 1967b. 1968a. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A note on two chrysomelid beetles. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 5(6): 278. A review of some galerucine beetles with excised middle tibiae in the male. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 108(3395): 59-101. Ina Louise Hawes, 1896-1957. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 60(2): 87— 90. Francisco de Asis Monros, 1922-1956. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 60(4): 188-189. Seven galerucid beetles from the West Indies. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 49(6): 178-182. Ten new flea-beetles from Cuba. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 61(6): 241-248. Some new West Indian eumolpid beetles. Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 65(4): 91-98, (1958). Seven new species of West Indian Chrysomelidae. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 62(2): 97-103. Sidney Fay Blake (1892-1959). Taxon 9(5): 129-141. A note on the Monros collection. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 63(3): 207-208. Eight new species of Metachroma from the West Indies (Coleoptera; Chrysomelidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 64(3): 175-180. Eight new chrysomelid beetles from the West Indies (Coleoptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 65(1): 14-20. Notes on new and old species of Alticinae (Coleoptera) from the West Indies. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 115(3477): 9-29. Some insect collections in South America. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 66(1): 55-59. Fourteen new chrysomelid beetles from the West Indies. Proc. Ento- mol..Soc. Wash: 67@): 101-111. Twelve new species of chrysomelid beetles from the West Indies (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae). Am. Mus. Novit. 2217: 1-13. More new galerucine beetles with excised middle tibiae in the male. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 118(3528): 233-266. A review of the beetles of the genus Neobrotica and some closely related genera. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 118(3529): 267-372. Ten new chrysomelid Beetles from the West Indies and Key West. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 68(3): 213-222. Some new and old species of Colaspis in the West Indies. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 69(3): 225-237. A revision of the chrysomelid genus Glyptoscelis (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae). Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 123(3604): 1-53. Ten new chrysomelid beetles from Dominica and Jamaica. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 70(1): 60-67. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 553 1969a. 1970a. 1970b. 1970c. 1971a. 1973a. 1974a. 1974b. 1976a. 1976b. 1976c. 1977a. 1977b. 1978a. Fourteen new chrysomelid beetles from Jamaica. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 71(2): 161-174. Notes on some chrysomelid beetles from the United States and Ar- gentina. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 72(3): 320-324. A review of the beetles of the genus Metachroma Chevrolat (Co- leoptera: Chrysomelidae). Smithson. Contrib. Zool. 57: 1-111. Some new chrysomelid beetles from Cuba. Cas. Morav. Mus. Brne. 55: 115-126, figs. 1-14. Fifteen new West Indian chrysomelid beetles. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 73(3): 269-282. Colaspis fulvotestacea Lefevre and its close relatives. Proc. Ento- mol. Soc. Wash. 75(1): 84-88. Two new species of the genus Metachroma Chevrolat. Proc. Ento- mol. Soc. Wash. 75(4): 408-410 (1973). The costate species of Colaspis in the United States (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Smithson. Contrib. Zool. 181: i-iii, 1-24. Colaspis melancholica Jacoby and its close relatives (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 65(4): 158-162 (1975). A note on four old species names in Colaspis (Coleoptera: Chrys- omelidae). Coleopt. Bull. 30(3): 291-292. The brown semicostate and costate species of Colaspis in Mexico and Central America (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). U.S. Dep. Agric. Tech. Bull. 1534: i, 1-40. Colaspis favosa Say and its close relatives (Coleoptera: Chryso- melidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 79(2): 209-215. Colaspis chrysis Olivier and its close relatives (Coleoptera: Chrys- omelidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 79(3): 417-421. Colaspis quatturodecimcostata Lefevre and its close relatives in Brazil. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 68(2): 82-85. APPENDIX II. TAXONOMIC NAMES PROPOSED BY Doris H. BLAKE Each species name listed has affixed a series of initials indicating the collection in which the holotype was originally stated to be deposited. In only one instance, for Colaspis brownsvillensis, was the depository omitted; a specimen labeled as holotype in Doris Blake’s handwriting is in the col- lection of the United States National Museum of Natural History. The ini- tials are identified by the tabulations below. AMNH-American Museum of Natural History, New York, New York. BM CAS CNC CU —British Museum (Natural History), London, England. —California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. —Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Canada. —Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. 554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON FM —~F. Monros Collection, now in the U.S. National Museum. FZ —F. de Zayas Collection, Habana, Cuba. GFEM_ -G. Fry Museum, Tutzing bei Munchen, Germany. JAW -J. A. Wilcox, New York State Museum, Albany, New York. LACM —Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, Los Angeles, California. MCZ —Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. MLI -—Miguel Lillo Institute, Tucuman, Argentina. MM -—Musei Moraviae, Brno, Czechoslovakia. UK —University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. USNM -United States National Museum, Washington, D.C. ZS ~Zoologische Sammlung des Bayerischen Staates, Munchen, Ger- many. The following list of names is as given in the original descriptions even though certain errors and grammatical inconsistencies have been detected. FAMILY CHRYSOMELIDAE Agroiconata cubana 1970c: 125 MM Alethaxius acunai 1947c: 314 USNM Alethaxius bruneri 1949a: 367 USNM Alethaxius darlingtoni 1945c: 324 MCZ Alethaxius dominicae 1968a: 61 USNM Alethaxius hispaniolae 1945¢c: 323 MCZ Alethaxius integer 1945c: 324 MCZ Alethaxius meliae 1945c: 326 USNM Alethaxius puertoricensis 1945c: 327 MCZ Alethaxius semicostatus 1946b: 118 USNM Alethaxius tortuensis 1947c: 314 MCZ Alethaxius turquinensis 1945c: 326 MCZ Alethaxius yunquensis 1946b: 118 MCZ Altica ambiens var. latiplicata 1936a: 21 USNM Altica caurina 1936a: 24 USNM Altica napensis 1936a: 23 CAS Aphthona crucifera 1964a: 9 USNM Aphthona elachia 1948b: 276 MCZ Aphthona fraterna 1948c: 147 MCZ Aphthona inornata 1949a: 368 USNM Aphthona insularis 1964a: 11 USNM Aphthona lamprocyanea 1964a: 11 USNM Aphthona lepta 1964a: 10 USNM Aphthona nana 1949a: 368 USNM Aphthona ruficollis 1970c: 123 MM Aphthona schwarzi 1949a: 368 USNM Apraea anneae 1969a: 170 CNC Apraea eleutherensis 1965b: 8 AMNH Apraea fulgens 1963a: 20 USNM Apraea jamaicensis 1963a: 19 USNM Apraea maculata 1969a: 171 CNC Apraea minima 1970c: 124 MM Argopistes coronatus 1951b: 145 USNM Argopistes rubicundus 1934a: 53 USNM Asteriza darlingtoni 1939b: 238 MCZ Batonota pubescens 1939b: 234 MCZ Blepharida haitiensis 1938a: 48 MCZ Blepharida pallida 1954a: 246 CAS Chaetocnema brunnescens jamaicensis 1969a: 166 CNC Chaetocnema cyanoptera 1964a: 23 USNM Chaetocnema elachia 194la: 178 USNM Chaetocnema laticeps 1941a: 176 MCZ Chaetocnema perplexa 1941a: 177 USNM Chaetocnema platicephala 1969a: 166 [new name for C. laticeps Blake, 1941] Chaetocnema plicipennis 1941a: 174 MCZ Chaetocnema sternura 1969a: 165 CNC Chalcosicya 1930a: 215 Chalcosicya acuminata 1951d: 291 MCZ Chalcosicya alayoi 1960a: 91 USNM Chalcosicya androsensis 1965b: 1 AMNH Chalcosicya aptera 1951d: 300 USNM Oe 0 SS —_-—_ VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 Chalcosicya constanzae 1951d: 303 MCZ Chalcosicya convexa 1951d: 304 MCZ Chalcosicya costata 1938a: 45 USNM Chalcosicya crotonis var. acuta 1951d: 295 USNM Chalcosicya crotonis var. angularis 1951d: 294 USNM Chalcosicya crotonis var. parguerensis 1951d: 294 USNM Chalcosicya crotonis var. septentrionalis 19S51d: 294 USNM Chalcosicya darlingtoni 1951d: 303 MCZ Chalcosicya ditrichota 1938a: 46 MCZ Chalcosicya eleutherae 1951d: 298 USNM Chalcosicya farri 1966c: 213 USNM Chalcosicya fraterna 1951d: 309 MCZ Chalcosicya gemina 1951d: 308 MCZ Chalcosicya glabra 1951d: 307 MCZ Chalcosicya grandis 1951d: 299 USNM Chalcosicya humeralis 1971a: 270 USNM Chalcosicya maestrensis 1930a: 216 USNM Chalcosicya parsonsi 1951d: 301 MCZ Chalcosicya parvula 1951d: 311 MCZ Chalcosicya plana 1951d: 295 USNM Chalcosicya rotunda 1938a: 44 USNM Chalcosicya semicostata 1951d: 300 MCZ Chalcosicya senilis 1951d: 306 MCZ Chalcosicya setosella 1971a: 269 USNM Chalcosicya teres 1951d: 308 MCZ Chalcosicya truncata 1951d: 310 MCZ Chalcosicya villosa 1951d: 305 MCZ Chthoneis ferruginea 1963a: 14 MCZ Chthoneis hispaniolae 1948a: 122 MCZ Chthoneis insulana 1946a: 113 USNM Chthoneis vittata 1959a: 180 USNM Colaspis amplicollis 1971a: 272 USNM Colaspis amplicosta 1970c: 118 MM Colaspis atrisuturalis 1976c: 12 USNM Colaspis barberi 1967a: 232 USNM Colaspis braxatibiae 1978a: 83 USNM Colaspis brownsvillensis 1976a: 161 MCZ Colaspis cacaoi 1973a: 87 USNM Colaspis carolinensis 1974b: 10 USNM Colaspis cartwrighti 1977b: 420 USNM Colaspis chapalensis 1976c: 24 USNM Colaspis chloropsis 1976c: 29 USNM Colaspis consanguinea 1976c: 20 USNM Colaspis corumbensis 1978a: 83 USNM Colaspis crinicornis chittendeni 1974b: 11 USNM Colaspis cruriflava 1977a: 215 USNM Colaspis cubensis 1967a: 226 USNM Colaspis darlingtoni 1967a: 234 MCZ Colaspis diduma 1976a: 162 MCZ Colaspis ekraspedona 1978a: 83 USNM Colaspis farri 1967a: 235 USNM Colaspis flavantenna 1978a: 84 USNM Colaspis flavocostata avaloni 1974b: 14 USNM Colaspis floridana 1977a: 210 USNM Colaspis fulva 1976c: 12 BM Colaspis grandicollis 1976c: 14 USNM Colaspis guatemalensis 1976a: 160 BM Colaspis hesperia 1974b: 8 USNM Colaspis homia 1976c: 6 USNM Colaspis juxaoculus 1978a: 85 USNM Colaspis keyensis 1974b: 11 USNM Colaspis kirra 1976c: 27 MCZ Colaspis lampomela 1978a: 83 USNM Colaspis leiosomata 1973a: 85 USNM Colaspis levicostata 1976c: 19 USNM Colaspis longipennis 1976c: 16 BM Colaspis lousianae 1974b: 6 USNM Colaspis luciae 1976a: 236 USNM Colaspis macroptera 1976c: 15 BM Colaspis manausa 1978a: 85 USNM Colaspis melaina 1974b: 16 USNM Colaspis orientalis 1967a: 227 MCZ Colaspis ostmarki 1973a: 86 USNM Colaspis panamemsis 1976c: 21 USNM Colaspis paracostata 1978a: 82 USNM Colaspis planicostata 1974b: 7 USNM Colaspis purpurala 1978a: 85 USNM Colaspis purpurea 1971a: 271 USNM Colaspis recurva 1974b: 10 USNM Colaspis sanguinea 1977a: 214 USNM Colaspis shuteae 1976a: 162 BM Colaspis similaris 1976c: 32 USNM Colaspis similis 1977a: 212 USNM Colaspis spadix 1976c: 13 USNM Colaspis spinigera 1976a: 160 MCZ Colaspis stenorachis 1976c: 26 USNM Colaspis suggona 1977a: 212 USNM Colaspis suilla borealis 1974b: 9 USNM Colaspis thaleia 1977b: 418 USNM Colaspis uncotibialis 1976c: 20 USNM Colaspis variabilis 1976c: 17 BM Colaspis viridiceps australis 1976c: 34 USNM Colaspis zanthophaia 1976c: 25 USNM Cryptocephalus adelphicus 1970c: 117 MM Cryptocephalus maestrensis 1970c: 115 MM Cryptocephalus platus 1970c: 116 MM Cyclotrypema 1966b: 354 Cyrsylus cubensis 1959b: 247 USNM in Cyrsylus hispaniolae 1949a: 371 USNM Cyrsylus jamaicanus 1969a: 163 CNC Cyrsylus montserrati 1949a: 371 USNM Cyrsylus trinitatis 1951b: 144 BM Cyrtonota cyanea insulae 1971a: 281 USNM Deinocladus 1966a: 259 Deinocladus cartwrighti 1966a: 260 USNM Deinocladus fascicollis 1966a: 261 CAS Derospidea 193la: 32 Deuterobrotica bechynei 1966a: 257 GFM Diabrotica darlingtoni 1937b: 69 MCZ Diabrotica farri 1965a: 103 USNM Diabrotica hispaniolae 1963a: 18 USNM Diabrotica luciana 1965a: 104 USNM Diabrotica marcanoi 1971a: 277 USNM Diabrotica neoallardi 1953b: 232 USNM Dicoelotrachelus 1941a: 171 Dicoelotrachelus brevicollis 1941a: 173 MCZ Dicoelotrachelus cubensis 1946b: 111 MCZ Dicoelotrachelus darlingtoni 1941a: 172 MCZ Dicoelotrachelus depilatus 1941a: 173 MCZ Dicoelotrachelus glaber 1946b: 113 MCZ Dicoelotrachelus sulcatus 1946b: 112 MCZ Dicoelotrachelus violaceus 1948a: 121 MCZ Disonycha amplipennis 1955c: 63 MCZ Disonycha annulata 195Sc: 51 USNM Disonycha aplicata 1955c: 55 MCZ Disonycha arizonae var. borealis 1933b: 31 USNM Disonycha balsbaughi 1970a: 320 USNM Disonycha barberi 1951c: 327 USNM Disonycha colombiana 1955c: 33 MCZ Disonycha cordigera 1955c: 50 MCZ Disonycha crassicornis 1955c: 56 MCZ Disonycha cratera 1955¢c: 56 USNM Disonycha darlingtoni 1938a: 50 MCZ Disonycha didyma 1955c: 49 USNM Disonycha dorsata var. flavolimbata 1931b: 79 USNM Disonycha explanata 1955¢c: 59 MCZ Disonycha gracilis 1955c: 37 USNM Disonycha immaculata 1955c: 13 MCZ Disonycha jalapensis 1955c: 32 AMNH Disonycha juruensis 1955c: 63 BM Disonycha knabi 1955¢c: 25 USNM Disonycha longipennis 1955c: 42 USNM Disonycha manni 1955¢c: 47 USNM Disonycha megaspilota 1955c: 53 MCZ Disonycha multivittata 1955c: 58 MCZ Disonycha ovata 1931b: 79 USNM Disonycha paula 195Sc: 62 BM Disonycha pittieri 1955c: 38 USNM 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Disonycha plagifera 195S5c: 58 USNM Disonycha sapucayensis 1955c: 20 USNM Disonycha schaefferi 1933b: 24 USNM Disonycha scissovittata 1955c: 73 BM Disonycha septemmaculata 195Sc: 69 USNM Disonycha spilotrachela 1928a: 96 USNM Disonycha teapensis 1933b: 38 USNM Disonycha triangularis var. montanensis 1933b: 59 USNM Disonycha tridyma 1955¢e: 49 MCZ Disonycha trimaculata 1955¢: 57 USNM Disonycha trivittata 1955¢c: 45 USNM Disonycha turrialbensis 1955¢: 38 MCZ Disonycha varia 1955c: 14 USNM Disonycha weismani 1957a: 278 USNM Disonycha yurimaguensis 1955c: 15 MCZ Disonycha xanthomelas atrella 1933b: 57 MCZ Distigmoptera 1943b: 209 Distigmoptera apicalis 1943b: 214 USNM Distigmoptera borealis 1943b: 217 USNM Distigmoptera brevihirta 1943b: 220 USNM Distigmoptera capillosa 1943b: 220 USNM Distigmoptera chrysodaedala 1951b: 142 USNM Distigmoptera falli 1943b: 218 MCZ Distigmoptera impennata 1943b: 216 MCZ Distigmoptera mesochorea 1943b: 212 USNM Distigmoptera orchidophila 1951b: 141 USNM Distigmoptera schwarzi 1943b: 215 USNM Distigmoptera texana 1943b: 215 USNM Eccoptopsis 1966b: 339 Eccoptopsis argentinensis 1966b: 347 BM Eccoptopsis boliviensis 1966b: 343 MCZ Eccoptopsis clara 1966b: 344 MCZ Eccoptopsis costaricensis 1966b: 341 USNM Eccoptopsis cyanocosmesa 1966b: 346 BM Eccoptopsis mexicana 1966b: 348 USNM Eccoptopsis laticollis 1966b: 342 MCZ Eccoptopsis piceofasciata 1966b: 345 BM Eccoptopsis quadrimaculata 1966b: 350 USNM Ectmesopus 1940a: 96 Ectmesopus angusticollis 1940a: 101 USNM Ectmesopus crassicornis 1940a: 97 MCZ Ectmesopus darlingtoni 1940a: 103 MCZ Ectmesopus leonardarum 1958a: 97 USNM Ectmesopus longicornis 1940a: 103 USNM Ectmesopus nigrolimbatus 1959a: 181 FZ Ectmesopus occipitalis 1940a: 100 USNM Ectmesopus pallidus 1940a: 98 MCZ Ectmesopus rhabdotus 1966a: 243 USNM a VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 Ectmesopus tristis 1940a: 99 USNM Ectmesopus vitticollis 1940a: 99 USNM Ectmesopus zayasi 1959a: 181 FZ Ectmesopus zonatus 1940a: 100 MCZ Elytrogona gemmata 1930a: 222 USNM Elytrogona nigrodorsata 1937b: 78 MCZ Erynephala 1936b: 425 Erynephala brighti 1970a: 322 CNC Erynephala glabra 1936b: 430 MCZ Eurypepla calochroma floridensis 1966c: 221 USNM Exoceras flinti 1966c: 217 USNM Exochognathus 1946b: 114 Exochognathus limbatus 1946b: 116 USNM Galerucella brevicollis 1934b: 46 USNM Galerucella brevivittata 1968a: 62 USNM Galerucella browni 1945a: 60 CNC Galerucella chrysura 1939b: 232 MCZ Galerucella conjuncta 1937b: 68 USNM Galerucella constanzae 1939b: 231 MCZ Galerucella costatissima 1945a: 62 USNM Galerucella cyclopea 1934a: 47 USNM Galerucella decemvittata 1971a: 274 USNM Galerucella hexarhabdota 1965a: 101 USNM Galerucella immaculata 1938a: 48 MCZ Galerucella jamaicensis 1965a: 101 USNM Galerucella maculata 1970c: 121 MM Galerucella maculipes 1930a: 217 USNM Galerucella melanocephala 1959a: 178 USNM Galerucella orthodera 1934a: 48 USDA Galerucella oteroi 1934a: 49 USNM Galerucella pauperata 1934a: 49 USNM Galerucella popenoei 1945a: 61 USNM Galerucella spiloptera 1959a: 180 USNM Glyptobregma 1947b: 92 Glyptobregma aeneum 1948a: 124 MCZ Glyptobregma bruneri 1948a: 123 USNM Glyptobregma cyanellum 1948a: 126 USNM Glyptobregma orphninum 1948a: 123 MCZ Glyptobregma portoricense 1947b: 94 USNM Glyptobregma turquinense 1947b: 94 MCZ Glyptoscelis artemisiae 1967b: 27 USNM Glyptoscelis cahitae 1967b: 36 CAS Glyptoscelis coloradensis 1967b: 25 CAS Glyptoscelis cylindrica 1967b: 33 CAS Glyptoscelis guatemalensis 1967b: 38 BM Glyptoscelis idahoensis 1967b: 19 USNM Glyptoscelis juniperi 1967b: 21 CAS Glyptoscelis juniperi zanthocoma 1967b: 22 CAS Glyptoscelis monrosi 1952c: 163 ‘**MLI”° In error! FM 557 Glyptoscelis paula 1967b: 29 USNM Glyptoscelis peperi 1967b: 18 CAS Glyptoscelis pinnigera 1952c: 165 FM Glyptoscelis septentrionalis 1967b: 25 USNM Glyptoscelis sonorensis 1967b: 35 CAS Graphops barberi 1955b: 293 USNM Graphops comosa 1955b: 294 USNM Graphops curtipennis schwarzi 1955b: 277 USNM Graphops exilis 1955b: 283 USNM Graphops floridana 1955b: 296 USNM Graphops floridana borealis 1955b: 298 USNM Graphops marcassita pugitana 1955b: 287 USNM Graphops nigellae 1955b: 280 USNM Graphops punctata 1955b: 298 MCZ Graphops tenuis 1955b: 281 USNM Graphops viridis 1955b: 295 USNM Graphops wyomingensis 1955b: 292 USNM Habrophora thelmae 1968a: 60 USNM Hadropoda albicincta 1945b: 89 MCZ Hadropoda aspila 1944a: 253 USNM Hadropoda barberi 1943a: 440 USNM Hadropoda calva 1943a: 426 MCZ Hadropoda comosa 1943a: 419 MCZ Hadropoda constanzae 1943a: 432 MCZ Hadropoda corrugata 1943a: 425 MCZ Hadropoda crispula 1943a: 426 MCZ Hadropoda darlingtoni 1943a: 420 MCZ Hadropoda dominicae 1943a: 438 USNM Hadropoda elachia 1943a: 431 MCZ Hadropoda eugeniae 1943a: 423 USNM Hadropoda fennahi 1943a: 434 USNM Hadropoda flavicoma 1943a: 436 MCZ Hadropoda fuscomaculata 1953b: 235 USNM Hadropoda glabra 1943a: 424 USNM Hadropoda glabroguttata 1943a: 421 MCZ Hadropoda gracilenta 1943a: 429 MCZ Hadropoda guttata 1943a: 419 MCZ Hadropoda hoffmani 1943a: 435 USNM Hadropoda hugonis 1943a: 439 MCZ Hadropoda minuta 1943a: 430 MCZ Hadropoda morrisoni 1943a: 433 USNM Hadropoda oakleyi 1943a: 422 USNM Hadropoda pallida 1943a: 435 MCZ Hadropoda poikila 1944a: 252 USNM Hadropoda robusta 1943a: 431 MCZ Hadropoda rugosa 1943a: 427 MCZ Hadropoda stenotrachela 1943a: 438 USNM Hadropoda tabebuiae 1943a: 437 USNM Hadropoda turquinensis 1943a: 429 MCZ 558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Hadropoda varicornis 1943a: 423 USNM Hadropoda verrucosa 1943a: 428 MCZ Hadropoda xanthoura 1968a: 63 USNM Heikertingerella darlingtoni 1963a: 19 MCZ Heikertingerella dominicae 1960b: 101 USNM Heikertingerella fusca 1960b: 102 USNM Heikertingerella quadeloupensis 1960b: 103 USNM Heikertingerella jamaicae 1969a: 173 USNM Heikertingerella wirthi 1968a: 65 USNM Hemilactica 1937b: 72 Hemilactica clara 1959b: 244 USNM Hemilactica crucifera 1959b: 245 FZ Hemilactica fasciata 1938a: 50 MCZ Hemilactica graphica 1939b: 233 MCZ Hemilactica portoricensis 1964a: 20 USNM Hemilactica pulchella 1937b: 73 USNM Hemilactica rugosa 1937b: 74 USNM Hemisphaerota bimaculata 1971a: 279 USNM Hemisphaerota quadrimaculata 1971a: 280 USNM Hermaeophaga bahamensis 1965b: 9 AMNH Hermaeophaga beckeri 1969a: 167 CNC Hermaeophaga constanzae 1965a: 108 MCZ Hermaeophaga cuprea 1951b: 143 USNM Hermaeophaga darlingtoni 196S5a: 108 MCZ Hermaeophaga farri 1969a: 168 USNM Hermaeophaga jamaicensis 1964a: 19 USNM Hermaeophaga maldonadoi 196Sa: 109 USNM Hermaeophaga nigrorubra 1951b: 144 USNM Hermaeophaga punctata 196Sa: 109 MCZ Homoschema 1950a: 12 Homoschema androsense 1950a: 25 MCZ Homoschema buscki 1950a: 20 USNM Homoschema darlingtoni 1950a: 24 MCZ Homoschema dominicae 1968a: 67 USNM Homoschema felis 1950a: 18 MCZ Homoschema fraternum 1950a: 19 USNM Homoschema hoffmani 1950a: 15 USNM Homoschema jamaicense 1950a: 19 USNM Homoschema latitarsum 1950a: 16 MCZ Homoschema latum 1950a: 20 USNM Homoschema leucurum 1950a: 15 USNM Homoschema longense 1965b: 10 AMNH Homoschema manni 1950a: 24 USNM Homoschema nigriventre 1950a: 18 USNM Homoschema obesum 1950a: 22 USNM Homoschema opimum 1950a: 23 MCZ Homoschema orientense 1950: 23 USNM Homoschema ornatum 1950a: 16 USNM Homoschema pingue 1950a: 22 MCZ Homoschema xanthocyaneum 1964a: 22 USNM Hylodromus clarki 1953b: 236 USNM Hystiopsis 1966b: 324 Hystiopsis bella 1966b: 332 USNM Hystiopsis beniensis 1966b: 327 MCZ Hystiopsis bryanti 1966b: 331 BM Hystiopsis exarata 1966b: 338 MCZ Hystiopsis flavipes 1966b: 329 JAW Hystiopsis grossa 1966b: 337 MCZ Hystiopsis irritans 1966b: 334 ZS Hystiopsis maculata 1966b: 334 USNM Hystiopsis mansei 1966b: 330 MCZ Hystiopsis mapirii 1966b: 331 MCZ Hystiopsis maxima 1966b: 335 BM Hystiopsis megala 1966b: 336 BM Hystiopsis nigriventris 1966b: 326 CAS Hystiopsis peruensis 1966b: 328 MCZ Hystiopsis phaica 1966b: 336 BM Hystiopsis terminalis 1966b: 328 BM Hystiopsis zonata 1966b: 333 CAS Iceloceras 1958a: 76 Iceloceras biplagiatum 1958a: 87 USNM Iceloceras flavipes 1958a: 81 USNM Iceloceras flavocyaneum 1958a: 89 USNM Iceloceras latiplagiatum 1958a: 83 USNM Iceloceras maximum 1958a: 80 USNM Iceloceras parviplagiatum 1958a: 84 USNM Iceloceras parviplagiatum teapensis 1958a: 85 MCZ Iceloceras verbesinae 1958a: 82 USNM Iceloceras vittatum 1958a: 86 USNM Lactica albina 1946c: 269 USNM Lactica albiterminata 1969a: 163 CNC Latica androsensis 1946c: 269 MCZ Lactica darlingtoni 1948c: 142 MCZ Lactica dominicae 1946c: 267 USNM Lactica eleutherae 1946c: 269 USNM Lactica flinti 1968a: 64 USNM Lactica grenadensis 1963a: 19 USNM Lactica jamaicensis 1937b: 70 USNM Lactica megaspila 1948c: 144 MCZ Lactica nigripes 1965b: 11 USNM Lactica porphyrea 1948c: 143 MCZ Lactica xanthopus 1971a: 276 USNM Lactica xanthotrachela 1948c: 141 MCZ Leptonesiotes 1958a: 75 Leptonesiotes quadrimaculata 1959a; 182 FZ Leucocera cyanea 1971a: 273 USNM Leucocera hoffmani 1928a: 93 USNM Leucocera spilota 1971a: 273 USNM Longitarsus atypicus 1964a: 16 USNM ce VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 Longitarsus chlanidotus 1964a: 14 USNM Longitarsus cylindricus 1964a: 12 USNM Longitarsus felis 196Sa: 106 MCZ Longitarsus hoffmani 196Sa: 107 USNM Longitarsus howdeni 1969a: 167 CNC Longitarsus impennatus 1970c: 122 MM Longitarsus oakleyi 1964a: 16 USNM Longitarsus photinus 1965a: 107 MCZ Longitarsus portoricensis 1965a: 106 MCZ Longitarsus providensis 1965b: 7 AMNH Longitarsus prokopi 1970c: 123 MM Longitarsus pterotus 1970c: 122 MM Longitarsus rhabdotus 1965a: 104 USNM Longitarsus rosensis 1965b: 8 AMNH Luperodes antillarum 1937b: 69 USNM Luperodes bimarginata 1928d: 183 USNM Luperodes chiricahuensis 1942a: 71 CAS Luperodes convexus 1942a: 71 USNM Luperodes diegensis 1942a: 60 USNM Luperodes elachistus 1942a: 69 USNM Luperodes flavoniger 1942a: 64 USNM Luperodes melanolomatus 1942a: 63 CAS Luperodes monorhabdus 1942a: 61 USNM Luperodes nebrodes 1942a: 64 USNM Luperodes ocularis 1942a: 72 CAS Luperodes pallidulus 1942a: 68 USNM Luperodes popenoei 1942a: 70 USNM Luperodes punctatissimus 1942a: 73 USNM Luperodes rugipennis 1942a: 68 USNM Luperodes tuberculatus 1942a: 62 LACM Luperodes vandykei 1942a: 73 CAS Luperosoma nigricolle 1966a: 244 CAS Luperosoma nigrum 1958a: 91 MCZ Luperosoma vittatum 1966a: 244 USNM Megasus semivittatus 1948b: 274 USNM Megistops argentinensis 1952b: 8 USNM Megistops bahamensis 1952b: 6 USNM Megistops bryanti 1952b: 4 USNM Megistops coeruleipennis 1959b: 247 USNM Megistops costaricensis 1952b: 11 USNM Megistops dissita 1931b: 81 USNM Megistops melanoloma 1952b: 8 USNM Megistops parvula 1969a: 172 CNC Megistops rhabdota 1969a: 172 CNC Megistops tabebuiae 1937b: 75 USNM Megistops taurops 1952b: 10 MCZ Metriona quadrisignata jamaicensis 1966c: 220 USNM Metachroma acunai 1946a: 22 MCZ Metachroma acutulum 1962a: 178 USNM Metachroma amplicolle 1947c: 312 MCZ Metachroma angusticolle 1974a: 410 USNM 559 Metachroma annulare 1970b: 80 CNC Metachroma argentinense 1970b: 48 GFM Metachroma ashtoni 1966c: 215 USNM Metachroma barahonense 1964a: 23 MCZ Metachroma bimarginatum 1970b: 43 UK Metachroma bredeni 1960a: 94 USNM Metachroma bridwelli 1970b: 24 USNM Metachroma bxevistriatum 1946a: 23 MCZ Metachroma californicum anatolicum 1970b: 22 USNM Metachroma carolinense 1970b: 9 USNM Metachroma cartagenense 1970b: 46 MCZ Metachroma castaneum 1965b: 5 USNM Metachroma cavicolle 1960b: 97 USNM Metachroma chapini 1944a: 250 USNM Metachroma cinctipes 1946a: 26 MCZ Metachroma clarkei 1970b: 40 USNM Metachroma clarum 1970b: 74 CNC Metachroma cornutum 1960a: 93 USNM Metachroma darlingtoni 1946a: 24 MCZ Metachroma dentatum 1965b: 5 AMNH Metachroma dicoelotrachelus 1970b: 75 CNC Metachroma elachistum 1960b: 97 USNM Metachroma ensiforme 1947e: 310 MCZ Metachroma farri 1962a: 180 USNM Metachroma felis 1948b: 276 MCZ Metachroma fenestratum 1947¢c: 312 MCZ Metachroma flavolimbatum 1948b: 277 USNM Metachroma fuscifrons 1970b: 74 CNC Metachroma gagnei 1968a: 62 USNM Metachroma gracile 1937b: 67 USNM Metachroma grande 1960a: 98 FZ Metachroma hardwarense 1970b: 72 CNC Metachroma haydeni 1965b: 3 AMNH Metachroma hirsutum 1970b: 39 CAS Metachroma hottense 1948b: 279 MCZ Metachroma howdenae 1970b: 72 CNC Metachroma ignotum 1970b: 44 USNM Metachroma imitans 1947c¢c: 310 MCZ Metachroma immaculatum 1970b: 26 USNM Metachroma inconstans 1970b: 33 MCZ Metachroma laevius 1946a: 22 MCZ Metachroma leiotrachelus 1970b: 71 MCZ Metachroma leonardi 1970b: 61 USNM Metachroma leucurum 1970b: 66 BM Metachroma longicorne 1966c: 216 MCZ Metachroma longipennis 1970b: 25 CAS Metachroma longipunctatum 1966c: 217 MCZ Metachroma longitarsum 1946a: 24 MCZ Metachroma lucidum 1970b: 39 USNM 560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Metachroma macrum 1962a: 176 USNM Metachroma magnipunctatum 1970b: 18 GFM Metachroma maniocae 1966c: 216 USNM Metachroma melanochrotum 1970b: 66 BM Metachroma mendozae 1970b: 48 USNM Metachroma metrium 1947c: 311 MCZ Metachroma moaense 1962a: 176 USNM Metachroma montanense 1970b: 30 USNM Metachroma multipunctatum 1960a: 96 USNM Metachroma mutabile 1970b: 35 MCZ Metachroma nanum 1960a: 96 USNM Metachroma nassauense 1962a: 175 USNM Metachroma nigricolllis 1970b: 40 BM Metachroma nigromaculatum 1962a: 175 USNM Metachroma nigrosignatum 1970b: 24 CAS Metachroma nigroviride 1948b: 278 MCZ Metachroma oakleyi 1970b: 71 USNM Metachroma obesum 1946a: 23 MCZ Metachroma obscuricollis 1970b: 58 USNM Metachroma occidentale 1970b: 23 USNM Metachroma odontotum 1970b: 60 USNM Metachroma orientale 1970b: 8 MCZ Metachroma oteroi 1944a: 252 USNM Metachroma panamense 1970b: 41 USNM Metachroma paulum 1962a: 178 USNM Metachroma piceum 1948b: 278 MCZ Metachroma presidiense 1970b: 22 USNM Metachroma prognathus 1970b: 81 USNM Metachroma quintanae 1970b: 34 USNM Metachroma rhizophorae 1974a: 408 USNM Metachroma rubellum 1970c: 120 MM Metachroma rugicollis 1970b: 80 CNC Metachroma rugosum 1962a: 1799 USNM Metachroma sandersoni 1970b: 29 UK Metachroma schwarzi 1948b: 276 USNM Metachroma septentrionale 1970b: 56 MCZ Metachroma simile 1970b: 56 USNM Metachroma tricharthrum 1946a: 26 MCZ Metachroma utahensis 1970b: 28 CAS Metachroma varium 1970b: 73 CNC Metachroma vittipennis 1970b: 37 CNC Metachroma vulgare 1970b: 32 USNM Metachroma xanthacrum 1947c: 311 MCZ Metachroma zayasi 1960a: 92 USNM Metriona quadrisignata jamaicensis 1966c: 220 USNM Monocesta cubensis 1959a: 178 FZ Monoxia apicalis 1939a: 170 USNM Monoxia beebei 1937a: 89 USNM Monoxia brisleyi 1939a: 171 USNM Monoxia elegans 1939a: 164 USNM Monoxia grisea 1939a: 163 USNM Monoxia inornata 1939a: 162 USNM Monoxia minuta 1939a: 169 USNM Monoxia obesula 1939a: 167 USNM Monoxia pallida 1939a: 168 USNM Monoxia puberula 1939a: 165 USNM Monoxia schizonycha 1939a: 166 USNM Myochrous austrinus 1950c: 18 USNM Myochrous barbadensis 1947a: 26 USNM Myochrous bolivianus 1950c: 43 USNM Myochrous brunneus 1950c: 56 MCZ Myochrous bryanti 1950c: 48 BM Myochrous calcariferus 1950c: 63 MLI Myochrous chacoensis 1950c: 44 MLI Myochrous coenus 1950c: 34 USNM Myochrous crassimarginatus 1950c: 45 MCZ Myochrous cubensis 1947c: 23 USNM Myochrous cyphus 1950c: 16 USNM Myochrous darlingtoni 1950c: 42 MCZ Myochrous elachius 1950c: 38 USNM Myochrous floridanus texanus 1950c: 28 USNM Myochrous geminus 1950c: 37 USNM Myochrous hispaniolae 1947a: 26 MCZ Myochrous intermedius 1950c: 22 USNM Myochrous jamaicensis 1947a: 26 USNM Myochrous latisetiger 1950c: 36 USNM Myochrous leucurus 1950c: 46 MCZ Myochrous longipes 1950c: 56 USNM Myochrous mamorensis 1950c: 57 MLI Myochrous monrosi 1950c: 52 MLI Myochrous nanus 1950c: 40 MCZ Myochrous normalis 1950c: 51 MCZ Myochrous paulus 1950c: 39 USNM Myochrous platylonchus 1950c: 37 USNM Myochrous portoricensis 1947a: 25 USNM Myochrous ranella 1950c: 25 USNM Myochrous rhabdotus 1950c: 41 MCZ Myochrous sapucayensis 1950c: 50 USNM Myochrous severini 1950c: 23 USNM Myochrous spinipes 1950c: 62 USNM Myochrous stenomorphus 1950c: 51 BM Myochrous whitei 1950c: 32 CAS Neobrotica atrilineata 1966b: 313 GFM Neobrotica cartwrighti 1966b: 281 USNM Neobrotica colombiensis 1966b: 303 USNM Neobrotica confusa 1966b: 279 MCZ Neobrotica decimsignata 1966b: 297 USNM VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 Neobrotica dentata 1966b: 277 USNM Neobrotica duodecimstignata 1966b: 286 BM Neobrotica flavipes 1966b: 302 MCZ Neobrotica flavolimbata 1966b: 314 BM Neobrotica germaini 1966b: 317 MCZ Neobrotica grandis 1966b: 321 MCZ Neobrotica matamorasensis 1966b: 294 MCZ Neobrotica meridensis 1966b: 304 USNM Neobrotica noumenia 1966b: 276 MCZ Neobrotica octosignata 1966b: 320 MCZ Neobrotica pentaspilota 1966b: 299 USNM Neobrotica piceofasciata 1966b: 280 M Neobrotica poecila 1966b: 305 MCZ Neobrotica pterota 1966b: 291 BM Neobrotica quadrimaculata 1966b: 322 BM Neobrotica regularis 1966b: 319 MCZ Neobrotica rendalli 1966b: 311 MCZ Neobrotica rogaguaensis 1966b: 315 USNM Neobrotica ruficollis 1966b: 311 USNM Neobrotica schausi 1966b: 275 AMNH Neobrotica septemmaculata 1966b: 298 MCZ Neobrotica spilocephala 1966b: 287 BM Neobrotica stalagma 1966b: 312 MCZ Neobrotica tampicensis 1966b: 295 USNM Neobrotica trichops 1966b: 283 USNM Neobrotica zonata 1966b: 281 BM Neotrichota 1966a: 241 Neotrichota flavipennis 1966a: 242 USNM Nephrica macrops 1956a: 142 USNM Nesaecrepida 1964a: 21 Nesaecrepida rufomarginata 1964a: 22 USNM Nyctiplanctus 1963a: 15 Nyctiplanctus farri 1963a: 17 USNM Nyctiplanctus jamaicensis 1963a: 17 USNM ““Oedionychis’’—See Oedionychus Oedionychus amplilimbatus 1959b: 244 FZ ““Oedionychis’’ amplivittata 1927a: 24 BM Oedionychus barberi 1954b: 145 USNM Oedionychus brachyscelus 1965b: 6 AMNH Oedionychus cristalensis 1959b: 242 FZ Oedionychus floridanus 1954b: 146 USNM Oedionychus gurneyi 1968a: 63 USNM ““Oedionychis’’ lantanae 1928a: 95 USNM ““Oedionychis’’ lugens var. lamprocyanea 1927a: 11 USNM ““Oedionychis’’ megalopia 1939b: 233 MCZ ““Oedionychis’’ obsidiana var. flava 1927a: 40 USNM Oedionychus orientensis 1959b: 241 USNM Oedionychus perplexus 1954b: 144 USNM “Oedionychis’”’ pervittata 1927a: 31 USNM 561 ‘“‘Oedionychis’’ petaurista var. pallida 1927a: 23 USNM ““Oedionychis’’ pseudofasciata 1940b: 173 MCZ ““Oedionychis’’ pseudothoracica 1945b: 90 USNM Oedionychus punctipennis 1971a: 277 USNM ‘“‘Oedionychis”’ purpurella 1940b: 172 USNM Oedionychus rhabdotus 1954a: 249 USNM ‘““Oedionychis’’ spilonota 1928a: 36 USNM ‘““Oedionychis’’ vians var. badia 1927a: 14 USNM Oedionychus viridipennis 1971a: 278 USNM Oedionychus weismani 1954b: 146 USNM Oedionychus zayasi 1959b: 242 USNM Ophraea maculicollis 1953b: 234 USNM Oroetes wilcoxi 1966a: 255 USNM Oxygona limbata 1953b: 234 USNM Palaeothona arizonensis 1950b: 180 USNM Palaeothona hoffmani 1950b: 183 USNM Palaeothona melanocyanea 1950b: 181 MCZ Palaeothona rubroviridis 1950b: 180 MCZ Panchrestus denticollis 1953b: 234 USNM Paratrikona ovata 1938a: 51 MCZ Paratrikona rubescens 1939b: 238 MCZ Paratrikona turritella 1937b: 76 USNM Paratrikona variegata 1939b: 236 MCZ Phaedon barberi 1953b: 232 USNM Phaedon cubensis 1960b: 98 USNM Phaedon zayasi 1960b: 100 FZ Phyllobrotica leechi 1956b: 260 USNM Phyllobrotica sequoiensis 1956b: 260 CAS Phyllobrotica viridipennis mokelensis 1956b: 262 CAS Physimerus melanchimus 1953b: 237 USNM Platymorpha albiventris 1958a: 99 CU Platymorpha homoia 1966a: 247 USNM Porechontes 1966a: 251 Porechontes wilcoxi 1966a: 252 MCZ Potamobrotica 1966b: 351 Potamobrotica trifasciata 1966b: 351 USNM Potamobrotica viridis 1966b: 353 BM Psalidonota calochroma 1956b: 12 AMNH Psalidonota dentata 1965a: 110 USNM Pseudodisonycha 1954a: 248 Pseudodisonycha hispaniolae 1954a: 249 MCZ Pseudodisonycha portoricensis 1954a: 248 MCZ Pseudodisonycha turquinensis 1956a: 144 USNM 562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Pseudoepitrix brasiliensis 1964a: 24 USNM Pseudoepitrix darlingtoni 1945b: 92 MCZ Pseudoepitrix hispaniolae 194la: 174 MCZ Pseudoepitrix hottensis 1948c: 145 MCZ Pseudoepitrix jamaicensis 1941a: 175 MCZ Pseudoepitrix longicornis 1945b: 90 MCZ Pseudoepitrix punctatissima 1948c: 146 MCZ Pseudoepitrix rugosa 1964a: 24 USNM Pseudoepitrix tetraspilota 1945b: 90 MCZ Pseudogona subcostata 1956a: 142 USNM Rachicephala 1966b: 353 Sidfaya 1964a: 26 Sidfaya bicolor 1969a: 169 CNC Sidfaya entima 1969a: 169 CNC Sidfaya philtata 1968a: 65 USNM Sidfaya polutima 1964a: 27 USNM Sidfaya punctatissina 1964a: 28 MCZ Simopsis 1966a: 253 Simopsis neobroticoides 1966a: 254 BM Stoiba bruneri 1930a: 219 USNM Stoiba decemmaculata 1930a: 221 USNM Stoiba fascicollis 1934a: 54 USNM Stoiba fuscicornis 1966c: 219 USNM Stoiba indivisa 1930a: 218 USNM Stoiba marginata 1934a: 53 USNM Stoiba rufa 1966c: 218 USNM Strabala acuminata 1953a: 128 USNM Strabala acuminata costaricensis 1953a: 129 USNM Strabala acuminata teapensis 1953a: 129 BM Strabala ambulans jamaicensis 1953a: 131 USNM Strabala ambulans puertoricensis 1953a: 132 USNM Strabala colombiana 1953a: 133 MCZ Strabala rotunda 1953a: 130 USNM Strabala rufa floridana 1953a: 128 USNM Strabala trinitatis 1953a: 134 BM Systena californica 1953a: 101 USNM Systena carri 1935a: 102 USNM Systena dimorpha 1933a: 181 USNM Systena gracilenta 1933a: 180 USNM Systena laevis 1935a: 100 USNM Systena mesochlora 1935a: 96 USNM Systena plicata 1959b: 246 USNM Trichobrotica egenis 1966a: 237 BM Trichobrotica fenestrata 1966a: 240 CAS Trichobrotica nigripennis 1966a: 238 BM Trichobrotica nymphaea flavicollis 1966a: 236 USNM Trichobrotica rhabdota 1966a: 237 MCZ Trirhabda adela 193la: 14 USNM Trirhabda borealis 1931a: 16 USNM Trirhabda borealis var. indigoptera 1931a: 17 USNM Trirhabda confusa 1931la: 27 USNM Trirhabda gurneyi 1951c: 326 USNM Trirhabda neoscotiae 1931a: 17 USNM Trirhabda nigriventris 1951c: 327 USNM Trirhabda pilosa 1931a: 20 USNM Trirhadba pubicollis 1951c: 326 USNM Trirhabda schwarzi 1951c: 324 USNM Trirhadba sericotrachyla 1931la: 28 USNM Trirhadba viridicyanea 193la: 19 USNM Typophorus habanae 1970c: 119 MM Xanthonia flavoannulata 1954a: 246 USNM Xenochalepus cyanura 1971a: 279 USNM FAMILY CRYPTOPHAGIDAE Cryptophagus maximus 1928b: 109 USNM Pharaxonotha zaminae 1928b: 111 USNM APPENDIX III. KEYS PROVIDED IN Doris H. BLAKE PAPERS KEYS TO GENERA ! Galerucini: Luperosoma and related genera: 1966a: 235-236 (11 genera). | Neobrotica and related genera: 1966b: 271 (7 genera). Phyllecthrus and related genera: 1958a: 69 (9 genera). KEYS TO SPECIES Altica: Altica bimarginata and related species: 1936a: 15 (7 species). Chalcosicya: West Indies species: 1951d: 288-290 (24 species). Colaspis: a) Costate species in United States: 1974b: 3-4 (20 species). | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 563 b) Colaspis melancholica and related species: 1974c: 158 (7 species). c) Brown semi-costate and costate species in Mexico and Central America: 1976b: 3-5 (34 species). Disonycha: a) Species in America north of Mexico: 1927a: 5—9 (34 species). b) Vittate species in Mexico and Central America: 1955c: 4—6 (36 species). c) Vittate species in South America: 1955c: 6-9 (41 species). Distigmoptera: Known species: 1943b: 210-211 (11 species). Eccoptopis: Known species: 1966b: 340 (11 species). Ectmesopus: a) Known species: 1940a: 96-97 (10 species). b) Known species: 1958a: 96-97 (11 species). Galeruca: North American species: 1945a: 54 (5 species). Glyptobregma: Known species: 1947b: 94 (6 species). Glyptoscelis: a) U.S. species: 1967b: 4—6 (22 species). b) Mexican and Central American species: 1967b: 34-35 (5S species). c) South American species: 1967b: 39-40 (8 species). Graphops: Known species: 1955b: 269-271 (18 species). Hadropora: ‘Known species: 1943a: 415-418 (32 species). Homoschema: Known species: 1950a: 13-14 (16 species). Hystiopsis: Known species: 1966b: 324-325 (18 species). Iceloceras: Known species: 1958a: 77-78 (11 species). Luperodes: Known species: 1942a: 58-59 (21 species). Luperosoma: Known species: 1958a: 90 (6 species). Megistops: a) West Indies species: 1952b: 2-3 (12 species.). b) South American species: 1952b: 3-4 (12 species). Metachroma: a) Eastern and central U.S.: 1970b: 5—6 (21 species). b) Western Texas to Rocky Mountains and California: 1970b: 20-21 (16 species). c) Mexico and Central America: 1970b: 30-31 (24 species). d) South America: 1970b: 45 (7 species). e) Bahamas: 1970b: 49 (3 species). f) Cuba: 1970b: 50-51 (21 species). g) Hispaniola: 1970b: 60-61 (15 species). h) Puerto Rico: 1970b: 67—68 (8 species). i) Jamaica: 1970b: 72 (19 species). j) Dominica: 1970b: 82 (2 species). Monoxia: Known species: 1939a: 150-152 (17 species). Myochrous: a) America north of Mexico: 1950c: 10-11 (13 species). b) Mexico and Central America: 1950c: 11-12 (11 species). c) South America: 1950c: 12-14 (27 species). | Neobrotica: a) North and Central America: 1966b: 271—273 (36 species). b) South America: 1966b: 301-307 (28 species). 564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Oedionychis: a) America north of Mexico: 1927a: 5—9 (34 species). b) Miniatus-complex: 1954b: 140 (8 species). Phyllecthrus: Known species: 1958a: 71 (3 species). Phyllobrotica: Pacific coast of U.S.: 1956b: 259-260 (5 species). Strabala: Known species: 1953a: 127 (8 species). Trirhabda: America north of Mexico: 193la: 9-12 (22 species). Richard C. Froeschner, Elsie M. L. Froeschner, and Oscar L. Cartwright, Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The following item appeared after this paper was sent to the printer: 198la. A note on three old species of Chrysomelidae. Caribb. J. Sci. 16(1—4): 63-64 (1980). This title raises the number to 97 but adds neither new taxa nor keys to the preceding summaries. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 564-569 EDSON J. HAMBLETON 1902-1980 Edson Jorge Hambleton, President of the Entomological Society of Wash- ington in 1971 and an active member of the Society since 1944, died unex- pectedly of a heart attack in Washington, D.C., November 5, 1980. Mr. Hambleton was born February 13, 1902, in Columbus, Ohio, one of 9 children of James Chase and Sara Paulsen Hambleton. He grew up in VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 565 Columbus, attended public schools there and Ohio State University where he was awarded a B.S. degree in 1926. He then matriculated in the College of Agriculture of Cornell University and received a M.S. degree in 1928. As a youth, Edson seemed to have a bent toward natural history. This interest was nurtured by his father, a naturalist of note as well as the prin- cipal of a vocational school, and by an older brother, James Isaac Hamble- ton, who became a foremost apiculturist. Edson accompanied his father on collecting trips around Columbus and early in life experienced the exhila- ration of finding special plants and animals. Although he had considerable interest in botany, his greatest interest, as a youth and as a University student, was in entomology. With the encouragement of University profes- sors, Edson entered into the study of insects with an enthusiasm that per- sisted throughout his entire life. Mr. Hambleton’s professional career began while he was a graduate stu- dent at Cornell when he served as an Extension Specialist in Entomology from 1927 to 1929. Thereafter he embarked upon a challenging career in South America, one that would acquaint him with the entomologists, mu- seums, laboratories and insect problems of that continent. He was a professor and department head at Escola Superior de Agricul- tura e Veterinaria, Vicosa, Brazil, from 1929 to 1934. Next, he served as entomologist at the Instituto Biologico, Sao Paulo, from 1934 to 1939. From Sao Paulo Mr. Hambleton moved to Sociedad Nacional Agraria, Lima, Peru, where he remained until 1943. During the years in South Amer- ica, he travelled widely, collected extensively, and acquired many insects of known and unknown economic importance. After Mr. Hambleton’s return to the United States in 1943, he became an employee of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Owing to his broad ex- perience in South America, he was exceptionally well qualified for the work of a field service consultant in the Office of Foreign Agricultural Relations, a position that he occupied until 1952. During this period he visited Central and South America, investigating problems that included insects on such diverse plants as pine trees, lemon grass, and cinchona. In 1952 and 1953 he was staff assistant in the office of the Chief of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine. Later in 1953 he was placed in charge of foreign technical programs of the Plant Pest Control Branch, Agricultural Research Service. He held this position, and served concurrently as assistant to the director from 1959 until his retirement in 1964. Mr. Hambleton was deeply involved in technical programs in Latin _ America, Africa, the Middle East and South Asia. At times 30 or more Ministries of Agriculture or Departments of Plant Protection cooperated | with the United States, and as many as 22 full time entomologists were assigned to foreign posts to work side by side with Nationals on different phases of applied entomology. Mr. Hambleton was largely responsible for the selection of personnel and for the administration of programs that dealt 566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON with such varied subjects as field experiments to test methods of insect control, training plant protection personnel, and development of techniques to assist quarantine officials and extension entomologists. He rendered out- standing service to the Department and to the cooperating agencies in the study of pest problems, especially in the biology and control of cotton pests and in control measures for migratory locusts. Subsequent to retirement from the Department, Mr. Hambleton was con- sultant to Asociacion de Productores de Aceites Esenciales, Guatemala, until 1966. From 1970 until his death, he was a Cooperating Scientist, Sys- tematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agricultural Research, Science and Education Administration, U.S. Department of Agriculture. Over the years Mr. Hambleton’s work was largely in the field of applied entomology, and it encompassed several orders of insects, particularly the pests of cotton. But he had a primal, enduring interest in systematic studies, and his preference among the orders was the Hemiptera. He coauthored articles with C. J. Drake on the taxonomy of the Tingidae and published independently on the Pseudococcidae. His latest research was directed to Rhizoecus and closely related genera of the Pseudococcidae. He became a world specialist on the pest species of these genera. A list of Mr. Hamble- ton’s publications is appended. Mr. Hambleton was a United States delegate at the Conference on Locust Control, Food and Agriculture Organization, held in Damascus, Syria, in 1955 and in Rome, Italy, in 1959. He attended the 4th International Congress of Entomology in Ithaca, New York, in 1928, the 10th held in Montreal, Canada, in 1956, and the 15th in Washington, D.C., in 1976. He often at- tended national and regional meetings of the Entomological Society of America. He was a member of the latter society, the American Association for the Advancement of Science, and the Washington Academy of Sciences in addition to the Entomological Society of Washington. He also belonged to Alpha Gamma Rho and the Cosmos Club. Entomology was Mr. Hambleton’s dominant interest, and horticulture was his hobby. He was the complete gardener, a grower of flowers, vege- tables, fruits, and ornamentals. He delighted in operating a tractor and a roto tiller on a small farm in nearby Virginia where he and Mrs. Hambleton often enjoyed country living. He was courteous, sociable, kind, helpful, a person of strong convictions, a cherished friend. Mr. Hambleton is survived by his wife, Miriam Roush Hambleton of Bethesda, Maryland; a daughter, Mrs. Eleanor Hambleton Tarr of Takoma Park, Maryland; a son, E. James Hambleton of Silver Spring, Maryland; four grandchildren; two sisters and two brothers. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 567 \O WwW ON PUBLICATIONS OF E. J HAMBLETON Stephanoderes hampei (Ferr.) reported in State of Minas Gerais. Rev. Entomol. (Rio de J.) 2: 384. Brazilian Tingitidae (Hemiptera). Part I. Rev. Entomol. (Rio de J.) 4: 435-451, illus. With C. J. Drake. Em defesa do algodoeiro. Biologico (Sao Paulo) 1: 105-108. Alguns dados sobre lepidopteros brasileiros do Estado de Minas Ger- ais. Rev. Entomol. (Rio de J.) 5: 1-7. Conselhos para a defesa do algodoeiro. Interessantes consideracoes do entomologista. Algodao (Rio de J.) 2: 2 pp. A ‘“‘Lagarta rosada”’ nos algodoaes paulistas. Biologico (Sao Paulo) 1: 147-148. Aspectos das principais pragas do algodoeiro em Sao Paulo durante os anos de 1934-35. Biologico (Sao Paulo) 1: 295-298. Notas sobre Pseudococcinae de importancia economica no Brasil com a descricao de quatro especies novas. Arch. Inst. Biol. (Sao Paulo) 6: 105—120, illus. New Brazilian Tingitidae (Hemiptera). Part II. Arch. Inst. Biol. (Sao Paulo) 6: 141-154, illus. With C. J. Drake. Uma lista de Lepidoptera (Heterocera) do Estado de Minas Gerais. Arch. Inst. Biol. (Sao Paulo) 6: 213-256. With W. T. M. Forbes. Sugestoes para 0 combate a broca do algodoeiro. Biologico (Sao Pau- lo) 2: 307-314, illus.; Rev. Soc. Rur. Bras. (Sao Paulo) 16(194): 32— 35. illus: As pragas do algodoeiro. Rev. Soc. Rur. Bras. (Sao Paulo) 16(195): 45-47, illus. A lagarta rosada nos algodoais de S. Paulo. Rev. Soc. Rur. Bras. (Sao Paulo) 17(198): 36-37. Influencia das praticas culturais no combate a broca do algodoeiro. Rev. Soc. Rur. Bras. (Sao Paulo) 1!7(200): 40-43, illus.; Biologico (Sao Paulo) 3: 178-182. Uma nova especie de Gasterocercodes Pierce, broca do algodoeiro no Brasil (Col. Curculionidae). Rev. Entomol. (Rio de J.) 7: 345-350, illus. A broca do algodoeiro do Brasil, Gasterocercodes brasiliensis Ham- bleton (Col. Curcul.). Arch. Inst. Biol. (Sao Paulo) 8: 47-106, illus. A existencia da Platyedra gossypiella (Saunders) na floracao dos algodoeiros em S. Paulo, durante 1936-1937. Arch. Inst. Biol. (Sao Paulo) 8: 249-254, illus. Em defesa da cultura algodoeira. A broca do algodoeiro e a lagarta rosada. Rev. Soc. Rur. Bras. (Sao Paulo) 17(207): 44-45, illus. 568 1938 1938 1938 1938 1939 1939 1939 1939 1940 1942 1942 1942 1944 1944 1945 1946 1946 1946 1946 1958 1968 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Concerning Brazilian Tingitidae (Hemiptera). Part. II. Rev. Ento- mol. (Rio de J.) 8: 44-68, illus. With C. J. Drake. Brazilian Tingitoidea (Hemiptera). Part IV. Arch. Inst. Biol. (Sao Paulo) 9: 51-57, illus. With C. J. Drake. O percevejo ‘“‘Horcius nobilellus Berg’? como nova praga do algo- doeiro em Sao Paulo. Observacoes preliminares. Arch. Inst. Biol. (Sao Paulo) 9: 85—92, illus. Observacoes sobre as pragas da cultura algodoeira no Nordeste e Norte do Brasil. Arch. Inst. Biol. (Sao Paulo) 9: 319-330. With H. FOG, Saver Conselhos do Instituto Biologico de Sao Paulo sobre as pragas do algodoeiro. Agr. e Pecuar. (Rio de J.) No. 195: 10-12. Twenty new Brazilian Tingitidae (Hemiptera). Part V. Arch. Inst. Biol. (Sao Paulo) 10: 153-163. With C. J. Drake. Experiencias para combater o percevejo ‘‘Horcius nobilellus (Berg)”’ do algodao. Arch. Inst. Biol. (Sao Paulo) 10: 217-218, illus. Notas sobre os lepidopteros que atacam os algodoeiros no Brasil. Arch. Inst. Biol. (Sao Paulo) 10: 235-248. New Brazilian Tingitidae (Hemiptera). Part VI. Rev. Entomol. (Rio de J.) 11: 533-537. With C. J. Drake. | | Percevejo do algodoeiro. Sit. e Faz. (Sao Paulo) 5: 93. Two new Peruvian Tingitidae (Hemiptera). Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 16: 329-330. With C. J. Drake. Seven new South American Tingitidae (Hemiptera). Rev. Entomol. (Rio de J.) 13: 76-81. With C. J. Drake. Four new American Tingitidae (Hemiptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 46: 94-96. With C. J. Drake. Concerning Neotropical Tingitidae (Hemiptera). J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 34: 120-129, illus. With C. J. Drake. Concerning Neotropical Tingitidae (Hemiptera). J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 35: 356-367. With C. J. Drake. New species and new genera of American Tingidae (Hemiptera). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 59: 9-16. With C. J. Drake. Three new species and a new genus of American Tingidae (Hemip- tera). Entomol. News 57: 121-125. With C. J. Drake. Studies of hypogeic mealybugs. Rev. Entomol. (Rio de J.) 17: 1-77, illus. A new name for a mealybug. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 59: 177. United States technical assistance approach to problems in applied entomology. Proc. 10th Int. Congr. Entomol. (1956) 3: 75-78. New state records for a lace bug (Dictyla echii). Coop. Econ. Insect Rep. 18(28): 658. | | | a ———— VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 569 1973 1974 1976 1977 1977 1978 1979 1979 1979 Florida mealybugs of the genus Rhizoecus with description of a new species (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 1: 62—71, illus. Three new species of Rhizoecus (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae) from New Zealand, with notes and redescription of others. N.Z. J. Zool. 1: 147-158, illus. A revision of the new world mealybugs of the genus Rhizoecus (Ho- moptera: Pseudococcidae). U.S. Dep. Agric. Tech. Bull. 1522, 88 pp., illus. A review of Pseudorhizoecus Green, with a description of a related new genus (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae). J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 67: 38-41, illus. Notes on the species of Neorhizoecus Hambleton, a synonym of Rhizoecus Kunckel d’Herculais (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 79: 367- 376, illus. Three new Neotropical Rhizoecus (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 80: 156-163, illus. New information on the Rhizoecus of Florida including descriptions of four new species. Fla. Entomol. 62: 140-149, illus. Rhizoecus mealybugs of Texas, with description of a new species (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 81: 650— 652, illus. The status of Rhizoecus amorphophalli Betram, a little known Ori- ental mealybug (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae). J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 69: 62-64, illus. Louise M. Russell, Cooperating Scientist, Systematic Entomology Lab- oratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, Beltsville, Maryland 20705. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(3), 1981, pp. 570-572 Book REVIEW Entomology. 1980. C. Gillott. Plenum Press, New York. 729 pp. Cost: $49.50 (hardcover); $22.50 (paperback) Cedric Gillott of the Department of Biology, University of Saskatchewan, has published a voluminous textbook that he says is intended for ‘‘senior undergraduates taking their first course in entomology.” The text is divided into 24 chapters arranged in four main sections: Evolution and Diversity, Anatomy and Physiology, Reproduction and Development, and Ecology. The majority of the chapters have useful summaries. In an attempt to assess this book, I re-examined the other four recent American general entomology textbooks: Atkins (1978. Insects in Perspec- tive. MacMillan, New York. 513 pp.), Borror, DeLong, and Triplehorn (1976. An Introduction to the Study of Insects. 4th Ed. Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, New York. 852 pp.), Elzinga (1978. Fundamentals of Entomology. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. 325 pp.), and Daly, Doyen, and Ehrlich (1978. Introduction to Insect Biology and Diversity. McGraw- Hill, New York. 564 pp.). Based on my correspondence with the texts’ authors and their respective publishing companies, I discovered that Atkins (1978) is used in about 52 colleges and universities in the U.S. and about 5500 copies have been sold in the last two years; Borror et al. (1976), an unknown number of schools, 8083 copies; Elzinga (1978), information not available; and Daly et al. (1978), 49 schools, 4260 copies. In 1981, the fifth edition of Borror et al. and the second edition of Elzinga should be available according to the publishers. In examining the present editions of these five books, I approximated the percentages of the total number of pages that each devotes to specific main topics (Table 1). Because of interrelationships of subjects, I stress that these are approximations. However, I think that the Table indicates the main emphases on subjects that the authors make in their texts. Based on per- centages of pages in decreasing order, the main emphases in Atkins (1978) are agricultural entomology, behavior, and physiology; Borror et al. (1976), insect taxonomy and anatomy; Daly et al. (1978), taxonomy, ecology, and physiology; Elzinga (1978), taxonomy, anatomy, and behavior; and Gillott, taxonomy, physiology, ecology, and development. Moreover, each text has a good coverage of at least some material not detailed in any of the others. There is not total agreement about the ‘‘facts’’ among the texts. For ex- ample, Atkins (1978) and Daly et al. (1978) call the Protura, Collembola, and Diplura entognathus noninsectan hexapods; Borror et al. (1976) and Elzinga (1978), insects; and Gillott, apterygote noninsectan hexapods. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 3 571 Table 1. Approximate percents of pages of five general entomology textbooks that are devoted/to different topics. A = Atkins (1978); B = Borror et al. (1976); D = Daly et al. (1978): E = Elzinga (1978); G = Gillott (1980). Percentages do not add up to 100% for each book due to rounding and the exclusion of prefaces and acknowledgment sections. Abbreviations: a, no specific section is included on this subject; b, includes physiology; c, includes keys to classes, orders, or families, depending on the taxonomic group; d, includes keys to families or subfam- ilies, depending on the taxonomic group; e, includes keys to orders and families, depending on the taxonomic group; f, includes evolution; g, includes anatomy and behavior; h, includes medical entomology; i, references are given at ends of chapters, chapter sections, or both; j, includes a key to orders. Book Topic A B D E G Average Why study entomology a a a a a 0 Beneficial aspects of insects 37 0.8 0.2 S27 0.8 1.8 Brief history of entomology 233 a a a a 0.5 Insect anatomy S\e) 4.1 4.3 Zeb 4.8 iS) Insect (and kin) evolution 1.8 a 3.4 a 6.6 2.4 Classification: Insect kin 1.8 4.9.c 0.1 Sel 0.3,f, 2.4 Insects 7.4 67.4,d 3)8 He 20.6,e 30:45 | 33.1 Insect physiology 14.4 1.8 8.7,e a 27.8,g 10.5 Insect endocrinology 12 0.1 0.4 0.8 Del 0.9 Insect development PT) eS 3.7 Wel 8.0 4.6 Insect behavior 18.9 2.4 4.4 W/E) a 8.6 _ Population biology 4.1 a D8) DED a 2.4 Insect ecology 4.1 a 14.5 7.1 8.5 6.8 _ Agricultural entomology 22.6 1.4,h 3.3,h Sy? 3.8 113 _ Medical entomology 4.3 a a 1.5 0.4 1.2 | Collecting, observing, and studying insects a 5.6 a 222, a 1.6 Glossary DES 2.1 1.9 1.8 a Wet Literature cited ai a,l 4.4 Ip) a,l Index oS US 4.4 3) Sal 3 Total pages 513 852 564 325 729 596.6 | | Both Gillott and Borror et al. (1976) could be classified more as reference- type textbooks than the other three books. The extensive keys in Borror et al. (1976) make it especially useful for North American insect identification to the family and sometimes subfamily levels. Gillott includes keys only to the insect orders. For a dynamic, complex science like entomology, it is difficult to establish how much of a general textbook should be devoted to each subdiscipline. Yet it seems that a well balanced text should include the sections listed in Table 1. From the Table, it can be seen that Gillott writes more than the average percent of pages on physiology, endocrinology, development, evo- iution of insect groups, and ecology. He does not present specific sections 572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON on subjects such as the history of entomology, behavior, and collecting, observing, and studying insects. He omits a glossary although one could be quite helpful for beginning entomology students. Gillott’s writing style is basically straightforward and his text is accurate and of good quality. There are relatively few flaws in style and English, but ‘‘who”’ is used anthropomorphically in referring to an insect (526, 632). Parts of the book sound teleological; e.g., on page 651, one reads: “*To obtain effective cross-pollination: (1) plants must produce the correct amount of nectar to maintain insects’ ‘‘interest,’’ yet stimulate visits to other plants of the same species; and (2) insects must be able to recognize mem- bers of the same plant species.’’ Gillott does not always use common names that are approved by the Entomological Society of America: e.g., ““scorpion flies’’ (217), ‘‘caddis fly’’ (221), ‘‘bumblebee and honeybee”’ (316), ‘‘house- fly’ (261), ‘“‘blowfly”’ (262), and ‘‘ichneumon fly’’ (299). The text has an adequate number of good, helpful illustrations including dendrograms of many taxonomic groups. Unfortunately some poor quality illustrations (orig- inally from Swan and Papp, 1972 [The Common Insects of North America. Harper and Row, New York. 750 pp.]) are used, e.g., pages 185, 189, 235, 238, 240, 280, and 284. In accordance with the aim of a general entomology text, Gillott empha- sizes basic information, sufficiently covering many facets of the science. Yet, regarding subjects that are especially interesting to me, e.g., behavior and ecology, I feel that the text could be more modern. Concerning behavy- ior, nowhere in the book do I find mention of a main unifying concept— inclusive fitness (that also refers to biology in general). Intriguing evolu- tionary aspects of insect reproductive behavior such as mate-finding strat- egies, sperm precedence, and parental investment are omitted. Feeding the- ory (including foraging bioenergetics) and pollination seem slighted. Moreover with respect to applied entomology, I found only a meager amount of information on important new developments such as quantitative analysis and computer modeling in integrated pest management (687) (Geise et al., 1975 [Science 187: 1045-1057]). All in all, instructors who favor a textbook that is particularly strong in taxonomy, evolution of insect groups, physiology, and development might wish to examine Gillott’s Entomology for possible course adoption. Stu- dents no doubt would find the price of the hardcover edition exorbitant even in these inflationary times. Dr. Cedric Gillott reviewed a preliminary draft of this review; he does not agree with all of my comments. Drs. Atkins, Borror, Daly, and Elzinga critiqued Table 1. Edward M. Barrows, Department of Biology, Georgetown University, Washington, D.C. 20057. PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS Cynipid Galls of the Eastern United States, by Lewis H. Weld Cynipid Galls of the Southwest, by Lewis H. Weld Bie PAapeEs OMTCMMIDIG Dalley ses set ake Pe ee pee ee ee Identification of Alaskan Black Fly Larvae, by Kathryn M. Sommerman Unusual Scalp Dermatitis in Humans Caused by the Mite Dermatophagoides, by Jay R. Traver A Short History of the Entomological Society of Washington, by Ashley B. DORE at ee eee ee ee cd Se a el ee Pictorial Key to Species of the Genus Anastrepha (Diptera: Tephritidae), by ISERTCEIOe a STeYSKal 2 Samet nee So Se ae en 5 ee ee Taxonomic Studies on Fruit Flies of the Genus Urophora (Diptera: Tephriti- Gao) OV uoeOrre.. StCYSRae a = See ah eee eee MEMOIRS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON No. 1. The North American Bees of the Genus Osmia, by Grace Sandhouse. 1939 No. 2. A Classification of Larvae and Adults of the Genus Phyllophaga, by dani: GsOVins.. DA zeey sesar eee ee a ee No. 3. The Nearctic Leafhoppers, a Generic Classification and Check List, by Pauieviiisam: @man.: ROGO' == oo. oe ose a ee eee No. 4. A Manual of the Chiggers, by G. W. Wharton and H. S. Fuller. 19527 5s Be el oS pee en ea Ae Ns re ee No. 5. A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South America, by Phyllis T. INSTR CTSC ead bo Sf See oe tee Uae a ee ae arn eee ay Mee ST eh No. 6. The Female Tabanidae of Japan, Korea and Manchuria, by Wallace P. : Murdoch and Hirosi Takahasi. 1969_...-________-.____-_-__-_-_ neers. No. 7. Ant Larvae: Review and Synthesis, by.George C. Wheeler and Jeanette AES Fee Lf a < ARE PE Sees Ae we nem eee ene eer ere arom eee No. 8. The North American Predaceous Midges of the Genus Palpomyia Mei- gen (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae), by W. L. Grogan, Jr. and W. W. MIG UENNA Oyte eh + ON oe 6, SN Te ee an ee ee $15.00 (out of print) 15.00 15.00 15.00 Back issues of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington are available at $18.00 per volume to non-members and $9 per volume to members of the Society. Prices quoted are U.S. currency. Postage extra except on prepaid orders. Dealers are allowed a discount of 10 per cent on all items, including annual subscriptions, that are paid in advance. All orders should be placed with the Custodian, Entomological Society of Washington, “% Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. CONTENTS (Continued from front cover) ROBINSON, W. H—Terminalia of North American species of Group II Megaselia (Aphiochaeta), and descriptions of four new species (Diptera: Phoridae).......... 489 ROTH, L. M.—The mother-offspring relationship of some blaberid cockroaches (Dictyoptera: Blattaria: Blaberidse)):.. .2. 3.4.0.4 2 6)... oheie ne nels oes oe 390 SCARBROUGH, A. G.—Ethology of Eudioctria tibialis Banks (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: Reproductive behavior 22240. .<.. oo6. > = 5 ert =e ee 432 SCHAUFF, M. E.—A review of Nearctic species of Acmopolynema Oglobin (Hymenop- tera: Mymaridae): oo 2.5 1.5 aie oe eG Sela She Ge eer Seis oT elon rok ee 444 SMITH, R. L.—The trouble with ‘‘bobos,’’ Paraleucopis mexicana Steyskal, at Kino Bay; sonora, Mexico (Diptera: Chamaemiyiidae)) =... eer tee erie 406 SOLOMON, J. C. and R. C. FROESCHNER—Notes on food resources and behavior of the family Coreidae (Hemiptera) in a semi-deciduous tropical forest ........... 428 STEYSKAL, G. C.—A new “‘‘bobo”’ fly from the Gulf of California (Diptera: Chamaemyiidaes Paraleucopis mexicana)! a22. 2. 20) a2 ee eee eee 403 WHEELER, A. G., JR.—The distribution and seasonal history of Slaterocoris pallipes (Knight) (Hemiptera: Minidae))..< «05 rscovetecoaceryrere neater acoiat teat eve ete ince eta lac a ene eee 520 WHITE, R. E.—Three new species of Anobiidae from southwestern United States and northwestern Mexico: (Coleoptera)!=. «- .5 cence tes eee etree terete 472 WILDER, D. D.—A revision of the genus Oreothalia Melander (Diptera: Empididae) ... 461 NOTES: KINGSOLVER, J. M.—Synonymical notes on New World Bruchidae (Coleoptera), andan: Gmiend ation < PROCEEDINGS of the ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY of WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOV5 1981 LIBRARIES CONTENTS ' CARTWRIGHT, O.-L. and P. J. SPANGLER—A new Afaenius from Socorro Island, Mexico(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Aphodiinae)) ... 47-4 10.2 sacle el eee ees 785 | CLARK, W. E.—The genus Chionanthobius Pierce (Coleoptera: Curculionidae): A Hewashecies trom Cubaand: aikey, lO SPECIES!) .)..12 <0 eile ecto so oe a ete 690 DEBACH, P. and J. LASALLE—The taxonomic status of Encarsia, Prospaltella, and Trichaporus and a description of Primaprospaltella, new genus (Hymenoptera: muAlcnolnca:Aphelinidae) kee c ec. ccccre Say os ers oe oe lee aie eee the ors ee es eee 642 DEBACH, P. and M. ROSE—A new genus and species of Aphelinidae with some synonymies, a rediagnosis of Aspidiotiphagus and a key to pentamerous and het- eromerous Prospaltellinae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea: Aphelinidae) ............ 658 DUFFIELD, R. M.—Biology of Microdon fuscipennis (Diptera: Syrphidae) with inter- pretations of the reproductive strategies of Microdon species found north of Mex- NGG) Stee ene ee Eee Sari ns Peas Wen Ee Gens s Arne Reese, S 716 FISK, F. W. and C. SCHAL—Notes on new species of epilamprine cockroaches from Costalkica and Panama (Blattanan Blabertdae) , 2.5.2.5 acc os ss os se neta sie ie Sle 694 FOOTE, B. A.—Biology and immature stages of Pelina truncatula, a consumer of Hidte-preenialoae: Diptera: BM phVGndaeyy t...ccio' «eco bales @ are suc ul siecle ste atetercammen anaes 607 GRISSELL, E. E.—The identity of Nearctic Cerocephala Westwood (Hymenoptera: Bee NGAINATIG AL) wet 5, hae fae cnc aie SRS pe AR oes oho cl eh, sled wif iota, Oy Sllntee eee dona ala en een ee 620 GRISSELL, E. E.—Edovum puttleri, n. g., n. sp. (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae), an egg parasite of the Colorado potato beetle (Chrysomelidae) ...................++.0:- 790 HOEBEKE, E. R. and D. A. NICKLE—The forest cockroach, Ectobius sylvestris (Poda), a European species newly discovered in North America (Dictyoptera: ICH SE CLOUIIOAE): i. «sai ee eat iis. tine kina w hieeae Rone aamtestiecrts Berne wee Feet 592 ' MILLER, S. E., R. D. GORDON, and H. F. HOWDEN—Reevaluation of Pleistocene scarab beetles from Rancho La Brea, California (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) ...... 625 (Continued on back cover) THE ' OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 OFFICERS FOR 1981 Jack E. Lipes, President HELEN SOLLERS-RIEDEL, Hospitality Chairman MARGARET S. COLLINS, President-Elect JAY C. SHAFFER, Program Chairman Davip A. NICKLE, Recording Secretary Joyce A. UTMAR, Membership Chairman MIGNON B. Davis, Corresponding Secretary SUEO NAKAHARA, Custodian F. CHRISTIAN THOMPSON, Treasurer Jack E. Lipes, Delegate, Wash. Acad. Sci. — Davip R. SmitH, Editor i f Publications Committee ; E. Eric GRISSELL GEORGE C. STEYSKAL f, JOHN M. KINGSOLVER WAYNE N. MATHIS THOMAS E. WALLENMAIER Honorary President ; C. F. W. MUESEBECK ; Honorary Members ; FREDERICK W. Poos ASHLEY B. GURNEY RAYMOND A. ST. GEORGE — ’ | All correspondence concerning Society business should be mailed to the appropriate officer at the following address: Entomological Society of Washington, “% Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. | MEETINGS. —Regular meetings of the Society are held in the Ecology Theater, Natural History Building, Smithsonian Institution, the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in Proceedings. MEMBERSHIP.—Members shall be persons who have demonstrated interest in the science of entomology. Annual dues for mem are $10.00 (U.S. currency) of which $9.00 is for a subscription to the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington for year. > Bi PROCEEDINGS. —Published quarterly beginning with January by the Society at Washington, D.C. Members in good standing receive } the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. Nonmember subscriptions are $18.00 per year, domestic, and $20.00 i year, foreign (U.S. currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The Entomological Society of Wash- \ ington. = The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies. STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP Title of Publication: Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. Frequency of Issue: Quarterly (January, April, July, October). Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: The Entomological Society of Washington, % Depar of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, 10th and Constitution NW, Washington, D.C. 20560. Editor: Dr. David R. Smith, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, % U.S. National Museum NHB 168, Washington, D.C. 20560. _ Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: none. Please see p. 183 of the January 1981 issue regarding preparation of manuscripts. ; 5 This issue was mailed 28 October 1981 Second Class Postage Paid at Washington, D.C. and additional mailing office. PRINTED BY ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, USA SE PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 573-591 THE CAUSTICA GROUP OF THE GENUS EPICAUTA (COLEOPTERA: MELOIDAE) RICHARD B. SELANDER Professor, Department of Genetics and Development, University of IIli- nois at Urbana-Champaign, Urbana, Illinois 61801. Abstract.—The Caustica Group is defined on the basis of characters of courtship behavior and larval and adult anatomy to include the Neotropical species Epicauta caustica Rojas; E. floydwerneri Martinez (formerly in the Vittata Group); E. brasilera, new species (Brazil); and E. crucera, new species (Bolivia). Adults of these species are keyed, described, and figured. Courtship behavior and the first-instar larva are described and figured for E. floydwerneri. Available ecological information is summarized. Epicauta caustica Rojas, E. floydwerneri Martinez, and two new species of the nominate subgenus of Epicauta Dejean form a distinctive, previously unrecognized taxon that I propose to call the Caustica Group. This group occurs in the New World tropics from Panama and Venezuela south to Bolivia, extreme northern Argentina, and southern Brazil (Fig. 1). It appears to have a major disjunction of range through the heart of the Amazon Basin, but all known species surely have more extensive distributions than shown on the map, and it is not unlikely that additional species await discovery in northern and central Brazil, if not elsewhere. There are many anatomical similarities between the Caustica Group and Vittata Group in both the adult and larval stages; FE. flovdwerneri was, in fact, included in the latter group by Adams and Selander (1979). Adult feeding behavior and patterns of geographic distribution in South America are also similar. There are, however, major anatomical and behavioral dif- ferences, including unusual modifications of the male head and antennae in the Caustica Group that are associated with a highly distinctive form of courtship behavior. MATERIALS AND METHODS Twelve males and ten females of Epicauta floydwerneri taken 11-12 De- cember 1973 at the Saavedra Agricultural Experiment Station, Santa Cruz, Bolivia, were housed in two plastic cages each measuring 18 by 13 by 10 574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A € caustica @ ©. brasilera @ & floydwerneri © E crucera 1 Fig. 1. Geographic distribution of the Caustica Group. The open circle and square repre- sent, respectively, country and state records. (height) cm and provided with a floor covering of blotter paper, a dish containing moist (10% water) silica sand (depth 25 mm), and cuttings of plants as food. From 29 December 1973 on, the beetles were held at 25°C under a 12/12 daily photophase. Courtship behavior was observed in sunlight or under a bank of fluores- cent lamps at temperatures ranging from 27°C to 28%°C. The sexes were usually separated for 2-3 days before an observation period. The total du- ration of all observation periods was about ten hours. Details of the posi- tioning and movement of the male antennae during courtship were deter- mined from 300 ft of 16 mm motion picture film (24 fps) using a projector that permits inspection of single frames. } { } | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 575 Egg masses were incubated individually in cotton-stoppered 3-dram glass vials in darkness at 27°C and 100% RH in a commercial environmental chamber. First-instar larvae were killed in 70% ethyl alcohol (in water) and later treated with KOH, dehydrated through an alcohol series, cleared in oil of wintergreen and toluene, and mounted on slides in Harleco Synthetic Resin. Anatomical descriptions of adults of the group are based on material from the Cornell University Insect Collection, Ithaca, New York; Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois; Departamento de Zoologia, Secretaria de Agricultura, Sao Paulo, Brazil; Instituto Miguel Lillo, Tucuman, Argen- tina; Museo de La Plata, La Plata, Argentina; U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C.; Universidad Central de Venezuela, Maracay; and my own collection. In the text, sample means are accompanied, in parentheses, by estimates of their standard errors. ECOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR The recorded seasonal distribution of adults of E. caustica extends from 30 April to 8 August. Adults of E. crucera have been collected in November, those of E. brasilera from October to February, and those of E. floydwer- neri from November to January. Eight of 22 adults of the last species taken in Bolivia in mid-December survived until mid-March, when they were killed. In the time of Rojas (1857), adults of E. caustica were apparently well known to the natives of San Fernando de Apure, Venezuela, as a plaga del tomate (Lycopersicum esculentum Mill.); a more recent record is from po- tato (Solanum tuberosum L.) at Valencia, Venezuela. At Saavedra, Bolivia, we found adults of E. foydwerneri in an area of rank vegetation bordering agricultural fields, where they occurred singly or in small groups on Ama- ranthus sp., particularly delicate plants 20-30 cm in height. Captive adults readily ate leaves and stems of several species of Amaranthus as well as leaves of potato and an unidentified, succulent Solanum sp. from Paraguay. Available evidence suggests that the group is primarily nocturnal in the adult stage. Rojas collected specimens of FE. caustica by placing a light in his window, and several specimens from Panama are labeled as collected at ultraviolet light. In the case of E. floydwerneri, we had difficulty finding adults in the afternoon, obtaining only six individuals in about three hours of searching. However, in a period of two hours beginning at dusk we found 17 individuals (16 collected), nine of which were taken by visiting a single, small Amaranthus plant three times. Captive adults were more active at night than in the day. Under bright light they tended to hide under their food material. Rojas, who reportedly used cantharidin derived from adults of E. caustica 576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON in the treatment of ‘‘neuralgia,’’ established experimentally that both live adults and alcohol in which adults had been preserved are capable of pro- ducing blisters on human skin. Adults were described as flying and running very actively. Adults of Epicauta floydwerneri are among the most wary and easily disturbed blister beetles that I have seen, and on this account, as well as their tendency to shun bright light, it is difficult to study their behavior. Individuals swept into a collecting net invariably folded the antennae and legs against the body and feigned death, a response quite different from the typical running and hiding behavior of adults of the Vittata Group (Adams and Selander, 1979). Courtship behavior, presently known only for E. floydwerneri, is de- scribed in the following section. COURTSHIP BEHAVIOR IN EPICAUTA FLOYDWERNERI Courtship in Epicauta floydwerneri may be described conveniently in terms of (1) an orientation phase, in which the male stands near the female and tries to grasp her antennae with his own; (2) a mounted phase, in which the male is mounted directly over the female and facing in the same direc- tion; and (3) a precopulatory sequence, initiated during the mounted phase and terminating in copulation. Before considering courtship behavior as a whole, it will be useful to describe four characteristic acts of male display. In antennal wrapping, the male grasps the female’s antennae by winding his own antennae around them. Beginning from above the female’s antenna, the male’s antenna makes 1% turns. Invariably the antenna curves like a ram’s horn; that is, with respect to its base, the antenna spirals outward, turning clockwise if on the left side of the head and anti-clockwise if on the right (Fig. 2). Intimate contact with the female’s antennae is made by the ventral surfaces of segments III-VI. The first turn, involving segments III— V, is tight; the following half turn, beginning with segment VI, is looser. Antennal coiling is the act of making wrapping-like turns in the antennae without attempting to grasp the female’s antennae. Given the opportunity, a mounted male that has wrapped his antennae around the female’s pulls them straight up, aligns them nearly side by side directly in front of his head, and presses their free ends against his epicrani- um. While pressing the female’s antennae in this manner, the male usually performs repeated bouts of foretarsal rubbing, each consisting of a flurry of rapid but not particularly vigorous strokes of the inner side of the fore- tarsus against the side of the female’s head. Temporal patterning of courtship behavior.—In reading the following ac- count, it will be helpful to refer to the diagram in Fig. 3. Orientation phase: On encountering a female at a distance of no more than a few centimeters, the male becomes alert, extends the maxillary palpi VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 577 Fig. 2. Courtship behavior in Epicauta flovdwerneri. a, The male, above female, has wrapped his antennae around hers and pulled them up in front of his head. b, The male presses the ends of the female’s antennae against his epicranium. straight forward, and begins to wave the antennae up and down, alternately, as though seeking or receiving an olfactory stimulus. He then approaches warily, brings the antennae over the female, and folds the palpi to their normal position. While orienting, he may shift his position with respect to the female, but there is no clear tendency to move to the front, as in the Albida Group, or to the rear, as in the Vittata Group. Moreover, there is no antennal contact with the female during courtship except for wrapping and no palpal contact whatsoever. 578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON _-» Probe with Wrap antennae ls genitalia Mount ~” (if not done before) Insert genitalia Release Wrap Coil antennae, Release antennae antennae dismount antennae Orient, wave Dismount antennae Approach Fig. 3. Sequence of male sexual behavior in Epicauta floydwerneri. The more commonly observed transitions are indicated by heavy arrows. Once the female’s antennae are within reach, the male quickly attempts to perform antennal wrapping with one or both of his antennae. In all but a very few cases that I observed the male mounted the female as soon as wrapping occurred. Occasionally, when the female was walking, a male momentarily wrapped one of his antennae around one of hers without trying to mount. In this situation in particular, the agility and speed with which males move their antennae is impressive. By examining single frames of motion picture film, I determined that full wrapping and unwrapping of the antenna may be accomplished within !/12 s. Antennal coiling was observed only in males standing in front of females and then only rarely. It was always preceded and followed by bouts of antennal wrapping. Mounted phase: ‘Typically, the male is able to wrap only one of the female’s antennae while orienting, in which case he immediately attempts to wrap the other one once he mounts. Rarely a male orienting from the rear will mount the female and then attempt to wrap the antennae. In any event, males that cannot control both of the female’s antennae on attaining ———————— ——————————— VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 579 the mounted position almost immediately release the female and dismount. This pattern of behavior, which characterized perhaps 95% of the 150 or so mounts that I observed, is expressed even if the female does not show an overt negative response. When the male is mounted, his head is directly over the female’s. The forelegs are placed so that the base of the tarsus is against the side of the female’s thorax, either in front of her forelegs or behind them. Placement of the other legs by the male is highly variable; in many cases one or more of them remained on the substrate, as in Fig. 2a. A male that successfully wraps both of the female’s antennae brings them rapidly into the pressing position and holds them against his head during the remainder of the mounted phase (Fig. 2b). In general, however, males showed little persistence in the mounted phase unless the female was co- operative. Thus, in response to negative behavior (see below), males usually released the female’s antennae and dismounted after only 1-4 s of pressing. Only rarely did the sequence of activities proceed to the point where the male extruded the genitalia. Precopulatory sequence: If the female becomes still in response to pressing and rubbing, the male extrudes his genitalia and probes with the tip on her dorsum. In response, a receptive female turns the end of the abdomen slightly upward, and the male then inserts his genitalia in hers. Insertion of the genitalia by a small male requires that he first move back- ward; in doing so, he allows his grasp of the female’s antennae to slip distad. Once the genitalia are coupled, the male suddenly releases the female’s antennae and extends his. He then continues to hold his partner loosely with the legs for a short period of time before dismounting by falling over backward. Immediately on dismounting he rights himself and the pair thus assumes the linear copulatory position characteristic of the Meloinae. In one sequence filmed in its entirety, elapsed times from the beginning of pressing to genital extrusion, genital insertion, and release of the antennae were 2, 9, and 10.5 s, respectively. There then followed a period of 95 s before the male dismounted. Response of the female.—Females of FE. floydwerneri show little of the tolerance of male attention characteristic of most species of the Vittata Group and in this respect more closely resemble females of the Albida Group. Low level negative response in the orientation phase of courtship consists of pushing the male with the mid- or hindlegs. If this does not discourage him, the female may attack or threaten to do so. Attacks are not persistent, however, and none that I saw caused injury. When mounted by a male, an unreceptive female lowers the free antenna (or antennae) to the side of the head and directs it straight back, where it is virtually impossible for the male to wrap it. In addition, she frequently tries to dislodge the male by brushing her legs over her back. 580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON In response to pressing, receptive females become nearly comatose. When the antennae are released the head is lowered to the substrate and the antennae fall limply to either side. Recovery occurs a few seconds after the male dismounts. Discussion.—Modifications of the male epicranium, antennae, and fore- tarsi of E. floydwerneri of obvious adaptive significance in courtship are described later in this paper. Similar modifications occur in E. caustica and E. brasilera, and on this basis it is likely that males of both species perform wrapping, pressing, and rubbing much as in E. floydwerneri. On the same basis, the male of E. crucera probably does wrapping and rubbing, but since the male’s head is not much modified, the act of pressing is perhaps quite different in form or absent. Courtship in E. flovydwerneri resembles in several respects that of the Albida Subgroup of the Albida Group, as described by Selander and Mathieu (1969). In both taxa the male wraps the antennae around those of the female and intersperses orientation with frequent mounts of short duration. There are, however, numerous differences, and I would not suggest that any of the special similarities are homologous. In particular, in the Albida Subgroup (1) antennal wrapping not only involves different segments but is initiated from beneath the female’s antenna, so that the direction of spiraling is reversed; (2) the male does not press the female’s antennae against his head; (3) the male behaves in orientation as though attempting to stimulate the female visually; (4) the male antennates and palpates the body of the female; (5) the male raises his middle legs in the precopulatory sequence; and (6) a receptive female solicits mounting by tipping the body. None of the several patterns of courtship described in the Vittata Group by Adams and Selander (1979) is particularly suggestive of the pattern in E. floydwerneri. Moreover, most of the characteristic features of courtship recorded in the Vittata Group, such as antennation, palpation, regularly re- peated genital presentation, hindleg rubbing, and head nodding and tucking are lacking in E. floyvdwerneri. Still, there is one similarity that is perhaps highly significant phylogenetically. That is the fact that full antennal curling in the Vittata Group and antennal coiling in E. foydwerneri are topologically identical. OVIPOSITION IN EPICAUTA FLOYDWERNERI During the period 6 January to 16 March 1974, captive females of E. floydwerneri laid 21 egg masses, most of which were deposited in the sand provided for that purpose. Inexplicably, embryonic development occurred in only nine of the masses, an abnormally small percentage (42.9%). More- over, among those nine the mean percentage of eggs developing was only 32.6 (10.47)% and the mean percentage hatching only 15.4 (6.66)%. The mean number of eggs in 12 masses was 108.3 (6.59), with a range VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 581 from 64 (in a mass laid 13 March) to 127. Three masses, including two that produced larvae, contained twice the average number of eggs. Abnormal masses of this nature evidently result from completion of successive repro- ductive cycles without an intervening oviposition. They have been reported previously in Epicauta in the Vittata Group (Adams and Selander, 1979). Two of the double masses of E. floydwerneri contained eggs of average size as well as much smaller ones; larvae from these masses were all un- dersized, evidently because they eclosed from the smaller eggs. Incubation time in nine masses at 27°C ranged from 22 to 33 days, with a mean of 26.6 (1.06). THE FIRST-INSTAR LARVA OF EPICAUTA FLOYDWERNERI The following description of the first-instar larva of E. floydwerneri is based on an examination of 36 specimens from nine egg masses laid by females from Saavedra, Santa Cruz, Bolivia. Description.—Light brown except pronotum, metanotum, and abdominal terga I and VI-VIII and sides of II dark brown. Head surface reticulate dorsally in basal constricted region; pronotum reticulate laterally and pos- teriorly, the disk and anterior margin smooth; reticulations evaginated on meso- and metanotum only in median anterior region; reticulations strongly evaginated throughout on abdominal terga I-VII, very weakly so on VIII, not so on IX. Head (Fig. 4a) strongly narrowed basally; length of gula slightly greater than 2 greatest width of head; gular setae reaching anterior margin of gula. Antenna with segment II twice as long as III, with inner and outer setae on ventral side nearly equal in length, more than *4 as long as II; sensory organ '/3 wider and '!/s longer than III, about °/10 as long as II. Mandible moderately slender, with about 13 teeth (9 visible in outline); teeth rectangular, prominent. Maxillary palpus with segment III ?/s to +/s longer than wide, expanded on outer basal margin; sensory area of III extending about % length of segment; papillae moderately long, separated by a dis- tance about equal to their length, not obscuring one another in dorsal view; length of 2-segmented sensory appendix equal to width of segment II of labial palpus at middle. Labial palpus with segment II 2*/s as long as wide, with 1 or 2 setae; setae exceeding apex: sensory appendix as large as that of maxillary palpus. Thorax with line of dehiscence well developed and complete on pro- and mesonotum, weakly developed on metanotum; prono- tum 4 longer than meso- and metanotum combined. Abdomen with pleu- rites ventral; sterna I-VII weakly sclerotized, VIII-IX strongly so; 14 setae in posterior marginal row of terga I-VIII; setae not divided; spinelike evagi- nations at bases of marginal setae moderately developed throughout on terga I-VII, vestigial on VIII, usually with prominent lateral spines; evaginations at bases of median transverse row vestigial: tergum V about 3x as wide as long; setae of posterior marginal row of V as long as tergum; setae of median 582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 4. First-instar (triungulin) larva of Epicauta floydwerneri. a, Head, ventral view. b, Leg I, anterior view. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 583 transverse row fine, '/s as long as posterior marginal setae: pleurite V as wide as long, with spiracle in lateral '/3; diameter of abdominal spiracle I 4/7 that of mesothoracic spiracle, ?/s greater than that of abdominal spiracle II; spiracles II—VIII equal in diameter; caudal setae shorter than abdominal segments VIII-IX combined. Leg I (Fig. 4b) with coxa about twice as long as wide; femur I with 7 lanceolate setae (3 anterior, 4 posterior), femora II and III each with 7 or 8; tarsungulus I with longer seta reaching apical 4. Body length 2.6—3.4 mm. Remarks.—Mean body length is 3.4 (.01) mm in 17 larvae from several nor- mal egg masses and 2.7 (.05) in 10 larvae from 2 double masses. The larva of Epicauta floydwerneri agrees in most respects with the de- scription of the larva of the Vittata Group given by Agafitei and Selander (1980). There are, however, several important differences: (1) The terminal seta of antennal segment III is longer; (2) femur I has only seven lanceolate setae; and (3) the reticulations of the abdominal terga are not markedly stronger anteriorly and medianly, as in the Vittata Group, but instead mod- erately developed throughout. Two setae are present on segment II of each of the labial palpi in about half the specimens of E. floydwerneri examined and one in most of the others; two specimens have two setae on one palpus and one on the other. ADULT ANATOMY Adults of the Caustica Group are characterized anatomically as follows. Description.—Head quadrate. Male epicranium often flattened or im- pressed medianly from level of middle of eyes to vertex or normal in shape; deformation of male head reflected in female but usually to a much lesser degree; surface of male epicranium minutely granulate, satiny in texture, dull, more finely and sparsely punctate than in female; pubesence of median area of male epicranium absent or shortened and sparse, at least near mid- line. Male antennal callosites much enlarged, deeply dimpled, smooth, very shiny, glabrous, the smooth area on each side extending obliquely mesad and fusing between eyes to form an arch in some species. Antenna slender, filiform except for modification of basal segments in male. Male antenna with segments I-V swollen, sparsely punctate, shiny; ventral surface of III— V flattened, excavate, impunctate, glabrous, the impression lined anteriorly with very short, thick, black, spinelike setae or not; VI broadened, flattened but not excavate ventrally, with or without spinelike setae, with at least dorsal surface like that of following segments. Pronotum with a median pale vitta, sometimes marked in pubescence only. Foretibial spurs spinelike, subequal in both sexes. Hindtibial spurs moderately thickened, obliquely truncate except in E. crucera. Male foretarsus somewhat thickened, with tarsal pads better developed than in female. Elytra with dark vittae exten- 584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON sive, fused apically, so that pale areas between them appear as a pale discal vitta and a less distinct pale lateral one (sometimes absent). Remarks.—The enlargement of the antennal callosities is a functional cor- relate of the prominent role of the male antennae in courtship behavior. In particular, the mesal extension of the callosities to form a frontal arch would seem to reflect strengthening of the musculature involved in bringing the female’s antennae together in front of the male’s head and holding them there during pressing. The texture of the epicranial surface of the male is unusual for Meloidae; possibly it facilitates the distribution of a glandular product on the cuticle. The modified segments of the male’s antennae are, as we have seen, precisely those making intimate contact with the female’s antennae in the courtship act of wrapping. KEY TO SPECIES (ADULTS) OF THE CAUSTICA GROUP 1. Epicranium not deformed; male antennal callosities not fused me- dianly between eyes; male antennal segments III-V lacking a row of spinelike setae ventrally; head and pronotum orange, black mac- lates Bolivia. 222: &..\e yaaa ee: E. crucera, new species — Epicranium flattened or impressed, more strongly so in male than in female; male antennal callosities fused medianly between eyes; male antennal segments IIJ-V usually with a row of spinelike setae ventrally: color vatiable. 2.702 col. © oe cack teres oh srt 2 Head orange, black maculate; pronotum and elytra largely dark brown: epicranium very deeply impressed in male, moderately so in nN female) PanamajtosVienezuelas->: Sibir. ee tess. eee E. caustica Rojas — Head chestnut brown, immaculate; epicranium shallowly impressed or flattened. Central South America s.cinss sist sti eee eee 3 3. Elytra tan or light brown, generally paler than head and pronotum; epicranium impressed in both sexes; median area of epicranium gla- brous in male; pubescence on head largely white ................ ie hpbackwithe set ils cba. Agate Sa oe E. brasilera, new species — Elytra chocolate brown, darker than head and pronotum; epicranium flattened; median area of epicranium sparsely pubescent in male; pubescence on head largely black ......... E. floydwerneri Martinez Epicauta caustica Rojas Figs. 5a, 6a Epicauta caustica Rojas, 1857: 441 [Type-material from San Fernande de Apure, Apure, Venezuela, presumably lost; NEoTYPE, 6, from San Juan de los Morros, Guarico, Venezuela, 8 August 1964, J. and B. Bechyne, in the collection of the Instituto de Zoologia Agricola, Universidad Cen- tral de Venezuela, Maracay, hereby designated]. Denier, 1935a: 22; 1936b: 154. Lytta caustica, Haag-Rutenberg, 1880: 53. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 585 Fig. 5. Heads of males. a, Epicauta caustica. b, E. brasilera. c, E. floydwerneri. d, E. crucera. \ Description of adult——Length 11-19 mm. Head orange with a pair of small, narrowly separated black spots on front between eyes and a pair of large black spots on epicranium halfway between upper margin of eyes and vertex (lacking in one male from Venezuela); pubescence white except (usually) on and around large black spots. Antenna and palpi black. Prono- tum dark brown except for a broad orange-testaceous median vitta, which is paler than head except at apex; vittae at middle little more than 4 width 586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON of pronotum, gradually widened anteriorly and posteriorly; setae white on vitta and margins, brown, finer, not greatly affecting coloration elsewhere. Scutellum orange testaceous, densely white pubescent. Elytra dark brown, densely clothed with brown recumbent setae (as on pronotum), except on margins and discal vitta, which are orange testaceous and densely clothed with white setae; discal vitta extending to near apex, as wide as pronotal vitta at its middle, very cleanly delimited, as is the white margining; lateral pale vitta marked in pubescence only, rather diffused, usually vestigial; entire elytral surface sparsely, regularly set with long, thick, nearly erect sericeous brown setae. Venter of thorax dark brown, densely, finely pu- bescent, the setae brown laterally, becoming white on ventral %. Legs brown; pubescence fine, whitish, especially fine on anterior surfaces of mid- and hindfemora. Abdomen dark brown; pubescence dense, sericeous brown, except white on posterior margins of sterna. Pronotum 4/40 as wide as long; sides parallel for basal 3/4. Male: Epicranium very deeply, broadly impressed medianly from mid- dle of eyes to vertex, which is deeply notched; surface for most part mi- nutely granulate; impression impunctate, glabrous; pubescence at tempora shorter and sparser than in female; front smooth, incorporating spots be- tween eyes. Antennal segments I—V strongly swollen; ventral surface of segments III—-VI lined anteriorly with spinelike setae; VI clearly broadened, ventrally flat and glabrous; ratio of lengths of segments I-XI (to a total length of 1000) 125, 87, 125, 68, 58, 77, 102, 100, 110, 108, 140; segments I and III less than % as wide as long, IV nearly °/10, V nearly quadrate, VI 6/10 as wide as long, VII—VIII about 4/10, IX—X about 3/10, XI about '/4. Female: Head impressed but not nearly so deeply as in male; impression punctate and pubescent. Nomenclature.—This species was incorrectly synonymized with E. cap- itata (Castelnau) by Wellman (1910: 23) and was listed in the synonymy of both that species and E. philaemata (Klug) by Borchmann (1917). Geographic distribution.—Canal Zone of Panama eastward to the states of Guarico and Bolivar, Venezuela (Fig. 1). The species has not been re- ported previously from Panama and is not presently recorded from Colom- bia, although it undoubtedly occurs there. PANAMA: Canal Zone: Barro Colorado Island, 23 June 1948, 1; 10/17 May 1964, 1; 17 October 1964, Duckworth, 3; 23 June 1967, 2; 3 July 1967, 1. VENEZUELA: Apure: San Fernando de Apure, 230 m [Rojas, 1857]. Bolivar: La Vergarena, 17 July 1955, 2. Aragua: Maracay, 450 m, 12 July 1965, Rivas, 1. Carabobo: Naguanagua, 30 May 1966, Diaz Sierra, 1; Valen- cia, 3 June 1939, 5. Guarico: Ortiz, 2 July 1950, 2; San Juan de los Morros, 8 August 1964, Bechynes, 5. Tachira: La Fria, 300 m, 10 June 1972, Joly, 1. Zulia: Carrasquero, km 20, 2 May 1960, Rosales, 2; El Tucuco, 420 m, VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 587 21/27 May 1971, Rosales et al., 5; km 80, carretera entre Valera [in Trujillo] and Maracaibo, 30 April 1960, 3. Epicauta brasilera Selander, NEW SPECIES Figs. Sb, 6b Description of adult.—Length 11-14 mm. Head and pronotum chestnut brown. Antenna and palpi piceous. Elytra tan to light brown, generally paler than head and pronotum. Venter and legs darker brown. Head immaculate, sparsely white pubescent. Antenna and palpi piceous. Pronotum sparsely white pubescent, with a median pale vitta marked in pubescence only, gen- erally poorly defined. Elytra with pubescence usually white, in which case the margins and vittae are marked only by the setae being denser than elsewhere; pubescence varying to brown, in which case margins and vittae are more conspicuous; in any case, cuticle not paler beneath margins and vittae; vittae similar in size to those of E. caustica but less well differen- tiated from rest of surface; lateral vitta absent in | specimen; lateral white margin of elytra much wider than sutural one, not sharply delimited; surface with long setae nearly recumbent, pale, not conspicuous. Venter entirely white pubescent. Pronotum 8/10 to nearly °/10 as wide as long; sides parallel for basal 3/4. Male: Epicranium shallowly, very broadly impressed medianly from middle of eyes to vertex; impression impunctate, glabrous; pubescence at tempora shorter and sparser than in female. Antenna with segments I—V not quite so strongly swollen as in E. caustica; ventral surface of III—V lined anteriorly with spinelike setae; VI not so broad as in E. caustica, flattened ventrally but not glabrous and with spinelike setae frequently absent; ratio of lengths of segments I—XI (to a total length of 1000) 97, 51, 105, 73, 66, fa, 97,-107= 105, -102,, 122: sesment IV 7/10 as wide as long, V 7/3, VI 44, VII-X about 7/10, XI about 1/4. Female: Head more shallowly impressed but definitely so; impression punctate and pubescent. Type designation.—Holotype, 6, from S[ao] Domingos, Mato Grosso do Sul, Brasil, October 1949, deposited in the Field Museum of Natural His- tory. The holotype was selected because of its good physical condition. Un- fortunately, with four settlements of the name ‘‘Sao Domingos’? in Mato Grosso do Sul (United States Board on Geographic Names, 1963), the type- locality cannot be identified precisely. Geographic distribution.—States of Goias, Mato Grosso, Mato Grosso do Sul, and Sao Paulo, Brazil (Fig. 1). BRAZIL: Goids: Campinas, February 1936, 1; Rio Verde, 1. Mato Grosso: R{io] das Mortes [incorrectly specified as in Goias], 9 Novem- 588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 6. Antennae of males. a, Epicauta caustica. b, E. brasilera. c, E. floydwerneri. ber 1937, 6. Mato Grosso do Sul: Corumba, 1; Sao Domingos [am- biguous; not mapped], October 1949, 5. State Unknown: Santa Cruz, P. Ringer, Halle, 1. Sado Paulo: State label only, 3. Epicauta floydwerneri Martinez Rigse 5C; 6c Lytta rubriceps Blanchard, in Blanchard and Brullé, 1843: 200, pl. 15, fig. 8 [Type material from the province of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, presumably in the Muséum National d’ Histoire Naturelle, Paris]. Epicauta rubriceps, Borchmann, 1917: 80 (in part). Denier, 1935a: 24 (in part); 1935b: 159 (in part). Epicauta floydwerneri Martinez, 1955: 58 [New name for E. rubriceps (Blan- chard, 1843), not E. rubriceps (Redtenbacher, 1842: 535)]. Description of adult—Length 9-17 mm. Head and pronotum deep chest- nut brown. Antenna and palpi black. Elytra and venter of thorax rich choc- olate brown. Legs brown. Abdomen chocolate brown to dark brown. Head immaculate; surface for the most part finely punctate, minutely granulate, satiny; pubescence short, sparse, that on midline at vertex, around eyes, and on underside of head white, the rest black; epicranium flattened, equally so in the sexes. Pronotum 7/10 as wide as long; sides parallel for basal 3/4; pubescence black except on deflexed lateral areas, anterior and posterior margins, and along fine median vitta; vitta about '/7 width of pronotum at VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 589 middle, flared to base of pronotum; cuticle not paler beneath margins and vitta. Elytra black pubescent except finely, cleanly margined with white pubescence and with a pair of neat white vittae; outer vitta generally less densely pubescent, arising at about basal 4, although it may extend forward (marked by few pale setae only) to join discal vitta at humerus: cuticle of margins and discal vitta about same color as head and pronotum; lateral vitta not or not so well marked in cuticle; long, nearly erect setae confined to apical region. Venter of thorax with pubescence black or dark at sides, becoming white in middle 2. Legs largely gray-white pubescent. Abdomen black pubescent except for white fringing setae. Male: Epicranium flattened, not impressed, more finely punctate and with sparser black setae than in female, especially medianly. Antenna with segments I-V slightly less strongly swollen than in FE. brasilera; ventral surface of III—V lined anteriorly with spinelike setae; VI hardly broadened, flattened and with spinelike setae ventrally but not glabrous; ratio of lengths of segments (to a total length of 1000) 94, 47, 100, 72, 66, 81, 98, 104, 106, 106, 126; segment IV less than 7/10 as wide as long, V °/10, VI 4/10, VII-IX ADOUt */105; % 2/4, X10 1/5. Female: Front of head flattened, as in male. Geographic distribution.—Southeastern Boliva, northern Argentina, and Paraguay (Fig. 1). There is a female in the Pereira Collection labeled ‘*Par- aiba/Arena/7.VI.953,’° presumably from the state of Paraiba, Brazil. The extension of range is so great that, under the circumstances, I am inclined to question the accuracy of the label. ARGENTINA: Formosa: Formosa, November 1952, Pena, 1. Misiones: San Ignacio, Bades, |; province label only, Rodriguez, 2. BOLIVIA: Santa Cruz: [San José de] Chiquitos, 700 m, November 1959, 2; El Cidral, 1/28 January 1962, Golbach, 4; Saavedra Agricultural Experiment Station, 11/12 December 1973, Selander and Bouseman, 22. PARAGUAY: Country label only, 1. Epicauta crucera Selander, NEW SPECIES Fig. 5d Description of adult.—Length 9-10 mm. Head orange: much of epicrani- um on each side of midline occupied by a large black spot that extends onto the front between the eyes where it is interrupted, producing a small, round spot on each side of midline; pubescence black, regular. Antenna and palpi black. Pronotum fully °/10 as wide as long; sides slightly divergent from base to apical '/4; color orange, with an extensive lunate black spot on each side; surface densely, rather coarsely punctate, moderately shiny; pubes- cence black on black spots, sericeous yellow elsewhere, not affecting col- oration. Elytra dark brown with a narrow discal vitta and lateral margin straw yellow; surface finely punctate, minutely granulate; pubescence black SS eee. £606 a eae 590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON except yellow on vitta and lateral margin; thick, nearly erect setae absent; discal vitta sharply delimited, very narrow; pale lateral margin very narrow, extending to about apical '/s of elytron; lateral vitta faintly suggested by a few yellow setae. Venter dark brown; pubescence fine, off-white, the setae thicker and more conspicuous along posterior margins of abdominal sterna. Legs dark brown, largely off-white pubescent; hindtibial spurs thicker than those of fore- and midlegs but not so thick as in other species of the group, not flared, flattened posteriorly, not obliquely truncate. Male: Head with epicranium neither impressed nor flattened; antennal callosities enlarged, deeply dimpled but not extending mesad to form an arch; epicranial surface minutely granulate, satiny, rather densely punctate except along midline; pubescence sparse. Antenna not so elongate and slen- der as in other species; ventral surface of III-VI lacking spinelike setae; VI hardly broadened, flattened and glabrous in basal %; ratio of lengths of segments I—XI (to a total length of 1000) 125, 47, 125, 75, 75, 100, 107, 110, 103, 109, 154; segment IV nearly +/s as wide as long, V 7/3, VI more than 4/19, VII-VIII less than 4/10, IX—X '/3, XI more than !/4. Female: Unknown. Type designation.—Holotype, ¢, from [San José de] Chiquitos, 700 m, Santa Cruz, Bolivia, November 1959, from Walz, formerly in my collection, deposited in the Field Museum of Natural History. Geographic distribution.—The species is known only from the type-local- ity, in southeastern Bolivia, where it occurs with E. floydwerneri (Fig. 1). BOLIVIA: Santa Cruz: [San José de] Chiquitos, 700 m, November 1959; 2. Remarks.—The male antennae are similar to those of E. floydwerneri but lack the ventral spinelike setae. The antennal callosities are less modified than in other species of the group. The shape of the epicranium is normal, although the surface is modified. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am indebted to J. K. Bouseman for helping me collect adults of Epicauta floydwerneri, to the authorities of the Saavedra Agricultural Experiment Station for allowing us to work there, and to Alice Prickett for preparing the figures. Loans of specimens were obtained through the kindness of H. Dybas, L. J. Joly Tinoco, J. M. Kingsolver, L. L. Pechuman, P. Francisco Silverio Pereira CMF, B. Torres, and A. Willinck. Field work in South America was financed by a grant from the National Science Foundation (GB-33516, R. B. Selander, Principal Investigator). LITERATURE CITED Adams, C. L. and R. B. Selander. 1979. The biology of blister beetles of the Vittata Group of the genus Epicauta (Coleoptera, Meloidae). Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 162(4): 137- 266. a aa een VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 59] Agafitei, N. J. and R. B. Selander. 1980. First instar larvae of the Vittata Group of the genus Epicauta (Coleoptera: Meloidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 53: 1-26. Blanchard, E. 1843. Jn Blanchard, E. and A. Brullé, Insectes ... , in Bertrand, P., ed., Voyage dan I’Amerique Meridionale . . . par Alcide d’Orbigny, vol. 6, pt. 2, 222 pp., 32 pls. Paris. Borchmann, F. 1917. Meloidae, Cephaloidae. Jn Junk, W. and S. Schenkling, Coleopterorum Catalogus, pt. 69, 208 pp. Berlin. Denier, P. C.. L. 1935a. Estudios sobre Meloidos americanos. Apuntes criticos de sistematica y de nomenclatura. Rev. Argent. Entomol. 1: 15-28. . 1935b. Coleopterorum Americanorum familiae Meloidarum. Rev. Soc. Entomol. Ar- gent. 7: 139-176. Haag-Rutenberg. 1880. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Canthariden. Dt. Entomol. Z. 24: 17-90. Martinez, A. 1955. Notas sobre Meloidae IV. Una nueva especie y un nuevo nombre de Epicautas bolivianas (Col. Meloidae). Neotropica 1: 55-58. Redtenbacher, L. 1842. Coleoptera. Jn Kollar, V. and L. Redtenbacher, Aufzahling und Beschreibung der von Freiherrn Carl v. Higel auf seiner Reise durch Kaschmir und das Himaleyagebirg gesammelten Insecten, pp. 497-546, pls. XXIII-X XVII. Jn von Hiigel, C. F., Kaschmir und das Reich der Siek, vol. 4, pt. 2. Stuttgart. Rojas, M. A., de. 1857. Description d'une nouvelle espece de Coléoptéres de la republique de Venezuela. Rev. Mag. Zool. (2) 9: 441-444. Selander, R. B. and J. M. Mathieu. 1969. Ecology, behavior, and adult anatomy of the Albida Group of the genus Epicauta (Coleoptera, Meloidae). Ill. Biol. Monogr. 42, 168 pp. United States Board on Geographic Names. 1963. Gazetteer No. 71 Brazil. Office of Geog- raphy, Department of Interior, Washington, D.C., 915 pp. Wellman, F. C. 1910. On the synonymy of the Meloidae. Dt. Entomol. Z. 1910: 23-27. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 592-595 THE FOREST COCKROACH, ECTOBIUS SYLVESTRIS (PODA), A EUROPEAN SPECIES NEWLY DISCOVERED IN NORTH AMERICA (DICTYOPTERA: BLATTODEA: ECTOBIIDAE) E. RICHARD HOEBEKE AND DAVID A. NICKLE (ERH) Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; (DAN) Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % National Museum of Natural History, Wash- ington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—Ectobius sylvestris (Poda) was collected in 1980 in New York State, the first record of this European species for North America. This is the second European member of the genus Ectobius potentially to become established in North America. Ectobius sylvestris is described briefly, and its dorsal habitus and external male characters are illustrated. Helfer’s key to the cockroach species occurring in North America is modified to include E. sylvestris. A European cockroach, Ectobius sylvestris (Poda), was detected in North America in June 1980 with the collection of a single male specimen in a home at Geneva, New York!. One of us (ERH) received this specimen for identification; it did not agree with any of the native North American species, but it did key readily to E. sylvestris in the European literature (Chopard, 1951; Princis, 1965; Harz and Kaltenbach, 1976). This specimen was sent to DAN for confirmation. In this paper, we discuss recognition features, known distribution, biol- ogy, and habits of E. sylvestris. Only one other species of the genus Ec- tobius, E. pallidus (Olivier), has been reported in the United States (Flint, 1951; cited as lividus (Fabricius)). Distinctive characters of E. pallidus and available information on its distribution and general bionomics are discussed by Gurney (1953; cited as /ivens (Turton)). At present it is known to occur in Massachusetts and Michigan (Gurney, 1968). Ectobius sylvestris (Fig. 1) is a relatively small species, about 7.5 to 11 ' Since the submission of this paper for publication, 2 ¢ and 4 2 of this species have been collected by Siegfried Lienk between May 25 and July 16, 1981 at another locality in Geneva, New York. Two specimens were found in a home, while the other 4 were collected in traps out of doors. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 593 Figs. 1,3. Ectobius sylvestris. Fig. 2. E. pallidus. 1, Dorsal habitus, male (scale line = 2.5 mm). 2, 3, Dorsal abdominal glandular depression of 7th tergum, male (adapted from Princis, 1965). mm in overall length (range in length is based on available literature; the New York specimen is approximately 10 mm in length); general color yel- lowish brown; head and antennae blackish; pronotum black or blackish red with pale, transparent margins; tegmina (fully developed in male; reduced and truncate in female) pale yellowish brown with a few darker blotches, and a few small black spots; nerves pale; hindwings fully developed in male, slightly infuscated, with a distinctive intercalated triangle (see Gurney, 1968: 686, fig. 2); legs, abdomen, and cerci dark. Based on the dorsal habitus, there are a few native North American species which might be confused with E. sylvestris. Pseudomops septen- trionalis Hebard, Leurolestes pallidus (Brunner), and two species of Par- coblatta, P. divisa (Saussure and Zehntner) and P. pensylvanica (De Geer), all resemble E. sylvestris rather closely in having a dark pronotal disc with pale, transparent margins. However, they differ from E. sy/vestris in lacking the well-developed intercalated triangle of the hindwing and are generally larger in overall length. We have modified Helfer’s (1963) key to include both species of Ectobius now known to occur in North America; couplet #45 (p. 58) is altered as follows. Figure numbers herein refer to those in this paper. 594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 45a. Ventroposterior margin of anterior femur with conspicuous spines (EGtobius): “es 24 th. i Pei o-oo ee 45’ 45’a. Pronotal disc pale yellowish brown with marginal area transpar- ent, marked with reddish brown spots; male dorsal abdominal glandular depression oval, slightly transverse, hindmargin not reaching middle of 7th tergum (Fig. 2); Spotted Mediterranean COCKTOACH = bln are aeOes ee eee Ectobius pallidus (Olivier) 45'b. Pronotal disc black or blackish red with marginal area transparent (Fig. 1); male dorsal abdominal glandular depression round and large, hindmargin convex and nearly reaching apical margin of 7th tergum:(Fig..3):;.Forestcockroach .22322/% <2. eee ae Re te here Pena eeu tat tray, iene Ser Ectobius sylvestris (Poda) 45b. Ventroposterior margin of anterior femur lacking conspicuous spines or with a fringe of stiff hairs and one spine at apex ...... 46 Ectobius sylvestris occurs throughout most of Europe (excluding the Brit- ish Isles), including Sweden, Finland, Denmark, Holland, Belgium, France, Germany, Switzerland, northern Italy, Australia, Czechoslovakia, Yugo- slavia, Bulgaria, Hungary, Rumania, Poland, and European USSR (Princis, 1971; Harz and Kaltenbach, 1976). Three subspecies of E. sylvestris, syl- vestris (Poda), discrepans Adelung, and lucidus (Hagenbach), based pri- marily on pronotal disc color differences, are recognized in Europe. The specimen from Geneva, N.Y., agrees with the subspecies discrepans. Only one American locality is known at present for EF. sylvestris, 1.e., Geneva, N.Y. One male specimen was collected some time before the end of June 1980 by Mrs. L. K. Brandt and submitted for identification by S. E. Lienk of the New York State Agricultural Experiment Station, Cornell Uni- versity, Geneva, N.Y. Mrs. Brandt stated that the specimen was found in her kitchen. She noted also that a son had returned from Europe the pre- vious summer and that much of his baggage and goods were stored in the basement. It is possible then that there is an established population in the basement of the Brandt residence and that this species is not found else- where. Ectobius sylvestris, like the related species E. lapponicus (L.) and E. pallidus, lives in a variety of outdoor habitats. It is found commonly on the ground in forests, particularly in mountainous areas (Dierl, 1978). A sum- mary of the biology, mating, and oviposition habits of E. sylvestris 1s pro- vided by Harz (1960). LITERATURE CITED Chopard, L. 1951. Orthopteroides. Fauna de France 56: 359 pp. Dierl, W. 1978. British and European insects. Chatto and Windus, London. 143 pp. Flint, O. S. 1951. A new cockroach record for the United States. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 46: 53. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 595 Gurney, A. B. 1953. Distribution, general bionomic, and recognition characters of two cock- roaches recently established in the United States. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 103(3315): 39_S6. . 1968. The Spotted Mediterranean cockroach, Ectobius pallidus (Olivier) (Dictyoptera, Blattaria, Blattellidae), in the United States. USDA Coop. Econ. Insect Rep. 18(29): 684-686. Harz, K. 1960. Ein Beitrag zur Biologie der Schaben. Abh. Naturwiss. Ver. Wurzburg 3: 1=32. Harz, K. and A. Kaltenbach. 1976. Family: Ectobiidae, Genus: Ectobius, pp. 207-258. In Die Orthopteren Europas III. Dr. W. Junk B.V., The Hague. 434 pp. Helfer, J. R. 1963. How to know the grasshoppers, cockroaches and their allies. W. C. Brown Company Publishers, Dubuque, Iowa. 353 pp. Princis, K. 1965. Ordnung Blattariae in Bestimmungsbucher z. Bodenfauna Europas, Liefe- rung 3. Akademie Verlag, Berlin. 50 pp. 1971. Orthopterorum Catalogus, Pars 14, Blattariae: Subordo Epilamproidea, Fam.: Ectobiidae. Dr. W. Junk B.V., The Hague. 1224 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 596-606 THE DISCOVERY OF HYDORA, A HITHERTO AUSTRALIAN-NEW ZEALAND GENUS OF RIFFLE BEETLES, IN AUSTRAL SOUTH AMERICA (COLEOPTERA: ELMIDAE) PAUL J. SPANGLER AND HARLEY P. BROWN (PJS) Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560; (HPB) Department of Zoology and Stovall Museum of Science and History, University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma 73019. Abstract.—The genus Hydora (Coleoptera: Elmidae), previously known only from New Zealand and Australia, is reported from southern Chile and Argentina for the first time. Two new taxa, Hydora annectens, n. sp., and Hydora \enta, n. sp., are described, keyed, and compared with New Zealand congeners; their distinguishing characters and typical biotopes are illustrat- ed. The known distributions of the new taxa are plotted on a map. Among various Chilean aquatic beetles received for identification from Allan Ashworth were five specimens of an interesting larine elmid beetle which keys readily to the genus Hydora in Hinton’s (1940) key to the tribes (now subfamilies) of Elmidae. Other specimens of this genus had been found previously by a few other collectors but the species remained undescribed; the earliest collection known to us was made by W. Wittmer in 1950. This was followed by collections made by A. Kovacs (1958, 1959, 1961); R. L. Usinger (1962); O. S. Flint, Jr. (1966, 1969, 1974, 1978); H. P. Brown (1971); A. C. Ashworth, J. W. Hoganson, and H. Mooers (1977, 1979); and P. J. Spangler (1978). These taxa are described below to make the names avail- able for use by Allan Ashworth and his associates in their studies of fossil insects in Chilean peat bogs and to report, for the first time, the occurrence in austral South America of this Australian-New Zealand genus. The new elmid beetles described below represent the fifth genus of aquatic beetles (other than some cosmopolitan genera) that are known to occur or whose closest relatives are known to occur in austral South America and New Zealand and Australia. The four genera previously reported are: Aus- trolimnius, Elmidae (Hinton, 1965); Lancetes, Dytiscidae (Sharp, 1882); Meropathus, Hydraenidae (Perkins, 1980); and Cylorygmus, Hydrophilidae VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 597 Table 1. Comparison of characters between New Zealand and austral South American taxa. pees New Zealand Taxa Austral South American Taxa ees 1. Constriction across Very shallow and indistinct apical 3 of pronotum. in some species, distinct in others. Moderately impressed dorsally, distinct laterally. 2. Elytra. With 11 rows of coarse, With 11 rows of coarse to distinct punctures; 2nd (accessory) row incomplete, restricted to basal '/s of length: all rows distinct on base in most species. moderately fine punctures; 2nd (accessory) row incomplete, restricted to basal '/s of length; 2nd, 3rd, and 4th rows fine to effaced on base (H. lenta) or all distinct on base (H. annectens). 3. Elytral disc at basal 4. Evenly rounded in some species, distinctly depressed in others. Distinctly depressed. 4. Ultimate segment of maxillary and labial palpi. Moderately to strongly swollen. Strongly swollen. (d’Orchymont, 1933). The occurrence of taxa of Hydora in Argentina and Chile thus represents the second genus in the Elmidae with congeners in the Australian-New Zealand areas. Specimens of Hydora are uncommon in collections. As far as we know, only 97 specimens representing the genus have been collected in austral South America since the first specimens were collected 30 years ago. To determine whether they were congeneric taxa, the two new species from South America were compared with 25 specimens from New Zealand rep- resenting Hydora angusticollis (Pascoe), H. obsoleta Broun, H. picea (Broun), and other species. Although many of the specimens from New Zealand were old and missing some of their appendages, comparisons of male genitalia and several external characters were possible and showed that all taxa examined are very similar in most characters and the differences are minor and ones of degree (see Table 1). Therefore, the South American taxa are considered to be congeners of the genus Hydora. In comparing the specimens from both continents we also found that the total length of each antenna of all available males from austral South Amer- ica was slightly more than twice as long as the side of the pronotum, whereas the total length of the antennae of the females was only about one-third longer than the length of the side of the pronotum. This sexual difference in antennal length does not appear to hold true for New Zealand species. 598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON INTERCONTINENTAL RELATIONSHIPS In his revision of the Australian species of the intercontinental elmid genus Austrolimnius, Hinton (1965) mentions that the environmental re- quirements of many organisms are known well enough to distinguish be- tween those which can tolerate a wide range of ecological conditions and those which have much more rigid requirements. Furthermore, he points out that (1) organisms that have narrowly restricted ecological requirements tend to disperse slowly and are not commonly transported accidentally; and, conversely, (2) tolerant taxa disperse rapidly and are more liable to be trans- ported accidentally. Therefore, if the first situation applies, the evidence for past land connections is strengthened and, conversely, if the second situa- tion applies, the evidence is much weakened. Most elmids have narrowly restricted ecological requirements and they are good subjects for biogeo- graphical analysis when they exhibit discontinuous distribution such as seen in Austrolimnius and now in Hydora. However, the arguments for past continental connections between austral South America and New Zealand-Australia are not quite as convincing for the genus Hydora as they are for Austrolimnius for the following reasons. Members of the genus Austrolimnius, like all other elmids, obtain their oxygen supply under water by a plastron, i.e., a dense covering of hairlike or scalelike setae usually on various parts of their ventral surface. This method of obtaining oxygen is restricting because it requires water with a high oxygen content. Furthermore, Austrolimnius belongs to the subfamily Elminae and members of this subfamily normally are capable of flight for only a few days after they become adults and before they enter their aquatic habitat where their wing muscles soon atrophy, for they spend the remainder of their lives under water. Therefore, the presence in both South America and New Zealand-Australia of congeneric taxa of Austrolimnius which are restricted by habitat requirements and extremely low flight potential pro- vides strong support for the hypothesis that the two continents were for- merly one that divided, drifted apart, and carried ancestral taxa along on both land masses. The disjunct distribution of members of the genus Hydora is somewhat less convincing evidence of past drifting of continents because the members of the genus belong to the elmid subfamily Larinae and larine elmids nor- mally live above water, usually at or near the air-water interface. Although larine elmids generally occur in oxygen-rich, clean streams and brooks, they seem to be less restricted than the members of the Elminae because they do retain functional flight muscles and most are not restricted to a life under water. (However, the calcareous encrustations on certain specimens of Hydora from New Zealand suggest prolonged immersion.) The specimens of Hydora we collected were notably passive and could be easily ap- proached and collected by hand. Specimens of Hydora evidently do fly : VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 599 od yp i/ Figs. 1, 2. Hydora annectens, habitus. 1, Dorsum, 24x. 2, Venter, 24x. Seip , oe Ay. ancleny Wea hele’: ops s 7 under certain conditions because a few specimens were collected by Ash- worth et al. by ‘“‘light trapping,’ but we believe they do not fly as readily as do most members of the subfamily with which we are familiar. Therefore, we believe the presence of the genus Hydora in South America as well as New Zealand- Australia is additional supportive evidence of dispersal of con- geners by drifting continents. Hydora annectens Spangler and Brown, NEw SPECIES Figs. 1-5, 8 Holotype male.—Body form and size: Elongate, narrow, subparallel (Figs. 1, 2); dorsal surface feebly convex. Length 3.6 mm; greatest width 1.5 mm. Coloration: Integument nigro-cinereous except trochanters and basal 74 of femora dark yellowish brown. Body covered with dense, short, recum- bent, yellowish hairlike setae. Head (Fig. 3): Microreticulate and finely, densely punctate; punctures separated by their width. Interocular width twice width of an eye. Antenna long; total length twice as long as side of pronotum; arising from lower inner corner of eye. Thorax: Pronotum (Fig. 4) about 4/s as long as width of base; transverse constriction across apical 4%, moderately impressed dorsally and distinctly 600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 3,4. Hydora annectens. 3, Head, 75x. 4, Pronotum, 75x. a I VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 601 impressed laterally; anterior margin feebly arcuate; anterolateral angles ob- tuse, not produced; sides sinuous; base trisinuate; posterolateral angles acute, not produced posteriorly; a broad sublateral carina on basal 2; disc between carinae tumid; depressed between sublateral carinae and postero- lateral angles; surface microreticulate and punctate as on head but punctures obscured by pubescence. Elytra almost 5x longer than pronotum; depressed on disc at about basal 4%; apices evenly rounded; humeri moderately gib- bous. Each elytron with 11 rows of coarse punctures; 2nd (accessory) row incomplete and restricted to about basal '/s; coarse punctures separated by Y their width or by their width; intervals almost flat, finely punctate, punc- tures separated by about their diameter. Scutellum rather flat, moderately large, triangular; sides slightly longer than width of base. Prosternum short in front of forecoxae; prosternal process elongate, moderately narrow (Fig. 2), about 3.6 longer than wide, apex blunt and fitting into a deep fovea in mesosternum. Mesosternum with a deep transverse depression between midcoxae. Metasternum ridgelike behind mesosternal depression then de- pressed before becoming swollen on discal area; entire surface pubescent; short, narrow, glabrous, longitudinal groove on posterior 2 in front of hind- coxae. Tarsal claws moderately stout, unmodified. Abdomen (Fig. 2): Sterna uniformly pubescent; moderately coarsely, densely punctate; punctures separated by 2 to 2 their width. Lateral mar- gins of sterna | to 4 (but especially 2 and 3) expanded and upturned forming a flange which clasps epipleura. Male genitalia: As illustrated (Fig. 5). Female.—Similar to male except antenna shorter, only about 4 longer than side of pronotum. Variations.—Specimens varied as follows. Prosternal process shows slight variation in width; in a few specimens, process shows a weak to moderate (strong in 1 specimen) longitudinal carina on apical 74. Sublateral carinae on base of pronotum are distinct but vary from low to high ridges. Several specimens show a metallic blue-green reflection on pronotum and sometimes elsewhere as the light of the illuminator strikes the cuticle at different angles. Specimens varied in length from 3.6—4.5 mm. Type-data.—Holotype 6: CHILE: Llanquihue Province: Pt. Varas (24 km E), Parque Nacional de Puyehue, Site 7, El. 50 m, 20 Nov. 1977, Ash- worth, Hoganson, Mooers; USNM Type No. 76182, deposited in the Na- tional Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution. Allotype: same data as for holotype. Paratypes: ARGENTINA: Neuquén Province: Rio Quilquihue, at Quilquihue, 26 Jan. 1974, O. S. Flint, Jr., 4 ¢, 19 2 (USNM); Trib. Arroyo Trompul W. San Martin de los Andes, 23 Feb. 1978, C. M. and O. S. Flint, Jr., 1 2 (USNM). Rio Negro Province: El Bolson, 20 Sept. 1958, A. Ko- vacs, 3 2? (BMNH); El Bolson, 20 Oct. 1958, A. Kovacs, 2 6, ll 2 602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON (BMNH): EI Bolson, 5 Dec. 1958, 10 2; El Bolson, 18 Dec. 1958, A. Ko- vacs, 2 6, 21 2 (BMNH); El Bolson, 20 Feb. 1959, A. Kovacs, 1 2 (BMNH): El Bolson, 29 Nov. 1950, W. Wittmer, | 2 (BMNH); Norquinc6, 24 Feb. 1961, A. Kovacs, | @. All specimens collected by A. Kovacs and listed above are mislabeled *““‘CHILE.’’ CHILE: Cautin Province: Rio Pedregosos, 4 Jan. 1966, Flint and Cekalovic, | 2 (USNM). Llanquihue Province: Same data as for holotype, 1 6; Ensenada, Lago Llanquihue, 3 Jan. 1962, R. L. Usinger, 1 2 (JFL). Malleco Province: Tolhuaca, 9 Jan. 1962, R. L. Usinger, 1 ¢ (JFL). Nuble Province: East of Chilan, Rio Pinto, 24 Oct. 1969, Flint and Barria, 5 2 (USNM). Osorno Province: Aguas Calientes, Parque Nacional de Puyehue, Site 16A, El. 460 m, 9 Jan. 1979, A. C. Ashworth, J. W. Hoganson, | 2 (UND); Playa Puyehue, Parque Nacional de Puyehue, Site 30, El. 185 m, 22 Dec. 1977, Ashworth, Hogan- son, Mooers, 1 6 (UND). Talca Province: Rio Claro, SW Molina, 1 Nov. 1971, Harley P. Brown, 5c, 2 2 (SMSH): Specimens will be deposited in the British Museum (Natural History), London; California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; Canadian Na- tional Collection, Ottawa; Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales, “*Ber- nardino Rivadavia,’> Buenos Aires; Museo National de Historia Na- tural, Santiago; Muséum National d’ Histoire Naturelle, Paris; Institut royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Bruxelles; Stovall Museum of Science and History, Norman, Oklahoma; and Zoologische Sammlung Bayerischen Staates, Munchen. Etymology.—The name annectens is from annectens, L.—linking, join- ing; in reference to the suggestion that the occurrence of congeners of Hy- dora in austral South America and New Zealand-Australia is evidence of continental drift. Habitat.—The specimens described above were collected at light traps, by trampling marginal vegetation in aquatic habitats, under rocks near | aquatic habitats, and picking by hand from piles of driftwood stranded by | receding flood waters in and along the margins of streams. Hydora lenta Spangler and Brown, NEw SPECIES Figs. 6-8 Holotype male.—Body form and size: Elongate, narrow, subparallel; dor- | sal surface feebly convex except each elytron with a broad, shallow depres- sion each side of suture at about basal % and each elytron with a shallow, | elongate sublateral depression at about apical 4. Length 2.9 mm; greatest | width 1.1 mm. Coloration: ‘Integument nigro-cinereous except forecoxa, midcoxa, tro- chanters, and basal 4/s of femora reddish yellow. Body covered with dense, | short, recumbent, yellowish hairlike setae. Head: Microalutaceous; with few moderately coarse punctures on clyp- | I VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 603 Figs. 5,6. Male genitalia, ventral view. 5, Hydora annectens. 6, H. lenta. | | | eus and labrum, punctures obscured by pubescence. Interocular width slightly more than twice width of an eye. Antenna long; total length twice | as long as length of pronotum: arising from lower inner corner of eye. | Thorax: Pronotum about 5/6 as long as width of base; transverse con- striction across apical 4, moderately impressed dorsally, distinctly im- | pressed laterally; anterior margin feebly arcuate; anterolateral angles ob- tuse, not produced; sides sinuous; base trisinuate: posterolateral angles acute, not produced posteriorly; a broad sublateral carina on basal Y2; disc between carinae tumid: depressed between sublateral carinae and postero- lateral angles; surface microalutaceous; with few moderately coarse punc- tures as on head, punctures obscured by pubescence. Elytra almost 5x FE meer than pronotum; depressed on disc at about basal 43; apices evenly 604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 7. Hydora lenta, type-locality. rounded; humeri moderately swollen. Each elytron with 11 rows of coarse punctures but rows (including accessory row) effaced on basal % and very indistinct on apical 74; only lateral rows 7 to 11 reasonably distinct near midlength; coarse punctures of lateral rows separated by about width of a puncture. Scutellum swollen, triangular; sides shorter than basal width. Pro- sternum short in front of forecoxae. Prosternal process elongate, extremely narrow; about 9.3 longer than wide; apex blunt and fitting into a deep fovea in mesosternum. Mesosternum with a broad, shallow depression be- tween midcoxae. Metasternum with strong ridge behind mesosternal depres- sion then depressed before becoming swollen on discal area; entire surface pubescent. Tarsal claws moderately stout, unmodified. Abdomen: Sterna uniformly pubescent; microalutaceous and moderate- ly coarsely and sparsely punctate; punctures separated by 2x their width and obscured by pubescence. Lateral margins of sterna 1-4 (but especially 2 and 3) expanded and upturned forming a flange which clasps epipleura. Male genitalia: As illustrated (Fig. 6). Female.—Unknown. Type-data.—Holotype ¢: CHILE: Osorno Province: Parque Nacional de Puyehue, Anticura, in Rio Anticura, | Feb. 1978, Paul J. Spangler; USNM Type No. 76183, deposited in the National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 605 SINUSOIDAL PROJECTION Fig. 8. Hydora annectens and H. lenta, known distribution. Paratype: CHILE: Osorno Province: Parque Nacional de Puyehue, An- ticura (4 km W), 330 m, 3 Feb. 1978, Paul J. Spangler, | male; deposited in the National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution. Etymology.—The name J/enta is from lentus, L.—slow; in reference to the slow moving behavior of the type-specimens when they were collected. Habitat.—The holotype was found by pulling limbs and logs out of a logjam (Fig. 7) in the middle of the Rio Anticura; the specimen was found above water on a damp log. Comparative notes.—Hydora lenta may be distinguished from Hydora annectens by the following combination of characters: (1) Elytral rows of coarse punctures effaced on basal third and indistinct or effaced apically; (2) scutellum swollen and sides shorter than basal width; (3) elytra with shallow, elongate sublateral depression at about apical fourth in addition to the broad depressions on each side of suture at basal third; (4) male genitalia with parameres short and broad apically (Fig. 6); and (5) size smaller, 2.9 mm vs. 3.6 to 4.5 mm. 606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON KEY TO THE SPECIES OF HyDORA FROM AUSTRAL SOUTH AMERICA — Elytral rows of punctures coarse and distinct from base to apex; prosternal process moderately wide between procoxae, 3.6 longer than wide; total body length 3.6 to 4.5mm .. annectens, new species — Elytral rows of punctures fine to effaced on base and on apex; pro- sternal process exceptionally narrow between procoxae, 9.3 x longer than wide: total body length 2-9 mm. .o2...%-2.5.0" lenta, new species ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are indebted to Christine von Hayek, British Museum (Natural His- tory) (BMNH) for lending specimens which allowed us to compare the aus- tral South American material with species from New Zealand. Also, this article would have been impossible without the specimens collected or lent by the following individuals, and to all of these contributors to this article we extend our most grateful thanks: O. S. Flint, Jr., National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution (USNM); John F. Lawrence, Com- monwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization, Canberra, Aus- tralia (JFL); Allan C. Ashworth, John Hoganson, and Howard Mooers, University of North Dakota (UND). Furthermore, specimens collected by Flint (1969) and Spangler (1978) were obtained through cooperative field- work with Luis E. Pena G. and his associates. For financial assistance for fieldwork during which some of these new taxa were collected we are grate- ful to the combined auspices of the J. I. Molina Institute of Studies and Publications of Chile and the administrators of the Smithsonian Institution’s Fluid Research fund. Letters in parentheses identify the sources of speci- mens reported in the descriptions; specimens collected by Dr. Harley P. Brown and used in this study are deposited in the Stovall Museum of Sci- ence and History (SMSH) at the University of Oklahoma. LITERATURE CITED Hinton, H. E. 1940. A mongraphic revision of the Mexican water beetles of the family El- midae. Novit. Zool. 42(2): 217-396, 401 figs. ——. 1965. A revision of the Australian species of Austrolimnius (Coleoptera: Elmidae). Aust. J. Zool. 13(1): 97-172, 118 figs. d’Orchymont, A. 1933. Contribution a l'étude des Palpicornia. VIII. Bull. Ann. Soc. R. Ento- mol. Belg. 73: 271-313. Perkins, P. D. 1980. Aquatic beetles of the family Hydraenidae in the Western Hemisphere: classification, biogeography and inferred phylogeny (Insecta: Coleoptera). Quaest. Ento- mol. 16(3): 1-554, 198 figs. Sharp, D. 1882. On aquatic carnivorous Coleoptera or Dytiscidae. Sci. Trans. R. Dublin Soc. 2(2): 179-1003, pls. vii—xviii. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 607-619 BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES OF PELINA TRUNCATULA, A CONSUMER OF BLUE-GREEN ALGAE (DIPTERA: EPHYDRIDAE)' B. A. FOOTE Department of Biological Sciences, Kent State University, Kent, Ohio 44242. Abstract.—Information is presented on the life cycle and feeding habits of Pelina truncatula Loew, a common and widely distributed shore fly whose larvae feed on colonies of the blue-green algal genus Cylindrosper- mum. The egg, mature larva, and puparium are described and illustrated. A key is given that distinguishes the immature stages of P. truncatula from those of Lytogaster excavata (Sturtevant and Wheeler), another common inhabitant of Cylindrospermum colonies. Containing at least 1200 species, the family Ephydridae is one of the largest entities within the acalyptrate Diptera. It is generally placed close to the family Drosophilidae in the superfamily Drosophiloidea (Griffiths, 1972). Although larvae of both families are basically microphagous in feed- ing habits, the drosophilids mostly utilize yeasts and other heterotrophic microorganisms, whereas the ephydrids primarily ingest autotrophic algal cells. Foote (1979) discussed the utilization of algae by different groups of Ephydridae and emphasized that certain species are trophically generalized (e.g. Scatella stagnalis (Fallén); Zack and Foote, 1978), while others are quite specialized (e.g. Parydra quadrituberculata Loew; Deonier and Re- -gensburg, 1978). | This is the third contribution in a series dealing with the utilization of blue-green algae by ephydrid larvae. The first paper (Foote, 1977) presented general observations on the feeding habits of 12 species, and the second elucidated the life cycle and natural history of Lytogaster excavata (Stur- tevant and Wheeler), a consumer of soil-inhabiting blue-green algae belong- | ing to the genus Cylindrospermum (Foote, 1981). The present paper is con- cerned with another grazer of Cylindrospermum, Pelina truncatula Loew, ,acommon and widely distributed species in shoreline and wetland habitats. Information is given on the life cycle and larval feeding habits, along with descriptions and illustrations of the egg, mature larva, and puparium. ' Research supported by NSF grant DEB 79-12242. 608 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON MATERIALS AND METHODS Most of the field and all of the laboratory work was carried out in north- eastern Ohio. Supplementary field observations were obtained in south cen- tral Arizona near Tucson and in northwestern Montana along the shores of | Flathead Lake. The laboratory rearings involved monocultures of 21 different species of algae that were maintained in an environmental chamber programmed to | give a photoperiod of 15L:9D and a temperature of 22°C (+1.0°C). Each | algal culture was established on a nutrient agar substrate in sterile petri dishes, and larval feeding tests were performed utilizing procedures given | by Zack and Foote (1978). Most of the algal monocultures were obtained — from the University of Texas Culture Collection of Algae (Starr, 1978). Monocultures utilized in the larval feeding tests are listed below, along with : their UTEX strain numbers. Algae lacking strain numbers were obtained | from the Phycology Laboratory at Kent State University. Cyanophyceae Anabaena flos-aquae (1444) Anabaena variabilis (B377) Anabaena sp. Cylindrospermum sp. (LB942) Gloeocapsa alpicola (B589) Gloeocapsa sp. Lyngbya spiralis (B1831) Nostoc commune (584) Oscillatoria tenuis (B428) Oscillatoria sp. Phormidium sp. (1540) Synechococcus leopoliensis (625) Chlorophyceae Chlamydomonas eugametos (9) Chlamydomonas sp. Chlorella vulgaris (29) Cosmarium botrytis (175) Scenedesmus quadricauda (76) Vaucheria sp. Xanthophyceae Botrydiopsis alpina (295) Botrydium becherianum (158) VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 609 Bacillariophyceae Navicula pelliculosa (668) LIFE HIsTORY Although the genus Pelina contains seven species in the Nearctic Region (Clausen, 1973), none is presently recorded from the Neotropics (Wirth, 1968). It also occurs in the Palaearctic Region, with some six species listed for that area (Becker, 1926), and the Afrotropical Region (two species: Co- gan, 1980). According to Clausen (1973), P. truncatula is the most common and widespread of the Nearctic species, having been recorded from through- out North America south of southern Canada. Although Clausen (1973) recognizes four subspecies, P. t. truncatula is the only one recorded from the eastern states, and most of the life history observations given here un- doubtedly refer to that taxon. All descriptions of the immature stages are based on material collected in northeastern Ohio. Deonier (1965) reported adults of P. truncatula to be occasional in marsh- reeds, sedge-meadow, and limnic-wrack habitats in Iowa, while Scheiring _and Foote (1973) stated that the species was collected commonly in limnic- wrack and mud-shore habitats in Ohio. I swept adults from the sandy mar- gins of a drying tributary in Sabino Canyon near Tucson and from the sew- _age-laden shores of a small stream (Sonoita Creek) at Patagonia, Arizona. In northwestern Montana, adults were taken commonly from sandy shore- | lines of Flathead Lake and from low marshy areas bordering streams. Adults for rearing purposes were obtained in northeastern Ohio by sweeping over the shaded margins of the outlet of a package sewage plant. Soil algae, particularly species of blue-green genera, were abundant on the moist sub- strates in all collecting sites. Adults were present throughout the warm season in the Ohio and Montana study sites and throughout the year in south central Arizona. The earliest record for adults in northeastern Ohio was obtained on April 25; the latest, | on October 5. | A few data were obtained concerning adult longevity. One male and two /females that were collected in nature near Kent, Ohio, on April 29 died on ie 19, giving a longevity of at least 21 days. In contrast, laboratory reared | 7 adults rarely survived more than 15 days when confined in petri dishes containing monocultures of Anabaena sp. or Cylindrospermum sp. The ‘premating period in a single reared pair was four days; the preoviposition period, six days. No courtship behavior was observed, and mating seemed to be of the assault type (Spieth, 1974). _ Fecundity records were obtained from the two females collected in nature on April 29. One female deposited 28 eggs; the other, 37 over a 16-day 610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON period. No eggs were deposited by either female during the last five days of adult life. The potential fecundity probably is at least twice that obtained in the laboratory rearings, as a female collected in nature during early May possessed a total of 43 ovarioles, with each ovariole containing one nearly mature egg and 3—5 less developed oocytes. Assuming that each ovariole releases at least four eggs during the adult life of a female, the potential fecundity would exceed 170 eggs (4 x 43 ovarioles = 172 eggs). In the laboratory, eggs were scattered widely into the blue-green algal cultures. In contrast to the white eggs of another blue-green feeding species, Lytogaster excavata (Foote, 1981), the eggs of P. truncatula possessed a distinct peach color. Also contrasting with L. excavata was the fact that the eggs of Pelina usually were placed below the alga-agar surface and fre- quently were out of contact with ambient air. Another difference was the papillose nature of the non-striated chorion (Fig. 13). The incubation period was 3-4 days (n = 18). Interestingly, newly hatched larvae tended to remain buried in the agar just below the algal mat rather than crawling over the algal surface. This tendency persisted throughout larval life, although older larvae occasionally were seen moving across the surface of algae. Support- ing the laboratory observations was the fact that larvae were rarely seen on the surface of field-collected colonies of the blue-green algal genus Cylin- drospermum. Instead, they were buried in the algal growth with only the posterior spiracles in contact with the ambient air. The habit of feeding below the surface of the algal growth is in distinct contrast to the behavior of species of Hyadina and Lytogaster which feed on the surface (Foote, 1977). The results of larval feeding tests utilizing unialgal cultures are summa- rized in Table 1. Larvae completed development only on species of the blue- green genera Anabaena, Cylindrospermum, Lyngbya, and Oscillatoria. In- terestingly, not all genera of Cyanophyceae supported larval growth, and development was nil or greatly reduced in cultures of Gloeocapsa, Nostoc, Phormidium, and Synechococcus. Even among the blue-green species that allowed for larval development, there were apparent differences in nutri- tional suitability. For example, within the genus Anabaena high success rates were obtained on cultures of A. variabilis and an undetermined species (100% and 80%, respectively), whereas only 20% of the larvae reached the adult stage on A. flos-aquae. A strong indication of the trophic restriction of P. truncatula to blue-green algae is that no adults were obtained from larvae placed in cultures of any other group of algae. In fact, attempted cul- ture on most of the non-cyanophyte algal species resulted in death of the larvae as first instars. Only cultures of Chlamydomonas sp., Cosmarium botrytis, Botrydiopsis alpina, Botrydium becherianum, and Navicula pellicu- losa permitted some larval development. Of these five species, only C. sp., B. alpina, and B. becherianum supported growth to the third instar, and no larvae formed pupae. i VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 611 Table 1. Results of larval feeding tests for Pelina truncatula using different algal mono- cultures. Percent Reaching Different Life Stages Alga n 2L 3L je A Cyanophyceae Anabaena flos-aquae 30 90 83 43 20 Anabaena variabilis 20 100 100 100 100 Anabaena sp. 10 100 80 80 80 Cylindrospermum sp. 10 100 100 100 100 Gloeocapsa alpicola 10 10 0 0 0 Gloeocapsa sp. 10 100 90 0 0 Lyngbya spiralis 5 100 40 40 40 Nostoc commune 10 0 0 0 0 Oscillatoria tenuis 20 30 30 30 30 Oscillatoria sp. 10 50 50 40 10 Phormidium sp. 20 0 0 0 0 Synechococcus leopoliensis 10 30 0 0 0 Chlorophyceae Chlamydomonas eugametos 10 30 0 0 0 Chlamydomonas sp. 10 100 60 0 0 Chlorella vulgaris 10 0 0 0 0 Cosmarium botrytis 10 10 0 0 0 Scenedesmus quadricauda 10 0 0 0 0 Vaucheria sp. 10 0 0 0 0 Xanthophyceae Botrydiopsis alpina 10 40 40 0 0 Botrydium becherianum 10 60 10 0 0 Bacillariophyceae Navicula pelliculosa 10 80 0 0 0 As Table 2 indicates, the time required to complete larval and pupal de- velopment varied among the blue-green algal species that were nutritionally suitable. Thus, the combined larval-pupal period among larvae that fed on species of Anabaena and Cylindrospermum ranged between 16 and 21 days, whereas this period was extended to nearly 30 days in cultures of Oscilla- toria sp. Nearly all of the slowed development occurred in the larval period which doubled from an average of 11.2 days to 21.5 days. Growth was fastest in Anabaena sp. which gave a combined larval-pupal period of ca. 16 days. Similar results were obtained in nature. No immature stages were found in colonies of any alga except those of Cylindrospermum spp. Surprisingly, no larvae were taken in growths of certain of the blue-green genera that supported larval development in the laboratory rearings, suggesting that the genus Cylindrospermum is the primary, if not the sole, host in nature. Lar- PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON lable 2. Developmental times in days for Pelina truncatula feeding on different algal mono- cultures. Larval Period Pupal Period Combined Period Alga n i s n ¥ s n x s Anabaena flos-aquae 13 1223 DAY) 6 8.17 0.75 6 18.67 0.82 Anabaena variabilis — 20 10.95 1.00 20 7.85 0.49 20 18.80 0.89 Anabaena sp. 8 8.63 0.92 8 Cylindrospermum sp. 10 12.90 1.10 10 7.70 0.48 | Lyngbya sp. 2 13.00 0.00 2 Oscillatoria tenuis 6 10.67 0.52 6 4 I Oscillatoria sp. 21.50 1.00 vae of two other hyadinine genera, Hyadina and Lytogaster, were also found in colonies of Cylindrospermum. However, only rarely did larvae of Pelina co-occur with species of these other genera in the same algal colony. In general, Pelina larvae were taken from colonies growing in somewhat wetter habitats, whereas larvae of Hyadina and Lytogaster were usually associated with soil-inhabiting patches of Cylindrospermum. Thus, at least ten larvae of P. truncatula but none of the other two genera of Hyadinini were discov- ered in a floating mat of mixed algae occurring in a shallow pool of a small stream in southern Arizona. Further, only Pelina larvae were found in a submerged colony of Cylindrospermum in a stand of cattail (Typha latifolia L.) growing along the shores of Flathead Lake in Montana. However, seg- regation into different habitats was not absolute, as Pelina larvae were occasionally discovered in soil-inhabiting Cylindrospermum. Thus, four lar- vae of L. excavata and five of P. truncatula were found in two petri dish samples (2.84 cm?/dish) of Cylindrospermum that was growing on moist, sewage-laden soil bordering the drainage ditch of a small package sewage treatment plant near Kent, Ohio, on June 3, 1972. Larvae moved about slowly when feeding on a suitable blue-green algal colony (e.g. Cylindrospermum) but became more active and soon aban- doned a nutritionally unfavorable alga (e.g. Chlorella). During feeding the larvae moved the anterior end of the body back and forth as they crawled across or through the algal substrate. Trichomes of blue-green algae were ingested whole or were torn away from the algal matrix by the ripping action of the mouthhooks working in conjunction with the comblike structures located around the oral opening (Fig. 5). These structures raked across the algal surface, shredding the matrix, and pulling entire trichomes or frag- ments of trichomes into the oral cavity. The floor of the pharyngeal sclerite has nine low, relatively flat-topped ridges (Fig. 14), but it is doubtful if these structures can serve as filtering devices. In this respect, Pelina larvae re- semble those of L. excavata (Foote, 1981). During feeding a steady stream VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 613 Table 3. Life cycle data for Pelina truncatula in northeastern Ohio. Rearings maintained at 22°C, with Cylindrospermum sp. serving as adult and larval food. Flight period Mid-May to late October Adult longevity 21+ days Premating period 4 days Preoviposition period 6 days Incubation period 3-4 days Larval period 11-14 days Pupal period 7-9 days Length of life cycle 28-33 days Fecundity 170+ Number of generations/yr 5-6 of algal material entered the oral opening and progressed steadily down the alimentary canal. Although the mouth parts moved fairly rapidly, the *‘flick- ering’’ movement typical of such filter-feeding ephydrid larvae as S. stag- nalis (Zack and Foote, 1978) was not noticeable. Larvae frequently were buried in the agar substrate except for the posterior spiracles which usually retained contact with the surface. Buried larvae fed by bending up the an- terior third of the body until the facial mask came into contact with the algal mat. Several larvae usually fed together within each algal colony, and no ob- vious aggressive behavior between individuals was noted. Five larvae were found together in a 7.5 cm? patch of Cylindrospermum growing on moist soil in northeastern Ohio, and over 10 mature larvae and 15 puparia were collected within a 144 cm? area of a floating algal mat in south central Ari- zona. The larval period lasted 11-14 days and averaged 12.9 days under laboratory conditions when Cylindrospermum sp. served as the larval food (n = 10). Pupation usually occurred within the algal colony, although a few puparia were found on the sides of the petri dishes above the algal surface. All field-collected puparia were taken from Cylindrospermum colonies. In all cases, the posterior spiracles were in contact with ambient air, even though most of the puparium was buried in the algal mass. The pupal period lasted 7-9 days and averaged 7.7 days (n = 10). Assuming a preoviposition period of 6.0 days, an incubation period of 3.5 days, a larval period of 12.9 days, and a pupal period of 7.7 days, the life cycle can be completed in approximately 30 days. With a warm season lasting approximately 150 days in the latitude of northern Ohio (mid-May to mid-October), five generations a year could be produced in the northern states (Table 3). The discovery of larvae and puparia during November and early April in southern Arizona suggests a continuous cycling of generations in that area of the country. 614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ASpB OLT 10 PHB 8 Figs. 1-10. Pelina truncatula, third-instar larva. 1, Dorsal habitus. 2, Lateral view of an- | terior end. 3, Anterior spiracle. 4, Posterior spiracle. 5, Facial mask. 6, Dorsal view of segment | 9. 7, Perianal pad. 8, Lateral view of cephalopharyngeal skeleton. 9, Dorsal bridge of pharyn- | geal sclerite. 10, Ventral view of hypostomal sclerite. Abbreviations: A = antenna; AHB = anterior hypostomal bridge; AS = anal slit; ASp = anterior spiracle; ASpB = anterior spinule band: BT = breathing tube; CSP = circular sensory plate; DB = dorsal bridge; DC = dorsal cornu: DLT = dorsolateral tubercle; ES = epistomal sclerite, FM = facial mask; HS = hy- a VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 615 DESCRIPTIONS OF IMMATURE STAGES Egg (Fig. 13).—Length 0.45-0.52 mm, ¢ = 0.50; width 0.18—0.22 mm, x = 0.20 (n = 10). Elongate-ovoid, slightly flattened ventrally. Pinkish in color when living, white when preserved. Chorion appearing papillose, with reticulated pattern; micropylar end not upturned, bearing small tubercle apically; opposite end rounded and not upturned. Mature third-instar larva (Fig. 1)—Length 4.0-5.5 mm, * = 4.6; width 0.8—1.1 mm, « = 1.0(n = 10). Somewhat flattened dorsoventrally; anterior end tapering, posterior end blunt and bearing apically 2 diverging breathing tubes; margins of body segments smooth, without noticeable lateral inden- tations; single row of low tubercles dorsolaterally on segments 5-11. Integ- ument dorsally with conspicuous black scales; scales particularly noticeable on segments 2-5, less so on remaining segments; anterior borders of seg- ments 3—5 with rows of dark bristles, bristle rows distinctly less conspicuous on remaining segments. Segment | (pseudocephalic) (Fig. 5) frequently invaginated into segment 2, bearing antennae apically, circular sensory plates apicoventrally, and facial mask around oral aperture ventrally; antennae appearing 3-segmented; circular sensory plates with complete rims, each plate bearing 5-6 peglike structures; facial mask (Fig. 5) with conspicuous rows of comblike struc- tures bordering oral aperture, 1 row anterior to aperture, others lateral to opening, each structure composed of narrow piece anteriorly and several narrow teeth posteriorly. Segment 2 (prothoracic) (Fig. 2) with numerous black scales dorsally, bearing bifurcate anterior spiracles near posterolateral border; each spiracle (Fig. 3) with 2 strongly diverging branches, dorsal branch bearing 4—5 elongate papillae apically, ventral branch with 3 apical papillae, base of spiracle arising from slightly pigmented ringlike structure. Segments 3-11 similar except in dorsal patterns formed by darkened tegu- mentary scales (Fig. 6); dorsolateral tubercles best developed on segments 5-11; venter of each segment with creeping welts bearing blackened bristles apically. Segment 12 (caudal) bearing perianal pad ventrally and spiracular breath- ing tubes apicolaterally; perianal pad (Fig. 7) semicircular, bearing anal slit medially, pad bordered by several rows of spinules, post-anal spinule pad well-developed. Breathing tubes (Fig. 4) elongate, approximately 3 as long as wide, tapering distally; each tube capped by spiracular plate, plates with 4 radiating spiracular openings and 4 groups of branching hairlike processes. — postomal sclerite; LS = ligulate sclerite; MH = mouthhooks:; OA = oral aperture; Pa = pa- pilla; PB = parastomal bar; PhS = pharyngeal sclerite; PHB = posterior hypostomal bridge; PSp = posterior spiracle; SpO = spiracular opening; VC = ventral cornu; W = window. 616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 2k i) =8, 33 oe <=* os: 'e is PhR Figs. 11-14. Pelina truncatula, immature stages. 11, Dorsal view of puparium. 12, Lateral view of puparium. 13, Egg. 14, Pharyngeal ridges of mature larva. Abbreviations: M = micro- pylar end; PhR = pharyngeal ridge; other abbreviations as in Figs. 1-10. Cephalopharyngeal skeleton (Fig. 8) length 0.44-0.46 mm, « = 0.45 (n = 10). Mouthhooks paired, not connected dorsally; hook part narrow and sick- lelike, without accessory teeth; basal part broader, with small window ven- trally and narrow projection posterodorsally. Hypostomal sclerite (Fig. 10) composed of lateral rods connected by 2 narrow, arched hypostomal bridges, anterior bridge evenly curved, posterior bridge indented mediopos- teriorly. Epistomal sclerite (Fig. 10) broad, with 4-6 small windows later- ally. Parastomal bars (Fig. 8) narrow, seemingly not connected posteriorly VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 617 to pharyngeal sclerite, extending anteriorly above hypostomal sclerite, an- terior ends not expanded or connected. Pharyngeal sclerite (Fig. 8) largely pigmented; dorsal cornua rather broad, connected anteriorly by dorsal bridge, each cornu with large, irregular window posteriorly; dorsal bridge (Fig. 9) broad, with numerous windows laterally; ventral cornua broad, each with narrow window posterodorsally; floor of pharyngeal sclerite with 9 rather broad ridges (Fig. 14), lateral ridges incomplete, middle 7 ridges bear- ing lateral lamellae apically. Puparium (Figs. 11, 12).—Length 4.0-4.6 mm, x = 4.2; width 0.9-1.2 mm, <« = 1.0 (n = 10). Swollen dorsoventrally at midlength, anterior and posterior ends tapering and distinctly upturned; anterior end somewhat in- vaginated and bearing branched anterior spiracles apicolaterally; posterior end bearing 2 somewhat diverging breathing tubes apically. Dorsum of more anterior segments bearing numerous, densely clustered black scales, scales increasingly scattered on more posterior segments. Perianal pad somewhat invaginated; ventral creeping welts noticeable as bands of blackened bris- tles. DISCUSSION The discovery that at least nine species of four genera (Axysta, Hyadina, Lytogaster, Pelina) of the ephydrid tribe Hyadinini have larvae that feed on blue-green algae suggests strongly that this tribe is trophically unified by its preference for this group of microorganisms. In contrast, species of the three other North American genera currently assigned to the Hyadinini have distinctly different larval feeding habits. Thus, larvae of Brachydeutera ap- pear to feed on decomposing plant remains in shallow pools (Williams, 1939), those of Ochthera are predacious (Simpson, 1975), and Gastrops larvae have been found in the eggs of frogs (Bokerman, 1957). Perhaps these three genera at least should be removed from the Hyadinini. The immature stages of L. excavata and P. truncatula, two species com- monly found in colonies of Cylindrospermum, are quite distinctive and can be separated by use of the key given below. KEY TO IMMATURE STAGES OF LYTOGASTER EXCAVATA AND PELINA TRUNCATULA Egg 1. Ends of egg upturned, chorion striated; living embryo white ...... Bet Nee AR. et, ee en SO L. excavata Loew — Ends of egg not upturned, chorion papillose; living embryo peach STC eRe ate Soha wim camper ete P. truncatula (Sturtevant and Wheeler) Mature Larva, Puparium 1. Dorsum without conspicuous black scales; branches of anterior spi- bacies; With sessile papillae iahret est tet ese L. excavata Loew 618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON — Dorsum with conspicuous black scales; branches of anterior spira- cles with papillae on elongate finger-like stalks .................. By 4:5, RRA Benes Bee chee P. truncatula (Sturtevant and Wheeler) The utilization of blue-green algae by ephydrid larvae may have consid- erable practical as well as ecological significance, as many species of this group of algae are capable of fixing nitrogen in aquatic and terrestrial hab- itats (Balandreau et al., 1975; Granhall, 1975; Maque, 1977). Because some ephydrid larvae feed exclusively on cyanophytes and are occasionally quite abundant, they may have an unsuspected impact on the amount of nitrogen fixed by blue-green algal colonies. The presence of numerous larvae of hy- adinine species within colonies of soil-inhabiting blue-green algae can result in fairly rapid destruction of the algal growths. As many as 47 larvae of L. excavata have been found in one petri dish sample (2.84 cm?) of Cylindro- spermum sp. growing on moist soil in southern Arizona. Larvae of Hyadina, Lytogaster, and Pelina readily abandon a Cylindrospermum colony once it has been largely consumed and move to adjacent colonies. Thus, their cu- mulative effect on soil-inhabiting blue-greens could be considerable. At least four species of Ephydridae have larvae that deed on blue-green algae occurring as floating algal mats in shallow-water habitats (Foote, 1977). Larvae of Setacera pacifica (Cresson) occasionally became so abun- dant in floating colonies of Anabaena sp. in alkaline ponds in northwestern Montana that the mats quickly became riddled. As a result, the mats were easily disrupted and dispersed by wave action. It is of more than passing interest in this connection that the bacterium responsible for Legionnaire’s disease has been reported to be associated with floating mats of such blue- green algae as Fischerella sp., Phormidium sp., and Oscillatoria sp. (Tison et al., 1980). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Appreciation is extended to W. N. Mathis, Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, and P. J. Clausen, Department of Entomology, University of Minnesota, for their taxonomic aid and advice. All figures were executed by Tana L. Smith. LITERATURE CITED Balandreau, J., G. Rinaudo, I. Fares-Hamad, and Y. Dommergues. 1975. Nitrogen fixation in the rhizosphere of tropical grasses, pp. 57-70. In Stewart, W. D. P., ed., Nitrogen Fixation by Free-living Micro-organisms. Cambridge Univ. Press. Becker, T. 1926. [Fam.] 56. Ephydridae, pp. 1-115. Jn Lindner, E., ed., Die Fliegen der palaarktischen Region 6, pt. 1. Stuttgart. Bokerman, W. C. A. 1957. Frog eggs parasitized by dipterous larvae. Herpetologica 13: 231— 232" Clausen, P. J. 1973. A revision of the Nearctic species of the genus Pelina (Diptera: Ephydri- dae). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 99: 119-156. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 619 Cogan, B. H. 1980. 71. Family Ephydridae, pp. 655—669. Jn Crosskey, R. W., ed., Catalogue of the Diptera of the Afrotropical Region. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., London. Deonier, D. L. 1965. Ecological observations on Iowa shore flies (Diptera: Ephydridae). Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 71: 496-510. Deonier, D. L. and J. T. Regensburg. 1978. Biology and immature stages of Parydra quad- rituberculata. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 71: 341-353. Foote, B. A. 1977. Utilization of blue-green algae by larvae of shore flies. Environ. Entomol. 6: 812-814. 1979. Utilization of algae by larvae of shore flies (Diptera: Ephydridae), pp. 61-71. In Deonier, D. L., ed., First Symposium on the Systematics and Ecology of Ephydridae (Diptera). N. Am. Benthol. Soc. —. 1981. Biology and immature stages of Lytogaster excavata, a grazer of blue-green algae (Diptera: Ephydridae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 83: 304-315. Granhall, U. 1975. Nitrogen fixation by blue-green algae in temperate soils, pp. 189-197. In Stewart, W. D. P., ed., Nitrogen Fixation by Free-living Micro-organisms. Cambridge Univ. Press. Griffiths, G. C. D. 1972. The phylogenetic classification of Diptera, with special reference to the structure of the male postabdomen. Dr. W. Junk B.V., The Hague. 340 pp. Maque, T. H. 1977. Ecological aspects of dinitrogen fixation by blue-green algae, pp. 85-140. In Hardy, R. W. F., and A. H. Gibson, eds., A treatise on Dinitrogen Fixation, Section IV: Agronomy and Ecology. John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. Scheiring, J. F. and B. A. Foote. 1973. Habitat distribution of the shore flies of northeastern Ohio (Diptera: Ephydridae). Ohio J. Sci. 73: 152-166. Simpson, K. W. 1975. Biology and immature stages of three species of Ochthera (Diptera: Ephydridae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 77: 129-155. Spieth, H. T. 1974. Courtship behavior in Drosophila. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 19: 385-405. Starr, R. C. 1978. The Culture Collection of Algae at The University of Texas at Austin. J. Phycol. 14(suppl.): 47-100. Tison, D. L., D. H. Pope, W. B. Cherry, and C. B. Fliermans. 1980. Growth of Legionella pneumophila in association with blue-green algae (Cyanobacteria). Appl. Environ. Mi- crobiol. 39: 456-459. Williams, F. X. 1939. Biological studies in Hawaiian water-loving insects. Pt. III. Diptera or true flies. A. Ephydridae and Anthomyiidae. Proc. Hawaii. Entomol. Soc. 10: 85-119. Wirth, W. W. 1968. Family Ephydridae, pp. 1-43. Jn Papavero, N., ed., A Catalogue of the Diptera of the Americas South of the United States. Dep. Zool., Sec. Agric. Sao Paulo, Brazil. Zack, R. S. and B. A. Foote. 1978. Utilization of algal monocultures by larvae of Scatella stagnalis. Environ. Entomol. 7: 509-511. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 620-624 THE IDENTITY OF NEARCTIC CEROCEPHALA WESTWOOD (HYMENOPTERA: PTEROMALIDAE) E. E:-GRISSELL Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, “% National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—The name Cerocephala rufa (of American authors) has been incorrectly applied to a Nearctic species that is actually the Palearctic species C. eccoptogastri Masi. The Nearctic species C. dubarae Wallace is synonymized with C. rufa (Walker). Both rufa and eccoptogastri are now recognized as Holarctic. A key is given for both species, their geo- graphic distribution is summarized, and known hosts are listed. Ceroceph- ala eccoptogastri is associated with Scolytidae and C. rufa with Anobiidae. Both may be primary parasites or they may be secondarily associated with Braconidae. Cerocephala Westwood is one of five Nearctic genera currently placed in the Cerocephalinae (Burks, 1979). All members of this subfamily para- sitize woodboring beetles and/or possibly their parasites. Keys to world genera of the subfamily were given by Gahan (1946) and Hedqvist (1969). Cerocephala was first reported in the Nearctic by Wallace (1959) who de- scribed the species dubarae as a parasite of the Eastern Death Watch Beetle (Hadrobregmus carinatus (Say): Anobiidae). Burks (1979) later added the | Palearctic species C. rufa (Walker) to the Nearctic faunal list. This was | cited as a secondary parasite of Dendrosoter sp. and Spathius sp. (Bracon- idae) through Scolytidae. The purpose of this paper is to clarify the nomen- clature of the two Nearctic species of this genus, both of which have been | misidentified. In addition a key and illustrations are given to aid in identi- fication, and a lectotype is chosen for the Holaractic species C. eccopto- | gastri Masi. Cerocephala eccoptogastri Masi Figs. 1—4 Cerocephala eccoptogastri Masi, 1921: 189-193. Cerocephala sp. indet.: Graham, 1969: 59, 61. Cerocephala rufa: Burks, 1979: 781 (misidentification) VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 621 Cerocephala eccoptogastri is the correct name for the taxon that has been called C. rufa in the New World. Burks (1979) reported C. rufa for the first time from the Nearctic. I subsequently identified this species as rufa until Marcus Graham suggested in a letter to A. Hajek that the species was not rufa but might be C. eccoptogastri or an undescribed species. Study of six female and two male syntype specimens of Masi’s species convinced me that they are identical to the Nearctic species being called C. rufa. Graham (1969: 59, 61) mentioned the possibility that an indeterminate species known to him from material in the British Museum (Natural History) might also be eccoptogastri. Boucek (in litt.) has confirmed this as the correct name. Identification.—In addition to characters mentioned in the key at the end of this paper, female eccoptogastri may be separated from female rufa by the following character: In eccoptogastri the lower facial process (Fig. 1, Ifp) projects farther forward than the upper facial process (ufp) so that both may be seen in dorsal view (Fig. 2), whereas in rufa the upper process projects farther forward than the lower which is not visible from above (Fig. 6). In male rufa the processes are about equally weakly developed so that from above the appearance is of only one process (Fig. 8) as in the female. Both can be seen from above for male eccoptogastri (Fig. 4). Type-material.—Described from 7 ° and 4 d. I take this opportunity to designate as Lectotype the female marked with a black dot inside a black ring. This is the lowermost of 2 card-mounted specimens on a single pin bearing the data: ‘‘Bengasi, 111-1916, Zanon, cotype.’’ Specimens in the Museo Civico di Storia Naturale *‘G. Doria,’ Genova. Distribution.—In the Nearctic, eccoptogastri has been reported from Ohio, Michigan, and Colorado (Burks, 1979, as rufa). I have confirmed these records based on specimens in the U.S. National Museum and add the new state record of California. The Palearctic distribution is Libya (Ben- gasi), Egypt, and Spain (Hedqvist, 1969), to which is added *‘Macedonia,”’ Greece, and France (based upon my determination of USNM material), Turkey and Palestine (Graham, 1969: 61, indeterminate species), and Israel (Boucek, in litt.). Hosts.—Nearctic hosts for this species include Scolytus multistriatus (Marsham) (Scolytidae) and Dendrosoter and Spathius spp. (Braconidae). Palearctic records include Scolytus ?rugulosus (Ratzeburg) and S. koenigi Schevyrew (Hedgqvist, 1969). Cerocephala eccoptogastri apparently may act as both a primary and secondary parasite through Scolytidae. Cerocephala rufa (Walker) Figs. 5-8 Epimacrus rufus Walker, 1833: 369-370. Cerocephala dubarae Wallace, 1959: 84-86. NEw SYNONYMYyY. 622 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Q ery fp Sih « ay ( JP utp bay 2 soe a) iap \\ = aps : ee lfp Si / 3 : my Y ; 5 | rr 2 eet: eee eccoptogastri Q a ae ' ay ( th NAS . May ee a ec cal Os ea = O “yy ® = 2 6 . x QO UY P 5 oe eS rufa Figs. 1-8. Heads of Cerocephala species. 1, 3, 5, 7, Lateral view. 2, 4, 6, 8, Dorsal view. (ufp = upper facial process; Ifp = lower facial process; iap = interantennal projection.) Wallace (1959) compared his new species dubarae with Gahan’s pub- lished concept (1946) of Cerocephala cornigera Westwood. According to Graham (1969: 60) the specimen in the Hope Museum which formed the basis of Gahan’s concept of cornigera is actually a male of rufa. Gahan’s published description of cornigera (1946: 358), however, was not based so much on the Hope specimen of rufa as on notes on the type of Sciatheras trichotus Ratzeburg, a synonym of cornigera. Thus Gahan’s description of cornigera is probably a combination of both rufa and cornigera. Confound- ing the problem even further, however, is that Gahan’s illustrations (1946: Pl. 47, fig. 4, 4a and Pl. 48, fig. 3) are almost certainly of eccoptogastri. This is based on the following two factors: The drawings were done by A. Cushman in Washington, and because Gahan refers only to ‘‘notes’’ he had taken, it is not likely that he borrowed any of the specimens he had seen in Europe; Gahan (1946: 359) determined two specimens from Hyeres, France as cornigera and stated that these were the only specimens of this species in the U.S. National Museum. These specimens, determined by Gahan as cornigera and presumably the only specimens available for illustration by | Cushman, are actually eccoptogastri based on comparison with the type material of Masi. The basic problem, then, is that Gahan’s concept of cor- nigera was based on notes and illustrations that involved at least two pos- | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 623 sible misidentifications (namely cornigera for rufa and eccoptogastri). Wal- lace (1959) compared his new species dubarae against Gahan’s illustrations of cornigera (i.e., actually eccoptogastri). | have seen two female and one male paratypes of dubarae as well as the type of rufa and can find no basis for separation. A further basis for combining these names is that both are associated with Anobiidae, whereas eccoptogastri and cornigera appear to be associated with Scolytidae. Identification.—See key and identification section for eccoptogastri. Type-material.—Epimacrus rufus Walker, described from | 2 (see Gra- ham, 1969: 60) in the G. T. Rudd collection, Yorkshire Museum, York, England. Cerocephala dubarae Wallace, described from 5 2 and 2 4, the holotype, allotype and 1 2 paratype in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; 2 2 paratypes and | ¢ paratype in the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C.; 1 2 paratype, Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Canada. Distribution.—In the Nearctic, rufa is known only from Pennsylvania. In the Palearctic it is known from Britain, Czechoslovakia, and Sweden (Gra- ham, 1969; Hedqvist, 1969). Hosts.—In the Nearctic, this species is known from Hadrobregmus car- inatus (Anobiidae). In the Palearctic, rufa has been reared from Anobium pertinax Fabricius and A. punctatum (DeGeer) (Anobiidae), possibly as a secondary through the braconid Spathius exarator (Linnaeus) (Graham, 1969). KEY TO NEARCTIC CEROCEPHALA — In profile (Figs. 1, 3), lower facial process (Ifp) produced as a denticle, carinae laterad of clypeus distinct causing ventral anterior corner of head to appear denticulate, interantennal projection acute ........ . ee ee ee ee ee foe ee ea eccoptogastri Masi — Inprofile (Figs. 5, 7), lower facial process obscure or rounded, clypeus without carinae laterad and head rounded at ventral anterior corner, Tirerantennal projectOmiOOlUSE) socks fico Bey be ee rufa (Walker) ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank A. E. Hajek (Division of Biological Control, University of Cali- fornia, Albany) for providing reared specimens of C. eccoptogastri; M. W. R. de V. Graham (Hope Entomological Collection, Oxford) for pointing out the discrepancy in identification of C. rufa and for loaning specimens of C. rufa and C. cornigera Westwood; R. Poggi (Museo Civico Di Storia Natu- rale ‘‘G. Doria,’’ Genova) who kindly lent to me Masi’s syntypes of C. eccoptogastri; and Z. Boucek (Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, London) for constructive comments on this manuscript. 624 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON LITERATURE CITED Burks. B. D. 1979. Pteromalidae, pp. 768-835. Jn Krombein, K. V. et al., eds. Catalog of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico. Vol. I. Symphyta and Apocrita (Parasitica). Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C. 1198 pp. Gahan. A. B. 1946. Review of some chalcidoid genera related to Cerocephala Westwood. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 96: 349-376, 2 pls. Graham, M. W. R. de V. 1969. The Pteromalidae of Northwestern Europe. Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Entomol. Suppl. 16: 1-908. Hedqvist, K. J. 1969. Notes on Cerocephalini with description of new genera and species. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 71: 449-466. Masi, L. 1921. Chalcididae Raccolte in Cirenaica dal Dott. V. Zanon. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova (Ser. 3) 9: 168-193. Walker, F. 1833. Monographia Chalcidum. Entomol. Mag. 1: 367-384. Wallace, G. E. 1959. A new pteromalid parasite of the Eastern Death Watch Beetle, Had- robregmus carinatus (Say). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 54: 84-86. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 625-630 REEVALUATION OF PLEISTOCENE SCARAB BEETLES FROM RANCHO LA BREA, CALIFORNIA (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE) Scott E. MILLER, ROBERT D. GORDON, AND HENRY F. HOWDEN (SEM) Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, Santa Barbara, Cali- fornia 93105; (RDG) Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % National Museum of Natural His- tory, Washington, D.C. 20560; (HFH) Department of Biology, Carleton University, Ottawa, Ontario K1S 5B6. Abstract.—Late Pleistocene Scarabaeidae described from the Rancho La Brea asphalt deposits, Los Angeles, California are reviewed. Canthon pra- ticola LeConte (=C. praticola vetustus Pierce, n. syn.) and C. simplex LeConte (=C. simplex antiquus Pierce, n. syn.) still occur in southwestern North America. Copris pristinus Pierce and Onthophagus everestae Pierce are apparently extinct, perhaps due to terminal Pleistocene extinctions of large mammals. Paleocopris Pierce is a new synonym of Phanaeus MacLeay. Phanaeus labreae (Pierce), n. comb., and Serica kanakoffi Pierce cannot be placed at species level due to the nature of the holotypes. This is one of a series of papers (Miller and Peck, 1979; Doyen and Miller, 1980) reevaluating the fossil insects described from the Rancho La Brea asphalt deposits, Los Angeles County, California. The Scarabaeidae of this deposit were described by Pierce (1946b, c); one species was reviewed by Matthews and Halffter (1968). We have reevaluated Pierce’s type-speci- mens, as well as some of the more recently excavated representatives of this family. The bulk of the new material from Rancho La Brea, as well as that from the McKittrick and Carpinteria asphalt deposits, must await future study. As discussed by Miller and Peck (1979), Pierce was prone to extreme taxonomic splitting, and most of his Pleistocene taxa are synonyms of extant species. Subspecific names are inappropriate because the fossils do not rep- resent geographic races. Locality, age, and ecological data for Rancho La Brea were discussed by Pierce (1946a) and Miller and Peck (1979), and will later be treated in greater detail by Miller. The scarabs came from Pits A, 13, 16, and 81. These excavations all included a Late Pleistocene biota, but assignment of exact ages is impossible in most cases because most of the Pierce specimens are without stratigraphic data. All specimens are deposited in the Natural His- 626 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON tory Museum of Los Angeles County Invertebrate Paleontology collection (LACMIP). TAXONOMY Canthon (Boreocanthon) praticola LeConte Canthon praticola LeConte, 1859: 10. Canthon praticola vetustus Pierce, 1946b: 122. NEw SYNONYMY. Boreocanthon praticola vetustus of Halffter, 1959: 176. The holotype elytron (LACMIP 2592 = Cll7a) and paratype elytron (LACMIP 2593 = C118a), both from Pit 81, of Canthon praticola vetustus are apparently C. praticola, but there is no justification for a subspecific name. Canthon praticola does not presently occur in California; it is dis- tributed fram British Columbia and Alberta in Canada to Wyoming, Colo- rado, Kansas, Oklahoma, Texas, and Arizona in the United States and Sonora and possibly Chihuahua in Mexico (Halffter, 1959). Boreocanthon was given generic status by Halffter (1958), but was later lowered to subge- neric status (Halffter and Martinez, 1977). Canthon (Boreocanthon) simplex LeConte Canthon simplex LeConte, 1857: 41. Canthon simplex antiquus Pierce, 1946b: 120-122, figs. 1-3. NEw SYNON- YMY. Boreocanthon simplex antiquus of Halffter, 1959: 176. The holotype prothorax with legs (LACMIP 2594 = C114d) and paratype elytra (LACMIP 2595-2597 = C114a-c), all from Pit A, of Canthon simplex antiquus are apparently C. simplex, but a subspecific name is unjustified. Canthon simplex presently occurs in Arizona, California, and the Pacific Northwest. Copris pristinus Pierce Copris pristinus Pierce, 1946b: 124-130, figs. 4-9, 18-19. Copris pristinus of Matthews, 1961: 35, 67, 69: Halffter, 1959: 176, 1964: 22; Matthews and Halffter, 1968: 160-161, figs. 7-8. Examination of paratypes of Copris pristinus by Matthews and Halffter (1968) revealed that C. pristinus is not a member of the armatus complex as previously thought (Matthews, 1961; Halffter, 1959, 1964). They con- cluded that C. pristinus is ‘tan extinct species which in most essentials fits well within the rebouchei complex, as defined by Matthews (1961), but which shows some less important features of the armatus complex.’’ The rebouchei complex includes three extant species, one of which, C. lecontei Matthews, extends today to southern Arizona. Thus, since the Pleistocene, Copris has apparently retreated from California. The holotype head (LAC- MIP 2850 = C49p) and 29 paratypes (LACMIP 2853-2878, 4329-4333) are from Pit A; 6 paratypes (LACMIP 2851, 2879-2883, 4328) are from Pit 16 | | | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 627 dump; and 3 paratypes (LACMIP 2884-2886) are from the inside of a Felis atrox (Leidy) skull (LACM HC 183) from depth 12.5 feet (3.8 m) in Pit 13. The ages of the specimens from Pits A and 16 are uncertain, but probably Late Pleistocene. A Late Pleistocene age for the Pit 13 specimens may be assumed because of their association with the extinct F. atrox, although such data must be used with care (Harington, 1980). Onthophagus everestae Pierce Fig. 1 Onthophagus everestae Pierce, 1946b: 131, figs. 15-17. The holotype head (LACMIP 3057 = Cl15a) from Pit 81 is unlike any described species of Onthophagus in North or Central America and must be considered a valid and extinct species. Its closest relatives appear to be Onthophagus corrosus Bates (known from Mexico) and Onthophagus cue- vensis Howden (known from San Luis Potosi and Tamaulipas in Mexico; Howden, 1973), but O. everestae is quite different from these and is readily distinguished by the well-developed carina (Fig. 1). The paratype leg (LAC- MIP 3058 = C115b), also from Pit 81, is a species of Canthon in the imitator group, similar to Canthon obliquum Horn of Baja California. Phanaeus labreae (Pierce), NEW COMBINATION Fig. 2 Paleocopris labreae Pierce, 1946b: 130, figs. 10-14. Paleocopris labreae of Halffter, 1959: 176; Matthews, 1961: 35. The holotype head (LACMIP 3059 = Cl1l6a), from Pit 81, of Paleocopris labreae is a very large but very minor male referable to the genus Phanaeus, which makes Paleocopris a new junior synonym of Phanaeus (NEW SyYn- ONYMY). The structure of the lateral clypeal carina of the head (Fig. 2) is characteristic of the videx group of Edmonds (1972), but we have not at- tempted specific identification due to the broken and distorted condition of the holotype. The paratype legs, all from Pit 81, belong to other genera: LACMIP 3062 (=C116d) and 3063 (=C116e) are Copris, 3060 (=C116b) may be Deltochilum, and 3061 (=C116c) is probably Onthophagus (the last two lack characters for generic placement). Serica kanakoffi Pierce Serica kanakoffi Pierce, 1946c: 132, figs. 1-2. The unique holotype (LACMIP 3071 = C107a) is a head from Pit 81. Serica is a taxonomically very difficult genus in which species are superfi- cially similar. Positive identifications must usually be based on characters of the male genitalia (Dawson, 1919). In view of the nature of the genus, it is impossible to place this taxon adequately. It is probable, however, that S. kanakoffi is really one of the many extant California species. 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 7 7 1M See r aoe r Figs. 1, 2. Holotype heads. 1, Onthophagus everestae (scanning electron microscope pho- tograph by L. E. C. Ling, Carleton University). 2, Phanaeus labreae (photograph by V. E. Krantz, Smithsonian Institution). DISCUSSION Of the six scarab species reported by Pierce (1946b, c) from Rancho La Brea, two are extant species, and two are extinct species. The other two cannot be placed to species, but present evidence does not give us reason to consider them extinct. The extinct species differ from all described VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 629 species, but it is possible that they might eventually be rediscovered in Mexico. Congeners of the two extinct species are associated with mammal dung. The modern California scarab fauna includes (in San Diego County) only one rare Onthophagus, O. cartwrighti Howden (1973). Species closely re- lated to O. cartwrighti occur in pack rat nests in Arizona, but O. cartwrighti belongs to a different species group than does O. everestae, and there is no reason to suspect that their habits would be similar. All the other members of the genera Onthophagus, Copris, and Phanaeus now occur from central Arizona eastward or along the Sierra Madre to the south and feed on the dung of various mammals. In the Late Pleistocene a diverse and abundant large mammal fauna existed at Rancho La Brea (Marcus, 1960; Stock, 1956). This fauna underwent a very late Pleistocene extinction, probably due to climatic change (drying and warming with increased seasonality), and per- haps some influence from human hunting (Johnson, 1977; Axelrod, 1967; Martin and Neuner, 1978). The modern ranges of Onthophagus, Copris, and Phanaeus corroborate increasing aridity in post-Pleistocene California. It is probable that the resultant reduction of dung availability, as well as direct effects of the changing climate caused the demise of these scarabs. However, even if the large mammal fauna had survived into the Holocene, the scarabaeine fauna might not have survived the present seasonal dry periods, since their successful reproduction requires adequate moisture. At Rancho La Brea, the only other insect species included in contem- porary studies that is not known to be extant is the tenebrionid beetle Coni- ontis remnans Pierce (Doyen and Miller, 1980). It is probable, however, that this species still occurs in California and has been overlooked in mu- seum collections of this large and taxonomically difficult genus. Studies of other deposits in North America (Ashworth, 1979; Matthews, 1977) and Europe (Coope, 1978) indicate that almost all Pleistocene insects represent extant species. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS E. C. Wilson (Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County) loaned Pierce’s types for study. W. A. Akersten, C. L. Hogue, G. T. Jefferson, C. A. Shaw (all at the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County), L. F. Marcus (Queens College), and A. R. Hardy (California Department of Food and Agriculture) provided background data. Miller’s work was par- tially supported by a University of California President's Research Fellow- ship, and partially done at the Smithsonian Institution. LITERATURE CITED Ashworth, A. C. 1979. Quaternary Coleoptera studies in North America: past and present, pp. 395-406. Jn Erwin, T. L., G. E. Ball, and D. R. Whitehead, eds., Carabid beetles: Their Evolution, Natural History, and Classification. Dr. W. Junk B.V., The Hague. 630 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Axelrod, D. I. 1967. Quaternary extinctions of large mammals. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 74: 1-42. Coope, G. R. 1978. Constancy of insect species versus inconstancy of Quaternary environ- ments. Symp. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 9: 176-187. Dawson, R. W. 1919. New species of Serica (Scarabaeidae).—1. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 27: 32-39: Doyen, J. T. and S. E. Miller. 1980. Review of Pleistocene darkling ground beetles of the California asphalt deposits (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae, Zopheridae). Pan-Pac. Entomol. 55: 1-10. Edmonds, W. D. 1972. Comparative skeletal morphology, systematics and evolution of the phanaeine dung beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 49: 731-874. Halffter, G. 1958. Dos neuvos generos de Canthonini (Col. Scarabaeidae). Ciencia (Mex. City) R207 212% —___—. 1959. Etologia y paleontologia de Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Ciencia (Mex. City) 19: 165-178. —____. 1964. La entomofauna Americana ideas a cerca de su origen y distribucion. Folia Entomol. Mex. 6: 1-107. Halffter, G. and A. Martinez. 1977. Revision monografica de los Canthonina Americanos, IV parte. Clave para generos y subgeneros. Folia Entomol. Mex. 38: 29-107. Harington, C. R. 1980. Pleistocene mammals from Lost Chicken Creek, Alaska. Can. J. Earth Sci. 17: 168-198. Howden, H. F. 1973. Four new species of Onthophagus from Mexico and the United States (Coleoptera; Scarabaeidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 75: 329-337. Johnson, D. L. 1977. The California ice-age refugium and the Rancholabrean extinction prob- lem. Quat. Res. (N.Y.) 8: 149-153. LeConte, J. L. 1857. Report upon the insects collected on the survey. Explorations and surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean—War De- partment XII, pt. 3, 1860, pp. 1-72. Washington, D.C. ——. 1859. The Coleoptera of Kansas and eastern New Mexico. Smithsonian Contrib. Knowledge 11(6): 1-66, 3 pl. Marcus, L. F. 1960. A census of the abundant large Pleistocene mammals from Rancho La Brea. Los Ang. Cty. Mus. Contrib. Sci. 38: I-11. Martin, L. D. and A. M. Neuner. 1978. The end of the Pleistocene in North America. Trans. Nebr. Acad. Sci. 6: 117-126. Matthews, E. G. 1961. A revision of the genus Copris Muller of the Western Hemisphere (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Entomol. Am. 41: 1-139. Matthews, E. G. and G. Halffter. 1968. New data on American Copris with discussion of a fossil species (Coleopt., Scarab.). Ciencia (Mex. City) 26: 147-162. Matthews, J. V., Jr. 1977. Tertiary Coleoptera fossils from the North American arctic. Co- leopt. Bull. 31: 297-308. Miller, S. E. and S. B. Peck. 1979. Fossil carrion beetles of Pleistocene California asphalt deposits, with a synopsis of Holocene California Silphidae (Insecta: Coleoptera: Sil- phidae). Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 19: 85-106. Pierce, W. D. 1946a. Fossil arthropods of California. 10. Exploring the minute world of the California asphalt deposits. Bull. South. Calif. Acad. Sci. 45: 113-118. ———. 1946b. Fossil arthropods of California. 11. Descriptions of the dung beetles (Scara- baeidae) of the tar pits. Bull. South. Calif. Acad. Sci. 45: 119-131. ———. 1946c. Fossil arthropods of California. 12. Description of a sericine beetle from the tar pits. Bull. South. Calif. Acad. Sci. 45: 131-132. Stock, C. 1956. Rancho La Brea: a record of Pleistocene life in California. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Ang. Cty. Sci. Ser. 20: 1-81. | PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 631-641 INSECT ASSOCIATES OF SPURGES, MAINLY EUPHORBIA MACULATA L., IN EASTERN UNITED STATES A. G. WHEELER, JR. Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Har- risburg, Pennsylvania 17110. Abstract.—The insect fauna associated with mats of a prostrate spurge, Euphorbia maculata L., was studied in Pennsylvania and North Carolina during 1979-80. All species observed (except pollinators and foragers at nectariferous glands) are listed, and notes on feeding habits, phenology, and previously recorded associations with Euphorbia are given for the more common species. A sap-feeding guild, including several specialists on Eu- phorbiaceae, dominated the fauna. Coreid, rhopalid, and mirid bugs fed exclusively on flowers and fruits; several lygaeids fed on fallen seeds. A few species are recorded from E. dentata Michx. and E. preslii Guss. in Pennsylvania, EF. blodgettii Engelm. ex Hitchc. in Florida, and E. maculata in New York, West Virginia, and Georgia. Mats of E. maculata generally harbored a more diverse fauna than the erect Euphorbia spp. The genus Euphorbia L., containing an estimated 1600 species of herbs, shrubs, and trees in subtropical and temperate regions, is not only the largest genus of the spurge family Euphorbiaceae but one of the most broadly interpreted of modern plant genera (Richardson, 1968). Interest in these plants is keen owing to their poisonous properties (Kingsbury, 1964), or- namental uses, and importance as agricultural weeds (Krochmal, 1952). Sev- eral introduced spurges have adversely affected North American agricul- ture; cypress spurge, Euphorbia cyparissias L., and especially leafy spurge, E. esula L., have had the greatest impact. The latter species, a noxious perennial first introduced to the United States in the early 19th century (Britton, 1921), has infested some 2.5 million acres of cultivated land in the western states (Noble et al., 1979). Biological control workers have surveyed the arthropod fauna of Eu- phorbia in Europe (Schréder, 1970) and have imported and released lepi- dopteran species (Sesiidae, Sphingidae) in an attempt to reduce infestations of E. esula (Carl and Zwo6lfer, 1965; Harris, 1970; New, 1971; Forwood and McCarty, 1980). Several species of Coleoptera are under evaluation for 632 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON potential release (Harris, 1979). Although entomologists logically have fo- cused on Old World insects restricted to Euphorbia, a better understanding of arthropod communities associated with native and naturalized spurges is desirable. Selleck (1959) and Maw (unpublished, cited in Best et al., 1980) have recorded the fauna, largely species attracted to nectar and pollen, associated with the introduced EF. esula in Saskatchewan. The literature treating native Euphorbia—insect relationships consists of observations on visitors to mats of the western FE. albomarginata Torrey and Gray (Krom- bein, 1961), pollination studies on this and two other western spurges (Eh- renfeld, 1979), and casual references to individual species, e.g., Cockerell (1911). The principal native host observed in my study was E. maculata L., a usually prostrate annual often referred to as E. supina Raf.; for a history of the taxonomic confusion and correct nomenclature, see Wheeler (1939, 1960), Croizat (1962), and Burch (1966). This small-leaved, hispid-villous plant, generally distributed throughout eastern United States and southern Canada, ranges west to North Dakota and Texas; it is thought to have been introduced to Oregon, California, and Arizona (Wheeler, 1941). Euphorbia maculata belongs to the subgenus Chamaesyce whose species are less im- portant as agricultural pests than those of the subgenus Esula, which con- tains cypress and leafy spurge (Wheeler, 1941). It is an occasional weed in home lawns and becomes a major pest only in localized areas, e.g., western New York’s onion-growing region (Dunn, 1979). I made limited observations on the insect associates of toothed spurge, E. dentata Michx.; on an erect plant, here called E. preslii Guss.; and on the prostrate E. blodgettii Engelm. ex Hitchc. The correct name for preslii has been in question, and the names /hypericifolia L., nutans Lag., and maculata L. (sensu Wheeler, 1939) have been used (Burch, 1966; Richard- son, 1968). StTuDyY SITES AND METHODS The main study sites in Pennsylvania were railroad yards at Enola (Cum- berland Co.) and Harrisburg (Dauphin Co.), and railroad tracks at Hershey (Dauphin Co.) where mats of E. maculata were growing in ballast material. A fourth site was a small garden near Matthews (Mecklenburg Co.), North Carolina. The prostrate growth habit of E. maculata made direct observa- tion and a “‘scratch and search’’ technique (Slater and Baranowski, 1978) efficient means of studying the associated fauna. Insects were hand picked from the plants or from beneath mats. Live specimens of common species were observed in the laboratory to determine feeding sites and possible host injury. Because E. maculata is a relatively late-season annual, appearing about 1 June in the Harrisburg area, I did not begin sampling until mats were established. During September-November 1979 and July—October VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 633 Fig. 1. Mat of Euphorbia maculata growing along a city sidewalk. 1980, I made 15 collections at the four main sites (Hershey—S samples, Enola—3, and Harrisburg, Pa.—2; Matthews, N.C.—S). I made ten supplemental observations on E. maculata growing at the edge or in cracks of sidewalks and paving (Fig. 1) in the Harrisburg area and took five samples from E. preslii and one from E. dentata. Single collections were made from E. maculata at Ithaca, N.Y.; Grafton, W. Va.: Monroe, N.C.; and Atlanta, Ga. Collections from mats of E. blodgettii were made in Dade Co. and Big Pine Key (Monroe Co.), Fla. Voucher specimens have been deposited in the insect collection of the Bureau of Plant Industry, Pa. Dep. Agric., Harrisburg. RESULTS In Table | relative abundance, stages collected, feeding habits, and col- lection sites are given for the insect community associated with mats of E. maculata and the species collected from E. blodgettii, E. dentata, and E. preslii. Habits and seasonality are provided for the more common species: for these, or related species, previously recorded associations with Eu- phorbia are cited. HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA Thyreocoridae.—Little biological data are available for members of the taxonomically difficult genus Galgupha, negro bugs belonging to a group 634 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON one hemipterist has labeled **small, miserable black insects”’ (Leston, 1961). In the railroad yards at Harrisburg the uniformly black adults of G. aterrima McAtee and Malloch were found beneath mats of E. maculata where they were difficult to distinguish from cinders of ballast material near the tracks. Nymphs occurred during September on the inflorescences and developing capsules, and in the laboratory they fed exclusively on these reproductive structures. I found that G. atra Amyot and Serville had similar habits in North Carolina, and I collected this species on E. maculata at Atlanta, Ga. Thyreocorids were among the most abundant hemipterans associated with Euphorbia plants in Arizona (Ehrenfeld, 1979). Hoffman (1975) noted that Galgupha spp. occurring in the eastern U.S. are more often encountered on the ground or under cover than in sweeping vegetation. It seems likely that careful study will show that Galgupha spp. consistently are associated with reproductive structures of prostrate spurges. Coreidae.—Chariesterus antennator (F.), belonging to a New World ge- nus found mainly in subtropical and tropical regions, is restricted to the Euphorbiaceae. Related species of Chariesterus are intimately tied to this plant family; they serve as intermediate vectors of dermatitis-transmitting flagellate protozoans living in the latex of Euphorbia spp. (Strong, 1924). Although no detailed life history study exists for C. antennator, this spe- cialist herbivore has been collected on E. corollata L. (Hussey, 1922) and E. preslii (=nutans) (Osborn, 1904a). In Missouri, Sullivan (personal com- munication) observed nymphs on fruiting plants of E. dentata and E. preslii and mating pairs on E. corollata. I found this characteristic Euphorbia associate only in small numbers on E. preslii in Pennsylvania. This coreid becomes more common in the southeastern states (Slater and Baranowski, 1978), and in the Florida Keys I observed a large population breeding on the prostrate E. blodgettii. Rhopalidae.—Liorhyssus hyalinus (F.), known from E. preslii (Osborn, 1904a), also feeds on plants of unrelated families (Southwood and Leston, 1959). This rhopalid was, however, a characteristic Euphorbia associate in Pennsylvania where two and possibly three generations developed on E. maculata from July through October. Eggs were placed in clusters of 25-30 on lower leaf surfaces; nymphs fed only on the flowers and developing fruits. As noted by Osborn (1904b), nymphs blend in well with the color of the host plant. Adults were present on mats of E. maculata until late Oc- tober in Pennsylvania and were collected on this plant in Georgia during early December. Lygaeidae.—This largely seed-feeding family contributed nine species to the Euphorbia-insect community; at least six species occurred consistently among fallen seeds under mats of E. maculata. The orsilline Nysius niger Baker (=ericae (Schilling) of American authors (Ashlock, 1977)) developed VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 635 the largest populations. Milliken (1918) noted that this lygaeid placed some of its eggs in the clustered parts of E. serpyllifolia Pers. Other Nysius spp., e.g., N. coenosulus Stal in Hawaii (Zimmerman, 1948), have been recorded from Euphorbia, and N. euphorbiae Horvath transmits a protozoan from the latex of one plant to another (Lafont, 1910). Adults and nymphs of the myodochines, Neopamera bilobata (Say) and Ptochiomera nodosa Say, also occurred in large numbers, especially on mats growing under harsh conditions such as cracks in sidewalks, parking lots, and other paved areas. Sweet (1960) noted that these species were typical of ruderal sites having sparse vegetation. Watson (1917) observed that the strawberry pest Pseudopachybrachius vinctus (Say) (cited as Pa- mera vincta) is “‘very abundant’ on its possible native host, wild spurge; his observations may, in fact, refer also to N. bilobata (Sweet, 1960). Li- gyrocoris diffusus Uhler and Myodochus serripes Olivier were common but were more apt to be associated with mats growing in less harsh environ- ments like gardens or edges of lawns. Although these orsilline and myodo- chine lygaeids might use prostrate spurges only as hiding places, their con- sistent collection under mats, often in assemblages of three or four species, coupled with my observations of seed feeding in the laboratory, suggest that seeds of E. maculata may be among their preferred foods. It is significant that M. H. Sweet, who has provided the most detailed information on seed- feeding habits in the Lygaeidae (Sweet, 1964), also has noted the presence of lygaeids under prostrate species of Euphorbia (personal communication). The geocorine lygaeids found under EF. maculata, mainly Geocoris uli- ginosus Say, may prey on other lygaeids inhabiting the litter layer. Sweet (1964) observed uliginosus feeding on Ptochiomera nodosa, and Crocker and Whitcomb (1980) reported G. bullatus (Say) preying on Neopamera bilobata (cited as Pachybrachius bilobatus); 1 found both prey lygaeids commonly under spurges. Geocorines also feed on plant material, including seeds (Sweet, 1960; Tamaki and Weeks, 1972), and may feed on fallen seeds of prostrate euphorbias. Miridae.—Semium hirtum Reuter, first associated with spurges by Hei- demann (1901), belongs to a genus known only from Euphorbia (Kelton, 1973). This specialist appears restricted to the prostrate spurges where it feeds on developing inflorescences. Osborn (1904b) noted that the appear- ance of this mirid in Ohio coincided with the development of blossoms on its host (a weedy Euphorbia common on the Ohio State University campus, probably E. maculata). The pinkish-rose nymphs and adults of contrasting rosy red, black, and white are well camouflaged on their hosts. In Penn- sylvania nymphs were found from July to early November; the recurrence of early instars in September indicates the beginning of a possible second generation. In North Carolina adults were present until late November. 636 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Table |. Arthropod fauna associated with Euphorbia maculata and E. preslii.* eee Relative Freq. on ——————— Feeding Collection E. m. E. p. Stages Sites, Habits Sites TE HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA Cydnidae Melanaethus pensylvanicus (Signoret) R — N,A R? » Thyreocoridae Galgupha aterrima Malloch Ec R N,A F 122) Galgupha atra Amyot and Serville M — A F 5) Pentatomidae Thyanta sp. R _— N F 2 Coreidae Chariesterus antennator (F.) Cc = N,A F 2.65 Rhopalidae Liorhyssus hyalinus (F.) (C R E,N,A F D5 Niesthrea sidae F. R — A F Lygaeidae Atrazonotus umbrosus Distant M — A S? 2,4 Geocoris bullatus (Say) R = A Prez 6 Geocoris uliginosus (Say) GE — N,A Pies 2,4,5,6> Ligyrocoris diffusus Uhler C — N,A S 1,2 Lygaeus kalmii Stal M — N,A FE 2,3 Myodocha serripes Olivier €E a N,A S 1,2,4 Nysius niger Baker ce = N,A S D5G6e Neopamera bilobata (Say) C — N,A S 4,5,6” Ptochiomera nodosa Say (E — N,A S 2,4,6° Nabidae Pagasa fusca Stein R == A Pr 2 Reduviolus americoferus (Carayon) R — N,A Pr 2 Miridae Semium hirtum Reuter € = N,A F 2,3,4,6” Spanagonicus albofasciatus Reuter M — N,A | ry) ee 2,4 HEMIPTERA-HOMOPTERA Aleyrodidae Trialeurodes abutilonea (Haldeman) M M P,A LE 2 T. vaporariorum Westwood R — P,A Ii, 2 Aphididae Aphis craccivora Koch M M N,A IU, g Cicadellidae Xerophloea viridis (F.) M — N,A IL 4 COLEOPTERA —— VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 637 Table 1. Continued. Relative Freq. on a Feeding Collection E. m. Ep: Stages Sites, Habits Sites Chrysomelidae Glyptina spuria LeConte (e R A Rea 2,4,6° LEPIDOPTERA Yponomeutidae Atteva punctella Cramer — R° Pp 1g 2 @ Relative frequency: C, consistently collected at most sites, usually >5 specimens; M, moderate abundance, 2-5 sites; R, rare, <2 sites; —, not collected. Stages collected: E, eggs: L, larvae; N, nymphs; P, pupae; A, adults. Feeding sites and habits: F, flowers, fruits: L, leaves, stems; Pr, predacious; R, roots; S, seeds (fallen). Collection sites: 1, N.Y.; 2, Pa.; 3, WenViak= 4s) NU@2-)52(Ga-:'6, Fla: > Host plant is Euphorbia blodgettii. © Host plant is Euphorbia dentata. COLEOPTERA Chrysomelidae.—The only coleopteran species I consistently collected from spurges was Glyptina spuria LeConte, a little-studied alticine chrys- omelid. I found adults of this flea beetle on or under prostrate spurges from Pennsylvania to Florida. In the laboratory adults fed on stems and fruit, pausing occasionally to clean milky sap or latex from their mouthparts. Balsbaugh and Hays (1972), in reporting G. spuria from roadside vegetation, noted that specific hosts were unknown; G. cyanipennis Crotch, however, feeds on E. cyathophora in Florida (Schwarz, 1890). Although I did not find larvae of G. spuria, they most likely are root feeders on euphorbias. Larvae of several species of Aphthona, a genus closely related to Glyptina and tied to plants of the Euphorbiaceae (Blake, 1964), feed on Euphorbia roots (Harris, 1979). DISCUSSION Plants of the genus Euphorbia, probably owing to the presence of toxic alkaloids, at times have been mentioned as unattractive to insects: **Ordi- narily not even grasshoppers will eat these plants’’ (Wheeler, 1941). But as biological control workers have discovered, spurges harbor a diverse ar- thropod fauna (Harris, 1979) that includes numerous pollinators (Bakke, 1936; Selleck, 1959; Best et al., 1980). Apparently, however, all parts of spurge plants may be attacked, and several specialist insects appear to have co-evolved with their Euphorbia hosts. Dominant in the present study were members of a sap-feeding guild, es- 638 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON pecially species of Hemiptera-Heteroptera. In England, Butler (1918) ob- served that spurges serve as hosts for several heteropterans. I found that the coreid Chariesterus antennator and the mirid Semium hirtum were spe- cialist herbivores restricted to the inflorescences and developing fruits, thus occupying a niche used by the so-called spurge bugs of the mainly Old World family Stenocephalidae (Scudder, 1957). The rhopalid Liorhyssus hyalinus, although not restricted to spurge, was a characteristic member of the Euphorbia community. In general, a more diverse heteropteran fauna developed on prostrate spurges. Mats of FE. maculata, in addition to har- boring larger populations of coreids, mirids, and rhopalids, provided an abundant source of fallen seeds and a presumably favorable microhabitat for various seed-feeding Lygaeidae. The Hemiptera-Homoptera contributed few species to the Euphorbia-in- sect community and seldom were found in large numbers. I made only two collections of the whiteflies Trialeurodes abutilonea Haldeman and T. va- porariorum (Westwood), although both are known to occur on Euphorbia spp. (Russell, 1963). Cowpea aphid, Aphis craccivora Koch, was most com- mon on E. preslii. This apparently is the first Euphorbia host record for this polyphagous aphid. Chewing arthropods were scarce; only the chrysomelid Glyptina spuria was encountered at several localities. The ailanthus webworm, Atteva punc- tella (Cramer), was the only lepidopteran found in the study. On E. dentata I found pupae on a webbed and heavily damaged plant growing near the webworm’s main host, the tree of heaven, Ai/anthus altissima Swingle (Sim- aroubaceae). Affeva spp. are thought to be restricted to simaroubaceous plants (Duckworth, 1967), and for the ailanthus webworm I am aware of just one additional host, Simarouba glauca DC (Bawa and Opler, 1978). In addition to the various species found breeding on Euphorbia there was a diverse group of insect visitors. I observed (but did not identify) ants foraging at the nectariferous glands associated with flowers (cyathia) and Diptera and Hymenoptera visiting flowers. Nymphs of the mirid Spana- gonicus albofasciatus Reuter and the leafhopper Xerophloea viridis (F.) occurred under EF. maculata but may have been breeding on nearby grasses. In North Carolina, however, the abundance of X. viridis nymphs under isolated mats suggested that this leafhopper feeds partly on spurges. I found a disproportionately greater number of species associated with the prostrate E. maculata than with the erect E. preslii. Species richness of any Euphorbia-insect association appears influenced by growth habit of the host plants. Ehrenfeld (1979) found that mats of E. albomarginata at- tracted three times the number of pollinating species compared to the two erect Euphorbia spp. Parasitic insects are among the known flower visitors, e.g., the tachinid fly Winthemia quadripustulata (F.) on E. nutans (Allen, 1925). Topham and Beardsley (1975) regarded Euphorbia flowers as such VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 639 an important nectar source for parasites that they recommended maintaining spurges along margins of cultivated fields. The insect community I found associated with E. maculata was domi- nated by sucking insects associated with inflorescences and fruits. Several of these sap feeders are restricted to spurges, whereas other, mainly little- studied, species were collected consistently from these plants. Considerable overlap was apparent between the Pennsylvania and North Carolina, and even Florida, spurge-insect communities. Few polyphagous or generalist species were present. Native spurges, although far from depauperate, har- bored few chewing insects that might help limit populations of introduced, weedy spurges. Even so, the relatively specialized fauna should interest students of animal-plant coevolution. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS For identifying insect specimens I thank T. J. Henry, J. P. Kramer, L. M. Russell, and M. B. Stoetzel (Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA), and E. U. Balsbaugh, Jr. (Department of Entomology, North Da- kota State University, Fargo). R. J. Hill (Department of Biology, York College of Pennsylvania) and D. S. Correll (Fairchild Tropical Garden, Miami, Florida) kindly identified plant specimens. T. J. Henry, E. R. Hoe- beke (Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y.), and my Harrisburg colleague K. Valley read the manuscript. Finally, I thank B. Jane Harrington (Department of Entomology, University of Wisconsin, Madison) for providing information from the thesis of G. W. Selleck; the Rev. James M. Sullivan (St. Louis, Missouri) for sharing with me his ob- servations on Chariesterus antennator,; and M. H. Sweet (Department of Entomology, Texas A&M University, College Station) for allowing me to refer to his observations on lygaeid-Euphorbia associations. LITERATURE CITED Allen, H. W. 1925. Biology of the red-tailed tachina-fly, Winthemia quadripustulata (Fabr.). Miss. Agric. Exp. Stn. Tech. Bull. 12:1-32. Ashlock, P. D. 1977. New records and name changes of North American Lygaeidae (Hemip- tera: Heteroptera: Lygaeidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 79: 575-582. Bakke, A. L. 1936. Leafy spurge, Euphorbia esula L. lowa Agric. Exp. Stn. Res. Bull. 198: 209-246. Balsbaugh, E. U., Jr. and K. L. Hays. 1972. The leaf beetles of Alabama (Coleoptera: Chrys- omelidae). Ala. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull. (Auburn Univ.) 441: 1-223. Bawa, K. S. and P. A. Opler. 1978. Why are pistillate inflorescences of Simarouba glauca eaten less than staminate inflorescences? Evolution 32: 673-676. Best, K. F., G. G. Bowes, A. G. Thomas, and M. G. Maw. 1980. The biology of Canadian weeds. 39 Euphorbia esula L. Can. J. Plant Sci. 60: 651-663. Blake, D. H. 1964. Notes on new and old species of Alticinae (Chrysomelidae) from the West Indies. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 115(3477): 9-29. Britton, N. L. 1921. The leafy spurge becoming a pest. J. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 22: 73-75. 640 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Burch, D. 1966. The application of the Linnaean names of some New World species of Euphorbia subgenus Chamaesyce. Rhodora 68: 155-166. Butler. E. A. 1918. On the association between the Hemiptera-Heteroptera and vegetation. Entomol. Mon. Mag. 54: 132-136. Carl. K. and H. Zwolfer. 1965. Untersuchungen zur biologischen Bekampfung einiger Un- krauter und Schiadlinge in Landwirtschaft und Obsbau. 2. Bericht uber die Arbeiten der Europaischen Station des Commonwealth Institute of Biological Control, Delemont, Schweiz. I. Teil. Anz. Schadlingskd. 38: 81-87. Cockerell, T. D. A. 1911. An Aleyrodes on Euphorbia, and its parasite (Rhynch., Hym.). Entomol. News 22: 462-464. Crocker, R. L. and W. H. Whitcomb. 1980. Feeding niches of the big-eyed bugs Geocoris bullatus, G. punctipes, and G. uliginosus (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae: Geocorinae). Environ. Entomol. 9: 508-513. Croizat, L. 1962. Typification of Euphorbia maculata L. A restatement and a conclusion. Webbia 17: 187-205. Duckworth, W. D. 1967. A new species of Atteva from Central America (Lepidoptera: Ypon- omeutidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 69: 69-72. Dunn, P. H. 1979. The distribution of leafy spurge (Euphorbia esula) and other weedy Eu- phorbia spp. in the United States. Weed Sci. 27: 509-516. Ehrenfeld, J. G. 1979. Pollination of three species of Euphorbia subgenus Chamaesyce, with special reference to bees. Am. Midl. Nat. 101: 87-98. Forwood, J. R. and M. K. McCarty. 1980. Control of leafy spurge (Euphorbia esula) in Nebraska with the spurge hawkmoth (Hyles euphorbiae). Weed Sci. 28: 235-240. Harris, P. 1970. Current research on biocontrol of weeds in Canada, pp. 29-32. Jn Simmonds, F. J., ed., Proc. First Int. Symp. Biol. Control Weeds, Mar. 1969. Commonw. Inst. Biol. Control Misc. Publ. No. 1, Trinidad. ———. 1979. The biological control of leafy spurge, pp. 25-34. Jn Proc. Leafy Spurge Symp., June 26-27, 1979, Bismarck, N.D. Heidemann, O. 1901. [Exhibit of Eccritotarsus elegans Uhler]. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 4: 406. Hoffman, R. L. 1975. The insects of Virginia: No. 9. Squash, broad-headed, and scentless plant bugs of Virginia (Hemiptera: Coreoidea: Coreidae, Alydidae, Rhopalidae). Va. Polytech. Inst. State Univ. Res. Div. Bull. 105: 1-52. Hussey, R. F. 1922. Hemiptera from Berrien County, Michigan. Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 118: 1-39. Kelton, L. A. 1973. A new species of Semium (Heteroptera: Miridae) from Mexico, with new records on distribution for two other species. Can. Entomol. 105: 1583-1584. Kingsbury, J. M. 1964. Poisonous plants of the United States and Canada. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 626 pp. Krochmal, A. 1952. Seeds of weedy Euphorbia species and their identification. Weeds 1: 243- 255 Krombein, K. V. 1961. Some insect visitors of mat Euphorbia in southeastern Arizona (Hy- menoptera, Diptera). Entomol. News 72: 80-83. Lafont, A. 1910. Sur la présence d'un Leptomonas, parasite de la classe des Flagellés, dans le latex de trois Euphorbiacées. Ann. Inst. Pasteur (Paris) 24: 205-219. Leston, D. 1961. Review of Cydnidae of the Western Hemisphere by R. C. Froeschner. Entomologist (Lond.) 94: 102-104. Milliken, F. B. 1918. Nysius ericae, the false chinch bug. J. Agric. Res. 13: 571-578. New, T. R. 1971. The consumption of Euphorbia cyparissias (Euphorbiaceae) by larvae of Celerio euphorbiae (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae). Can. Entomol. 103: 59-66. | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 641 Noble, D. L., P. H. Dunn, and L. A. Andres. 1979. The leafy spurge problem, pp. 8-15. Jn Proc. Leafy Spurge Symp., June 26-27, 1979, Bismarck, N.D. Osborn, H. 1904a. A further contribution to the hemipterous fauna of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 4: 99- 103. ——. 1904b. Observations on some of the insects of the season in Ohio, pp. 88-90. /n Proc. 16th Annu. Meet. Assoc. Econ. Entomol. USDA Div. Entomol. Bull. 46. Richardson, J. W. 1968. The genus Euphorbia of the High Plains and Prairie Plains of Kansas, Nebraska, South and North Dakota. Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 48: 45-112. Russell, L. M. 1963. Hosts and distribution of five species of Trialeurodes (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 56: 149-153. Schréder, D. 1970. Studies on phytophagous insects of Euphorbia spp.: Chamaesphecia empiformis (Esp.), pp. 49-53. In Simmonds, F. J., ed., Proc. First Int. Symp. Biol. Control Weeds, Mar. 1969. Commonw. Inst. Biol. Control Misc. Publ. No. 1, Trinidad. Schwarz, E. A. 1890. Food-plants and food-habits of some North American Coleoptera. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 1: 231-233. Scudder, G. G. E. 1957. The systematic position of Dicranocephalus Hahn, 1826 and its allies (Hemiptera: Heteroptera). Proc. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. (A) 32: 147-158. Selleck, G. W. 1959. The autecology of Euphorbia esula L. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Wis., Mad- ison. 309 pp. Slater, J. A. and R. M. Baranowski. 1978. How to know the true bugs (Hemiptera-Heterop- tera). W. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 256 pp. Southwood, T. R. E. and D. Leston. 1959. Land and water bugs of the British Isles. Frederick Warne, London and New York. 436 pp. Strong, R. P. 1924. Investigations upon flagellate infections. Am. J. Trop. Med. 4: 345-385. Sweet, M. H. 1960. The seed bugs: a contribution to the feeding habits of the Lygaeidae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 53: 317-321. ———. 1964. The biology and ecology of the Rhyparochrominae of New England (Heterop- tera: Lygaeidae). Parts I and I]. Entomol. Am. 43: 1-124; 44: 1-201. Tamaki, G. and R. E. Weeks. 1972. Biology and ecology of two predators, Geocoris pallens Stal and G. bullatus (Say). U.S. Dep. Agric. Tech. Bull. 1446: 1-46. Topham, M. and J. W. Beardsley, Jr. 1975. Influence of nectar source plants on the New Guinea sugarcane weevil parasite Lixophaga sphaenophori (Villeneuve). Proc. Hawaii. Entomol. Soc. 22: 145-154. Watson, J. R. 1917. Florida truck and garden insects. Univ. Fla. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull. 134: 35—127- Wheeler, L. C. 1939. A miscellany of New World Euphorbiaceae,—II. Contrib. Gray Herb. Harv. Univ. 127: 48-78. —. 1941. Euphorbia subgenus Chamaesyce in Canada and the United States exclusive of southern Florida. Rhodora 43: 97-154; 168-205; 223-286. . 1960. Typification of Euphorbia maculata. Rhodora 62: 134-141. Zimmerman, E. C. 1948. Insects of Hawaii. Vol. 3. Heteroptera. Univ. Hawaii Press, Ho- nolulu. 255 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 642-657 THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF ENCARSIA, PROSPALTELLA, AND TRICHAPORUS AND A DESCRIPTION OF PRIMAPROSPALTELLA, NEW GENUS (HYMENOPTERA: CHALCIDOIDEA: APHELINIDAE) PAUL DEBACH AND JOHN LASALLE Division of Biological Control, Department of Entomology, University of California, Riverside, California 92521. Abstract.—tThe status of the genera Encarsia Foerster, 1878, Prospaltella Ashmead, 1904, and Trichaporus Foerster, 1856 is clarified. A character- ization of Encarsia is given. The type-species of Prospaltella is Coccopha- gus aurantii Howard, 1894 not Prospalta murtfeldtae Howard, 1894. Pros- paltella is a synonym of Encarsia as per Viggiani and Mazzone, 1979. Primaprospaltella n. gen. is described with the type-species Prospalta murt- feldtae Howard, 1894. Trichaporus Foerster, 1856 and Trichoporus Ashmead, 1900 are objective synonyms, with the type-species Euderus columbianus Ashmead, 1888. These genera are properly placed in the Eulophidae, not the Aphelinidae, where they are both senior objective synonyms of Galeopsomyia Girault, 1916. Due to the confusion and disruption the proper placement of these genera would cause, the authors are requesting in a separate appeal to the ICZN that the generic names Trichaporus Foerster, 1856 and Trichoporus Ashmead, 1900 be permanently suppressed and placed on the Official List of Rejected and Invalid Generic Names in Zoology. For some time there has been confusion regarding the proper placement of species in the genera Prospaltella, Encarsia, and Trichaporus as well as whether one genus or another is synonymous with one or both of the others. Various viewpoints have been put forward and the matter reviewed by nu- merous authors including Nowicki (1929), Mercet (1930a, 1930b), Dozier (1933: 91-92), DeSantis (1948), Flanders (1953), Boucek (1963: 273), Ni- kol’skaya and Trjapitzin (1965), Ferriere (1965), Nikol’skaya and Jasnosh (1966), and Viggiani and Mazzone (1979). However, there still remains a need for clarification. This need became evident over the past several years during studies of aphelinid parasites of whitefly and diaspidid scale insects. On various oc- VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 643 casions we studied museum material and found that obviously congeneric very closely related species, sometimes even conspecific material, had been referred to different genera. This led to a study of all the original specific and/or generic descriptions, the type-species of the genera involved, addi- tional species assigned to these genera, to certain related genera, and pertinent literature. STATUS OF PROSPALTELLA Prospaltella Ashmead, 1904 Type-species.—Coccophagus aurantii Howard, 1894, type by designation under the plenary powers. This genus was made a junior synonym of Encarsia Foerster, 1878 (Vig- giani and Mazzone, 1979). Howard (1894: 6) described Prospalta in the Aphelininae. The name Pros- palta was preoccupied by Walker (1857: 1114) in the Lepidoptera. Ashmead (1904a) supplied the replacement name Prospaltella for Prospalta Howard. Prospaltella has been repeatedly listed in catalogs as being monotypic (Peck, 1951: 437; Peck, 1963: 275; Gordh, 1979: 907), but it is not. Howard (1894) follows his original description of this genus with the description of the new species Prospalta murtfeldtii. Following this description he adds ‘*To this genus may also be referred Coccophagus aurantii How. described in Insect Life (Vol. VI, p. 231).’’ Thus this genus is not monotypic as it has two species (P. murtfeldtii and P. aurantii) originally ascribed to it. Neither of these species was designated as the type-species by Howard. Prospaltella murtfeldtii was named for a Miss Mary M. Murtfeldt, hence Peck (1951: 437), acting in accordance with the then current Rules of Zoo- logical Nomenclature, changed the spelling of the name to P. murtfeldtae. This was a justified emendation and is the spelling in use today. Since Howard (1894) designated no type-species in his original descrip- tion, both P. murtfeldtae and P. aurantii were available for subsequent designation as type-species. Ashmead (1904b: 345, 386) lists P. murtfeldti (sic) as the type-species. This was the first designation of a type-species and set P. murtfeldtae as type by subsequent designation. Howard (1907), ap- parently overlooking this, listed Prospalta aurantii (Howard) as the type. However, Rust (1913) pointed out that Ashmead’s (1904b) previous desig- nation of P. murtfeldtae as the type must hold. Rust stated that this is unfortunate because P. murtfeldtae is rather less typical of the genus, as now known, than is P. aurantii. Thus, over the years, the generic concept of Prospaltella that became used in the literature was that of P. aurantii and not P. murtfeldtae. For this reason Nikol’skaya and Trjapitzin (1965) appealed to the International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature to use its plenary powers to set aside all previous designations of type-species for the genus Prospaltella and designate Coccophagus aurantii as the type- 644 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON species. In Opinion 845 (ICZN, 1968) the Commission approved this appeal and designated Coccophagus aurantii Howard, 1894 as type-species, by designation under the plenary powers, for the genus Prospaltella Ashmead. Unfortunately, this designation was overlooked in the recently published “Catalog of Hymenoptera in America North of Mexico” (Gordh, 1979) where P. murtfeldtae (as P. murtfeldiae) not P. aurantii was given as the type-species. Nikol’skaya and Trjapitzin (1965) stated that P. murtfeldtae should belong to the genus Coccophagoides Girault, 1915. Our examination of P. murt- feldtae immediately revealed that it not only differed from Coccophagoides but also differed from P. aurantii and most other species now placed under Prospaitella in many characters that are sufficiently significant as to require placement of P. murtfeldtae in a different genus. Having compared type material and other specimens of P. murtfeldtae with a slide bearing parts of the holotype of Coccophagoides abnormicornis Girault, with several oth- er Coccophagoides spp., with Encarsia tricolor Foerster, and with many other species of Encarsia, we are erecting a new genus to contain this species. Primaprospaltella DeBach and LaSalle, NEw GENuS Type-species.—Prospalta murtfeldtae Howard, 1894. This genus is characterized as follows: Female.—Mandible with one tooth and a broad truncation. Maxillary pal- pus 2-segmented, labial palpus 1-segmented. Antenna (Fig. 1) 8-segmented (1133), the 3-segmented club noticeably differentiated from the funicle. Funicle segments 1 and 2 of about equal length, but funicle segment 2 wider. Funicle segments | and 2 wider than long, funicle 3 about as long as wide. First club segment the widest flagellar segment, the next segments narrower, the ultimate club segment narrow, lengthened, cone-shaped. This gives the club a strongly tapered appearance (Fig. 2). Pronotum composed of 2 sclerites. Mesoscutum trapezoid, broader at broadest point than long, bearing 14-18 setae (Fig. 3). Scutellum broader than long, with 4 setae and 2 placoid sensilla (Fig. 4). Propodeum longer medially than the metanotum (up to twice as long) (Fig. 4). Parapsis with 3 setae, axilla with 1. All tarsi 5-segmented. Ovipositor exserted just past tip of abdomen. Forewing (Figs. 5, 6) uniformly setose without speculum or other bare areas. Submarginal! vein distinctly longer than marginal vein, with no break in vein before junction with marginal vein. Stigmal vein with 2-3 setae. Disc densely setose. Basal area of forewing (area beneath the bullae on the sub- marginal vein) with 15—30 setae. Male.—Resembles female in general except for usual sexual differences. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 645 5 6 Se Figs. 1-6. Primaprospaltella murtfeldtae, female. 1, Antenna. 2, Club. 3, Mesoscutum. 4, Scutellum, metanotum, propodeum. 5, Forewing. 6, Forewing, basal half. Abbreviations: AX = axilla; BA = basal area; MS = mesoscutum; MT = metanotum; MV = marginal vein; PA = parapsis; PR = propodeum; PS = placoid sensilla; SC = scutellum; SMV = submar- ginal vein. Antennae (Fig. 7) 8-segmented (1133). Club not as noticeably differentiated as in female. Apical segment tapered, Ist club segment not distinctly wider than rest of flagellum. Included species: Primaprospaltella murtfeldtae (Howard), NEw COMBINATION, (type- species). Prospalta murtfeldtii Howard, 1894, U.S. Dep. Agric., Insect Life 7(1): 6-7. Primaprospaltella maculata (Howard), NEW COMBINATION. Prospalta maculata Howard, 1907, U.S. Dep. Agric., Bur. Ent., Tech. Ser. 12(4): 79-80. 646 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Discussion.—Primaprospaltella belongs to the Prospaltellinae (sensu Ni- kol’skaya and Jasnosh, 1966; Jasnosh, 1976). As previously stated, Pri- maprospaltella murtfeldtae has been thought by authors to belong to the genus Coccophagoides Girault as well as to what is now considered En- carsia. The first two genera are more similar, and are distinguished from all other genera in this subfamily by having two-segmented maxillary palpi (instead of one-segmented), having the submarginal vein distinctly longer than the marginal vein (as opposed to of about equal lengths or the marginal vein longer), and in having a relatively more setose basal area, i.e., that area beneath the bullae on the submarginal vein (see Figs. 6, 11, 12). In Coccophagoides there are 8—20+ setae (Figs. 10, 11), in Primaprospaltella there are 14—30+ setae (Figs. 5, 6), in Encarsia there are 0—12 setae, usually less than 6 (Figs. 12, 13, 15, 17). Primaprospaltella can be separated from Coccophagoides by several characters. Doutt (1966) gives an historical review of the genus Coccopha- goides and mentions for the first time the presence of a hypogynium in this genus. The hypogynium is a modification of the apical sternite of the ab- domen into a plow-shaped structure. This same type of structure is seen in Aphelinus Dalman, but Coccophagoides is the only genus in the Prospal- tellinae where it is found. Also, all Coccophagoides we have examined have six setae on the scu- tellum while Primaprospaltella has four. We find that the number of scu- tellar setae is quite constant throughout genera in this subfamily, and thus is a good generic character. In fact, Coccophagoides is the only genus placed in the Prospaltellinae with six instead of four setae on the scutellum. There are some subjective characters that can be used to distinguish these genera. The antennae have been thought by authors to be similar in these groups, but we consider them to be quite dissimilar (see Figs. 1, 2, 9). In Coccophagoides (antenna, Fig. 9) the antenna is rather long and narrow. The first funicle segment is distinctly shorter (usually less than half the length) than the second funicle segment. The second and third funicle seg- ments are both distinctly longer than wide, and the third funicle segment and the first club segment are of approximately the same width. In Prima- prospaltella (Figs. 1, 2) the antenna is short and stout. The three funicle segments are all subquadrate, the first segment being narrower but usually little if any shorter than the second. The second and third segments are at most only slightly longer than wide, and the first club segment is clearly the widest flagellar segment, being noticeably wider than the third funicle seg- ment. In Coccophagoides there is sometimes a break or narrowing in the sub- marginal vein just before it joins the marginal vein that is not present in Primaprospaltella. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 647 < Figs. 7-8. Primaprospaltella murtfeldtae. 7, Head and antennae, male. 8, Lectotype fe- male. Figs. 9-11. Coccophagoides comperei, female. 9, Antennae. 10, Forewing. 11, Forewing, basal half. Fig. 12. Encarsia tricolor, female forewing, basal half. Abbreviations: BA = basal area; MV = marginal vein; SMV = submarginal vein. Primaprospaltella can be distinguished from Encarsia by the distinctly dissimilar antennae, by having more than 14 setae in the basal area of the wing, having 2 segmented maxillary palpi and | segmented labial palpi (pal- pal formula 2-1), and in having the submarginal vein distinctly longer than the marginal vein. Characters used to separate these three genera are given in Table 1. Both species included in Primaprospaltella have distinct maculations. The legs are banded and there are light and dark patterns on the thorax. We are not certain whether this will prove to be a valid generic character. We now include only Primaprospaltella murtfeldtae and P. maculata in 648 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON lable 1. Characters used to differentiate Coccophagoides, Primaprospaltella, and Encar- Sid Coccophagoides Primaprospaltella Encarsia Palpal formula 2-1 Palpal formula 2-1 Palpal formula 1-1 Marginal vein distinctly Marginal vein distinctly Marginal vein of about equal shorter than submarginal shorter than submarginal length or longer than submarginal 8—20+, usually more than More than 14, usually 20- 0-12, usually less than 6, 10, setae in basal area of 30, in basal area of setae in basal area of forewing forewing forewing Hypogynium present Hypogynium absent Hypogynium absent 6 setae on scutellum (and 2 4 setae on scutellum (and 2 4 setae on scutellum (and 2 placoid sensilla) placoid sensilla) placoid sensilla) this genus. Both are primary parasites of Diaspididae. However, a complete study of all the species presently included in Encarsia, Coccophagoides, and related groups will probably reveal additional members of this genus. Dozier (1928: 37) refers to a small group of species that may fall in this genus. However, we have not examined these and we do not feel that we can place them accurately solely on their descriptions. Howard (1894) described Prospalta murtfeldtae from ‘‘five balsam- mounted specimens reared by Miss Mary E. Murtfeldt, at Kirkwood, Mo., from Aspidiotus uvae.’’ We have examined these cotypes and designate one the Lectotype. This is the top right specimen on the slide, which we have clearly marked. A photograph of the lectotype is given in Fig. 8. This slide is deposited in the U.S. National Museum, type number 2708. ENCARSIA CHARACTERIZATION Viggiani and Mazzone (1979), considering P. aurantii not generically dis- tinct from Encarsia Foerster, 1878, synonymized Prospaltella with Encar- sia. We agree with this synonymy and consider that almost all of the species currently placed in Prospaltella belong in Encarsia. The only current ex- ceptions are Prospaltella murtfeldtae (Howard) and P. maculata (Howard) which we have placed in the new genus Primaprospaltella. Encarsia thus contains numerous parasites of both Aleurodidae and Diaspididae. The major characteristics of Encarsia remain those of the type, Encarsia tricolor Foerster, 1878, although there is considerable variation among the many species now included in Encarsia, so that at some future time it may be desirable to erect new genera (see DeBach and Rose, 1981). Our concept of Encarsia follows. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 649 Encarsia Foerster, 1878 Type-species.—Encarsia tricolor Foerster, 1878, type by original desig- nation. Encarsia is placed in the subfamily Prospaltellinae (Nikol’skaya and Jas- nosh, 1966; Jasnosh, 1976). The genus Encarsia was described by Foerster in 1878. With the generic description he described one species, E. tricolor, which he designated as the type-species. He stated that he described this species from a single male specimen. Nowicki (1929: 159) stated that he examined this specimen which was kept in the Berlin Museum and that is a female not a male. We have not examined this type-specimen, but we have examined another female from Foerster’s collection in Naturhistorisches Museum in Vienna. Nowicki mentioned this same specimen (1929: 160) and stated that it agreed fully with the type, ‘‘stimmt volkommen mit der Type tberein.”’ Our concept of the principal characteristics of Encarsia, sensu latu, are as follows: Female.—Antenna (Figs. 14, 16, 18) 8-segmented (1133 or 1142), with club sometimes scarcely differentiated from funicle, making it difficult in these cases to ascertain whether the club is 2 or 3 segmented. First funicle segment can range in size from subquadrate and about % length of 2nd funicle segment up to equal in length to 2nd funicle segment. Funicle seg- ment 2 through to the last flagellar segment longer than wide. Scape cylin- drical, not or only slightly produced or flattened. Maxillary palpus 1-seg- mented, labial palpus l-segmented. Pronotum consisting of 2 distinct sclerites. Mesoscutum bearing from very few setae to many (4, perhaps fewer, to as many as 16; 8-10 in E. tricolor). Scutellum broader than long and bearing 2 placoid sensilla and 4 setae. Parapsis with 1-3 setae, axillae with 1-3 setae. Tarsal formula 5-5-5 or 5-4-5. Forewing (Figs. 12, 13, 15, 17) with marginal vein about equal to or longer than submarginal vein. Postmarginal vein extremely short or absent, stigmal vein short, the latter bearing one or more setae. Forewing quite variable in shape and setation. Setation on disc sparse to moderate. No speculum pres- ent. Less than 12 (usually less than 6) setae in basal area of wing (that area beneath bullae on submarginal vein). Encarsia tricolor is one of the more setose species having moderately dense setation on the wing disc and 8-12 setae in the basal area (Figs. 12, 13). Wing shape varies from fairly broad (in E. tricolor the length is only about 2.25 the width) with a fairly short _ marginal fringe (about 14 the width of the disc), to rather narrow (up to nearly 3 as long as wide) with a fringe nearly or slightly exceeding 2 width of disc (Fig. 17). Posterior margin of the wing generally smoothly rounded. In some forms a small rounded asetose area is found on the disc adjacent to the stigmal vein. 650 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 13-14. Encarsia tricolor. Figs. 15-16. E. perniciosi. Figs. 17-18. E. formosa. 13, 15, 17, Forewing of female. 14, 16, 18, Female antenna. Abdomen structure normal. Ovipositor not or only slightly exserted. Sev- enth sternum not extending past about 34 length of abdomen. Discussion.—As mentioned previously, Viggiani and Mazzone (1979) syn- onymized Prospaltella with Encarsia. They also synonymized Trichaporus and Aspidiotiphagus with Encarsia. We have reviewed the status of Pros- paltella and Trichaporus in this paper, and in a companion paper, DeBach and Rose (1981), discuss Aspidiotiphagus. The synonymization of Prospaltella with Encarsia makes a very large genus with considerable variation between species. Viggiani and Mazzone do not characterize the genus Encarsia, per se, but they indicate the extent of variation they consider to exist by defining 14 species-groups. While we do not agree with them in certain cases regarding the species placed in a VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 651 particular group, or even with the validity of certain groups, we consider this work to constitute a strong contribution in the right direction. The genus Encarsia includes parasites mainly of Aleurodidae and Dias- pididae, although the males of some species may be hyperparasitic, some- times even on the females of their own species (adelphoparasitism), and in a few cases males are known to develop in the eggs of Lepidoptera (Flan- ders, 1959; Nikol’skaya and Jasnosh, 1966). Many species are thelytokous. STATUS OF TRICHAPORUS Whether or not to assign a particular species to Encarsia or Trichaporus and whether one is a synonym of the other has been a continuing source of taxonomic confusion. Various authors treat them as distinct genera (Peck et al., 1964; Trjapitzin and Jasnosh, 1978) whereas others have considered one to be a synonym of the other; for example, Dozier (1933) synonymized species of Encarsia under Trichaporus and Viggiani and Mazzone (1979) synonymized Trichaporus under Encarsia. Our analysis and conclusions follow. Trichaporus Foerster, 1856 Type species.—Euderus columbianus Ashmead, 1888. Throughout the following discussion the genus spellings Trichaporus and Trichoporus are variously used depending upon the usage by the authors being discussed. Foerster (1856: 84) described the genus 7richaporus in the Tetrastichoi- dae, but included no species. The genus was subsequently mentioned (Ta- schenberg, 1866: 109; Kirchner, 1867: 186; Dalla Torre, 1898: 27, 159), but still without included species. Ashmead (1900: 561) in ‘‘Insects of New Jersey” listed the genus Trichoporus Forst. Under it he placed *‘T. colum- bianus Ashm. Lives in Cecidomyid galls, widely distributed (Ashm.).”° Even though he does not specifically state it in this article, this species is undoubtedly Euderus columbianus Ashmead, 1888. Ashmead only de- _ scribed two nearctic eulophids with the specific name columbianus. Of these - two, only Euderus columbianus is associated with cecidomyiids, which it parasitizes. Ashmead (1904b: 374) further links Euderus and Trichaporus when he lists ‘‘Euderus Thomson nec Haliday (= Trichoporus Forster).”’ | Ina later edition of *‘Insects of New Jersey,’ Crawford (1910: 641) listed | Trichoporus under the genus Euderus stating, ‘““E. columbianus Ashm. (Trichoporus) lives in Cecidomyiid galls and is widely distributed (Ashm.).”” _ Crawford worked at the U.S. National Museum after Ashmead and presum- ably had access to his material. Girault (1912) published a note in two parts on Trichaporus. Although he states that he cannot connect them directly, he also assumes that Ashmead’s 7. columbianus is Euderus columbianus. : 652 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON it seems certain, then, that the first nominal species placed in the genus Trichaporus was Euderus columbianus Ashmead. Ashmead (1904b) placed four more species in Trichoporus. Girault (1912) designated one of these four, 7. melleus Ashmead, 1904, as the type- species. He mentions 7. columbianus, but he felt that 7. columbianus couldn’t be the type-species because it possessed characteristics different than those used in Ashmead’s (1904b) characterization of the genus. Kurdjumovy (1913: 2) mentions Trichoporus in a paper published in Rus- sian on the Tetrastichini. This paper was translated into French by Nowicki (1927)'. Kurdjumov went to Foerster’s collection in Vienna to study his material. There were six species labeled as belonging to the genus Tricha- porus. Two were eulophids, and four were aphelinids. Of these six only one, Euderus arithmeticus, was ever described by Foerster (although see previous footnote). The remainder were represented only by Foerster’s manuscript names. Kurdjumov chose the first species placed in the collec- tion under Trichaporus to be the type-species. This was one of the eu- lophids, 7. solutus (manuscript name). He considered this species as be- longing to the genus Astichus and accordingly synonymized Trichaporus with Astichus. Gahan and Fagan (1923: 147) considered 7. melleus from Girault’s (1912) designation, not 7. solutus, to be the type-species. They point out that ‘‘inasmuch as the Ashmead species were the first to be included in the genus, one of these must be made the type.’ They overlook the fact that E. columbianus was the first included species as it had been placed in the genus four years earlier than 7. melleus. Nowicki (1929) considered that Ashmead (1904b) misunderstood Foer- ster’s original concept of the genus. He stated that Ashmead’s species dif- fered from Foerster’s original description by two very important characters. Foerster described Trichaporus as having 8-segmented antennae and a scu- tellum without scutellar grooves. All of Ashmead’s (1904b) species have 9 or 10-segmented antennae and grooves on the scutellum. Ashmead was aware of these characters for he used them in his key. Nowicki thus felt that none of these species was suitable for the type-species. However, No- wicki (1929) does not mention 7. columbianus of Ashmead (1900). Nowicki also did not accept T. solutus as type. He felt that Foerster’s generic diagnosis didn’t correspond to either of the eulophids in his (Foer- ster’s) collection. Nowicki thus reasoned that these eulophids must have ' There seems to be a slight discrepancy between Kurdjumov’s original Russian paper and Nowicki’s French translation concerning what name Foerster actually applied to one of the species in his collection. Kurdjumov reads ‘ta 6 T. arithmeticus Forst., which is a synonym of Euderus arithmeticus ....° Nowicki’s translation reads ‘ta ¢ Euderus arithmeticus VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 653 been placed accidentally in with Trichaporus through a mistake during rear- rangement of the collection. Nowicki recognized the four aphelinids placed under Trichaporus as belonging to four different genera. He chose one of these, T. aleyrodis (manuscript name), as the type-species and placed the genus in the Aphelinidae. Since this was not a nominal species, it was not available as a type-species. He suggested that the Ashmead (1904b) species that had been placed in Trichoporus not Trichaporus could remain in the separate genus Trichoporus Ashmead, 1904, with T. melleus as the type- species and be placed in the Tetrastichini. Mercet (1930a) treated Trichaporus and gave “‘Genotipo: Trichaporus aleyrodis Forster, in litt.’’ after Nowicki. He felt, however, that this des- ignation was ‘‘muy discutible.’’ He pointed out that while Nowicki thought that neither 7. melleus nor T. solutus was suitable as the type-species, T. aleyrodis didn’t fit Foerster’s original description either because 7. aley- rodis is pentamerous. Foerster described Trichaporus as being tetramerous. Mercet felt that the whole matter had become such a puzzle that the problem should be referred to the Commission of Nomenclature of the Zoo- logical Congress for them to assign a definitive type-species for Trichaporus. In this same paper Mercet described Trichaporus aleyrodis (as Trychaporus aleyrodis). This misspelling is obviously a lapsus as he spells Trichaporus correctly throughout the rest of his paper. This species thus became T7ri- chaporus aleyrodis Mercet, 1930. Dozier (1933) synonymized Encarsia with Trichaporus, accepting T. al- eyrodis as the type-species. He states that Nowicki ‘‘has shown that Trichaporus Forst. is distinct from Trichoporus Ashm.”’ and agrees that Trichoporus Ashm. should be a separate genus with 7. solutus as the type- species. Boucek (1963: 273) also stated that Trichoporus Ashmead has nothing to do with Trichaporus Foerster. He felt that Nowicki fixed 7. aleyrodis as the type-species of Trichaporus which belongs in the Aphelinidae, and that Trichoporus Ashmead belongs in the Tetrastichinae. Viggiani and Mazzone (1979) list ‘‘Trichaporus (Foerster), Novicky, 1929"? as a synonym of Encarsia. They give the type-species as ‘‘Tricha- porus aleyrodis (Foerster), Novicky.” The only thing that appears clear up to this point is that there has been deep and continuing confusion about this problem. Ashmead continually used the spelling Trichoporus even though he clearly attributed this genus to Foerster. It is obvious that he was referring to the same taxon and the difference in spelling is an emendation. It seems logical to assume that he was just correcting Foerster’s use of an ‘‘a’’ as the connecting vowel. The proper spelling of the word formed from these two Greek roots is Tricho- /porus (personal communication by Dr. A. Bandy, Professor of Classics, Literatures and Languages, University of California, Riverside). | 654 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON It was not uncommon for early workers to correct such mistakes as a matter of routine upon discovering them. Even though grammatically cor- rect, this change constitutes an unjustified emendation and this name be- comes Trichoporus Ashmead, 1900, not 1904 as previous authors have stat- ed. As an emendation it automatically becomes an objective junior synonym of Trichaporus Foerster, 1856. The fact that these two genera are objective synonyms clarifies matters. As objective synonyms they must represent the same taxon and share the same type-species; thus one of them cannot be placed in the Aphelinidae while the other is placed in the Tetrastichinae. Once it is understood that Trichoporus Ashmead is an objective junior synonym of Trichaporus Foerster, it is easy to determine the correct type- species. The International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (1961) states in Article 69: ‘‘If no nominal species were included at the time the genus was established, the nominal species-group taxa that were first subsequently and expressly referred to it are to be treated as the only originally included species.’ And further: “‘If only one nominal species was first subsequently referred to a genus, it is ipso facto the type-species, by subsequent mono- typy.” The code thus makes it quite clear that the type-species of Trichaporus Foerster is Euderus columbianus, type by subsequent monotypy. The code does not consider how well the first subsequently referred nominal species fit the original generic concept. The fact that they are the first, whether placed accurately or not, make them the only species available to be des- ignated as the type-species. Actually, and apparently quite coincidentally, T. columbianus, of all the species ever placed in the genus, seems to best fit Foerster’s (1856) original genus description as it has four-segmented tarsi, eight-segmented antennae, and a scutellum without grooves. Euderus columbianus is now considered a synonym of Galeopsomyia haemon (Walker) (Burks, 1975: 144). Euderus columbianus was chosen by Girault (1916) as the type-species of his new genus Galeopsomyia. Galeop- somyia is thus an objective junior synonym of Trichaporus. The genus Trichaporus, since Ashmead’s placement of E. columbianus in it, has never been used in its proper sense. It has since been assigned three different type-species by three different authors (T. melleus, T. so- lutus, T. aleyrodis). All of these type-species assignments were incorrect and two of three were not available for consideration as type-species when assigned. Proper placement of this genus now would disrupt taxonomy within the Eulophidae by creating a senior objective synonym to Galeopsomyia, a genus name which has been in use for 65 years. To request a change of type-species to any of the previously used type- species would also be disruptive. In the case of making 7. melleus Ashmead VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 655 the type-species, Trichaporus would become a senior synonym of Exurus Philippi, 1873. Trichaporus solutus is a nomen nudum and not available for designation as type-species. If 7. alevrodis Mercet were designated as the type-species, the genus Trichaporus would become a senior synonym of Encarsia Foerster, 1878. Any of these changes would cause confusion and promote instability within these groups. For these reasons we are requesting in a separate paper to the Interna- tional Commission of Zoological Nomenclature that the names Trichaporus Foerster, 1856 and Trichoporus Ashmead, 1900, which have never been properly placed or used in connection with correct type-species, and be- cause their use has caused long-lasting confusion to workers in the field, be placed on the list of permanently rejected names. The aphelinid species currently residing in Trichaporus should be placed in the genus Encarsia (as per Viggiani and Mazzone, 1979). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The authors wish to thank E. E. Grissell, Systematic Entomology Lab- oratory, USDA, E. C. Dahms, Queensland Museum, and Max Fischer, Naturhistorisches Museum of Vienna for the loan of material, and Curtis W. Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Gordon Gordh, John D. Pinto, and Mike Rose, University of California, Riverside for the critical reading of this manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Ashmead, W. H. 1888. Descriptions of some new North American Chalcididae. Can. Entomol. 20: 101-107. ———.. 1900. Order Hymenoptera. Jn Smith, John B., Insects of New Jersey. 27th Annual Rep. State Board of Agric., Trenton. Supplement. 755 pp. ———. 1904a. New generic names in the Chalcidoidea. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 6(2): 126. ——. 1904b. Classification of the chalcid flies of the superfamily Chalcidoidea, with de- scriptions of new species in the Carnegie Museum, collected in South America by Her- bert H. Smith. Mem. Carnegie Mus. 1(4), 551 pp. Boucek, Z. 1963. Studien tiber europdische Eulophidae, III: Euderinae. Beitr. Entomol. 13(3/ 4): 257—281. Burks, B. D. 1975. The species of Chalcidoidea described from North America north of Mexico by Francis Walker (Hymenoptera). Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Entomol. 32(4): 137-170. Crawford, J. C. 1910. Super-family Chalcidoidea. Jn Smith, John B., Annual Report of the New Jersey State Museum including a Report of the Insects of New Jersey. Ann. Rep. N.J. State Mus. (1909), 888 pp. Dalla Torre, C. G. De. 1898. Catalogus hymenopterum hucusque descriptorum systematicus et synonymicus. Vol. V: Chalcididae et Proctotrupidae. Engelmann, Lipsiae, 598 pp. DeBach, P. and M. Rose. 1981. A new genus and species of Aphelinidae with some synon- ymies, a rediagnosis of Aspidiotiphagus and a key to pentamerous and heteromerous Prospaltellinae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea, Aphelinidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 83(4): 658-679. 656 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON DeSantis. L. 1948. Estudio Monografico de los Afelinidos de la Republica Argentina (Hy- menoptera, Chalcidoidea). Rev. Mus. La Plata Secc. Zool., N.S. 5(32): 23-280. Doutt. R. L. 1966. Studies of two parasites of olive scale, Parlatoria oleae (Colvée). I. A taxonomic analysis of parasitic Hymenoptera reared from Parlatoria oleae (Colvée). Hilgardia 37(9): 219-231. Dozier, H. L. 1928. Two undescribed aphelinid scale parasites from Delaware (Aphelinidae: Hymenoptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 30(2): 35-38. —___._ 1933. Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of chalcidoid parasites (Hymenoptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 35(6): 85-100. Ferriere, C. 1965. Hymenoptera Aphelinidae d’Europe et du Bassin Mediterranéen. Faune de l'Europe et du Bassin Mediterranéen, 1. Masson, Paris. 206 pp. Flanders, S. E. 1953. Aphelinid biologies with implications for taxonomy. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 46(1): 84—94. —___—. 1959. Differential host relations of the sexes in parasitic Hymenoptera. Entomol. Exp. Appl. 2: 125-142. Foerster, A. 1856. Hymenopterologische Studien 2. Heft. Chalcidiae and Proctotrupii. Ernst ter Meer, Aachen. 152 pp. Gahan, A. B. and M. M. Fagan. 1923. The type species of the genera of Chalcidoidea or chalcid flies. Bull. U.S. Natl. Mus. 124: 1-173. Girault, A. A. 1912. Notes on the Chalcidoid genus Trichaporus Foerster of the family Eu- lophidae, with description of one new North American form from Illinois. Can. Entomol. 44: 49-52, 74-83. —. 1915. Australian Hymenoptera Chalcidoidea—VII. Encyrtidae. Mem. Queensl. Mus. IV: 1-184. 1916. A new genus of Tetrastichini (Chalcidoid Hymenoptera). Entomol. News 27: 348. Gordh, G. 1979. Family Encyrtidae, pp. 890-967. Jn Krombein, K. V. et al., Catalog of Hymenoptera in America North of Mexico. I. Symphyta and Apocrita (Parasitica). Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C. 1198 pp. Howard, L. O. 1894. Two parasites of important scale-insects. Insect Life 7(1): 5-8. 1907. New genera and species of Aphelininae with a revised table of genera. U.S. Dep. Agric. Bur. Entomol. Tech. Ser. 12(4): 69-88. ICZN. 1961. International Code of Zoological Nomenclature adopted by the XV International Congress of Zoology. N. R. Stoll et al., eds. Internat. Trust Zool. Nomencl., London. 176 pp. ——. 1968. Opinion 845. Prospaltella Ashmead, 1904 (Insecta, Hymenoptera): Designation for a type-species under the plenary powers. Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 25(1): 12-13. Jasnosh, V. A. 1976. Classification of parasitic Hymenoptera of the family, Aphelinidae (Chal- cidoidea). Entomol. Rev. 55(1): 114-120. Kirchner, L. 1867. Catalogus Hymenopterum Europae. Vindobonae. 285 pp. Kurdjumov, N. B. 1913. Notes on Tetrastichini (Hymenoptera, Chalcidoidea). Rev. Russe Entomol. 13(2): 243-255 (in Russian). (French translation by S. Nowicki, 1927. Eos, Rev. Esp. Entomol. 3(4): 514.) Mercet, R. G. 1930a. Afelinidos Palearticos (Hym., Chalc.) 4a nota. Eos, Rev. Esp. Entomol. 6(2): 191-199. —.. 1930b. Los afelinidos de Espana. Segunda parte. Rev. Biol. For. Limnol., Ser B, 2: 29-106. Nikol’skaya, M. N. and V. A. Jasnosh. 1966. Aphelinids of the European part of the USSR and the Caucasus. Opred. Faun. SSSR, 91. Nauka, Moscow and Leningrad, 296 pp. (in Russian). Nikol’skaya, M. N. and V. A. Trjapitzin. 1965. Prospaltella Ashmead, 1904 (Insecta, Hy- VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 657 menoptera, Chalcidoidea, Aphelinidae): Designation of a type-species under the plenary powers. Z.N.(S.) 1713. Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 22(4): 261-262. Nowicki, S. 1927. French translation of Kurdjumov, 1913. Eos, Rev. Esp. Entomol. 3(4): 514. . 1929. Bemerkungen zu den europaischen Apheliniden-Gattungen (Hym. Chalc.). Neue Beitr. System. Insektenk. 4(13/14): 153-160. Peck, O. 1951. Superfamily Chalcidoidea, pp. 410-593. Jn Muesebeck, C. F. W. et al., eds., Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico, Synoptic Catalog. U.S. Dep. Agric., Agric. Monogr. 2, 1420 pp. 1963. A catalogue of the nearctic Chalcidoidea (Insecta: Hymenoptera). Can. Ento- mol., Suppl. 30, 1092 pp. Peck, O., Z. Boucek, and A. Hoffer. 1964. Keys to the Chalcidoidea of Czechoslovakia (Insecta: Hymenoptera). Mem. Entomol. Soc. Can. 34: 1-120. Rust, E. W. 1913. New Peruvian parasites from Hemichionaspis minor (Hym.). Entomol. News 24: 160-165. Taschenberg, E. L. 1866. Die Hymenopteren Deutschlands nach ihren Gattungen und theil- weise nach ihren Arten als Wegweiser. Edward Kummer, Leipzig. 277 pp. Trjapitzin, V. and V. Jasnosh. 1978. Identification manual for insects of the European part of the USSR. Vol. 3, Hymenoptera, Part 2, 756 pp. Viggiani, G. and P. Mazzone. 1979. Contributi alla conoscenza morfobiologica delle specie del complesso Encarsia Foerster—Prospaltella Ashmead (Hym. Aphelinidae). 1. Un commento sull’attuale stato, con proposte sinonimiche e descrizione di Encarsia sil- vestrii n. S.p., parassita di Bemisia citricola Gom. Men. (Hom. Aleyrodidae). Boll. Lab. Ent. Agric. Silvestri 36: 42—S0. Walker, F. 1857. List of the specimens of lepidopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum. London. Vol. 13, pp. 983-1236. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 658-679 A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF APHELINIDAE WITH SOME SYNONYMIES, A REDIAGNOSIS OF ASPIDIOTIPHAGUS AND A KEY TO PENTAMEROUS AND HETEROMEROUS PROSPALTELLINAE (HYMENOPTERA: CHALCIDOIDEA: APHELINIDAE) PAUL DEBACH AND MIKE ROSE Division of Biological Control, Department of Entomology, University of California, Riverside, California 92521. Abstract.—Aleurodiphilus americanus, n. gen., n. sp., is described. The systematic position of Aleurodiphilus in the subfamily Prospaltellinae is discussed and a key given for separation of the genera Aleurodiphilus, As- pidiotiphagus Howard, 1894, Coccophagoides Girault, 1915, Encarsia Foerster, 1878, and Primaprospaltella DeBach and LaSalle, 1981. Two ad- ditional species, basicinctus (Gahan) and pergandiellus (Howard), are placed under Aleurodiphilus. All Aleurodiphilus species are primary para- sites of whiteflies (except for hyperparasitic males). Known distribution of J the genus includes North, Central, and South America and the Caribbean. The taxonomic standing and relationship of Aspidiotiphagus to Aleuro- diphilus and Encarsia is discussed. Recognition characters for Aspidioti- phagus are given. All Aspidiotiphagus species are primary parasites of dias- pidid scales. Known distribution of Aspidiotiphagus is worldwide. A companion paper by DeBach and LaSalle (1981) helps clarify the En- carsia-Prospaltella-Trichaporus problem but does not resolve it entirely in our minds because for several years it has been our opinion that there is still another closely related but distinct and generally unrecognized natural group of species of whitefly parasites that have variously been placed under Encarsia, Prospaltella, or Trichaporus. Hayat (1976) recognized that such a group exists, and he included several Encarsia species in it but without giving it any formal designation. Viggiani and Mazzone (1979) suggested a pergandiella group of Encarsia for such forms but included only E. per- gandiella Howard. The existence of the natural group described here became evident to us over the past several years during our study of thousands of specimens of so-called Encarsia spp. or Prospaltella spp., plus a few Trichaporus spp., VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 659 reared from the woolly whitefly, Aleurothrixus floccosus (Maskell) (Ho- moptera: Aleyrodidae), collected throughout the Americas, as well as from other whitefly species from various countries and from species descriptions in the literature. We consider that this rather uniform, generally easily dis- tinguishable group of whitefly parasites deserves generic status as much as, or more so than, some closely related well-established genera. Accordingly, we propose the new genus Aleurodiphilus for these rather distinctive species of parasites that, as far as is known, are limited to white- flies as hosts. This genus appears to resemble Aspidiotiphagus most closely but is also very closely related to Encarsia as defined by DeBach and LaSalle (1981) and to Prospaltella of authors as generally understood before Viggiani and Mazzone (1979) and DeBach and LaSalle (1981). We continue to recognize Aspidiotiphagus as valid and do not accept the synonomy of that genus under Encarsia as proposed by Viggiani and Mazzone (1979). Reasons for this and recognition characters for Aspidiotiphagus are given later. We recognize that we are dealing with groups that are very closely related and that species exist that currently are difficult to assign. As Hayat (1976) states “‘It is interesting to note that in the shape, discal setation and longish marginal fringe the aforementioned species [i.e. Encarsia acaudaleyrodis Hayat, E. pergandiella Howard, E. parvella Silvestri, E. nipponica Silves- tri, and probably also P. citrofila Silvestri: authors’ addition] resemble some of the species presently in Aspidiotiphagus How. (A. latipennis Comp.) and also Prospaltella Ashm. (P. nupta Silv., P. inserens Silv., P. explorata Silv. and P. diaspidicola Silv.), but they differ in the conformation of an- tennal segments.” We agree with Hayat (1976) that Aspidiotiphagus and certain Encarsia are similar but that they also have significant differences. Additionally, we think it useful to establish the new genus Aleurodiphilus in spite of the apparent similarity between certain species of Aleurodiphilus, Aspidiotiphagus, and Encarsia. We, of course, are using Encarsia herein as proposed by DeBach and LaSalle (1981) which therefore includes most Prospaltella of authors. Aleurodiphilus DeBach and Rose, NEw GENus Based upon study of a number of species and hundreds of specimens, females of this genus generally can be readily recognized as follows: Rather narrow forewing (usually more than 3 as long as wide) usually smoothly and gently curved along posterior margin, presence of a round or oval ase- tose clear area below stigmal vein extending about to mid-disc (similar to Aspidiotiphagus), longest posterior marginal fringe of forewing 2 to %4 width of disc, longest anterior marginal fringe of forewing 4 to nearly “2 width of disc, setation of forewing sparse (usually less than 100 setae in disc 660 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON distad of a line drawn between stigmal vein and distal end of frenal fold and less than 50 setae basad of this line), 1 seta in hyaline area of wing base and a noticeably distinct row of setae beneath alary fringe that is paired, with rare exceptions, from origin between stigma and margin to apex and past for from 4 distance to completely to distal end of frenal fold. This row of setae set off from discal setae by a linear area free of setae extending around disc. No setae on the dorsal stigmal vein. Hindwing semi-pedunculate. Fe- male antenna 8-segmented, elongate (longer than abdomen), nearly as long as thorax and abdomen combined, from very little to moderate differentia- tion between funicle and club segments, the 2 club segments broadly joined and usually less than 74 as long as preceding 4 funicle segments combined. All tarsi S-segmented. Mesoscutum usually with 4-6 setae but with as many as 12 depending on species; reticulate sculpture. Parapsis with 2 setae, axilla with 1. Scutellum with 4 setae and 2 placoid sensilla. Ovipositor short (sub- equal to hindtibia). Color yellowish to completely fuscous with different degrees and patterns of dusky melanization in integument depending upon species. Melanization pattern, if any, appears very constant for each species and is a good specific diagnostic character. Forewing hyaline except on dark species which have fuscous wing base. Length about | mm or less. Parasites of whiteflies. Male generally dusky, otherwise similar to female except for usual sex differences in antenna and genitalia. Males frequently, perhaps obligatorily, hyperparasitic. Type-species.—Aleurodiphilus americanus, n. sp. Aleurodiphilus americanus DeBach and Rose, NEw SPECIES Figs. 1-18 This widespread American biparental parasite of Aleurothrixus floccosus (Maskell) can be recognized by possession of the characters given for the genus; by the female’s predominantly pale yellow color—having only some faint infuscation evident in some cleared specimens on the mesothoracic and metathoracic sternal areas (Fig. 1) and on the antenna, especially the ultimate segment (Fig. 2); by the pale setae on head, thorax, and abdomen which are essentially invisible at 120 under binocular microscope; by the common presence of males which are predominantly dusky except for par- tial areas of the head and mesoscutum and the entire scutellum; and by the following: Female.—dead wider than thorax or abdomen, faintly setose (Fig. 1). Under 450 phase contrast magnification 20 large setae evident on fronto- vertex; occiput with 20-22 setae (10-11 pairs) ranging in a band between compound eyes and extending behind compound eyes (Fig. 3); face asetose centrally but with 4 setae between antennal bases and 3-4 setae laterally on VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 661 each side bordering compound eyes and adjacent to frontovertex (Fig. 4); about 10 setae scattered in a band extending between compound eyes just above mouthparts (Fig. 4); compound eyes very finely setose; triangular suture around ocelli inconspicuously evident; 5 large setae present within ocellar triangle. Mandible well developed, tridentate. Maxillary and labial palpi l-segmented. Antenna with numerous coarse setae (Fig. 5). Antenna relatively long and slender, about 0.7 as long as thorax and abdomen together (Figs. 1, 2, 5). Relative proportions of antennal segments (i.e., radicle; scape; pedicel; funicle 1, 2, 3, 4; club 1, 2) as follows: length, MORE ole2 0921.2 1-4 esas oleo width al2O MES Sal 51162 1S Ae OAS. The radicle bears 7 small round specialized sensilla on the basal portion, each with a minute seta (Fig. 6). Each funicle segment usually bears a pair of basiconic sensilla distad; each club segment bears one. Tip of club usu- ally with 3 elongate, finger-like sensilla. Flagellar segments bear longi- tudinal sensilla (rhinaria) usually according to the formula: 0, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2. The 2 club segments broadly joined; tip of club more or less pyriform (Fig. 7). Mesoscutum with 4 setae. Scutellum with 4 setae and 2 placoid sensilla. Parapsis with 2 setae, axilla with | (Figs. 8, 9). Sculpture on head and thorax very faintly evident only under 450 phase contrast magnification. Vertex without evident sculpture; face very faintly sculptured. Thoracic sculpture reticulate (Fig. 8). Endophragma short, extending to anterior portion of abdominal segment 4. Metanotum long and narrow, about 12.5 as long as wide. Propodeum very narrowly constricted in center. Second abdominal tergum (the tergum immediately posteriad of the propodeum) appears 2-lobed with fine reticulate sculpture laterad (Figs. 8, 10). Forewing (Fig. 11) narrow, hyaline, no infuscation, about 3x as long as wide; large roundish glabrous area around stigma extending to about mid- disc; marginal vein about 14x as long as submarginal; stigmal vein short, bearing no setae on dorsal surface, closely appressed to margin; longest posterior marginal fringe hairs about ’% width of disc; 2 setae near base of submargina! vein, 10-12 bullae on submarginal vein; usually 6 setae on anterior edge of marginal vein; a single seta in hyaline area of wing base below bullae (Fig. 12); about 5 minute nearly invisible setae occur along or on the submarginal vein in the basal 2 of costal cell (Figs. 11, 12); approx- imately 100 setae in discal area distad of a line drawn between stigma and distal end of frenal fold and about 50 setae basad of that line; a distinct line of setae encircling wing beneath marginal fringe and rather clearly separate from discal setae proper by a clear streak, the line of setae extends from between stigma and margin around wing to just past proximal end of frenal fold, line of setae double from stigmal area to well past apex, single there- after (Figs. 11, 13). Hindwing long and narrow, semi-pedunculate, about 8 x PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 1-6. Aleurodiphilus americanus, female. 1, Holotype. 2, Antennae. 3, Occiput. 4, Ventral aspect of head. 5, Antenna (SEM). 6, Radical (SEM). as long as wide, longest fringe hairs about 1.8 width of disc, setation sparse, usually about 35-50 setae on blade (not including fringe and vein setae) (Fig. 14). Each tarsus 5-segmented, foretarsus noticeably longer than foretibia, mid- and hindtarsi noticeably shorter than corresponding tibiae; first tarsal seg- ment not distinctly elongate on any leg (Figs. 15, 16, 17). Abdomen dorsally with a pair of prominent setae (phase contrast, 450x) laterally on segments, 4, 5, and 6; a medial and lateral pair on segment 7, a central pair and a smaller pair, one located near each posterior abdominal spiracle on segment 8 and, on syntergum, 2 pairs near apex (Fig. 16). Ovipositor short, subequal to middle tibia and only 1.2x as long as the VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 663 BZ a a ge Rte yee ees Figs. 7-12. Aleurodiphilus americanus, female. 7, Antennal club (SEM). 8, Dorsal aspect of thorax (SEM). 9, Dorsal aspect of thorax (SEM). 10, Dorsal aspect of thorax and abdomen {SEM). 11, Forewing. 12, Forewing base. Abbreviations: A = axilla; at = second abdominal tergum; M = mesoscutum; m = metanotum; P = parapsis; p = propodeum; S = scutellum. longest cercal seta; broadly separated from endophragma by 0.5 to 0.8 of its own length (Fig. 17). Length 0.74—0.96 mm. Male.—Resembles female in general morphology except for usual sexual differences. Color very different from female, integument markedly diffused with black. Posterior margin of head, small areas on the face, anterior 4 of mesoscutum, axillae, propodeum, and abdomen black. Flagellum and mar- ginal vein noticeably dusky. Antenna 8-segmented, about as long as thorax and abdomen together, segments stouter than in female but much less con- PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 004 Figs. 13-18. Aleurodiphilus americanus. 13, Chaetotaxy and glabrous area of forewing, female. 14, Hindwing, female. 15, Middle tibia and tarsus, female. 16, Dorsal abdomen and hindlegs, female. 17, Ventral abdomen, ovipositor, mid- and hindlegs, female. 18, Antenna, male. spicuously setose. Pedicel short, about /% length of any flagellar segment. All 6 flagellar segments bearing numerous longitudinal sensilla, flagellar segments 1-5 appear slightly swollen, ultimate segment noticeably narrow- er, tapering to a point (Fig. 18). Last 2 segments broadly joined but not fused as in males of Encarsia tricolor Foerster and E. acaudaleyrodis Hay- at. Length, 0.65—0.81 mm. Specimens.—Described from the type-series (25 2 and 24 ¢ specimens on 6 slides, reared by P. DeBach and M. Rose, from Aleurothrixus floccosus (Mask.) on citrus, Santiago (Manzanillo) Colima, Mexico, Jan. 21, 1975. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 665 Additional material from same host on same host plant: Acapulco, Guerrero, Mexico, January 27, 1975, 542:14¢ on 6 slides; Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mex- ico, January 29, 1975, 72:76 on2 slides; Oaxaca, Oaxaca, Mexico, January 30-31, 1975, 13 2:86 on 2 slides; Veracruz, Veracruz, Mexico, February 3, 1975, 22 on 1 slide, near Ciudad Valles, S. L. Potosi, Mexico, 22:26 on 2 slides; Playa Azul, Guerrero, Mexico, January 25, 1975, 1° (the preceding all reared by P. DeBach and M. Rose); near La Paz, Baja California Sur, Mexico, May, 1967, 42 on 3 slides, P. DeBach; Culiacan, Sinaloa, Mexico, May 23-24, 1967, 62:14 on 2 slides, P. DeBach; Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mex- ico, May 25, 1967, 32:14¢ on 2 slides, P. DeBach; same locality and col- lector, July 10, 1969, 16; Culiacan, Sinaloa, Mexico, July 23, 1970, 19:26, A. Sanchez Borja; Culiacan, Sinaloa, Mexico, September 23, 1970, 52, E. Rios; Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, March 22, 1970, 32, P. DeBach; Jacare Paqua, Brazil, May 9, 1971, 42 on 2 slides, T. Figueiredo; Queda Hereque, El Salvador, March 8, 1970, 52:36, J. Quezada. Type-series in the collection of the Division of Biological Control, Uni- versity of California, Riverside. Holotype female is at upper center on slide bearing 8 females, the rest are paratypes. The d allotype is the upper center on slide bearing 12d, the rest are paratypes. One slide each bearing 26 paratypes of A. americanus to be deposited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.; the British Museum (Natural History), London; the Zoological Institute, Soviet Academy of Science, Leningrad; The Mexican National Museum, Mexico City; and in the collection of the Hebrew University Faculty of Agriculture, Rehovot, Israel. All type-material is from Santiago (Manzanillo), Colima, Mexico. Notes.—The sex ratio is 2.32:1.0d6 based on 300 specimens from Mexico. No pupal cast skin is evident in the whitefly mummy from which A. ameri- canus has emerged. There are about four irregularly oval, pale brown me- conia evident within the mummy around the sides. The slight amount of ventral pigmentation (see p. 662) evident on most females from Mexico is very uniform for a given area but is imperceptible, for example, in the Brazilian material. We do not consider this to be sufficient grounds for species separation but crossing tests would be helpful in this case. Sibling species may occur as commonly in this genus as in Aphytis (see DeBach, 1969). Males have been dissected in incidental checking as hyperparasites on Amitus spiniferus Hempel but no thorough studies have been made. Aleurodiphilus americanus was introduced from Mexico and colonized in southern California for biological control of woolly whitefly on several oc- casions between 1967 and 1971 but no recovery was made. In addition to the new species of woolly whitefly parasite, Alewrodiphilus americanus, we find that a previously known species of woolly whitefly parasite, Encarsia basicincta Gahan, belongs to Aleurodiphilus hence is 666 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON designated Aleurodiphilus basicinctus (Gahan), NEW COMBINATION. Also, from an examination of the types of Encarsia pergandiella Howard, it is evident that this species belongs to Aleurodiphilus hence is designated Aleu- rodiphilus pergandiellus (Howard), NEW COMBINATION. Also, we have in our collection at UCR at least eight new species from whitefly in California and Mexico that clearly fall into Aleurodiphilus. These await description. Specimens in our collection from Shikoku, Japan and New Delhi, India, as well as Encarsia acaudaleyrodis Hayat, may also prove to belong to Aleurodiphilus when sufficiently studied. Finally, it ap- pears possible (although unlikely) from the descriptions that Encarsia nip- ponica Silvestri and Encarsia parvella Silvestri may belong under Aleuro- diphilus. Aleurodiphilus americanus appears to be very closely related to the pre- | viously mentioned parasite of Aleurothrixus floccosus, A. basicinctus (Ga- han), and to A. pergandiellus (Howard) which parasitizes Aleuroplatus and Trialeurodes spp. It differs from A. basicinctus (Fig. 19) mainly in the absence of any appreciable melanization pattern in the integument, espe- | cially dorsally, and in being arrhenotokous (biparental) whereas A. basi- cinctus evidently is thelytokous (uniparental) based on Gahan’s 8 female and no male cotypes from Puerto Rico and our reared collection of 103 A. basicinctus females to only 2 males from Florida. Aleurodiphilus americanus differs from A. pergandiellus in having rela- tively shorter, more compact, female antennae. Those of A. pergandiellus (Fig. 20) are about equal to the combined length of the thorax and abdomen; those of A. americanus (Figs. 1, 2, 5) are about 0.7 times as long as the thorax and abdomen together. Also those of A. pergandiellus are finely setose whereas those of A. americanus are more coarsely setose (phase contrast microscope). There are rhinaria on all funicular segments except the first in A. americanus whereas there are no rhinaria on funicular seg- ments | and 2 in A. pergandiellus. The first middle tarsal segment is long and slender in A. pergandiellus (Fig. 21), noticeably less so in A. ameri- canus (Fig. 15). Comparisons with A. americanus were based on Gahan’s | (1927) description of 8 female cotypes of A. basicinctus and on Howard’s (1907) description of A. pergandiellus and his types (USNM, labeled No. 9321) [the “‘seven female specimens’’—Howard op. cit.—were actually 5 female A. pergandiellus, 1 Eretmocerus sp. and 1 adult whitefly—authors] as well as a slide bearing 4 females collected and determined as E. pergan- diella by H. L. Dozier. This material was reared from Trialeurodes on perennial verbena, Wilmington, Delaware, November 26, 1927. Aleurodiphilus is most readily distinguished from Encarsia (including Prospaltella, the latter as generally used by authors previous to Viggiani and Mazzone (1979) and DeBach and LaSalle (1981)) by the rather large asetose clear area beneath the stigma of the forewing as well as by other —— a VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 667 Fig. 19. Aleurodiphilus basicinctus, female. Figs. 20, 21. A. pergandiellus, USNM type no. 9321, female. 20, Antenna. 21, Middle tibia and tarsus. comparative characters that follow. We consider the large asetose area be- neath the stigma of the forewing to constitute a major generic criterion. There is littlke or no variation in this character intraspecifically and it is common to species of Aleurodiphilus over a wide geographic range. Certain Asian whitefly parasites in our collection from India, Pakistan, and Japan and the figures and descriptions given in Hayat (1976) and Sil- vestri (1927, 1930) have a similar asetose area in the forewing as well as 5 segmented tarsi and antennae generally as described for Aleurodiphilus but differ somewhat in chaetotaxy of the wing, mesoscutum and/or parapsis. There are also minor differences in the general habitus of the antennae and wings. Further study will be required to determine whether these Asian forms belong to Aleurodiphilus, Encarsia, or perhaps to a new genus. Aspidiotiphagus also possesses a similar asetose area in the forewing and the cubensis group of Encarsia possesses a smaller one (DeBach and Rose, _ unpublished) but these three genera can be distinguished by other characteris- tics (see following key). A similar comparative situation exists between other aphelinid genera. Aphelinus and Aphytis, for example, both have similar forewings charac- terized by an asetose area (the speculum) but are distinguished by other characters. It is of interest that originally nearly all Aphytis spp. were in- cluded under Aphelinus as Aleurodiphilus has been under Encarsia. Other 4 aphelinid genera rather easily recognized by their forewing setal pattern and/ | or asetose areas include Ablerus, Azotus, and Eretmocerus among others. | Aleurodiphilus is most easily confused with Aspidiotiphagus, in fact, as 1 mentioned, there appear to be very similar forms. Species of Aspidiotipha- | gus generally have more narrow forewings than Aleurodiphilus spp. with the posterior margin inflexed (angled) forward at the junction of the disc — with the frenal fold (Fig. 22). Aspidiotiphagus spp. have fewer setae in the disc (Fig. 22) with the double row of setae (see p. 662) on the inside anterior margin of the forewing originating 1-4 setae distad of the terminus of the | stigmal vein (Fig. 23) or with a distinct gap between the terminus of the | stigma and the origin of the double row of setae (Fig. 24). This double row of setae does not continuously extend beyond the apex in Aspidiotiphagus | spp. whereas in all species of Aleurodiphilus we examined this double row of setae extends beyond the apex for from % to the entire distance to the distal end of the frenal fold. The apex of the forewing is generally more oblately curved in Aleurodiphilus spp. than Aspidiotiphagus spp. (Figs. 11, 22). . ———————_—————— In Aspidiotiphagus the greatest length of the posterior marginal setae of 9 the forewing is generally as long as or longer than the width of the disc (Fig. 22) (occasionally only three-fourths as long) whereas in Aleurodiphilus it usually ranges only between one-half to three-fourths the width of the disc. The greatest length of the anterior fringe hairs of the forewing in Aspidi- otiphagus ranges from one-half to more than the width of the disc, whereas in Aleurodiphilus it only ranges from one-third to one-half the width of the disc, essentially no overlap in this criterion. Aspidiotiphagus generally has a 3-segmented club fairly well differentiat- | ed from the remainder of the flagellum whereas Aleurodiphilus has a largely undifferentiated flagellum, the 2-segmented club is mainly distinguished by the last 2 segments being broadly joined (although this character is often difficult to evaluate in either genus). Aspidiotiphagus with 3-segmented clubs generally bear rhinaria only on club segments except for A. silwood- ensis Alam and A. cyanophylli Alam, which are figured (Alam, 1956) with rhinaria on all funicle segments; Alewrodiphilus has rhinaria on the club and all funicle segments except 1 and on 2 or 3 depending on species. All Aspidiotiphagus we examined (p. 671) bear distinctive sculpture medi- ally on the second abdominal tergum (the tergum immediately posteriad of the propodeum) (Figs. 25, 26), whereas no equivalent sculpture is evident on any Aleurodiphilus species examined (see following rediagnosis of Aspidi- otiphagus for further detail on the preceding characters). All known species of Aspidiotiphagus are parasites of Diaspididae; all known species of Aleurodiphilus are parasites of Aleyrodidae (except the hyperparasitic males, which, as far as we know, parasitize primary parasites within aleurodids). VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 669 ~ ~ _ Figs. 22-26. Aspidiotiphagus spp., females. 22, A. sp. ex diaspidid scale from Cyprus, forewing and hindwing. 23, A. sp. ex Aonidiella orientalis from Saudi Arabia, glabrous area of forewing with double row of setae under margin beginning 3 setae distad of stigmal vein. 24, A. lounsburyi (determined H. Compere), glabrous area of forewing with double row of setae | under margin beginning after an asetose gap distad of stigmal vein. 25, A. citrinus (determined H. Compere), second abdominal tergum. 26, A. latipennis (paratype), second abdominal ter- ) gum. | Aleurodiphilus, as already mentioned, might also be confused with certain : Encarsia species we place in the cubensis group of Encarsia (DeBach and Rose, unpublished). The cubensis group has a small glabrous area in the fore- wing beneath the stigma but is easily distinguished from Aleurodiphilus spe- ) cies by having 4-segmented middle tarsi and a 3-segmented club whereas Aleurodiphilus has S-segmented tarsi on all legs and a 2-segmented club. Our cubensis group appears to be a natural one and is not the equivalent of Viggiani and Mazzone’s (1979) formosa group although, along with dissim- | 670 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ilar species, they include E. cubensis Gahan and E. quaintancei Howard in the latter. The geographical distribution of Aleurodiphilus is broad and may turn out to be much greater when additional collections and studies have been made. We have determined from our collections, other museum specimens, and from the taxonomic literature, that species occur in North, Central, and South America and the Caribbean. Our literature survey has not revealed the presence of species in Europe. REDIAGNOSIS OF ASPIDIOTIPHAGUS HOWARD Coccophagus citrinus Craw, 1891. Encarsia citrinus Riley and Howard, 1891. Aspidiotiphagus citrinus Howard, 1894. Prospaltoides howardi Brethes, 1914. Aspidiotiphagus shoeversi Smits van Burgst, 1915. There is some confusion regarding the type of Coccophagus citrinus Craw, the type-species of Aspidiotiphagus. When Craw (1891a, b) described C. citrinus, reared from Aonidiella citrina (Coquillett) (=Aspidiotus citri- nus) first collected in the San Gabriel Valley in California in 1889, it was placed under Coccophagus apparently following Howard’s suggestion. Ri- ley and Howard (1891) then placed it as Encarsia citrinus (see Compere, 1936, for further detail). This generic designation was later changed by How- ard (1894) who erected the new genus Aspidiotiphagus for citrinus and redescribed this species from 14 female specimens reared from A. citrina (Coq.) (=Aspidiotus aurantii Maskell, var. citrinus) also collected in San Gabriel, California by Coquillett in 1889. Elsewhere, Brethes (1914) erected Prospaltoides for his new species how- ardi reared from Pseudaulacaspis (=Diaspis) pentagona (Targioni-Tozzet- ti) in Argentina which he subsequently (Brethes, 1916) synonymized with Aspidiotiphagus citrinus. Mercet (1930) also synonymized Aspidiotiphagus schoeversi Smits van Burgst with A. citrinus. DeSantis (1948) examined the ‘type’? of ‘“‘Prospaltoides howardi Brethes’’ and stated that only two species of Aspidiotiphagus, A. citrinus and A. lounsburyi (Berlese and Pa- oli), are present in Argentina, seemingly confirming Brethes’ (1916) syn- onomy. Howard did not designate any of the specimens collected by Coquillett in California in 1889 as a holotype when he erected Aspidiotiphagus in 1894. Craw’s original specimens, also collected in 1889, are apparently lost. There are no specimens from Craw deposited at the U.S. National Museum nor were we able to locate specimens in the collections of the California Acad- emy of Sciences, the University of California, the Los Angeles Natural History Museum, or the California State Department of Food and Agricul- ture. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 671 We examined 12 female specimens on three unnumbered slides from the USMNM labeled; ““Coccophagus citrinus Craw from Aspidiotus aurantii, Jan. 18, 1889, San Gabriel, Cal.’’ (1 slide), “‘Aspidiotiphagus citrinus Craw bred from Aspidiotus aurantii San Gabriel, Cal. Jan. 24, 1889°° (1 slide), and ‘“‘Aspidiotiphagus citrinus from Aspidiotus aurantii March 13, 1889 San Gabriel, Cal.’ (1 slide). The data on the USNM slides corresponds with Howard’s (1895) statement regarding Aspidiotiphagus citrinus, **Rede- scribed from fourteen female specimens reared January 18 and 24, February 2 and March 13, 1889 by Mr. D. W. Coquillett from Aspidiotus aurantii, var. citrinus, from San Gabriel, Cal.’’ The last two slides dated January 24 and March 13, 1889 also bear the notation, “Part of original material which formed basis of Howard description in Ins. Life VI, p. 230.’’ Specimens noted by Howard (1895) collected on February 2, 1889 by the same collector on the same host in the same locale were not among the USNM collection we examined. We have designated a NEOTYPE on the USNM slide dated March 13, 1889 (Fig. 27). The USNM specimens of Aspidiotiphagus citrinus are difficult, at best, to study as fine detail is often obscured. However, the characters as given by Howard (1894) can generally be observed and fit the generic description of Aspidiotiphagus to follow. In order to compare Aspidiotiphagus with Aleurodiphilus, Encarsia, and other genera, we have studied, along with the USNM material, the collec- tions of H. Compere, P. DeBach, M. Rose, and others held in the Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside. More than 1000 specimens of Aspidiotiphagus, including paratypes (A. flavus, A. latipennis) designated by Compere (1936) and numerous specimens identified by Com- pere and others, collected from 21 scale insect genera comprising 54 known species and 8 unknown species of Diaspididae from 37 countries throughout the world were examined. To our knowledge only one species of Aspidiotiphagus is recorded from a non-diaspine scale host; Aspidiotiphagus aleyrodis Ashmead (1904), reared from an aleyrodid on sugar-cane in Manila, Philippines. We examined 3 of Ashmead’s syntypes (USNM Cat. No. 7354, E. Grissell, personal com- munication) and found that these point-mounted specimens definitely were not Aspidiotiphagus but possibly belong to Encarsia. Cleared slide mounts would be necessary for accurate identification. Thus, all known species of Aspidiotiphagus are parasites of diaspidid scales. DeSantis’ (1979) very extensive host list for A. citrinus and A. louns- buryi tends to confirm this. Our host records, rearings and dissections all indicate that Aspidiotiphagus are primary, solitary, internal parasites which develop in immature (second-instar) scale bodies (Fig. 28). It is possible that most, if not all, Aspidiotiphagus spp. are thelytokous. Males are non-ex- istent or extremely rare in all species studied that had sufficient specimens available to be meaningful. Male Aspidiotiphagus spp. we have examined PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 27-32. Aspidiotiphagus spp. 27, A. citrinus, USNM neotype female. 28, A. sp. female inside second-instar Hemiberlesia lataniae from California. 29, A. sp. near lounsburyi, male antenna. 30, A. lounsburyi (determined H. Compere), female antenna. 31, A. sp. ex Parlatoria blanchardi from Israel, female antenna. 32, A. latipennis (paratype), female antenna. greatly resemble the female, the immediately obvious differences being the antennae (Fig. 29) and genitalia. The current taxonomic status of Aspidiotiphagus exemplifies dichotomy of thought. We, as stated earlier, favor retention of Aspidiotiphagus as a valid genus as did Hayat (1976). Conversely, Viggiani and Mazzone (1979) place Aspidiotiphagus under their proposed citrina group of Encarsia whereas Alam (1956) divides Aspidiotiphagus into two proposed subgenera: Aspidiotiphagus Howard subgen. n., type-species A. citrinus (Craw) based on ‘Hairs of marginal fringe of forewing clearly longer than maximum width of disc’* and Paraspidiotiphagus subgen. n., type-species A. flavus Com- VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 673 pere based on ‘‘Hairs of marginal fringe of forewings not longer than max- imum width of disc.’ Apparently Alam’s decisions were made based on descriptions from the literature as well as on the description of his two new species, Aspidiotiphagus silwoodensis Alam and A. cyanophylli Alam. Compere (1936) noted ‘‘In this paper two forms [A. flavus, A. latipennis: authors’ addition] are described in which the width of the forewings is great- er than the length of the longest marginal fringe."’ Whether the relative length of the alary fringe of the forewing of various Aspidiotiphagus spp. will prove sufficient to support Alam’s proposal of subgenera is problemat- ical. We do not now intend to make this determination. From our examination of the numerous specimens of Aspidiotiphagus already mentioned we have found several morphological characteristics which separate this genus from Aleurodiphilus and Encarsia (see pp. 666, 667) as well as from Coccophagoides and Primaprospaltella. These char- acters are given below and in the following key. We also consider that the number of species of Aspidiotiphagus is apparently greater than have been described, particularly the fuscous, thelytokous species that are near citri- nus and which are numerically abundant worldwide. All Aspidiotiphagus we examined are adequately described in habitus by Craw (189la, b), Howard (1894), Brethes (1914), Mercet (1930), Compere (1936) and DeSantis (1948). Howard’s (1894) generic description states, ‘club long, distinctly three jointed.”” However, A. fuscus Compere (1936, Fig. 8) differs in having the 4 ultimate segments enlarged with the 5 ultimate antennal segments bearing rhinaria. We have observed similar antennae in other, undescribed Aspidiotiphagus. Aspidiotiphagus would be more fit- tingly characterized as generally having a 3-segmented club, ranging in ap- pearance from first club segment reduced as in A. lounsburyi (Fig. 30), with rhinaria only on the club segments (except A. silwoodensis Alam and A. cyanophylli Alam), to antennae with 4 ultimate segments enlarged with rhi- naria on the 4 ultimate antennal segments and occasionally on 5 ultimate antennal segments (Figs. 31, 32). All species of Aspidiotiphagus we examined bear | seta on the parapsis and axilla, 2-6 setae on mesoscutum, 4 setae on scutellum (Compere’s (1936) record of 6 setae on scutellum of flavus is apparently incorrect) (Fig. 33) and, in most specimens, 4 dorsal setae on abdominal terga 7 and 8 and on the syntergum. The dorsal surface of the posterior abdominal terga usu- ally is stippled, often most conspicuously on the syntergum (Fig. 34). All tarsi are pentamerous. The inflexed wing, with a glabrous area surrounding the stigmal vein, has been characterized above and ranges in degree of inflection from /ounsburyi (Fig. 35) to flavus (Fig. 36) with the other described species and undescribed specimens of Aspidiotiphagus grading between these species. Aspidioti- phagus flavus Compere (Fig. 36) has the least inflexed wing of those species PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 7 / SSSSL, — 4A CAN NAMAIML LS 77 Figs. 33-36, 38. Aspidiotiphagus spp., females. 33, A. sp. ex Hemiberlesia lataniae from California, dorsum of thorax. 34, A. sp. as Fig. 33, dorsum of abdomen. 35, A. lounsburyi (determined H. Compere), forewing. 36, A. flavus (paratype), forewing. 37, Aleurodiphilus basicinctus female. 38, Aspidiotiphagus sp. ex diaspidid scale from Cyprus, apex of forewing. Abbreviations: A = axilla; M = mesoscutum; P = parapsis; S = scutellum. described by Compere (1936) and is somewhat similar in general habitus to Aleurodiphilus basicinctus (Gahan), which has the most extremely inflected wing in our collection of Aleurodiphilus (Fig. 37) and is somewhat more inflexed than the forewing of Aleurodiphilus americanus (Fig. 11). The api- cal margin in Aleurodiphilus spp. is generally more oblately rounded than in Aspidiotiphagus spp. (Figs. 11, 22, 35, 36, 37, 38). In all specimens of Aspidiotiphagus examined the forewing between the submarginal and marginal veins and the frenal fold is fuscous (least con- Spicuous in A. flavus paratypes) and bears one seta in the wing base with VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 675 Figs. 39-41. Aspidiotiphagus spp., females. 39, A. sp. ex diaspidid scale from Australia, second abdominal tergum. 40, A. sp. ex Aonidiella orientalis from Saudi Arabia, second ab- dominal tergum. 41, A. sp. ex diaspidid scale from the Dominican Republic, second abdominal tergum, dorsum of thorax and anterior abdomen, endophragma. no setae on the dorsal surface of the stigmal vein (Fig. 22). The double row of setae (see p. 669) on the forewing begins at variable distances from the terminus of the stigmal vein, often after an asetose ‘‘gap’’ (Figs. 23 and 24), and does not extend beyond the apex of the forewing but rather becomes a single row, often with large spaces between setae, at the apex. Thereafter a double row may again commence for a short distance (Fig. 38). A striking and possibly unique character to distinguish Aspidiotiphagus is the characteristic medial sculpture on the second abdominal tergum (see p. 669). In all specimens examined this character is evident and is readily observed at low (100) to high (400) magnifications under the phase con- trast microscope, even on damaged specimens. Compere’s (1936) Figure 9, page 298, of ‘‘Aspidiotiphagus fuscus n. sp. Female’’ and Figure 10, page 300, of “‘Aspidiotiphagus flavus n. sp. Female’? suggests this structure but he didn’t use it as a character. This normally longitudinally elongate reticulate sculpture is located me- dially (Figs. 24, 26) but can encompass nearly the width of the second abdominal tergum (Fig. 39). The type and degree of sculpture ranges in appearance (phase contrast microscope) from delicately light (Fig. 40) to bold and distinct (Fig. 41). Sculpture-type is reasonably constant within PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON | Figs. 42-45. Aspidiotiphagus spp., females. 42, A. sp. ex Hemiberlesia lataniae from Cal- ifornia, thorax and abdomen to show second abdominal tergum, lateral aspect (SEM). 43, Same specimen as Fig. 42, scutellum, metanotum, propodeum, and second abdominal tergum, dorsal aspect (SEM). 44, 45, A. sp. ex Aonidiella aurantii from People’s Republic of China, as Figs. 42, 43 (SEM). 46, Encarsia diaspidicola, USNM cotype no. 41387, female, thorax and abdo- men, dorsal view. conspecific series and could eventually prove useful in species determina- tion. Examination of this structure with a Joel JSM 35C scanning electron microscope showed the sculpture to consist of reticulations formed by sharply raised, longitudinal ridges with smaller longitudinal ridges within the reticulations (Figs. 42, 43, 44, 45). No such sculpture is evident on any of the Aleurodiphilus spp. in our collection. Only Encarsia diaspidicola (Silvestri) (=P. diaspidicola Silves- tri) (Silvestri, 1930) shows any close semblance of such sculpture of all the VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 677 hundreds of specimens of Encarsia we have examined. However, on E. diaspidicola, USNM cotypes, No. 41387, the sculpture of the second ab- dominal tergum is neither longitudinally elongate nor medially placed (Fig. 46). Craw (1891a, b) pointed out that Aspidiotiphagus citrinus from Aonidiella citrina Coquillett failed to reproduce on Aonidiella aurantii (Maskell). Com- pere (1936) later states, “‘attempts to propagate Aspidiotiphagus citrinus upon red scale, Chrysomphalus aurantii (Maskell) [Aonidiella aurantii (Mask.): authors’ addition], have corroborated Craw’s contention that this coccid is not a host of the parasite in question.” Such host specificity by a primary thelytokous parasite between two such closely allied hosts (A. citrina and A. aurantii) that were sympatric and often found on the same host plant in southern California (DeBach et al., 1978) strongly indicates that the actual host range is very narrow, particu- larly when backed by laboratory tests as is the case presented here. Such oligophagous and possibly monophagous host selection is a good species indicator under biosystematic criteria. We have observed numerous small differences in the habitus, pigmenta- tion, antennae, chaetotaxy, wing form and sculpture (both generally and on the second abdominal tergum) on numerous specimens of Aspidiotiphagus reared from different species of diaspid scales worldwide, including many specimens called A. citrinus by various authors. These differences are rea- sonably constant in series of specimens from a given host species, locale and collection date, hence more than one species may be represented. How- ever, as has been demonstrated with thelytokous species, sibling species, and “‘forms’’ of Aphytis (DeBach, 1969; ROssler and DeBach, 1972a, b, 1973; Rosen and DeBach, 1979) determination of specific status in such cases requires considerable biological, ecological and behavioral study. For Aspidiotiphagus this remains in the future. KEY TO PENTAMEROUS AND HETEROMEROUS PROSPALTELLINAE 1. Six setae on scutellum; hypogynium present ....... Coccophagoides Four setae.on scutellum: hyposyunim aADSEMU 2... «oa. chistes oe eee p . Maxillary palpus 2-segmented; submarginal vein distinctly longer than marginal vein; more than 10 setae in basal area of forewing below bullae; flagellar segments highly differentiated, flagellum rath- er short/and stout;*distinctive: 3-segmented club 2.sier.. UPS... MRE te LTS 5. os ale Reales cates ake Meena cence eee eee Primaprospaltella — Maxillary palpus l-segmented; propodeum narrowly constricted medially, shorter medially than metanotum; submarginal vein sub- equal to marginal vein; less than 10 setae in basal area of forewing below bullae; flagellar segments little differentiated, flagellum gen- w | 678 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON erally long and narrow; club variable, undifferentiated to 4 ultimate sepments, enlarged»). ois. 4 de os Bs Piast te ate ee ge 3 3. Wing without glabrous area beneath stigma ............... Encarsia — Wing with glabrous oval or circular area beneath stigma .......... 4 4. Midtarsus tetramerous, others pentamerous; forewing not narrow, about 2:5 as long as. wide; cubensis ‘group? <-)- oe. eee Encarsia — Each tarsus pentamerous; forewing narrow, usually more than 3x as long as: Wide * a2 2.0d os Avot alae gle eee ae 2 n Second abdominal tergum distinctly sculptured medially; antennal club generally 3-segmented, can appear 4-segmented; 1 seta on pa- rapsis; longest forewing anterior-fringe setae 12 to I-plus times as wide as disc; longest forewing posterior-fringe setae *4 to 1I-plus times as wide as disc; forewing usually distinctly inflexed posteriorly (Pigsa22—45)! ic. ey al et TS a en ee Aspidiotiphagus — Second abdominal tergum without sculpture medially; antennal club 2-segmented; 2 setae on parapsis; longest forewing anterior-fringe setae 4 to % width of disc; longest forewing posterior-fringe setae 2 to %4 width of disc; forewing more or less smoothly curved along posterior marpin.( Figs. STS) fore: ocr, acre een aa Aleurodiphilus ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank Gordon Gordh, John LaSalle, John Pinto, and James Woolley, University of California, Riverside, for critical reading of the manuscript and valuable suggestions. Eric Grissell, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Washington, D.C., kindly sent loans of various types for our study. LITERATURE CITED Alam, S. M. 1956. The taxonomy of some British aphelinid parasites (Hymenoptera) of scale insects (Coccoidea). Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 108(8): 357-383. Ashmead, W. H. 1904. Descriptions of new genera and species of Hymenoptera from the Philippine Islands. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 28(1387): 127-158. Brethes, J. 1914. Les ennemis de la ‘‘Diaspis pentagona’’ dans La Republique Argentine. Nunquam Otiosus 1: 12-14. ——. 1916. Hyménoptéres parasites de L’Amerique Meridionale. An. Mus. Argent. Cien. Nat. Bernardino Rivadavia 27: 401-430. Compere, H. 1936. Notes on the classification of the Aphelinidae with descriptions of new | species. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 6(12): 277-322. Craw, A. 189la. Internal parasites discovered in the San Gabriel Valley; recommendations and notes. Bull. Calif. St. Bd. Hort. No. 57, pp. 3-7. ———. 189lb. Destructive insects, their natural enemies, remedies and recommendations. Calif. St. Bd. Hort. Div. Entomol., pp. 28-29. DeBach, P. 1969. Uniparental, sibling and semi-species in relation to taxonomy and biological control. Isr. J. Entomol. 4: 11-28. DeBach, P., R. M. Hendrickson, Jr., and M. Rose. 1978. Competitive dislacement: Extinction of the yellow scale, Aonidiella citrina (Coq.) (Homoptera: Diaspididae), by its ecological VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 679 homologue, the California red scale, Aonidiella aurantii (Mask.) in southern California. Hilgardia 46(1): 1-35. DeBach, P. and J. LaSalle. 1981. The taxonomic status of Encarsia, Prospaltella, and Tri- chaporus and a description of Primaprospaltella, new genus (Hym., Chalcidoidea, Aphelinidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 83(4): 642-657. DeSantis, L. 1948. Estudio Monografico de los Afelinidos de la Republica Argentina (Hy- menoptera, Chalcidoidea). Rev. Mus. La Plata Secc. Zool. 5: 223-232. ———. 1979. Catalogo de los himenopteros chalcidoideos de America al Sur de los Estados Unidos. Com. Invest. Cien. Prov. Buenos Aires. 488 pp. Gahan, A. B. 1927. Miscellaneous descriptions of new parasitic Hymenoptera with some synonymical notes. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 71(4): 1-39. Girault, A. A. 1915. Australian Hymenoptera Chalcidoidea Mus. IV, 184 pp. Hayat, M. 1976. Two new species of Aphelinidae [Hym.: Chalcidoidea] parasitic on Acau- daleyrodes rhachipora [Hom.: Aleyrodidae] from India. Entomophaga 21(2): 157-162. Howard, L. O. 1894. The hymenopterous parasites of the California red scale. Insect Life 6(3): 227-236. ———.. 1895. Revision of the Aphelininae of North America. U.S. Dep. Agric. Div. Entomol. Tech. Ser. 1, 44 pp. 1907. New genera and species of Aphelininae, with a revised table of genera. U.S. Dep. Agric. Bur. Entomol. Tech. Ser. 12(4): 69-88. Mercet, R. G. 1930. Los Afelinidos de Espana. Segunda Parte. Rev. Biol. For. Limnol., Ser. B., 2: 29-107. Riley, C. V. and L. O. Howard. 1891. Special notes. Insect Life 4: 163-168. Rosen, D. and P. DeBach. 1979. Species of Aphytis of the world (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae). Dr. Junk BV, The Hague, Ser. Entomol., Vol. 17, 801 pp. Rossler, Y. and P. DeBach. 1972a. The biosystematic relations between a thelytokous and an arrhenotokous form of Aphytis mytilaspidis (LeBaron) (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae). I. The reproductive relations. Entomophaga 17(4): 391-423. . 1972b. The biosystematic relations between a thelytokous and an arrhenotokous form of Aphytis mytilaspidis (LeBaron) (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae). Il. Comparative bio- logical and morphological studies. Entomophaga 17(4): 425-435. ———.. 1973. Genetic variability in a thelytokous form of Aphytis mytilaspidis (LeBaron) (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae). Hilgardia 42(5): 149-176. Silvestri, F. 1927. Contribuzione alla conoscenza degli Aleurodidae (Insecta: Hemiptera) vi- venti su citrus in Estremo Oriente e dei loro parassiti. Boll. Lab. Zool. R. Instituto Superiore Agric. Portici 21, 60 pp. ———. 1930. Contributo alla conoscenza della specie Orientali del genera Prospaltella (Hym., Chalcidae). Boll. Lab. Zool. R. Instituto Superiore Agric. Portici, 25, 68 pp. Viggiani, G. and P. Mazzone. 1979. Contributi all conscenza morfobiologica della specie del complesso Encarsia Foerster—Prospaltella Ashmead (Hym., Aphelinidae). 1. Un com- mento sulli attuale stato, con proposti sinonimiche e descrizione di Encarsia silvestrii n. sp., parassita di Bemisia citricola Gom. Men. (Hom., Aleyrodidae). Boll. Lab. Ent. Agric. Silvestri 36: 42-50. VII. Encyrtidae. Mem. Queensl. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 680-689 DESCRIPTION OF THE IMMATURE STAGES OF DIORYCTRIA TAEDAE SCHABER AND WOOD, WITH NOTES ON ITS BIOLOGY AND THAT OF D. DISCLUSA HEINRICH (LEPIDOPTERA: PYRALIDAE) BURTON D. SCHABER Research Station, Agriculture Canada, Lethbridge, Alberta, Canada TI1J 4Bl. Abstract.—Adult emergence in Maryland and Delaware of a pine cone- worm, Dioryctria taedae Schaber and Wood, indicates two broods per year, one in late August and the other in early October. Observations on the biology of the coneworms feeding on loblolly pine, Pinus taeda L., are recorded with brief descriptions of the immature stages. Measurements of the head capsule, body length, and labrum indicate five larval instars. Ten species of Hymenoptera and five of Diptera have been recovered as para- sites from the last two larval instars and pupae. Comparative notes on D. disclusa Heinrich are also given. The loblolly pine (Pinus taeda L.) industry in Maryland holds a significant place in the economy of the state, and the forests are maintained by planting. Landowners purchase seedlings grown in state forest nurseries from the Maryland Department of Forestry. Seeds are in great demand and must be obtained by collecting cones from the crowns of trees that are cut for lumber each fall. However, the seed supply at the State Forest Tree Nursery in Harmans, Maryland, is extremely limited having been reduced by seed in- sects to the point where plantings may have to be curtailed. Because pine coneworms are considered among the most destructive pests of pine cones, various insect surveys were initiated. In Virginia, Knight (1952) and Schroeder (unpublished data) reported that Dioryctria amatella (Hulst) destroyed 27% and 45% of the total seed, respectively. Dioryctria amatella and D. disclusa Heinrich were found to be primary pests of loblolly pine in Mississippi (Neel and Sartor, 1969). Dioryctria amatella accounted for 86% of all insects identified attacking mature loblolly pine cones in Georgia (Dohany and Heikkenen, 1968). A study of slash pine cones (Pinus elliotii Engelm.) in Florida showed that, although the number infested by Dioryctria spp. and Laspeyresia anaranjada Miller were about the same, the coneworms were estimated to destroy nine times as many VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 681 seeds as the seedworm, L. anaranjada, or nearly 25% of the total potential seed yield (Merkel, 1961). A pine coneworm was discovered infesting second year cones of loblolly pine in Maryland in the early 1960’s and was identified at that time as ““D. zimmermani (Grote) (Coop. Econ. Insect Rep., 1964). Subsequently, Schaber and Wood (1971) showed this identification to be incorrect. Because of different morphological characteristics and biological feeding habits exhibited by this species from previously published descrip- tions, this insect was described as D. taedae. This paper provides detailed descriptions of the egg, larva, and pupa with notes on the biology of the various life stages not included by Schaber and Wood (1971). METHODS AND PROCEDURES The collection of cones was concentrated in Sommerset, St. Mary’s, Wicomico, and Worcester counties, Maryland; in Sussex Co., Delaware: and in King and Queen County, Virginia, during the study period, 1967-1970. These counties were selected because continuous log- ging was in progress for the duration of this study. Although this is not a random design for the collection of the pine cones, it proved less costly than to hire a professional climber. Additionally, even if a climber were in the 18-24 m high trees, he would be unable to see the tips of the branches and, therefore, would be unable to tell if the cones or terminals were in- fested. Since the forestry practices of the State of Maryland prevent the private cutting of trees, the only successful method that remained was to follow the logging crews from area to area. Only cones, tips, and leaders that showed signs of damage were collected. Cones were dipped in melted paraffin to delay spoilage and desiccation when used as larval food. Most of the larvae were fed the artificial medium of the fall armyworm (Burton, 1967) modified as suggested by E. O. Thomas (per- sonal communication). These modifications included the following: (1) Ad- dition of inositol, (2) substitution of bacitracin for streptomycin, (3) 3.5 ml of 37% formaldehyde instead of 15 ml of 10% formalin, (4) 14 g of methyl- _p-hydroxbenzoate and 14 g of sorbic acid instead of the 8.8 g and 11.8 g, respectively, in 100 ml of 95% ethyl alcohol, (5) no kanamycin sulfate, and (6) in the vitamin mixture, vitamin B,, not triturated in mannitol but added directly into the solution. - The larvae, after hatching or collection from the field, were placed in individual 2 oz plastic containers half filled with artificial medium. The lar- vae were transferred to fresh stock every two weeks because of desiccation of the medium with first- and second-instar larvae and because of the ap- petite of the later instar larvae. These containers served as pupation cham- bers as well. 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON lable |. Mean measurements of the larval instars of Dioryctria taedae. All values in mm. Instar N Head Length Head Width Body Length Labrum Width De SS ee l 2 0.20 0.30 2.00 0.10 2 4 0.45 0.57 S30 eS 0.20 3 3 0.82 1.16 8.40 + 0.9 0.30 4 14 E22 1.68 Wasp ae 133) 0.50 5 12 1.50 2.10 1SESt= ES 0.65 The rearing chamber was set for 16 hours of light and 8 hours of darkness. The day temperature was 29°C and the night, 18°C. Moisture was added to the growth chamber by placing a 2500 ml beaker of water with a wick formed of wire mesh 15 cm high wrapped with cheesecloth. Adults were placed in small vials for sex determination and then trans- ferred to breeding cages. These cages were 30 cm cubes and each contained two small vials of 10% sugar water as a food source. After three or four | days, the females were removed and placed in individual egg-laying cages. The egg-laying cages were made of two round plastic dishes 95 mm in di- ameter with the open ends taped together, containing 10 mm of artificial | medium as a base. A 0.3 cm, slightly curved mesh screen was placed on | top of the medium and covered with cheesecloth. Again, small vials con- taining sugar water were added. After oviposition had been completed, the | female moths were preserved, mounted, and labeled. The young larvae that hatched were placed in individual rearing containers as previously de- | scribed. DESCRIPTION OF LIFE STAGES Egg.—Eggs elliptic-oval; average width, 0.55 mm; average length, 1.05 mm. Creamy white when deposited. Embryo clearly visible before hatching. Color gradually changes from white to yellow, to reddish orange, and then | to a dull reddish brown before hatching. Surface of egg with rugose ap- pearance due to network of ridges running irregularly over entire surface. | Larva (Table 1).—First-instar average length 2.00 mm upon hatching. Striped and light brown. Compound eyes with small area of very heavy pigmentation, disappearing toward end of first-instar. Second-instar displays | same coloration patterns as first-instar. Third-instar uniform in color and may | vary from reddish brown to almost black. Fourth-instar generally darker in color than earlier instars. Fifth-instar body color usually black green to | purplish overlaid with some pinacula. From each pinaculum, arises a single seta (Fig. 1). Ventrally, body usually buff to reddish brown. Head varies in color from light to dark reddish brown with some maculations. Six lateral ocelli lighter in color than head capsule. Thoracic shield reddish brown and | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 683 Ventral A B C | Fig. 1. Schematic of the setal arrangement of the fifth-instar larva of Dioryctria taedae. A, Prothorax. B, Metathorax. C, 4th abdominal segment. (Setal terminology follows that of Pe- terson, 1962.) Abbreviations CER — cervical shield PSP — prespiracular setae Sp — spiracle SUB — subventral group a — alpha K — kappa | PSP B — beta n — eta y — gamma wm —mu ) — delta Vv — nu € — epsilon 7 — pl II p — rho T — tau o — sigma light brown to yellow anteriorly, with yellow mesal line. Three pairs of thoracic legs with simple claws and 4 pairs of prolegs. Anal shield yellowish brown with 6 setae and sclerotized pigmented pits, when viewed micro- scopically, black. Integument coarsely granulose with large apodemal spots and tubercles on either side. Head of fifth-instar averages 1.5 mm wide and 2.1 mm long. Labrum (Fig. 2) averages 0.65 mm in width, emargination quite deep. Epipharynx (Fig. 2) with many light-colored stout spines. La- brum with 6 toothlike projections and 12 setae. Spinneret relatively stout, about 3.5 as long as wide. Mandibles dark brown to black, and quadra- dentate. Proleg crochets arranged in circle. Microspines on venter of each segment distinct; perianal region with medium sized, lightly pigmented spines. Pupa.—Pupa cylindrical, smooth, narrow, varying in length from 14.3 to 15.9 mm (mean 15.3 mm). Mean length of abdominal segments 10.5 mm. Head forming a blunt point, with a pronounced clypeal protuberance. In- 684 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON | | 2 Fig. 2. Fifth-instar larva of Dioryctria taedae. Top, epipharynx; bottom, labrum. tegument smooth, but pro- and mesothorax are wrinkled. Dorsum of meta- thorax punctate. Dorsal 74 of abdominal segments heavily punctate, punc- tures extending ventrally to midway on segments. Dorsocaudal gibba elongate, black, and elevated, about 3.5 to 4x as long as wide. Dorsum of segment 10, caudad of gibba, darker than dorsum of other segments; some- times containing an extra pair of setae. Of 90 pupal cases examined, 24 exhibited an extra pair of setae; of these 18 were females and 6 were males. Cremaster expands slightly laterally and contains 6 slender spines with small apical hooks. Adult.—The complete description and notes on how to distinguish adults from 2 closely related species (D. amatella and D. zimmermani) have been published (Schaber and Wood, 1971). However, to further aid field identi- fication, the 3 species have been included here for comparison (Fig. 3). VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 685 Fig. 3. men). Adults. A, Dioryetria taedae. B, D. amatella. C, D. zimmermani (western speci- 686 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON STAGE OCTOBER BROOD TIPS TES _|- 3 WALLELLLLLLLLLLLL A CLLLLLLLLLLAL DLA, | Li+5 | >| A z 1 1 AUGUST BROOD TUPLES OSS SSA717707; CONE CONES MIDRIBS BARK OVERWINTER 1 jes Sao) a Apr. Mar. June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec- Mar. 4 Fig. 4. Life history of Dioryctria taedae in Maryland. LARVAL ACTIVITY AND DEVELOPMENT Field-collected larvae of D. taedae were taken from flower clusters, sec- ond year cones, terminals, or leaders of loblolly pine, rarely from first year | cones. Larvae in the first-, second-, and third-instars were taken from ter- minals and leaders: however, fourth- and fifth-instar larvae were rarely found there. In most cases, fourth- and fifth-instar larvae were taken from second year cones. Larvae from the October adults infest terminals and, the next spring, they attack developing second year cones. A larva may feed on one or more cones before it completes development. Some larvae of this October brood continue activity, pupate, and emerge with the adults of the October brood, thus there is interbreeding between the two broods of this species (Fig. 4). Larvae in the field overwinter either as first-/second-instars or as later instars. The young instar larvae (October brood) tunnel into the terminal and spin a hibernaculum very soon after hatching. The older larvae (August brood) eat out the midrib of the second year pine cones and line it with silk. In the spring, they emerge and infest terminals and developing second year cones and emerge as adults in late July to early August. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 687 PUPAL DEVELOPMENT The duration of the pupal stage varied from 14 to 33 days. Based on data taken during the summers of 1967 and 1968, there are two pupation periods, in late July to early August and in early September, averaging 18.3 and 23.0 days, respectively (Fig. 4). Duration of the latter period varied from 16 to 26 days. Only one specimen of all larvae, either reared in the laboratory or from the field, pupated between August 16 and September 14. Of the total number of pupations observed, 53% occurred during the first pupation period of late July to early August and 45% pupated during the second pupation period. ADULT BEHAVIOR Dioryctria taedae exhibits a bimodal life cycle (Fig. 4). Adults emerge in the latter part of August and in the early part of October. Dioryctria spp. were observed emerging during these same two periods in Florida (Ebel, 1965) and Georgia (Franklin and Coulson, 1968). In the fall of 1967, two moths were observed in the grass and low under- brush at the base of a large loblolly pine tree at Willards, Maryland. They were making short abrupt flights of 1 to 2 m, 0.5 to 1 m above the ground, alighting on the vegetation. Extended or high flights, or both, were never attempted in the field or in the laboratory. Before flight begins, the moths wave their antennae and make fibrillate movements with their wings. Flight begins with an abrupt spring and con- current fast wing beating, and ends with an abrupt landing, legs clutching the surface with no further movement. When adults were placed in vials for sex determination, females crawled very little. The males, however, were constantly crawling and attempting to fly. In June 1965, in Georgia, Dr. Gene Wood (personal communication) noted that several Dioryctria specimens were attracted to a black light trap and that the first insect of the evening was a Dioryctria sp. In the laboratory, the female moth, when placed in an egg-laying cage, probed with her abdomen under and into cracks in the artificial medium and around roughened areas of the 0.3 cm mesh screen and cheesecloth. Most eggs were laid on the underside of the screen. Eclosion took place seven to eight days after deposition. Hosts AND DAMAGE Loblolly pine is preferred to pond pine as host for D. taedae in Maryland and Delaware. Attacks on pond pine occurred only at the periphery of heavily infested stands of loblolly pine. It infested only loblolly pine cones 688 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON in Virginia and North Carolina (Neunzig et al., 1964a, b) but in Georgia, D. taedae (reported as D. zimmermani) attacked shortleaf pine, P. echinata Mill. (Franklin and Coulson, 1968). Attacks by the larvae of D. taedae were noticed only on older trees, whereas D. zimmermani attacked trees of nursery stock age in Illinois and other northeastern states (Rennels, 1960; Schuder, 1960). No damage of nursery stock was caused by D. taedae. PARASITES AND NATURAL CONTROL A species of Xanthophyto is the most abundant dipterous parasite found in Maryland and Delaware parasitizing D. taedae. The small parasite, Hyssopus rhyacioniae Gahan, is the most prevalent of the Hymenoptera. It produces many offspring from one dead host larva. Small black ants were also noticed within the dead larval skins and tunnels of D. taedae; similarly, Schuder (1960) noted small black ants feeding on larvae of D. zimmermani in Indiana. The parasites of D. taedae noted were: Hymenoptera.—Braconidae: Macrocentrus dioryctriae Muesebeck; Me- teorus tetralophae Muesebeck; Bracon sp.; Apanteles aristoteliae Viereck. Eulophidae: Hyssopus rhyacioniae Gahan. Ichneumonidae: Charops an- nulipes Ashmead; Lissonota spp. (two species); Exeristes comstockii (Cres- son); Campoplex sp. Diptera.—Tachinidae: Xanthophyto sp.; Phrynofrontina sp.; Phryno- frontina discalis (Coquillett). Cecidomyiidae: Unidentified species. OTHER SPECIES FOUND IN ASSOCIATION WITH D. TAEDAE Only seven specimens of D. disclusa were captured within the study area during 1967 and 1968. Larvae of this species were found infesting second year cones of loblolly pine. The larvae pupated in mid-May and emerged in June. The pupal case from the first abdominal segment to the end of the cre- master averaged 9.5 mm in length and darkens with age to become a dark reddish brown. The average period of pupation was 16 days. Because no adults were captured or emerged later than the middle of June during four years (1965—1968) of intensive collecting, there is probably only one generation per year in Maryland. In Mississippi, adult moths emerged during a similar two week period extending from the third week in May to the first week in June. No moths emerged after this time, even though collection of damaged cones was carried out until October (Neel and Sartor, 1969). Due to its low relative abundance, D. disclusa is apparently not a major factor in pine seed reduction. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 689 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS This paper represents part of an investigation conducted while the author was a graduate student in the Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park. This research was supported by a grant from the MclIntire-Stennis Corporation through a research assistantship during 1967— 1969 to William E. Bickley. The author thanks Richard Whitney, Richard Murray, and Jay Geeseman for their cooperation in locating stands of pine being cut; C. W. Sabrosky (Diptera), the late L. M. Walkley (Ichneumonidae), D. B. Burks (Eulophi- dae), and P. M. Marsh (Braconidae), Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Washington, D.C., for insect species identification; and F. E. Wood and E. O. Thomas, University of Maryland, for their help and cooperation during the course of this research project. LITERATURE CITED Burton, R. L. 1967. Mass rearing of the fall armyworm in the laboratory. Agric. Res. Ser. Bull. 33-117: 1-12. Cooperative Economic Insect Report. 1964. U.S. Dep. Agric., Agric. Res. Serv. 14: 1294. Dohany, A. L. and H. J. Heikkenen. 1968. Insects attacking mature loblolly pinecones in Georgia. Ga. For. Res. Pap. 53: 1—4. Ebel, B. H. 1965. The Dioryctria coneworms of North Florida pines (Lepidoptera: Phyciti- dae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 58: 623-630. Franklin, R. T. and R. N. Coulson. 1968. Insects affecting seed production of shortleaf pine in the Georgia Piedmont. Can. Entomol. 100: 807-812. Knight, F. B. 1952. Insect damage to loblolly pinecones. Va. For. 7: 14-15. Merkel, E. P. 1961. A study of losses in the 1960 slash pine cone crop. U.S. Dep. Agric., For. Serv. Res. Notes 164, 2 pp. Neel, W. W. and C. F. Sartor. 1969. Notes on insects infesting pine cones in Mississippi. Entomol. News 80: 159-167. Neunzig, H. H., E. D. Cashatt, and G. A. Matuza. 1964a. Observations on the biology of four species of Dioryctria in North Carolina (Lepidoptera: Phycitidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 57: 317-321. Neunzig, H. H., R. L. Rabb, and E. P. Merkel. 1964b. Larvae of the genus Dioryctria (Lepidoptera: Phycitidae) in the Southeastern United States. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 57: 693-700. Peterson, A. 1962. Larvae of insects, Part I. 4th Edition. Edwards Brothers, Inc. Ann Arbor, Michigan, 315 pp. Rennels, R. G. 1960. The Zimmerman pine moth. Univ. IIl. Bull. 660: 1-39. Schaber, B. D. and F. E. Wood. 1971. A new species of Dioryctria infesting loblolly pine. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 73(2): 215-223. Schuder, D. L. 1960. The Zimmerman pine moth. Purdue Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn. Res. Bull. 698: 1-8. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 690-693 THE GENUS CHIONANTHOBIUS PIERCE (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE): A NEW SPECIES FROM CUBA AND A KEY TO SPECIES WAYNE E. CLARK Department of Zoology-Entomology and Alabama Agricultural Experi- ment Station, Auburn University, Alabama 36849. Abstract.—A new species of Lignyodini (Curculionidae: Tychiinae), Chionanthobius darlingtoni, from Cuba is described and illustrated. The new species closely resembles C. autumnalis Clark from Texas. It is the third species of Chionanthobius and the first from outside the United States. A key is provided for the identification of all three species. The genus Chionanthobius was erected by Pierce (1912) for a species now known from the states of Maryland, Georgia, and Florida, C. schwarzi Pierce. Clark and Anderson (1981) redefined Chionanthobius to accomodate a second species, C. autumnalis Clark from Texas. More recently, speci- mens of a third, previously undescribed species of Chionanthobius have become available. The purpose of this paper is to name and describe this species. The species is of special interest because it is from Cuba, making it the first known member of the genus from outside the United States. It is represented by four specimens found among unsorted curculionids at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mas- sachusetts (MCZ) by Charles W. O’Brien. Thanks are extended to C. W. O’Brien and to Margaret Thayer of the MCZ for making them available for study. Chionanthobius darlingtoni Clark, NEw SPECIES Figs. 1-4 Type material.—Holotype: 3, labeled ‘‘CUBA: Havana/X-13-1926 P. J./ Darlington, Jr.” (MCZ). Allotype: 2°, with same label data as for holotype (MCZ). Paratypes: With same label data as for holotype (1 6, MCZ); ‘*Havana/X-13-26 Cuba/Darlington”’ (1 ¢, MCZ). Male holotype.—Length: 3.94 mm. Width: 1.86 mm. Head: Eyes sepa- rated by distance ca. 0.11 eye width. Rostrum (Fig. 1): Slender; in profile, dorsal margin slightly, nearly evenly curved from base to apex; in dorsal VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 691 Figs. 1-4. Chionanthobius darlingtoni. 1, Head and rostrum, male. 2, Head and rostrum, female. 3, Left metatibia, male. 4, Male genitalia, dorsal view. view, tapered slightly from base to antennal insertions, slightly widened at insertions, distal portion slightly constricted medially; lateral and dorsolat- eral sulci well-defined proximally, represented by rows of increasingly shal- low punctures distally; with small, aeneus scales proximally and in scrobe, minute setae proximad of antennal insertions. Prothorax: Strongly con- stricted subapically; dorsum with dense vestiture of intermixed pallid, whit- ish scales, and slightly broader, pallid fulvous, recumbent scales; pleuron with long, dense, imbricated, whitish scales below, with transverse vitta of fulvous scales medially, and with scales like those on dorsum above. Elytra: In dorsal view, humeri prominent, sides convergent from humeri to apices, posterior tubercles prominent; odd interspaces slightly raised; scales on interspaces uniformly recumbent; pallid whitish scales, fulvous scales, and fuscous scales present, darker scales present in small subbasal patches on interspaces 2—5, in broad, diffuse, zigzag-shaped posteromedian transverse band and a similar, broader, more distinct subapical band. Legs: Femora stout, unarmed, with vestiture of narrow, intermixed pallid whitish and ful- vous, acuminate, recumbent scales; metatibia (Fig. 3) with long, curved, acute apical uncus, and small praemucro. Genitalia (Fig. 4): Median lobe expanded apically; endophallus with short rows of laminate spines con- nected by transverse row of smaller spines. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Female allotype.—Length: 3.56 mm. Width: 1.87 mm. Otherwise as de- scribed for male, except rostrum (Fig. 2) longer, more slender, less deeply sulcate and punctate, with more sparse vestiture, and smaller tibial unci. Discussion.—Chionanthobius darlingtoni is known only from the type- series from Cuba. It resembles C. autumnalis of Texas more closely than it does the type-species of Chionanthobius, C. schwarzi. It is distinguished from C. autumnalis in having the rostral sulci deeper, the dorsal and ventral margins of the scrobe carinate, and in having the vestiture of the pronotum and the elytra much more pallid, with dark scales absent from the prothorax, and mostly limited to the diffuse posteromedian and subapical transverse bands on the elytra. The male genitalia (Fig. 4) differ from those of C. autumnalis by the distinctly enlarged apical portion of the median lobe but have similar endophallic armature. The female genitalia of the two species do not appear to differ significantly. The only intraspecific variation noted among the specimens in the type- series is in the development and extent of the elytral bands of dark scales which are more distinct in some than in others. The host of C. darlingtoni is unknown. Known host plants of species of Chionanthobius are all members of the family Oleaceae: Chionanthobius virginica L. and Osmanthus americanus (L.) Benth. and Hook. f. ex Gray are hosts of C. schwarzi, and Forestiera ligustrina (Michx.) Poir. is host of C. autumnalis (Clark and Anderson, 1981). Plants in the genera Chionan- thus and Osmanthus occur in North America and in the Far East, whereas the genus Forestiera has species in North, Central, and South America and in the West Indies (Elias, 1980). It seems likely that the Cuban C. darling- toni will be found to have a Forestiera host because of its relationship to C. autumnalis and its geographic range. The new Chionanthobius is named in honor of its collector, P. J. Darlington of Harvard, noted Coleopterist, Zoogeographer, and Evolutionist. KEY TO SPECIES OF CHIONANTHOBIUS 1. Femora toothed; strial scales not or very slightly broader than scales on interspaces, their color matching that of scales on adjacent in- terspaces; pronotum with fulvoferruginous scales only ........... EE a dak mo «oye, « X 9 odeend tReet, ae ee ee schwarzi Pierce — Femora unarmed; strial scales distinctly broader than scales on in- terspaces, fulvous, contrasting with white or fuscous scales on ad- jacent interspaces; pronotum with pallid whitish scales only, or with darker scales limited to lateromedian vittae .................---++- 2 2. Dorsal and ventral scrobal margins ecarinate; pronotum with latero- median vittae of fulvous to fulvoferruginous scales ... autumnalis Clark - Dorsal and ventral scrobal margins carinate; pronotum with pallid Wile SeAlEN OMY .-. 500. . tees ee darlingtoni, new species VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 693 LITERATURE CITED Clark, W. E. and D. M. Anderson. 1981. The genus Chionanthobius Pierce (Coleoptera: Curculionidae): Descriptions of a new species on Forestiera (Oleaceae), and of the larva and pupa of C. schwarzi Pierce. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Was‘t. 83: 185-197. Elias, T. S. 1980. The complete trees of North America, field gu de and natural history. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York. 948 pp. Pierce, W. D. 1912. Systematic notes and descriptions of some weevils of economic or bio- logical importance. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 42: 155-170. ANNOUNCEMENT ‘‘To further international exchange of natural history specimens and in- formation’> PIFON (Permanent International File of Naturalists) has been established. It is the compilation and maintenance of a coded information file of the naturalists of the world, including a complete file of all naturalists listed in the Naturalists’ Directory (International) since the first edition in 1877. New listings are constantly being added. Because of rapid changes in addresses, and other additions, a permanent file is needed as an up-dated source of information for new editions of the Directory and for those desiring specific, as yet unpublished data. With an unique coding system, PIFON will provide data with computer speed and accuracy. The new Directory, 44th edition, will be published in 6 parts, with the first entitled: ‘‘The Naturalists’ Directory of Insect Collectors and Identi- fiers (International).”’ The parts will be published at four month intervals taking two years to complete the edition. PIFON requests that interested persons submit registration data imme- diately. To register, please send the following information: (1) Name (last or family name underlined), including title; (2) mailing address (shortest form); (3) phone number (include area code); (4) group of main interest, area of specialization (e.g., family group name) and kind of interest (e.g., collecting, exchanging, systematics, ecology, etc.); (5) geographical area of greatest interest; (6) short statement of not over 25 words giving interest details; (7) if a taxonomist, list groups willing to identify for others; and (8) signature and date. For further details on registration, other information, or how to obtain the Directory, write to the editor, Dr. Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Oxycopis Pond Research Station, 90 Wallace Road, Kinderhook, New York 12106, USA. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 694-706 NOTES ON NEW SPECIES OF EPILAMPRINE COCKROACHES FROM COSTA RICA AND PANAMA (BLATTARIA: BLABERIDAE) FRANK W. FISK AND CoBy SCHAL (FWF) Department of Entomology, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210; (CS) Department of Entomology, University of Kansas, Law- rence, Kansas 66045. Abstract.—Four new species of Epilampra are described, E. involucris and E. belli from Costa Rica, and £. unistilata and E. rothi from Costa Rica and Panama. The first three, along with E. carinulata (Saussure), are des- ignated as the Carinulata Group of Epilampra. Several undescribed species of cockroaches have been encountered in Costa Rica and Panama in recent years. In this paper four new species are described, and some biological notes given in order to facilitate future stud- ies. Roth (1969; 1970a, b; 1973), in a continuing study of the male genitalia of Blattaria, drew significant taxonomic inferences. We follow his methods for dissection and preparation of the genitalia and his system (as derived from McKittrick, 1964) for naming the parts. Roth (1970b) in his study of the genus Epilampra Burmeister, 1838, discussed the close affinities of Au- dreia Shelford, 1910, to Epilampra and the ambiguities encountered by oth- er specialists (Hebard, 1920; Rehn and Hebard, 1927) resulting from Shel- ford’s characterization of Audreia. Consequently, Roth transferred all the Audreia species which he examined, except the type-species, A. carinulata (Saussure), 1895, into either Subgroup A of his Burmeisteri Group or his monotypic Heusseriana Group of Epilampra or to the genus Poeciloderrhis Stal, 1874. Roth based his conclusions chiefly on the morphology of the male genitalia, noting that the primary character used by Shelford, the re- duced subquadrate tegmina in both sexes, is not true of all Audreia. For example, A. exploratrix Gurney has lateral lobate tegmina, while A. bro- meliadarum Caudell and A. cicatricosa (Rehn) are apterous. Three of the species described here share characters of the male genitalia and lack of a left style with A. carinulata, yet the nymphal color patterns, where known, are typical of Epilampra. We consider them to comprise a new species group within the genus Epilampra. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 695 The holotype and allotype of all four species described here are deposited in the Ohio State University Entomology Museum. Paratypes are divided about equally between the Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas, and the F. W. Fisk collection. Carinulata Group, NEw DESIGNATION Adults usually shining reddish brown; tegmina usually short, subquadrate in both sexes (but may be full length); subgenital plate of male asymmetric, single right style; hooked phallomere, R2, stout, lacks subapical incision, sheath proximal to base of R2 lacks row of slender setae noted for most Epilampra, sclerotization of left phallomere, L2d, diagnostic for the group and species within it; nymph tan or gray, numerous dark punctations as typical for Epilampra. Appearance of R2 in this group very similar to R2 in Poeciloderrhis (as defined by Roth, 1970a), but no Carinulata Group species shows abdominal tergal glands as noted for male Poeciloderrhis. KEY TO SPECIES OF THE CARINULATA GROUP PsAdult fully wingedun’ both sexes” = 3! 11. 9.29 - unistilata, new species — Adult with tiny wing rudiments and short subquadrate tegmina in BOURESEKEST SU OMe | Hate, 2 PE ML, Se as Pai, aE 2. 9) . Smaller, length of male under 14 mm, of female under 18 mm TARR Ree OEE AO LA OE VS Ea carinulata (Saussure) — Larger, length of male 16-23 mm, of female 22-28 mm ............ 3 3. Male with flattened sclerotization of left phallomere, L2d, L-shaped and blunt-tipped (Fig. 1A); female with lateroposterior angles of ab- dominal tergum 7 acute; supra-anal plate with very shallow (0.15 Inn deep) median notehe! 22 2. eee ee te involucris, new species — Male with flattened sclerotization of left phallomere, L2d, hammer- head-shaped (Fig. 1D); female with lateroposterior angles of abdom- inal terga 3—7 acute, spinelike; supra-anal plate lacks median notch SOBA, Sh MUN Ser FEA Ph re 02) oo PNAS 8 Seas belli, new species Epilampra involucris Fisk and Schal, NEw SPECIES Figs: 1A, 1B, 1C Male holotype.—Measurements in Table 1. Head broad and flat, inter- ocular distance nearly 2 width of head, distance between white ocellar spots 3 width of head; maxillary palpus pale, distal (Sth) segment covered with gray microtrichiae giving it a velvety appearance; segment 5 longer than 4, slightly shorter than 3; mouthparts lighter colored than reddish brown of head and body; antenna brown, shorter than body. Pronotum convex, semi- circular in outline, lateroposterior angles rounded, right and left posterior margins straight, meeting at obtuse (160°) angle; pronotum covering most PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON of head: tegmina truncated, 14% as long as pronotum, their lateroposterior angles broadly rounded, posterior margins nearly straight, exposing 7 ab- dominal terga but covering tiny wing rudiments; tegmina smooth, venation feebly indicated by lines of shallow punctations between scarcely elevated veins. Abdominal terga, except tergum 7, bear acute spines at lateroposterior angles, smooth except for up to 18 low longitudinal ridges (cicatrices) on distal 4th of each tergum; tergal glands or specializations not evident; su- pra-anal plate extends beyond subgenital plate, broadly rounded posteriorly with shallow (0.2 mm deep) median notch; plate reddish brown proximally, distal 2 nearly transparent with scattered small raised black spots, each surrounded by a setal socket; cercus light brown, flattened, stout, appar- ently 10-segmented; terminal segment finger-shaped, black-tipped. Geni- talia (Figs. 1A, B, C) similar to those of carinulata (Roth, 1970b, figs. 347- 352): hooked right phallomere (R2) small, stout, blunt-tipped except for minute distal spine; subapical incision lacking. R2 of holotype has apparent split on outer circumference of hook, but split lacking in dissected para- types. Flat sclerotization of left phallomere (L2d) blunt-tipped and L-shaped as in carinulata, but membranous prepuce readily visible due to thick cov- ering of microtrichiae; phallomere LI with deep, well defined cleft, setal brush lacking. Abdominal sterna smooth, transverse except posterior margin of sternum 7 with sharp lateral emarginations at base of each cercus, the remainder broadly concave; subgenital plate with anterior margin broadly convex, pos- terior margin convex laterally, broadly emarginate centrally with simple (0.5 mm) right style, left style absent. Legs and ventral body surface brown, less reddish than dorsal surface; ventro-anterior margin of front femur with 4 large spines separated by row of minute setae from 2 apical spines; ventro- anterior margins of mid- and hindfemora with 4 spines plus apical spine, of hindfemur with 4 spines only; mid- and hindfemora with dorso-apical (genic- ular) spine. Tibiae fully spined; tarsi with obvious pulvilli on 4 proximal tarsomeres, large arolium and simple symmetrical claws on Sth tarsomere. Female allotype.—External form and color similar to those of male ex- cept as follows: Tegmina with posterior margins broadly rounded, merging imperceptibly with lateroposterior angles; tergum 7 with lateroposterior an- nd Fig. 1. Male genitalia of Epilampra spp. A, B, C, E. involucris. D, E, F, E. belli. G, H, I, E. unistilata. J, K, L, E. rothi. A, D, G, J, Ventromedial sclerite of left phallomere (L2vm), dorsal sclerite of L2 (L2d), prepuce (P). B, E, H, K, Hooked sclerite of right phallomere (R2), subapical incision (SI). C, F, 1, L, First sclerite of left phallomere (L1), cleft (C). Scale bars = 0.5 mm. Fig. J from Roth (1970b, fig. 281). VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON gles acute; supra-anal plate uniform reddish brown, lacking color pattern noted for type, plate more transverse, not extending beyond subgenital plate; median notch shallow (0.15 mm deep). Subgenital plate fused with sternum 7 (as in all female blaberid cockroaches), its anterior margin slightly convex, posterior margin semicircular with sinuate outline. Genitalia not studied. Male nymph (subimago).—Head broad, interocular distance nearly ”% head width, interocellar distance 0.35 head width; front of head brown with scattered dark punctations, mouthparts lighter colored, maxillary pal- pus as in adult. Antenna brown; pronotum convex, semicircular in outline, posterior margin transverse, lateroposterior angles broadly rounded and ex- tending posteriorly; meso- and metanota exposed; transverse wing pads seen as broadly rounded lateroposterior angles; color of entire notum light gray, heavily marked with black punctations and dark brown spots, spots concentrated centrally along posterior margins of terga. Abdominal terga bear acute spines at lateroposterior angles and raised cicatrices as described for adult; each cicatrix marked by dark brown spot; other spots on terga apparently formed by clusters of scattered dark punctations. Overall col- oration shows “‘salt and pepper’’ effect characteristic of Epilampra. Supra- anal plate semicircular with broadly rounded lateroposterior margins re- flexed and median notch at posterior end; coloration gray with numerous punctations; tan, black-tipped cerci stout, weakly segmented. Abdominal sterna light brown with dark punctations; subgenital plate with right style present, left absent (earlier instars have symmetrical paired styles). Types.—Holotype d, allotype 2,6 d and 3 @ paratypes and 2 d nymphs all from COSTA RICA, Heredia Prov., Finca La Selva near Puerto Viejo, collected by C. Schal during 1979 and 1980; other male and female paratypes from same locality collected by F. W. Fisk in March 1974. Remarks.—Epilampra involucris may be separated from other species in the Carinulata Group by means of the key. Based on external morphology alone it is difficult to separate from E. belli, but the male genitalia are distinct. Also, based on present knowledge, the species are allopatric; in- volucris is found in the Caribbean lowlands of north central Costa Rica while belli occurs in the Pacific highlands in southern Costa Rica near the Panama border. Epilampra involucris is commonly found in both primary and secondary (older than 20 years) forests in the Caribbean lowlands. The males rest in leaf litter by day but climb onto vegetation at dusk, rarely climbing higher than 50 cm above the ground. Females and nymphs are found in the leaf litter, though occasionally late instar nymphs and females climb as well. The courtship sequence is somewhat similar to that of Grom- phadorhina portentosa (Schaum) (Barth, 1968). Following contact with a female the male arches his abdomen down and then up in a sweeping motion until he contacts the female’s genitalia. The more common sequence noted VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 699 Table 1. Measurements of adult Epilampra involucris in mm. 6 Paratype 3 3 Paratype & Holotype 3 (Range) Allotype % (Range) Total length 19.0 16.6—22.6 25.6 25.4—28.2 Pronotum, length 538: 5-0=5.5 7.0 525=6:9 Pronotum, width The) i—o8-5 10.2 9.1-10.2 Tegmen, length 6.3 5.9-6.9 Ue 5.9-9.0 Tegmina, width 9.0) S710 2 122 10.9-12.4 Abdomen, length 11-9 11.8-14.0 14.5 12.4—14.6 Hindtibia, length Hee 6.6-8.5 9:2 8.3-9.8 in Blattaria, namely, mounting of the male by the female, does not occur in this species. Copulation takes place in the usual opposed position and lasts 20 to 30 minutes. As in other blaberid cockroaches the oothecae are not deposited externally but are held in the genital pouch until the young are hatched. Dissection of six oothecae disclosed 50 + 2.53 (mean + standard deviation) developing embryos in each. The name involucris refers to the flightless condition which this species shares with most members of the Carinulata Group. Epilampra belli Fisk and Schal, NEw SPECIES Figs: 1D) IEVIF Male holotype.—Measurements in Table 2. Head broad and flat; intero- cular distance just over 2 head width, interocellar distance “% head width; dark reddish brown color of body and head extends to clypeus; clypeus and mouthparts buff; expanded distal segment of clypeus velvety gray; antenna ~ brown. Pronotum and tegmina as in involucris; both species show suffused sprinkling of darker spots around margins of pronotum and tegmina com- | parable to black punctations of other Epi/lampra. Lateroposterior angles of - abdominal terga 2—4 about 90°, of terga 5 and 6 acute, spinelike, of tergum 7 rounded. Terga smooth except for cicatrices along distal margins; tergal specializations absent. Supra-anal plate extends beyond subgenital plate, broadly rounded posteriorly with very shallow notch; exposed portion of plate mostly transparent with scattered setae; cercus light brown, apical segment slender, black-tipped. Abdominal sterna and subgenital plate as in - involucris (right style present, left absent). Genitalia (Figs. 1D, E, F) similar to those of involucris except as follows: R2 lacks any split on its outer | circumference, L1 more sclerotized, L2d with free sclerotized portion shaped like hammerhead, proximal extension truncate, apical extension : blunt-tipped; additionally, a sclerotized portion extends into membranous prepuce; prepuce nearly transparent, lacking microtrichiae. Legs differ from PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON fable 2. Measurements of Epilampra belli in mm. i 2 Paratype ¢ 3 Paratype 2 Holotype ¢ (Range) Allotype & (Range) a Potal length : 18.6-19.0 222 22.4-26.5 Pronotum, length 5.2 5.1—5.8 6.0 6.3-8.0 Pronotum, width ep 7.1-7.3 8.4 9.1-10.0 regmen, length 6.3 5.9-6.1 7.7 7.9-9.8 Tegmina, width 8.8 8.9-9.1 10.9 10.9-12.4 Abdomen, length ; 9.5-10.1 15.8 14.5-17.1 Hindtibia, length 6.5 6.6-6.8 8.2 7.5—9.5 LL ‘| Tip of abdomen removed for dissection of genitalia. those of involucris only in 3 (rather than 4) large spines on ventroposterior margin of hindfemur and smaller tarsal arolia. Female allotype.—External features similar to holotype except as noted: Posterior margins of tegmina broadly rounded, merging with lateroposterior angles; abdominal terga 3—7 with lateroposterior angles acute, spinelike; supra-anal plate uniform dark reddish brown, posterior margin without me- dian notch; subgenital plate with anterior margin slightly convex, posterior margin semicircular. Types.—Holotype 6 and allotype ° from COSTA RICA, Puntarenas Prov., Finca Las Cruces near San Vito, collected by W. J. Bell Jan. 27, 1980; | d¢ paratype collected by M. Kosztarab Feb. 12, 1970 at same locality; 1 56, 3 2 paratypes collected by F. W. Fisk Feb. 4-6, 1974 from same locality. Remarks.—Epilampra belli is closest to E. involucris but can be separated from it as noted in the key and remarks under involucris. Very little is known of its biology except that it favors very moist habitats. The species is named after Dr. William J. Bell who collected the type specimens. Epilampra unistilata Fisk and Schal, NEw SPECIES Pres) 1G? Thats 2B Male holotype.—Measurements in Table 3. Head flat; interocular and interocellar distances nearly equal, about 4 head width; vertex tan; nearly black interocellar band present; face and mouthparts mostly buff; maxillary palpus with Sth (distal) segment covered with gray microtrichiae, segments 3 and 4 subequal in length, shorter than 5; antenna brown; pronotum ex- posing vertex of head and dorsal areas of compound eyes; pronotum vault- ed, anterior and lateral margins forming a semicircle; lateroposterior angles broadly rounded, right and left posterior margins straight, meeting at 120° angle; base color mottled red brown, interrupted by poorly defined pale median line. Tegmina fuliy developed, extending beyond tips of cerci; dis- a VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 701 Fig. 2. A, Male Epilampra rothi, habitus of dark form; scale bar = 6.2 mm. B, C, Ventral aspect of distal part of abdomen. B, E. wnistilata. C, E. rothi. Scale bars for B and C = 2.0 mm. coidal sectors (M + Cu veins) oblique; wings and tegmina transparent, tint- ed with reddish brown, but tegmina also with darker brown mottling. Light brown abdominal terga have lateroposterior angles broadly rounded, cica- trices barely visible, tergal specializations lacking; supra-anal plate semicir- cular, rounded posterior margin with oblique median emargination: cercus slender, nearly 7x longer than wide. Genitalia (Figs. 1G, H, I) characteristic for Group; R2 small and stout with blunt tip, no subapical incision or slender setae on sheath; L1 with a deep open cleft; L2d with flattened sclerotized portion ovate distally, prox- imal portion (adjacent to L2vm) with deep U-shaped emargination. Subgen- ital plate (Fig. 2B) convex anteriorly and posteriorly, posterior margin with ample median emargination, single style arising from right edge of emargi- nation. Abdominal sterna light reddish brown with scattered darker tiny PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON fable 3. Measurements of Epilampra unistilata in mm. tt 8 Paratype ¢ 3 Paratype 2 Holotype 3 (Range) Allotype & (Range) EE SSSS——_——————-_——_—_ Total length 20.2 20.8—22.4 23.0 24.4-24.8 Pronotum, length 4.0 4.0-4.3 4.4 4.8-5.0 Pronotum, width 4.9 5. 1—5.6 6.6 67-72 legmen, length 16.7 17.7=19.7 19.4 20.0-20.8 Tegmina, width 971 9.1-10.5 10.5 9.3-10.3 Abdomen, length 93 9.1-10.4 10.7 a Hindtibia, length 6.7 6.5-6.8 Wes: Aleph spots, no spots on legs and ventral thorax; ventro-anterior margin of front femur with 3 large spines separated by row of widely spaced minute setae from 2 apical spines; ventro-anterior margins of mid- and hindfemora also ventroposterior margins of front and midfemora all with 3 large spines plus apical spine, ventroposterior margin of hindfemur as above but lacks apical spine; in addition, mid- and hindfemora bear genicular spine. Tibiae fully spined; tarsi with obvious pulvilli on 4 proximal tarsomeres; arolium pres- ent; claws simple, symmetrical. Female allotype.—Similar to male in external form and color except as follows: Interocellar band not so dark; supra-anal plate with large posterior median emargination; cerci less slender, about 4 longer than wide; subgen- ital plate with posterior semicircular margin entire; ventro-anterior margin of front femur with 4 large spines (rather than 3); ventroposterior margin of hindfemur with 4 spines plus genicular spine. Types.—Holotype and allotype collected in copulo by C. Schal May 4, 1979 in COSTA RICA, Heredia Prov., Finca La Selva near Puerto Viejo; 5 3 and 3 @ paratypes collected by C. Schal in 1979, same locality; 3 3 paratypes collected in light traps by H. Wolda July 10 and Oct. 13, 1977 in PANAMA, Chiriqui Prov., Fortuna; 5 ¢ paratypes collected in light traps by H. Wolda Feb. 17 and May 10, 1980 in PANAMA, Bocas del Toro Prov., Corriente Grande, on Rio Changuinola. Remarks.—Epilampra unistilata is the only member of the Carinulata Group to have fully developed, functional wings and tegmina. It is placed in the group because of the single right style (from which the name is de- rived; Latin Srilus) and the morphology of the male genitalia which are most similar to those of carinulata. Variations among the paratypes are noted in the intensity of coloration and the spination of the legs, that is, the ventro-anterior margin of the front femur has 4 (sometimes 3) spines separated by a row of fine setae from the 2 (sometimes 1) apical spines; the ventroposterior margin of the midfemur usually has 4 plus a distal spine; and the hindfemur usually has 4 large spines but no distal spine. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 703 Epilampra unistilata occurs in the lower understory of lowland rain for- ests. Males are active starting around sunset. They usually climb to from 0.5 to 1.5 m above ground level. As noted above, they have been taken in light traps. Females are rarely seen and usually occur lower in the vegeta- tion. Courtship was not observed, but copulation is in the typical opposed position. The ootheca of one female was found to contain 36 developing embryos. Epilampra rothi Fisk and Schal, NEw SPECIES Figs plu Kw oa 2G Male holotype (light form).—Measurements in Table 4. Head flat, with interocular and interocellar distances equal, 4 as wide as head; vertex pale cinnamon, interocular space suffused with dark brown, darkest adjacent to inner margins of eyes and ocellar spots; central brown mark just below ocelli and separated from interocular band by pale tan area, the mark con- nected dorsolaterally with pair of commalike spots, their “‘heads’’ directly beneath but not touching ocelli; pair of median brown spots on clypeus below central mark; remainder of head pale except gray-brown segments 4 and 5 of maxillary palpus; antenna brown. Vaulted pronotum covering most of head; ground color of pronotum and tegmina cinnamon, disc with diffuse pattern of darker areas; wide borders of pronotum and costal margins of tegmina pale with scattered darker spots; tegmina and wings translucent. Abdominal terga tan, lateroposterior angles rounded, no cicatrices or tergal specializations; supra-anal plate semicircular with median emargination not evident in holotype (but present in some paratypes): cercus slender, about 5x longer than wide; genitalia as in Figs. 1J, K, L: R2 with obvious sub- apical incision and row of slender spines proximal to base; L1 with short open cleft, setal brush lacking but a few widely scattered microtrichiae at that site; L2d shaped like mitten with thumb extended at near right angle: prepuce clearly defined by its scalelike covering. Legs and ventral surfaces of thorax and abdomen tan with a few darker spots, abdominal sterna in- creasingly darker towards posterior; reddish brown subgenital plate (Fig. 2C) convex anteriorly, trigonal posteriorly with nearly straight lateropos- terior margins meeting at midline as a blunted right angle, simple style located at center of each lateroposterior margin; right style somewhat larger. Ventro-anterior margin of front femur with 5 large spines separated by row of close-set, short setae from 2 apical spines; ventro-anterior margins of mid- and hindfemora with 3 large spines plus apical spine; ventroposterior margin of front femur with 2 spines plus apical spine, of midfemur with 4 spines plus apical spine, of hindfemur with 4 spines only; tibiae fully spined: tarsi with pulvilli on 4 proximal tarsomeres and arolium on Sth tarsomere between simple, symmetrical claws. Male paratype (dark form).—Differs from holotype in color as follows PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON lable 4. Measurements of Epilampra rothi in mm. LL Light Form (Costa Rica) Dark Form (Panama) Holotype 8 Paratype Allotype 5 Paratype 24 Paratype 3 Paratype Male + (Range) Female : (Range) 3 (Range) 2 (Range) rs Potal length 20.0 19.4-20.2 20.8 19.4—22.3 18.2—20.6 20.7—21.3 Pronotum, length 4.2 3.7=4.1 4.3 4.1-4.7 3.9-4.4 3.74.7 Pronotum, width Sal 4.7-5.7 Dei! 5.4-6.6 4.7-5.0 5.0—-5.9 Pegmen, length 16.8 1G:6—1723 17.0 16.0-19.4 16.0-18.3 161—1729 Tegmina, width 8.2 7.5—9.4 9.0 8.4-9.9 7.7=9.3 9.1—10.0 Abdomen, length 10.8 10.4-11.0 ito 11.5-13.8 10.3—-11.1 9.9-12.4 Hindtibia, length 6.3 5.4—6.5 6.0 6.0-6.6 5.1-6.4 5.2-6.6 (Fig. 2A): Ground color of whole body buff, contrasting with numerous dark brown markings; vertex of head pale with dark stripes just dorsal and ventral to it, the 2 ventral stripes filling most of the interocular plus interocellar space (stripes fused on the midline in some paratypes); below stripes, but separate, is central dark mark with its dorsolateral commalike extensions; this mark fused with clypeal spots noted in holotype, resulting in very dark central mark with well defined margins which, along with small lateral spots and black mandibles, comprises characteristic facial pattern; maxillary pal- pus with light and dark bands on all segments. Dark disc of pronotum con- trasts sharply with pale but spotted borders; very dark marks irregular (but consistent) in shape; obvious central pale area within disc enclosing 2 pairs of small black dots; tegmina with numerous dark brown spots, some fused into mottled dark areas especially along radial vein; venter of thorax and abdomen plus legs marked with numerous nearly black spots; some larger marks on coxae and femora and dark bands on tibiae and tarsi; subgenital plate and 2 adjacent sterna reddish brown except for narrow pale latero- posterior borders. Female allotype (light form).—Similar to male holotype except as follows: General coloration more intense, dark markings on face as in dark form except the 2 clypeal spots not fused with central face mark: disc of pronotum and most of tegmina cinnamon, but wide borders of pronotum and costal margins of tegmina pale with numerous dark spots; abdominal terga shading to dark reddish brown towards supra-anal plate; plate dark with narrow pale borders and short median stripe extending anteriorly from posterior margin about '4 length of plate; posterior margin with oblique median emargination; legs and venter of thorax and abdomen colored as in dark form males; subgenital plate semicircular in outline. Female paratypes.—Other Costa Rican females less intensively colored than allotype, correspond more to cinnamon colored light-form males, while Panamanian females correspond to dark form males; that is, they have 2 VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 705 clypeal spots fused with central facial mark, dark pronotal disc with central pale area and no cinnamon color on dorsum. Types.—Holotype and allotype taken in copulo by C. Schal Feb. 23, 1980, COSTA RICA, Heredia Prov., Finca La Selva near Puerto Viejo; 6 ¢ and 3 2 paratypes collected by C. Schal in 1979 and 1980, same location; 2 & paratypes collected by M. Kosztarab and A. Young in light trap, Jan. 10, 1970, same location; 2 ¢ and 2 92 paratypes taken by H. Wolda in light traps, May 1978, May and June 1979, PANAMA, Chiriqui Prov., Fortuna; 24 o and 3 @ paratypes taken by H. Wolda in light trap between Jan. 13 and May 10, 1980, PANAMA, Bocas del Toro Prov., Corriente Grande on Rio Changuinola. Remarks.—Epilampra rothi appears to represent the ‘‘n. sp. D” of Dr. Louis M. Roth (1970b) for whom we have named the species. As pointed out by Roth it is closest to but distinct from Epilampra azteca Saussure and falls in Subgroup C of the Burmeisteri Group of Epilampra. It exhibits considerable range in coloration. The dark form (from Panama) with striking dark markings against a pale background (Fig. 2A) most closely resembles azteca and has been mistakenly identified as azteca in the past (Roth, 1970b), while the light form (from Costa Rica and the adjacent Chiriqui Province of Panama) with suffused chestnut brown markings on a cinnamon brown background appears quite different. Both populations agree in ex- ternal morphology and male genitalia, and we are treating them as one species. As noted in the descriptions some individuals show color patterns between the dark and light extremes. Epilampra rothi is probably the most common species of its size in the lower understory of the Costa Rican lowland rain forest, but it is apparently more restricted in its Panamanian distribution. Males are common on leaves starting about sunset usually 0.5 to 1.5 m above ground. Females are rela- tively scarce and occur lower in the vegetation, while nymphs are common in the leaf litter. Copulation is in the opposed position. Courtship was not observed. C. Schal collected 3 males of this species in north central Nica- ragua along the Rio Bocay. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank G. W. Byers and C. D. Michener, University of Kansas, Law- rence, for critically reading the manuscript. W. J. Bell, University of Kansas, and H. Wolda, Smithsonian Tropical Institute, Panama, supplied valuable specimens. L. M. Roth, U.S. Army Natick Research and Devel- opment Command, graciously permitted us to use an illustration (Fig. 1J) from his 1970b paper. The habitus drawing (Fig. 2A) was done by Lisa Triplehorn, Ohio State University. Supported in part by NSF (BNS 77- 24898) to W. J. Bell. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON LITERATURE CITED Barth, R. H., Jr. 1968. The mating behavior of Gromphadorhina portentosa (Schaum) (Blat- taria, Blaberoidea, Blaberidae, Oxyhaloinae): An anomalous pattern for a cockroach. Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 75: 124-131. Hebard, M. (1919) 1920. The Blattidae of Panama. Mem. Am. Entomol. Soc. No. 4, 148 pp. McKittrick, F. A. 1964. Evolutionary Studies of Cockroaches. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn. Mem. No. 389, 97 pp. Rehn, J. A. G. and M. Hebard. 1927. The Orthoptera of the West Indies. No. 1, Blattidae. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 54: 1-320. Roth, L. M. 1969. The male genitalia of Blattaria. I. Blaberus spp. (Blaberidae: Blaberinae). Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 76: 217-250. ———. 1970a. The male genitalia of Blattaria. Il. Poeciloderrhis spp. (Blaberidae: Epilam- prinae). Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 77: 104-199. . 1970b. The male genitalia of Blattaria. V. Epilampra spp. (Blaberidae: Epilamprinae). Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 77: 436-486. ———. 1973. The male genitalia of Blattaria. XI. Perisphaeriinae. Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 80: 305-347. Saussure, H. 1895. Revision de la Tribu des Panesthiens et de celle des Epilampriens. Rev. Suisse Zool. 3: 347-348. (Original description E. carinulata.) PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 707-712 A NEW SPECIES OF RHAGOLETOTRYPETA (DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE) FROM TEXAS, WITH A KEY TO THE KNOWN SPECIES GEORGE C. STEYSKAL Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—A species previously identified with the Mexican species Rhagoletotrypeta annulata Aczél is shown on the basis of additional ma- terial reared from berries of Celtis laevigata Willd. (Ulmaceae) to be a new species, here described as R. uniformis including the larva, the first de- scribed in the genus. A key to the known species of Rhagoletotrypeta is also given. Specimens of a tephritid fly reared from berries of the sugarberry or Mis- sissippi hackberry (Celtis laevigata Willd.; family Ulmaceae) by D. R. John- ston were sent to me for determination. The specimens were found to be the same as earlier specimens collected by Mr. Johnston in the same locality and reported by R. H. Foote (1966) as Rhagoletotrypeta annulata Aczél. However, comparison of this additional material with authentic specimens of R. annulata revealed that the Texas specimens exhibited characters suf- ficiently distinct from those of R. annulata for it to be considered a distinct species. It is therefore so described here. The six species of Rhagoletotrypeta now known may be distinguished as in the following key. I agree with Foote (1966) that the genus Serpentino- grapha is congeneric with Rhagoletotrypeta, although it forms a monotyp- ical group within that genus comprised by the type-species R. argentinensis (Aczeél). Two other subgroups may be distinguished, one including the other two Argentinian species (R. pastranai and R. xanthogastra) and the other including the three North American species (R. annulata, R. rohweri, and R. uniformis, n. sp.). KEY TO SPECIES OF THE GENUS RHAGOLETOTRYPETA ACZEL | 1(2).. Medial crossband of wing (passing through fp) turned basad anteriorly, meeting costa well basad of tp: ovipositor with 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ventral notches close to tip and without lateral notches (Argen- Sita). cardi a Ueateesociee e eee R. argentinensis (Aczél) 21). Medial band of wing more or less straight and oblique, meeting costa opposite to or apicad of tp; ovipositor in known females with lateral notches and teeth or simply aculeate. 3(6). Mesoscutum with crescentic or J-shaped sublateral whitish marks and with mesal whitish stripe not extending anterior to transverse suture; scutellum broadly blackish basally as far as bases of lateral bristles; 4th and sometimes Sth abdominal terga with 4 black basal spots; ovipositor with 2 pairs of lateral teeth (Argentina). 4(5). Lateral whitish marks of mesoscutum largely on transverse sul- cus, crescentic and extending but little posterad; mesoscutum without patches of whitish tomentum; humerus with central wihitish=spet: 7). 2i. i ae. SS) to R. xanthogastra Aczél 5(4). Lateral whitish marks of mesoscutum extending from trans- verse sulcus to postalar bristles; mesoscutum with pair of me- dian fusiform patches of whitish tomentum in anterior 2; hu- mers larcely whitish) oc.cs 20.05 +4 ose R. pastranai Aczél 6(3). Mesoscutum with whitish marks only on humeri and meson, mesal stripe extending anterior to transverse sulcus; abdominal terga wholly yellowish or with varying extent of dark basal annulation, which may be interrupted mesally; ovipositor sim- ply aculeate (female of R. annulata not known) (North Amer- ica). 7(8). Dark bands of wing broad, apicomarginal band meeting medial band so broadly as to fill entire width of cells R, and R,,3; meso- scutum with 4 longitudinal stripes of gray tomentum, a pair on each side of mesal whitish stripe (northern USA) ........... Se a eh ct eg ee Ah Mh LA RN co er R. rohweri Foote 8(7). Dark bands of wing narrower, apicomarginal band not or only slightly invading cell R,,,;, where meeting medial band; meso- scutum with grayish tomentum covering | pair of narrow stripes on whole lateral “3 of mesoscutum (south of range of R. roh- werl). 910). Oblique dark pterostigmatal band of wing (from pterostigma to tp) of nearly uniform width; apicomarginal band at widest point about as wide as medial band in cell R;; mesoscutum with pair of rather narrow gray tomentose stripes in intra-alar position ORAS). aioe tts ts cy. ee ee R. uniformis, new species 10(9). Pterostigmatal band much broader in posterior than in anterior ¥2; apicomarginal band very narrow, at broadest point much VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 709 narrower than medial band in cell R;; mesoscutum lightly to- mentose in lateral 4% (Mexico: Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi) iit Pee PIE ne EO, AAR © rece ee or Dn ee IR et A st Leas R. annulata Aczél No data on the Argentinian species and R. rohweri have come to hand since those given in the original descriptions: R. argentinensis (Aczél), 1951: 308 (Serpentinographa). R. pastranai Aczél, 1954: 146. R. xanthogastra Aczél, 1951: 315 (2); 1954: 150 (d). R. rohweri Fooie, 1966: 804. Rhagoletotrypeta annulata Aczeél Fig. 1 Rhagoletotrypeta annulata Aczél, 1954: 142, fig. 13-15; pl. 2, B. The only known specimens of this species, the male holotype and one male paratype, both in the U.S. National Museum, have been examined, including a preparation of the postabdomen of the paratype. Besides the characters cited in the key, the following distinctions from the new species described below were found: Femora blackish, yellowish only close to apex; abdominal terga distinctly annulate, second tergum (apical half of basal syn- tergum) blackish in basal half or a little more, yellowish apically; bands on remaining preabdominal terga complete but narrowed mesally (as in Aczél’s Fig. 18); mesoscutum thinly gray tomentose in lateral third; male postab- domen as in Fig. 1, the cerci very large, the lobes of the epandrium more strongly projecting posteriorly than in R. wniformis, and the aedeagus 4.2 times as long as height of epandrium. Rhagoletotrypeta uniformis Steyskal, NEw SPECIES Figs. 2—9 Differs from R. annulata Aczél in having yellowish femora with no more than faint infuscation; abdominal terga varying from wholly yellowish to distinctly banded, the basal syntergum blackish in basal half and wholly yellowish in apical half, with no more than faint indications of pair of in- fuscated areas, remaining terga usually with blackish bands interrupted mes- ally, always so on Sth tergum; wing pattern as shown by Foote (1966: Fig. 7, aS R. annulata). Male.—Postabdomen as in Fig. 2, length of cerci about equal to that of body of epandrium; lobes of epandrium projecting less than in R. annulata, with strong denticles (prensisetae) well anterior to posterior profile of epan- drium; aedeagus 3.5 as long as greatest height of epandrium (anterior margin to tip of lobes); aedeagal apodeme hardly capitate, unilaterally ex- panded toward tip. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON and posterior views. 1B, Apical part of aedeagus, lateral view. 2A, Male, lateral and posterior views. 2B, Apical part of aedeagus, lateral view. 2C, Sperm pump. 3, Same, female, lateral view, retracted. 4, Same, lateral and ventral views, extended. 5, Same, spermatheca. Figs. 1-5. Terminalia. 1, Rhagoletotrypeta annulata. 2-5, R. uniformis. 1A, Male, lateral VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 711 4, Figs. 6-9. Larva of Rhagoletotrypeta uniformis. 6, Whole larva in profile. 7, Cephalo- pharyngeal skeleton. 8, Anterior spiracle. 9, Posterior spiracles. Female.—Postabdomen in lateral view, retracted as in Fig. 3, extended as in Fig. 4, simply aculeate, tip beyond end of oviduct 1.5x as long as basal portion; spermathecae 2, as in Fig. 5, dark brown with paler brown collar. Larva (mature).—Whitish, mouthhooks and heavily sclerotized parts of cephalopharyngeal skeleton blackish, posterior spiracles and anal plates brownish; surface smooth, with creeping spicules minute and sparse; shape as in Fig. 6, length 6.3 to 7.4 mm, blunt at both ends; cephalopharyngeal skeleton as in Fig. 7, mouthhooks bluntly pointed, without accessory teeth; posterior spiracles as in Fig. 8, sunray hairs seen under high magnification at only one point on mesal side of right spiracle; anterior spiracle as in Fig. 9, with about 13 ‘‘buds”’ on fairly long stems; anal plates together forming circle. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Puparium.—Tawny, 4.0 mm long. Types.—Holotype, ¢; allotype; and 2 d and 11 @ paratypes, San Anto- nio, Texas, late May 1973 with 5 larvae (skin of one prepared as microslide) and several puparia (D. R. Johnston); also one pair of paratypes, | August 1956, and 1 2, 13 June 1970, same locality and collector. The 1973 series was collected from berries of Celtis laevigata collected in the fall of 1972. Adults emerged in jars sometime late in May; the exact dates are unrecord- ed, but a couple of adults were still alive on 10 June 1973. The other para- types were caught outdoors, one on a screen door and another in the airline jetway at the San Antonio airport. LITERATURE CITED Aczél, M. L. 1951. Géneros y especies de la tribu Tephritini. I. Dos géneros y tres especies nuevos de la Argentina (Diptera: Tephritidae). Acta Zool. Lilloana 9: 307-323. ———. 1954. Géneros y especies de la tribu Tephritini. IV. El genero Rhagoletotrypeta y nue- vas especies de Tomoplagia y de Zonosemata (Diptera: Tephritidae). Dusenia 5: 137— 164. Foote, R. H. 1966. The genus Rhagoletotrypeta, with a new nearctic species (Diptera: Te- phritidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 59: 803-807. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 713-715 THE GENUS UROPLATA, TYPE-SPECIES AND AUTHORSHIP (COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE) RICHARD E. WHITE Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—The name Uroplata was validated in the Dejean Catalogue by citation of four species that were previously described. Authorship of Uro- plata belongs to Chevrolat; errors in the literature have resulted in four other persons being attributed with authorship of the genus. Uroplata mu- cronata (Olivier) is designated as the type-species. Most of the 88 species in the genus occur in South America; one species has been introduced into Hawaii and Australia to aid in control of lantana. I have received a request from a correspondent for the type-species of Uroplata. This appears to be a simple matter, but it is not. Uhmann, in his monumental catalogue of the world Hispinae (1957: 122), gave the author of Uroplata as ‘‘Chevrolat, 1837,’ and the type-species as Uroplata vicina Guérin-Meéneville (1844: 274). My examination of ‘“‘Chevrolat, 1837’ (De- jean, 1837a: 365) has shown that four of the species listed were validated previous to publication of the Dejean catalogue. Therefore, Uroplata was validated by Dejean (1937a) because that citation constituted an indication within the meaning of Article 12 of the Jnternational Code of Zoological Nomenclature (International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, 1964) and because the circumstances fulfilled the requirements of Article 16a(v) which defines an indication as **. . . the citation, in combination with a new genus-group name, of one or more available specific names; ... .” In the Dejean catalogue (1837a: 365) there were 49 species names (most were nomina nuda) listed under Uroplata Chevrolat, with nine of them presented as synonyms. The four species names that were validated pre- vious to the catalogue were hastata Fabricius (1801: 62), now in Stethispa; mucronata Olivier (1808: 765), now in Uroplata; quadrata Fabricius (1801: 65), now in Baliosus; and inaequalis Weber (1801: 65), now in Anoplitis. According to Article 69a of the International Code of Zoological Nomen- clature, one of the originally included nominal species must be the type- PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON species. Since Uroplata vicina Guérin-Méneville does not fulfill that re- quirement, I hereby designate U. mucronata (Olivier) as type-species of Uroplata. This action will cause no change in the currently accepted zoo- logical application of Uroplata. No less than five different workers have been, at one time or another, credited with authorship of Uroplata. Agassiz (1846: 168) attributed au- thorship to ‘‘Chevrolat, 1834.’ In the other great catalogues of zoological names, Scudder (1882: 333) also gave ‘“‘Chevrolat, 1834’ as author, but Neave (1940: 620) indicated that in the ‘‘Dejean 1835” citation Uroplata was a nomen nudum, and gave authorship to Guérin-Méneville (1844: 274). Besides Uhmann (1957), another who gave Chevrolat as author was Chapuis (1875: 319). Guérin-Méneville was again given as author by Baly (1885-86: 92). Weise (191la: 46) gave Baly (1864: 335) as author of Uroplata, as did also Weise (1910: 146), Weise (191 1b: 32), Blatchley (1924: 44), Blackwelder (1946: 729), Monros and Viana (1947: 279), and Uhmann (1947: 119). Maulik (1930: 48) and Uhmann (1937: 451) gave the author as Chapuis, 1875. Fi- nally, Arnett (1968: 941) gave ‘‘Dejean, 1835,’ as author. The confusion in the literature concerning the date of publication of Uro- plata in the Dejean catalogue was caused by the issuance of the catalogue in parts. The correct date is 1837. The publication by Dejean of Uroplata and its list of species appeared twice in the same year in the Dejean catalogue, and in identical versions. One was in the second edition (not so designated on the title page; 1837a: 365) and the other in the third edition (so designated on the title page; 1837b: 389). The dates of publication of the various parts of the Dejean catalogue, along with other important data, are discussed in an article by Barber and Bridwell (1940). They noted that Dejean, in the introduction to his third edition of the catalogue, gave responsibility to Chevrolat for genera pro- posed out of the old genera Hispa, Cassida, Galeruca, Altica, Chrysomela, Colaspis, Eumolpus, Clytra, Cryptocephalus, etc., and cited him as author in the catalogue. Barber and Bridwell therefore accepted Chevrolat as au- thor of many Chrysomelidae genera in the Dejean catalogue, and I attribute authorship of Uroplata to Chevrolat on this basis. The genus Uroplata in 1970 contained 88 species, all of which are native to the Americas, with most occurring in South America. These beetles are leafminers, and their most frequent hosts are plants of the genera Lantana, Lippia, Verbena, Vernonia, and Pithecoctenium. These are most often shrubs, herbs, or vines. The beetles also feed on plants of at least 19 other genera. One Brazilian species, U. girardi Pic, was released on Kauai, Ha- wali, in 1965 to aid in control of Lantana camara L. cv. Aculeata; this beetle has also been established in Australia. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 715 LITERATURE CITED Agassiz, L. 1846. Nomenclator zoologicus. Fasc. XI. Continens Coleoptera. Soloduri. 170 pp. Arnett, R. H. 1968. The beetles of the United States (A manual for identification). Am. Entomol. Inst., Ann Arbor, Mich. 1112 pp. Baly, J. S. 1864. Descriptions of genera and species of Hispidae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) 14: 334-345. . 1885-86. (Family Hispidae.) Jn Biol. Cent.-Am. 6(2): 1-24. Barber, H. S. and J. C. Bridwell. 1940. Dejean Catalogue names (Coleoptera). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 35(1): 1-12. Blackwelder, R. E. 1946. Checklist of the Coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, the West Indies, and South America, Pt. 4. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 185, pp. 551-763. Blatchley, W. S. 1924. The Chrysomelidae of Florida. Fla. Entomol. 8(3—4): 39-46. Chapuis, M. F. 1875. Famille des Phytophages. /n Lacordaire and Chapuis, Histoire Naturelle des Insectes, vol. 11. Paris. 420 pp. Dejean, P. F. M. A. 1837a. Catalogue des Coléopteres de la collection de M. le comte Dejean, livr. 5, pp. 361-443. [‘‘Second”’ edition. ] 1837b. Catalogue des Coléopteres de la collection de M. le comte Dejean. Third edition, pp. 1-503. Fabricius, C. 1801. Systema Eleutheratorum. Vol. 2. Kiliae. 687 pp. Guerin-Méneville, F. E. 1944. Iconographie du Regne Animal de G. Cuvier, . . . Insects. Vol. 7. Paris. 576 pp. International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. 1964. International Code of Zoolog- ical Nomenclature. International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature. London. 176 pp. Maulik, S. 1930. New injurious Hispinae. Bull. Entomol. Res. 21(1): 45-56. Monros, F. and M. J. Viana. 1947. Revision sistematica de los Hispidae Argentinos (Insecta, Coleop. Chrysomeloid.). An. Mus. Argent. Cienc. Nat. “‘Bernardino Rivadavia,”’ Pub. 162, pp. 125-324, 27 plates. Neave, S. A. 1940. Nomenclator Zoologicus. Vol. 4. London. 758 pp. Olivier, A. G. 1808. Entomologie, ou Histoire Naturelle des Insectes . . . Coléopteres, vol. 6. Paris. Pp. 613-1104. Scudder, S. H. 1882. Nomenclator Zoologicus. Pt. 2. Washington, D.C. 340 pp. Uhmann, E. 1937. Amerikanische Hispinen aus dem Zoologischen Museum der Universitat Berlin. VI. Teil. Die Gattung Uroplata Chap. Festschrift sum 60. Geburtstage von Professor Dr. Embrik Strand, vol. 3, pp. 451-467. . 1947. Die Deckenelements der Hispinae-Gruppen Chalepini und Uroplatini (Col Chry- som.). (108. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hispinae). Rev. Entomol. 18(1—2): 113-138. . 1957. Chrysomelidae: Hispinae. Jn Hincks, W. D., ed., Coleopterorum Catalogus, Pars 35, fasc. 1, 153 pp., Dr. W. Junk, b.v., The Hague. Weber, F. 1801. Observationes entomologicae, continentes novorum .. . Kiliae. 116 pp. Weise, J. 1910. Zweiter Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hispinen. Verh. Natur-forsch. Ver. Brunn 48: 115-162. ——. 19lla. (Subfamily Hispinae). Jn Wytsman, P., ed., Genera Insectorum, fasc. 125, 124 pp., 4 plates, Bruxelles. . 1911b. Chrysomelidae: Hispinae. Jn Junk, W., Coleopterorum Catalogus, Pars 35, 94 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 716-724 BIOLOGY OF MICRODON FUSCIPENNIS (DIPTERA: SYRPHIDAE) WITH INTERPRETATIONS OF THE REPRODUCTIVE STRATEGIES OF MICRODON SPECIES FOUND NORTH OF MEXICO R. M. DUFFIELD Department of Zoology, Howard University, Washington, D.C. 20059. Abstroct.—Two hundred and ninety six adults, larvae, and pupae of Mi- crodon fuscipennis were collected and/or reared from nests of the dolicho- derine ant, Jridomyrmex pruinosus (Roger). Observations are made on the distribution of M. fuscipennis in the ant nests, sex ratio (1:1), adult emer- gence, mating, number of eggs laid (x = 63), larval emergence from the egg, and predation (third-instar fly larvae frequently eat ant larvae). Reproduc- tive strategies for the genus Microdon are: 1) specialist strategy—one host species; and 2) generalist strategy—multiple host species. The species of Microdon found north of Mexico and their ant-associations are listed and used to predict the reproductive strategy of each fly species. Microdons are unusual syrphid flies. The larvae and pupae are dome- shaped and develop in ant nests. The larvae exhibit slow, sluglike move- ments, a characteristic which originally caused them to be described as mollusks or coccids (Wheeler, 1908). As adults, microdons do not show typical syrphid behavior. They do not hover or visit flowers as most syr- phids but spend their adult lives close to the ant colonies from which they emerged. More than 350 species of Microdon are known from all zoogeographic regions. The diversity, greatest in the tropics (especially the Neotropics, 174 species), tapers off rapidly towards the poles. The northern- and south- ernmost records for microdons in the New World are Microdon albicomatus Novak from the Yukon (62°41'N) and Microdon violaceus (Macquart) from Chile (37°47'S). Microdons are considered primitive because they represent the first offshoot on the branch which includes all other syrphids (Thomp- son, 1969, 1972). The phylogenetic position and biologic distinctiveness of microdons clearly support the recognition of the group as a separate family (Thompson, 1969, 1972). For pragmatic reasons, however, microdons are left as an aberrant subfamily of the Syrphidae. Early reviews on microdons (Wheeler, 1901, 1908; Donisthorpe, 1927) ST VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 717 were primarily descriptive, speculating on behavioral interactions between the larvae and their hosts. Andries (1912) first provided quantitative data on the life cycle of microdons as well as detailed descriptions of larvae, pupae, and adults. Greene (1955) added information on a number of Microdon-ant associations and described larval and pupal forms. More recently, Jordan (1968), and van Pelt and van Pelt (1972) contributed additional biological data (see Table 3). Akre et al. (1973) determined the sex ratio, size mea- surements, number of eggs laid per female, and the number of larvae and pupae per colony for two color morphs of M. xanthopilis Townsend (re- ported as cothurnatus), forming a sound basis for future comparative work on other Microdon species. The biology of microdons is not uniform. Akre et al. (1973) described only one generation per year. Microdon fuscipennis (Macquart) has at least two. Akre et al. (1973) also stated that microdons overwinter as third larval instars, yet these data indicate that this is not true for fuscipennis. Other unresolved questions exist. Are the microdon eggs laid in the ant nest or do the larvae move there? Do the microdon larvae eat the ant larvae and pupae? These questions are discussed with respect to M. fuscipennis which de- velops in the nests of the dolichoderine ant, Jridomyrmex pruinosus (Roger). Two alternative behavioral strategies for Microdon flies are described. Ta- ble 2 lists the species of Microdon found in America north of Mexico and their known hosts and predicts their reproductive strategy. MATERIALS AND METHODS Collection.—Microdon fuscipennis was collected primarily during the spring and summer near Athens, Georgia, from nests of /ridomyrmex prui- nosus. Ant nests were excavated with a pen knife. Microdon fuscipennis larvae and pupae were placed in plastic pop-top vials for transport. Entire ant colonies were also transported back to the laboratory. Laboratory rearing.—The fly larvae were reared in plastic ant nests, ex- posed to natural daylight, and stocked with ant colonies dug in the field. The ants were maintained on honey and mealworms. Water was supplied by means of cotton plugs inside the nests. After the microdon larvae were observed eating the young ant larvae, additional ant larvae were added weekly to the colonies. As the microdon larvae grew and pupated, the pupae were removed and placed in vials. A wooden stick was placed in each vial allowing the teneral adults an elevated surface from which they could expand their wings. All live material was kept at 27°C. As the adults emerged, the pupal cases were removed from the rearing vials and placed in capsules. When an adult died, it was pinned along with the pupal case. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON fable 1. Quantitative data on Microdon fuscipennis . 2 nnn nn nnn EEUU EEE nnnE SRS nnnneessses rd Standard Mean Deviation n a ee Number of M. fuscipennis larvae, pupae per 3.45 355) 84 I. pruinosus colony Number of eggs laid per female 63.5 18.9 1S Sex ratio ie Groups of approximately 30 eggs were hatched in 3 cm x 3 cm vials, fitted with a secure top and a 0.5 cm charcoal-plaster (1:2) bottom for hu- midity control. Water was occasionally added. No fungal inhibitor was added. Although some containers supported rich fungal growth, egg mor- tality was low. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Field data.—Innumerable ant colonies of many different species were excavated. Microdon fuscipennis was found only in those of J. pruinosus. Eighty-four J. pruinosus (Table 1) colonies containing microdon larvae and pupae were excavated. Over 20 additional nests contained only empty pupal cases. From the 84 colonies, 149 larvae, 141 pupae, and 6 adults were removed (296 total), giving an average of 3.5 microdons per colony. The largest number of microdons per colony was 24 (11 larvae, 12 pupae, and | adult). Between April and September, second and third larval instars and pupae could always be found in ant colonies. First-instars were also found from April to September, although very infrequently, perhaps because of their diminutive size and cryptic appearance. This suggests that M. fusci- pennis reproduces all summer long. In contrast, M. xanthopilis has one generation per year (Akre et al., 1973). Premarked Jridomyrmex nests ex- cavated in the winter revealed both second and third larval instars as well as pupae. Laboratory data.—Reared adults had close to a 1:1 sex ratio, true also for M. xanthopilis (Akre et al., 1973). Mating behavior.—Virgin females readily mated when placed with one male in the same vial. Although some females were unreceptive to a male, replacement with a second or third male eventually resulted in copulation. If mating resulted, it usually occurred within five minutes. Soon after exposure to the female, the male would attempt to mount. Although no preliminary courtship was noted, M. fuscipennis adults emitted a “‘buzzing’’ sound when handled or first exposed to another individual. This phenomenon, common to many syrphid flies (Thompson, in litt.), was assumed to be defensive but may also be part of courtship. Frequently VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 TAS several mounting attempts were made before copulation was successful. Mating position was similar to that described by Akre et al. (1973) for M. xanthopilis. The male prothoracic legs held the female’s abdomen and the metathoracic legs were positioned on the tip of the female’s abdomen. Fre- quently females were observed to stroke the male legs during copulation with her metathoracic legs. Copulation lasted from a few minutes to two hours. Both males and females readily mated more than once. Oviposition.—Although a female mated soon after emerging from the pu- pal case, it usually took 24 hours before she oviposited. Females released eggs in batches of 4—S in the rearing vials. If a small flat stone were placed in the mating vials, the female probed it with her ovipositor and then de- posited the eggs beneath. Fifteen mated M. fuscipennis females deposited 925 eggs, averaging 63 eggs, with a maximum of 83 laid by one female (Table 1). Females reared from larvae laid as many eggs as those reared from pupae collected in the field. Eggs were usually laid within 48 hours and the female died within one day thereafter. Microdon eggeri Mik (Andries, 1912) and M. xanthopilis laid approximately 150 eggs per female (Akre et al., 1973). No field observations were made on oviposition of M. fuscipennis. Eggs.—Microdon fuscipennis eggs were white, measured 0.7 mm x 1.5 mm, and had a distinctive sculpturing. Akre et al. (1973) found the eggs of M. xanthopilis to be much smaller (0.3 mm x 0.7 mm). First larval instar.—First-instar larvae emerged through an elongated slit at the end of the egg between 7:00 and 9:00 AM. They were extremely mobile and demonstrated positive phototropism by moving toward the light in the rearing vial. Akre et al. (1973) observed similar behavior in M. xan- thopilis and concluded that this mobility reflected a dispersal stage. This may be true, but it must also be noted that the problem of dessication is paramount for the first-instar since the surface to volume ratio is highest for them. Rapid movement into an ant nest would increase survival where the ground temperature (i.e. M. fuscipennis) is over 38°C. If the eggs are de- posited and hatch outside the ant nest, rapid movement would be imperative for survival. When first-instars are found in the field, they are in the depths of the colony. These areas have few ants, are the moistest part of the colony during dry periods, and have fairly constant temperature during the summer. Thus, this factor may have an important role in the survival of the first- instars in their natural environment. First-instars placed in ant nests had mortality rates of 90% or more. Jri- domyrmex workers easily turned over the first-instar larvae and carried them out of the colony to the refuse piles where they desiccated and dried. If the colony had a surplus of food, the searching activities of the ants were di- minished and the first-instars were not found as frequently. Second- and third-instars did not appear to be killed as frequently. In artificial nests, the first-instar larva usually restricted its movements to PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON the moist cotton plug. The plug originally was clear of fungal growth but quickly became contaminated. First-instars did best in nests which had con- tained ants for a number of weeks prior to the introduction of the fly larvae, and which also had fungus-covered cotton plugs. First-instars were never observed eating ant larvae although they frequently moved among the young ant brood. Second and third larval instars.—Second- and third-instars were primarily found near the young ant brood and appeared to be less dependent on moisture than first-instars. In field colonies, these larvae are found just below the surface where the ants move the brood to take advantage of the optimum ground temperature. Fly larvae developed more quickly in the field than in the laboratory because of the higher ambient temperatures and a more plentiful food supply. In laboratory colonies, second- and third-instar larvae consumed half- grown ant larvae or smaller ones but never pupae. Frequently the ants would pull the larvae away from the microdon. Successful microdons moved up and over the ant larvae piercing the larval skin and emptying the body contents, then discarding the empty shell. A worker would promptly pick up the larval remains and carry it to the refuse pile. Frequently, third-instars were Observed consuming 8-10 larvae in a 30 minute period. I have also observed M. globosus (Fabricius) feeding on ant larvae. Similarly van Pelt and van Pelt (1972) reported that M. baliopterus Loew consumed larvae of the myrmicine ant, Monomorium. Third larval instars prior to pupation occasionally released a clear brown fluid. Whether this fluid originated from the oral or rectal openings was not determined. The ants seemed to be attracted to the fluid and would consume it immediately. What the ants did with this fluid afterwards was not deter- mined. Fluid release was also observed in M. globosus. First larval instars, source of food.—In contrast to second- and third- instars, first larval instars were never observed eating ant larvae. First-in- stars frequently moved among the young ant larvae and would probe them with their mouthparts but never appeared to puncture the larval skin. The first-instar fly larvae may obtain some form of nourishment from the ant larvae. Some myrmecologists (G. and J. Wheeler, personal communi- cation) believe that the brood of the colony represents the digestive organ of the colony. Ant larvae are fed masticated proteinaceous materials; these materials are broken down and digested by the ant larvae and by trophallaxis fed back to the adult workers. The probing by the first-instar larvae may cause the ant larvae to release a liquid food which the fly larvae consume. No data presently exist to support this hypothesis. Pupae.—Pupae were primarily found close to the surface (2 cm or less) in the larger galleries of the nest. Frequently groups of 3-4 pupae (emerged and yet to emerge) were found together. In the process of excavating col- VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 71 Table 2. Behavioral strategies of North American Microdon. STRATEGY I STRATEGY II Example: Example: M. fuscipennis Mf. xanthophilis 1. Characteristics of the ant host a. Host one host species multiple host species b. Size of the host small species large species c. Brood production throughout the summer one generation per summer d. Number of queens per colony multiple queens one or multiple queens 2. Number of generations of flies multiple generations one generation 3. Rate of development of the fly fast slow larvae 4. Food source ant larvae unknown 5. Reproduction fewer eggs (ex. 62); many eggs (ex. 150); larger in size smaller in size 6. Distribution restricted to a single widespread, not restricted host to a single host onies with no larvae, empty pupal cases were found from the previous year. These were packed with soil and if the soil was moist, showed various degrees of deterioration. Adult emergence.—Adult emergence from the pupal case took less than 60 seconds and usually occurred between 7:00 and 9:00 AM. The teneral adults crawled to the highest object in the rearing vial and remained mo- tionless for 1-2 hours. Expansion of the wings rarely took more than 5—10 minutes. During the first 1-2 hours after emergence the adult flies released a fecal droplet. Reproductive strategies of Nearctic microdons.—A compilation! of known information on microdon flies indicates two different reproductive strate- gies. Microdon fuscipennis and M. xanthopilis, two species for which we have relatively complete biological data, illustrate these different strategies (Table 2). Microdon fuscipennis exemplifies the first strategy. Adults lay fewer eggs and seem to specialize on one host ant. This host is small, widely distrib- uted, with populous colonies, multiple queens and a large quantity of brood. These host colonies support on the average 3.5 microdons (i.e. M. fusci- pennis). Due to a long period of brood production, the microdon is able to ' These tables should be cited as: Duffield, R. M. and F. C. Thompson, 1981, Behavioral strategies and ant associations of the Microdon species found north of Mexico. Tables 2 & 3 in Duffield .. . etc. Table 3. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Vicrodon-ant associations for North American species north of Mexico. Subfam- ilies of ants are Formicinae (F), Dolichoderinae (D), and Myrmicinae (M). [nn nn ee eee ean a tS yn Sys SSSSSSSSSSSS Repro- ductive Species of Microdon Host Ant and Subfamily Strategy Reference V1. abditus Thompson i Vf. abstrusus Thompson Formica exsectoides Forel (F) 2 this study M. adventitius Thompson 1 M. albicomatus Novak Formica obscuripes Forel (F) 2. Akre (in litt.) Formica fusca L. (F) this study M. aurulentus (Fabricius) 2 M. baliopterus Loew Monomorium minimum 1 van Pelt and (Buckley) (M) van Pelt, 1972 VM. coarctatus Loew Aphaenogaster fulva | Greene, 1955 Roger (M) Monomorium minimum Greene, 1923a (Buckley) (M) M. cothurnatus Bigot Formica obscuripes 2 Cockerell and Forel (F) Andrews, 1916 Formica haemorrhoidalis Knab, 1917 Emery (F) Camponotus pennsylvanicus 2 this study (DeGeer) (F) ? Camponotus vicinus Mayr Cole, 1923 (F) Camponotus novaeboracensis this study (Fitch) (F) Formica subnuda Emery (F) this study M. craigheadii Walton 1 M. diversipilosus Curran 1 M. fulgens Wiedemann Polvergus lucidus Mayr (F); 2 slave—Formica schaufussi Mayr (F) Camponotus abdominalis this study (Buckley) (F) M. fuscipennis (Macquart) Iridomyrmex pruinosus 1 this study (Roger) (D) M. globosus (Fabricius) Tapinoma sessile (Say) (D) l Greene, 1955; this study M. laetoides Curran I M. laetus Loew 1 VM. lanceolatus Curran Formica argentea Wheeler (F) 2 Cockerell and Andrews, 1916 Vf. manitobensis Curran 2 Vf. marmoratus Bigot 1 VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 723 Table 3. Continued Repro- ductive Species of Microdon Host Ant and Subfamily Strategy Reference M. megalogaster Snow Formica subsericea Say (F) 2 Greene, 1923b; this study M. newcomeri Mann 2 M. ocellaris Curran Formica schaufussi Mayr (F) 2 this study M. painteri Hull Monomorium minimum 1 this study (Buckley) (M) M. piperi Knab Camponotus vicinus Mayr (F) 2 Cole, 1923 Camponotus sp. (F) this study Camponotus herculeanus (L.) this study (F) M. ruficrus Williston Lasius sp. (F) 2 this study Lasius alienus (Foerster) (F) this study M. rufipes (Macquart) Pheidole dentata Mayr (M) 1 this study M. scutifer Knab 1 M. tristis Loew Camponotus pennsylvanicus 2 Greene, 1955 (DeGeer) (F) Camponotus novaeboracensis this study (Fitch) (F) M. viridis Townsend l M. xanthopilis Townsend Formica obscuripes Forel (F) 2 Akre et al., 1973 produce more than one generation a year. Fly larvae consume ant larvae and are able to grow and develop quickly. The distribution of species ex- hibiting this strategy depends on the distribution of the host ant. This strat- egy is common to those species in the south. A second strategy is reflected by M. xanthopilis. The adults are larger, lay more eggs, and specialize on closely related ant species. The host is usually large with populous colonies which can support one hundred or more microdon larvae. Fly development is slow, with only one generation a year. The larval food source is unknown, but probably is not the ant larvae. Notes on other Microdon species.—Table 3 lists the species of Microdon found in America north of Mexico. Host records are included. The species taxonomy is that of Thompson (1981), who jointly developed these tables’. Details on the new host associations will be found in Thompson (1981). The microdon species were assigned a reproductive strategy on the basis of the available information and our concepts of their phylogenetic relationships. For example, Microdon albicomatus Novak is assigned to strategy 2 as its host is a species of Formica. Microdon abditus Thompson is assigned to PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON strategy | as this species is closely related to globosus Fabricius, a strategy | species. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS [ thank Barry Freeman and Arthur LaVallee for their help in field col- lecting Microdon and D. Maglott, F. C. Thompson, and D. Whitehead for their critical reading of this manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Akre, R. D., G. Alpert, and T. Alpert. 1973. Life cycle and behavior of Microdon cothurnatus in Washington (Diptera: Syrphidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 46: 327-338. Andries, M. 1912. Zur Systematik, Biologie, und Entwicklung von Microdon Meigen. Z. Wiss. Zool. 103: 300-361. Cockerell, T. D. A. and H. Andrews. 1916. Some Diptera (Microdons) from the nests of ants. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 51: 53-56. Cole, F. R. 1923. Notes on the early stages of the syrphid genus Microdon (Diptera). Pomona Coll. J. Entomol. Zool. 15: 19-20. Donisthorpe, H. 1927. The guests of British ants. G. Routledge, London. 244 pp. Greene, C. T. 1923a. A contribution to the biology of North American Diptera. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 25: 82-91. ———. 1923b. The larvae and pupa of Microdon megalogaster Snow. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 25: 140-141. . 1955. Larvae and pupae of the genera Microdon and Mixogaster (Diptera: Syrphidae). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 81: 1-20. Jordan, K. H. C. 1968. Biologische Beobachtungen an Microdon (Diptera: Syrphidae). Ento- mol. Ber. Pp. 15-18. Knab, F. 1917. On some North American species of Microdon (Diptera: Syrphidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 30: 133-144. Pelt, A. F. van and S. A. van Pelt. 1972. Microdon (Diptera: Syrphidae) in nests of Mono- morium (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in Texas. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 65: 977-978. Thompson, F. C. 1969. A new genus of microdontine flies (Diptera: Syrphidae) with notes on the placement of the subfamily. Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 76: 74-85. ——. 1972. A contribution to a generic revision of the Neotropical Milesinae (Diptera: Syrphidae). Arg. Zool. (Sao Paulo) 23: 73-215. ——.. 1981. Revisionary notes on Nearctic Microdon Meigen (Diptera: Syrphidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 83: 725-758. Wheeler, W. M. 1901. Microdon larvae in Pseudomyrma nests. Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 9: DII=ODA ——— . 1908. Studies of Myrmecophiles III. Microdon. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 16: 202-213. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 725-758 REVISIONARY NOTES ON NEARCTIC MICRODON FLIES (DIPTERA: SYRPHIDAE) F. CHRISTIAN THOMPSON Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—A key to the adults and puparia of the species of Microdon Meigen found in America north of Mexico is given. For each species a short synonymy and summary of distribution and ant host records (new records for 11 species) are given. Lectotypes are designated for M. aurulentus Fa- bricius, M. globosus Fabricius, and M. manitobensis Curran. New syn- onyms are given for M. globosus (=albipilis Curran, =conflictus Curran, =pseudoglobosus Curran, and =hutchingsi Curran), M. lanceolatus Adams (=modestus Knab, =senilis Knab, and =similis Jones), M. ruficrus Willis- ton (=basicornis Curran and =champlaini Curran), and M. tristis Loew (=robusta Telford). Three new species are described: M. abditus Thompson (New Hampshire, type-locality; eastern North America), M. abstrusus Thompson (Maryland, type-locality; Pennsylvania and West Virginia), and M. adventitius Thompson (Georgia). Microdons have maggots that look like molluscan slugs and live with ants. The adults are typical flies. Interest in microdon biology has increased re- cently (Greene, 1955; van Pelt and van Pelt, 1972; Akre et al., 1973; Duffield, 1981), prompting a review of their taxonomy. My work has been done in conjunction with that of Duffield (1981), whose paper serves as a general introduction to mine. Most of the north temperate species of Microdon are similar to one another, and their taxonomy has been considered difficult. Williston (1887), Johnson (1916), Knab (1917), and Curran (1925) have struggled with the taxonomy of Nearctic microdons, each successively contributing more to its resolution. Their works have been restricted to adults and have tended to divide intraspecific variation more finely and thus to recognize more species. I depart from this trend and recognize fewer species. Immatures and adults have been studied together, with the result that adults have been _ discovered to display more intraspecific variation than previously assumed | possible. Akre et al. (1973) show that two distinct color morphs of cothur- PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON natus Bigot exist. This has led to a reevaluation of lanceolatus Adams, the color morphs of which were considered distinct species. Long series of adults reared by Duffield (1981) show that some adult characters vary. Al- together this study recognizes 30 species, 10 new synonyms, one new status, and 3 misidentifications. Adult microdons are difficult to identify to species. Some new adult char- acters are used, such as pleural hair and wing microtrichia patterns, but the key to adults is still not perfect. This key distinguishes adults of most species and most adults of the other species. Characters that will discriminate adults of all species have not been found. Immatures differ distinctly between species. Associated material is readily identified, because species with sim- ilar adults usually have quite different immatures. Immatures are easily collected, and puparia are easily reared. Adults usually stay near their host ant nests, so when adults are collected, especially in numbers, the imma- tures may be nearby. Puparia are frequently found near the surface or open- ings of the ant colonies. Puparial exuviae should be glued to a card, and the card should be pinned and labeled in the same way as for adult specimens. Live puparia should be reared (see Duffield, 1981: 717). Larvae are usually found deep in the colony and should be fixed and then preserved in alcohol. Puparia are distinguished from larvae by the presence of anterior respiratory horns. Genus Microdon Meigen Microdon Meigen, 1803: 275. Type-species, Musca mutabilis Linnaeus (as Mulio mutabilis Fabricius; mono.). Microdon subg. Serichlamys Curran, 1925: 50. Type-species, Aphritis ru- fipes Macquart (mono.). The taxonomy of the genus follows that of Curran (1925) except that the subgenus Serichlamys Curran is considered a synonym of the typic sub- genus (Wirth et al., 1965: 597). The taxonomic placement of the genus is reviewed by Thompson (1969, 1972). KEY TO THE ADULTS OF SPECIES OF MICRODON MEIGEN FOUND NorTH OF Mexico! 1. Abdomen narrow, narrower than thorax, parallel-sided, subcylin- drical; 2nd tergum with sides arcuate, with strong basomedial depression and 2 sublateral depressions, subequal in length to 3rd tergum (Fig. 41); antenna short, shorter than face (Fig. 11); pro- pleuron bare (sg. Omegasyrphus).... cscs o-o40 er eee eee 1] ' In the keys a few supplemental characters are given in parentheses to further diagnose the species. The alternatives for these characters are found in the couplets that follow the ones with the parenthetical material. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 Figs. 1- Heads, lateral view. 1, Microdon laetoides. , M. lanceolatus. 727 in f a | — PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Abdomen usually broad, broader than thorax, without parallel sides: 2nd tergum never with 3 distinct depressions and not sub- equal to 3rd tergum; if with narrow abdomen (/aetus Loew and craigheadi Walton), then either antenna longer than face or pro- pletirom haired 25... ser. segs eye vi se © nln elae eye elena 2 Apical crossvein strongly angulate on anterior “%3 and with an ex- ternal spur at point of angulation; abdomen triangular, with 2nd tergum very short and rectangular basolaterally (Fig. 40); body metallic green (sg. Chymophila) .............-- fulgens Wiedemann Apical crossvein evenly curved, without a sharp angulation nor with an external spur; abdomen more elongate, with 2nd tergum longer (se. Mierodon)). x. 3.6 08). eRe fas .. |S 3 Eye distinctly haired; bright metallic green, blue or purple flies; body hair sparse, extensively white, not obscuring ground color (scutelluny with small apicomedial: spines); ::/. 2542 278.200 26 9 Eye usually bare (ruwfipes Macquart with eye haired); brownish or- ange to black flies, not with bright metallic ground colors, rarely with metallic golden or silvery hair obscuring ground color ....... 4 . Propleuron usually haired; if not, then either sternopleuron with anteroventral hair patch or scutellum with spines ................ 14 Propleuron bare; sternopleuron without anteroventral hair patch; scutellum without spines (Fig. 15), although it may be emarginate 5 e's. «RA EMG A co. aale bk aoe ae we 5 . Arista thick, short, less than % as long as 3rd antennal segment (Fig. 21) (¢ hindtarsus not swollen; scutellum convex; alula micro- trichose; 3rd antennal segment more than 2x as long as Ist (Fig. 7) Re Ae op eee | ns Des.” SS an ees fuscipennis (Macquart) Arista thin, longer, more than 2 as long as 3rd segment ......... 6 Alula bare medially; scutellum not strongly emarginate .......... 8 Alula:;-microtichoOse snd sess aioe SE LASS ae eee if Widespread, but not Californian; ¢ 3rd antennal segment usually having long pubescence, with pubescence as long or longer than aristal width; ¢ hindtarsus frequently greatly swollen; scutellum usually deeply emarginate apically; 3rd antennal segment usually not much thicker basally than apically (Fig. 5) ... globosus (Fabricius) Californian; ¢ 3rd antennal segment having very short pubescence, with pubescence shorter than aristal width; ¢ hindtarsus not great- ly swollen; scutellum only slightly emarginate apically; 3rd antennal segment frequently large basally and gradually narrowed apically (Hide 3) 2) ees... . ska as 2 marmoratus Bigot . Third antennal segment long, about 3x as long as Ist (Fig. 4); 6 front broad; ¢ hindtarsus not swollen ........ adventitius Thompson VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 729 — Third antennal segment short, shorter than Ist (Fig. 12); ¢ front naseow2ec# hindtarsusswollem wi. See ae abditus Thompson 9. Tibiae more extensively dark, only pale narrowly on base and apex; fore- and midtibiae reddish brown; hindtibia metallic bluish green; 2 3rd antennal segment with elongate sensory pit (Fig. 9); 2nd basal cell bare. (Larger flies, longer than 8 mm) .. craigheadii Walton — Tibiae orange except for narrow dark medial scars; ° 3rd antennal segment with a small oval sensory pit (Figs. 1, 10); 2nd basal cell Mmicrotnichose On Most Ob apical 33 F020. = 5s he ts oe aie ete 10 10. Front entirely and vertex extensively white-haired, only ocellar triangle black-haired; abdomen entirely white-haired; front smooth; langeniiires) longer ithanyS umn pee 36h: Fquatise. & laetoides Curran -— Front and vertex black-haired; abdomen partially black-haired; front rugose; smaller flies, shorter than 8 mm ......... laetus Loew 11. Wing with black maculae broadly connected anteriorly .......... ie GSteesee cs eeeede CORR ee ee tee. nenccke pallipennis Curran i> Wwaineewith blackmaculae isolated. iva... 2) 5. POS eee ae ee: 12 12: Abdomen metallicsbluca tender sere SA aoe coarctatus Loew | =. Aibdomeninot imétallieibined swe 36 ee ae ac eee ae et QU - is 213. Abdomen almost entirely piceous red 2 .4)228.6\4. 09145). painteri Hull — Abdomen largely metallic blackish green ......... baliopterus Loew 14. First abdominal sternum bare and reduced or absent ............ 15 | — First abdominal sternum haired and well developed ............. 17 15. Legs brown to black; mesonotum orange laterally; scutellum or- | ances eve babeaseraat Doshi seilt se wee Se eteh, Wad scutifer Knab - Legs extensively orange, only coxae, trochanters and basal 13 of femora.darkzumesonotumcand iscutellum)darkise:. sak feces caters - 16 16. Abdomen entirely golden-yellow-haired; hindbasitarsus yellow- haired; fore- and midtarsi all pale orange; eye bare ............. Bescon deem Ae et Alte sade ies tape: diversipilosus Curran — Abdomen with large basolateral patches of black hair on terga;: apical sterna with black hair medially; hindbasitarsus black-haired above; fore- and midtarsi with brown apical tarsomeres; eye haired Witte ha eth. osu teloie tebtetaier «bined et rk rufipes Macquart 17. Third antennal segment short, conical, shorter than arista (Fig. 2). (Scutellum without distinct spines or tubercles (Fig. 14); sterno- | pleuron with anteroventral hair patch) ......... lanceolatus Adams | — Third antennal segment long, not conical, longer than arista ...... 18 18. Entirely black-haired, metallic purplish black. (Scutellar spines minute and obscured by hair; sternopleuron with anteroventral hair Hatchiew 65 bsnl eee eel Seeds Awe teeRwe newcomeri Mann - Hanan VeNONSOr PALEIAMEALOe, Shae Mae. ka sy ss epee we HORS 19 Se 5) PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON \bdomen black-haired beyond 2nd segment; legs usually entirely black-haired. (Sternopleuron usually with anteroventral hair patch; scutellar spines minute or absent (Fig. 20)) ..... megalogaster Snow Abdomen and legs more extensively pale-haired ................ 20 . Third antennal segment elongate, longer than Ist segment, with apex thin and flared (Fig. 6); sternopleuron usually with antero- ventral hair patch; scutellar spines large, haired (Fig. 19); trochan- ters and ventral surface of basal '4 of femora pale orange ....... boas cn de wb s balk oe ae bb See ae oe AE SE ee tristis Loew Third antennal segment shorter, usually shorter than Ist segment; if not, other characters different’ > 222) WLS eee eee 2 . Sternopleuron without anteroventral hair patch ................. 27 Sternopleuron with anteroventral hair patch. (Legs usually dark, black*to. dark:reddish’ brown) /2.020O) 272. eae 22 Front and vertex extensively black-haired, with only a few marginal yellow hairs; abdomen black-haired beyond 3rd segment; metallic bluish ereen yh. 22 hes ee eR eee piperi Knab Front, abdomen, or both, more extensively pale haired; not me- tallic bluish green: \....024)..2.224 4 a. CPR eee 23 . Femoraventirely pale-haired’ 232s) 00-8. 22 ee ee 25 Femora usually extensively black-haired dorsoapically, almost al- ways with some black hair at least on hindfemur ................ 24 Second basal cell frequently bare basoposteriorly; scutellum fre- quently bright golden-haired; larger and more robust flies ....... Na erie eects oe Oe Te ee ee ee ON a Sree manitobensis Curran Second basal cell frequently microtrichose; scutellum white-haired; smallerand more slender files=20e", 929.07 albicomatus Novak . Scutellum with distinct spines (Fig. 18); tibial hair dense and long wthlee oa aie Ewe Ate UI Rae Ee ee ocellaris Curran Scutellum usually without spines, rarely with small spines (Fig. 16); tibial hair sparse-and short)..04..) 92 2 hate eee 26 . Femora pale ventrally; eastern North America .. abstrusus Thompson Femora black; Pacific Northwest ............ xanthopilis Townsend 27. Thorax and abdomen extensively metallic golden-haired; wing completely microtrichose. (Scutellar spines large, haired; tibiae pale:orange on basal44)°. 2 aa eee aurulentus (Fabricius) Thorax and abdomen pale yellow-haired to white-haired; wing usu- ally partially bare ....../)..0 sR ae ee 28 . Scutellar spines large, haired (Fig. 17); legs entirely black ....... icy he en Pe ruficrus Williston Scutellar spines minute or absent, bare; tibiae pale orange on basal a ST 29 VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 731 od w | so Second basal cell bare basoposteriorly; tibiae pale orange on basal 4, frequently base and venter of femora also orange; basicosta yellowehaimedjsed "aah be ee! 2 ts Ma eee cothurnatus Bigot Second basal cell microtrichose; legs black; basicosta partially blackshatnedit th. seers: ei Sun noe eee erent Ge albicomatus Novak KEY TO THE PUPARIA OF SPECIES OF MicRODON FOUND NorTH OF MEXxIco . Dorsal surface smooth (Migs 22 12339205. 28)" Aas es ees oe 11 Dorsal surface reticulate or rugose (Figs. 24, 25, 27) ............. ps . Dorsal surface irregularly reticulate, with reticulations and hairs forming large patches, smooth between patches (Fig. 25); posterior spiracular tubercle cylindrical, ending in a medial cone, with spi- racular openings lateral; anterior spiracular tubercle long, about 2 x as long as broad. (Marginal fringe broad) ........ rufipes (Macquart) Dorsal surface uniformly reticulate (Fig. 27); posterior spiracular tubercle not as above, with spiracular opening apical; anterior spi- racular tubercle shorter, less than 2x as long as broad ........... 3 . Marginal band thin, with only a ventral fringe (Fig. 38); posterior spiracular openings forming two semicircular groups ............. 5 Marginal band thick, with both a dorsal and ventral fringe (Figs. 37, 39); posterior spiracular openings divided into 4 groups ....... 4 . Anterior spiracular tubercle long, about 112 as long as broad, with pores not protuberant; posterior spiracular tubercle without apical miecial Carina’) 4 oe ee eee ies ed At a ruficrus Williston Anterior spiracular tubercle shorter, only about as long as broad, with pores protuberant; posterior spiracular tubercle (Fig. 29) with apicomedial carina between spiracular openings .. fulgens Wiedemann Marginal fringe penicillate, that is, with tufts of longer hairs alter- nating with shorter hairs (Fig. 36) ............ abstrusus Thompson Marginal fringe of uniform width, all hairs of the same length ..... 6 Posterior spiracular tubercle with median carina separating spirac- VLBI OP SHINS B js cookt.ndgegek tee aeeon ss ee emer ie ct tone tristis Loew Posteriorispiracular tubercle without ‘carima 2.22.41). c hese. 7 Dorsal surface indistinctly reticulate (Fig. 22). (Anterior spiracular tubercle:about!as\ ong as- broad): «10-2: :ae0. 25) siete ocellaris Curran Dorsal surface distinctly reticulate. <:. . ees. cee ct bi. 8 Anterior spitacular tubercle smooth laterally <<. -¢eae-} 3-1 a tec.- 9 Anterior spiracular tubercle rmugose laterally ..c¢2ee.c>-s son. <> 10 Posterior spiracular tubercle triangular in posterior view; anterior spiracular tubercle short, broader than long ...... cothurnatus Bigot 1Q. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Posterior spiracular tubercle semicircular in posterior view; ante- rior spiracular tubercle long, longer than broad . . . xanthopilis Townsend Anterior spiracular tubercle long, twice as long as broad; dorsolat- eral surface without tubercles in middle of many reticulate areas A yn asta ey hI. 2) ax a ea Nake \aawiah oes iis ene eee albicomatus Novak Anterior spiracular tubercle short, only about as long as broad; dorsolateral surface with 1-4 tubercles in middle of many reticulate ATEAS 6c Ad Pa e AS Stat OP ee nee piperi Knab . Posterior spiracular tubercle conical (Fig. 30); dorsal surface with peculiar lateral knoblike:processes(Fig235) 4 ..ce 94) hee eee x aid cape bush ety Been: ea RUHR a CE Microdon (Omegasyrphus) spp. Posterior spiracular tubercle elongate, usually expanded apically; dorsal’surface without knoblike,processes:.. .cviatic 2.28 a2eeeee- 12 Submarginal fringe present (a thick-haired band dorsad to marginal fringe);. marginal band thins. 2429) ai geo Le ee a eee 13 Submarginal fringe absent; marginal band thick ................. 15 . Posterior spiracular tubercle short, broader than long ........... Posterior spiracular tubercle long, longer than broad ............. 14 . Posterior spiracular tubercle concave posteriorly, with spiracular openings broadly separated and rugose, i.e., edges of openings slightly protruding to give the surface a rugose appearance (Fig. 33); marginal band broad, much broader than apical fringe (Fig. 38, aD) icinseaeiPimansiat act css iohiotamdica arent etd ele one megalogaster Snow Posterior spiracular tubercle only slightly concave posteriorly, with openings not broadly separated, with surface smooth; marginal band very narrow, apical fringe much broader than band ........ Btcidyn SG Ad RLerdte nia el seeps ciency h ue take con. Shae ieee manitobensis Curran Marginal band thin; posterior spiracular tubercle not flared apically attilieea treats peated be iaest aes okie: cepetltoeaee lanceolatus Adams Marginal band thick; posterior spiracular tubercle flared apically .. 16 . Anterior spiracular tubercle short, less than 2 as long as broad; posterior spiracular tubercle smooth laterally, reticulate medially CEig a 34)" 0 acs tes raion rashes ae eee pn globosus (Fabricius) Anterior spiracular tubercle long, more than 2x as long as broad; posterior spiracular tubercle reticulate all around base .......... BC ey ee ee Oe er Nee rc ce ae fuscipennis (Macquart) Subgenus Microdon Meigen Microdon abditus Thompson, NEw SPECIES Figs. 12, 23 globosus of Curran, 1925: 53 (descr., MG*, distr., syn. notes). VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 Figs. 3-4. Heads, lateral i, SE Sexy e Aree pe view. 3, Microdon marmoratus. 4, M. adventitius. es) Ww 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON As there has never been any question as to the identity of this species since Williston (1887) first separated it from globosus Fabricius (as fusci- pennis), | merely provide reference to the most recent description of it. This species is named abditus from the Latin meaning concealed, referring to the fact that this species was ‘“‘concealed’’ under various incorrect names. Material examined.—Holotype ¢, paratype 2°, NEW HAMPSHIRE, Coos County, Ist Connecticut Lake, 28 June 1976, L. V. Knutson, swept from grasses and sedges along the shore of the lake, deposited in U.S. National Museum. Paratypes: CANADA. QUEBEC: Joliette, 15 August, Aldrich, 1 6 (USNM); Covey Hill, 16-29 June 1927, W. J. Brown, 16 d 2 (CNC, USNM); Covey Hill, 23 June 1924, G. S. Walley (1 6 CNO); Wakefield, 24 June 1946, G. S. Walley, 18 6 2 (CNC, USNM); St. Martin, June, 1 ¢ (CNC); Beechgrove, 29 July 1962, J. R. Vockeroth, 1 ¢ (CNC); St. Ann’s, 14 June 1940, D. J. McDonald, 1 d (CNC); Abbotsford, 16 July 1937, G. Shewell, 1 6 (CNC); Brome, 8 June 1936, W. J. Brown, 1 6 (CNC); Farm Point, 10 July 1959, S. D. Hicks, | d (CNC); Montreal Island, 13¢ 12 (MCZ). ONTARIO: Alfred, 17 June 1976, H. J. Teskey, 4 6 (CNC, USNM); Apple Hill, 1 July 1932, G. H. Hammond, | 2 (CNC); Bridge End, 23 June 1940, D. J. McDonald, 1 ¢ (CNC); Britannia, 5 June 1948, S. D. Hicks, 3 6 (CNC); “‘Kilworth,” 15 June 1934, 1-¢ (CNC): U:!S:AyCG@Ee NECTICUT: ‘‘Austan,’’ 3 June 1918, H. C. Fall, 1 2 (MCZ); Lyme, 16 June 1918, S. W. Fisher, 3 ¢ 1 2 (USNM), 2 June 1918, Champlain, 1 6 (USNM), 3 June 1918, Champlain, 3 ¢ (USNM), 27 June 1918, Champlain, 1 6 (USNM), Williston, 1 6 (USNM); North Guilford, 12 June 1941, N. Turner, | 2 (CNC). ILLINOIS: 3 miles south of Norris City, 27 May 1961, G. P. Waldbauer, 1 2 (Waldbauer Coll.). MAINE: Hollis, 12 June 1918, J. H. Emerton, 1 2 (MCZ): Saco, 27 June 1940, Wm. Nutting, 1 2 (MCZ). MASSACHUSETTS: Andover, June 1869, 1 6 (USNM); Beverly, 20 June 1868, 1 2 (USNM):; Sherborn, 12 June 1915, C. A. Frost, 1 2 (USNM); Framingham, June, C. W. Johnson, | 2 (MCZ); Wellesley, A. P. Morse, 1 2 (MCZ). MICHIGAN: Wexford County, 11 June 1949, R. R. Dreisbach, 2 2 (MCZ, USNM). NEW YORK: Fort Montgomery, 17-19 June 1919, F. M. Schoot, 2 d (MCZ, USNM), 24 June 1917, F. M. Schott, 2 2 (MCZ, USNM); Keene Valley, 7 July 1917, H. Notman, 1 ¢d (USNM); Lake Cham- plain, Corlear Bay, July 1939, R. C. Shannon, 1 2 (USNM). NEW JERSEY: Middlesex County, 11 June, C. W. Johnson, 1 ¢ (MCZ): Morriston, 24 June 1926, 1 d (USNM); Ramsey, 12-13 June 1916, J. Bequaert, 3 6 (MCZ, USNM); Westville, 10 September 1911, A. L. Melander, 1 2 (USNM); ‘‘Gt. Piece Mdw.,”’ 30 May 1919, J. Bequaert, 1 6 (USNM). NEW HAMP- SHIRE: Noxon Camp, 2000 ft, 5 July 1931, J. M. Aldrich, 1 2 (USNM). NORTH CAROLINA: Jackson County, 9 miles southeast of Cashiers, 24 May 1977, D. W. Webb, 3 3 (Maier & INHS). PENNSYLVANIA: Lan- caster County, .6 miles southwest of Blainsport, 22 June 1978, C. Shiffer, VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 735 1 ¢ (Shiffer Collection), 21 June 1978, C. Shiffer, 1 2 (Shiffer Collection). WEST VIRGINIA: Pocahontas County, Rt. 28, circa 10 miles south of Frost, 9 June 1979, A. G. Wheeler, Jr., 1 ¢6 1 2 (USNM). Microdon abstrusus Thompson, NEw SPECIES Fig. 36 FUsICTUS Oleoneenc, 19557 9 descr. (I. P)). Adult male.—Head: Brownish black, pale yellow-haired; face shiny ex- cept narrowly pale pollinose laterally, broad, ’% of head width at its broad- est; cheek pale pollinose; front and vertex shiny, about 4 head width at its narrowest; ocellar triangle broad, ratio of longitudinal axis (fron anterior ocellus to base) to latitudinal axis (between posterior ocelli) about 0.4; eye bare; occiput pale pollinose. Antenna black haired; 3rd antennal segment blunt apically; ratio—2.5:1.0:2.8. Thorax: Brownish black, with slight greenish-blue iridescence, pale yel- low-haired, extensively shiny; propleuron pollinose, haired above front coxa; sternopleuron with anteroventral hair patch; scutellum convex api- cally, without spines; squama and halter pale yellow. Wing: Hyaline, mi- crotrichose; epaulet black-haired; basicosta yellow-haired. Legs: Brownish black except orange ventrally on femora and tibiae, pale yellow-haired. Abdomen: Brownish black, with slight greenish blue iridescence, pale yellow-haired except black-haired narrowly basomedially on 3rd and 4th terga. Female.—Same as male except for normal sexual dimorphism. Larva and puparium described by Greene (1955: 9 as ruficrus). The specific name, abstrusus, is from the Latin meaning hiddened. Ant host.—Formica exsectoides Forel. Material examined.—Holotype ¢ and associated puparium, MARY- LAND, Prince Georges County, Beltsville, 19 May 1979, R. M. Duffield and F. C. Thompson, from Formica exsectoides colony, deposited in U.S. National Museum. Paratypes: 19 3d, 10 2, 9 puparia, all from same locality, but some collected 15 April 1978 and May 1980 (USNM). PENNSYLVA- NIA, Centre County, Colyer Lake, Potter Turnpike, 25 May 1977, F. D. Fee, 2 d (Fee coll.). WEST VIRGINIA, Hardy County, 2 miles northwest of Mathias, 25 April 1980, R. D. Gordon, 3 larvae (USNM). Microdon adventitius Thompson, NEW SPECIES Figs. 4, 15 Adult male.—Head: Face orange, yellow haired, with sides slightly con- vergent dorsally, medially convex, dorsolaterally depressed; cheek brown, yellow-haired; front broad, about “4 head width, parallel-sided, orange ex- cept brownish ventrolaterally, yellow-haired; vertex yellow, yellow-haired; 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 5-6. Heads, lateral view. 5, Microdon globosus. 6, M. tristis. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 / ocellar triangle small, equilateral, yellow except ocelli bordered with black; occiput brown on ventral %, yellow dorsally, yellow-haired; eye brown, bare. Antenna brownish orange on first 2 segments, brownish black on 3rd, arista yellow; 3rd segment curved, with small sensory pit on base near aristal insertion; antennal ratio—4:1:13; arista long, about 74 as long as 3rd seg- ment, somewhat thick, about 4% as thick as basal width of 3rd segment. Thorax: Humerus orange, yellow-haired; propleuron bare; mesonotum brownish black except orange laterally, yellow-haired; scutellum orange, convex apically, without spines, yellow-haired; pleuron orange except dark- er brown on pectus, yellow-haired; sternopleuron without anterior hair patch. Wing: Brownish except darker brown anterior margin and apical crossveins, microtrichose except bare on base of 2nd basal cell and medially on alula. Legs: Orange except femoral scars brownish black dorsally, yel- low-haired. Abdomen: Brownish orange, generally yellow-haired, black haired nar- rowly and subapically on 2nd, on basal *% of 3rd, and basal 2 of 4th terga, intermixed on 4th sternum; Ist sternum well developed. Female.—Same as male except for normal sexual dimorphism. Microdon adventitius is similar to and the sister-species of the species pair, remotus Knab (Cuba) and fuscipennis Williston (SE USA). These species are the sister group to the globosus complex (abditus Thompson + (globosus Fabricius + marmoratus Bigot)). The partially bare alula and the longer and less thickened arista separate adventitius from its immediate sisters, and the greatly elongate third antennal segment separates it from all its relatives. The specific name, adventitius, is from the Latin meaning extraordinary. Material examined.—Holotype ¢ and paratype 6, GEORGIA, Clarke County, Athens, 4 May 1976, J. F. MacDonald, deposited in U.S. National Museum. Paratypes: Georgia, Clarke County, Athens, R. Duffield, 1 d, 2 2? (USNM); Clarke County, Whitehall Forest, 8-11 March 1979, H. D. Pratt; 1 ¢ (Pratt: Coll.). Microdon albicomatus Novak Microdon albicomatus Novak in Novak et al., 1977: 664 ¢ 2 P* Idaho, Latah Co., 7 miles northeast of Harvard (HT ¢ WSU)’. ? The format used for each specific name is: Name Author Date: Page of original description Stage(s) described Type-locality (Kind of Type Stage of Type Location of Type). Author Date: Page of subsequent reference(s) (notes on contents of reference). Abbreviation used in the synonymy are (except for those used for the location of the type are given in the acknowl- edgements): A = Adult or Adult structures; E = Egg: HT = Holotype; IS = Immature Stages; L = Larva; LT = Lectotype; MG = Male genitalia; P = Puparium; ST = Syntypes; T = Type(s); and * = illustrated or examined. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Vicrodon albicomatus was described from Idaho, but it is wide-ranging. | have seen specimens from northernmost Yukon south to Washington and Idaho, and east to New Brunswick. Microdon albicomatus and ocellaris adults are very similar. They differ as follows: albicomatus usually has some black hair on the femora, whereas in ocellaris it is entirely pale-haired; albicomatus has only a few hairs on the propleuron, whereas ocellaris has numerous hairs there; and al/bicomatus has the 2nd basal cell almost com- pletely microtrichose, whereas in ocellaris it is extensively bare on the posterobasal half. Ant hosts.—Formica obscuripes Forel and F. fusca Linnaeus. New Host Record: OREGON, Tillamook, 26 March 1919, A. C. Burrill, in a log, For- mica fusca Linnaeus, 3 larvae (USNM). Material examined.—55. Canada: Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Northwest Territories, Quebec, Saskatchewan, Yukon. U.S.A.: Colorado, Idaho, New Hampshire, Oregon, Washington, Wyo- ming. Microdon aurulentus (Fabricius) Mulio aurulentus Fabricius, 1805: 185 ? ‘‘Carolina’’ (LT 2° MNHN here design.). Macquart, 1842: 72 (12) (redescr. based on type); Curran, 1925: 80\GAt nedescr:; Penns!'V at): Fabricius described aurulentus from material in the Bosc Collection. Macquart later redescribed this material. The material now consists of a single female (#1139) in box 34 of the Macquart Collection and is labeled ‘“M. aurulentus/ n in Carolina Bosc,’ “‘No. 1082/ Aphritis/ aurulentus.”’ This specimen is undoubtedly a syntype and probably the holotype, but I do not accept the assumption of holotype status for single remaining original specimens (for discussion of this point see Crosskey, 1974: 272 (pro) and Vane-Wright, 1975: 26-28 (con)). Thus, I have designated this single female as LECTOTYPE and have so labeled it. Material examined.—8. U.S.A.: Alabama, Georgia, Virginia. Microdon cothurnatus Bigot Figs. 24, 32 Microdon cothurnatum Bigot, 1883: 320 3 ‘‘Amer. septent. (Washingt. Ter- rit.)’’ (HT ¢ BMNH). Johnson, 1916: 75 (diff. tristis Loew, distr. recs.); Knab, 1917: 134 (descr. note (A, L), distr. recs.); Cockerell, 1917: 15 (Colo., descr. note (P)); Curran, 1925: 65 (redescr., recognized 2 forms and | var.); Greene, 1955: 13 (descr. L*, P*). Microdon tristis var. cockerelli Jones, 1922: 17 6 2 P Colorado, Boulder (STs d P USNM). Cockerell and Andrews, 1916: 55 (Colo., descr. 3 @ ee VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 Figs. 7-8. Heads, lateral view. 7, Microdon fuscipennis. 8, M. manitobensis. 739 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON P): Novak et al., 1977: 664 (descr. A P*; Idaho). Syn. Curran, 1925: 65. NEw STATUS. | have examined the holotype of cothurnatus Bigot and the syntypes of cockerelli Jones and find them to represent the same species. All authors until Novak et al. (1977) correctly interpreted the name cothurnatus; but the limits of their concept were varied, and some described forms or races of the species. In the most recent of these treatments, Curran (1925: 65-67) divided cothurnatus into a western form called ‘‘typical,’’ an eastern form, and a variety (similis Jones). This led Novak to apply incorrectly the name cothurnatus to Curran’s western form, which is here called xanthopilis Townsend, and to use the subspecific name cockerelli for the true cothur- natus Bigot. Ant hosts.—Camponotus spp. and Formica spp. New Host Records: MASSACHUSETTS, Bedford, 15 May 1926, P. J. Darlington, under bark of pine stump, Camponotus novaeboracensis (Fitch), | pupartum (USNM). NEW HAMPSHIRE, Coos County, Pittsburg, Connecticut Lakes, Rt. 3, 19 June 1973, B. J. & F. C. Thompson, Formica subnuda Emery, 30 2 6 puparia (USNM); Coos County, Carroll, 28 June 1977, J. F. Burger & W. J. Morse, Camponotus pennsylvanicus (DeGeer) colony in a decomposing log, 10 d6 2 puparia (USNM, UNH). Material examined.—168. Canada: Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Quebec, Saskatch- ewan. U.S.A.: Colorado, Connecticut, Idaho, Maine, Massachusetts, Mich- igan, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin. Microdon craigheadii Walton Fig. 9 Microdon craigheadii Walton, 1912: 463 3 @ Pennsylvania, Carlisle Junc- tion (HT ¢ USNM). Curran, 1925: 83 (A* MG* descr.). Material examined.—25. U.S.A.: Georgia, Maryland, New Jersey, Penn- sylvania, Tennessee, Texas, West Virginia. Microdon diversipilosus Curran Microdon diversipilosus Curran, 1925: 76 6 Kansas, Clark County, 1962 ft (HT 3 UKaL). Wirth et al. (1965: 598) list diversipilosus Curran from a number of states in addition to the type-locality. I have not verified these additional records because the type is the only specimen I have seen. The genitalia of the type are missing. Material examined.—1. U.S.A.: Kansas. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 741 Figs. 9-10. Heads, lateral view. 9, Microdon craigheadii. 10, M. laetus. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Microdon fuscipennis (Macquart) Bigssi75s2) Ceratophya fuscipennis Macquart, 1834: 488 ? Pennsylvania, Philadelphia (T ? UMO).; Curran, 19252°77.(A* dese): Microdon agapenor Walker, 1849: 539 2 Georgia (STs 2 BMNH). Microdon pachystylum Williston, 1887: 8 ¢ Georgia (HT 3 USNM). Syn. Currany 1925277; The biology of this species is covered in detail by Duffield (1981). Ant hosts.—/ridomyrmex pruinosus (Roger). Material examined.—123. U.S.A.: Alabama, Georgia, Florida, Kansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, New Mexico, North Carolina, South Carolina, Texas. Microdon globosus (Fabricius) Figs. 5, 34 Mulio globosus Fabricius, 1805: 185 ? ‘‘Carolina.’”’ (LT 2° MNHN here design.). Macquart, 1842: 73 (13) (A*, redescr. of type); Greene, 1955: 5 (descr: 1e*): Dimeraspis podagra Newman, 1838: 373 ? Illinois, Wanborough (HT ¢ BMNH). Syn. Walker, 1849: 540. Microdon albipilis Curran, 1925: 54 ¢* Manitoba (HT ¢ CNC). N. Syn. Microdon conflictus Curran, 1925: 58 A* MG* Virginia, Great Falls (HT 3 CNC). Johnson, 1927: 45 (note on type). N. Syn. Microdon pseudoglobosus Curran, 1925: 57 A* ¢ MG* New Jersey, Lucas- ton (HT 6 UKaL). Johnson, 1927: 45 (note on type). N. Syn. Microdon hutchingsi Curran, 1927: 89 2 Quebec, Aylmer, Queens Park (HT 2 CN@)ZNa Syn. fuscipennis of: Williston, 1887: 4 (descr.), and various earlier authors. I, like Williston (1887), recognize only two species of globose Microdon species, abditus Thompson and globosus Fabricius. The species globosus may represent a complex. The antennal ratio and the size of the male hind tarsus vary geographically. The names globosus, podagra, conflictus and pseudoglobosus clearly apply to the southeastern populations, in which the third antennal segment is subequal to the Ist and the hindbasitarsis of the male is greatly swollen. Northward and westward, the third antennal seg- ment becomes longer and the male hindbasitarsis less swollen. The names albipilis and hutchingsi apply to these populations. Microdon marmoratus Bigot is also part of the globosus complex. I am not certain that my inter- pretation is correct; but I leave it as it is because a colleague has expressed an interest in revising this complex. The name of this species has been greatly confused, because no author VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 743 since Macquart (1842) has checked the types. Curran (1925) attempted to settle the confusion, which he stated was due “‘chiefly to carelessness.” Unfortunately he fixed the name globosus to the wrong species. Fabricius described globosus from material in the Bosc Collection. Macquart (1842) redescribed this material. Williston (1887) recognized two “‘globose”’ Mi- crodon species, one of which he called fuscipennis Macquart and the other eglobosus Fabricius. Snow (1895: 249 and Snow in Aldrich, 1905: 346) ap- parently believed (teste Curran, 1925: 54) that Williston inverted the names of these two species and, therefore, corrected that error. Curran (1925) correctly removed the name fuscipennis, a synonym of pachystylum Wil- liston, from the confusion. Curran, then, accepted Williston’s interpretation of globosus and described pseudoglobosus and conflictus for *‘fuscipennis”™ of Williston. The material on which Macquart based his redescription is still present in his collection (#1138, box 34) and has been re-examined. Although nei- ther specimen has a ‘‘Bosc’”’ label, I accepted them as Bosc material because Macquart identified them as such. Both, therefore, could be considered syntypes, but I believe only one is. One is a specimen of fuscipennis Mac- quart, and the other is globosus Fabricius. Macquart in his redescription differentiated between these specimens on the basis of the shape of the abdomen, one he described as ‘‘presque disciforme’’ and the other as ‘‘ovalaire.’’ I consider that the Fabrician description of the abdomen as ‘‘magis globosum”’ applies only to the globosus specimen, which I here designate as lectotype to eliminate any further confusion. The type of Dimeraspis podagra Newman is in the British Museum (Nat- ural History) and is the same as globosus as was noted by Walker (1849). Austen has labeled this specimen with a query, but I see no reason for not accepting it as the type because it does agree with the original description. Ant hosts.—Tapinoma sessile (Say). New Host Records: GEORGIA, Union County, Hightower Gap, 7 May 1977, R. M. Duffield, Tapinoma sessile (Say), larvae, puparia, 5 ¢d 4 2 (USNM). Material examined.—188. Canada: Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Ontario, Quebec, Saskatchewan. U.S.A.: Colorado, Con- necticut, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Kansas, Illinois, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Penn- sylvania, South Carolina, Texas, West Virginia, Wisconsin, Vermont, Vir- ginia. Microdon laetoides Curran Fig. | Microdon laetoides Curran, 1935: 3 2 Arizona, Globe (HT 2 AMNH). Material examined.—2. U.S.A.: Arizona. NTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON EB S OF THE 1C PROCEEDI us. , M. abd 4 fa inter. 11, Microdon pa ral view. c ids, lat « 11-12. He 7igs. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 745 Microdon laetus Loew Fig. 10 Microdon laetus Loew, 1864: 74 3 2 Cuba (STs lost MCZ). Microdon scitulus Williston, 1887: 10 ¢ Florida (HT 6 USNM). Curran, 1925: 84 (descr.). Syn. Wirth et al., 1965: 598. In my review of the West Indian syrphid fauna (Thompson, 1981), I ques- tioned the synonymy of /aetus with scitulus. | have now re-examined the mainland populations (scitu/us) and feel that the synonymy is reasonable. Material examined.—67. U.S.A.: Alabama, Florida, Kansas, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, Missouri. Cuba, Jamaica. Microdon lanceolatus Adams Figs. 2, 14 Microdon lanceolatus Adams, 1903: 222 ¢ Kansas, Clark County, Engle- wood (HT ¢ UKaL). Curran, 1925: 70 (A* descr.); Greene, 1955: 4 (descr. Pay Microdon coloradensis Cockerell and Andrews, 1916: 53 3* Colorado, Boulder, foot of Flagstaff Hill (HT ¢ USNM). Cockerell, 1917: 15 (Colo., descr. notes (A, P)); Knab, 1917: 138 (N. Mex., descr. note); Jones, 1922: 17, 44 (Colo.). Syn. Curran, 1925: 60. Microdon modestus Knab, 1917: 139 3d 2 Nevada, Elko (HT ¢ USNM). Curran, 1925: 67 (eit) Ne Sy Microdon senilis Knab, 1917: 139 2 California, Claremont (HT 2 USNM). Curran, 1925: 627(eit.)..N. Syn. Microdon similis Jones, 1917: 219 2° Colorado, Poudre Canon (LT 2 USNM here design.). Jones, 1922: 17, 41, 44 (A*, Colo.); Knab, 1917: 135 (?=cothurnatus Bigot); Curran, 1925: 67 (descr. as var. of cothurnatus Bigot). N. SYN. The hair color is variable in /anceolatus, ranging from entirely yellow through yellow and black to entirely black. I have seen six different color morphs: All black hair (modestus allotype); all black hair except yellow and black hair on face (senilis holotype), yellow hair on head and thorax and yellow and black hair on abdomen (/anceolatus holotype); yellow hair on head and thorax and black hair on abdomen (similis lectotype); black hair on head, yellow hair on thorax, and yellow and black hair on abdomen (modestus holotype); and yellow and black hair on head, yellow hair on thorax, and yellow and black hair on abdomen (unnamed). These morphs are not discrete; intermediate forms with various amounts of yellow and black hair exist. No geographical, altitudinal or clinal pattern is apparent in the hair color variation. All these morphs are readily recognized as /anceo- latus by the very short and conical third antennal segment. 746 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Vlicrodon similis Jones was described from two females. Both syntypes were found in his collection, and the one bearing his determination label is here designated as lectotype and is so labeled. Both syntypes are specimens of lanceolatus Adams, the typical color morph. Ant host.—Formica argentea Wheeler. Material examined.—22. Canada: Alberta, British Columbia. U.S.A.: Cal- ifornia, Colorado, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah, Washington, Wyoming. Microdon manitobensis Curran Figs..8, 13, 31 Microdon manitobensis Curran, 1924: 227 6 2 Saskatchewan, ‘‘Elmboro’’ (LT 3 CNC here design.). Johnson, 1927: 45 (note on types); Curran, 1925: 62 (A* descr.); Greene, 1955: 4 (descr. L* P); Novak et al., 1977: 663 (key ref. (A, P*)). Curran did not clearly designate a holotype for manitobensis, but he did label a specimen as holotype. This specimen is now in the Canadian National Collection and is designated LECTOTYPE. Material examined.—79. Canada: Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Quebec, Saskatchewan. U.S.A.: Colorado, Maine, New Hampshire, New Mexico, New York, Washington. Microdon marmoratus Bigot Fig. 3 Microdon marmoratum Bigot, 1883: 320 3 2 California (STs UMO). Cur- ran, 1925: 56 (A* deser.); Greene, 1955: 5.(descr. E* P). Microdon marmoratus is very closely related to the northwestern popu- lations of globosus (q.v.). | doubt the specific status of marmoratus and consider it only a distinctive population of globosus. The characters given in the key are those from Curran (1925: 49) and a colleague, but I find that they do not consistently separate globosus (in sense of the non-Californian populations) from marmoratus (the Californian populations). Gary Coovert of Dayton Museum of Natural History, Ohio, has expressed an interest in resolving this complex, so the problem is left as is. Material examined.—39. U.S.A.: California, Oregon. Microdon megalogaster Snow Figs. 20; 263/332 38 Microdon megalogaster Snow, 1892: 34 3* Illinois (Snow, 1895: 249, Hunt- er, 1897: 123) (HT 6 UKaL). Jones, 1922:17, 44 (Colo.); Greene, 1923b: 140 (descr. L, P*; Va.), 1955: 12 (descr. L, P*); Curran, 1925: 60 (descr.). Microdon bombiformis Townsend, 1895a: 33 9 Virginia, Dixie Landing (near Washington, D.C.) (HT 2 UKaL). Syn. Hunter, 1897: 123. | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 747 16 | Figs. 13-16. Scutella, dorsal view. 13, Microdon manitobensis. 14, M. lanceolatus. 15, M. | adventitius. 16, M. xanthopilis. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Ant hosts.—Formica subsericea Say and F. fusca Linnaeus. New Host Records: GEORGIA, Union County, Hightower Gap, 7 May 1977, R. M. Duffield & D. Freeman, Formica subsericea Say, larvae, puparia (USNM). Material examined.—79. Canada: Ontario, Quebec. U.S.A.: Connecticut, District of Columbia, Georgia, Illinois, Maryland, Massachusetts, Minne- sota, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Virginia. Microdon newcomeri Mann Microdon newcomeri Mann 1924: 94 3 California, Portola (HT ¢ USNM). Material examined.—3. U.S.A.: California. Microdon ocellaris Curran Figs. 18522 Microdon ocellaris Curran, 1924: 227 2 Pennsylvania, Linglestown (LT 2 USNM) (Curran, 1925: 82). Johnson, 1927: 45 (note on type); Curran, 1925: 82 (descr., type design., distr.). Ant host.—Formica schaufussi Mayr. New Ant Host Record: MASSA- CHUSETTS, Blue Hill, 6 May 1911, Formica schaufussi Mayr, 2 puparia (USNM). Material examined.—39. U.S.A.: Alabama, Colorado, Connecticut, Geor- gia, Michigan, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Tennessee. Microdon piperi Knab Microdon piperi Knab, 1917: 136 ¢ 2 Washington, Seattle (HT 6d and associated puparium USNM). Curran, 1925: 78 (A* descr.); Greene 1955: 15 (deser. (L*;P*)); Novak et als, 1977: 663" (keyanet..(A. P*)): Ant host.—Camponotus species. New Ant Host Records: BRITISH CO- LUMBIA, Lavington, 8 May 1953, J. Grant, Camponotus sp., 4 3 2 pu- paria (USNM, CNC). WASHINGTON, Columbia County, 23 March 1939 & 26 May 1941, S. H. Lyman, Camponotus herculeanus (Linnaeus), 10 3 2 puparia (USNM). Material examined.—112. Canada: Alberta, British Columbia. U.S.A.: California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Oregon, Washington, Wyoming. Microdon ruficrus Williston Figs. 17,37, 39 Microdon tristis var. ruficrus Williston, 1887: 7 ¢ Connecticut (HT 3 USNM). Knab, 1917: 135 (elevated to sp. status, descr., distr.); Curran, 1925: 68 (A* descr.). Microdon basicornis Curran, 1925: 79 $* New Brunswick, ‘‘Barber D.”’ (HEI Gren) ANY SYN: VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 Figs. 17-20. Scutella, dorsal view. 17, Microdon ruficrus. 18, M. ocellaris. 19, M 20, M. megalogaster. 749 . tristis. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Vicrodon champlaini Curran, 1925: 71 A* ¢ 2 Pennsylvania, Linglestown (HT ¢ USNM). Greene, 1955: 10 (descr. (L*, P*)). N. SYn. Curran (1925) separated ruficrus, basicornis, and champlaini on the basis of slight differences in the size and condition of the scutellar spines, the color of antennae, and the color of hair of the front. I consider these dif- ferences trivial. I have seen reared specimens that vary in these characters but are associated with identical puparia. Ant host.—Lasius spp. New Host Records: GEORGIA, Union County, Hightower Gap, 11 April 1976, R. M. Duffield, Lasius sp., 1 d puparium (USNM). ONTARIO, Ottawa, 14 December 1953, E. C. Becker, Lasius alienus (Foerster), eggs, larvae, puparia, d 2 (CNC). Material examined.—106. Canada: New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Ontar- io, Quebec. U.S.A.: Connecticut, District of Columbia, Georgia, Illinois, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Virginia, Wisconsin. Microdon rufipes (Macquart) Aphritis rufipes Macquart, 1842: 71 (11) 2 Pennsylvania, Philadelphia (T 2 UMO?). Knab, 1917: 140 (distr. recs., syn.); Curran, 1925: 50 (transl. orig. descr.). Microdon limbus Williston, 1887: 8 2 Florida (HT 2 USNM). Syn. Knab, 1917: 140. Ant host.—Pheidole dentata Mayr. New Host Records: GEORGIA, Laura Walker State Park, 6 June 1976, R. M. Duffield, Pheidole dentata Mayr, | 2 puparium (USNM). Material examined.—31. U.S.A.: Florida, Georgia, Maryland, Texas, Virginia. Microdon scutifer Knab Microdon scutifer Knab, 1917: 141 ¢ Texas, Willis (HT ¢ USNM). Curran 1925: 75 (descr.). Material examined.—4. U.S.A.: Alabama, Texas. Microdon tristis Loew Figs. 6, 19 Microdon tristis Loew, 1864: 73 2 Virginia (T 9 MCZ lost). Wheeler, 1908: 204 (L* biol.); Johnson, 1916: 75 (diff. cothurnatus Bigot, distr. recs.); Knab, 1917: 135 (descr., distr. recs.); Jones, 1922: 17, 44 (A*, Colo.): Curran, 1925: 72 (A* descr., distr. rec.); Greene, 1955: 14 (L* P* descr. (Ee P))s Microdon robusta Telford, 1939: 14 A* L* Minnesota, Ramsey Co., Battle Creek Park (HT 2 UMSP). Greene, 1955: 11 (L* P* descr., distr. recs.). N. Syn. t VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 751 The holotype of robusta is a specimen of tristis. Telford (1939) said his species was “‘very similar to fristis’’ but was ‘‘distinguished from it by the evenly rounded scutellum, rugose notum, and somewhat darker legs.”’ Tel- ford described robusta from two reared females, which are in teneral con- dition. The shape of the scutellum is greatly distorted, having not been inflated, but spines are distinctly present. The rugose condition of the notum is also due to the teneral condition of the types, and the leg color is well within the range of tristis. Telford’s statement that ‘‘The larvae of the two are also decidedly distinct’’ is peculiar, because the larva of tristis was not known at that time. When requesting the loan of the robusta types, I was told that the immature material was now lost. Ant host.—Camponotus pennsylvanicus (DeGeer) and C. novaeboracen- sis (Fitch). New Ant Host Record: CONNECTICUT, Middlesex County, 3.5 miles east of Killingworth, 4 June 1978, C. T. Maier, Camponotus no- vaeboracensis (Fitch), 1 puparium. Material examined.—148. Canada: British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Quebec. U.S.A.: Connecticut, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, New Hampshire, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont. Microdon viridis Townsend _ Microdon viridis Townsend, 1895b: 610 2 Mexico, Baja California, San Jose del Cabo (HT *2, CAS). Curran, 1925: 83 (key rete, cit. .disir. note). The holotype of viridis was destroyed in the 1906 San Francisco earth- quake (Arnaud, 1979: 9). The original description indicates that viridis is similar to /aetus and laetoides but can be distinguished from them by the ‘“decidedly incrassate’’ hindbasitarsis. This species should be deleted from the fauna of America north of Mexico. I have seen no material that agrees with the original description. The eastern records of this species undoubt- edly refer to either /aetus or craigheadii, and the West Coast records may refer to laetoides. Microdon xanthopilis Townsend Fig. 16 Microdon xanthopilis Townsend, 1859b: 611 ¢ 2 California (LT ¢ UKaL here designated). Curran, 1925: 64 (key ref., descr. based on syntype). cothurnatus of Akre et al., 1973: 327 (E* L* P* A* biol., behavior); Novak etal., 1977: 6604 (P* keyorena: Microdon xanthopilis was described from two specimens. One was re- turned to the California Academy of Sciences and was destroyed in the 1906 earthquake (Arnaud, 1979: 9). The other was retained by Townsend and was later sold to the Snow Entomological Museum. This latter specimen was redescribed by Curran, is here designated lectotype, and has been so S OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON J PROCEEDINC with dorsal view of arista. 22-24, Puparia, dorsal 1, Antenna, lateral view 4 21-24. view. 21, Microdon fuscipennis. igs. 24, M. cothurnatus. 23, M. abditus. ocellaris. M. 9/6) —— —————— VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 753 labeled. The lectotype is the species called cothurnatus by Akre et al. (1973). Material examined.—37. Canada: Alberta, British Columbia. U.S.A.: Cal- ifornia, Montana, Washington. Subgenus Chymophila Macquart Chymophila Macquart, 1834: 485. Type-species, splendens Macquart (mono.) Microdon subg. Eumicrodon Curran, 1925: 50. Type-species, Microdon ful- gens Wiedemann (Orig. design. (p. 46)). Microdon fulgens Wiedemann Figs. 27, 29, 40 Microdon fulgens Wiedemann, 1830: 82 2 “‘Neugeorgien’’ (T 2 ZMHu) Knab, 1917: 140 (descr. notes, distr. recs.); Curran, 1925: 50 A* (descr., distr. recs.). Chymophila splendens Macquart, 1834: 486 ? Pennsylvania, Philadelphia (HT ? UMO). Ant hosts.—Camponotus abdominalis (Fabricius); Formica schaufusi Mayr and Polyergus lucidus Mayr. New Host Records. FLORIDA, Pine Key, February 1976, R. M. Duffield, Camponotus abdominalis (Fabricius); Dade County, Everglades National Park, 28 March 1978, R. M. Duffield, C. abdominalis (Fabricius), 1 2 puparium (USNM). GEORGIA, Clarke County, Athens, August 1975, R. M. Duffield, Formica schaufusi Mayr and Polyergus lucidus Mayr, 2 larvae, 2 puparia (USNM). Material examined.—33. U.S.A.: Arkansas, Florida, Georgia. Subgenus Omegasyrphus Giglio-Tos Omegasyrphus Giglio-Tos, 1891: 4. Type-species, Microdon coarctatus Loew (sub. mon., Giglio-Tos, 1892: 3). Currently four species of the subgenus Omegasyrphus are recognized. The differences between these species, given by Curran (1925: 50), are ac- cepted here. However, I have not found them satisfactory nor do I under- stand the species limits in this subgenus. I would recognize only two species: pallipennis Curran of limited range and variation; and coarctatus Loew of wide range and variation, including all other names. Because Coovert has expressed an interest in revising Microdon, I leave this problem unresolved. Microdon baliopterus Loew Fig. 41 Microdon baliopterus Loew, 1872: 86 ¢ 2 Texas (STs d 2 MCZ lost). Curran, 1925: 87 (A* MG* descr., distr. recs.); van Pelt & van Pelt, 1972: O77 (biel... deser- (iS), Tex.) PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Ant host.—Monomorium minimum (Buckley). Material examined.—40. U.S.A.: Arizona, California, Colorado, Georgia, Kansas, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, South Dakota, Texas, Utah, Wyoming. Microdon coarctatus Loew Figs. 28, 30, 35 Microdon coarctatus Loew, 1864: 74 3 & District of Columbia (ST d @ MCZ lost). Greene, 1923a: 82 (L* descr. (L P), host rec., Va & Tex.), 1955: 6 (L* P* descr. (L P), host rec., Va., Tex:); Curran; 19257 86\A*, descr., La.). Ant host.—Monomorium minimum (Buckley), Aphaenogaster fulva (Roger). Material examined.—10. U.S.A.: Louisiana, Montana, North Carolina, Texas, Virginia. Microdon painteri Hull Fig. 11 Microdon painteri Hull, 1922: 370 3 2 Mississippi, Greenville (HT ¢ CNC). Curran, 1925: 88 (A* MG* descr.). Ant host.—Monomorium minimum (Buckley). New Host Records: GEORGIA, Clarke County, Bogart, 26 July & 12 August 1972, A. Lavallee, Monomorium minimum (Buckley), 9 6 (USNM). Material examined.—11. U.S.A.: Arkansas, Georgia, North Carolina. Microdon pallipennis Curran Microdon pallipennis Curran, 1925: 89 A* MG* Colorado, Garden of the Gods and Texas, Austin (STs ¢ 2? UKalL). Material examined.—S. U.S.A.: Texas. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, San Fran- cisco (CAS); John F. Burger, University of New Hampshire, Durham > Figs. 25-41. 25-28, Puparia, dorsal view. 29-34, Hind spiracular processes; c = caudal view; d = dorsal view; | = lateral view. 35, Abdominal process, dorsal view. 36-39, Marginal fringe, dorsal view except 37 is lateral view. 40-41, Abdomens, dorsal view. 25, Microdon rufipes. 26, 33, 38, M. megalogaster. 27, 29, 40, M. fulgens. 28, 30, 35, M. coarctatus. 31, M. manitobensis. 32, M. cothurnatus. 34, M. globosus. 36, M. abstrusus. 37, 39, M. ruficrus. 41, M. baliopterus. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 755 f PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON (UNH); George W. Byers, Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence (UKaL), Frank D. Fee, State College, Pennsylvania (Personal Collection); Loic Matile, Muséum National d’ Histoire Naturelle, Paris (MNHN); Philip J. Clausen, University of Minnesota, St. Paul (UMSP): Howard E. Evans, Colorado State University, Fort Collins (CSUFC); J. W. Ismay, Hope Department of Entomology, Oxford Univer- sity (UMO):; K. G. V. Smith, British Museum (Natural History), London (BMNH):; Margaret K. Thayer, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge (MCZ); Roger D. Akre, Washington State Univer- sity, Pullman (WSU); G. P. Waldbauer, University of Illinois, Urbana (Per- sonal Collection); Chris T. Maier, Connecticut Agricultural Experimental Station, New Haven (Personal Collection); Harry D. Pratt, Atlanta, Georgia (Personal Collection); H. Schumann, Zoologisches Museum, Museum fir Naturkunde, Humboldt-Universitat, Berlin (ZMHu); Clark N. Shiffer, State College, Pennsylvania (Personal Collection); Donald Webb, Illinois State Natural History Survey Division, Champaign (INHS); Pedro Wygodzinsky, American Museum of Natural History, New York (AMNH); J. R. Vock- eroth, Agricultural Canada, Ottawa (CNC), for the permission to study and/ or the loan of material in their care. I also thank D. R. Whitehead, Raymond Gagné, and Paul Marsh of the Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Washington, D.C.; Wayne N. Mathis of the Smithsonian Institution (USNM), Washington, D.C.; and Chris T. Maier, New Haven, for their critical review of this manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Adams, C. F. 1903. (Descriptions of six new species), pp. 221-223. In Snow, F. H., A preliminary list of the Diptera of Kansas. Kans. Univ. Sci. Bull. 2: 211-223. Akre, R. D., G. Alpert, and T. Alpert. 1973. Life cycle and behavior of Microdon cothurnatus in Washington (Diptera: Syrphidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 46: 327-338. Aldrich, J. M. 1905. A catalogue of North American Diptera. Smithson. Misc. Collect. 46(2), 680 pp. Arnaud, P. H., Jr. 1979. A catalog of the types of Diptera in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Myia 1, v + 505 pp. Bigot, J. M. F. 1883. Diptéres nouveaux ou peu connus. 22° partie, XXXII: Syrphidi (2° partie). Especes nouvelles, no. I. Ann. Soc. Entomol. Fr. (6) 3: 315-356. Cockerell, T. D. A. 1917. The fauna of Boulder County, Colorado. III. Class Insecta, Order Diptera. Univ. Colorado Stud. 12: 5-20. Cockerell, T. D. A. and H. Andrews. 1916. Some Diptera (Microdon) from nests of ants. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 51; 53-56. Crosskey, R. W. 1974. The British Tachinidae of Walker and Stephens (Diptera). Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Entomol. 30: 267-308. Curran, C. H. 1924. Brief diagnoses of some Diptera occurring in New England. Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 31: 226-228. ———. 1925. Contribution to a monograph of the American Syrphidae from north of Mexico. Kans. Univ. Sci. Bull. 15: 7-216 (1924). The title page for this article shows the date ‘December, 1924°° and the title page for the whole volume shows the date ‘April 1, — - - =— = = VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 757 1925.’ The copy in the Smithsonian Institution library is dated as received on 4 January 1926. However, I have seen a number of reprints dated in Curran’s own hand as “‘Issued Dec. 1, 1925.’ This is the date I have accepted. . 1927. Descriptions of Nearctic Diptera. Can. Entomol. 59: 79-92. . 1935. New American Diptera. Am. Mus. Novit. 812, 24 pp. Duffield, R. M. 1981. Biology of Microdon fuscipennis (Diptera: Syrphidae), with inter- pretations of the reproductive strategies of Microdon species found north of Mexico. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington 83: 716-724. Fabricius, J. C. 1805. Systema antliatorum secundum ordines, genera, species. 373 + 30 pp. Brunsvigae (=Brunswick). Giglio-Tos, E. 1891. Diagnosi di quattro nuovi generi di Ditteri. Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Univ. Torino 6 (108), 6 pp. ——. 1892. Sui due generi Sirfidi Rhopalosyrphus ed Omegasyrphus. Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Univ. Torino 7 (118), 3 pp. Greene, C. T. 1923a. A contribution to the biology of North American Diptera. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 25: 82-89. 1923b. The larva and pupa of Microdon megalogaster Snow. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 25: 140-141. . 1955. Larvae and pupae of the genera Microdon and Mixogaster (Diptera, Syrphidae). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 81: 1-20. Hull, F. M. 1922. New Syrphidae (Diptera) from Mississippi. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 15: 370-373. Hunter, W. D. 1897. Contribution to the knowledge of North American Syrphidae.—II. Can. Entomol. 29: 121-144, pl. 5. Johnson, C. W. 1916. Some New England Syrphidae. Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 23: 75-80. . 1927. Some remarks on questionable types. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 29: 45—46. Jones, C. R. 1917. New species of Colorado Syrphidae. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 10: 219- Bil 1922. A contribution to our knowledge of the Syrphidae of Colorado. Bull. Agric. Exp. Stn. Colorado Agric. Coll. 269, 72 pp., 8 pls. Knab, F. 1917. On some North American species of Microdon (Diptera: Syrphidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 30: 133-144. Loew, H. 1864. Diptera Americae septentrionalis indigena. Centuria quinta. Berlin. Entomol. Z. 8: 49-104. . 1872. Diptera Americae septentrionalis indigena. Centuria decima. Berlin. Entomol. Z. 16: 49-115. Macquart, J. 1834. Histoire naturelle des Insectes.—Dipteres, Tome premier. Diptera, Vol. 1. 578 pp., 12 pls. In Roret, N. E., ed., Collection des suite a Buffon. Paris. 1842. Dipteres exotiques nouveaux ou peu connus. Mém. Soc. R. Sci. Agric. Arts, Lille 1841: 65-200, 22 pls. Also published separately as his “‘Dipteres exotiques nou- veaux ou peu connus,”’ vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. S—140, 22 pls., Paris 1842. Mann, J. 1924. Myrmecophiles from the Western United States and Lower California. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 17: 87-95. Meigen, J. W. 1803. Versuch einer neuen Gattungseintheilung der europaischen zweifligeligen Insekten. Mag. Insektenkunde 2: 259-281. Newman, E. 1838. Entomological notes. Entomol. Mag. (Lond.) 5: 372-402. Novak, J. A., R. D. Akre, and W. B. Garnett. 1977. Keys to adults and puparia of five species of Microdon (Diptera: Syrphidae) from eastern Washington and northern Idaho, with descriptions of new species. Can. Entomol. 109: 663-668. Pelt, A. F. van and S. A. van Pelt. 1972. Microdon (Diptera: Syrphidae) in nests of Mono- morium (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in Texas. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 65: 977-978, 1 fig. 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Snow, W. A. 1892. Notes and descriptions of Syrphidae. Kans. Univ. Quart. 1: 33-38, pl. 7. ___—. 1895. Supplementary List of North American Syrphidae. Kans. Univ. Quart. 3: 249- 262. lelford, H. S. 1939. The Syrphidae of Minnesota. Univ. Minn. Agric. Exp. Stn. Tech. Bull. 140, 76 pp. Thompson, F. C. 1969. A new genus of microdontine flies (Diptera: Syrphidae) with notes on the placement of the subfamily. Psyche (Camb. Mass.) 76: 74-85, 11 figs. —__—. 1972. A contribution to a generic revision of the Neotropical Milesinae (Diptera: Syrphidae). Arg. Zool. (Sao Paulo) 23: 73-215, 74 figs., 6 diagr., 12 maps. —_———. 1981. The Flower Flies of the West Indies (Diptera: Syrphidae). Mem. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 9, 200 pp. Townsend, C. H. T. 1895a. Contributions to the dipterology of North America—I. Syrphidae. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 22: 33-55. ——. 1895b. Notes on the Diptera of Baja California, including some species from adjacent regions. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (2) 4: 593-620. Vane-Wright, R. I. 1975. The butterflies named by J. F. Gmelin (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera). Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Entomol. 32: 17-64, 6 pls. Walker, F. 1849. List of the specimens of dipterous insects in the collection of the British Museum. Vol. 3, pp. 485-687. London. Walton, W. R. 1912. New North American Diptera. Entomol. News 23: 463-464. Wheeler, W. M. 1908. Studies of myrmecophiles. III. Microdon. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 16: 202-213. Wiedemann, C. R. 1830. Aussereuropaische zweiflligelige Insekten. Vol. 2, xii + 684 pp., 5 pls. Hamm. Williston, S. W. 1887. Synopsis of the North American Syrphidae. Bull. U.S. Natl. Mus. 31, Xxx + 335, 12 pls. (1886). Wirth, W. W., Y. S. Sedman, and H. V. Weems, Jr. 1965. Family Syrphidae, pp. 557-625. In Stone, A. et al. A catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. U.S. Dep. Agric. Agric. Handbk. 276, 1696 pp. | | Ben — PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 759-762 SEXING PHLOEOTRIBUS LIMINARIS ADULTS (COLEOPTERA: SCOLYTIDAE) CHARLES O. REXRODE AND CHARLES R. KRAUSE (COR) U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Northeastern Forest Experiment Station, Delaware, Ohio 43015; (CRK) U.S. Department of Agriculture, Sci. and Educ. Admin., Nursery Crops Research Labora- tory, Delaware, Ohio 43015. Abstract.—Morphological differences on the front of the head and on the propygidium and pygidium can be used to determine the sex of adults of the peach bark beetle, Phloeotribus liminaris (Harris). The propygidium is an excellent diagnostic character, and the differences between sexes are easily distinguished by inexperienced observers. Defects in black cherry, Prunus serotina Ehrh., caused by the peach bark beetle, Phloeotribus liminaris (Harris), are a serious problem because they reduce the quality of cherry. In conducting biological and behavioral studies on this insect, it was essential to distinguish the sexes. However, the char- acters that identify the sexes of this species or of any other species of the genus had not been illustrated. Two morphological characters often used to determine the sex of species of the family Scolytidae are the size and shape of the pygidium (eighth tergum) and the shape of the front of the head along with the presence or absence of hairs. Swaine (1918) and Chamberlin (1939) briefly described the front of the head of P. liminaris under the name Phthorophloeus liminaris (Harris). Bright (1976) also described the front of the head. Our paper de- scribes morphological differences of the propygidium (seventh tergum), py- gidium (eighth tergum), and shape of the front of the head for adult male and female peach bark beetles, P. liminaris (Fig. 1). MATERIALS AND METHODS One hundred adult peach bark beetles were collected at random from infested black cherry, P. serotina, in Pocahontas County, West Virginia. The insects were grouped by sex using Chamberlin’s (1939) description of the front of the head. The propygidium and pygidium were examined for PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 1. Adult peach bark beetle, Phloeotribus liminaris. morphological differences, and the front of the head was reexamined for additional sex characters. A stereoscopic microscope at 50-100 magnification was used to make all determinations. The external morphological sex characters were photo- graphed using a Hitachi S-500! scanning electron microscope at 130 mag- nification. After microscopic examination for sexual differences, the sex of the examined beetles was determined by dissecting the genitalia. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION We found morphological differences that distinguish the sexes on the front of the head and on the propygidium and pygidium (Fig. 2). The front of the head of the male is distinctly concave in the middle above a divided transverse carina as described by Chamberlin (1939). A frontal bump is also present just above the concave area (Fig. 2A). The front of the head of the female is flat to slightly convex (Fig. 2B). The propygidium in the female is about twice as long as that in the male ' The use of trade, firm, or corporation names in this publication is for the information and convenience of the reader. Such use does not constitute an official endorsement or approval by the U.S. Department of Agriculture or the Forest Service of any product or service to the exclusion of others that may be suitable. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 761 2 Fig. 2. Male and female adult peach bark beetle, Phloeotribus liminaris. A, Front of head of d showing frontal hump (1). B, Front of head of 2. C. Abdomen showing propygidium (1) and pygidium (2) of ¢. D, Abdomen showing propygidium (1) and pygidium (2) of 2. Bar = 50 um. and shaped differently (Fig. 2D). The posterior end of the female propygidi- um is rotund and covered with bristles, and the posterior end of the male | propygidium is orbiculate and contains few bristles. | The pygidium in the male is square, contains numerous bristles, and is { PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON more visible than that in the female (Fig. 2C). The pygidium in the female is only .045—-.050 mm long, contains no bristles, and is usually retracted under the propygidium (Fig. 2D). The propygidium in the female appears as the last abdominal tergum and the pygidium in the male is visible and is the last tergum. With practice and use of a stereoscopic microscope at 50x magnification, the sex characters on the front of the head can be used to determine the sex of both living and dead specimens. The characters of the propygidium and pygidium are usually not useful in living insects unless immobilized because the tip of the abdomen is usually concealed beneath the elytra. However, when working with dead specimens and using a stereoscopic microscepe at 50x magnification, the characters of the propygidium and pygidium can be used to determine sex. The seventh tergum of each sex is an excellent diagnostic character that can be accurately, quickly, and easily distinguished by inexperienced observers. ACKNOWLEDGMENT We thank D. M. Anderson, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Washington, D.C. for his help in identifying the specimens. LITERATURE CITED Bright, D. E., Jr. 1976. The insects and arachnids of Canada, Part 2. The bark beetles of Canada and Alaska. Can. Dep. Agric. Publ. 1576, 241 pp. Chamberlin, W. J. 1939. The bark and timber beetles of North America, north of Mexico. Oreg. St. Coll. Coop. Assoc., Corvallis. 513 pp. Swaine, J. M. 1918. Canadian bark beetles. A preliminary classification, with an account of the habits and means of control. Dom. Can. Dep. Agric. Entomol. Branch Tech. Bull. 14(2), 143 pp. SE — —— — - PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 763-771 STUDIES ON THE LEAF-MINING SAWFLIES OF THE TRIBE FENUSINI IN ASIA (HYMENOPTERA: TENTHREDINIDAE) DAviD R. SMITH Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—The following new taxa are proposed in the Fenusini: Ana- fenusa shinoharai, n. sp. from Japan; Birmella taiwanensis, n. sp. from Tai- wan; Metallus nepalensis, n. sp. from Nepal; M. satoi, n. sp. from Korea; and Okutanius lobatus, n. gen., n. sp. from Korea. Each represents new records for the respective genera from each country. Notes on hosts and new localities for other Fenusini are also given. The Fenusini, all leaf miners in the larval stage, are very small, dark- colored, and are not commonly collected. Because of the scarcity of spec- imens, the fauna of Asia is not well known. I examined some specimens from Asia, and present information here on new hosts and records, and describe five new species and one new genus. These data represent additions to my treatment of the world genera of Fenusini (Smith, 1976), and the genera discussed here may be identified by using the key to genera in the same paper. The species from Japan are not treated in full; Togashi (1980) gave a key to genera of Fenusini for Japan, but accumulation of the material available in collections in Japan is necessary for a revision of the Fenusini for that country, and some genera are currently being studied by Japanese workers. Anafenusa Benson Two species have been described; javana (Enslin) from Indonesia (Java) and impropria (Malaise) from Sedanka (near Vladivostok), USSR. The fol- lowing species represents the first record of this genus from Japan; the host is the first recorded for the genus. Anafenusa shinoharai Smith, NEw SPECIES Biss.) 12 Female.—Length, 3.2-3.7 mm. Black with palpi, extreme apex of each femur, all tibiae, and all tarsi white; labrum whitish to brown; abdominal PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON (5 \ 12 | ; 10 Figs. 1-2, Anafenusa shinoharai. 1, Lancet. 2, Sheath. Figs. 3-4, Birmella taiwanensis. 3, Lancet. 4, Sheath. Fig. 5, Metallus nepalensis, lancet. Figs. 6-7. M. satoi. 6, Lancet. We Sheath. Figs. 8-11, Okutanius lobatus. 8, Lancet. 9, Sheath. 10, Tarsal claw. 11, Antenna. Fig. 12, Birmella taiwanensis, male genitalia, capsule, ventral; valve, lateral. Sheaths shown in lateral view on left and dorsal view on right. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 765 terga brownish, paler than black thorax. Wing subhyaline, little darker at base; veins dark brown, stigma paler brown. Antenna 1'4x head width; 9-segmented; Ist and 2nd segments each longer than broad; 3rd segment 14x length of 4th segment; segments 4-9 gradually decreasing in length and each only slightly longer than broad. Clypeus truncate; malar space narrow, less than 2 diameter of an ocellus; postocellar area convex, slightly elevated above surrounding area on head, 14% broader than long; distance between eyes below greater than eye length; no genal carina. Prepectus absent. Tarsal claw simple; hindbasitarsus equal to length of following 3 segments combined; foretarsus equal in length to foretibia. Forewing with radial cell closed; vein 2A + 3A straight; Ist cubital crossvein indicated but faint, therefore wing with 4 cubital cells. Hindwing with radial cell open: anal cell present. Sheath (Fig. 2) slender, rounded at apex in lateral view. Lancet (Fig. 1) with serrulae low, each with 5—6 coarse posterior subbasal teeth. Male.—Unknown. Holotype.—Female, “‘larva coll. Hirao, Nagano, 10-VII-1932, K. Sato,”’ ‘‘bred with Ulmus sp. (leaf miner),’’ “‘Emerg. Yokohama, 30-III-33,”’ ‘*166.°? In the National Science Museum (Natural History), Tokyo. Paratype.—Same data as for holotype (1°). Deposited with holotype. Remarks.—The following separates shinoharai from impropria: Vein M of forewing arcuately curved (nearly straight in impropria); hindtibia and tarsi white (brownish at apices in impropria); subcosta brown, a little paler toward stigma (yellow in impropria); malar space indicated (linear in ism- propria); and sheath broader and more rounded (narrower in impropria). Anafenusa javana has black legs, and 10-segmented antennae, neither of which agree with shinoharai. The species is named for Mr. Akihiko Shinohara, a student of sawflies at the University of Osaka Prefecture. Birmella Malaise The following species represents the first record of Birmella outside of Burma and the first record of a member of the Fenusini from Taiwan. Birmella taiwanensis Smith, NEw SPECIES Bigs: 3.4.12 Female.—Length, 3.3 mm. Black with following pale orange: Ist and 2nd antennal segments; palpi; tegula; basal 4 terga and sterna; and legs except for blackish apical tarsal segments. Wings subhyaline; veins and stigma black. Antennal length 1% head width; 10-segmented; Ist and 2nd seg- ments each longer than broad, cylindrical; 3rd segment 13x length of 4th segment; segments 4—10 gradually decreasing in length; apical 4 segments 766 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON each 1!2 or more longer than broad. Clypeus truncate; malar space linear; postocellar area 1’4= broader than long; supraclypeal furrow deep and sharply separating clypeus and supraclypeal area; distance between eyes below shorter than eye length; no genal carina. Prepectus absent. Tarsal claw simple; foretarsus 12x length of foretibia; hindbasitarsus equal to length of 3 following tarsal segments combined; 4th tarsal segment produced below Sth segment. Basal plates emarginated behind, leaving large mem- branous area. Forewing with radial cell closed; vein 2A + 3A curved up- ward and meeting 1A. Hindwing with radial cell open; anal cell absent. Sheath (Fig. 4) short and rounded in lateral view. Lancet (Fig. 3) with rather deep, pointed serrulae, each with 7-10 fine anterior and 7-10 fine posterior subbasal teeth. Male.—Length, 2.4—2.8 mm. Similar in structure and color to female ex- cept tegula black; basal terga more brownish than orange; and hindtarsus mostly blackish. Genitalia in Fig. 12. Holotype.—Female, “‘Arisan, Taiwan, May 27, 1929, coll. K. Sato,” ‘*Taiwan 57, 393.’ In the National Science Museum (Natural History), To- kyo. Arisan (Alishan in Chinese) is a mountain (ca. 2400 m) in Chiai Pref., west of Mt. Yushan, the highest mountain in Taiwan. Paratypes.—Labeled ‘‘Baibara, Formosa, IV-25-1929, coll. K. Sato” (33). Deposited with holotype. Baibara is north of Puli, Nantou Pref., in central Taiwan. Remarks.—The following key will separate taiwanensis from the two known species of Birmella from Burma: 1. Malar space as long as diameter of an ocellus in female, more than '¥2 as long in male (black with legs and palpi yellowish; clypeus truncate; supraclypealifurnow deep)i-ei....a4h-st. aoe truncata Malaise = Malar space linear (oi. 2 6 a5o. «non eG eee Se ee 2 2. Black with legs and palpi yellow; clypeus with shallow, angular emargination; supraclypeal furrow shallow, indistinct .. genalis Malaise — Black with Ist and 2nd antennal segments, palpi, tegula in female, basal 4 terga and sterna, and legs pale orange; clypeus truncate; supraclypeal furrow deep, distinct ......... taiwanensis, new species Fenusa Leach Fenusa dohrnii (Tischbein).—This species was recorded from Japan by Togashi (1963), Okutani (1967) on Alnus japonica Steud., and Togashi (1972) on Alnus fauriei Key. It is a leaf miner of A/nus throughout the Holarctic Region. I have seen specimens from Hokkaido on Alnus japonica; Yoko- hama, Kanagawa-ken, 10-V-1933, K. Sato; and Shikotan, Kuriles. Fenusa pusilla (Lepeletier)—Records for Japan were given by Togashi | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 767 (1960) on Betula, Inoue (1963) on Betula platyphylla Sukatchev var. japon- ica (Miq.) Hara in Hokkaido with life history notes, Okutani (1967) on Bet- ula platyphylla var. japonica, B. verrucosa Ehrh., and B. populifolia Marsh., and Togashi (1976) on Betula ermanii Cham. This Holarctic species is a serious pest of birch in North America. Fenusa ulmi Sundevall.—I saw one specimen from “‘Sounkyo, Hokkaido, VI-19-1938, coll. K. Sato.’ This is the first record of this elm leaf miner from Japan: it is also found in Europe and is adventive in North America. Messa Leach Messa nana (Klug).—A specimen at Hokkaido University is from Hok- kaido and bears a host label “Betula platyphylla var. japonica.”’ This is the first record of this species from Japan; it occurs in Europe, and it has been introduced into the northeastern United States and eastern Canada where it is also a leaf miner of Betula. Metallus Forbes Takeuchi (1952), Togashi (1963, 1978), and Okutani (1967) recorded Me- tallus albipes (Cameron) from Japan, and Okutani (1970) recorded M. pum- ilus (Klug) from Japan. Both are European species. Okutani (1967, 1970) recorded the hosts of both species as Rubus crataegifolius Bunge. The only other described species from Asia is M. compressicornis (Malaise) from Burma. The following species from Korea and Nepal are new. Metallus satoi Smith, NEw SPECIES Figs. 6, 7 Female.—Length, 4.0 mm. Black with palpi, extreme apex of each femur, and all tibiae and all tarsi white. Wings subhyaline; veins brown, costa and stigma paler brown. Antennal length 12x head width; 9-segmented; Ist and 2nd segments each broader than long; 3rd segment 13x length of 4th seg- ment; segments 4-9 gradually decreasing in length and each about 2x longer than broad. Clypeus truncate; malar space linear; postocellar area 174x broader than long; distance between eyes below greater than eye length; no genal carina. Prepectus absent. Tarsal claw with one tooth and broad, acute basal lobe; hindbasitarsus equal to length of 3 following segments combined; foretarsus slightly longer than foretibia. Forewing with radial cell closed; vein 2A + 3A straight; Ist cubital crossvein very faint, thus appearing to have 3 cubital cells. Hindwing with radial cell closed, though veins faint at apex; anal cell present. Sheath (Fig. 7) rounded at apex in lateral view. Lancet (Fig. 6) with serrulae rounded, far apart, each broader than long and with small subbasal tooth at base on anterior and posterior sides. Male.—Unknown. 768 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Holotype.—Female, ‘‘Shakuoji, Korea, VII-22-1931, coll. K. Sato.”’ In the National Science Museum (Natural History), Tokyo. Shakuoji, Korea, may be Seogwang-sa, a temple in a mountainous area, about 39°N, south- west of Weonsan in Hamgyeongnam-Do near the border of Gangweon-Do (A. Shinohara, personal communication). Remarks.—The coloration of satoi is identical to that of pumilus (Klug) from Europe; however, the following separates satoi from pumilus and other species of Metallus: lancet serrulae low, rounded, broader than long (serrulae long, as long as broad in pumilus, geei (Brischke), and albipes; more pointed than rounded at their apices, and no posterior subbasal tooth near the base geei), and far apart (close together in nepalensis, Fig. 5); sheath narrower in lateral view (more broadly rounded in the three Euro- pean species); clypeus truncate (very shallow V-shaped emargination in some other species); third antennal segment longer than fourth segment (subequal in length in all other species); malar space linear (short but distinct in other species); and femora black (white in geei and albipes). The species is named after the collector. Metallus nepalensis Smith, NEW SPECIES Fig. 5 Female.—Length, 3.6 mm. Black with Ist and 2nd antennal segments and palpi white: legs white with basal 74 of forecoxa, extreme bases of mid- and hindcoxae, and basal 74 of forefemur black. Wings subhyaline; veins and stigma dark brown to black. Antennal length 2x head width; 9-segmented; Ist and 2nd segments each broader than long; segments 3—5 subequal in length; segments 6—9 gradually decreasing in length and each slightly more than 2 longer than broad. Clypeus very shallowly, circularly concave on anterior margin; malar space very narrow to linear; postocellar area 2 broader than long; distance between eyes below greater than eye length; no genal carina. Prepectus absent. Tarsal claw with long tooth and broad, acute basal lobe; hindbasitarsus equal in length to following 3 segments combined; foretarsus longer than foretibia. Forewing with radial cell closed; vein 2A + 3A straight; Ist cubital crossvein absent, therefore with 3 cubital cells. Hindwing with radial cell closed; anal cell present. Sheath (as in Fig. 7) slender, in lateral view rounded at apex. Lancet (Fig. 5) with serrulae low, close together, rounded, each broader than long, and with small indistinct subbasal tooth near base on anterior and posterior sides. Male.—Unknown. Holotype.—Female, ‘‘Nepal, Kmd., Godav ari, 6000’, 14-17-VII-1967, Mal. Tr., Can. Exp.’ In the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa. Remarks.—The following separates nepalensis from compressicornis from Burma: basal antennal segments white; mid- and hindfemora white; presence of three cubital cells in the forewing, and the circularly concave VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 769 anterior margin of the clypeus. The lancet serrulae are broader than long and close together (far apart and as long or longer than broad in pumilus, geei, and albipes; similar in satoi but far apart). The white mid- and hind- femora separate nepalensis from pumilus and satoi; the black forefemora and concave anterior margin of the clypeus separate nepalensis from al- bipes and geei, and, in addition, the apical antennal segments which are more than two times longer than broad separate nepalensis from geei which has those segments about one and one-half times broader than long. Okutanius Smith, NEw GENUS Type-species.—Okutanius lobatus Smith, new species. Antenna 13-segmented; Ist and 2nd segments each as broad or broader than long; 3rd segment longer than 4th segment; segments 4—13 subequal in length (Fig. 11). Prepectus present, separated from mesepisternum by fur- row. No genal carina. Tarsal claw simple with small basal lobe (Fig. 10). Forewing with radial cell closed; vein 2A + 3A straight; Ist cubital cross- vein faint, therefore with 4 cubital cells. Hindwing with radial cell open: without anal cell. Remarks.—The presence of a prepectus and a basal lobe on the tarsal claws takes Okutanius to the couplet separating Parna and Nefusa in my key to genera (Smith, 1976). Parna, however, has a genal carina, a closed radial cell in the hindwing, and an anal cell in the hindwing; both Nefusa and Parna have 9-segmented antennae with the second segment longer than broad, a broad, acute basal lobe on the tarsal claws, and an anal cell in the hindwing. The genus is named for Professor Teiichi Okutani, Kobe University, Kobe, Japan; genus gender, masculine. Okutanius lobatus Smith, NEw SPECIES Figs. 8-11 Female.—Length, 4.0 mm. Black with Ist and 2nd antennal segments and labrum brown; palpi whitish; legs yellowish white with basal 2 of each coxa black; basal 6 terga brownish, paler than black thorax. Wings subhyaline; veins brown, stigma paler brown. Clypeus truncate; malar space linear; postocellar area 2 broader than long; distance between eyes below greater than eye length. Antenna with Ist segment as broad as long; 2nd segment broader than long; 3rd segment 142 length of 4th segment; 4th segment longer than broad; segments 5—13 subequal in length and slightly longer than or about as long as broad. Hindbasitarsus equal to length of following 3 segments combined; foretarsus slightly longer than foretibia. Head and body smooth and shining. Sheath (Fig. 9) rounded in lateral view. Lancet (Fig. 8) with long, narrow lobelike serrulae alternating with short lobelike serrulae about 2 or less the length of long ones. 770 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Male.—Unknown. Holotype.—Female, ‘‘Suigen, Chosen, Sept. 5, 1928, coll. K. Sato.” ‘*373.°° In the National Science Museum (Natural History), Tokyo. The type-locality is now known as Suweon, Korea. Remarks.—The generic and specific characters noted including the un- usual lancet (Fig. 8) should distinguish /obatus. The name is derived from the serrulae of the lancet. Parna Benson Parna kamijoi Togashi.—Togashi (1980) recently recorded this genus from Japan. Several specimens from Sapporo with the host label *‘Tilia maximowiziana,’’ the same host Togashi reported, are at Hokkaido Uni- versity. Another specimen at the National Science Museum, Tokyo, is from Sapporo, I-VI-1930, S. Fujii. Parna tenella (Klug), the only other species in the genus, occurs in Europe and Japan and is also a leaf miner of Tilia. Profenusa MacGillivray I have seen several species from Hokkaido and Honshu. The genus is currently being revised by I. Togashi, Ishikawa Prefecture College of Ag- riculture. Togashi (1960, 1963) has recorded Profenusa thomsoni (Konow), a leaf miner of Betula, in Japan. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I express my sincere appreciation to the following people for allowing study of specimens in their respective institutions: S. Takagi and T. Kumata, Entomological Institute, Hokkaido University, Sapporo; Y. Kurosawa, De- partment of Zoology, National Science Museum (Natural History), Tokyo; I. Togashi, Ishikawa Prefecture College of Agriculture, Noinoichi; S. Ito and A. Shinohara, Entomological Laboratory, University of Osaka Prefec- ture, Sakai; and H. Goulet, Biosystematics Research Institute, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa. I especially thank Dr. Togashi and Mr. Shinohara for re- viewing the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Inoue, M. 1963. [On the black-marked birch leaf miner]. Hoppo Ringyo, No. 166, pp. 20-23. (In Japanese). Okutani, T. 1967. Food-plants of Japanese Symphyta (II). Jpn. J. Appl. Entomol. Zool. 11: 90-99. ——. 1970. Food-plants of Japanese Symphyta (III). Jpn. J. Appl. Entomol. Zool. 14:25- 28. Smith, D. R. 1976. World genera of the leaf-mining sawfly tribe Fenusini (Hymenoptera: Tenthredinidae). Entomol. Scand. 7: 253-260. Takeuchi, K. 1952. A generic classification of the Japanese Tenthredinidae (Hymenoptera: Symphyta). Kyoto, 90 pp. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 771 Togashi, I. 1960. New records of some sawflies from Japan. Kontyu 28: 9. . 1963. Sawflies (Hym. Symphyta) of Mt. Haku (2). Life Study (Fukui) 7: 40. 1972. Food plants of five species of sawflies. Jpn. J. Appl. Entomol. Zool. 16: 217— 218. . 1976. Food plants of four species of sawflies (Hym., Symphyta). Habachia 3: 1-3. —.. 1978. [Insect fauna of Mekkodani and Maruishidani of Mt. Hakusan]. Conservation Rep., Mekkodani Water-Power Plant Plan, Hakusan Natl. Park, Rep. Nature Conser- vation Soc. Japan, No. 54, pp. 73-95. (In Japanese). . 1980. The genus Parna Benson in Japan, with description of a new species and key to the Japanese genera of the tribe Fenusini (Hymenoptera: Tenthredinidae). Kontyu Asa 21S8—2 lite ANNOUNCEMENT The Smithsonian Foreign Currency Program, a national research grants program, offers opportunities for support of research in Burma, Guinea, India, and Pakistan in the following disciplines: anthropology, archeology and related disciplines, systematic and environmental biology, astrophysics and earth sciences, and museum programs. Grants in the local currencies of the above listed countries are awarded to American institutions for the research of senior scientists. Collaborative programs involving host country institutions are welcome. Awards are determined on the basis of competitive scholarly review. The deadline for submission is November | annually. For further information write the Foreign Currency Program, Office of Fellow- ships and Grants, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560, or call (202) 287-3321. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 772-784 A KEY TO TROPICAL SPECIES OF TRICORYNUS, WITH TAXONOMIC CHANGES (COLEOPTERA: ANOBITDAE) RICHARD E. WHITE Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, “% National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—Results of a study of the described Neotropical species of Tricorynus include four new synonyms, three changes in status, and 23 new combinations. New synonyms are: 7. herbarius (Gorham) (=Catorama maroniensis Pic, n. syn.); T. rubriventris (Pic) (=Catorama robustior Pic, n. syn.); T. wagneri (Pic) (=Catorama major Pic, n. syn.); and T. sub- glaber (Pic) (=T. depressus White, n. syn.). Tricorynus distinctus (Pic), T. subglaber (Pic), and T. longesulcatus (Pic) represent changes of status. A key is given to the 30 described species, and a list is given of those species in the key with their synonyms. Lists of label data on type-specimens and of the 13 species and a subspecies of uncertain status are given and many are discussed. Most of the types of species described by Maurice Pic were studied. The quality of the taxonomic work of Maurice Pic in the Coleoptera hin- ders study of faunas in which he described numerous species. Most of his publications consist of very brief, hastily composed descriptions that give but vague impressions of the beetles he had before him. Rarely can his names be assigned on the basis of these descriptions alone, and his notes that compare the new species with others are equally inadequate. Seldom are keys to species provided in his papers; illustrations are never included. This situation results in considerable mystery as to the correct assignment of Pic’s names. In 1977, I visited the Muséum National d’ Histoire Naturelle in Paris, saw the types of most Pic species of Anobiidae, and borrowed a number of them; examination of these specimens has allowed assignment of many Pic names. My intent has been to revise certain tropical American genera of Anobiidae. Revisions of Protheca and Stichtoptychus (White, 1979a, 1980) have been published and a revision of Cryptorama is in preparation. Due to a change in direction of my research plans, I can attain only part of my goal of revising the Tricorynus by presenting a key to species. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 773 The following key includes the Pic species whose types I have seen or which can be assigned on the basis of specimens identified by Pic. Also included are other species whose names can be assigned with certainty. Most species that have been treated in the three studies of Tricorynus faunas (i.e., White, 1965b, 1967, 1974) are not part of this work, because those have already been keyed and described. This excludes species occurring north of Guatemala and a single Chilean species. Also included herein is a list of names of species that apparently belong in Tricorynus but which cannot be assigned with confidence because the descriptions are inadequate and no reliably identified specimens are avail- able. Correct assignment of these names is a task for the future. I do, however, discuss the situation for most of these names. Tropical species known to have been misplaced in Catorama (=Trico- rynus) by Pic have been dealt with and placed in their correct genus in other publications (White, 1979a, 1979b, and 1980). The literature contains no thorough morphological descriptions for most of the Pic species that are keyed in this paper. For that reason, a series of characters are included in most couplets to increase the likelihood that the species can be identified correctly. The species here cited in combination with Tricorynus represent new combinations with the exception of the following: distinctipennis (Pic), her- barius (Gorham), lepesmei White, neltumae (Fisher), robusticollis (Pic), tabaci (Guérin), and zeae Waterhouse. TAXONOMIC NOTES Tricorynus herbarius (Gorham) Cathorama herbarium Gorham, 1883: 207. Catorama maroniensis Pic, 1927a: 8. NEw SYNONYM. Close comparison of the type of maroniensis with a lengthy series of herbarius showed no reliable external differences to distinguish them, so the above change is necessary. I erred (White, 1979b: 212) in listing Catorama minasensis Pic (1927a: 8) as a synonym of 7. herbarius. The mistake resulted from examination of two specimens on one pin determined by Pic as minasensis and which bear (almost certainly in error) a red museum type label; these specimens are identical with herbarius. In error I accepted the Pic 1927a reference to minasensis as its original description, because there Pic neither referred to an earlier description nor made it clear that he was transferring minasensis (described by Pic, 1904b: 37) from Eupactus to Catorama. A discussion of the status of minasensis and the type-specimen will appear in a future paper on Calymmaderus. 774 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Tricorynus rubriventris (Pic) Cathorama rubriventris Pic, 1904c: 57. Catorama robustior Pic, 1923: 5. NEw SYNONYM. I have compared the lectotype of C. robustior (see below) with the ho- lotype of C. rubriventris and found them to be the same species. There is reason to question the accuracy of the locality Pic gave in the original description for robustior, for there are no collection data on the specimen, and it is clearly the same species as the type of rubriventris, which was collected in Mexico. In the original description of robustior, Pic gave the locality of collection as ‘‘Guyane Fr.’’; however, Pic (1927a: 8) gave the locality for robustior as ‘‘Colombie.”’ Though the head of the type of rubriventris is missing (evidently eaten by a dermestid), there is no doubt that it is the same species as robustior. The pin bearing Pic’s handwritten type label has four different specimens mounted on two cards. I select as the LECTOTYPE of robustior a specimen on the upper card and have written an ‘‘L”’ beneath it. Tricorynus wagneri (Pic) Catorama wagneri Pic, 1927b: 186. Catorama major Pic, 1928a: 4. NEw SYNONYM. While examining the Pic collection in Paris I found that a USNM specimen I had brought along agreed closely with the type of 7. wagneri. Later I found another USNM specimen that agreed closely with the type of 7. major. | have found no differences at the species level between these spec- imens that were compared with the respective types, so I here synonymize the two names. Tricorynus subglaber (Pic), NEw STATUS Cathorama rubriventris subglaber Pic, 1904c: 57. Tricorynus depressus White, 1967: 8. NEw SYNONYM. Though subglaber was described as a variety of C. rubriventris, the types of the two are sufficiently distinct as to leave no doubt that they are different species. I have compared the holotype of subglaber with specimens of de- pressus and found that they are the same species. The mere eleven words that validated subglaber did not allow it to be recognized. Tricorynus distinctus (Pic), NEw STATUS Catorama cribrata distincta Pic, 1905a: 92. Comparison of Pic’s types of C. cribrata and C. distincta showed that they are clearly two distinct species. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 775 Tricorynus longesulcatus (Pic), NEW STATUS Catorama argentina longesulcata Pic, 1928b: 50. The differences between the type of C. argentina longesulcata Pic and a specimen that I compared with the type of C. argentina and which agreed very closely with it convince me that the two should be treated as distinct species. KEY TO TROPICAL SPECIES OF TRICORYNUS Ie Elytron with no strongly impressed lateral grooves at apical 2 5 = Elytron with | or 2 distinctly impressed lateral grooves at apical 17 ta ea a eri rae pi iat aaa es ely Pena Mme A eR Ls te 6 2(1). Head before each eye with a black, very coarsely punctate depression; Caribbean and Central America ..... tabaci (Guérin) - PIS AU OC ASTADOVE! ae. ote ht ie ere nee es ccc en een ci eee 3 3(2). Elytron apically at side with a moderately distinct stria formed of large punctures; side of pronotum distinctly inflated; body 2x as long as wide; reddish brown throughout; pubescence tan; fedoth:A 2mm: Arena <2 oon s. whee oe ele. robusticollis (Pic) ~ INGAAS AU OVE. (ota oie mie as ote ec eater aitle cerels iors eee 4 4(3). Metasternum depressed anteriorly and with a distinct, longitu- dinal carina; large elytral punctures more or less clearly aligned into rows; pronotum at side bulging above anterior margin; eyes separated by about 1.8x vertical diameter of an eye; length ADOUL 3, 4--5.OF MMs ARP CMU A, 6 ars) suet ot cons tuy- erie wagneri (Pic) Metasternal and other characters not exactly as above ........ 5) 5(4). Elytral punctures obviously dual, dense, and aligned into lon- gitudinal bands; middle tibia not grooved; eyes separated by about 1.5 vertical diameter of an eye; large punctures at side of pronotum separated by much less than diameter of a punc- tunes leneth Sv6 miner MexIcOM: ss 2 ok Ses rubriventris (Pic) - Elytral punctures not dual, small and sparse, not aligned; mid- dle tibia grooved; eyes separated by about 2.0 vertical di- ameter of an eye; large punctures at side of pronotum separated by about diameter of a puncture; length 3.7 mm; French Guiana Sigs he ly tenes | ah ok vel) Mi) tg Aaelle ys MEE ds tee ML eS guyanensis (Pic) 6(1). Elytron apically at side with but | distinctly impressed groove, or with lower groove much stronger than a 2nd, upper groove - Elytron apically at side with 2 impressed grooves, about equally MESPoUR TE UALI A ACL as BE Pon ithe mig two teats Mentone oie) any 11 7( 6). 12(11). 13(12). 14(13). PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Head just above eye level with a deep, arcuate, transverse groove; pronotum produced above anterior angle; pubescence with a golden reflection; elytron at apex with a fine, impressed groove, above it with a stria of aligned punctures; length 3.7 ATU. SRE ASM caus Gea Sct ec en eee fulvopilosus (Pic) Not aS ADGVE® 2 oc ic days e 5 bo. nei Ghee ee Grae er eee eee 8 Elytral apex at side with a 2nd upper groove or stria that is shorter and weaker than lower groove; length 2.2-3.0 mm .... 9 Elytral apex at side with but | groove; length 1.7-1.9mm_ .... 10 Elytral apex at side with a 2nd, upper groove; metasternum carinate at middle; large elytral punctures separated on an av- erage by a little over diameter of a puncture; eyes separated by about 1.7 vertical diameter of an eye; pronotum at side bulg- mes leneth Simms, Brasil 4.4 see Sara eee distinctus (Pic) Elytral apex at side with an upper stria formed of punctures; metasternum not carinate; large elytral punctures separated by 2-3 diameter of a puncture; pronotum at side not bulging; eyes separated by about 2.4 vertical diameter of an eye; length 2 SP AMM MOGUL» ature O2e eon esheh vo tine cies so Cae ee eee baeri (Pic) Eyes large, strongly bulging, separated by about 1.5 vertical diameter ofan eye: Guadeloupe... 24-4 caer eee lepesmei White Eyes smaller, weakly bulging, separated by nearly 2.0 vertical diameter, Ofeanveve: Brasil! 502.0 oe eee unisulcatus (Pic) Anterior tibia with a single distinct groove; pronotum bulging above anterior margin; eyes separated by 1.6—1.8% vertical di- ameter of an eye; length 2.7—-3.4 mm; Caribbean ............ eee ebics cP Meee amiatgs ooo. Ge iin ana ga Oe ke neltumae (Fisher) Anterior tibia with 2 distinct grooves; other characters not as BOVE. face peers pith Ake lagonens pe iortauar Suey asleee deactol Sasceae n eey eae 12 Metasternum distinctly, longitudinally carinate at middle; eyes separated by about 1.7 x vertical diameter of an eye; pronotum bulging above anterior margin; body about 1.9 as long as wide; metasternum rounded front to back; length 2.7 mm; Brasil andrArcentinay s! 3.) nits. ae eG. Sates Ae rudepunctatus (Pic) Metasternum not carinate; other characters not as above ..... 13 Lateral elytral striae distinct at apex but not indicated at level of metasternum Lateral elytral striae distinct at apex and weakly to clearly in- dicated at level of metasternum by shallow grooves or aligned PUNCHUPES v.52.. eae eedwein ele Bak fs Se 20 Elytral apices distinctly produced, outline of elytral apex when see from above as a broad ‘‘W’’; eyes separated by 1.7 ver- VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 777 15(14). 16(15). 17(16). 18(17). 19(18). 20(13). 21(20). tical diameter of an eye; pronotum at side inflated; length 2.3 MIM RASS UNA Ae Baa. Mo olare Rates caudatus (Pic) Elytral apices evenly rounded; otherwise not as above ....... 15 Pronotum at side with large punctures only, separated on an average by more than diameter of a puncture, small punctures absent; head with large punctures only; eyes separated by 1.5 vertical diameter of an eye; length 2.6 mm; Brasil ......:.... HAO. LR Seas, 2 Oe ae ee subplicatus (Pic) Pronotum at side not as above; head not as above; eyes sepa- rated by 1.6—2.0x vertical diameter of an eye; Caribbean, Bra- Silfand Arecentina rsync. i Dee eae ee CORR. a 16 Abdominal sutures impressed and segments convex front to back; punctation at side of pronotum obscurely dual; length aboutal/imnyArecentinas.22). eee. brevesulcatus (Pic) Abdominal sutures not impressed, segments nearly flat front to back; punctation at side of pronotum clearly to obscurely dual; length! 2:0=2:4 mm; Brasil’and Caribbean 22322 2.04 ..0308.2. 25; 17 Mesosternal hooklike process produced posteriorly over meta- sternum; pronotum at side distinctly bulging; body red brown throughout; length 2 mm; Puerto Rico ....... insulicola (Fisher) Mesosternal hooklike process not produced; otherwise not as DOVER EN LS to bey ae tied 2 ohcdin sore & SOOM OMAG as HERA See 18 Eyes larger, clearly bulging, separated by about 1.6 vertical diameter of an eye; punctation at side of pronotum obscurely dual, larger punctures but slightly larger than small punctures and less dense; length 2.0—2.5 mm; Guadeloupe pierrei (Lepesme) Eyes smaller, weakly bulging, separated by about 2 vertical diameter of an eye; punctation at side of pronotum clearly dual, large punctures much larger than small punctures and denser .. 19 Body primarily dark brown but with elytral apex, head, and abdomen more or less red brown; length about 2.4 mm; Brasil eTESSROP TA Rt IC atrewhes Wnt Peat eels AeA aE ee ee EE reitteri (Pic) Body primarily red brown but with metasternum a little darker than remainder; length about 2.0 mm; Guadeloupe .......... ictices Fee 8 ed erase I hos Aiea. ak minutissimus (Pic) Punctures of head clearly dual, of small, dotlike punctures and lagveninmmedh pumctines. 1.1 020) Lenk Bosak OR RE Re. 2S 21 Punctures of head of | size, irregular in size, or obscurely Elytra and abdomen reddish brown, remainder of body clearly darker; punctation of metasternum obscurely dual throughout; eyes separated by about 1.9x diameter of an eye; 2.9 mm; AUTO STIVINADS. ns RTA HEMET BRIA. Ce gt gle et argentinus (Pic) 22(21). 23(20). 24(23). 28(23). 29(28). PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Not. exactly as above: eis ii. ee eee ee 22 Punctures at side of pronotum above anterior margin so dense that they are largely confluent; Brasil .......... brasiliensis (Pic) Punctures at side of pronotum above anterior margin not run- ning together; Argentina .... sparsepunctatus approximatus (Pic) Punctures at side of pronotum dual, distinctly impressed and clearly ;o€2- siZesiiseck & dayeh pas RO Pea ee eee 24 Punctures at side of pronotum obscurely dual, weakly im- pressed:and.noticlearlyvofi2 sizeso oa.a2 eid Lee ee 28 Length about 4.0 mm; dark brown nearly throughout; apex of 5th abdominal segment narrowly produced; Brasil .. convexus (Pic) Length about 2.4—3.5 mm; red brown nearly throughout; apex of Sth: abdominalisegment not produced. a9a8 steeeacce eres DS . Elytra with large punctures on disk showing no tendency to alignment in bands; eyes separated by 1.6-1.8x vertical diam- eteriof-anieye> length: 2:8 mm 14.40 S.neee eee aeeee 26 Elytra with large punctures on disk showing weak to distinct tendency to alignment in bands; eyes separated by 1.8—-2.4x vertical diameter of an eye; length 2.3—3.5 mm; various locali- HES Lace cavonks eee Ben sonoma Seliger 27 . Eyes separated by 1.6X vertical diameter of an eye; Brasil PE Re ATE RRR ee PE ERE SNe ss eth cribratus (Pic) Eyes separated by 1.8 vertical diameter of an eye; Peru died ACER Res BG BES ANRORE RE ae distinctipennis (Pic) . Large punctures of elytral disk clearly forming bands or rows; large punctures of metasternum smaller, sparser laterally, not quite attaining side; metasternum behind anterior margin on each side of middle with a narrow, elongated fovea; length 2.7— 3.5 mm; South America, Central America, and Caribbean .... aptrdea sl «Pease Suet pins chi tay tape wes epee es ieee By) 9a herbarius (Gorham) Large punctures of elytral disk with a weak tendency to form bands; large punctures of metasternum abruptly stopping lat- erally and broadly absent from side; metasternum behind an- terior margin on each side with 2 foveae, | nearly round, the other elongated; length 2.3 mm; Argentina ......... curtus (Pic) Dorsum primarily dark brown but nearly black at base of elytra and with elytral suture red brown; eyes separated by about 1.8 vertical diameter of an eye; ventral surface red brown; length about.2:7 imum: Arcentina. 27a ae subrutiliceps (Pic) Body red brown throughout; otherwise not as above ......... 29 Elytra with large punctures on disk showing a weak tendency to alignment in series; eyes separated by about 1.8 vertical diameter of an eye; 2.4 mm long; Argentina .. longesulcatus (Pic) VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 7a9 _ Elytra with large punctures on disk showing no tendency to alignment in series; eyes separated by about 1.4 vertical di- ameterof,an eye; 2-8 mm long Argentinas... 2 se rufus (Pic) List OF SPECIES IN KEY, WITH SYNONYMY argentinus (Pic), 1904c: 57. baeri (Pic), 1904a: 19. brasiliensis (Pic), 1902: 68. brevesulcatus (Pic), 1927b: 187. caudatus (Pic), 1928b: 49. convexus (Pic), 1902: 68. cribratus (Pic), 1905a: 92. curtus (Pic), 1927a: 7. distinctus (Pic), 1905Sa: 92. distinctipennis (Pic), 1904a: 19; White, 1973: 847. fulvopilosus (Pic), 1927a: 8. guyanensis (Pic), 1923: 5. herbarius (Gorham), 1883: 207. latipennis (Pic), 1927a: 9. claveri (Pic), 1923: 5. maroniensis (Pic), 1927a: 8. goudoti (Pic), 1927a: 8. venezuelensis (Pic), 1927a: 9. insulicolus (Fisher), 1936: 240. lepesmei White, 1965a: 115. estriatus (Lepesme), 1947: 228. longesulcatus (Pic), 1928b: 50. minutissimus (Pic), 1904d: 104. neltumae (Fisher), 1942: 37. pierrei (Lepesme), 1947: 227. reitteri (Pic), 1927a: 9. robusticollis (Pic), 1922: 4. rubriventris (Pic), 1904c: 57. robustiorA(Pic). 1923.5. rudepunctatus (Pic), 1904c: 57. rufus (Pic), 1927a: 7. sparsepunctatus approximatus (Pic), 1928a: 4. subplicatus (Pic), 1927a: 9. subrutiliceps (Pic), 1905b: 136. tabaci (Guerin), 1850: 437. impressifrons (Fall), 1905: 234. puncticeps (Gorham), 1886: 348. unisulcatus (Pic), 1927b: 187. wagneri (Pic), 1927b: 186. major (Pic), 1928a: 4. LABEL DATA Most data listed below are from types, but in the case of two Pic species, the data are from specimens identified by Pic but which do not bear type labels. Because of the apparent carelessness of Pic’s work, the latter spec- imens may not represent the same species as his types (which could not be found). The species baeri and major have been worked into the key on the basis of these non-types. I have noted discrepancies between published data and data on type- specimens. The data refer to taxa that are either in the section on taxonomic notes or in the above key to species. fT. argentinus (Pic).—‘“S. Arg:> TYPE; Le Nat. no. 108, 1904, p.-57; Ca- thorama argentina Pic.’’ In the original description Pic gave *‘Buenos- Ayres (ex Baer).”’ T. baeri (Pic).—**Sud-Peru, Hac. Huayuri, 28. 3. 1936.; [upside down label 180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON that conflicts with the previous one]; Gestr. von Tonus; 804; [a folded up label]; Cathorama baeri Pic [an undecipherable word].’’ The specimen bearing these data is not the type; the species was described in 1904, so the type could not have been collected in 1936. T. brasiliensis (Pic).—‘*Jatahy, Prov. Goyas. Brésil; Le Nat. No. 361, 1902, p. 68; type: TYPE detriat; Cathorama brasiliensis Pic.” T. brevesulcatus (Pic).—**‘Decembre; Rep. Argent.; type; TYPE; brevesul- Gata Bic T. caudatus (Pic).—‘‘Corumba, Matt Grosso; type; TYPE; C. caudata n. sp.’ Pic, 1928b: 49, gave the data as ‘‘Sierras de Cordoba: Alta gracia, 13.11.1927 (C. Bruch).—Brésil: Corumba.”’ . convexus (Pic).—‘‘Serra da Bernada (Pernambuco), Duhant 5. 6. 1894; TYPE; Catorama convexa Pic.’’ In the original description Pic gave the data as ‘‘Serra de Bernada (Pernanbuco).”’ T. cribratus (Pic).—‘‘Tiyuca (Brasil); Le Nat. No. 435, 1905, p. 92; type; TYPE crbrataPic.” T. curtus (Pic).—‘‘B. Ayres; Rep. Argentina, Prov. Buenos Aires, 190, C. Bruch; type; TYPE; curta n. sp.”’ T. distinctipennis (Pic).—**Pérou, Prov. Otuzco, Choouisongo 2100, G. A. Baer. 3-1900; Type; TYPE; Eupactus distinctipennis Pic.” T. distinctus (Pic).—**S. Antonio da Barra, Pr. de Bahia, Gounelle 11—12.88; Be Nat! No:435; 19053sp:.92:type: TY PE; v..distinctatRicss . estriatus (Lepesme) = lepesmei White.—*‘Museum Paris, Guadeloupe, Leo Dufau 1913; 1180, Anobieii; [undecipherable label]; TYPE; Catorama estriatum mihi, type, P. Lepesme det.”’ T. fulvopilosus (Pic).—*‘Jatahy, GOYAZ; TYPE; fulvopilosa n. sp.” T. guyanensis (Pic).—‘**‘Septembré; Guyane Francse, Nouveau Chantier, Collection le Moult; C. guyanensis n. sp.” T. insulicola (Fisher).—*‘Scirpus validus, Kiz Rd. No. 36, Ponce P.R., Coll. 21 Aug. °33, R. G. Oakley; San Juan #4506; Type No. 57595 U.S.N.M.”’ There was an error by Fisher in transmitting the type data, because the original description gave ‘‘collected on “‘hucar’’ on beach, Tallaboa road near Ponce, P.R., August 21, 1933, by R. C. Oakley (I No. 4506).”’ T. longesulcatus (Pic).—‘*Rio Salado, R. argent.; type; TYPE; argentina longesulcata Pic.”’ In the original description Pic gave the collection data as: Santiago del Estero: Rio Salado (Wagner, in coll. Pic). T. major (Pic).—**Cordoba Argentina, Dep. de Calamuchita, El Sauce, XII- 1938; Manuel J. Viana; major Pic.’’ This specimen clearly cannot be the type, for the species was described in 1928. T. maroniensis (Pic).— ‘Juin; Guyane Francaise, St-Jean du Maroni; Coll. Le Moult; TYPE; maroniensis n. sp.” ~— — | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 781 T. minutissimus (Pic).—‘*Tijuca (Rio), Bresil, E. Gounelle, 12, 1884; Le Nat. No. 412, 1904, p. 103; type; TYPE; Cathorama minutissima Pic.” T. neltumae (Fisher).—*‘P.R. Acc. No. 812-40, Guanica, P.R., 12-5-40; L.F. Martorell Collectors [sic]; From seed pods of Neltuma juliflora; Type No. 64849 U.S.N.M.:; Catorama neltumae Fisher.’’ In the original de- scription the type number is given as 55676. The USNM type catalog has the data for neltumae entered under both the numbers 55676 and 64849. The second number is not needed, so the first number should be accepted as the correct one. T. pierrei (Lepesme).—**‘Guadeloupe, Vitrac; TYPE; Catorama Pierrei mihi, TYPE, P. Lepesme det.’’ The original description gives the locality as ‘*Trois-Rivieres.”” T. reitteri (Pic).—‘‘Blumenau, S.O. Brasilien, (Reitter); Reitteri n. sp.” These data are all this specimen bears, so because it is not clearly labeled as type, I have added a LEcToryPeE label to it, and so designate it. T. robusticollis (Pic).—**‘Republ. Argentina, Chaco de Santiago, Del Estero [sic], Rio Salado; type; TYPE; robusticollis n. sp.”’ T. robustior (Pic).—‘‘Type; C. robustior n. sp.”’ In the original description the locality of collection is given as ‘‘Guyane Fr.,’’ but there is no such label on the pin holding the specimens. Pic, 1928a: 4, gave the locality of collection for robustior as ‘‘R. Argentina.”’ T. rubriventris (Pic).—‘‘Mexique; type; Le Natur, No. 408, 1904, p. 57; TYPES: T. rudepunctatus (Pic).—*‘Bresil, Jatahy; type; Le Natur. No. 408, 1904, p. 57: TYPE; Cathorama rudepunctata Pic.” T. rufus (Pic).—‘‘Mon—[undecipherable]; n. sp.—[undecipherable]; type: TYPE Catorama rufa Pic.’’ The crudely scribbled labels on the pin are difficult to impossible to read. In the original description Pic gave the locality of collection as ‘‘Rep. Argentine.” T. sparsepunctatus approximatus (Pic).—‘‘Janvier; Republ. Argentine, Chaco de Santiago Del Estero. Rio Salado; Collection Wagner; TYPE; sparsepunctata v. approximata Pic.”’ T. subglaber (Pic).—‘*1960; Mexique; type; Cathorama v. subglaber Pic; TYPE” subplicatus (Pic).—‘‘S. Antonio, Bresil; type; TYPE; subplicata n. sp.” subrutiliceps (Pic).—‘‘Gov. Chubut, (Bruch); type; TYPE; Cathorama subruteliceps Pic.’ In the original description Pic gave the data as “Gov. Chubut (coll. Bruch et Pic).’’ The spelling published was subrutiliceps. T. unisulcatus (Pic).—‘‘Bresil, (Gounelle); type; TYPE; unisulcata n. sp.”’ T. wagneri (Pic).—‘‘Rep. Argentina, Choco de Santiago del Setera Rio Dulce [sic]; TYPE; wagneri n. sp.”’ ii f. 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON SPECIES OF UNCERTAIN STATUS gossypii (Brethes), 1924: 67. robustior caucaensis (Pic), 1927a: 8. goyosensis (Pic), 1905a: 92. sallei (Guerin), 1851: cxv. humeralis (Kirsch), 1874: 401. sparsepunctatus (Pic), 1928a: 4. instriatus (Pic), 1923: 5. s. rudectepunctatus (Pic), 1928a: 4. instriatipennis (Pic), 1923: 6. substriatus (Pic), 190Sb: 136. minutus (Pic), 1923: 5. thecaoides (Pic), 1904d: 103. peruvianus (Kirsch), 1874: 401. zeae Waterhouse, 1849: Ixviii. The above names cannot be assigned because their descriptions do not adequately characterize them, and no readily identifiable types or specimens are available. The situation in regard to most of these species and subspecies deserves detailed comments. The type of goyosensis (Pic) is evidently lost. My examination of Pic’s box of Catorama types showed that five types were missing from their cards and were likely among the loose beetles in the bottom of the box. Clues found (bits of glue on specimens that fit with glue on cards; specimens with areas denuded of pubescence that matched glue impressions on cards, etc.) allowed four of these types to be returned to their proper cards. However, I was not able to find the type of goyosensis. The metasternum and legs of the type were on the card, but the remainder of the beetle was not among the beetles and debris on the bottom of the box. The spelling goyosensis 1s given in the original description; however, Pic, 1912: 69, and Blackwelder, 1945: 405, give the spelling govasensis. Though I thoroughly searched Pic’s very badly crowded box of Catorama and closely examined the debris in the bottom of the box, I did not find the types of his other 8 species and subspecies listed above. Pic, 1923: 5, after the description of Catorama instriata n. sp., presented the following: *‘Le C. minuta mihi, du Chili, est plus petit, nettement rétréci en arriere, peu pubescent.’ It would appear that Pic here intended to refer to a species he previously described; however, there is no evidence of a previous reference to the name minuta, and it is doubtful that there is such a reference. It would seem that we have only these few words by which to recognize “‘minuta.”” Pic, 1923: 6, after the description of Catorama guyanensis n. sp., gave the following: “‘Le C. instriatipennis mihi, du Brésil, trés voisin du précé- dent, est un peu plus pubescent et a, sur les élytres, quelques points plus gros sur un fond finement et assez densément ponctué.’’ As with minuta (above) Pic probably intended this to be a reference to a previously de- scribed species; however, there is no evidence to indicate that this name had actually been validated previously. We thus have a second species name validated through carelessness and which can likely never be assigned. Species that Pic placed in Catorama which do not appear in the lists | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 783 above have been dealt with in other publications (White, 1979a, 1979b, 1980). The description of Catorama humeralis Kirsch mentions parallel, im- pressed lines at the side of the elytra behind the middle. This makes it likely that the species is actually a member of Tricorynus. However, the descrip- tion of C. peruviana Kirsch states that the elytral disk is striate, and this indicates that the species is probably a member of Stichtoptychus. Lepesme, 1947: 226-228, treated, in addition to the two species listed above, two other species in Catorama. I have seen the type of C. dufaui Pic, 1911: 183, and have transferred this species to Stichtoptychus (White, 1980). The other species that Lepesme treated was sallie Guerin, which is not recognizable from Lepesme’s notes or from the description that Guerin offered for it. It is likely that 7. zeae Waterhouse is a senior synonym of 7. tabaci Guérin. I compared a specimen of tabaci with the description of zeae and found it to agree closely. The body length Waterhouse gave for his speci- mens (number not given) of zeae (1%4 to 2 lines = 3.69 to 4.23 mm) com- pares well with the length for 37 specimens of tabaci, namely 3.4—4.6 mm. However, a troubling aspect of the description of zeae, and one which raises some doubts as to whether zeae is identical with tabaci, is the lack of reference to black, very coarsely punctate depressions on the head. These are prominent features of tabaci and should not have been overlooked if the species were the same as tabaci. In fact, tabaci is the most readily recognized species of the entire genus due to these punctate depressions. Tricorynus zeae was recorded by Waterhouse as feeding on corn; tabaci is known to feed on a variety of materials, including garlic, divi-divi seeds, dry herbs, ramie dry stem, popcorn, dried pepper, and Crataegus meriana. During work on the revision of Tricorynus (White, 1965b), I wrote to the British Museum of Natural History in an attempt to locate the type of 7. zeae. E. B. Britton attempted without success to locate the type-series and stated that if the specimens exist they should be in the British Museum; since they were not found, there is slight chance that they can now be located. ACKNOWLEDGMENT My thanks are extended to Jean Menier of the Muséum National d’ Histoire Naturelle in Paris for loan of types from the collection of Maurice Pic. LITERATURE CITED Blackwelder, R. E. 1945. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, the West Indies, and South America. Pt. 3. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 185: 343-550. Brethes, J. 1924. Quelques insectes du Paraguay. Rev. Chil. Hist. Nat. 28: 67-72. Fall, H. C. 1905. Revision of the Ptinidae of Boreal America. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 31: 97-296. 784 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fisher, W. S. 1936. Anobiidae. Jn Wolcott, G. N. ‘‘Insectae boringuensis.” J. Agric. Univ. P. R. 20(1): 238-242. 1942. New Coleoptera from Puerto Rico. J. Agric. Univ. P. R. 25(4); 37-39. Gorham, H. S. 1883. Family Ptinidae. 7/n Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Coleoptera. 3(2): 194-209. —__—. 1886. Supplement to Malacodermata. /n Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Co- leoptera. 3(2): 313-360. Guérin-Méneville, F. E. 1850. Enumeration des insects qui consomment les tabacs. Rev. Mag. Zool. 2(2): 426-442. . 1851. (Notes on Catorama with two new species). Bull. Soc. Entomol. Fr. 9(8): cxv. Kirsch, T. 1874. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Peruanischen Kaferfauna auf Dr. Abendroth’s Sammlungen basirt. Berl. Entomol. Z. 17(3—4): 339-418. Lepesme, P. 1947. Bostrychoidea. /n Fleutiaux, E. et al., Coléopteres des Antilles, Fauna de |’Empire France, VII, Vol. 1. pp. 194-233. Pic, M. 1902. Diagnoses de Coléopteres nouveaux. Le Natur. 24(361): 68. 1904a. Diagnoses de seize Coléopteres exotiques appartenant a diverses familles. L’Echange 20(231): 18-20. ———. 1904b. Essai dichotomique sur les Eupactus Lec. et genres voisins, du Brésil. L’ Echange 20(233): 36-38. —. 1904c. Description de Coléopteres nouveaux. Le Natur. 26: 56-57. . 1904d. Description de Coléopteres nouveaux. Le Natur. 26: 103-104. . 1905a. Descriptions de Coléopteéres exotiques nouveaux. Le Natur. 27: 92-93. ———. 1905b. Ptinus et Anobiides nouveaux de la Republique Argentine recueillis par M. Carlos Bruch. Rev. Mus. La Plata 12: 135-136. —. 1911. Coléopteres exotiques nouveaux ou peu connus. L’ Echange 27(323): 181-183. —. 1912. Anobiidae. /n Coleopterorum Catalogus, W. Junk, Berlin 10(48): 1—92. ———. 1922. Nouveautés diverses. Mél. Exotico-Entomol. 34: 1-32. —. 1923. Nouveautés diverses. Mél. Exotico-Entomol. 39: 3-32. —. 1927a. Nouveautés diverses. Mél. Exotico-Entomol. 48: 1-32. 1927b. Nouveaux Coléopteres du globe. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 52: 185-189. 1928a. Notes et descriptions. Mel. Exotico-Entomol. 51: 1-36. —. 1928b. Nouveaux Coléopteres de la République Argentine. Rev. Soc. Entomol. Arg. 2(1): 49-52. Waterhouse, G. R. 1849. (Two insects from Barbados). Proc. Entomol. Soc. London. Pp. Ixvili-Ixx. White, R. E. 196S5a. Taxonomic and distribution notes on Anobiidae (Coleoptera). Coleop. Bull. 19(4): 113-116. ——. 1965b. A revision of the genus Tricorynus of North America (Coleoptera: Anobiidae). Misc. Pubs. Entomol. Soc. Am. 4(7):; 285-368. ——.. 1967. The Tricorynus of Mexico (Coleoptera: Anobiidae). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 93: 1-40. ———. 1973. Neotropical Anobiidae: New genera and species, and taxonomic notes (Co- leoptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 66(4): 843-848. ———. 1974. The Dorcatominae and Tricoryninae of Chile (Coleoptera: Anobiidae). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 100: 191-253. ——. 1979a. The genus Protheca of the Americas (Coleoptera: Anobiidae). U.S. Dep. Agric. Tech. Bull. 1605, 24 pp. ———. 1979b. New synonymy and new combinations primarily in American taxa (Coleoptera: Anobiidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 81(2): 211-218. ———. 1980. A taxonomic study of the new world genus Stichtoptvchus Fall (Coleoptera: Anobiidae). U.S. Dep. Agric. Tech. Bull. 1602, 35 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 785-789 A NEW ATAENIUS FROM SOCORRO ISLAND, MEXICO (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE: APHODIINAE) OscAR L. CARTWRIGHT AND PAUL J. SPANGLER Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—A new species of aphodiine scarab beetle, Aphodius hoguei, from Socorro Island, Mexico, is described, illustrated with line drawings and scanning electron micrographs, and compared with and distinguished from its closest relative. The insect fauna of the eastern Pacific oceanic islands is still very poorly known in spite of the numerous zoological surveys made there during the last two centuries. Although many of the larger insects have been described from these islands, many of the smaller forms remain undescribed. There- fore, we were pleased to examine a series of a small aphodiine scarab beetle collected from Socorro Island by Charles L. Hogue and Arthur V. Evans when they participated in the Steele Expedition to the Islas Revillagigedo, Mexico, in 1977. These beetles were found to represent a new species of Ataenius and this species is described below. Ataenius hoguei Cartwright and Spangler, NEw SPECIES Figs. 1-5 Holotype male.—Length 4.5 mm, width 2.0 mm. Convex, elongate; black; anterior angles of pronotum and legs reddish brown (Fig. 1). Head moderately convex, sides weakly arcuate to rather sharply angled genae; clypeal margin finely reflexed, rounded each side of shallow median emargination (Fig. 2). Surface of head anterior to greatest convexity of the clypeus with close, very fine rugulae. Disc of head minutely punctate; punc- tures gradually more noticeable across the occipital area where they are still very fine and separated by 3 or 4 their diameter; with a deep fovea in front of and adjacent to each eye. Pronotum 1.4 mm long, 2.0 mm wide; sides and base weakly arcuate, finely margined; short setae, separated by about their length, along entire lateral and posterior margin. Surface with scattered, moderate punctures; punctures slightly more numerous on anterior angles and diagonally poste- PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 1. Ataenius hoguei, habitus, 20x. riorly toward middle of base; punctures gradually finer from middle to an- terior margin. Elytra 3.0 mm long, 2.0 mm wide; humeri dentate; sides parallel; striae moderately deep and coarsely punctate; intervals very finely alutaceous, weakly convex, and appearing crenate because of strial punctures; intervals more strongly convex laterally and apically; humeral umbones almost smooth. Metasternum shagreened;: carinate between middle coxae; longitudinally grooved on midline, deeper anteriorly (Fig. 3); discal area flattened, punc- tate anteriorly, posterior % finely closely punctate. Profemur shining and smooth, with perimarginal groove. Protibial spur of male hooked inward at tip. Mesofemur and metafemur shining and smooth, with | or 2 moderately coarse punctures at apices; ventrally with fine mar- ginal line on apical ’%2. Metacoxae each with a large deep pit just anterior to juncture with femur. Metatibia with fringe of 6 fine short apical setae, a very short fine accessory spine, and an intervening seta next to terminal VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 Figs. 2, 3. Ataenius hoguei, 2, Head and protibia, 50x. 3, Metasternum, 75x. 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 4, 5. Ataenius hoguei, male genitalia. 4, Ventral view. 5, Lateral view. spurs; long spur subequal to Ist tarsal segment in length and about 4% the length of entire tarsus. Abdominal segments slightly convex; with very fine, scattered punctures at middle; punctures becoming larger and more noticeable laterally; anterior VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 789 marginal fluting about equal on anterior segments, slightly wider and deeper on terminal segment. Pygidium eroded over basal 2, leaving a wide convex shining apical lip. Male genitalia as illustrated (Figs. 4, 5). Allotype.—Length 4.9 mm, width 2.1 mm. Female differs from male in having a more distinct basal band of moderately fine close punctures, sep- arated by 1 diameter or less, across the head; a normally straight anterior tibial spur; and slightly more noticeable alutaceous sculpture. Type-data.—Holotype ¢d: MEXICO: Socorro Island, Revillagigedo Arch., 5 June 1977, Steele Exped. 1977, Station 1, sea level, C. Hogue and A. Evans; deposited in Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, California. Allotype same data as for holotype. Paratypes (11 6,9 2), same data as holotype: | d and | 2 in British Museum (Natural History), London; 1 dg and | 2 in the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; 2 6 in the Museum of Comparative Zoology; Harvard University; 2 ¢ and 2 2 in the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County; 4 d¢ and 4 @ in the National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution; and | ¢ and 1 2 in the H. F. Howden collection. Etymology.—We take pleasure in naming this species for Dr. Charles L. Hogue, the first named of the collectors. Comparative notes.—Ataenius hoguei resembles Ataenius wenzeli Horn and will key to that species in the revision of the species of the United States and Canada by Cartwright (1974); however, in A. hoguei the elytra are generally less alutaceous, the intervals not as flat, the occipital band of punctures across the head are finer and less numerous (especially in the male), the apical fringe of the posterior tibia is shorter and finer, the acces- sory spine very short and fine, and the puncture or pit at the base of the posterior coxa is very coarse and noticeable. Habitat.—Unknown:; specimens were collected near the shore at Bahia Vargas Lozano where they were attracted to a 15-watt ultraviolet light at night. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank Mary-Jacque Mann, Smithsonian Institution scanning electron microscopist, for taking the micrographs; Charles L. Hogue and Scott Miller for making the specimens and background information available to us; and Anne Lacy, biological illustrator, for preparing the pen and ink drawings for this article. LITERATURE CITED Cartwright, O. L. 1974. Ataenius, Aphotaenius, and Pseudoataenius of the United States and Canada (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Aphodiinae). Smithson. Contrib. Zool. No. 154, 106 pp. 24 figs., 3 pls. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 790-796 EDOVUM PUTTLERI, N. G., N. SP. (HYMENOPTERA: EULOPHIDAE), AN EGG PARASITE OF THE COLORADO POTATO BEETLE (CHRYSOMELIDAE) E. E. GRISSELL Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—Edovum puttleri, new genus, new species, is described and illustrated from material reared from eggs of Leptinotarsa undecimlineata (Stal) from Colombia, South America. This egg parasite has been suc- cessfully reared on eggs of the Colorado potato beetle (L. decemlineata (Say)) in the laboratory. In February and March of 1980, Ben Puttler (USDA, ARS, Biological Control of Insects Research Unit, Columbia, Mo.) made a search in Colom- bia, South America, for potential natural enemies to use against the Colo- rado potato beetle, Leptinotarsa decemlineata (Say). An egg parasite of the related species L. undecimlineata (Stal) had been found and referred to in the literature as Emersonopsis species (Puttler, personal communication). Puttler rediscovered this parasite in Colombia and submitted it to me for identification. Superficially this wasp resembled species of the genus Emer- sonopsis (host unknown), but biologically it behaved like species of Emer- sonella, a group of egg parasites of Chrysomelidae. After considerable study, however, I still could not definitely place the specimen to genus, so I sent it to Zdenek Bouéek (British Museum Natural History) for his opin- ion. He suggested that this eulophid wasp belonged to an undescribed genus. After additional comparison with about 40 entedontine genera in the collec- tion of the U.S. National Museum and after personal discussion with Bou- cek, I am describing the material as a new genus and species. The name is needed at this time because of studies being conducted on the potential use of this parasite as a biological control agent for the Colorado potato beetle. Additionally, some thoracic characters are discussed which may help define future work in the entedontine eulophids. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 791 EULOPHIDAE: ENTEDONTINAE Edovum Grissell, NEw GENUS Type-species.—Edovum puttleri, new species. Female.—Body heavily sclerotized, not collapsing when dry. Head with- out occipital carina, occiput meeting vertex at angle medially but not sharply defined, ocelli in nearly right triangle (Fig. 2), postocellus with postero- lateral depression, face (Fig. 3) with eyes converging ventrally, toruli lat- erally closer to eye than to each other (1:2) and several diameters above lower margin of eye, scrobal grooves arising at inner margins of toruli meet- ing in upper 3 of scrobal basin at frontal groove which is V-shaped, man- dible with 2 subequal denticles, antenna (Fig. 6) with 3 flagellomeres, club 2-segmented with apical spine, anellus inconspicuous, eyes densely setose. Pronotum carinate along anterior margin with 6 bristles arising from trans- verse groove; scutum with | pair of bristles submedially and 1 pair on hind- margin, sidelobe with lateral bristle, scutellum with 2 posterolateral bristles (Fig. 2), notaulus distinct for entire distance but posterior 4 at inner margin of less sculptured flattened area (thus easily overlooked in some views), slight median groove extending % length from base to apex of scutellum, thorax with distinct epicnemial (laterally) and acetabular (ventrally) carinae outlining forecoxal depressions, axillae not produced forward, metasternum (Fig. 4) with Y-shaped keel separating hindcoxae and merging with foramen of propodeum, propodeum (Fig. 2) with flattened median carina subtended by longitudinal depressions and laterally produced into projection in front of hindcoxa; wing (Fig. 5) with costal cell 2 as wide as submarginal seta, submarginal vein with 2 setae, marginal vein nearly 2x length of submar- ginal, postmarginal and stigmal veins subequal and reduced, apical wing fringe about length of stigmal vein; tibial spur formula 1:1:1, midtibial spur longest. Abdominal petiole elongate with ventral length at least 2 as long aS minimum diameter (in side view) and longitudinally carinate, abdomen in side view (Fig. 1) ventrally flat, dorsally arched, first tergum *4 length of abdomen, nearly carapace-like, second tergum 2x length of tergum 3, terga 3-7 subequal, ovipositor not protruding. Male.—Differing from female by the following characters: Antenna (Fig. 7) with 4 flagellomeres, 1-segmented club, scape slightly expanded apico- ventrally, last sternum rounded apically with slight circular depression me- dially. Etymology.—Edovum from edo, L.—eat, plus ovum, L.—egg. Gender neuter. Discussion.—Edovum belongs in the Entedontinae as defined by Peck et al. (1964). Within the subfamily this genus is distinguished from all other genera by the presence of an epicnemial carina connected ventrally with the acetabular carina (Fig. 1). Essentially this forms a mesosternal (forecoxal) 192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 1-5. Edovum puttleri, 2. 1, Habitus (ac = acetabular carina; ec = epicnemial carina). 2, Head and thorax, dorsal view. 3, Head, frontal view. 4, Thorax, ventral view (mk = meta- sternal keel; 3 = hindcoxal cavity; 2 = midcoxal cavity). 5, Forewing, dorsal view (setae on undersurface indicated by dots). | VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 793 Figs. 6-7. Edovum puttleri, antenna. 6, 2. 7, d (setae not shown, similar to female). depression that separates the forecoxae from the midcoxae. The mesoster- num is distinctly angulate between the pairs of coxae. In other genera, there is at most a slight groove corresponding to the epicnemial carina, there is no acetabular carina, and the mesosternum slopes evenly from fore- to mid- coxa without the formation of a forecoxal depression. The terms epicnemial carina and acetabular carina are used in the sense of Richards (1977) and define diagnostic structures that have seldom been referred to in the Chal- cidoidea. Another character apparently unique to Edovum is the presence between the hindcoxae of a forked metasternal keel (Fig. 4, mk), which is continuous with the propodeal foramen (including nucha). In other entedontines, either there are no structures between the coxae or there are weak carinae that approach the foramen but do not join with it. The above characters are enough to distinguish Edovum as structurally unique. A combination of other characters that make it even more distinct are the following: Eyes converging strongly below, V-shaped frontal groove joined by scrobal grooves, curved (not angled) vertex, notauli deeply im- pressed for entire length, scutellum with a basal median groove, propodeum 794 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON medially not projecting as a neck beyond the hindcoxae, and first abdominal tergum covering about three-fourths length of abdomen. Placement of Edovum in relation to other genera is rather problematical. Until the Entedontinae are revised, however, I suggest that the thoracic structure of Edovum is sufficiently distinct to isolate it taxonomically from all other genera. Edovum puttleri Grissell, NEw SPECIES Holotype female.—Body length 1.6 mm. Black except ivory colored are: Scape, legs beyond coxae, wing veins; antenna past scape brown. Ratio ocellocular length : postocellus : postocellar length as 5:4:9, ratio upper to lower interocular distances to eye height as 26:14:31, scrobal basin confined to middle % of face, clypeus slightly swollen with free edge weakly up- turned, in side view malar distance '/s eye height (5:32), scape reaching midway to median ocellus, length less than eye width (13:15), ratio scape : pedicel: Fl: Fl: F3: club as 13:6:6:6:5:11 (Fig. 6); occiput sha- greened to finely reticulate with sculpture extending over vertex and retic- ulations becoming somewhat larger on face above toruli, postocellar depression aciculate, polished are: Supraclypeal area including interanten- nal triangle, clypeus, dorsal area of scrobes above frontal groove; face and vertex with sparse setae. Dorsomedian strip behind pronotal groove pol- ished, groove and dorsolateral corners shagreened changing to longitudinal reticulation laterally, thorax dorsally (except axillae) with conspicuous re- ticulation that becomes effaced in posterior “3 of notaulus (1.e., notaular de- pression), basal 4 of scutellum with sculpture less developed than apex, axil- lae with aciculate to reticulate sculpture, side of thorax polished except following areas shagreened: Prepectus, mesosternal depression, mesopleural depression (somewhat hour-glass shaped), metasternum; the following areas lightly aciculate: Lower posterior area of mesopleuron, inner aspects of coxae (otherwise highly polished); propodeum (Fig. 1, 2) with median carina flattened, slightly elevated in profile, polished, area on either side depressed, upper 4 shallow transverse polished pit, lower 74 with shagreened longi- tudinal pit that continues around nucha, median areas highly polished with deep dorsolateral fovea, areas set off laterally by shagreened, longitudinal sulcus; spiracle on flattened polished plane with 6 setae laterally, otherwise lateral area of propodeum shagreened on upper and lower parts, polished between; wing (Fig. 5) ratio of submarginal : marginal : stigmal : postmarginal veins as 27:48:3:3, costal cell without setae, basal 4 of wing without setae on underside and above sparsely setose, 1 seta in area below submarginal vein. Abdominal terga 1-7 in ratio of 45:5:3:3:3:3:2 (longest dorsal view of each tergum), tergum | basally depressed, anterior 4 polished and asetose, posterior *4 with elongate pits (medially ca. own long diameter apart) inter- spersed with setae, remaining terga alutaceous with transverse setal row. ee ee eee EE EO EE Ee VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 795 Allotype male.—Body length 1.4 mm. Very similar to female except in following characters: Ratio scape: pedicel: Fl: F2: F3:F4:club as 15:6:6:5:5:5:6 (Fig. 7); scutellum polished or with effaced sculpture in basal 4; abdominal terga 1-7 in ratio of 42:2:2:4:4:4:2 basal % of tergum 2 pol- ished. Holotype.—, USNM type no. 100070, South America, Colombia, Me- dellin, 27-II to 3-III-1980, B. Puttler, ex Leptinotarsa undecimlineata on Solanum saponaceum Duy. Allotype and paratypes.—Allotype d, 21 2 and 5 d paratypes with same data as for holotype; 15 d paratypes, F, generation of above, reared in United States, Missouri, Columbia, III-1980, ex Leptinotarsa decemlineata (Say). Material in USNM except 4 2, 4 6 paratypes in British Museum (Natural History), and 3 2, 3 d paratypes in Museo de La Plata, La Plata, Argentina. Other material examined.—25 specimens, South America, Colombia, Pal- mira (Valle), 19-25-II-1980, B. Puttler, same host as for holotype. Material at USDA, Biological Control of Insects Research Unit, Columbia, Missouri. Hosts.—Occurring naturally in eggs of Leptinotarsa undecimlineata, but successfully cultured in the laboratory in eggs of the Colorado potato beetle, L. decemlineata. Variation.—Size range is minimal in this species with females ranging from 1.3 to 1.6 mm and males from 1.2 to 1.5 mm. The 50 or 60 specimens examined are remarkably constant in coloration and morphology except for the abdomen. Abdominal tergum | remains unmodified after death, but terga 2-7, being relatively shorter and slightly telescopic, tend to vary in relation to each other and to tergum 1. In females tergum | is at least three-quarters the length of the abdomen and sometimes as much as nine-tenths. In males tergum 1 is usually about three-quarters but in a few specimens only about one-half the length of the abdomen. In these few specimens, the second tergum is extended four or five times the normal length with terga 3-7 remaining relatively unchanged. For comparative purposes the length of tergum | should be given in relation to some fixed structure such as the propodeum rather than to the remainder of the abdomen. There may be | to 3 setae basally on the wing beneath the submarginal vein. Etymology.—Named in recognition of Ben Puttler and his work in bio- logical control. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank Ben Puttler for his cooperation in providing specimens and for reviewing this manuscript. I thank Zdenek Boucek (Commonwealth Insti- tute of Entomology, British Museum (Natural History)) for providing both the initial direction to this study and a review of the findings. I also thank Michael Schauff (Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA) for making 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON slides needed in this study and Helen Proctor for the final typing of the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Peck. O., Z. Bouéek, and A. Hoffer. 1964. Keys to the Chalcidoidea of Czechoslovakia. Mem. Entomol. Soc. Can. 34: 7-120. Richards, O. W. 1977. Hymenoptera—Introduction and keys to families. Hand. Ident. Br. Insects 6(1), 2nd (rev. ed.). R. Entomol. Soc. Lond., England. 100 pp. Notice OF A NEW PUBLICATION The Flower Flies of the West Indies (Diptera: Syrphidae). By F. Christian Thompson, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agricultural Re- search Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. Mem- oirs of the Entomological Society of Washington, Number 9, 200 pp. Cost, $10.00. A taxonomic analysis of the flower flies of the West Indies is presented and includes keys and illustrations for 27 genera and 129 species. Complete bibliographies and synonymies are given for each species, and extensive discussions are provided for many. The economic importance, distribution, and taxonomy of these flies are discussed. Twenty new species and one new subgenus are described, and 46 new synonymies are proposed. This publication can be ordered from the Custodian, Entomological So- ciety of Washington, % Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institu- tion, Washington, D.C. 20560. x — —— PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 797-798 NOTE Charadra ingenua Smith in West Texas (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae: Pantheinae) The moth discussed and figured was originally thought to be an unde- scribed species, but comparison with a series of Charadra ingenua Smith (1906, J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 14: 10) from the Flagstaff area of northern Arizona indicated at most a geographical race of ingenua. This somewhat distinctive appearing population is known from Big Bend National Park, Brewster County, the Davis Mountains, Jeff Davis County, and the Gua- dalupe Mountains, Culberson County, Texas. It is very common in Green Gulch, Big Bend National Park, and it will probably also prove common in neighboring Chihuahua and Coahuila, Mexico. Charadra ingenua was de- scribed from two males and two females from Glenwood Springs and Du- rango, Colorado; the type male was the only specimen from Durango; it was in the J. B. Smith Collection, now in the American Museum of Natural History in New York City, and it was figured by Hampson (1913, Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae in the British Museum 13: pl. 234, fig. 14). The west Texas population differs in being more uniform in color and having less contrast in the pattern; the tendency is for individuals to have more gray scaling and less white. However, two male specimens from McKittrick Canyon in the Guadalupe Mountains are very similar to specimens in the series from Walnut Canyon, Arizona, whereas the female collected at the same time has the pale areas grayer. There are no evident, constant struc- tural differences in the genitalia of either sex between the populations. There are before us 98 specimens from west Texas, 86 from Big Bend National Park, mostly collected in Green Gulch, 9 from Fort Davis, and 3 from McKittrick Canyon, Guadalupe Mountains; from Arizona there are 105 specimens, 103 from Walnut Canyon, near Walnut Canyon National Monument, and 2 from West Fork [Oak Creek Canyon], near the upper end of the Wilderness Area. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 1-5. Charadra ingenua. 1, Adult from Fort Davis, Jeff Davis Co., Texas, 11 July 1969, A. and M. E. Blanchard; in A. Blanchard Collection. A specimen with almost no white scaling. 2, Male genitalia, aedoeagus removed (genitalia slide AB 3717). 3, Aedoeagus (genitalia slide AB 3717). 4, Female genitalia (genitalia slide AB 3713). 5, Lamella antivaginalis (genitalia slide AB 3718). Photographs by A. Blanchard. André Blanchard, 3023 Underwood Street, Houston, Texas 77025; and John G. Franclemont, Department of Entomology, Comstock Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853. a PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 799-800 NoTeE Mallophaga from Three Species of Scoters (Anatidae) During a survey of the helminth parasites of three species of scoters (Black, Melanitta nigra (L.); White-winged, M. deglandi (Bonaparte); Surf, M. perspicillata (L.)), taken in British Columbia in 1974 and Labrador in 1978, Mallophaga were routinely collected from each host during necropsy. Eighty-two animals (17 Black, 17 White-winged, 48 Surf scoters), all more than one year old, were examined to obtain quantitative data on their feath- er-louse fauna. Specimens were fixed and stored in 70% alcohol and later mounted in Rubin’s solution (Rubin. 1951. Stain Technol. 26: 257-260), or stained with carbol fuchsin and mounted in Canada Balsam. Lapage (1961. Parasitology 51: 1-109; reprinted 1962. Wildl. Dis. (26), 3 microcards (109 pp.)) listed the Mallophaga that had been recovered from scoters, while Emerson (1972. Checklist of the Mallophaga of North America (North of Mexico). Part IV, Bird host list. Deseret Test Center, Dugway, Utah. 216 pp.) gathered together North American records. The classification of the Mallophaga listed herein follows that of Emerson (1972. Checklist of the Mallophaga of North America (North of Mexico) Part I. Suborder Ischno- cera, 200 pp.; Part II. Suborder Amblycera, 118 pp. Dugway Proving Ground, Dugway, Utah). Four genera and six species of Mallophaga were recovered during this study (Black scoters, 3 genera [5S species]; White-winged scoters, 3 genera [4 species]; Surf scoters 4 genera [6 species]). Sixteen (94%) of the Black, 16 (94%) of the White-winged, and 34 (71%) of the Surf scoters were in- fested. No differences were noted in the burdens (prevalence and intensity of infestation) of scoters from the two sample areas, and years. The philopterids found were of two morphological types, depending on their preferred position on the host. Short, round-bodied types, not greatly dorsoventrally flattened and with a large head, were located mostly on the head and neck (Clay. 1957. Ist Symposium on Host Specificity among Par- asites of Vertebrates. Paul Attinger S.A., Neuchatel. 120-158), e.g. Ana- toecus spp., while severely dorsoventrally flattened, elongate forms were recovered mostly from the wings and back, e.g. Anaticola sp. The ambly- cerans (Holomenopon spp. and Trinoton sp.) were found mainly on the breast and wings of the host (see Bourgeois and Threlfall. 1979. Can. J. Zool. 57: 1355-1357; Fitzpatrick and Threlfall. 1977. Can. J. Zool. 55: 1205- 1209). The following annotated list shows, for each mallophagan, the number (%) of each host infested, the number of parasites recovered (male, M; 800 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON female, F; nymph, N; total, T), mean number per infested bird, and range of numbers. Male Anatoecus dentatus and A. icterodes are separated from the Anatoecus nymphs and females. At the present time it is impossible to distinguish between the nymphs of the two species, and also the females. Indeed the taxonomic status of these species needs some clarification (Emerson. 1972. Part 1). Several mixed infections were noted (Blacks 4, White-winged 3, Surfs 2) and the absence of a male of one species, or males of both species, does not necessarily mean that all the females present are of one species. Anatoecus spp. were found to infest 13 (81%) of the Black scoters, 10 (59%) of the White-winged scoters and 28 (58%) of the Surf scoters. ISCHNOCERA PHILOPTERIDAE Anaticola crassicornis (Scopoli): M. nigra, 17(100), 33M, 39F, 93N, 165T, 10, 1-22; M. deglandi, 7(41), 52M, 43F, 129N, 224T, 32, 1-91; M. perspi- cillata, 28(58), 24M, 44F, 64N, 132T, 5, 1-22. Anatoecus dentatus (Scopoli): M. nigra, 4(24), 9M, 9T, 2, 1-5; M. de- glandi, 4(24), 15M, 15T, 4, 1-8; M. perspicillata 4(8), 5M, 5T, 1, 1-2. Anatoecus icterodes (Nitzsch): M. nigra, 7(41), 16M, 16T, 2, 1-4; M. deglandi, 4(24), 9M, 9T, 2, 1-4; M. perspicillata, 11(23), 17M, 17T, 2, 1-3. Anatoecus spp.: M. nigra, 9(53), 32F, 32N, 64T, 7, 1-9F, 4—-16N; M. deglandi, 5(29), 16F, 5N, 21T, 4, 1-5F, IN; M. perspicillata, 20(42), 39F, SNE 42. 2. a7 IN: AMBLYCERA MENOPONIDAE Holomenopon leucoxanthum (Burmeister): M. nigra, 4(24), 7M, 7F, 14T, 4, 2-7; M. perspicillata, 5(10), 1M, 7F, 8T, 2, 1-3. Holomenopon loomisii (Kellogg): M. nigra, 5(29), 4M, 11F, 15ST, 3, 1-6; M. deglandi, 4(24), 1F, 1N, 6T, 2, 1-2; M. perspicillata, 3(6), SF, ST, 2, L—2. Holomenopon spp.: M. nigra, 7(41), 22N, 22T, 3, 1-7: M. perspicillata, 4(8), 6N, 6T, 2, 1-2. Trinoton querquedulae (Linnaeus): M. perspicillata, 1(2), IN, 1T, 1, 1. The occurrence of A. icterodes and H. loomisii on the Black scoter, and A. dentatus, A. icterodes, H. leucoxanthum and H. loomisii on the Surf scoter constitute new host records. The only other species of ectoparasite found was Freyana anatina (Koch) (Freyanidae), an astigmatid mite, which occurred on 6 (36%) of the Black scoters and 6 (13%) of the Surf scoters. Charles E. Bourgeois and William Threlfall, Department of Biology, Memorial University, St. John’s, Newfoundland, Canada, A1B 3X9. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 801-802 NOTE Predation on a Mouse by the Chinese Mantid Tenodera aridifolia sinensis Saussure (Dictyoptera: Mantoidea) Observations of predation upon vertebrates by individual insects are un- common, and most cases are of aquatic beetles (Coleoptera, Dytiscidae), water bugs (Hemiptera, Belostomatidae), and nymphal dragonflies (Odo- nata) preying upon tadpoles, frogs, and fish (Imms, A. D. 1960. A General Text Book of Entomology). Although Imms also mentions attacks by South American mantids feeding on birds, lizards, and frogs, most reports of man- tids feeding on vertebrates are Australian records. Morse (1922, Emu 22: 74) described an attack by a mantid on a nestling bird, upon which it fed, and Nash (1962, Victorian Nat. 79: 11) described the attack and predation by the mantid, Archimantis latistylus (Serville), upon a golden bell frog, Litoria aurea (Lesson). Ridpath (1977, J. Aust. Entomol. Soc. 19: 153-154) documented several (and apparently regular) attacks by the large mantid, Heirodula werneri (Giglio-Tos) on the green tree frog, Litoria caerulea (White). He also observed on two separate occasions the capture of a small bird, the brown honeycreeper, Lichmera indistincta (Vig. and Horsf.). The Chinese mantid, Tenodera aridifolia sinensis Saussure, is one of the largest of mantids (73-103 mm) and probably powerful enough to subdue and feed upon small vertebrates. The only published account of this species feeding on a captured vertebrate, however, describes the feeding on a cap- tured Trionyx soft-shelled turtle (Johnson, M. D. 1976, J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 49: 164). Though demonstrating the mantid’s ability to subdue heavy vertebrates, this observation was unnatural in that both the turtle and mantid were enclosed in a small terrarium-aquarium. We document here the capture and feeding by the Chinese mantid on a mouse. The description is substantiated with Polaroid” color photographs now on file in the Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, National Museum of Natural History, and which are unfortunately not of reprodu- cible quality for publication. The observation occurred in the afternoon in the garden of JH in early August, 1980. A small whitefooted deer mouse (probably a juvenile, body length 80-90 mm, weight 10-15 g), Peromyscus leucopus (Rafinesque), was observed running along the periphery of the garden. It had gone behind a thicket of zinnias, when distress sounds from the mouse were heard. One zinnia bush was noticeably in motion, alerting JH, who observed the mouse immobilized by the grasp of the mantid’s forelegs behind the mouse’s head. The mantid was hanging upside down by its mid- and hindlegs from the PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON plant, and the mouse was elevated above the ground so that its hindlegs were unable to touch ground. The forelegs of the mouse, though free, re- mained at the mouse’s side. The mantid began at once to feed on the living mouse, commencing at the nose, and systematically working towards the back of the head, eating hair, bones, and other tissue along the way. The nasal bones of the skull were exposed within five minutes of feeding, with considerable bleeding at the wound site. After ten minutes the mantid had fed to the area of the brain, the mouse shuddered and appeared dead from that moment. The mantid fed to the hindquarters (t = 45 min). Bones, hairs, and all other parts were consumed at least to this point, when observations were discontinued. Although it is unlikely that mice or other vertebrates are a regular part of this mantid’s diet, it is nevertheless possible for large mantids to supplement opportunistically their diets with small vertebrates. David A. Nickle, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % National Museum of Natural His- tory, Washington, D.C. 20560; and James Harper, 233 9th Street NE, Wash- ington, D.C. 20002. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 802-803 NOTE Acleris maccana (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae): Distribution Notes and a New Record for Virginia The tortricine moth, Acleris maccana (Treitschke) (also referred to as Peronea fishiana Fernald in North America), was described from Germany and has its primary distribution in Europe. It is not known whether the North American populations were introduced at some time in the past cen- tury or whether they have been on the North American continent much longer. Until recently, the collection records in the Nearctic were mainly from southern Canada, with intrusions into the United States in New Eng- land and Washington. In June 1976, I collected one male at the base of Mt. Rogers in western Virginia. This represents a considerable extension of the North American distribution of A. maccana into the southern Appalachian ———$———$—— VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 803 AT Ot \ (ir SA = Fig. 1. Distribution of Acleris maccana in North America. Mountains. Inasmuch as most collection records are for September or Oc- tober in North America, it is possible that the moth has escaped notice by most collectors. Collection records from the literature and the Smithsonian Institution collection are plotted on the map (Fig. 1) and are as follows: CANADA: Quebec: Norway Bay [Ottawa R., near Hull]; Meach Lake [near Hull]; St. Godefroi [Gaspé Penin.]; Montreal; Aylmer. Ontario: Biscotas- ing; Ottawa. Manitoba: Winnipeg; Cartwright; Aweme. Alberta: Edmon- ton. British Columbia: Kaslo; Vancouver; Vavenby. UNITED STATES: Maine: Old Town; Orono. Massachusetts: Winchenden. Virginia: Grind- stone Cpgd., Mt. Rogers, Smyth Co. Washington: Tacoma. The larval host in Europe is Vaccinium (Ericaceae). John B. Heppner, Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, p. 804 NOTE First Record of the Red Pine Scale, Matsucoccus resinosae (Homoptera: Margarodidae) from Pennsylvania An extensive infestation of an undescribed scale insect was found on red pine, Pinus resinosa Ait., in Connecticut in 1946. Bean and Godwin de- scribed this scale as Matsucoccus resinosae in 1955 (For. Sci. 1: 164-176). Through extensive surveys, by 1976 this scale also was found in New Jersey and New York (Anderson, J. F. et al. 1976. Conn. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull. 765: 1-6). The red pine scale is thought to be an introduced species, possibly of Eurasian origin, imported on pines planted on the grounds of the 1937 New York World Fair, although this has not been proven (Doane, C. C. 1959. Conn. Agric. Exp. Stn. Circ. 207: 1-7). In November, 1980, I received a sample of Japanese red pine, Pinus densiflora Sieb. and Zucc., a known host of M. resinosae, from the Morris Arboretum in Philadelphia, submitted by Ann F. Rhoads, plant pathologist at the Arboretum. Dr. Rhoads indicated that the tree was in a state of decline and that scale feeding was the suspected cause. Examination of the sample revealed first instar Coccoidea, the overwintering form of the red pine scale. Since these could not be positively identified, I made additional collections in spring, 1981. Stages found during the spring compared exactly with the descriptions of the various stages of M. resinosae presented by Bean and Godwin (1955). On May 21, 1981, I collected adults and positively identified them as Matsucoccus resinosae, the red pine scale. At this time both sexes were active on 5-year and older growth, and some females had begun to Oviposit. Ovisacs and male cocoons were abundant on the undersides of infested limbs. This collection, representing the first record of M. resinosae in Pennsyl- vania, is the only known infestation in the state. Arboretum records show that the infested tree was part of a plant breeding experiment conducted in 1958; further details of the history of that particular plant are not known. How this isolated infestation became established remains a mystery. Slide mounted voucher specimens have been deposited in the U.S. Na- tional Museum, Beltsville, Maryland. Morris Arboretum personnel are at- tempting to eradicate the scale population. I am grateful to Ann. F. Rhoads, plant pathologist, Morris Arboretum, Philadelphia, for bringing the infestation to my attention and for her interest and cooperation. James F. Stimmel, Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17110. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, p. 805 Book REVIEW The Cockroach Combat Manual. By Austin M. Frishman, Arthur P. Schwartz, and Robert Powell. William Morrow and Co., Inc., 105 Mad- ison Ave., New York, N.Y. 10016. 192 pp., illus. 1980. Cost: $4.95. This unusual little paperback book is a blend of practical, useful infor- mation and several dozen entertaining sketches presented essentially as car- toons. The first author, Dr. Austin Frishman, teaches pest control at the State University of New York, Farmingdale, Long Island. He was trained in pest control at Purdue University, and is closely affiliated with the pest control industry. Arthur Schwartz is a writer who also serves as a literary agent and publishers’ marketing consultant. The clever sketches were drawn by Robert Powell. Emphasis has been placed on the habits of domestic cockroaches, how to prevent indoor infestations from becoming established, and what to expect from a pest control operator if one is consulted. Included are concise data on diseases sometimes carried by cockroaches. Dr. Frish- man himself has done research along these lines. The chief insecticides in wide use are discussed. A list of selected pest control firms, arranged geo- graphically, appears at the back of the book. By perusing this book, almost anyone can absorb fundamental information about pest cockroaches, in ad- dition to enjoying some interesting and pertinent data on non-pest members of the group. No references to literature are included, and I think that some would have been a useful addition to this book. Ashley B. Gurney, Cooperating Scientist, Systematic Entomology Lab- oratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 805-809 Book REVIEW Taxonomists’ Glossary of Mosquito Anatomy. By R. E. Harbach and K. L. Knight. Plexus Publishing Co., Marlton, N.J. xi + 415 pp. 1980. Cost: $24.95. This is a compilation and extension of 16 separate parts by K. L. Knight, R. E. Harbach, and J. L. Laffoon, published from 1970 to 1978 in 806 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Mosquito Systematics (and M. S. Newsletter). It will certainly stand as one of the most important and useful works on insect anatomy to appear in recent years. The references to usage of terms and the bibliog- raphy pertinent there to are laudable features of the work. The illustrations, both from drawings and scanning electron microscope photographs, are ex- cellent and the figure numbers are conspicuously placed in the upper right- hand corner of the pages. The importance of anatomy and its nomenclature becomes quite evident in this work, and it will have a powerful stabilizing and coordinating influence. Especially because the publisher hopes for further editions of the work and requests notice of possible improvements and corrections (p. 414), there are a considerable number of comments that should be made. It comes as a surprise that there is an index (65 pages) to an alphabetic glossary such as this, rather than interpolation of cross-references. The book will be used for reference by many who will not take the trouble to peruse it sufficiently to find that there is such a thing as an index in it. If one looks for ‘oesophagus,’ for example, which is the more usual spelling of the word, he will find it only in the index or as a synonym under ‘esophagus.’ Because the book is divided into 5 sections (adult, egg, larva, pupa, vestiture), con- venient for serial publication but inconvenient in a comprehensive work, he will even have some difficulty finding which section of the book he is in, because there are no running heads. Although setae are referred to in more than one section, their general treatment is in the section on vestiture. Rec- ommended terms are in bold capitals, distinguishing them from other terms in bold lower case letters. A third category could well have been in a third distinctive face for cross-references. This arrangement, furthermore, has apparently left no place for certain general terms, such as meron, phragma, tagma, etc.; ‘apodeme’ is found in the adult section, although apodemes occur also in larvae. It is to be hoped that in another edition the glossary will consist in only one alphabetical list, including cross-references. No indication is given of the language of terms that are other than English. It would be a distinct improvement to indicate that a term is Latin, French, German, Spanish, etc. Many anatomical terms are really Latin, especially in European usage, but with various degrees of adoption into English; ‘ab- domen,’ for example, is originally Latin, but the plural for entomologists as well as for other English-speaking people is always ‘abdomens’ rather than ‘abdomina,’ but the plural of ‘palpus’ is always ‘palpi.’ It would be a distinct improvement to cite the language of such terms and to give their plurals when those forms are different from the usual English plurals in -s or -es. The plural of ‘halter’ has been cited as ‘halteres,’ but no such information is given for ‘calypter.” Many workers need the advice that one can say ‘halters’ and ‘calypters’ in English, while the Latin forms, often used in technical writing, are ‘halteres’ and ‘calypteres.’ VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 807 The work would also benefit greatly from a recategorization of entries. ‘Accessory gland duct’ and ‘accessory gland duct base’ are treated as sep- arate entries, but there is no entry for ‘accessory gland.’ This is apparently a result of the use of numerous multiple noun-modifier phrases in the book. Under ‘accessory gland duct base,’ the term ‘base of accessory gland duct’ is even cited as a synonym. It would be more logical and time- and space- saving to have one entry for ‘accessory gland,’ the term most people would look for, with references to its duct, base, etc., included therein. The gram- matical or stylistic choice of prepositional phrase vs. noun-modifier phrase is better left to the user. In Fig. 27, the caption for ‘accessory gland’ is spelled out, while its duct is labeled ‘AGD’ and its base is labeled *ABDB.’ The term ‘acrostichal seta’ appears in the adult section and various setae are referred to in other sections, but the general definition for ‘seta’ is in the short section on vestiture. There is some evidence that ‘seta’ is used rather loosely, inasmuch as it is used for papilla of other authors (see ‘ci- barial seta,’ p. 8) and spine is cited on p. 31 as a synonym of seta. The index refers to ‘sensillum’ only under ‘abdominal puncture,’ although sensilla of various kinds, including perhaps the ‘cibarial setae,’ are not setae and all structures in the cuticle are not vestiture. It is recognized in the book that the English prefixes fore-, mid-, and hind- are not separate words; therefore ‘foreleg, midleg, hindleg’ rather than ‘front leg, middle leg, and hind or hinder leg.’ The following are a few miscellaneous items of comment arranged by page number: p. 6—‘basolateral seta’ would be better as ‘basilateral seta,’ as in the preceding term ‘basisternum’; ‘calypter’ should have the lower and upper calypters referred to under it, with no need to look elsewhere for ‘lower and ‘upper.’ p. 7—‘cephaliger’ is hybrid Greek and Latin; better Greek ‘cephalophore’ or Latin ‘capitiger’; ‘cercus index,’ etc.—the adjectival form ‘cercal’ is used in several terms; it would be better in ‘cercal index, cercal length, cercal width,’ etc., although it would be still better to give points of measurement under ‘cercus.’ p. 9—‘Clypeo-Palatum’ is germanized only in having 2 capital letters. p. 10-The use of ‘ommatidium’ is general in referring to a single unit of the compound eye and includes the part called ‘corneal facet.’ There is no reason for rejecting ‘ommatidium.’ p. 10, etc.—‘suture’ as used in ‘coronal suture,’ etc., does not refer to a true suture (something ‘sewed together,’ a meeting of two distinct sclerites) but is better referred to as a ‘sulcus’ in these instances and for other cases where an impression indicates internal ridges which are usually secondary strengthening structures. Under ‘coxal cavity,’ a term with much broader application, ‘acetabulum,’ is cited as a synonym, but does not appear in the 808 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON index. In the term ‘coxale Borste,’’ the word ‘coxale’ has the -e ending because it is a German feminine adjective and has nothing to do with a ‘coxale,’ a term used by Snodgrass and in this book in the terms ‘precoxale’ and ‘postcoxale’ as designations for sclerites. p. 15—The term ‘postabdomen’ is missing from the entry on genitalia and no reference to Hennig’s great 1974 work is made in the bibliography. The term ‘genitalia’ is preferred over ‘terminalia’ for the same reason others have given for the opposite preference. p. 18—‘Insula’ is Latin and ‘ilot’ is French for ‘island.’ p. 19—Under ‘labellar mesial sclerite’ the term preferred over ‘mesal’ in Webster’s 3rd International Dictionary is more usually in insect anatomy replaced by ‘mesal,’ because it is derived from the Creek meson and the - i- is superfluous. p. 19, 20-—It is contrary to regular English syntax to place ‘basal, mesal (mesial), etc. in intermediary position in such terms as ‘labellar basal scler- ite, labellar mesal sclerite, labial basal seta,’ and many others. It should not be necessary to have separate entries for these lateral, mesal, basal, upper, lower, etc., entities; their number and position can be accounted for in entries on ‘labial seta, labellar sclerite,’ etc., which are what most users of the book will look for them under. p. 22—‘lower meskatepisternal scale,’ etc.; the prefix in ‘meskatepister- nal’ and similar words is ‘meso’, dropping the -o- only before another vowel, forming ‘mesokatepisternal,’ etc. It is one of the vagaries of anatom- ical nomenclature that Greek terms are inconsistently transcribed; meson, meron, pleuron, etc., are transcribed literally, but sternum (not sternon) and notum (noton) are latinized. If the Greek elements in these terms are con- sidered to be latinized, then the classical Latin transcription of Greek k to Latin c should obtain, as in catastrophe, cataclysm, coelum, etc., giving “mesocatepisternum..’ p. 30—The opisthophallus may be what Hennig has called the epiphallus in higher Diptera, and the prosophallus may be equal to hypandrium; the matter should be investigated. p. 49—The ‘transnotal suture’ is what has usually been called ‘transverse suture’ in the higher Diptera; it is not really a suture, but a sulcus. p. 132—I would never look for ‘dorsal apotome’ under ‘dorsal,’ but under ‘apotome’ and I would not find it. p. 138—The term ‘egg-buster’ is crassly colloquial. p. 139—For ‘exoparartis,’ as well as ‘parartis’ (p. 155), ‘postartis’ (p. 156), ‘postcoila’ (p. 157), there should be general entries under ‘artis’ and ‘coila." There is no classical word ‘artis,’ which may be intended for the Latin ‘artus,’ a joint. The ‘coila’ is apparently free Greek ‘koilos’ or ‘ko- iloma,’ a hollow, better transcribed as ‘coela,’ although there is no such VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 809 word in Greek. The whole subject of the terminology of mandibular artic- ulations needs additional study. p. 144—The terms ‘laciniarastrum, laciniastipes’ are germanic compounds and hardly suitable in anatomical terminology; ‘laciniar rastrum, laciniar stipes’ as English terms or ‘rastrum laciniae, stipes laciniae’ as Latin would be more acceptable. p. 147—Certainly ‘lobe’ is used for parts of many other structures. p. 308—One misses any treatment of surface sculpturing, such as was treated by Harris, R. A. 1979. A glossary of surface sculpturing. Occas. Pap. Entomol. (Dep. Food and Agric., State of Calif.) 28 (31 pp.). George C. Steyskal, Cooperating Scientist, Systematic Entomology Lab- oratory, IIBIIT, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 809-810 Book REVIEW The Plant Bugs of the Prairie Provinces of Canada. By Leonard A. Kel- ton. Biosystematics Research Institute Publ. 1703, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa. 314 illus., 408 pp. 1980. Cost: $9.95, Canada; $11.95, United States (paperback). The Plant Bugs of the Prairie Provinces is the eighth in a series of useful handbooks treating the insects of Canada. Dr. Kelton’s volume brings to us for the first time a summary of the mirid fauna of north central North America. Not since Knight’s Taxonomic Review: Miridae of the Nevada Test Site and the Western United States (1968. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull. 9(3), 282 pp.) has anyone attempted such a comprehensive regional study of this large and diverse family. Kelton’s work treats 314 species, including 27 Holarctic species. All are brought together in keys, and nu- merous species are figured for the first time. Each genus is briefly described, and a diagnosis, host plants (including many new records), and a summary of distribution are furnished for each species. Original descriptions, all com- binations, and, when pertinent, general treatments and revisions of genera are cited, allowing the reader easy access to additional information on PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON species of interest. Equally valuable are the glossary of terminology used in the text and the appendix listing common and scientific names of plants. As can be expected in any work of this scope, errors occur. A sheet of errata is furnished with the volume. In addition to these, and inconsistent with the format, is the omission of the synonym Brooksella Kelton under Brooksetta (p. 222). Brooksetta, a replacement name proposed by Kelton (1979. Can. Entomol. 111: 1423), is used in the original reference given in the bibliography rather than Brooksella (Kelton, 1979c). Two references listed in the text also were omitted from the terminal bibliography: Henry, T. J. 1977. Review of Reuteria Puton 1975, with Descriptions of Two New Species (Hemiptera: Miridae). Entomol. News 87:61-74; and Henry, T. J. and A. G. Wheeler, Jr. 1974. Sthenarus dissimilis and Orthops rubricatus: Conifer Feeding Mirids New to North America (Hemiptera: Miridae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 76: 217-224. Perhaps the general introduction and biology sections could have been more thorough; however, workers inter- ested in additional information may refer to Knight’s (1941. The Plant Bugs, or Miridae, of Illinois. Il. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 22. 234 pp.; and 1968) regional works for more extensive discussions. A reference citing mirids as vectors of plant viruses would have been an important addition on page 12 because it has been suggested that mirids are inefficient virus vectors and that, in some cases, their saliva even may inhibit viral growth (Carter, W. 1973. Insect Relations to Plant Disease. 2nd ed. John Wiley and Sons, New York. 759 pp.). An update, since this volume went into press, is the syn- onymy of Capsus simulans (Stal) on page 82 under Capsus cinctus Kolenati (Vinokurov, N. N. 1977. Entomol. Obozr. 56: 103-115). Dr. Kelton modestly offers this volume primarily to economic entomol- ogists and field personnel, but the scope of the work goes well beyond that of an introductory guide and will prove indispensible to practicing taxono- mists and specialists studying Miridae. Plant Bugs of the Prairie Provinces is one of the most comprehensive treatises of the North American Miridae and certainly the most updated treatment. It is a must for anyone studying this family. Thomas J. Henry, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % National Museum of Natural His- tory, Washington, D.C. 20560. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 83(4), 1981, pp. 811-816 SociETY MEETINGS 873rd Regular Meeting—December 11, 1980 The 873rd Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order by President T. J. Spilman at 8:00 PM on December 11, 1980 in the Naturalist Center of the National Museum of Natural History. Twenty-eight members and 11 guests attended. Minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Annual reports were given by Mignon Davis, Corresponding Secretary, Joyce Utmar, Membership Chairman, and F. Christian Thompson, Trea- surer. Membership Chairman Joyce Utmar read for the first time the names of the following new applicants: Kevin N. Barber, Department of Environmental Biology, University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario, Canada. Donald G. Cochran, Department of Entomology, VPI & SU, Blacksburg, Virginia. Terry J. Jacobs, Rm. 511, Box 310, Graver Inn, Fargo, North Dakota. Steven G. Kniser, Department of Entomology, VPI & SU, Blacksburg, Virginia. The speaker for the evening was Dr. Richard Duffield, Dept. of Zoology, Howard University, whose talk was entitled “‘Chemistry and function of exocrine secretions of selected arthropods.’ The talk included examples of exocrine secretions of wasps, ants, bees, and harvestmen. NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS William E. Bickley circulated a new book, Taxonomists’ Glossary of Mosquito Anatomy, by Ralph E. Harbach and Kenneth L. Knight, pub- lished by Plexus Publishing, Inc., Marlton, N.J. Joyce Utmar showed a blown glass tumbler featuring black arthropod designs. It was made by Friar Jerry Hovanec, a potter and glass blower of Capuchin College, Washington, D.C. who called it a “‘tick tumbler.’’ Mr. Ed Saugstad had a note on termite damage to styrofoam. Sylvia Churgin, a librarian at the National Museum of Natural History, announced she is on temporary duty at the Smithsonian Tropical Research Institution and described some of the activities at that institution. Helen Sollers-Riedel gave an update on her cat’s flea problem. President T. J. Spilman read special letters of appreciation to Dr. Donald Anderson for assistance as projectionist for the Society and to Helen Sol- PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON lers-Riedel for her efforts as Hospitality Chairman. President Spilman thanked all officers for doing a fine job and passed the gavel on to President- Elect Jack E. Lipes, who adjourned the meeting at 10:00 PM for holiday punch and cookies. David A. Nickle, Recording Secretary 874th Regular Meeting—January 8, 1981 The 874th Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order by President Jack E. Lipes at 8:00 PM on January 8, 1981, in the Naturalist Center of the National Museum of Natural History. Forty members and 14 guests attended. Minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Membership Chairman Joyce Utmar read for the first time the names of the following new applicants: Christine M. Garcia, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. David Voegtlin, Illinois State Natural History Survey, 607 E. Peabody St., Champaign, Illinois. John A. Wojtowicz, Department of Zoology, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee. The speaker for the evening was Mr. T. J. Spilman, whose talk was entitled “Beetles of Medical Importance.’’ He spoke on beetles that cause allergy, adult beetles found alive in humans (adult coleopteriasis, formerly scarabeiasis), larval beetles found alive in humans (larval coleopteriasis, formerly canthariasis), and vesicating beetles. The talk was well received by the audience. NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS Joyce Utmar displayed a stick pin portraying a wasp with a flylike insect perched on its wing. She considered it to be a representation of either ec- toparasitism or phoresy. Dr. F. C. Thompson passed around Flies of the Nearctic Region, Vol. 1, Parts 1 and 2, edited by G. C. D. Griffiths, published by E. Schweizer- bart’sche Verlagsbuchhandlung, Stuttgart, 1981. Joyce Utmar displayed several insect-related newsletters and noted their addresses. These included Frass, Coccidologist’s Newsletter, Chrysomela, Curculio, Scarabaeus, Ceratopogonidae Information Exchange, Ichnews, Polistine Information Exchange, Proctos, and Sphecos. Dr. Margaret Collins displayed two large live larvae of palm weevils she recently collected in Guyana and which are used occasionally as food in Guyana. VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 813 Guests were introduced, and the meeting was adjourned at 10:00 PM, after which cookies and punch were served. David A. Nickle, Recording Secretary 875th Regular Meeting—February 5, 1981 The 875th Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order by President Jack E. Lipes at 8:00 PM in the Insect Zoo of the National Museum of Natural History. Twenty-five members and 14 guests attended. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and ap- proved. No new members were reported for the month. The speaker for the evening was Miss Kay Weisberg of the Insect Zoo, whose talk, entitled ‘‘Biology of Fungus Ants,’’ was accompanied by color slides and a movie showing swarming behavior of fungus ants of Louisiana. NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS Mignon Davis displayed a new book of 3 volumes, The Collembola of North America North of the Rio Grande, by Kenneth Christiansen and Peter Bollinger. John Heppner announced the joint meetings of the I1Vth Congress of Latin American Entomology, the VIth Congress of Venezuelan Entomology, the IIIrd Triennial Meeting of the Pan American Acridological Society, and the Ist Symposium of the Neotropical Lepidoptera Society. This is to be held in Maracay, Venezuela, July 5-10, 1981. President Lipes read a letter of appreciation to Dr. Frederick W. Poos for his generous donation to the Society, which placed the donation into the Special Publication Fund. Tom Wallenmaier displayed a tray consisting of a piece of plexiglass with a 6 X 6 grid of depressions drilled into one side of the square. He uses it for microlepidoptera genitalia preparations, which are used routinely at APHIS ports of entry to make rapid comparisons with unknown material intercepted at quarantine facilities. Guests were introduced, and the meeting was adjourned at 9:30 PM for cookies and drinks. David A. Nickle, Recording Secretary 876th Regular Meeting—March 5, 1981 The 876th Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was Called to order by President Jack E. Lipes at 8:00 PM in the Naturalist Center of the National Museum of Natural History. Twenty seven members PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON and 7 guests attended. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Membership Chairman Joyce Utmar read the names of the following ap- plicants for membership: Ltc. Ralph R. Carestia, 13107 Oval Lane, Bowie, Maryland. Scott T. Clark, 1012 Sunset Circle West, Yale, Oklahoma. President Lipes announced that the Executive Committee had approved publication of Memoir No. 9, ‘“The Flower Flies of the West Indies (Diptera: Syrphidae)’’ by F. C. Thompson. An announcement was made also con- cerning the Annual Joint Banquet of the Entomological Society of Wash- ington and Plant Pest Society of Washington (formerly the Insecticide So- ciety of Washington). It will be held at Ft. McNair Officers’ Club on June 4, 1981. The guest speaker will be Mr. Kjell Sandved, photographer for the National Museum of Natural History. The speaker for the evening was Dr. Thomas E. Wallenmaier of the USDA Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Plant Protection and Quarantine. His talk was entitled ‘“*A Survey of All Insects Taken at Plant Quarantine, with Their Common Means of Entry.’ After outlining means of entry by insects into this country and the duties of port identifiers, in- spectors, and other PPQ personnel, he showed lists of insect families taken at plant quarantine. A question and answer session followed the talk. NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS William E. Bickley exhibited the book, Fleas, edited by R. Traub and H. Starcke, and published by A. A. Balkema, Salem, New Hampshire. This book consists of 37 articles from the Proceedings of the International Con- ference on Fleas, Ashton Wold, Peterborough, U.K., June 21-25, 1977. Visitors were introduced, and the meeting was adjourned at 9:27 PM, after which refreshments were served. Joyce Utmar, Recording Secretary pro tem 877th Regular Meeting—April 2, 1981 The 877th Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order by President-Elect Margaret Collins at 8:00 PM on April 2, 1981 in the Naturalist Center of the National Museum of Natural History. Twenty-seven members and 13 guests attended. Minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. No new members were reported for the month. The speaker for the evening was Dr. Michael G. Emsley of the Depart- ment of Biology, George Mason University, whose talk was entitled, ‘‘In- VOLUME 83, NUMBER 4 815 sects of the Rain Forest.’ The talk was highlighted with excellent Koda- chrome slides showing unusual color forms and adaptations frequently encountered in studies of rain forest insects. NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS Mr. George Steyskal displayed A Manual of Nearctic Diptera, vol. 1, Monograph No. 27, 1981, published by Biosystematics Research Institute, Ottawa, Canada. Mr. T. J. Spilman showed the new book, Simon and Schuster’s Guide to Insects by Ross H. Arnett, Jr. and Richard L. Jacques, Jr. It is an easy-to- use field guide to 350 North American species, with more than 1000 color illustrations and information on morphology, behavior, habitat, and ecolog- ical significance. Visitors were introduced, and the meeting was adjourned at 9:30 PM for refreshments. David A. Nickle, Recording Secretary 878th Regular Meeting—May 7, 1981 The 878th Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order by President Jack E. Lipes at 8:00 PM on May 7, 1981 in the Naturalist Center of the National Museum of Natural History. Sev- enteen members and 10 guests attended. The minutes of the previous meet- ing were read and approved. Membership Chairman Joyce Utmar read the names of the following ap- plicants: Robert E. Orth, Department of Entomology, Division of Biological Con- trol, University of California, Riverside, California. David W. Ribble, 197 Poplar Ave., Campbell, California. President-Elect Margaret Collins noted that announcements for the annual banquet have been mailed and other arrangements have been completed. The mistress of ceremonies will be Dr. Manya B. Stoetzel. The speaker for the evening, introduced by Eugene Gerberg, was Mr. Ronald A. Moser of the Department of Transportation, whose talk was entitled ‘“‘Entomology and the Fly Fisherman.’ He gave a brief historical review of fly fishing, showed examples of ‘‘naturals”’ or realistic flies and impressionistic imitations. In addition to many slides, he showed materials used in fly tying and many examples of dry and wet flies, emergers, nymphs, and streamers which he had prepared. After the talk, he demonstrated how to hand tie a fly. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS Ed Saugstad showed a specimen of Aedes vexans, caught in a light trap, in pseudocopulation with a fly of a different family. Jack Lipes exhibited a live coccinellid, Anatis quindecimpunctata. Theodore Bissell showed a postcard featuring a tropical cerambycid beetle sent from Poland by Manya Stoetzel and signed by 24 other people. The meeting was adjourned at 9:15 PM, after which refreshments were served. Joyce A. Utmar, Recording Secretary pro tem 879th Regular Meeting—June 4, 1981 The Entomological Society of Washington and Plant Pest Society of Washington Joint Annual Banquet was held on June 4, 1981, at the Fort McNair Officers’ Club, Washington, D.C. Dr. Dale Parrish was host, Drs. Margaret Collins and Dora Hayes were banquet chairmen, and Dr. Manya Stoetzel was Mistress of Ceremonies. After the open bar social hour and dinner, Mr. Kjell Sandved, photographer for the National Museum of Nat- ural History, presented an innovative movie presentation, ‘‘From the Trop- ics to Antarctica.”’ The banquet was attended by 113 persons. After the presentation by Mr. Sandved, Dr. Stoetzel conducted the drawing of several door prizes. David A. Nickle, Recording Secretary PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS Cynipid Galls of the Eastern United States, by Lewis H. Weld Cynipid Galls of the Southwest, by Lewis H. Weld _____....-------____-__________. fetes eit ON CVMNIG SANS) Qf. 2 ok Identification of Alaskan Black Fly Larvae, by Kathryn M. Sommerman Unusual Scalp Dermatitis in Humans Caused by the Mite Dermatophagoides , lpi AGG ts LD eh Ge) (eee Reas oe oe ke eh a ae een eM SON A Short History of the Entomological Society of Washington, by Ashley B. AOE ote eRe OE OES eae ts 2 me nce OS ees, 2 MUP et SE RIVE Day Pictorial Key to Species of the Genus Anastrepha (Diptera: Tephritidae), by eT SR a ee ae ee a oie a Taxonomic Studies on Fruit Flies of the Genus Urophora (Diptera: Tephriti- UE She Pi Ciero ft ol Cool) | (ee ee ae Ls SE len DAMES A ool Soe MEMOIRS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON No. 1. The North American Bees of the Genus Osmia, by Grace Sandhouse. No. 2. A Classification of Larvae and Adults of the Genus Phyllophaga, by PCAC BOVINGs 9 MOF 2s ase one aes oe ee No. 3. The Nearctic Leafhoppers, a Generic Classification and Check List, by PAIERVLSODUOINIANS G40 2204s. 22) oe she ee Ee oa ISS Eye ae tt es eS eR oe Bae Sd oe ee eee ee No. 5. A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South America, by Phyllis T. OMSL emen LOS): oar tee eee a 3 2 to ee ee we oD See gh Se No. 6. The Female Tabanidae of Japan, Korea and Manchuria, by Wallace P. Murdochyand Hirosivbakanast, 9692 2-32) 2 ee No. 7. Ant Larvae: Review and Synthesis, by George C. Wheeler and Jeanette UIE eie as il) eee oe hs eee a ene ee No. 8. The North American Predaceous Midges of the Genus Palpomyia Mei- gen (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae), by W. L. Grogan, Jr. and W. W. AUR eA), SNOT (Ras EN Re ee NE a ee Ses eo RS a Sve No. 9. The Flower Flies of the West Indies (Diptera: Syrphidae), by F. (Corimeye ee TCH slay 10, oto eC) ne rear eee ce ene $ 5.00 3.00 6.00 1.00 1.00 $15.00 (out of print) 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 11.00 Back issues of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington are available at $18.00 per volume to non-members and $9 per volume to members of the Society. Prices quoted are U.S. currency. Postage extra except on prepaid orders. Dealers are allowed a discount of 10 per cent on all items, including annual subscriptions, that are paid in advance. All orders should be placed with the Custodian, Entomological Society of Washington, % Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. CONTENTS (Continued from front cover) REXRODE, C. O. and C. R. KRAUSE—Sexing Phloeotribus liminaris adults (Coleop- tera: Scolytidae)) (si. \..islac vdic ease davon ds anew ne a trrale tay Se cere etna a a SCHABER, B. D.—Description of the immature stages of Dioryctria taedae Schaber and Wood, with notes on its biology and that of D. disclusa Heinrich (Lepidoptera: je hoes E:T) I eee Vera ach Gr een eRe Ma eben Ane RR penis iti Oat keds oye a « SELANDER, R. B.—The Caustica Group of the genus Epicauta (Coleoptera: Mel- GUAGE)! eta cep Gin ae oto heteies cares Sones eos nich eternal OU Btuele lags ae tale Milos aera nyse SMITH, D. R.—Studies on the leaf-mining sawflies of the tribe Fenusini in Asia (Hymen- Oplera’ Lenthned dae)! Seis. ois oc a.2 cctarviwte abet vee pyosle oes one RSet ate ee SPANGLER, P. J. and H. P. BROWN—The discovery of Hydora, a hitherto Aus- tralian-New Zealand genus of riffle beetles, in austral South America (Coleoptera: FUL AS) eas sconce ok 5 he Pe ete he elec See ey Sod lars, wy lel aleyete Whale Giese cee al ee gre ea STEYSKAL, G. C.—A new species of Rhagoletotrypeta (Diptera: Tephritidae) from hexdase withiaikey to theiknOWwMiSpecieS 227.5. 57), cna.) eae eee THOMPSON, F. C.—Revisionary notes on Nearctic Microdon flies (Diptera: Syrph- NUS) eaeeaalcs sith aster eco een: cuaileyel x k. coehavidvesan’s fares SeeaHeiey of ells eee llvhs y Arar eater Ea WHEELER, A. G., JR.—Insect associates of spurges, mainly Euphorbia maculata L., IAC ASTEMTINU MITE CASTALES) 2 F522 oaevgdiaralecavieh ie a laonnce! on) ciara elo atelerae peeae ekee e WHITE, R. E.—The genus Uroplata, type-species and authorship (Coleoptera: Chryso- IVI@UIG AE) Fo weoreve tect eter earns de, erchelrore Gs, «Aisin Te, aviator ees elie eves ee oie ee a ee WHITE, R. E.—A key to tropical species of Tricorynus, with taxonomic changes (Coleoptera sAnobitdae)) ife21..s.oce eo os) sus sha ce» od stel oheetenc 6 Ci eienckehe «PRE a NOTES: BLANCHARD, A. and J. G. FRANCLEMONT—Charadra ingenua Smith in West exasi(epidoptera: Noctuidae: Pantheinae)) «1. ...: cn. dese ei vee ee BOURGEOIS, C. E. and W. THRELFALL—Mallophaga from three species of scoters (AMatC ae) ec iN ec ord Senate aie alae Bt So Pee yeaa Aree erat Svea Tia oes ee eee HEPPNER, J. B.—Acleris maccana (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae): Distribution notes ANG NEW. TECOLA GOT, ViITRiMbay |. 2s. v2). /s21. 2 econ 5 Seisie nied steel wk Se OR ee ee NICKLE, D. A. and J. HARPER—Predation on a mouse by the Chinese mantid Teno- dera aridifolia sinensis Saussure (Dictyoptera: Mantoidea) ...................0- STIMMEL, J. F.—First record of the red pine scale, Matsucoccus resinosae (Hom- optera: Margarodidae) from Pennsylvatila™ .1..2:..2..+ «6 2s neces ee BOOK REVIEWS: GURNEY, A. B.—The Cockroach Combat Manual (A. M. Frishman, A. P. Schwartz, ANGI: POWELL) oz oreo eiel dels ay er nee SMG, oll aorate goes eos, epee ee Ee ee HENRY, T. J.—The Plant Bugs of the Prairie Provinces of Canada (L. A. Kelton) ... STEYSKAL, G. C.—Taxonomists’ Glossary of Mosquito Anatomy (R. E. Harbach and Bs Ls Miche) oc sos cae alescl a Dag ahs W796 as ols ee ee Ce ee BOGTET Y) MBE TINGS, tio! 4.0!2: 1otc sete eielei da kinins seed s-dare ep ck ocelot aie ae 711469 573 763 596 707 725 631 713 Tz 797 799 796 Pan . M an uf iD Ving 4 7h) fi\ WURt | ros ve L \ H “at ’ 2 ' ‘ a“) in ceetyhant ne i aA \ hal! a A oi 4 ru ’ ihe if Pam bat! - ne eo) “4 aS # sha hn mer ¢ as 4 — Mf A) Ups TS Vibe = \y iJ ¥ ia 4 i) i 4 i ° i 2 iA a Ar , 7 a0 ) ei 4 i = e rT A RRM lal it hia iy | “ ‘* rv Dy “f iy aL 1 ; ig Ja), ay ee oes Nei, ! ae en hi sar f ® “1 Kon : ny , ou : yf St Vee a ny , he ¥ 1 Fe ie y, id 1 iad - . "* , ", i poe ‘ el | iff ¥ ry } as q* rie rt ? \ ' < iin us nf ra h { ZARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUe me = = = eS sig = — z > 2a BR 5 = 2 2» as = : = = ss - ee = NMLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU z n” Zz te ” z Ne < = .< RK. = < @. i z B 2 RE & 2 N& ty = = = YS: 2 F > a 2 a . 2 a RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI Red “ a ° LSS NOILNLILSNI LIBRARIES NLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYE!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTIT on a SaINVUSIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI SFIYVYAIT LIBRARIES = r 3 = o x 5 a YX , iE > Wr 2 ; ‘ae = m — w tARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVY ” ae ” = w = ae = y, = = yj = z * = Yi. 5 = NA 5 o Na £2: j . : 2 = AS Zz E GY fe F Ad iE =; aN > = \ >" = > ” rd za wo rs ALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU? = of z ” z us lw : 4 « z 4 - 44%." a _< 4 < Cy fp fi A c ASN [aa — fad ‘ Me 7. ‘Cc = SOY is = co re = he 2 2 2 =) RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3IYVa Zz = = co = ° ‘on. 12) = oO = Bo = = = =). > = ‘ — re : eK > et 5 Vp > ; : 5 = " z m ma = rap) = 7) = LINLILSN! NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES INSTITU z g a re = wo << = _— NS = = aM Fa o as Q Sy o z . e (3 sue (@) Me : a 0 Oo ”n 2) ” YS ‘. n ” ae O % a= : \. oO as = = = NS z es = > = > = ” a ” - m= wn” RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI YOILNLILSNI ABRARIES JOILNLILSNI IBRARIES IBRARIES RAR!IES_ SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3!1YVYE! NS \* INSTITUTION Sa1uVvuaiN INSTITUTION INSTITUTION | NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO NVINOSHLINS S31Y¥VYEIT » ‘ ~S > SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN SMITHSONIAN v4 RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVUG! S w A = WAN : ~ a INLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTIC = ; SSIYVYEITLIBRARIE INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI Saiuyvydi RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1yuvud. | Sl SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO ~~’ be SSN eS NLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS “? NVINOSHLINS S3!1YVYEIT LIBRARIES NVINOSHLINS. S31YVUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN LB y y NVINOSHLINWS NOILNLILSNI NOILNLILSNI NOILNLILSNI RARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUE SJ1YVUSIT LIBRARIES = a = S S S = E = =i = = | | = e = = - wn Yn ” ela z Z NLILSN!I NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUEIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTIC 2 NS \ > ~ SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUaIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN SMITHSONIAN RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSN!I NVINOSHLIWS S3I yuVug ” 3S ”) > ~~ wy we a o GX 8 i 7 =a ao = QY " a a Ln es +